Indian Institute of Technology Indore

Curriculum and
Courses of Study
for
Bachelor of Technology
and Minor Programs

July 2024
[After incorporating decisions of 44th meeting of the Senate held on
09 July 2024]

1
 CONTENTS
Particulars Page No.
1. Curriculum of year of BTech (for AY 2009-10)
1st 4
2. Curriculum of 2st year of BTech in CSE, EE and ME (for AY 2010-11) 5
3. Curriculum of 1st Year BTech (from AY 2011-12 to 2013-14 and from AY 2014-15 9
to 2018-19)
4. Curriculum of 1st Year BTech (from AY 2019-20 to AY 2022-23) 11
5. Curriculum of 1st Year BTech (from AY 2023-24 onwards) 13
6. Curriculum of BTech in Computer Science & Engineering 15
7. Curriculum of BTech in Electrical Engineering 25
8. Curriculum of BTech in Mechanical Engineering 36
9. Curriculum of BTech in Civil Engineering (from AY 2016-17 onwards) 48
10. Curriculum of BTech in Metallurgical Engineering Materials Science (from AY 55
2016-17 onwards)
11. Curriculum of BTech in Chemical Engineering 66
12. Curriculum of BTech in Mathematics and Computing 70
13. Curriculum of BTech in Engineering Physics 75
14. Curriculum of BTech in Space Science and Engineering 80
15. Structure of Minor Programs (from AY 2014-15 onwards) 86
16. Syllabi of 1st Year Compulsory and Elective HSS Courses 96
17. Syllabi of Compulsory Basic Science Courses (CBSC) 107
18. Syllabi of Institute Core (IC) and Compulsory Engineering courses 123
19. Syllabi of Computer Science and Engineering Courses 179
20. Syllabi of Electrical Engineering Courses 329
21. Syllabi of Mechanical Engineering Courses 474
22. Syllabi of Civil Engineering Courses (from AY 2017-18 onwards) 599
23. Syllabi of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science Courses 695
(from AY 2017-18 onwards)
24. Syllabi of Chemical Engineering Courses 784
25. Syllabi of Institute Elective Courses 800
26. Syllabi of Courses of Minor Program in Humanities and Social Sciences (from AY 816
2014-15 onwards)
27. Syllabi of Courses of Minor Program in BSBE (from AY 2014-15 onwards) 892
28. Syllabi of Courses of Minor Program in Chemistry (from AY 2014-15 onwards) 915
29. Syllabi of Courses of Minor Program in Astronomy (from AY 2016-17 onwards) 925
and Syllabi of Astronomy (From 2023-24 onwards)
30. Syllabi of Open Elective Courses of Department of Mathematics and Syllabi of B. 979
Tech. in Mathematics and Computing
31. Syllabi of Open Elective Courses of Centre for Advanced Electronics (CAE) 1059
32. Syllabi of Courses of Center for Electric Vehicles and Intelligent Transport 1061
Systems (CEVITS)
33. Syllabi of Courses of Centre for Rural Development and Technology (CRDT) 1067
34. Syllabi of Courses of Engineering in Physics 1071

2 Go to Index
 Course Structure
of
B. Tech., B.Tech.+M.Tech. Program

3 Go to Index
Curriculum of 1st Year BTech (For AY 2009-10)

Semester I
Weekly Contact
Course
Course Title Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
CH 101 Chemistry 2-1-0 6
CS 101 Computer Programming & Utilization 2-0-2 6
MA 101 Calculus 3-1-0 8
PH 101 Physics –I 2-1-0 6
CH 151 Chemistry Lab 0-0-3 3
ME 151 Engineering Graphics & Drawing 0-1-3 5
NC 101# National Cadet Crops (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP
NO 101# National Sports Organization (NSS) 0-0-0 P/NP
NS 101# National Service Scheme (NSS) 0-0-0 P/NP
Total 9-4-7 34

Semester II

Weekly
Course
Course Title Contact Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
PH 102 Physics – II 2-1-0 6
HS101/ Introduction to Philosophy/
HS 103/ Economics/ 3-0-0 6
HS 105 Reading Literature

CS 102 Abstractions and Paradigms for Programming* 3-0-2 8

EE 102 Intro. to Elect. And Electronics Circuit* 2-1-0 6
ME 102 Engineering Mechanics* 2-1-0 6

MA 102 Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equation 3-1-0 8

–I
ME 152 Workshop Practice 0-1-3 5
PH 112 Physics Lab 0-0-3 3
NC 102# National Cadet Crops (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP

4 Go to Index
 NO 102# National Sports Organisation (NSS) 0-0-0 P/NP
NS 102# National Service Scheme (NSS) 0-0-0 P/NP
11/10-3/4- 36/34
Total
8/6
# Any one of these courses to be taken
* Department Introductory course, specific to the students of concerned Departments

Curriculum of 2st year of BTech in CSE, EE and ME (for AY 2010-11)

2nd Year BTech (Computer Science and Engineering) (For AY 2010-11)
Semester III

Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits

Code
Hours
(L-T-P)
HS 111 / Introduction to Philosophy / * 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 113 / Economics / 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 115 Reading Literature 3-0-0 3
MA 201 Mathematics-III 3-1-0 4
(Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II)
EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3
CS 201 Discrete Mathematical Structures 2-1-0 3
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 261 Program Development and Software Design Lab-I 0-1-4 3
EE 154 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0-0-2 1
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 12-5-12 23

Semester IV

Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits

Code
Hours
(L-T-P)
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4
CS 202 Automata Theory and Logic 2-1-0 3

5 Go to Index
 CS 204 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 206 Logic Design 2-1-0 3
CS 208 Software Engineering 2-1-0 3
CS 254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 256 Logic Design Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 258 Software Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 262 Program Development and Software Design Lab- 0-1-4 3
II
Total 11-6-13 23.5

* Students have to choose an HSS course other than the one which they have taken in the
2nd Sem.

6 Go to Index
 2nd Year BTech (Electrical Engineering)
(For AY 2010-11)
Semester III
Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits
Code Hours
(L-T-P)
HS 111 / Introduction to Philosophy / * 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 113 / Economics / 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 115 Reading Literature 3-0-0 3
MA 201 Mathematics-III 3-1-0 4
(Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II)
EE 201 Network Theory 2-1-0 3
EE 203 Electronic Devices 2-1-0 3
EE 205 Introduction to Electrical Systems 3-1-0 4
EE 253 Electronic Devices Lab 0-0-3 1.5
EE 154 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0-0-2 1
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 13-4-8 21

Semester IV

Course Subject Name Weekly Credits

Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4
EE 202 Signals and Systems 3-1-0 4
EE 204 Analog Circuits 3-0-0 3
EE 206 Electrical Machines and Power Electronics 3-0-0 3
EE 208 Digital Systems 2-1-0 3
EE 254 Analog Circuits Lab 0-0-3 1.5
EE 256 Electrical Machines Lab 0-0-4 2
EE 258 Digital Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 14-3-10 22

* Students have to choose an HSS course other than the one which they have taken in the
2nd Sem.
7 Go to Index
 2nd Year B. Tech. (Mechanical Engineering)
(For AY 2010-11)
Semester III

Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits

Code Hours
(L-T-P)
HS 111 / Introduction to Philosophy / * 3-0-0 / 3 /3 /
HS 113 / Economics / 3-0-0 / 3
HS 115 Reading Literature 3-0-0
ME 201 Solid Mechanics 3-1-0 4
ME 203 Fluid Mechanics 3-1-0 4
ME 205 Materials Science 2-1-0 3
ME 257 Machine Drawing 1-0-3 2.5
EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 0-0-2 1
EE 154
Lab
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 14-4-8 22

Semester IV
Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits
Code Hours
(L-T-P)
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4
ME 202 Strength of Materials 3-1-0 4
ME 204 Fluid Machinery 3-0-0 3
ME 206 Thermodynamics 3-1-0 4
ME 208 Theory of Manufacturing Processes 3-0-0 3
ME 251 Solid Mechanics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
ME 254 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab 0-0-3 1.5
ME 258 Manufacturing Processes Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 15-3-9 22.5
*Students have to choose an HSS course other than the one which they have taken in the
2nd Sem.
8 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 1st year BTech (common to all the Departments)
Semester I
Curriculum of 1st Year B. Tech. Program Curriculum of 1st Year B. Tech. Program
(From AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 to AY 2018-19)
Weekly
Weekly
Course Course Contact
Course Title Contact Hours Credits Course Title Credits
Code Code Hours (L-T-
(L-T-P)
P)
CH 103 Chemistry 3-1-0 4 CH 103 Chemistry 3-1-0 4
MA 103 Mathematics-I (Calculus) 3-1-0 4 MA Calculus 3-1-0 4
105
PH 103 Physics-I (Modern Physics) 2-1-0 3 PH 105 Physics-I 2-1-0 3
HS 107 English Language and 2-0-0 2 HS 159 English Language and 0-3-0 3
Literature Communication
CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2 CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2
CH 153 Chemistry Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CH 153 Chemistry Lab 0-0-3 1.5
HS 157 English Language Lab 0-0-2 1
CS 153 Computer Programming Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 153 Computer Programming 0-0-3 1.5
(upto AY Lab
2017-18)
IC 151
(from AY
2018-19
onwards)
ME 153 Engineering Graphics 1-0-3 2.5 IC 153 Engineering Graphics 1-0-3 2.5
NC 101/ National Cadet Corps (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP NC National Cadet Corps (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP
NO 101/ National Sports Organization 0-0-0 P/NP 101/ National Sports Organization 0-0-0 P/NP
NS 101 (NSO) 0-0-0 P/NP NO (NSO) 0-0-0 P/NP
National Service Scheme (NSS) 101/ National Service Scheme (NSS)
NS 101
Total 13-3-11 21.5 Total 11-6-9 21.5

9 Go to Index
Semester II
Curriculum of 1st Year B. Tech. Program Curriculum of 1st Year B. Tech. Program
(From AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 to AY 2018-19)
Course Course Title Weekly Credits Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code Contact Hours Code Contact Hours s
(L-T-P) (L-T-P)
MA 104 Mathematics-II(Linear Algebra 3-1-0 4 MA 106 Linear Algebra and Ordinary 3-1-0 4
and Ordinary Differential Differential Equations-I
Equations-I)
Physics-II (Electricity and 2-1-0 3 PH 106 Physics-II 2-1-0 3
PH 104
Magnetism)
BSE 102 Bio-Sciences 2-1-0 3
HS 108 Fundamentals of Economics 3-0-0 3 HS 108 Fundamentals of Economics 3-0-0 3
EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics 2-1-0 3 EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics 2-1-0 3
Engineering Engineering
ME 104 Basic Mechanical Engineering 3-0-0 3 ME 106 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3
PH 154 Physics Lab 0-0-3 1.5 PH 156 Physics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Basic Electrical and Electronics 0-0-2 1 EE 154 Basic Electrical and Electronics 0-0-2 1
EE 154
Engineering Lab Engineering Lab
Basic Manufacturing 2-0-2 3 IC 156 Basic Manufacturing 0-0-3 1.5
ME 154
Techniques Techniques
National Cadet Corps (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP NC 102 / National Cadet Corps (NCC) 0-0-0 P/NP
NC 102/
National Sports Organization 0-0-0 P/NP NO 102 / National Sports Organization 0-0-0 P/NP
NO 102/
(NSO) 0-0-0 P/NP NS 102 (NSO) 0-0-0 P/NP
NS 102
National Service Scheme (NSS) National Service Scheme (NSS)
Total 15-3-7 21.5 Total 15-4-8 23

10 Go to Index
 Sections and Course structure of 1st year BTech (from AY 2019-20 to AY 2022-23)
Section-A (CSE + CE + MEMS) Section-B (EE + ME)
Classroom No. 1B-201, Titanium POD Classroom No. 1D-105, Chromium POD

1st (i.e. Autumn) Semester

Course Course Title Teachin Credi Course Course Title Teaching Credit
Code g Hours ts Code Hours s
(L-T-P)
(L-T-P)
CH 103 Chemistry 3-1-0 4 BSE 102 Bio-Sciences 2-1-0 3
MA 105 Calculus 3-1-0 4 MA 105 Calculus 3-1-0 4
PH 105 Physics-I 2-1-0 3 PH 106 Physics-II 2-1-0 3
CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2 EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3
ME 106 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3
HS 159 English Language and Communication 0-3-0 3 HS 108 Fundamentals of Economics 3-0-0 3
CH 153 Chemistry Lab 0-0-3 1.5 PH 156 Physics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
IC 151 Computer Programming Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 154 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0-0-2 1
IC 153 Engineering Graphics 1-0-3 2.5 IC 156 Basic Manufacturing Techniques 0-0-3 1.5
NO 101 National Sports Organization (NSO) 0-0-0 P/N NO 101 National Sports Organization (NSO) 0-0-0 P/NP
P
Total 11-6-9 21.5 Total 14-5-8 23
2nd (i.e. Spring) Semester
BSE 102 Bio-Sciences 2-1-0 3 CH 103 Chemistry 3-1-0 4
MA 106 Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential 3-1-0 4 MA Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential 3-1-0 4
Equations-I 106 Equations-I
PH 106 Physics-II 2-1-0 3 PH 105 Physics-I 2-1-0 3
EE 104 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2-1-0 3 CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2
ME 106 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2-1-0 3
HS 108 Fundamentals of Economics 3-0-0 3 HS 159 English Language and Communication 0-3-0 3
EE 154 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 0-0-2 1 IC 151 Computer Programming Lab 0-0-3 1.5

11 Go to Index
 Lab
PH 156 Physics Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CH 153 Chemistry Lab 0-0-3 1.5
IC 156 Basic Manufacturing Techniques 0-0-3 1.5 IC 153 Engineering Graphics 1-0-3 2.5

NO 102 National Sports Organization (NSO) P/N NO 102 National Sports Organization (NSO) P/NP
P
Total 14-5-8 23 Total 11-6-9 21.5

12 Go to Index
 Sections and Course structure of 1st year BTech (from AY 2023-24 onwards)

Section-A (CSE+CE+MEMS+CH+EP) Section-B (EE+ME+MC+SSE)

Semester-I Autumn Semester Semester-I Autumn Semester

Weekly Weekly
Course Contact Course Contact
Course Title Credits Course Title Credits
Code Hours Code Hours
(L-T-P) (L-T-P)
Basic Electrical
EE 101 Basic Electrical Engineering 1-1-0 2 EE 101 1-1-0 2
Engineering
ME 101 Engineering Mechanics 2-0-0 2 ME 101 Engineering Mechanics 2-0-0 2

PH 107 Basics of Physics 2-1-0 3 CH 105 Chemistry 3-0-0 3

PH 157 Physics Lab- I 0-0-2 1 CH 155 Chemistry Lab 0-0-2 1

3-1-0 3-1-0
MA 101N Calculus-I (half Semester) 2 MA 101N Calculus-I (half Semester) 2
(=4/2) (=4/2)
3-1-0 Calculus-II (half 3-1-0
MA 103N Calculus-II (half Semester) 2 MA 103N 2
(=4/2) Semester) (=4/2)
Language and
HS 109 Language and Composition 2-0-0 2 HS 109 2-0-0 2
Composition
HS XXX Flexible Elective (HSS) 1-0-0 1 HS XXX Flexible Elective (HSS) 1-0-0 1

IC 152 Makerspace 1-0-6 4 CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2

Computer Programming
CS 103 Computer Programming 2-0-0 2 IC 151 0-0-3 1.5
Lab
Computer Programming National Sports
IC 151 0-0-3 1.5 NO 101 0-0-0 P/NP
Lab Organization (NSO)
National Sports
NO 101 0-0-0 P/NP
Organization (NSO)
Total 14-3-11 22.5 Total 14-2-5 18.5

13 Go to Index
Semester-II Spring Semester Semester-II Spring Semester
Weekly Weekly
Course Contact Course Contact
Course Title Credits Course Title Credits
Code Hours Code Hours
(L-T-P) (L-T-P)
BSE 102 Biosciences 2-1-0 3 BSE 102 Biosciences 2-1-0 3
Linear Algebra (half 2-1-0 Linear Algebra (half
MA 102N 1.5 MA 102N 2-1-0 (=3/2) 1.5
Semester) (=3/2) Semester)
Differential Equations-I 2-1-0 Differential Equations-I
MA 104N 1.5 MA 104N 2-1-0 (=3/2) 1.5
(half Semester) (=3/2) (half Semester)
Environmental Studies:
Environmental Studies:
2-1-0 Scientific and
ES 102 Scientific and Engineering 1.5 ES 102 2-1-0 (=3/2) 1.5
(=3/2) Engineering Aspects (half
Aspects (half Semester)
Semester)
Environmental Studies: Environmental Studies:
2-1-0
HS 102 Social Aspects 1.5 HS 102 Social Aspects 2-1-0 (=3/2) 1.5
(=3/2)
(half Semester) (half Semester)
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
HS 104 2-0-0 2 HS 104 2-0-0 2
Economics Economics
CH 105 Chemistry 3-0-0 3 IC 152 Makerspace 1-0-6 4

CH 155 Chemistry Lab 0-0-2 1 PH 107 Basics of Physics 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Flexible Elective 1-0-0 1 PH 157 Physics Lab- I 0-0-2 1

ZZ XXX Flexible Elective 1-0-0 1 ZZ XXX Flexible Elective 1-0-0 1

ZZ XXX Flexible Elective (HSS) 1-0-0 1 ZZ XXX Flexible Elective 1-0-0 1

National Sports
NO 102 0-0-0 P/NP ZZ XXX Flexible Elective (HSS) 1-0-0 1
Organization (NSO)
National Sports
NO 102 0-0-0 P/NP
Organization (NSO)
Total 14-3-2 18 Total 14-4-8 22

14 Go to Index
 Curriculum for BTech (CSE)
Semester III
Curriculum of 2ndYear B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 2ndYear B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 onwards to AY 2023-24)
Course Course Title Weekl Credits Course Course Title Weekl Credit
Code y Code y s
L-T-P L-T-P
HS 201 Understanding Philosophy / 3-0-0 3/ ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
/ Psychology / / 3/
HS 203 Sociology / 3-0-0 3/
/ French Language – I / 3
HS 205 2-1-0
HS 207 /
2-1-0
MA 201 Mathematics-III (Complex Analysis and 3-1-0 4 MA Complex Analysis and Differential 3-1-0 4
Differential Equations-II) 203 Equations-II
CS 201 Discrete Mathematical Structures 2-1-0 3 CS 201 Discrete Mathematical Structures 2-1-0 3
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 2-1-0 3 CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 205 Abstraction and Paradigms for 2-1-0 3 CS 207 Data Base & Information Systems 3-0-0 3
Programming
CS 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 255 Abstraction and Paradigms for 0-0-3 1.5 CS 257 Data Base & Information Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Programming Lab
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5 IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 12/11 20.5 Total 10-3- 17.5
-4/5- 9 /
9 20.5

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CSE)

(From AY 2024-25 onwards)
Course Course Title Weekly Credits
Code L-T-P

ZZ xxx Course-I for Minor Program x-x-x 3

15 Go to Index
MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0 (1/2 2
Sem)
MA 207 Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 (1/2 2
Sem)
CS 201 Discrete Mathematical Structures 2-1-0 3
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 207N Database and Information Systems 2-1-0 3
CS 209 Logic Design 2-0-2 3
CS 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 257 Database and Information Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 2XX Department Elective I x-x-x 3
Total 11-4-8 ** 22/25

Semester IV
Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 onwards to AY 2023-24)
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 208 French Language – II + 2-1-0 3 ZZ XXX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4 MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-0-2 4
204
CS 202 Automata Theory and Logic 2-1-0 3 CS 202 Automata Theory and Logic 2-1-0 3
CS 204 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2-1-0 3 CS 204 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 206 Logic Design 2-1-0 3 CS 206 Logic Design 2-1-0 3
CS 208 Software Engineering 2-1-0 3 CS 208 Software Engineering 2-1-0 3
CS 254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 0-0-3 1.5 CS 254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 0-0-3 1.5
Lab Lab
CS 256 Logic Design Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 256 Logic Design Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 258 Software Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 258 Software Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 11/13- 20.5 / Total 11-5-9 20.5 /
5/6-9 23.5 23.5
+ Additional course ONLY for those students who have taken and passed HS 207 in their 3 Semester.
rd

16 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2024-25 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Title Weekly Credits

Code L-T-P
ZZ xxx Course-II for Minor Program x-x-x 3
MA
Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
204N
CS 202 Automata Theory and Logic 2-1-0 3
CS 204 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 210 Computer Architecture 2-1-0 3
CS 254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 264 Computer Architecture Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute Elective-I x-x-x 3
Total 8-3-8 21/24

Curriculum for BTech (CSE)

Semester V
Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 3rdYear B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2014-15) (From AY 2015-16 to AY 2024-25)
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekl Credit
Code L-T-P s Code y s
L-T-P
HS xxx HSS Course 3-0-0 3 ZZ XXX Course-III for Minor Program X-X-X 3
CS 301 Data Base & Information Systems 3-0-0 3 CS 309 Parallel Computing 2-1-0 3
CS 303 Operating Systems 2-1-0 3 CS 303 Operating Systems 2-1-0 3
CS 305 Computer Architecture 2-1-0 3 CS 305 Computer Architecture 2-1-0 3
CS 307 Optimization Algorithms and 3-0-0 3 CS 307 Optimization Algorithms and 2-1-0 3
Techniques Techniques
CS 351 Data Base & Information Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 359 Parallel Computing Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 353 Operating Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 353 Operating Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5

17 Go to Index
CS 355 Computer Architecture Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 355 Computer Architecture Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 357 Optimization Algorithms and 0-0-3 1.5 CS 357 Optimization Algorithms and 0-0-3 1.5
Techniques Lab Techniques Lab
Total 13-2- 21 Total 8-4- 18 /
12 12 21

Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (CSE)

(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Title Weekly Credits

Code L-T-P
ZZ xxx Course III - Minor Program x-x-x 3
CS 311 Parallel Computing 2-0-2 3
CS 303 Operating Systems 2-1-0 3
Optimization Algorithms and
CS 307 2-1-0 3
Techniques
CS 313 Computer Networks 2-0-2 3
CS 353N Operating Systems Lab 0-0-2 1
Optimization Algorithms and
CS 357N 0-0-2 1
Techniques Lab
CS 3XX Department Elective III x-x-x 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Elective II x-x-x 3
Total 8-2-8 20/23

Semester VI
Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2014-15) (From AY 2015-16 to AY 2024-25)
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social 3-0-0 1.5 HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social 3-0-0 1.5
Aspects Aspects
ES 302 (Half Semester course) 3-0-0 1.5 ES 302 (Half Semester course) 3-0-0 1.5
18 Go to Index
 Environmental Studies: Scientific Environmental Studies: Scientific
and Engineering Aspects (Half and Engineering Aspects (Half
Semester course) Semester course)
CS 302 Computer Graphics and 3-0-0 3 CS 302 Computer Graphics and 2-1-0 3
Visualization Visualization
CS 304 Artificial Intelligence 3-0-0 3 CS Computational Intelligence 2-1-0 3
304N
CS 306 Computer Networks 3-0-0 3 CS 306 Computer Networks 2-1-0 3
CS 308 Compiler Techniques 3-0-0 3 CS 308 Compiler Techniques 2-1-0 3
CS 352 Computer Graphics and 0-0-3 1.5 CS 352 Computer Graphics and 0-0-3 1.5
Visualization Lab Visualization Lab
CS 354 Artificial Intelligence Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS Computational Intelligence Lab 0-0-3 1.5
354N
CS 356 Computer Networks Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 356 Computer Networks Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 358 Compiler Techniques Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 358 Compiler Techniques Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 391 Summer Internship
(After the completion of the 6th
semester)
Total 15-0-12 21 Total 11-4-12 21

Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (CSE)

(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Title Weekly Credits

Code L-T-P
ZZ xxx Course IV - Minor Program x-x-x 3
CS 302N Computer Graphics and Visualization 2-0-2 3
CS 304N Computational Intelligence 2-1-0 3
CS 310 Software Engineering 2-0-2 3
CS 308N Compiler Techniques 2-0-2 3
CS 354N Computational Intelligence Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CS 3XX Department Elective IV x-x-x 3
CS 3XX Department Elective V x-x-x 3
19 Go to Index
ZZ 3XX Institute Elective III x-x-x 3
22.5/25.
Total 8-1-9
5

Curriculum for BTech (CSE)

Semester VII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 to AY 2025-26)
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekl Credit
Code L-T-P s Code y s
L-T-P
CS 401 Soft Computing 3-0-0 3 CS B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0- 20
CS xxx Department Elective – I x-x-x 3 493 1. Student can do BTech project either
40
CS xxx Department Elective – II x-x-x 3 outside the institute or within the
XX xxx Institute Elective – I x-x-x 3 institute under a supervision of an IIT
CS 451 Soft Computing Lab 0-0-3 1.5 Indore Faculty.
CS 491 B.Tech. Project (Stage 1) 0-0-12 6 2. Summer Internship, if any, will be part
CS 391 Evaluation of Summer 0-2-0 2 of B Tech Project.
Internship 3. The choice is to be made latest by 30th
April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2nd week
of May to Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st
week of Dec.
6. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2nd
week of Dec.
Total 21.5 Total 20

Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE)

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-
24)

Course Course Code Course Code Credits

20 Go to Index
 Code
ZZ xxx Course-V for Minor Program x-x-x 2
CS 493N B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-32 16
CS 495 Internship - I x-x-x 1
CS 497 Internship - II x-x-x 1
Total 0-0-32 18/20

Semester VIII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) (From AY 2014-15 to AY 2015-16)
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Code Course Title Weekl Credit
Code L-T-P s y s
L-T-P
CS 402 Parallel Computing 3-0-0 3 CS 401 / CS Soft Computing % 2-0-2 3
601
CS 452 Parallel Computing Lab 0-0-3 1.5 CS 402 Parallel Computing % 2-0-2 3
CS xxx Department Elective - III x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-I x-x-x 3
CS xxx Department Elective - IV x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-II x-x-x 3
XX xxx Institute Elective – II x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-III x-x-x 3
CS 492 B. Tech. Project (Stage 2) 0-0-12 6 ZZ xxx Elective-IV x-x-x 3
Total 19.5 Total 18
From AY 2016-17 to AY 2019-20
CS 419 / Computer Vision 2-1-0 3
ICS 419
ZZ xxx Elective-I x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Elective-II x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Elective-III x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Elective-IV (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program)
ZZ xxx Elective-V (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3
Program)
Total 18

From AY 2020-21 to AY 2025-26

CS 419 / Computer Vision 2-1-0 3
21 Go to Index
 ICS 419
CS xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3
CS xxx Department Elective-II x-x-x 3
CS xxx Department Elective-III x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for x-x-x 3
Minor Program)
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-V for x-x-x 3
Minor Program)
Total 18

Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (CSE)

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Credits
Course Code Course Code
Code
CS 4XX Department Elective VI x-x-x 3
CS 4XX Department Elective VII x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective IV x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective V x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective VI x-x-x 3
Total X-X-X 15

CSE courses available for the Elective Courses of BTech Program in CSE
CS 211 : UX/UI Design (2-0-2-3)
CS 213 : Matrix Factorization and Applications (2-1-0-3)
CS 215 : Mathematics for AI and ML (2-1-0 -3)
CS 212 : Foundation of Algebraic Graph Theory (2-1-0-3)
CS 214: Foundations of Hardware Security (2-1-0-3)
CS 216 : Introduction to Blockchain (2-1-0-3) – ½ semester
CS 315 : Introduction to Complexity Theory (2-1-0 3)
CS 317 : Introduction to Internet of Things (2-1-0-3)
CS 319 : Foundations of Cryptography (2-1-0-3)
CS 321 : Introduction to Big Data Analysis (2-1-0-3)
22 Go to Index
CS 312 : Foundations of Secure Computation (2-1-0-3)
CS 314 : Computer and Network Security (2-1-0-3)
CS 401 / CS 601 : Soft Computing (2-0-2-3)
CS 403/ CS 603 : Machine Learning (2-0-2-3)
CS 404 / EE 304 : Digital Signal Processing (3-1-0-4)
CS 406 / CS 606 : Data Mining and Data Warehousing (2-0-2-3)
CS 407 : Peripherals and Interfaces (2-0-2-3)
CS 408 : Algorithms for Convex Programming (2-0-2-3)
CS 409 / CS 609 : Advanced Topics in Database Management Systems (2-1-0-3)
CS 410 : Genetic Algorithms (2-0-2-3)
CS 411/ CS 611 : Advanced Algorithms (2-0-2-3)
CS 412/ CS 612 : Pattern Recognition (2-0-2-3)
CS 413 : Topics in Artificial Intelligence Programming (2-1-0-3)
CS 414 / CS 614 : Cloud Computing and Applications (2-1-0-3)
CS 416 / CS 616 : Service Oriented Systems (2-1-0-3)
CS 417 / CS 617 : Cryptography and Network Security (2-0-2-3)
CS 418 / CS 618 : Systems and Usable Security (2-1-0-3)
CS 419 / ICS 419 / CS 619: Computer Vision (2-1-0-3) [From AY 2016-17 onward, it will be a compulsory course]
CS 420 / CS 620 : Embedded Systems (2-1-0-3)
CS 422 / CS 622 : Numerical Simulation (2-1-0-3)
CS 424 : Functional and Logic Programming (2-0-2-3)
CS 425 / CS 625 : Natural Language Processing (2-0-2-3)
CS 426/ CS 626 : Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems (2-0-2-3)
CS 427/ CS 627 : Advanced Computer Networks (2-1-0-3)
CS 428/ CS 628 : Algorithmic Graph Theory (2-1-0-3)
CS 430/ CS 630 : Data Center Networking (2-1-0-3)
CS 432/ CS 632 : Reinforcement Learning (2-0-2-3)
CS 334/ CS 434/ CS 634: Wireless Networks and Applications (2-1-0-3)
CS 435/ CS 635 : Deep Learning (2-0-2-3)
CS 438/ CS 638 : Network Softwarization and Management (2-0-2-3)
CS 440/640 : Distributed Network Algorithms (2-1-0-3)
CS 442 : Generative AI (2-1-0-3)
23 Go to Index
CS 444 : Advanced Blockchain (2-1-0-3)
CS 446 : Blockchain for Responsible Computing (2-1-0-3)

24 Go to Index
 Curriculum for BTech (Electrical Engineering)
Semester III
Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to AY 2023-24]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 201 Understanding Philosophy / 3-0-0 / 3/ ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
/ Psychology / 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 203 Sociology / 2-1-0 / 3/
/ French Language – I 2-1-0 3
HS 205
HS 207
MA 201 Mathematics-III (Complex Analysis 3-1-0 4 MA Complex Analysis and Differential 3-1-0 4
and Differential Equations-II) 203 Equations-II
EE 201 Network Theory 2-1-0 3 EE 201 Network Theory 2-1-0 3
EE 203 Electronic Devices 2-1-0 3 EE 203 Electronic Devices 2-1-0 3
EE 205 Introduction to Electrical Systems 3-1-0 4 EE 205 Introduction to Electrical Systems 3-1-0 4
EE 253 Electronic Devices Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 253 Electronic Devices Lab 0-0-3 1.5
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5 IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 13/12- 20 Total 10-4-6 17 /
4/5-6 20

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE)

(From AY 2024-25 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Credits
Course Code Course Code
Code
ZZ 2XX Course-I for Minor Program X–X-X 3
3 - 1- 0 (Half
MA 205 Complex Analysis 2
Semester)
3 - 1- 0 (Half
MA 207 Differential Equations - II 2
Semester)
EE 201 Network Theory 2 - 1- 0 3
EE 203 Electronic Devices 2–1-0 3

25 Go to Index
 EE 207 Electric Machines 2–1-0 3
EE 209 Digital Systems 2–1-0 3
EE 253N Electronic Devices Lab 0–0-2 1
EE 259 Digital Systems Lab 0–0-2 1
EE 251 Electrical Networks Lab 0–0-2 1
EE 2XX Department Elective I x-x-x 3
Total X-X-X 22/25

Semester IV
Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 i.e. 2013 BTech (EE) batch to AY 2023-24]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 208 French Language – II + 2-1-0 3 ZZ XXX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4 MA Numerical Methods 3-0-2 4
204 204
EE 202 Signals and Systems 3-1-0 4 EE 202 Signals and Systems 3-1-0 4
EE 204 Analog Circuits 3-0-0 3 EE 204 Analog Circuits 2-1-0 3
EE 206 Electrical Machines and Power 3-0-0 3 EE 206 Electrical Machines and Power 2-1-0 3
Electronics Electronics
EE 208 Digital Systems 2-1-0 3 EE 208 Digital Systems 2-1-0 3
EE 254 Analog Circuits Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 254 Analog Circuits Lab 0-0-3 1.5
EE 256 Electrical Machines Lab 0-0-4 2 EE 256 Electrical Machines Lab 0-0-4 2
EE 258 Digital Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 258 Digital Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 14/16- 22 / Total 14-3-10 22 /
3/4-10 25 25
+ Additional course ONLY for those students who have taken and passed HS 207 in their 3 Semester.
rd

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (EE)

(From AY 2024-25 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Code Course Code Course Code Credits

ZZ 2XX Course-II for Minor Program X–X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2–0-2 3
EE 202N Signals and Systems 2–1-0 3
26 Go to Index
 EE 204 Analog Circuits 2–1-0 3
EE 212 Power Electronics 2–1-0 3
EE 254 Analog Circuits Lab 0–0-3 1.5
Electric Machines and Power
EE 252 0–0-3 1.5
Electronics Lab
EE 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute Open Elective I x-x-x 3
TOTAL 21/24

Curriculum for BTech (Electrical Engineering)

Semester V
Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 3rdYear B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to AY 2024-25]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS xxx HSS Course 3-0-0 3 ZZXXX Course-III for Minor Program * X-X-X 3
HS XXX HSS Elective (for 2012 batch only) X-X-X 3
EE 301 Microprocessors 3-0-0 3 EE Microprocessors and Digital 2-1-0 3
301N Systems Design
EE 303 Probability and Random Processes 2-1-0 3 EE 303 Probability and Random Processes 2-1-0 3
EE 305 Electromagnetic Waves 3-0-0 3 EE 305 Electromagnetic Waves 2-1-0 3
EE 307 Communication Systems 3-0-0 3 EE 307 Communication Systems 2-1-0 3
EE 309 Electrical Measurements and 3-0-0 3 EE 309 Electrical Measurements and 2-1-0 3
Instrumentation Instrumentation
EE 311 VLSI Systems and Technology 2-1-0 3
EE 351 Microprocessors Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE Microprocessors and Digital 0-0-3 1.5
351N Systems Design Lab
Total 17-1-3 19.5 Total 14-1-3 22.5

Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (EE)

(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Code Course Code Course Code Credits

ZZ 3XX Course – III for Minor Program X–X-X 3
EE 301N Microprocessors and Digital Systems 2–1-0 3
27 Go to Index
 Design
EE 313 Communication Systems Theory 2–1-0 3
EE 305 Electromagnetic Waves 2–1-0 3
EE 315 Power Systems 2–1-0 3
EE 317 Digital Signal Processing 2–1-0 3
Microprocessors and Digital Systems
EE 351N 0–0-2 1
Design Lab
EE 3XX Department Elective III x-x-x 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Open Elective II x-x-x 3
TOTAL 22/ 25

Semester VI
Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to AY 2024-25]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social Aspects 3-0-0 1.5 HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social Aspects 3-0-0 1.5
(Half Semester course) (Half Semester course)
ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and 3-0-0 1.5 ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and 3-0-0 1.5
Engineering Aspects (Half Semester Engineering Aspects (Half Semester
course) course)
EE 302 Control Systems 2-1-0 3 EE 302 Control Systems 2-1-0 3
EE 304 Digital Signal Processing 3-1-0 4 EE 304 Digital Signal Processing 3-1-0 4
/ CS
404
EE 306 Digital Communications 3-0-0 3 EE 306 Digital Communications 2-1-0 3
EE 308 Power Systems 2-1-0 3 EE 308 Power Systems 2-1-0 3
EE 352 Control Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 352 Control Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
EE 356 Communications Lab 0-0-3 1.5 EE 356 Communications Lab 0-0-3 1.5
EE 391 Summer Internship
(After the completion of the 6th
semester)
Total 13-3-6 19 Total 13-3-6 19
*From 2013 BTech batch onwards

28 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Code Course Code Course Code Credits

ZZ 3XX Course – IV for Minor Program x-x-x 3
EE 302 Control Systems 2–1-0 3
EE 306 Digital Communications 2–1-0 3
EE 310 VLSI Systems and Technology 2–0-2 3
EE 352N Control Systems Lab 0–0-3 1.5
EE 356N Communications Lab 0–0-2 1
EE 3XX Department Elective IV x-x-x 3
EE 3XX Department Elective V x-x-x 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Open Elective III x-x-x 3
TOTAL 20.5/23.5

Curriculum for BTech (Electrical Engineering)

Semester VII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2014-15) [From AY 2015-16 to AY 2025-26]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
EE 401 VLSI Systems and Technology 3-0-0 3 EE 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-40 20
EE 403 Digital Systems Design 3-0-0 3 1. Student can do B Tech project either
EE xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3 outside the institute or within the
XX xxx Institute Elective-I x-x-x 3 institute under a supervision of an
EE 453 Digital Systems Design Lab 0-0-3 1.5 IIT Indore Faculty.
EE 491 B.Tech. Project (Stage 1) 0-0-12 6 2. Summer Internship, if any, will be
EE 391 Evaluation of Summer 0-2-0 2 part of B Tech Project.
Internship 3. The choice is to be made latest by
30th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2nd
week of May to Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st
week of Dec.
29 Go to Index
 6. Last Date of Submission of Grades:
2nd week of Dec.
Total 21.5 Total 20

Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE)

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Credits
Course Code Course Code
Code
ZZ 4XX Course - V for Minor Program X–X-X 2
ZZ 4XX Internship I / II X–X-X 2
EE 493N B.Tech. Project (BTP) 0 – 0 - 32 16
TOTAL 18/20

Semester VIII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2014-15) [From AY 2015-16 to AY 2019-20]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekl Credit
Code L-T-P s Code y s
L-T-P
EE xxx Department Elective – II x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-I x-x-x 3
EE xxx Department Elective - III x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-II x-x-x 3
EE xxx Department Elective - IV x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-III x-x-x 3
EE xxx Department Elective - IV x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-IV (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program *)
XX xxx Institute Elective – II x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-V (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3
Program *)
EE 492 B. Tech. Project (Stage 2) 0-0-12 6
Total 21 Total 15
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE)
[From AY 2019-20 to AY 2025-26]
EE xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3
30 Go to Index
 EE xxx Department Elective-II x-x-x 3
EE xxx Department Elective-III x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program *)
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3
Program *)
Total 15
*Applicable for 2013 BTech batch onwards ONLY

Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (EE)

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Credits

Course Code
Code Code
EE 4XX Department Elective VI X–X-X 3
EE 4XX Department Elective VII X–X-X 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective IV X–X-X 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective V X–X-X 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective VI X–X-X 3
Total 15

31 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 5-Year Degree Program with BTech (EE) and MTech (CSP) or BTech + PhD (from AY 2015-16 onwards)
Semester VII
Course Code Course Name Weekly Credits
L-T-P
EE 603 Optimization Techniques 2-1-0 3
EE 641 / EE 441 Advanced Signal Processing 2-1-0 3
EE 643 Detection and Estimation Theory 2-1-0 3
EE 701 Time-Frequency Analysis 2-1-0 3
ZZ XXX Elective-I X-X-X 3
Total minimum credits earned during the semester 15

Semester VIII
Course Code Course Name Weekly Credits
L-T-P
CS 601 / CS 401 Soft Computing 2-0-2 3
EE 642 Wireless Communication 2-1-0 3
EE 644 Image Processing 2-1-0 3
EE 646 / EE 446 Information and Coding Theory 2-1-0 3
ZZ XXX Elective-II X-X-X 3
EE 698 PG seminar course 0-2-0 2
Total minimum credits earned during the semester 17

Semester IX
Course Code Course Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grade)
EE 799 (ZZ 899 +) M. Tech. Research Project (Stage-I) (PhD 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
Thesis)

Semester X
Course Code Course Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grade)
EE 800 (ZZ 899) M. Tech. Research Project (Stage-II) / (PhD 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
Thesis)

32 Go to Index
+A student will have choice to convert his/her MTech program to the PhD program during its 2nd semester of MTech or 8th semester of BTech + MTech
program.

Engineering Courses for Elective-I @

Course Code Course Name Contact Credits
hours
(L-T-P)
EE 625 VLSI Signal Processing 2-1-0 3
EE 645 Mathematical Methods for Signal 2-1-0 3
Processing
CS 617 / CS 417 Cryptography & Network Security 2-1-0 3

Engineering Courses for Elective-II @

Course Code Course Name Contact hours Credits
(L-T-P)
EE 622 / EE 422 Digital Circuit Design 2-1-0 3
EE 628 / EE 428 Advanced Memory Technology 2-1-0 3
EE 740 Speech Signal Processing 2-1-0 3
EE 742 MIMO Wireless Communications 2-1-0 3
ME 644 / ME 444 Robotics 2-1-0 3
CS 606 / CS 406 Data Mining and Data Warehousing 2-0-2 3
CS 618 / CS 418 Systems and Usable Security 2-1-0 3

@ In addition to this course list, a student can also opt from the PG courses being offered by the other Departments.

33 Go to Index
EE Courses available for the Elective Courses of BTech Programs in EE (From AY 2014-15
onwards)

EE 211 : Applied Probability for Communication Engineering (2-1-0-3)

EE 213 : Fundamentals of Optimization (2-1-0-3)
EE 214 : Electronic Instrumentation (2-1-0-3)
EE 216 : Machine Learning for Signal Processing (2-1-0-3)
EE 319 : Design and Analysis of Communication Networks (2-1-0-3)
EE 321 : Design of Photovoltaic Systems (2-1-0-3)
EE 312 : Microwave and Satellite Communication (2-1-0-3)
EE 314 : Restructured Power Systems (2-1-0-3)
EE 316 : RF Devices for Guided and Wireless Transmission (2-1-0-3)
EE 410 / EE 610 : Power Electronics Applications to Power Transmission (2-1-0-3)
EE 411 : Communication System Theory (2-1-0-3)
EE 412 / EE 612 : Digital Communication Systems (2-1-0-3)
EE 413 : Discrete Data and Digital Control (2-1-0-3)
EE 414 : Special Semiconductor Devices (2-1-0-3)
EE 415 : Electronic Instrumentation (2-1-0-3)
EE 416 : Industrial Instrumentation (2-1-0-3)
EE 417 : Analog Filters (2-1-0-3)
EE 418 : Control System Design (2-1-0-3)
EE 419 / EE 619 : Biomedical Optics (2-1-0-3)
EE 420 / EE 620 : IC Fabrication Technology (2-1-0-3)
EE 421 / EE 621 : MOS Devices and Modeling (2-1-0-3)
EE 422 / EE 622 : Digital Circuit Design (2-1-0-3)
EE 424 / EE 724 : Advanced Micro-processes and Nanotechnology (2-1-0-3)
EE 426 / EE 626 : MOSFET Reliability Issues (2-1-0-3)
EE 427 : Physics of Semiconductor Devices (2-1-0-3)
EE 428 / EE 628 : Advanced Memory Technology (2-1-0-3)
EE 429 / EE 629 : Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics (2-1-0-3)
EE 430 / EE 630 : Analog CMOS IC Design (2-1-0-3)
EE 431 / IEE 431/ EE 631 : Organic Electronics (2-1-0-3)
EE 432 / EE 632 : Optoelectronics (2-1-0-3)
EE 434 / EE 634 : Semiconductor Based Devices (2-1-0-3)
EE 435 / EE 635 : VLSI Technology (2-1-0-3)
EE 436 : Microwave and Satellite Communication (2-1-0-3)
34 Go to Index
EE 438 : Computer Control and Automation of Power Systems (2-1-0-3)
EE 440 / EE 640 : Analog and Mixed Signal IC Design (2-1-0-3)
EE 441/ EE 641 : Advanced Signal Processing (2-1-0-3)
EE 446 / EE 646 : Information and Coding Theory (2-1-0-3)
EE 447/ EE 647 : Advanced Photonics (2-1-0-3)
EE 448/ EE 648 : Antennas and Propagation (2-1-0-3)
EE 450/ EE 650 : Internet of Things (IoT) Networks (2-1-0-3)
EE 450N/ EE 650N : IoT Communication Networks (2-1-0-3)
EE 455/ EE 655 : Optical Wireless Communications (2-1-0-3)
EE 483/ EE 683 : Error Correcting Codes (2-1-0-3)
EE 484/ EE 684 : Power System Protection (2-1-0-3)

35 Go to Index
 Curriculum for BTech (Mechanical Engineering)
Semester III
Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to 2023-24]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 201 Understanding Philosophy / 3-0-0 / 3/ ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program * X-X-X 3
/ Psychology / 3-0-0 / 3/
HS 203 Sociology / 2-1-0 / 3/
/ French Language – I 2-1-0 3
HS 205
HS 207
ME 201 Solid Mechanics 3-1-0 4 ME 201 Solid Mechanics 3-1-0 4
ME 203 Fluid Mechanics 3-1-0 4 ME 203 Fluid Mechanics 3-1-0 4
ME 205 Materials Science 2-1-0 3 MM 205 Materials Science 2-1-0 3
ME 251 Solid Mechanics Lab 0-0-3 1.5 ME 251 Solid Mechanics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
ME 257 Machine Drawing 1-0-3 2.5 ME 257 Machine Drawing 1-0-3 2.5
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5 IC 211 Experimental Engineering 0-0-3 1.5
Lab
Total 12/11-3/4-9 19.5 Total 9-3-9 16.5 /
19.5

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME)

[From AY 2024-25 onwards ] (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Course Code Course Title Weekly L-T-P Credits
ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3

MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0 (1/2 Sem) 2

MA 207 Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 (1/2 Sem) 2

ME 203N Fluid Mechanics 2-1-0 3
36 Go to Index
 ME 205N Materials Science and Engineering 2-1-0 (1/2 Sem) 1.5
ME 207 Principles of Industrial Engineering 2-1-0 3
ME 201N Solid Mechanics 2-1-0 3
ME 209 Thermodynamics 2-1-0 3
ME 251N Solid Mechanics Lab 0-0-2 1
ME 2XX Department Elective I X-X-X 3
Total 21.5/23.
5

Semester IV
Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to 2023-24]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 208 French Language – II + 2-1-0 3 ZZ XXX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-1-0 4 MA Numerical Methods 3-0-2 4
204
ME 202 Strength of Materials 3-1-0 4 ME Strength of Materials 3-1-0 4
202
ME 204 Fluid Machinery 3-0-0 3 ME Fluid Machinery 2-1-0 3
204
ME 206 Thermodynamics 3-1-0 4 ME Thermodynamics 3-1-0 4
206
ME 208 Theory of Manufacturing 3-0-0 3 ME Theory of Manufacturing 2-1-0 3
Processes 208 Processes
ME 254 Fluid Mechanics and 0-0-3 1.5 ME Fluid Mechanics and 0-0-3 1.5
Machinery Lab 254 Machinery Lab
ME 258 Manufacturing Processes Lab 0-0-3 1.5 ME Manufacturing Processes Lab 0-0-3 1.5
258
Total 15/17-3/4-6 21 / Total 15-3-6 21 /
24 24
+ ONLY for those students who have taken and passed HS 207 in their 3rd Semester.

37 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (ME)
[From AY 2024-25 onwards ] (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Course Code Course Title Weekly L-T-P Credits
ZZ xxx Course-II for Minor Program x-x-x 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
ME 204N Fluid Machinery 2-0-0 2
ME 202N Strength of Materials 2-1-0 3
ME 208 Theory of Manufacturing Processes 2-1-0 3
ME 214 Introduction to Additive 2-1-0 (1/2 Sem) 1.5
Manufacturing
ME 256 Computer Aided Machine Drawing 1-0-2 2
ME 254N Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab 0-0-2 1
ME 258N Manufacturing Processes Lab 0-0-2 1
ME 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute Elective I x-x-x 3
Total 22.5/25.5

Curriculum for BTech (Mechanical Engineering)

Semester V
Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 3rdYear B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to 2024-25]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS xxx HSS Course 3-0-0 3 ZZ XXX Course-III for Minor Program * X-X-X 3
HS XXX HSS Elective (for 2012 batch only) 3
ME Heat Transfer 3-1-0 4 ME Heat Transfer 3-1-0 4
301 301
ME Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 3-1-0 4 ME Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 3-1-0 4
38 Go to Index
303 303
ME Machining Science and Metrology 3-0-0 3 ME Machining Science and Metrology 2-1-0 3
305 305
ME Principles of Industrial Engineering 3-0-0 3 ME Principles of Industrial Engineering 2-0-2 3
307 307
ME Heat Transfer Lab 0-0-3 1.5 ME Heat Transfer Lab 0-0-3 1.5
351 351
ME Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 0-0-3 1.5 ME Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 0-0-3 1.5
353 Lab 353 Lab
ME Machining Science and Metrology 0-0-2 1 ME Machining Science and Metrology 0-0-2 1
355 Lab 355 Lab
Total 15-2-8 21 Total 11-2- 18 /
10 21

Semester VI

Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 3rd Year B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to AY 2024-25]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social Aspects 3-0-0 1.5 HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social 3-0-0 1.5
(Half Semester course) Aspects (Half Semester course)
ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and 3-0-0 1.5 ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and 3-0-0 1.5
Engineering Aspects (Half Semester Engineering Aspects (Half Semester
course) course)
ME 302 Applied Thermodynamics 3-0-0 3 ME 302 Applied Thermodynamics 2-1-0 3
ME 304 Instrumentation and Control Systems 3-0-0 3 ME 304 Instrumentation and Control Systems 2-1-0 3
ME 306 Machine Design-I 2-2-0 4 ME 306 Machine Design-I 2-2-0 4

ME 308 Quality Management 3-0-0 3 ME 308 Quality Management 2-1-0 3

ME 352 Applied Thermodynamics Lab 0-0-3 1.5 ME 352 Applied Thermodynamics Lab 0-0-3 1.5

39 Go to Index
ME 354 Instrumentation and Control Systems 0-0-3 1.5 ME 354 Instrumentation and Control Systems 0-0-3 1.5
Lab Lab
ME 391 Summer Internship
(After the completion of the 6th
semester)
Total 14-2-6 19 Total 14-2-6 19

Curriculum for BTech (Mechanical Engineering)

Semester VII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 onwards]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekly Credit
Code L-T-P s Code L-T-P s
ME 401 Machine Design-II 2-2-0 4 ME B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-40 20
ME xxx Department Elective-I 3-0-0 3 493 1. Student can do B Tech project
ME xxx Department Elective-II x-x-x 3 either outside the institute or
XX xxx Institute Elective-I x-x-x 3 within the institute under a
supervision of an IIT Indore
ME 491 B.Tech. Project (Stage 1) 0-0-12 6 Faculty.
ME 391 Evaluation of Summer 0-2-0 2 2. Summer Internship, if any, will
Internship be part of B Tech Project.
3. The choice is to be made latest
by 30th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2nd
week of May to Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission:
1st week of Dec
6. Last Date of Submission of
Grades: 2nd week Dec.
Total 21 Total 20

40 Go to Index
Semester VIII
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (ME) Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (ME)
(From AY 2011-12 to AY 2013-14) [From AY 2014-15 to AY 2019-20]
Course Course Title Weekly Credit Course Course Title Weekl Credit
Code L-T-P s Code y s
L-T-P
ME xxx Department Elective – III x-x-x 3 ME Machine Design-II 2-2-0 4
401
ME xxx Department Elective – IV x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-I x-x-x 3
ME xxx Department Elective - V x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-II x-x-x 3
ME xxx Department Elective - VI x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-III x-x-x 3
XX xxx Institute Elective – II x-x-x 3 ZZ xxx Elective-IV (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program*)
ME B. Tech. Project (Stage 2) 0-0-12 6 ZZ xxx Elective-V (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3
492 Program*)
Total 21 Total 19
Curriculum of 4th Year B. Tech. (ME)
[From AY 2020-21 to AY 2025-26]
ME Machine Design-II 2-2-0 4
401
ME xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3
ME xxx Department Elective-II x-x-x 3
ME xxx Department Elective-III x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program*)
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3
Program*)
Total 19
From the 2013 BTech batch onwards.

41 Go to Index
Curriculum of 5-Year Degree Program with BTech (ME) and MTech (PIE) and B Tech + PhD (from AY 2014-15 onwards)
Semester VII
Course Code Subject Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 655 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 2-1-0 3
ME 657 Mechatronics and Metrology 3-0-2 4
ME 659 / ME
Micro and Precision Manufacturing 2-0-2 3
459
MM 661 Materials Science and Engineering 2-1-0 3
ME 675 / MA
Probability and Statistical Methods 2-0-2 3
675
ZZ XXX Elective-I X-X-X 3
Total 19

Semester VIII
Course Code Subject Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 401 Machine Design II * 2-2-0 4
ME 672/ ME 472 Reliability Engineering 2-0-2 3
ME 650 Materials Characterization Techniques 2-0-2 3
ME 660/ ME 460 Technology of Surface Coatings 2-1-0 3
ME 698 PG seminar course 0-2-0 2
ZZ XXX Elective-II X-X-X 3
ZZ XXX Elective-III X-X-X 3
Total 21

Semester IX
Course Code Course Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grade)
ME 799 (ZZ
M. Tech. Research Project (Stage-I) (PhD Thesis) 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
899+)

Semester X

42 Go to Index
 Course Code Course Name Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grade)
ME 800 (ZZ 899
+)
M. Tech. Research Project (Stage-II) (PhD Thesis) 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
Total minimum credits to be earned during the program 163.5/ 166.5

* Only for BTech students of IITI admitted to this program.

+A student will have choice to convert his/her MTech program to the PhD program during its 2nd semester of MTech or 8th semester of BTech + MTech
program.

Mechanical Engineering Courses for Elective-I @

ME 653/ ME 453 Computer Aided Manufacturing 2-0-2 3

ME 663 Theory of Conventional Machining 2-1-0 3
ME 671/ ME 471 / MA
Operations Research 2-0-2 3
671
ME 751/ ME 451 Theory of Advanced Machining Processes 2-0-2 3

Mechanical Engineering Courses for Elective-II, III @

ME 640/ ME 440 Smart Materials and Structures 2-1-0 3
ME 644/ ME 444 Robotics 2-0-2 3
ME 646/ ME 446 Dynamics and Control Systems 2-1-0 3
ME 648/ ME 448 MEMS and Micro System Design 2-1-0 3
ME 654/ ME454 Rapid Product Manufacturing 2-0-2 3
Laser based Measurements and Micro-
ME 658/ ME 458 2-1-0 3
Manufacturing
ME 730 Theory of Elasticity 2-1-0 3
ME 736/ ME 436 Finite Element Analysis 2-0-2 3
ME 738/ ME 438 Composite Materials 2-1-0 3
ME 756/ ME 456 Industrial Automation 2-0-2 3

43 Go to Index
@ In addition to this course list, a student can also opt from the PG courses being offered by any other Department.

Department Elective - I From AY 2024-25 onwards

Course Code Course Title Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 217 Industrial Data Analytics 2-1-0 3
ME 219 Energy Storage Systems 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 221 Optical Measurement Techniques in Fluid
2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
Mechanics
ME 223 Design Thinking 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 225 Fundamentals of Vibrations 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 227 Plastic Parts Manufacturing 2-0-2 (Half-Sem) 1.5

Department Elective - II From AY 2024-25 onwards

Course Code Course Title Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 216 Thermal Systems and Applications 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 218 Quality Management 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 220 Fundamentals of Acoustics 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 222 Introduction to Experimental Aerodynamics 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 224 Fundamentals of Microscale Flows 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5
ME 228 High Strain rate Forming Process 2-1-0 (Half-Sem) 1.5

Curriculum of 5-Year Degree Program with B.Tech. (ME) and M.Tech. (MSD) and B.Tech. + Ph.D. (from AY 2021-22 onwards)

Semester VII
Course Code Subject Code Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 646/ ME 446 Dynamics and Control Systems 2-1-0 3
ME 647 Dynamics and Control Systems Lab 0-0-3 1.5
ME 730 Theory of Elasticity 2-1-0 3
ME 736/ ME 436 Finite Element Methods 2-0-2 3
ME 738/ ME 438 Composite Materials 2-1-0 3
ZZ XXX Elective – I X-X-X 3
44 Go to Index
Total minimum credits earned during the semester 16.5

Semester VIII
Course Code Subject Code Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 401 Machine Design II* 2-2-0 4
ME 632/ 432 Vibrations and Noise Control 2-1-0 3
ME 634/ 434 Principle of Product Design 2-1-0 3
ME 637/ 437 Fracture Mechanics 2-1-0 3
ME 656 Vibrations and Noise Control Lab 0-0-3 1.5
ZZ XXX Elective – II X-X-X 3
ZZ XXX Elective – III X-X-X 3
ME 698 PG seminar course 0-2-0 2
Total minimum credits earned during the semester 22.5

Semester IX
Course Code Subject Code Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grades)
ME 799 (ZZ 899+) M.Tech. Research Project (Stage-I) (PhD 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
Thesis)
Semester X
Course Code Subject Code Weekly L-T-P Credits
(Grades)
ME 800 (ZZ 899+) M.Tech. Research Project (Stage-II) (PhD 0-0-36 18 (SS/US)
Thesis)

Mechanical Engineering Courses for Elective I, II and III @

Course Code Subject Code Weekly L-T-P Credits
ME 607/ ME 407 Biofluid Mechanics 2-1-0 3
ME 608/ ME 408 Hybrid Electric Vehicles 2-1-0 3
ME 630 Robotic Control Systems 2-1-2 4
ME 639/ 439 Mechanical Behavior of Materials 2-1-0 3
ME 640/ ME 440 Smart Materials and Structures 2-1-0 3
ME 641/ 441 Design of Laminated Composite 2-1-0 3
Structures
45 Go to Index
ME 643/ 443 Micromechanics and Nanomechanics 2-1-0 3
ME 644/ ME 444 Robotics 2-0-2 3
ME 648/ ME 448 MEM.S. and Micro-System Design 2-1-0 3
ME 756/ ME 456 Industrial Automation 2-0-2 3

@ In addition to this course list, a student can also opt from the PG courses being offered by the other Departments.
*Only for B.Tech. students of IITI admitted to this program.
+A student will have choice to convert his/her M.Tech. program to the Ph.D. program during its 2nd semester of M.Tech. or 8th semester of

B.Tech. + M.Tech. program.

ME Courses available for the Elective Course in the 8th Semester of BTech in ME (From AY 2014-15 onwards)

ME 406/ ME 606: Smart Materials based Energy Harvesters Design ME 412 : Energy Conversion (2-1-0-3)
(2-1-0-3) ME 414 : Power Plant Engineering (2-1-0-3)
ME 407 / ME 607 : Bio-fluid Mechanics (2-0-2-3 from AY 2021-22) ME 416 / ME 616 : Non-conventional Energy Sources (2-1-0-3)
ME 408/ 608 : Hybrid Electric Vehicles (2-1-0-3) ME 418 / ME 618 : Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) (2-0-2-3 from AY
ME 411 / ME 611 : Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (2-1-0-3) 2021-22)
ME 413 / ME 613 : Internal Combustion (IC) Engines (2-1-0-3) ME 420/ ME 620 : Alternative Cooling Technologies
ME 431 : Mechanical Vibrations (2-1-0-3) ME 432/ ME 632 : Vibration and Noise Control (2-1-0-3)
ME 433 : Condition Monitoring and Diagnostics (2-1-0-3) ME 434/ ME 634 : Principles of Product Design
ME 435 : Experimental Stress Analysis (2-1-0-3) ME 436 / ME 736 : Finite Element Analysis (FEA) (2-0-2-3)
ME 437/ ME 637 : Fracture Mechanics ME 438 / ME 738 : Composite Materials (2-1-0-3)
ME 439/ ME 639 : Mechanical Behavior of Materials ME 440 / ME 640 : Smart Materials and Structures (2-1-0-3)
ME 441/ ME 641 : Design of Laminated Composite Structures ME 442 : Design for Fatigue and Fracture (2-1-0-3)
ME 443/ ME 643 : Micromechanics and Nanomechanics ME 444 / ME 644 : Robotics (2-0-2-3)
ME 459 / ME 659 : Micro and Precision Manufacturing (2-0-2-3) ME 445/ ME 645 : Mobile Robotics (2-0-2-3)

46 Go to Index
ME 451 / ME 751 : Theory of Advanced Machining Processes (2-0-2- ME 446 / ME 646 : Dynamics and Control Systems (2-1-0-3)
3) ME 448 / ME 648 : MEMS and Micro-System Design (2-1-0-3)
ME 453 / ME 653 : Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) (2-0-2-3) ME 454 / ME 654 : Rapid Product Manufacturing (2-0-2-3)
ME 471 / ME 671 : Operations Research (2-0-2-3) ME 456 / ME 756 : Industrial Automation (2-0-2-3)
ME 473 : Engineering Optimization (2-0-2-3) ME 458 / ME 658 : Laser based Measurements and Micro-Manufacturing
ME 479/ ME 679 : Additive Manufacturing (2-0-2-3) (2-1-0-3)
ME 480/ ME 680 : Laser Material Processing and systems (2-0-2-3) ME 460 / ME 660 : Technology of Surface Coatings (2-1-0-3)
ME 464/ ME 764 : Microrobotics (2-1-0-3)
ME 472 / ME 672 : Reliability Engineering (2-0-2-3)
ME 474 : Non-traditional Optimization Techniques (2-0-2-3)

47 Go to Index
 Curriculum for BTech (Civil Engineering)
2nd Year B. Tech. (Civil Engineering)
from AY 2016-17 to AY 2023-24
Semester III
Course Course Title Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 203 Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 4
CE 201 Solid Mechanics 3-1-0 4
CE 203 Fluid Mechanics-I 2-1-0 3
CE 251 Solid Mechanics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
CE 253 Fluid Mechanics Lab-I 0-0-2 1.0
CE 257 Civil Engineering Drawing 1-0-3 2.5
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 9-3-11= 23 17.5/20.
5

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CE)

[From AY 2024-25 onwards ] (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Course Code Course Title Weekly Contact Credits
Hours (L-T-P)
ZZ 2xx Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0 2
(1/2 semester)
MA 207 Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 2
(1/2 semester)
CE 205 Strength of Materials 2- 1- 0 3
CE 203N Fluid Mechanics 2- 1- 0 3
CE 253N Fluid Mechanics Lab 0- 0- 3 1.5
CE 207 Building Materials 2- 0- 2 3
CE 209 Surveying 2- 1- 0 3
CE 255 Strength of Materials Lab 0- 0- 2 1
CE 259 Surveying Lab 0- 0- 2 1
CE 2XX Department Elective I x-x-x 3
Total 22.5/25.5

48 Go to Index
Semester IV
Course Course Title Weekly Contact Credits
Code Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-0-2 4
CE 202 Structural Mechanics-I 2-1-0 3
CE 204 Fluid Mechanics-II 2-1-0 3
CE 206 Geodesy-I 2-1-0 3
CE 208 Water and Waste Water Engineering 2-1-0 3
CE 254 Fluid Mechanics Lab-II 0-0-2 1.0
CE 256 Geodesy Laboratory-I 0-0-3 1.5
Total 11-5-5 = 21 18.5 / 21.5

Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (CE)

[From AY 2024-25 onwards ] (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Weekly
Course Contact
Course Title Credits
Code Hours (L-T-
P)
ZZ 2XX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
CE 210 Structural Analysis-I 2- 1- 0 3
CE 212 Soil Mechanics-I 2- 1- 0 3
CE 214 Engineering Geology 2- 0- 2 3
CE 252 Soil Mechanics Lab I 0- 0- 2 1
CE 218 Environmental Engineering 2- 1- 0 3
CE 258 Environmental Engineering Lab 0- 0- 2 1
CE 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute Elective I x-x-x 3
Total 23 /26

49 Go to Index
 3rd Year B. Tech. (Civil Engineering)
Semester V
Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-III for Minor Program X-X-X 3
CE 301 Hydrology 2-1-0 3
CE 303 Soil Mechanics-I 2-1-0 3
CE 305 Structural Mechanics-II 2-1-0 3
CE 307 Design of Structures-I 2-1-0 3
CE 309 Engineering Geology 2-1-0 3
CE 353 Soil Mechanics Laboratory-I 0-0-2 1.0
CE 357 Design Laboratory-I 0-0-3 1.5
CE 359 Engineering Geology Laboratory 0-0-3 1.5
CE 361 Design of Open Channel Flow 1-0-2 2
Total 11-4-11 = 26 21/24

Semester VI
Course Subject Name Weekly Credit
Code Contact Hours s
(L-T-P)
HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social Aspects 3-0-0 1.5
(Half Semester course)
ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and Engineering 3-0-0 1.5
Aspects (Half Semester course)
CE 302 Geodesy-II 2-1-0 3
CE 304 Soil Mechanics-II 2-1-0 3
CE 306 Structural Mechanics-III 2-1-0 3
CE 308 Design of Structure-II 2-1-0 3
CE 310 Transportation Engineering-I 3-0-2 4
CE 352 Geodesy Lab-II 0-0-3 1.5
CE 354 Soil Mechanics Laboratory-II 0-0-2 1.0
CE 358 Design Laboratory II 0-0-3 1.5
Total 15-3-10 = 28 23

50 Go to Index
 4th Year B. Tech. (Civil Engineering)
Semester VII
Course Subject Name Weekly Credit
Code Contact Hours s
(L-T-P)
CE 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-40 20
1. Student can do BTech project either outside the
institute or within the institute under a
supervision of an IIT Indore Faculty.
2. Summer Internship, if any, will be part of B Tech
Project.
3. The choice is to be made latest by 30th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2nd week of May to
Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st week of Dec.
6. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2nd week of
Dec.
Total 0-0-40 20

Semester VIII (from AY 2016-17 to AY 2019-20)

Course Subject Name Weekly Credit
Code Contact Hours s
(L-T-P)
CE 402/ Water Resources Engineering 2-1-0 3
CE 602
CE 404 Design of Structures-III 2-1-0 3
CE 406 Transportation Engineering-II 2-1-0 3
CE 408 Foundation Engineering 2-0-2 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-IV for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-III (or Course-V for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
Total 21

Semester VIII (from AY 2020-21 onwards)

Course Subject Name Weekly Credit
Code Contact Hours s
(L-T-P)
CE 402/ Water Resources Engineering 2-1-0 3
CE 602
CE 404 Design of Structures-III 2-1-0 3
CE 406 Transportation Engineering-II 2-1-0 3

51 Go to Index
CE 408 Foundation Engineering 2-0-2 3
CE xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-V for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
Total 21

CE Courses available for the Open Elective Courses of BTech in CE (From AY 2024-25
onwards)

CE 211 Smart Cities (2-1-0-3)

CE 213 Optimization Methods in Civil Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 220 Water Resources Planning and Management (2-1-0-3)
CE 222 Estimation and Costing (2-1-0-3)
CE 401/ CE 601 Mechanics of Advanced Composite Materials and Structures (2-1-0-3)
CE 410/ CE 610 Offshore Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 412/ CE 612 Sustainable Construction (2-1-0-3)
CE 414/ CE 614 Design of Short and Medium Span Bridges (2-1-0-3)
CE 418/ CE 618 Disaster Management (2-1-0-3)
CE 422 Hydraulic Structures (2-1-0-3)
CE 424 Ground Water Hydrology (2-1-0-3)
CE 426 Water Resources Systems (2-1-0-3)
CE 428/ CE 628 Theory of Plates and Shells (2-1-0-3)
CE 430/ CE 630 Elastic Stability (2-1-0-3)
CE 432/ CE 632 Plastic Analysis and Design (2-1-0-3)
CE 434/ 634 Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 436 Finite Element Analysis (2-1-0-3)
CE 438 Probabilistic and Statistical Methods in Civil Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 442 Machine Foundations (2-1-0-3)
CE 444/ CE 644 Solid Waste Engineering and Management (2-0-2-3)
CE 448 Pre-stressed Concrete (2-1-0-3)
CE 462/ CE 662 Structural Dynamics (2-1-0-3)
CE 464/ CE 664 Advanced Solid Mechanics (2-1-0-3)
CE 470 Transportation Planning (2-1-0-3)
CE 472 Advanced Traffic Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 474/ CE 674 Road Safety (2-1-0-3)
CE 476 Geo-Informatics in Transportation Engineering (2-1-0-3)

52 Go to Index
CE 478 Advanced Pavement Material and Design (2-1-0-3)
CE 480 Computer Aided Design of Civil Engineering System (2-1-0-3)
CE 482 Construction Management (2-1-0-3)
CE 484/ CE 684 Advanced Concrete Technology (2-0-2-3)
CE 486 Rock Mechanics and Tunneling Technology (2-1-0-3)
CE 488 Environmental Geotechnics (2-1-0-3)
CE 490 Elements of Remote Sensing (2-1-0-3)
CE 494/ CE 694 Earthquake Engineering (2-1-0-3)
CE 496/ CE 696 Safety of Dams and Reservoirs (2-1-0-3)
CE 4XX/ CE XX Pre-stressed Concrete Design (2-1-0-3)

53 Go to Index
 Curriculum of BTech Program
in
Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
(from AY 2016-17 to AY 2021-22)
(Approved in 10th meeting of Senate held on 4th May 2016)

Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science

(Renamed from AY 2021-22 onwards)

54 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year BTech (Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science)
Semester III
Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 203 Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 4
MM 201 Mechanics of Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 203 Physical Metallurgy-I 2-1-0 3
MM 205 Materials Science 2-1-0 3
MM 207 Thermodynamics 2-1-0 3
MM 251 Mechanics of Materials Lab 0-0-3 1.5
IC 211 Experimental Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 19/ 22

Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS

Semester III (From AY 2024-25 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Weekly
Course
Subject Name Contact Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
ZZ xxx Course-I for Minor Program x-x-x 3
MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0-2 (1/2 2
semester)
MA 207 Differential Equations-II 3-1-0-2 (1/2 2
semester)
MM 209 Structure of Materials 2-1-0 1.5
MM 211 Physics of Materials 2-1-0 1.5
MM 215 Mechanical Behaviour of Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 217 Transport Phenomena 2-1-0 3
MM 219 Thermodynamics of Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 257 Metallography Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 255 Mechanical Behaviour of Materials Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 2XX Department Electives 2-1-0 3
Total 21/24

55 Go to Index
 Options for Electives I (III Semester)
(From AY 2024-25 onwards) (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Weekly
Course
Subject Name Contact Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
MM 221 Finite Element Simulations in Materials 2-1-0 1.5
MM 223 Statistical Mechanics for Materials Science 2-1-0 1.5
MM 225 Materials Economics and Sustainability 2-1-0 1.5
MM 229 Nucleation and Crystal Growth 2-1-0 1.5

Semester IV (Till AY 2023-24)

Weekly
Course
Subject Name Contact Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204 Numerical Methods 3-0-2 4
MM 202 Extractive Metallurgy 2-1-0 3
MM 204 Physical Metallurgy–II 2-1-0 3
MM 206 Transport Phenomenon 2-1-0 3
MM 208 Theory of Metal Forming 2-1-0 3
MM 254 Physical Metallurgy Lab 0-0-3 1.5
MM 258 Metal Forming Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 19/ 22

4th Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS (IV Semester)

(From AY 2024-25 onwards) (From Batch admitted in and after 2023)
Weekly
Course
Subject Name Contact Hours Credits
Code
(L-T-P)
ZZXXX Course -II for minor program X-X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
2-1-0 (Half 1.5
MM 212 Casting and Welding Technology
Semester)
2-1-0 (Half 1.5
MM 210 Powder Metallurgy and Additive Manufacturing
Semester)
MM 208 Theory of Metal Forming 2-1-0 3

56 Go to Index
MM 216 Physical Metallurgy 2-1-0 3
MM 214 Materials Characterization 2-0-2 3
MM 252 Casting and Welding Technology Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 258N Metal Forming Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 2XX Department Elective II 2-1-0 3
ZZ XXX Institute open elective I 2-1-0 3
Total 14-5-8 23/26

Elective Courses (IV Semester)

Course Course Name (L-T-P) Credit
Code
MM 226 Materials Informatics 2-1-0 1.5
MM 228 Ceramic Science and Technology 2-1-0 1.5
MM 230 Diffusion in Solids 2-1-0 1.5
MM 232 Thin Film Technology 2-1-0 1.5

57 Go to Index
 3rd Year B. Tech. (Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science)
Semester V (Till Batch admitted 2022)
Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ XXX Course-III for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MM 301 Polymer Technology 2-1-0 3
MM 303 Introduction to Electrochemistry 2-1-0 3
MM 305 Iron and Steel Making 2-1-0 3
MM 307 Composites 2-1-0 3
MM 309 Computational Methods for Materials 2-0-2 3
MM 351 Polymer Technology Lab 0-0-3 1.5
MM 357 Composites Development Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 18/ 21

3RD Year Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS – V Semester

(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (From Batch admitted in and after 2023)
Course Course Name (L-T-P) Credit
Code
ZZXXX Course -III for minor program X-X-X 3
MM 3XX Computational Methods for Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Iron and Steel Making 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Optical and Magnetic Properties of Materials 2-1-0 (Half 1.5
Semester)
MM 3XX Non-ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2-0-2 3
MM 3XX Polymer and Composites 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Computational Methods for Materials Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 3XX Polymer and Composites Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 3XX Department Elective - III 2-1-0 3
ZZ 3XX Institute open elective - II 2-1-0 3
Total 13-5.5-6 21.5/24.5

58 Go to Index
 Elective Courses (V Semester)
Course Code Course Name (L-T-P) Credit

Lightweight Materials for

MM 3XX 2-1-0 1.5
Structural Applications
High Temperature Structural Materials -
MM 3XX 2-1-0 1.5
Superalloys
MM 3XX Graphene and its Derivatives 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Electrochemical Energy Storage 2-1-0 1.5
MM 416 Modeling and Simulation in Materials 2-1-0 3
Engineering
MM4XX/6XX Introduction to Crystal Plasticity 2-1-0 3
MM 4XX/6XX Advanced Functional Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 4XX/6XX Materials for Flexible Electronics 2-1-0 3

Semester VI (Till Batch admitted 2022)

Course Code Subject Name Weekly Credits
Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
HS 302 Environmental Studies: Social Aspects 3-0-0 1.5
(Half Semester course)
ES 302 Environmental Studies: Scientific and Engineering 3-0-0 1.5
Aspects (Half Semester course)
MM 302 Welding and Foundry Engineering 2-1-0 3
MM 304 Corrosion Engineering 2-1-0 3
MM 306 Powder Metallurgy 2-1-0 3
MM 308 Thin Films and Nanostructures 2-1-0 3
MM 310 Ceramics Technology 2-1-0 3
MM 352 Welding and Foundry Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
MM 354 Corrosion Engineering Lab 0-0-3 1.5
Total 21

59 Go to Index
 3rd Year Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS – VI Semester
(From AY 2025-26 onwards) (From Batch admitted in and after 2023)
Course Code Subject Name Weekly Credits
Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZXXX Course -IV for minor program X-X-X 3
MM 3XX Electrochemistry and Corrosion Engineering 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Semiconductor Materials and Devices 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Microstructure Engineering 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Corrosion Engineering Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 3XX Semiconductor and Thin Films Lab 0-0-2 1
MM 3XX Department Elective - IV 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Department Elective - V 2-1-0 3
Total 12-6-4 20/23

Elective Courses (VI Semester)

Course Code Course Name (L-T-P) Credit

MM 3XX Advances in Sintering Technology 2-1-0 1.5

MM 3XX Mechanical Behavior at Nanoscale 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Phase Transformation of Nano-Alloys 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Genetic Algorithms in Engineering Process 2-1-0 1.5
Modeling
MM 3XX Metallic Glass 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX CO2 Capture and Utilisation 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Engineered Soft Materials 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX High Entropy Materials 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Surface Engineering of Alloys 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Advanced Materials and Processes 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Fuels, Furnaces and Refractories 2-1-0 3
MM 3XX Functional Coatings 2-1-0 3

60 Go to Index
 4th Year B. Tech. (Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science)
Semester VII
Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MM 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-40 20
1. Student can do BTech project either outside
the institute or within the institute under a
supervision of an IIT Indore Faculty.
2. Summer Internship, if any, will be part of B
Tech Project.
3. The choice is to be made latest by 30th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2nd week of May
to Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st week of Dec.
6. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2nd week of
Dec.
Total 0-0-40 20

4th Year Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS – VII Semester

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (From Batch admitted in and after 2023)
Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZXXX Project for Minor Program 0-0-4 2
MMXXX B.Tech Project 0-0-32 16
Internship -I 0-0-2 1
Internship -II 0-0-2 1
Total 0-0-36 18/20

Semester VIII (from AY 2016-17 to AY 2019-20)

Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MM 402/ Design and Selection of Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 602
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-III (or Course-IV for Minor x-x-x 3
Program)
ZZ xxx Open Elective-IV (or Course-V for Minor x-x-x 3

61 Go to Index
 Program)
Total 15

Semester VIII (from AY 2020-21 to AY 2026-27)

Course Subject Name Weekly Credits
Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MM 402/ Design and Selection of Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 602
MM xxx Department Elective-I x-x-x 3
MM xxx Department Elective-II x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Open Elective-II (or Course-V for Minor Program) x-x-x 3
Total 15

Curriculum of BTech Program in MEMS – VII Semester

(From AY 2026-27 onwards) (From Batch admitted in and after 2023)
Course Code Subject Name Weekly Credits
Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MM 4XXX Department Elective-VI 2-1-0 3
MM 4XXX Department Elective-VII 2-1-0 3
ZZ 4XXX Department Elective-II 2-1-0 3
ZZ 4XXX Open Elective-I (or Course-IV for Minor 2-1-0 3
Program)
ZZ 4XXX Open Elective-II (or Course-V for Minor 2-1-0 3
Program)
Total 10-5-0 15

MEMS Courses available for the Open Elective Courses in the 8th Semester of BTech in
MEMS
MM 404 Creep, Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics (2-1-0-3)
MM 405/ MM 605 Green Hydrogen: Materials and Technologies (2-1-0-3)
MM 406 Electronics Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 408 Bio-Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 410 Modern Materials (2-1-0-3)

62 Go to Index
MM 412 Surface Modification (2-1-0-3)
MM 414 Particulate Processing (2-1-0-3)
MM 416 Modeling and Simulation in Materials Engineering (2-0-2-3)
MM 418 Defects and Failures in Manufacturing and Services (2-1-0-3)
MM 420 Metallurgical Plant Design (2-1-0-3)
MM 422 Sintering Technology (2-1-0-3)
MM 424 Magnetic Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 426 Advanced Materials Processing (2-1-0-3)
MM 428 Intelligent Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 430/ 730 Two: Dimensional Materials and Electronic Devices (2-1-0-3)
ME 436/ ME 736 Finite Element Analysis (2-0-2-3)
MM 442/ MM 642: Quality Assurance in Metallurgy (2-0-2-3)
MM 647/ MM 447: Metallurgical Thermodynamics and Phase Transformations (2-1-0-3)
MM 448/ MM 648: Solidification and Phase Field Modeling (2-0-2-3)
MM 449/ MM 649: Advance Welding Technology (2-0-2-3)
MM 450/ MM 650: Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Alloys (2-1-0-3)
MM 451/ MM 651: Non-destructive Evaluation (2-0-2-3)
MM 452/ MM 652: Thermomechanical Processing (2-0-2-3)
MM 453/ MM 653: Non-equilibrium Processing of Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 454/ MM 654: Advanced Foundry Technology (2-0-2-3)
MM 457/ MM 657: Advances in Energy Storage Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 474/ MM 674: Fluorescence Phenomenon (2-1-2-4)
MM 475/ MM 675: Advanced Fracture Mechanics (2-1-0-3)
MM 477/ MM 677 High Temperature Deformation of Materials (2-1-0-3)
MM 479/ MM 679: Fundamentals and Engineering of Solar Energy Devices (2-1-0-3)
MM 481/ MM 681: High Pressure Materials Processing (2-1-0-3)
MM 483/ MM 683: Analysis and Modelling of Welding (2-0-2-3)
MM 485/ MM 685: Materials Degradation (2-0-2-3)
MM 486/ MM 686: Applied Photoelectrochemistry (2-1-0-3)
MM 487/ MM 687: Advanced Battery Technologies (2–1–0-3
MM 488/ MM 688: Electroceremics (2-1-0-3)

63 Go to Index
 Elective Courses (VIII Semester)
Course Code Course Name (L-T-P) Credit

MM 3XX High Strain Rate Deformation 2-1-0 1.5

MM 3XX Dislocation Theory 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX Mechanical Alloying 2-1-0 1.5
MM 3XX High-Pressure Torsion for Alloy Development 2-1-0 1.5
MM 4XX/6XX Non-Ferrous Alloys for Engineering Applications 2-1-0 3
MM4XX/6XX Symmetry and Properties of Crystals 2-1-0 3
MM 4XX/6XX Materials Manufacturing and Quality Assurance 2-0-2 3
MM 4XX/6XX Defects in Materials 2-1-0 3
MM 6XX/4XX Semiconductor Processing Technology 2-1-0 3
MM 4XX/6XX Materials for Devices (Currently MSE 607: 2-1- 2-1-0 3
2-4)
MM 4XX/6XX Thin Film and Devices (Currently MSE 724: 2-1- 2-1-0 3
2-4)
MM 4XX/6XX Single Crystal Growth Techniques (Currently 2-1-0 3
MSE 725: 2-1-2-4)

64 Go to Index
Curriculum of BTech Program
in
Chemical Engineering
(from AY 2023-24 onwards)

65 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year B. Tech. (Chemical Engineering)
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester III

Course Weekly contact

Course title Credits
Code hours (L-T-P)

ZZ 2XX Course – I, Minor program X-X-X 3

MA 205 Complex analysis and 3-1-0 2
MA 207 Differential equations 3-1-0 2
ChE 201 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 2-1-0 3
ChE 203 Transport Phenomena 2-1-0 3
ChE 205 Materials Science for Chemical Engineers 2-1-0 3
ChE 207 Chemical Process Calculations 2-1-0 3
ChE 2XX Department Elective -1 2-1-0 3
ChE 251 Heat and Mass Transfer Lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 255 Materials Characterization lab 0-0-2 1
Total 13-6-4 (25) 21/24

Semester IV
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Weekly contact

Course title Credits
Code hours (L-T-P)
ZZ 2XX Course – II, Minor program X-X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-1-0 3
ChE 202 Fluid Mechanics 2-1-0 3
ChE 204 Chemical Reaction Engineering 2-1-0 3
ChE 206 Separation processes 2-1-0 3
ChE 252 Fluid Mechanics lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 254 Reaction Engineering lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 258 Computational Chemical Engineering Lab -1 0-0-3 1.5
ChE 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute elective I x-x-x 3
Total 12-6-4 (22) 21.5/24.5

66 Go to Index
 3rd Year B. Tech. (Chemical Engineering)
From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester V

Weekly
Course Code Course title contact hours Credits
(L-T-P)
ZZ 3XX Course – III, Minor program X-X-X 3
ChE 3XX Process modeling 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Fluid Particle Systems 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Biochemical Engineering 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Chemical Process synthesis and simulation 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Bioprocessing lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 3XX Unit operations Lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 3XX Department Elective - 3 2-1-0 3
ZZ 3XX Institute open elective - 2 2-1-0 3
Total 12-6-4 (22) 20/23

3rd Year B. Tech. (Chemical Engineering) - Semester VI

From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Weekly
Course Code Course title contact hours Credits
(L-T-P)
ChE 3XX Computer-Aided Process Equipment Design 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Process Dynamics, Instrumentation & Control 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Chemical Process Technology and 2-1-0 3
Intensification
ChE 3XX Plant Design and Economics 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Process Control lab 0-0-2 1
ChE 3XX Computer-aided chemical Engineering lab – 2 0-0-2 1
ChE 3XX Department Elective – 4 2-1-0 3
ChE 3XX Department Elective – 5 2-1-0 3
ZZ 3XX Institute open elective -3 2-1-0 3
Total 14-6-4 (24) 23

67 Go to Index
 4th Year B. Tech. (Chemical Engineering)
From AY 2026-27 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester VII
Course Subject Name Weekly contact Credits
Code hours (L-T-P)
CHE 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-32 16
1. Student can do BTech project either outside
the institute or within the institute under a
supervision of an IIT Indore Faculty.
2. The choice is to be made latest by 30th April.
3. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st week of
Dec.
4. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2nd week
of Dec.
CHE 4XX Internship-I 1
CHE 4XX Internship-II 1
Total 0-0-32 (32) 18

Semester VIII
From AY 2026-27 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Weekly contact
Course Code Course title Credits
hours (L-T-P)
CHE 4XX Department Elective – 6 2-1-0 3
CHE 4XX Department Elective – 7 2-1-0 3
ZZ 4XX Institute open Elective - 4 2-1-0 3
ZZ 4XX Institute open Elective - 5 2-1-0 3
ZZ 4XX Institute open Elective - 6 2-1-0 3
Total 10-5-0 (15) 15

List of the Elective Courses for BTech in Chemical Engineering

ChE 208 : Process Data Analytics & Monitoring (2-1-0-3)

ChE 209 : Introduction to Soft Matter and Polymers (2-1-0-3)

ChE 211: Waste to Energy Conversion (2-1-0-3)

68 Go to Index
Curriculum of B.Tech. Program
in
Mathematics and Computing
(from AY 2023-24 onwards)

69 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year B.Tech. (Mathematics and Computing)
From AY 2024-25 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester III

Course Course Title Weekly contact Credits

Code hours (L-T-P)

ZZ 2XX Course-I for Minor Program X-X-X 3

MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0 2
(1/2 semester)
MA 207 Differential Equations-II 3-1-0 2
(1/2 semester)
MA 209 Foundations of Mathematical Analysis 2-1-0 3

MA 211/ Discrete Mathematical Structures 2-1-0 3

CS 201
MA 213/ Data Structures and Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 203
MA 215 Probability and Statistics 2-1-0 3

MA 253/ Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0-0-3 1.5

CS 253
MA 2XX Department Elective I x-x-x 3

Total 13-5-5 20.5/23.5

Semester IV
From AY 2024-25 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Weekly
Course contact
Course Title Credits
Code hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ 2XX Course-II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
MA 202 Multivariate Calculus and Measure Theory 2-1-0 3
MA 206 Mathematical Logic and Theory of Computation 2-1-0 3
MA 208/ Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2-1-0 3
CS 204
MA 254/ Design and Analysis of Algorithms Laboratory 0-0-3 1.5
CS 254
MA 2XX Department Elective II 3

ZZ 2XX Institute Elective I 2-1-0 3

Total 12-5-5 19.5 / 22.5

70 Go to Index
 3rd Year B. Tech. (Mathematics and Computing)
From AY 2025-26 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester V

Course Subject Name Weekly contact Credits

Code hours (L-T-P)
ZZ 3XX Course-III for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 301 Matrix Computations 2-0-2 3
MA 305 Data Science 2-0-2 3
MA 307/ Optimization Algorithms and Techniques 2-1-0 3
CS 307
MA 303/ Operating Systems 2-1-0 3
CS 303
MA 313 Computer Networks# 2-0-2 3
/ CS 313
MA 357/ Optimization Algorithms and Techniques Lab 0-0-2 1
CS 357
MA 353/ Operating Systems Lab 0-0-2 1
CS 353
MA 3XX Department Elective III 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Elective II 2-1-0 3
Total 13-4-10 23/26

Semester VI
From AY 2025-26 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Subject Name Weekly Contact Credits

Code Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ xxx Course IV - Minor Program x-x-x 3
MA 302 Statistical Inference 2-0-2 3
MA 306 Monte-Carlo Simulation 2-0-2 3
MA 308 Techniques in Parallel Computing 1-0-2 2
MA 304 /CS Computational Intelligence 2-1-0 3
304N
MA 354 /CS Computational Intelligence Lab 0-0-3 1.5
354N
MA xxx Department Elective IV x-x-x 3
MA xxx Department Elective V x-x-x 3
ZZ xxx Institute Elective III x-x-x 3
Total 21.5/24.5

71 Go to Index
 4th Year B. Tech. (Mathematics and Computing)
From AY 2026-27 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester VII

Course Subject Name Weekly Credits

Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
ZZ xxx Course-V for Minor Program x-x-x 2
MA 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-32 16
MA 495 Internship - I x-x-x 1
MA 497 Internship - II x-x-x 1
Total 18/20

Semester VIII
From AY 2026-27 Onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Subject Name Weekly Credits

Code Contact Hours
(L-T-P)
MA 4XX Department Elective VI x-x-x 3
MA 4XX Department Elective VII x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective IV x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective V x-x-x 3
ZZ 4XX Institute Elective VI x-x-x 3
Total x-x-x 15

72 Go to Index
List of the Elective Courses for B.Tech. in Mathematics
Weekly
Course Code Course Title Contact Hours Credits
(L-T-P)
MA 217 Linear Programming 2-1-0 3
MA 219 Introduction to Dynamical Systems 2-0-2 3
MA 210 Elementary Number Theory and Algebra 2-1-0 3
MA 212 Regression Analysis 2-1-0 3
MA 309 Numerical Methods for Partial Differential 2-0-2 3
Equations
MA 311 Statistical Distribution Theory 2-1-0 3
MA 310 Algorithmic Techniques and Applications 2-1-0 3
of Data Science
MA 314 Random Matrices 2-1-0 3
MA 452/ MA 652 Theory of Transforms 2-1-0 3
MA 407/ MA 607 Nonlinear Dynamics and Computations 2-0-2 3
MA 454/ MA 654 Mathematical Modeling and Simulations 2-0-2 3
MA 405/ MA 605 Differential Equations in Population 2-0-2 3
Dynamics
MA 402 Industrial Statistics 2-0-2 3
MA 404 Foundation of Approximation Theory 2-1-0 3
MA 406 Graph Theory 2-1-0 3

MA 408 Mathematical Theory of Waves 2-1-0 3

MA 414 Time Series Analysis 2-1-0 3

MA 416 Integral Equations 2-1-0 3

73 Go to Index
Curriculum of B. Tech Program
in
Engineering Physics
(From AY 2023-24 onwards)

74 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd Year B.Tech. in Engineering Physics
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)
Semester III

Weekly Contact
Course Code Course Title Hours Credits
(L-T-P)
ZZ 2XX Course -I for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0-2
2
(½ semester)
MA 207 Differential Equation-II 3-1-0-2
2
(½ semester)
PH 203/ AA 203 Classical Mechanics 2-1-0 3
PH 205/ AA 205 Electronic Devices and Circuits I 2-1-0 3
PH 207/ AA 207 Wave Phenomena and Optics 2-1-0 3
PH 209/ AA 209 Fundamental Concepts of Solid-State 2-1-0
3
Engineering
PH 251/ AA 251 Engineering Physics Lab I 0-0-3 1.5
PH 255/ AA 255 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab I 0-0-3 1.5
PH XXX Department Elective I x-x-x 3
Total 13-6-6 22/25

Semester IV
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)

Weekly Contact
Course Code Course Title Hours Credits
(L-T-P)
ZZ 2XX Course II for Minor Program X-X-X 3
MA 204N Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3
PH 206/ AA 206 Electronic Devices and Circuits II 2-1-0 3
PH 208/ AA 208 Electrodynamics 2-0-0 2
PH 210/ AA 210 Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics 2-1-0 3
PH 212/ AA 212 Thermal Physics 2-1-0 3
PH 252/ AA 252 Scientific Computing Lab 0-0-2 1
PH 256/ AA 256 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab II 0-0-3 1.5
PH 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3
ZZ 2XX Institute Elective I x-x-x 3
75 Go to Index
 22.5/
Total
25.5

3rd Year BTech in Engineering Physics

From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)
Semester V
Weekly Contact
Course Code Course Title Hours Credits
(L-T-P)
ZZ 3XX Course III Minor Program X-X-X 3
PH 301 Nuclear Science and Engineering 2-1-0 3
PH 303 Quantum Mechanics 2-1-0 3
PH 305 Advanced Classical Mechanics 2-1-0 1.5
(1/2 semester)
PH 307 Topics in Mathematical Physics 2-1-0 1.5
(1/2 semester)
PH 309 Simulation Methods and Analysis 2-0-2 3
PH 351 Engineering Physics Lab II 0-0-3 1.5
PH 3XX Department Elective III x-x-x 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Elective II x-x-x 3
Total 19.5/ 22.5

Semester VI
From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)

Course Code Course Title Weekly Contact Hours Credits

(L-T-P)
ZZ 3XX Course IV Minor Program X-X-X 3
PH 302 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids 2-1-0 3
PH 304 Fundamentals of Statistical 2-1-0 3
Mechanics
PH 306 Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy 2-1-0 3
PH 398 UG Seminar 0-1-0 1
PH 352 Solid State Physics Lab 0-0-3 1.5
PH 356 Spectroscopy Lab 0-0-3 1.5
PH 3XX Department Elective IV x-x-x 3
PH 3XX Department Elective V x-x-x 3
ZZ 3XX Institute Elective III x-x-x 3
Total 22/ 25

76 Go to Index
 4th Year B Tech in Engineering Physics
From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)

Semester VII

Course Code Course Title Weekly Contact Credit

Hours s
(L-T-P)
PH 493 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-32 16

1. Students can do BTech project either

outside the institute or within the
institute under the supervision of an IIT
Indore Faculty.
2. Summer Internship, if any, will be
part of the B Tech Project.
3. The choice is to be made latest by 30
th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2 nd
week of May to Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1 st
week of Dec.
6. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2
nd week of
Dec.0-0-32 16

PH 4XX Internship-I 1
PH 4XX Internship-II 1
Total 0-0-32 18

Semester VIII
From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after 2023-24)

Course Code Course Title Weekly Contact Credits

Hours
(L-T-P)
PH 4XX Departmental elective VI 2-1-0 3
PH 4XX Departmental elective VII 2-1-0 3
IE4XX Open elective IV 2-1-0 3
Open elective V (or course IV for
IE4XX 2-1-0 3
minor program)
Open elective VI (or course V for
IE4XX 2-1-0 3
minor program)
Total 10-5-0 15

77 Go to Index
List of the Elective Courses for BTech in Engineering Physics:

PH 211 : Fundamentals of Vacuum Science and Technology (2-1-0-3)

PH 213 : Detector Physics (1-12-3)
PH 214 : Classical Field Theory (2-1-0-3)
PH 215 : Geometrical Methods in Physics (2-1-03)
PH 216 : Accelerator Physics (2-1-0-3)
PH 218 : Introduction to General Relativity (2-1-0-3)
PH 311 : Physics of Semiconductor Devices (3-0-0-3)
PH 312 : Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications (2-1-0-3)
PH 313 : Quantum Transport Theory and Simulations (2-0-2-3)
PH 314 : Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications (2-1-0-3)
PH 315 : Advanced Quantum Mechanics (2-1-0-3)
PH 316 : Group Theory in Particle Physics (2-1-0-3)
PH 317 : Data Analysis in High Energy Physics (2-1-0-3)
PH 318 : Introduction to String Theory (2-1-0-3)
PH 320 : Physics of the Early Universe and Dark Matter (2-1-0-3)
PH 308/PH 408 : Experimental and Theoretical Aspects of Heavy Ion Collisions (2-1-00-3)
PH 322 : Introduction to Quantum Information and Computation (2-0-2-3)
PH 402 : Principles and Applications of Optical Spectroscopy (2-0-2-3)

78 Go to Index
Curriculum of the BTech Programme
in
Space Science and Engineering
(AY 2023-2024 onwards)

79 Go to Index
 Curriculum of 2nd year BTech in Space Science and Engineering
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
Semester III
Course Code Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Hours
L-T-P

ZZ 2XX Course -I for Minor Program X-X-X 3

MA 205 Complex Analysis 3-1-0 2

(½ semester)

MA 207 Differential Equation -II 3-1-0 2

(½ semester)

AA 203/ PH 203 Classical Mechanics 2-1-0 3

AA 205/ PH 205 Electronic Devices and Circuits I 2-1-0 3

AA 207/ PH 207 Wave Phenomena and Optics 2-1-0 3

AA 209/ PH 209 Fundamental Concepts of Solid-State 2-1-0 3

Engineering

AA 251/ PH 251 Engineering Physics Lab I 0-0-3 1.5

AA 255/ PH 255 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab I 0-0-3 1.5

AA 2XX Department Elective - I x-x-x 3

Total 22/ 25

Semester IV
From AY 2024-25 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Code Course Name Weekly Credit

Contact Hours
L-T-P

ZZ 2XX Course II for Minor Program X-X-X 3

MA 204 Numerical Methods 2-0-2 3

AA 206/ PH 206 Electronic Devices and Circuits II 2-1-0 3

AA 208/ PH 208 Electrodynamics 2-0-0 2

AA 210/ PH 210 Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics 2-1-0 3

AA 212/ PH 212 Thermal Physics 2-1-0 3

80 Go to Index
AA 252/ PH 252 Scientific Computing Lab 0-0-2 1

AA 256/ PH 256 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab - 0-0-3 1.5

II

AA 2XX Department Elective II x-x-x 3

ZZ 2XX Institute Elective I x-x-x 3

Total 22.5/ 25.5

3rd Year BTech in Space Science and Engineering

From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester V
Course Course Name Weekly Credit
Code Contact
Hours
L-T-P

ZZ XXX Course III - Minor Program X-X-X 3

AA307 Space Systems - Orbits and Payloads 2-1-0 3

AA309 Detectors for Space - I 2-1-0 3

AA 311 Statistical Physics and Radiative Transfer 2-1-0 3

AA 313 Fluid Dynamics 2-0-0 2

AA 315 Data Analytics and Visualization for Space 1-0-4 3

AA XXX Departmental Elective III 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Institute Open Elective-II 2-1-0 3

Total 13-5-4 20/23

Semester VI
From AY 2025-26 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Name Weekly Credit

Code Contact
Hours
L-T-P

ZZ XXX Course IV - Minor Program X-X-X 3

AA 306 Signals & Communication in Space 2-0-2 3

81 Go to Index
AA 312 Atmospheric Physics and Remote Sensing 2-1-0 3

AA 308 Guidance, Navigation and Control 2-1-0 3

AA 304 Radiowave Propagation & Antenna Applications 2-0-2 3

AA XXX Departmental Elective IV 2-0-2 3

AA XXX Departmental Elective V 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Institute Open Elective - III 2-1-0 3

Total 14-4-6 21/24

4th Year BTech in Space Science and Engineering

From AY 2026-27 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Semester VII

Course Course Name Weekly Credit

Code Contact
Hours
L-T-P

AA 499 B Tech Project (BTP) 0-0-32 16

1. Student can do BTech project either outside the

institute or within the institute under a
supervision
of an IIT Indore Faculty.
2. Summer Internship, if any, will be part of B Tech
Project.
3. The choice is to be made latest by 30th April.
4. Duration: 6-7 months during 2 nd week of May
to
Last week of Nov.
5. Last Date of Thesis submission: 1st week of Dec.
6. Last Date of Submission of Grades: 2nd week of
Dec.

Internship 1 1

Internship 2 1

Total 0-0-32 18

82 Go to Index
 Semester VIII
From AY 2026-27 onwards (Batch admitted in and after AY 2023-24)

Course Course Name Weekly Credit

Code Contact
Hours
L-T-P

AA XXX Departmental Elective - VI 2-1-0 3

AA XXX Departmental Elective - VII 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Institute Open Elective - IV 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Institute Open Elective - V 2-1-0 3

ZZ XXX Institute Open Elective - VI 2-1-0 3

Total 10-5-0 15

Departmental Electives for Semester III*

Course Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Code Hours
L-T-P

AA 201 Introduction to Astronomy 2-1-0 3

AA203 Introduction to Atmospheric and Earth Sciences 2-1-0 3

Departmental Electives for Semester IV*

Course Code Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Hours
L-T-P

AA 204 Introduction to Space Exploration 2-1-0 3

AA 202N Astronomical Techniques 2-1-0 3

AA 214 Stellar and Planetary Science 2-1-0 3

AA 216 Flight mechanics and classical control 2-1-0 3

83 Go to Index
Departmental Electives for Semester V*
Course Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Code Hours
L-T-P

AA 317 Galaxies and Cosmology 2-1-0 3

AA 303 IoT for Space 2-0-2 3

AA 319 Launch Vehicle and Propulsion Systems 2-1-0 3

Departmental Electives for Semester VI*

Course Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Code Hours
L-T-P

AA 310 Satellite Imaging 2-0-2 3

AA 318 Meteorology and Climate Modelling 2-0-2 3

AA 320 Detectors for Space - II 2-0-2 3

AA 322 Computational Electromagnetics 2-0-2 3

AA 301 High Energy Astrophysics and Transient Sky 2-1-0 3

AA374 Computational Fluids and Structures 2-0-2 3

Departmental Electives for Semester VIII*

Course Code Course Name Weekly Contact Credit
Hours
L-T-P

AA 476/676 Satellite Based Navigation Systems 2-0-2 3

AA 412/612 Microwave Remote Sensing 2-0-2 3

AA 408/608 Astrostatistics 2-1-0 3

AA 474/674 Radio Astronomy 2-1-0 3

AA 472/672 Galactic and Extragalactic Astronomy 2-1-0 3

AA 409/609 Computational Methods in Astronomy and 2-0-2 3

Space Sciences

84 Go to Index
AA404/604 Spacecraft Attitude Control and Dynamics 2-0-2 3

DAASE courses listed as institute open electives for Semester VIII**

Course Code Course Name Weekly Contact Credit

Hours
L-T-P

AA4XX/6XX Advanced IoT for Space 2-0-2 3

AA4XX/6XX Advanced Optical Instrumentation 2-0-2 3

AA 4XX/6XX Space Economics, Policy & Space Act and 2-1-0 3

Benefits

*The list of departmental electives will be updated as and when new courses get approved for the
same.
**The list of DAASE courses listed as institute open electives will be updated as and when new
courses get approved for the same.

85 Go to Index
 Structure of the Minor programs [from AY 2014-15 to AY 2020-21]
A student has to register and pass at least FIVE courses (three core courses and two elective courses) as prescribed for a minor program in
order to get a minor degree in that specialization along with the regular BTech degree in his/her engineering Department. A minor program will run
only when at least TEN students register for it. Following minor programs are available from AY 2014-15 onwards.
1. Minor program in Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering (BSBE): To get a minor degree in BSBE, a student needs to register and pass at least
FIVE prescribed courses excluding the core course BSE 101 Bio-Sciences for successful minor degree in BSBE.
2. MINOR PROGRAM IN CHEMISTRY: To get a minor degree in Chemistry, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses
excluding the core course CH 103. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Chemistry.
3. Minor Program in HSS: A student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses of Humanities and Social Sciences excluding the
core courses HS 159 and HS 108 for successful minor degree in Humanities or Social Sciences.
4. Minor Program in Astronomy (from AY 2016-17): To get a minor degree in Astronomy, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE
prescribed courses. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Astronomy.
Course structures of various Minor programs
Semester: Minor Program in BSBE Minor Program in Minor Program in Humanities and Minor Program in
Minor Chemistry Social Sciences Astronomy
course (from AY 2016-17 onwards)
3rd : Minor1 BSE 201: Biophysics CH 201: Molecules that HS 201: Understanding Philosophy AA 201: Introduction to
Change the World HS 203: Psychology Astronomy
HS 205: Sociology
HS 207: French Language-I

4th : Minor 2 BSE 202: Biomedical CH 202: Chemistry of HS 206: Paradigms and Turning Points # AA 202N: Astronomical
Technologies Transition Metals and HS 208: French Language-II Techniques
Lanthanides & HS 210: Indian Economy
HS 211: German Literature and Culture
Studies
HS 214: History of Indian Culture and
Civilization
HS 216: Introduction to Hindi Cinema
5th : Minor 3 BSE 301: Introduction to CH 301: Functional HS 311: Life and Thought of Gandhi AA 301: High Energy
Molecular Biology Materials HS 313: History of Early Cinema Astronomy
86 Go to Index
 HS 315: Sociology of Science and
Technology
HS 323: International Economics
HS 341: Appreciating Indian English
Literature
8 : Two
th BSE 402: Cancer CH 402: Chemistry in IHS 402: Twentieth Century World History: AA 404/ AA 604: Spacecraft
elective Diagnosis and Therapy Industry Critical Perspectives and Payload Attitude
courses as BSE 404/ BSE 604: HS 412/ 612: Contemporary Indian Dynamics, Control and
Minor 4 and Biomedical Imaging CH 404: Chemical Physics Thought Pointing
Minor 5 BSE 405/ BSE 605: HS 418/ 618: Sustainability Studies AA 471N/ AA 671N: Relativity
Molecular Biophysics CH 406: Nuclear Science HS 424/ HS 624: Econometrics-I and Cosmology
BSE 413/ BSE 613: Omics IHS 422 / HS 622: Development Economics AA 472N/ AA 672N: Galactic
Technologies IHS 425: Money and Banking and Extragalactic Astronomy
BSE 417/ BSE 617: HS 426: Economics of Innovation AA 474 / AA 674: Basics of
Biomolecular Modeling HS 442/ HS 642: Language and Mind Radio Astronomy
EE 419/ EE 619: IHS 443/ HS 643: Contemporary Short AA 476/ AA 676: Satellite
Biomedical Optics Fiction Based Navigation Systems
ME 407/ME 607: Bio- IHS 444: Literature of the Twentieth AA 478/ AA 678: Space
fluid Mechanics Century Weather
IHS 482: Introduction to International
Development and Area Studies
& A student who takes CH 202 will not be allowed to take ME 416/616 in his/her 8 th Semester

87 Go to Index
 Structure of the Minor programs [For AY 2021-22]
A student has to register and pass at least FIVE courses (three core courses and two elective courses) as prescribed for a minor program in
order to get a minor degree in that specialization along with the regular BTech degree in his/her engineering Department. A minor program will run
only when at least TEN students register for it. Following minor programs are available from AY 2014-15 onwards.
1. Minor program in Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering (BSBE): To get a minor degree in BSBE, a student needs to register and pass at least
FIVE prescribed courses excluding the core course BSE 101 Bio-Sciences for successful minor degree in BSBE.
2. MINOR PROGRAM IN CHEMISTRY: To get a minor degree in Chemistry, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses
excluding the core course CH 103. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Chemistry.
3. Minor Program in HSS: A student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses of Humanities and Social Sciences excluding the
core courses HS 159 and HS 108 for successful minor degree in Humanities or Social Sciences.
4. Minor Program in Astronomy (from AY 2016-17): To get a minor degree in Astronomy, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE
prescribed courses. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Astronomy.
Course structures of various Minor programs
Semester: Minor Program in BSBE Minor Program in Minor Program in Humanities and Minor Program in
Minor Chemistry Social Sciences Astronomy
course (from AY 2016-17 to AY
2021-22)
3rd : Minor1 BSE 201: Biophysics CH 201: Molecules that HS 201: Understanding Philosophy AA 201: Introduction to
Change the World HS 203: Psychology Astronomy
HS 205: Sociology
HS 207: French Language-I

4th : Minor 2 BSE 202: Biomedical CH 202: Chemistry of HS 206: Paradigms and Turning Points # AA 202N: Astronomical
Technologies Transition Metals and HS 208: French Language-II Techniques
Lanthanides & HS 210: Indian Economy AA 204: Introduction to Space
HS 211: German Literature and Culture Exploration
Studies
HS 214: History of Indian Culture and
Civilization
HS 216: Introduction to Hindi Cinema
5th : Minor 3 BSE 301: Introduction to CH 301: Functional HS 311: Life and Thought of Gandhi AA 301: High Energy
88 Go to Index
 Molecular Biology Materials HS 313: History of Early Cinema Astronomy
HS 315: Sociology of Science and AA 303: IoT for Space
Technology Applications
HS 323: International Economics
HS 341: Appreciating Indian English
Literature
8th : Two BSE 402: Cancer CH 402: Chemistry in IHS 402: Twentieth Century World History: AA 404/ AA 604: Spacecraft
elective Diagnosis and Therapy Industry Critical Perspectives and Payload Attitude
courses as BSE 404/ BSE 604: HS 412/ 612: Contemporary Indian Dynamics, Control and
Minor 4 and Biomedical Imaging CH 404: Chemical Physics Thought Pointing
Minor 5 BSE 405/ BSE 605: HS 418/ 618: Sustainability Studies AA 471N/ AA 671N: Relativity
Molecular Biophysics CH 406: Nuclear Science HS 424/ HS 624: Econometrics-I and Cosmology
BSE 413/ BSE 613: Omics IHS 422 / HS 622: Development Economics AA 472N/ AA 672N: Galactic
Technologies IHS 425: Money and Banking and Extragalactic Astronomy
BSE 417/ BSE 617: HS 426: Economics of Innovation AA 474 / AA 674: Basics of
Biomolecular Modeling HS 442/ HS 642: Language and Mind Radio Astronomy
BSE 419/ BSE 619: IHS 443/ HS 643: Contemporary Short AA 476/ AA 676: Satellite
Renewable Energy Fiction Based Navigation Systems
Technologies IHS 444: Literature of the Twentieth AA 478/ AA 678: Space
EE 419/ EE 619: Century Weather
Biomedical Optics IHS 482: Introduction to International
ME 407/ME 607: Bio- Development and Area Studies
fluid Mechanics
& A student who takes CH 202 will not be allowed to take ME 416/616 in his/her 8 th Semester

89 Go to Index
 Structure of the Minor programs [from AY 2022-23 onwards]
A student has to register and pass at least FIVE courses (three core courses and two elective courses) as prescribed for a minor program in
order to get a minor degree in that specialization along with the regular BTech degree in his/her engineering Department. A minor program will run
only when at least TEN students register for it. Following minor programs are available from AY 2014-15 onwards.
1. Minor program in Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering (BSBE): To get a minor degree in BSBE, a student needs to register and pass at least
FIVE prescribed courses excluding the core course BSE 101 Bio-Sciences for successful minor degree in BSBE.
2. MINOR PROGRAM IN CHEMISTRY: To get a minor degree in Chemistry, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses
excluding the core course CH 103. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Chemistry.
3. Minor Program in Economics: A student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses of Humanities and Social Sciences
excluding the core courses HS 159 and HS 108 for successful minor degree in Humanities or Social Sciences.
4. Minor Program in Liberal Arts
5. Minor Program in Astronomy and Space Engineering (from AY 2022-23): To get a minor degree in Astronomy, a student needs to register and
pass at least FIVE prescribed courses. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Astronomy.
Course structures of various Minor programs
Semester: Minor Program in Minor Program Minor Program in Minor Program in Liberal Minor Program in
Minor BSBE in Chemistry Economics Arts Astronomy
course (from AY 2022-23 (from AY 2016-17 to AY
(from AY 2022-23 onwards with BTech 2021-22)
onwards with BTech batch admitted in AY
batch admitted in AY 2021-22) Minor Program in
2021-22) Astronomy and Space
Engineering
(from AY 2022-23 onwards
with BTech batch admitted
in AY 2021-22)
3rd : Minor1 BSE 201: Biophysics CH 201: HS 209: Intermediate HS 201: Understanding AA 201: Introduction to
Molecules that Microeconomics Philosophy Astronomy
Change the HS 203: Psychology
World HS 205: Sociology
HS 207: French Language-I
HS 213: Cognitive
90 Go to Index
 Psychology

4th : Minor 2 BSE 202: Biomedical CH 202: HS 210: Indian Economy HS 206: Paradigms and AA 202N: Astronomical
Technologies Chemistry of Turning Points Techniques
Transition Metals HS 208: French Language-II AA 204: Introduction to Space
and Lanthanides HS 211: German Literature Exploration
& and Culture Studies
HS 212: History of India
after Independence, 1947-
2000
HS 214: History of Indian
Culture and Civilization
HS 216: Introduction to
Hindi Cinema
5th : Minor 3 BSE 301: Introduction CH 301: HS 323: International HS 311: Life and Thought of AA 301: High Energy
to Molecular Biology Functional Economics Gandhi Astronomy
Materials HS 325: Industrial HS 313: History of Early AA 303: IoT for Space
Organization Cinema Applications
HS 315: Sociology of Science
and Technology
HS 321: History of Modern
Indian Business
HS 327: Mind, Action, and
Technology
HS 341: Appreciating Indian
English Literature

91 Go to Index
8th : Two BSE 402: Cancer CH 402: HS418/ 618: IHS 402: Twentieth Century AA 404/ AA 604: Spacecraft
elective Diagnosis and Chemistry in Sustainability Studies World History: Critical and Payload Attitude
courses as Therapy Industry IHS 422 / HS 622: Perspectives Dynamics, Control and
Minor 4 and BSE 404/ BSE 604: Development Economics HS 412/ 612: Pointing
Minor 5 Biomedical Imaging CH 404: Chemical IHS 425: Money and Contemporary Indian AA 410/ AA 410: Spatial
BSE 405/ BSE 605: Physics Banking Thought Informatics
Molecular Biophysics HS 426: Economics of HS 442/ HS 642: Language AA 412/ AA 612: Microwave
BSE 413/ BSE 613: CH 406: Nuclear Innovation and Mind Remote Sensing
Omics Technologies Science HS 424/ HS 624 IHS 443/ HS 643: AA 471N/ AA 671N: Relativity
BSE 417/ BSE 617: Econometrics-I Contemporary Short Fiction and Cosmology
Biomolecular IHS 444: Literature of the AA 472N/ AA 672N: Galactic
Modeling Twentieth Century and Extragalactic Astronomy
BSE 419/ BSE 619: IHS 482: Introduction to AA 474 / AA 674: Basics of
Renewable Energy International Development Radio Astronomy
Technologies and Area Studies AA 476/ AA 676: Satellite
EE 419/ EE 619: Based Navigation Systems
Biomedical Optics AA 478/ AA 678: Space
ME 407/ME 607: Bio- Weather
fluid Mechanics

92 Go to Index
 Structure of the Minor programs for AY 2024-25 onwards (For all UG batches admitted in and after AY 2023-24)
A student has to register and pass at least FIVE courses (three core courses and two elective courses) as prescribed for a minor program in
order to get a minor degree in that specialization along with the regular BTech degree in his/her engineering Department. A minor program will run
only when at least TEN students register for it. Following minor programs are available from AY 2014-15 onwards.
1. Minor program in Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering (BSBE): To get a minor degree in BSBE, a student needs to register and pass at least
FIVE prescribed courses excluding the core course BSE 101 Bio-Sciences for successful minor degree in BSBE.
2. MINOR PROGRAM IN CHEMISTRY: To get a minor degree in Chemistry, a student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses
excluding the core course CH 103. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Chemistry.
3. Minor Program in Economics: A student needs to register and pass at least FIVE prescribed courses of Humanities and Social Sciences
excluding the core courses HS 159 and HS 108 for successful minor degree in Humanities or Social Sciences.
4. Minor Program in Liberal Arts
5. Minor Program in Astronomy and Space Engineering (from AY 2022-23): To get a minor degree in Astronomy, a student needs to register and
pass at least FIVE prescribed courses. Following are courses for successful minor degree in Astronomy.
Course structures of various Minor programs
Semester: Minor Program in Minor Minor Program in Minor Program in Minor Program in
Minor course BSBE Program in Economics Liberal Arts Astronomy
Chemistry From AY 2024-25 From AY 2024-25 (Batch From AY 2024-25 (Batch
(Batch Admitted in Admitted in and after AY Admitted in and after AY
and after AY 2023-24) 2023-24) 2023-24)

3rd : Minor1 BSE 201: Biophysics CH 201: HS 209: Intermediate HS 211: German AA 201: Introduction to
Molecules that Microeconomics Literature and Culture Astronomy
Change the Studies
World HS 212: History of India
after Independence, 1947-
2000
HS 203: Psychology
HS 205: Sociology
HS 221 Fundamentals of
93 Go to Index
 Linguistics
HS 223 Language
Variation: Culture and
Society

4th : Minor 2 BSE 202: Biomedical CH 202: HS 210: Indian Economy HS 206: Paradigms and AA 202N: Astronomical
Technologies Chemistry of Turning Points Techniques
Transition HS 214: History of Indian AA 204: Introduction to
Metals and Culture and Civilization Space Exploration
Lanthanides & HS 213: Cognitive
Psychology
HS 224 Contemporary
Short Fiction
HS 226 Sociology of
Cinema

5th : Minor 3 BSE 301: Introduction CH 301: HS 323: International HS 311: Life and Thought AA 301: High Energy
to Molecular Biology Functional Economics of Gandhi Astronomy
Materials HS 321: History of HS 327: Mind, Action, and AA 303: IoT for Space
Modern Indian Business Technology Applications
HS 341: Appreciating
Indian English Literature

6TH : Minor 4 HS 325: Industrial HS 315: Sociology of

Organization Science and Technology
HS 328 Philosophy and
Film
HS 330 Graphic Literature

94 Go to Index
7th : (minor (0-0-4-2) (0-0-4-2) (0-0-4-2) (0-0-4-2) (0-0-4-2)
project/field (minor project/field (minor (minor project/field (minor project/field (minor project/field
study/white study/white project/field study/white study/white paper/domain study/white paper/domain
paper/domain paper/domain study/white paper/domain comprehension comprehension
comprehension comprehension paper/domain comprehension (Seminar)/Lab course) (Seminar)/Lab course)
(Seminar)/Lab (Seminar)/Lab comprehension (Seminar)/Lab course)
course) course) (Seminar)/Lab
course)

95 Go to Index
 Syllabi of 1st Year
Compulsory and Elective
HSS Courses

96 Go to Index
Course Code HS 107 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the Course English Language
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-0-2
Name of the English/HSS
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus This course has a double purpose. It introduces literature and its forms and
also helps students learn the English language.

The linguistic aspect will be dealt with by concentrating on the dictionary

skills and introducing principles of pronunciation, vocabulary
development, and syntax. The main topics include:
(a) Pronunciation: basic sounds of English (vowels and
consonants) and word-stress
(b) Vocabulary: word-formation (prefixes and suffixes), synonyms
and antonyms
(c) Syntax: parts of speech, active and passive voice, direct and
indirect speech, tenses, basic sentence patterns, etc.

The literary aspect will be dealt with through suitable texts such as poems,
short stories and plays (chosen be the instructors). The main topics for
discussion will be:
(a) What is literature?
(b) The nature of literary language (mainly “figurative” language)
(c) The literary forms or genres
(d) Literature and socio-cultural context.
Suggested Books Suitable texts are to be chosen by the instructors from the Texts and
References listed below as well as from other sources.
1. W.W.S. Bhaskar and N. S. Prabhu, English through Reading. Books I &
II. Macmillan, 1975.
2. X. J. Kennedy, and G. Dana (Eds.) Literature: An Introduction to
Fiction, Poetry, and Drama. 10th edition, Longman, 2006.
3. D. Murdoch (Ed.). The Siren's Song: An Anthology of British and
American Verse, Orient Longman, 1988.
4. M. Meyer, (Ed.) The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading,

97 Go to Index
 Thinking, Writing. 6th edition, Bedford/St. Martin's, 2001.
5. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press, (8th
edition) 2010 (with CD).
6. P. Sampson, English Language through Literature: an introduction.
Rutledge, 1996.

98 Go to Index
Course Code HS 111 [for AY 2009-10]
Title of the Course Introduction to Philosophy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: The value of Philosophy, Why do we do Philosophy
Epistemology: Basic Concepts, Belief, Knowledge & Truth, Rationalism &
Empiricism, Knowledge & Justification, Scientific Knowledge, Nature and
Methodology of Science, Verification/Falsification, Induction & Deduction,
Scepticism
Ancient and Modern Scepticism, Brain-in-a-Vat
Basic Logic: Aristotelian Logic, Laws of Thought - Truth Table,
Epistemological Paradoxes
Moral Philosophy: Ethical Reasoning, Problems of Judgment, Moral
Dilemmas, Subjectivity - Objectivity
Suggested Books 1. B. Magee, The Story of Philosophy, A Dorling Kindersley Book, London,
1998.
2. H. Bergson, An Introduction to Metaphysics, Palgrave Macmillan, New
York, 2007.
3. M. Clark, Paradoxes from A to Z, Routledge, London, 2002.
4. J. Ladyman, Understanding Philosophy of Science, Routledge, London,
2002.
5. Stephen, Law, Philosophy, A Dorling Kindersley Book, London, 2007.
6. R. Norman, The Moral Philosophers: An Introduction to Ethics,
Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1998.
7. J. Rawls, Lectures on the History of Moral Philosophy Ed. by Barabara
Herman, Harvard University Press, Massachusetts, 2000.
8. R. Rorty, Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature, Princeton University
Press, Princeton, 1979.
9. B. Russell, The Problems of Philosophy, Oxford University Press.

99 Go to Index
 Oxford, 1998.
10. P. Stokes, Philosophy: 100 Essential Thinkers. Enchanted Books,
New York, 2002.
11. M. Williams, Problems of Knowledge: A Critical Introduction to
Philosophy, Oxford University Press, New York, 2001.

100 Go to Index
Course Code HS 113 [for AY 2009-10]
HS 108 [form AY 2010-11 onwards]
Title of the Course Economics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Economics/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Microeconomics: What is Economics? basic economic problems
and nature of economics; demand and supply; consumer choice;
individual and market demand; production and cost of production;
profit maximization and perfect competition; market structure-
monopoly, monopsony, monopolistic competition, and oligopoly;
externalities and public goods; factor markets-land, labour and
capital market.

Macroeconomics: National income accounting- income,

expenditure and components of GDP; consumption and saving;
investment spending and demand for money; financial systems-
central bank, money, credit, financial markets and asset prices;
income and spending; money, interest and income; fiscal and
monetary policies; economic growth and accumulation; aggregate
supply- wages, prices and unemployment; inflation.

Suggested Books 1. R.S. Pindyck and D.L. Rubinfeld. Microeconomics (7th Edition),
Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009.
2. R. Dornbusch, S. Fischer, and R. Startz, Macroeconomics (9th
Edition), McGraw-Hill Inc. New York, 2004.

101 Go to Index
Course Code HS 115 [for AY 2009-10]
Title of the Course Reading Literature
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned English/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Reading of and reading into (interpreting) a variety of literary texts;
analyzing the art of literature; evaluation of the context(s) of
reading and the reader-text relationship(s)
Suggested Books Suitable texts will be chosen by the instructor(s) from the Texts and
References listed below as well as from other sources.
1. M. Meyer, (Ed.) The Bedford Introduction of
Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 6th edition,
Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2001.
2. X.J. Kennedy, and G. Dana, (Ed.) Literature: An Introduction to
Fiction, Poetry, and Drama. 10th edition, Longman, 2006.
3. S. N. Lawall, (Ed.) The Norton Anthology of World Literature.
2nd expanded edition. Vol. A-F, W.W. Norton & Company; 2003

102 Go to Index
Course Code HS 157 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the English Language Lab
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the English/HSS
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the
course
Course Syllabus The Laboratory Course for English Language and Literature is primarily meant
to augment the language aspect of the course. The multi-media computer
facility will be extensively used for the tutorial/lab sessions. The 8th edition of
the Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (with CD) will be extensively used
along with the internet resources.
All the students are expected to have access to the dictionary and they should
learn to use it extensively. The CD of the OALD contains a section titled
“Resources” consisting of Dictionary Skills and Grammar.
From the Grammar section, the following topics will be focused upon: articles,
regular verbs, tenses and their use, active and passive voice, modal verbs, and
reported speech.

From the Dictionary Skills section, the following topics will be focused upon:
nouns, irregular verbs, adjectives and adverbs, grammatical patterns, the
idioms, phrasal verbs and register (formal and informal, technical, slang).

The pronunciation aspect will be handled by listening to the pronunciation of

words which can be heard from the CD and also by learning the phonetic
symbols used for the basic sounds.

All these will be further practiced with the use of interactive internet material
from the links mentioned below.
Suggested Books 1. D. Jones, English Pronouncing Dictionary, (15th edition) Cambridge
University Press, 1996 (with CD).
2. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, (8th edition) Oxford University
Press, 2010 (with CD).
103 Go to Index
3. M. Swan, Practical English Usage, Oxford University Press, 1996.
4. Internet Resources
http://www.ego4u.com (English Grammar Online 4u)
http://www.englishpage.com , http://a4esl.org
http://sana.tkk.fi/awe/cohesion/signposts/contrast/exercises/1r.html
http://www.manythings.org/vq/mc-adj.html
http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/adjectives-
adverbs/adjectives/exercises
http://a4esl.org/q/h/vm/fampeople.html
http://a4esl.org/q/f/z/zz32mps.htm
http://a4esl.org/q/f/x/xz61mrs.htm
http://www.englishpage.com/verbpage/activepassive.html
http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-
present
http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-
past
http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?future-1
http://www.better-english.com/grammar/passive1.htm

104 Go to Index
Course Code HS 159 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title English Language and Communication
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-3-0-3
Name of the School/ Humanities and Social Sciences/ English
Department
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the course To improve English Reading, Comprehension and Writing skills of
the students.
Course Syllabus -Writing, Reading, Comprehension skills in English
- Paragraph Development
-Grammar and mechanics
Suggested books 1. M. Swan, Practical English Usage, Oxford University Press, 1996.
2. W.W.S. Bhaskar and N. S. Prabhu, English through Reading.
Books I & II. Macmillan, 1975.
3. P. Sampson, English Language through Literature: an
introduction. Rutledge, 1996.
4. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford University Press,
(8th edition) 2010 (with CD).
5. Bedford Martin Guide to College Writing
6. Fowler Ramsey and Jane Aaron.The Little Brown Handbook,
Pearson Publications
7. Lunsford, Andrea, Keith Walters, et al. Everything is an
Argument, : Bedford/St. Martin's; Sixth Edition edition (October
5, 2012)
8. Turabian, Kate. Student’s Guide to College Writing, University of
Chicago Press, 4th Edition, 2010.

105 Go to Index
Course Code HS 302
Title of the Environnemental Studies: Social Aspects
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-1.5 (Half Semester Course)
Name of the Economics and Sociology/HSS
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the
course
Course Syllabus Social Issues and the environment, Public awareness and Human rights,
Indicators of sustainability, Governance of Natural Resources - Common pool
resources: issues and management.
Environmental ethics, Religion and environment, Wilderness and Developing
Trends, Environmental movements and Activism, Social Ecology and
Bioregionalism, Environmental justice.
Environmental economics, Trade and environment, Economics of
environmental regulation, Natural resource accounting, Green GDP.
Environment and development, Resettlement and rehabilitation of people,
Impacts of climate change on economy and society, Vulnerability and
adaptation to climate change.
Suggested 1. N. Agar, Life's Intrinsic Value, Columbia University Press, New York, 2001.
Books 2. Dasgupta, P. and Maler, G. (eds.), The Environment and Emerging
Development Issues, Vol. I, Oxford University Press, 1997.
3. R. Guha, Mahatama Gandhi and Environmental Movement”, Debating on
Gandhi in by A. Raghuramaraju (ed.), Oxford University Press, New Delhi,
2006.
4. R. Guha and Madhav Gadgil, Ecology and Equity: The Use and Abuse of
Nature in Contemporary India, Penguin, New Delhi, 1995.
5. Hanley, Nick, Jason F. Shogren and Ben White, Environmental Economics
in Theory and Practice, MacMillan, New Delhi, 2004
6. A. Naess, and G. Sessions, Basic Principles of Deep Ecology,
Ecophilosophy, Vol.6., 1984.
7. M. Redclift, and G. Woodgate, (eds.), International Handbook of
Environmental Sociology, Edward Edgar, 1997

106 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Compulsory Basic Science Courses
(CBSC)

107 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 102 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]

Title of the Course Biosciences

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil

Scope of the course This course intends to give knowledge about the basics of biology to
engineering students who might not be in touch with this subject after
their matriculation.
Course Syllabus Life and its origin: Requirements for Life, Chemistry of life, Chemistry
of water, Origin of life.
Evolutionary History of Biological Diversity: Phylogeny and the
Tree of Life, Bacteria and Archaea, Protists. Plant Diversity I: How
Plants Colonized Land, Plant Diversity II: The Evolution of Seed Plants,
Fungi, An Overview of Animal Diversity, An Introduction to
Invertebrates, The Origin and Evolution of Vertebrates
Cell: Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cell, Animal cell and Plant cell,
Structure and function of sub cellular organization, membrane and cell
physiology, Chromosome and Gene, Genetics
Cell Division: Mitosis, Meiosis other types of cell divisions, Cancer
Organization of Human body: Tissues, Organ and Organ System;
Micro- and Macromolecules in living system: Amino Acid, Proteins,
Types of sugar, Carbohydrates, Saturated and unsaturated fatty acid,
lipid, Fat, Nucleotides and Nucleic Acid.
Enzymes: Basic concept, Classification and Function, Role of Enzymes
in life.
Ecology and Environment
Perspective of Biology
Suggested Books 1. Campbell; Biology, 9th edition. Pearson Higher Education 2011
2. Colleen Belk, Virginia Borden Maier; Biology: Science for Life
with Physiology, Pearson New International Edition, 2013
3. Lehninger & Cox. Principles of Biochemistry (5th edition), W.H.
Freeman & Company, USA

108 Go to Index
Course Code CH 103 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the Course Chemistry
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Chemistry
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Schrődinger equation: origin of quantization; applications of
particle in a box problem; hydrogen atom; properties of atomic
orbitals; many electron atoms; molecular orbital theory; bonding
and intermolecular forces.
Thermodynamics: Fundamental definition and concepts of
thermodynamics; Work, heat and energy; First law: Cp and Cv;
Second law: entropy; Helmholtz and Gibbs Energy; chemical
potential; Third law; phase equilibria; chemical equilibrium.
Chemical kinetics: Rate laws; elementary reaction and chain
reaction.
Periodic table and periodic properties: basis of periodic table,
trends in size, electron affinity, ionization potential and electro-
negativity, Use of Ellingham diagram and thermodynamics in the
extraction of elements; Transition metal chemistry: inorganic
complexes, isomerism, nomenclature; bonding in transition metal
complexes; valence bond and crystal field theory, magnetism,
bonding aspects, structural distortion; Bioinorganic chemistry:
storage and transport proteins; Catalysis: hydrogenation,
hydroformylation and olefin metathesis.
Organic Chemistry: Hűckel treatment of ethylene, butadiene and
benzene, concept of aromaticity, configuration, molecular chirality
and isomerism, conformation of alkanes and cycloalkanes, reactivity
of carbonyl groups (additions, addition-eliminations, reactions due
to acidic proton, reactivity of acid halide, ester and amide),
functional group inter-conversions involving oxidation and
reduction. Introduction to bio-organic chemistry: carbohydrates,
amino acids and nucleic acids.
Suggested Books 1. P.W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry (7th Edition), Oxford University
Press, 2006.
2. I. A. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGrawHill, 2009

109 Go to Index
3. D.A. McQuarrie and J.D. Simon, Physical Chemistry - a
Molecular Approach, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
4. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 5th Ed,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1990
5. G. Solomons and C. Fryhle, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley &
Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd.
6. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, (5th Edition), ELBS,
1996.
7. D. F. Shriver and P. W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford
University Press, 2006.

110 Go to Index
Course Code CH 103 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Chemistry
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
3-1-0-4
Name of the Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course This course provides basic knowledge of chemistry involving organic,
inorganic and physical chemistry
Course Syllabus Linking microscopic and bulk thermodynamic properties:
Distribution of molecular states and relation to entropy, Boltzmann
distribution, ensembles, partition functions.
Elucidation of structure and properties: Experimental techniques,
Interaction light with matter, absorption and emission spectra,
intensities of spectral lines, Beer-Lambert law, spontaneous and
simulated emission, transition moments and selection rules, Franck-
Condon principle, lasers and fluorescence.
Chemical Bonding: Valence Bond Theory (VBT), Molecular Orbital
Theory (MOT)
Structure and Bonding of Coordination Complexes: Tetrahedral,
Octahedral, Square planar and Square Pyramidal complexes
Introduction to Organometallic Complexes: Structure and Bonding
Application of Coordination Complexes, Metal Organic Frameworks
(MOFs), and Organometallic Complexes: Introduction to Metal
organic Frameworks, Magnetic materials, Catalysis, Adsorption
properties, Metal ions in Biology
Organic Chemistry: Hűckel treatment of ethylene, butadiene and
benzene, concept of aromaticity, orbital symmetry and chemical
reactions, conformation of cycloalkanes, reactivity of carbonyl groups
due to acidic protons, heterocyclic chemistry (thiophene, furan,
pyridine, pyrrole, and indole), neighbouring group effect. Introduction to
bio-organic chemistry: steroids, amino acids and nucleic acids.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. P.W. Atkins, J.D. Paula, Physical Chemistry, 8th Edn., Oxford
University Press, 2006, ISBN 9780716787594.
2. I. A. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGrawHill, 2009, ISBN 978-007-
2538625.
3. D.A. McQuarrie and J.D. Simon, Physical Chemistry - A Molecular
Approach, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
4. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd., 6th Edn., 1992, ISBN 0-13-643669-2.
5. G. Solomons, C. Fryhle, S. A. Snyder, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley
& Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., 11th Edn., 2013, ISBN-10: 1118147391.
6. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edn., ELBS, 1996, ISBN
978-8126515547.
111 Go to Index
7. D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University
Press, 2006, ISBN 978-0199236176.
8. R. C. Mehrotra, A. Singh, Organometallic Chemistry, 2nd Edn., New
Age International (P) Ltd Publishers, 2007, ISBN 978-0470210192.
9. 9. D. Farrusseng, Metal-organic Frameworks: Application from
Catalysis to Gas storage, Wiley, 2011, ISBN 978-3527328703.

112 Go to Index
Course Code CH 153
Title of the Course Chemistry Lab
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Experiments illustrating the concepts of (1) galvanic cells, (2)
Thermochemistry, (3) chemical kinetics, (4) equilibrium constant,
(5) analysis by oxidation reduction titration.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course CH 103: Chemistry

113 Go to Index
Course Code MA 103 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
MA 105 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Mathematics-I: Calculus [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
Calculus [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department

Pre–requisite, if any None

Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Review of limits, continuity, differentiability.
Mean Value Theorem, Taylor Theorem, Maxima and Minima.
Riemann integrals, Fundamental theorem of Calculus, Improper
integrals, application to area, volume.
Convergence of sequences and series, power series.
Partial Derivatives, gradient and directional derivatives, chain rule,
maxima and minima, Lagrange multipliers.
Double and triple integration, Jacobians and change of variables formula.
Parametrization of curves and surfaces, vector fields, line and surface
integrals. Divergence and curl, theorems of Green, Gauss, Stokes.

Suggested Books 1. Huges-Hallett et al., Calculus: Single and Multi Variable (3rd Edition),
John-Wiley & Sons (USA), 2003.
2. J. Stewart, Calculus (5th Edition), Thomson, 2003 (Indian Edition).
3. T.M. Apostol, Calculus: Volumes 1 and 2 (2nd Edition), Wiley Eastern
(USA), 1980.
4. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry (9th
Edition), ISE Reprint, Addison-Wesley, 1998 (Indian Edition).

114 Go to Index
Course Code MA 104 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
MA 106 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Mathematics-II: Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equations-I
[from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equations-I [from AY 2014-
15 onwards]
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Linear Algebra: Vectors in Rn, notion of linear independence and
dependence, linear span of a set of vectors, vector subspace of Rn, basis of
vector subspaces.
Systems of linear equations, matrices and Gaussian elimination, row space,
null space, and column space, rank of a matrix.
Determinants and rank of a matrix in terms of determinants. Abstract
vector spaces, linear transformations, matrix of a linear transformation,
change of basis and similarity, rank-nullity theorem, Inner product spaces,
Gram-Schmidt Process, orthonormal bases, projection and least squares
approximations.
Eigen values and Eigen vectors, characteristic polynomials, Eigen values of
special matrices (orthogonal, unitary, hermitian, symmetric, skew-
symmetric, normal).
Algebraic and geometric multiplicity, diagonalization by similarity
transformations, spectral theorem for real symmetric matrices, application
to quadratic forms
Differential Equations-I: Exact equations, integrating factors and
Bernoulli equations. Orthogonal trajectories.
Lipschitz condition, Picard’s theorem, examples on non-uniqueness.
Linear differential equations generalities, Linear differential equations and
Wornskians Dimensionality of space of solutions, Abel-Liouville formula,
Linear ODEs with constant co-efficients, the characteristic equations,
Cauchy Euler equations, Method of undetermined coefficients.
Method of variation of parameters, Laplace transformation and
generalities, shifting theorems, Convolution theorem.
Suggested Books 1. H. Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications (8th Edition),
115 Go to Index
 John-Wiley & Sons, 1995.
2. G. Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications (4th edition), Thomson,
2006.
3. S. Kumaresan, Linear Algebra: a Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of
India, 2000.
5. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th Edition), John
Wiley & Sons, 1999.
5. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations (8th
Edition), John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
6. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Volume 2 (2nd edition), Wiley-Eastern, 1980.

116 Go to Index
Course Code MA 201 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
MA 203 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Mathematics-III: Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II
[from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
Complex Analysis and Differential Equations-II
[from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Complex Analysis: Definitions and properties of analytic functions. Cauchy-
Riemann equations, harmonic functions. Power series and their properties.
Elementary functions. Cauchy’s theorem and its applications, Taylor series and
Laurent expansion. Residues and Cauchy’s residue formula. Evaluation of
improper integrals. Conformal mappings, inversion of Laplace
transformations.

Differential Equations-II: Review of power series and series solutions of

ODE’s. Legendre equation and Legendre Polynomials. Regular and singular
points, method of Frobenius. Bessel’s equation and Bessel’s functions. Strum-
Liouville problems. Fourier series. D 'Alembert solution to the wave equations.
Classification of linear second order PDE’s in two variables. Laplace, wave, and
Heat equations using separation of variables. Vibration of a circular
membrane. Heat equation in the half space.

Suggested Books 1. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications (7th
edition), McGraw-Hill Inc. New York, 2003.
2. J.M. Howie, Complex Analysis, Springer-Verlag, 2004 (Berlin).
3. M.J. Ablowitz and A.S. Fokas, Complex Variables: Introduction and
Applications, (Indian Edition) Cambridge University Press, 1998.
4. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th Edition), John Wiley
& Sons, 1999(Indian Edition).
5. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations (8th
Edition), John Wiley & Sons, 2005(USA).
6. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Fourier Series and Boundary Value
Problems (7th Edition), McGraw-Hill Inc. 2006(USA).

117 Go to Index
Course Code MA 204
Title of the Course Numerical Methods
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-0-2-4
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus • Interpolation by polynomials, divided differences, error of the
interpolating polynomial, piecewise linear and cubic spline interpolation.
• Numerical integration, composite rules, error formulae.
• Solution of a system of linear equations, implementation of Caussian
elimination and Gauss-Seidel methods, partial pivoting, row echelon
form, LU factorization Cholesky's method, ill-conditioning, norms.
• Solution of a nonlinear equation, bisection and secant methods.
• Newton's method, rate of convergence, solution of a system of nonlinear
equations, numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, Euler
and Runge-Kutta methods, multi-step methods, predictor-corrector
methods, order of convergence, finite difference methods, numerical
solutions of elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic partial differential
equations.
• Eigen-value problem, power method, QR method, Gershgorin's theorem.
• Exposure to software packages like IMSL subroutines, MATLAB.
Suggested Books • S.D. Conte and Carle de Boor, Elementary Numerical Methods – An
Algorithmic Approach (3rd Edition), McGraw-Hill, 1980.
• C.E. Forberg, Introduction to Numerical Methods (2nd Edition),
Addison-Wesley, 1981.
• E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th Edition), John
Wiley & Sons, 1999.
• D. Watkinson, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations, Wiley-
Interscience (2nd edition), 2002

118 Go to Index
Course Code PH 103 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
PH 105 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Physics-I: Modern Physics [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
Physics-I [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2 -1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Physics
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Quantum Mechanics: Review of quantum concepts, Particle nature of light,
Photoelectric effect, Compton effect, Waves, Wave packets, Phase and Group
velocity, Davisson Germer Experiment, Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
Schrodinger equation, Probabilistic interpretation of wave function.
One dimensional problems- Particle in a box, Potential well, Potential
barrier and Tunneling, Harmonic oscillator. Hydrogen atom.
Elements of statistical physics: Maxwellian distribution, Bose-Einstein and
Fermi-Dirac distributions.
Solid State Physics: Crystalline and Amorphous Solids, Bonding in solids,
Ionic Crystals, Covalent Crystals, Defects in crystals, Band Theory of Solids,
Brillouin Zones, Origin of Forbidden bands, Semiconductor Devices,
Superconductivity, Bound Electron Pairs, Quantum Hall Effect, Landau
Levels.
Wave Optics: Principle of superposition, Bi-Prism, Interference in thin films,
Two Beam and Multiple Beam interferometers. Diffraction at single slit, Two
slits and N-Slits, Diffraction grating. Vector nature of light, Malus and
Brewster's Laws, Double refraction, Retardation plates, Circularly and
Elliptically polarized lights.
Lasers: Stimulated and Spontaneous emissions, Einstein's A and B
coefficients, Population inversion, Pumping techniques, Resonators, Laser
modes, Classes of lasers, Properties of lasers and Laser applications.
Suggested Books 1. A. Beiser, S. Mahajan, S.R. Choudhury, Concepts of Modern Physics (6th
Edition), McGraw Hill Inc., 2009.
2. S.H. Patil, Elements of Modern Physics, Tata McGraw Hill, 1989.
3. K.S. Krane, Modern Physics (2nd Edition), John Wiley and Sons, 1996.
4. H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta, Introduction to Modern Physics, East West
Books Madras Pvt. Ltd., 1988.
5. A. K. Ghatak, Optics (4th Edition), McGraw Hill, 1993.
6. E. Hecht, Optics, Pearson Addison Wesley, 2002.

119 Go to Index
7. A.K. Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Lasers: Theory and Applications,
Macmillan India limited, 2003.
8. W. T. Silfvast, Laser Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University
Press, 1996.
9. A. Yariv, Optical Electronics in Modern Communication, Oxford
University Press, 1997.

120 Go to Index
Course Code PH 104 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
PH 106 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Physics-II: Electricity and Magnetism [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
Physics-II [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2 -1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Physics
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss theorem, electric potential, Laplace's
equation, Poisson's equation, electrostatics with conductors, capacitors,
dielectrics. Magnetostatics: Biot Savart's law, Ampere's law, Lorentz force.
Magnetic Induction: Faraday's law, Lenz's law, self and mutual inductance,
energy in a magnetic field, LCR circuit, resonance. Maxwell's equations:
displacement current, electromagnetic waves, plane wave solutions of
Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave propagation through a
boundary, reflection, refraction, absorption and skin depth.
Suggested Books 1. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, (2nd edition), Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 1989.
2. A.S. Mahajan and A. Rangawala, Electricity and Magnetism, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1989.

121 Go to Index
Course Code PH 154 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2013-14]
PH 156 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course Physics Lab
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Physics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Determination of gravitational constant (g)

Effect of magnetic field on materials (Hall Effect and Universal B-H

Curve Tracer)

Frank Hertz Experiment.

LCR Circuit, and Thermal & Electric Conductivity

Kundt’s Tube

Fresnel’s Bi-prism

Grating Spectrometer

Hydrogen Spectrum

Specific Charge of Electron (e/m)

Newton’s Rings
Suggested Books 1. G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, University Press, Cambridge,
1998.

122 Go to Index
 Syllabi
Of
Institute Core (IC) Courses
and
Compulsory Engineering Courses

123 Go to Index
Course Code CS 103
Title of the Course Computer Programming
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-0-2
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus This course provides an introduction to problem solving with computers
using a modern language such as Java or C/C++. Topics covered will include:
1. Developer fundamentals such as editor, integrated programming
environment, Turbo C++ and/or Microsoft Visual C++ Programming
environment, modules, libraries.
2. Programming features: Machine representation, primitive types, arrays
and records, objects, expressions, control statements, iteration,
procedures, functions, and basic i/o.
3. Sample problems in engineering, science, text processing, and numerical
methods.

Suggested Books 1. G. Dromey, How to Solve It by Computer, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Upper

Saddle River, NJ, 1982
2. Coohoon and Davidson, C++ Program Design: An introduction to
Programming and Object- Oriented Design (3rd edition), Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C. Allied Publishers, 1998.
4. G. Polya, How to Solve It (2nd ed.), Doubleday and co. (1957).
5. The Java Tutorial, Sun Microsystems. Addison-Wesley, 1999.

124 Go to Index
Course Code IC 151
Title of Course Computer Programming Laboratory
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Institute Core Course
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Should be enrolled in parallel in CS 103 or should have already taken
and successfully completed the CS 103 course
Scope of the course To provide students with a thorough understanding of programming
fundamentals through the route of practical exercises on the
computer system
Course Structure Students would be made to work through programming assignments
on the following topics in C++:
1) Data types
2) Control Statements
3) Functions
4) Pointers and Arrays
5) Dynamic Memory Allocation
6) Classes and Objects
7) Constructors and Destructors
8) Operator Overloading
9) Inheritance
10) Virtual Functions
11) File Handing and I/O Operations
Suggested books 1. R. Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++, SAMS Publishing,
2001
2. B. Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Addison-Wesley,
1997

125 Go to Index
Course Code EE 104
Title of the Course Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: basic physical laws, basic circuit elements, Kirchoff''s
voltage law (KVL), Kirchoff''s current law (KCL), and a few important
circuit theorems, simple circuits.
Transients in R-L, R-C, R-L-C, Sinusoidal Steady State, Real/ Reactive
Power, Three phase power.
Working Principles of Transformers/AC/DC machines.
Functional Characteristics of Diode, BJT, OP-AMP.
Analog circuit examples: rectifiers, amplifiers, oscillators, etc.
Digital circuits: AND/OR gates, Flip Flops, DAC/ADC, etc.
Suggested Books 1. L. S. Bobrow, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (2nd
edition), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
2. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals,
Prentice Hall, 1989.
3. K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. Raghuveer, Electrical and
Electronics Engineering for Scientists, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
1993.

126 Go to Index
Course Code EE 154
Title of the Course Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0- 0-2-1
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Following experiments based on the associated theory course EE
104.
1. Familiarization with CRO and function generator
2. Characteristics of passive circuit elements (R,L,C)
3. Verification of network theorems
4. Time and frequency responses of RC, RLC circuits
5. Electronic components and their characteristics: Diode, Zener
Diode, Led, Photodetector, Microphone
6. Half-wave rectifier and full-wave rectifier (with and without
capacitive filter), Zener regulator and IC regulator.
7. Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT) circuits to obtain some small
signal parameters of BJT.
8. Voltage amplifiers using operational amplifiers to measure and
analyze bias quantities (dc currents and voltages) and small-signal
gain of the given common-emitter amplifier circuit.
9. Wave shaping and waveform generation using op amps
10. Basic combinatorial circuits
11. Logic design using multiplexers and basic sequential circuits
12. Synchronous and ripple counters
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 104: Basic Electrical
and Electronics Engineering

127 Go to Index
Course Code ME 104 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the Course Basic Mechanical Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Thermodynamics: Definition and scope of thermodynamics,
fundamentals and laws of thermodynamics, vapour compression and
absorption refrigeration cycles, psychometry and its uses.
Heat Transfer: Various modes of heat transfer: conduction,
convection and radiation, black body, heat exchangers.
Energy Conversion: Various types of power plants, steam power
plants and accessories, renewable energy.
Internal Combustion (IC) Engines: Otto and diesel cycle, 2- stroke
and 4- stroke engines, alternative fuels
Fluid Mechanics: Fundamental Concepts, Flow through Pipes,
Laminar Boundary Layers, Introduction and classification of Turbo
machines
Power and Motion Transmission Devices: Belt drive, Chain drive
and Gear drive. Introduction to Flywheels, Governors, Clutches and
Brakes.
Suggested Books 1. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
2. P.K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics (2nd edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003. (ISBN: 0-07-460275-6).
3. S.K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 2008.
4. S.S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, (2nd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.

128 Go to Index
Course Code ME 106 [from AY 2014-15 onward]
Title of the Course Basic Mechanical Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course Introduces all the basic concepts of Mechanical Engineering
Course Syllabus Introduction to Manufacturing: Relating manufacturing, design,
assembly, metrology, quality control and service to each other.
Selection of manufacturing processes.
Introduction to metal casting processes: Sand molding and casting
process. Outline of popular casting methods with easy examples of
products being manufactured by them. Basic idea of steel
solidification.
Introduction to joining methods: Concept of temporary semi-
permanent and permanent joints. Shielded metal arc welding and oxy-
fuel gas welding processes. Outline of different fusion and non-fusion
welding processes and their applications. Idea of weldability.
Introduction to machine tools: Preliminary idea of basic machine
tools, hand tools and their operations. Ways of specifying tools and
operations. Composition of cutting tool materials. Introduction to CNC
machine tools.
Introduction to metal forming operations: Fundamentals of
mechanical behavior of materials. Basic requirements for bulk
deformation of metals. Cold and hot working processes. Application of
various forming processes.
Thermal Engineering: Definition and scope of thermodynamics,
fundamentals and laws of thermodynamics, vapour compression and
absorption refrigeration cycles, psychometry and its uses.
Otto and diesel cycle, 2- stroke and 4- stroke engines, alternative fuels
Various types of power plants, steam power plants and accessories,
renewable energy.
Power and Motion Transmission Devices: Belt drive, Chain drive
and Gear drive. Introduction to Flywheels, Governors, Clutches and
Brakes.
Suggested Books 1. E.P. DeGarmo, J.T. Black, and R. A. Kohser, Materials and

129 Go to Index
 Processes in Manufacturing (8th edition), Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Limited, New Delhi, 2006.
2. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Volume-1 and Volume-2
(3rd edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. S.K. Hajra Choudhury, S.K. Bose, and A.K. Hajra Choudhury,
Elements of Workshop Technology: Vol. I and Vol. II (14th
Edition) Media Promoters and Publishers, Mumbai, 2007.
4. M.P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John
Wiley & Sons Inc (Indian student edition), 2002.
5. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
6. S.S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, (2nd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.

130 Go to Index
Course Code ME 153 [from AY 2009-10 to AY 2015-16]
IC 153 [from AY 2016-17 onwards]
Title of the Course Engineering Graphics
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
1-0-3-2.5
Name of the All the Engineering Departments
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to engineering drawing and orthographic projections;
Projection of points and straight line;
Projection of planes and solids;
Projection of simple machine elements;
Development of surfaces,
Intersection of surfaces;
Construction of isometric views from orthographic projections.
Suggested Books 1. N.D. Bhatt and V.M. Panchal, Engineering Drawing, Charotar
Publishers, Anand, 2007.
2. W.J. Luzadder and J. M. Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering
Drawing, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
3. T. E. French, C.J., Vierck, and R.J. Foster, Engineering Drawing
and Graphic Technology (14th Edition) McGraw Hill
Science/Engg, 1993.
4. A. D. Jolhe, Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2007.
5. M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, Engineering Drawing, Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd, Pearson Education,

131 Go to Index
Course Code ME 154 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the Course Basic Manufacturing Techniques
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Engineering Materials: Introduction of engineering materials their types,
applications, and manufacturability.
Introduction to Pattern Making and Casting: Pattern materials, pattern
types, hand tools used in the wood working, pattern allowances, colour
coding, molding sand composition and properties, sand casting, casting
defects and their remedies.
Plastic Parts Manufacturing: Introduction and typical applications of the
commonly used plastic parts manufacturing processes such as extrusion,
injection molding, blow molding, rotational molding, compression molding,
transfer molding, structural foam molding, thermoforming, etc.
Introduction to Machining: Machining fundamentals, Types of machining
operations, Details and types of basic machine tools such as lathe, milling,
and drilling and important machining operations on these machines and
types of cutting tools used. Introduction of computer numerical controlled
(CNC) machine tools.
Introduction to Joining Methods: Welding fundamentals, types of welded
joints and welding positions, operations and details of gas welding process,
manual metal arc welding processes. Soldering and brazing, their
applications in electronics industry.
Introduction to Metal Forming Operations: Working principle and
applications of forging, rolling, extrusion, wire drawing, tube drawing, and
sheet metal operations.
Practicals: Simple workshop jobs to be made in the foundry, electric arc
welding and gas welding, lathe, milling, and drilling machines.
Demonstration of plastic parts manufacturing and Forming machines.
Suggested Books 1. E.P. DeGarmo, J.T. Black, and R. A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in
Manufacturing (8th edition), Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Limited, New
Delhi, 2006.
2. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Volume-1 and Volume-2 (3rd
edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. S.K. Hajra Choudhury, S.K. Bose, and A.K. Hajra Choudhury, Elements of
132 Go to Index
 Workshop Technology: Vol. I and Vol. II (14th Edition) Media
Promoters and Publishers, Mumbai, 2007.
4. M.P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John Wiley &
Sons Inc (Indian student edition), 2002.

133 Go to Index
Course Code ME 156 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
IC 156 [from AY 2016-17 onward]
Title of the Course Basic Manufacturing Techniques
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned All the Engineering Departments
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus 1. Preparation of single piece casting.
2. Preparation of Lap joint in carpentry.
3. Preparation of joint by Arc welding & Gas welding.
4. Preparation of simple job by fitting tool & drilling.
5. Preparation of job on Lathe machine by turning, facing, knurling, drilling
etc.
6. Basic Electrical Wiring system.
7. Investigating the casting and weld defects using non-destructive
examination.
8. Characterize the defect size, location and distribution using ultrasonic
method.
9. Determination of density of the given Casting using Archimedes method.
Suggested Books

134 Go to Index
Course Code IC 211
Title of the Course Experimental Engineering Lab
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the All the Engineering Departments and Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus 1. Measurement of Resistance using Kelvin Bridge.
2. Measurement of Inductance using Maxwell Bridge and Measurement of
Capacitance using Desauty's and Schearing Bridge.
3. Study of LVDT characteristics.
4. Measurement of Pressure using U-tube manometer, inclined
manometer and Dead weight pressure tester.
5. Study of various types of Temperature Measurement Methods
6. Study of Mechatronics sensors.
7. Determination of elastic modulus using 3 point symmetric /asymmetric
bending.
8. Determination of surface tension of a given liquid using contact angle
measurement.
9. Chain Surveying: To Provide a skeleton or frame work consisting of a
number of connected triangles.
10. Prepare and develop a program for data acquisition and presentation
from different sensors.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. J. P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers (7th Edition), Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, (Special Indian Edition) 2007.
2. E.O. Doebelin, Engineering Experimentation: Planning, Execution,
Reporting, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 0070173397, 1995.
3. E.O. Doebelin and D. N. Manik, Measurement Systems, McGraw Hill
Educations, 2007
Reference Books
1. J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, McGraw- Hill Inc.,
New York, 1978.
2. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems; Application and Design,
McGraw-Hill, 1976.
3. C.F. Jeff Wu, and M.S. Hamada, Experiments: Planning, Analysis, and
Optimization, Wiley, ISBN: 0471699462, 2009.
135 Go to Index
4. A.J. Wheeler and A.R. Ganji, Introduction to Engineering
Experimentation, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0131742760, 1996.
5. W.J. Diamond, Practical Experiment Designs: for Engineers and
Scientists, Wiley, ISBN: 0471390542, 2001.
6. R.H. Bishop, Learning with LabVIEW, Addison Wesley Longman, ISBN:
0201361663, 1999.
7. R.S. Figliola, and D.E. Beasley, Theory and Design for Mechanical
Measurements - 4th Edition, Wiley, 2006.

136 Go to Index
Course Code ES 302 [from AY 2010-11 onwards]
Title of the Course Environnemental Studies: Scientific and Engineering Aspects
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-1.5 (Half Semester Course)
Name of the Concerned Multi-disciplinary
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies, Ecosystems,
Biodiversity and its conservation, Indicators of environmental
pollution, Environment and human health.
Consumption of natural resources and environmental degradation
of forests, water, coal, minerals, energy, and land.
Sustainable development, Environmental policy and legislation,
Environmental impact assessment.
Pollution of lakes, rivers, ground water, coasts, and oceans, Science
and technology for drinking water and wastewater treatment and
issues in management of systems.
Solid and hazardous waste management: causes, effects and
control measures.
Air and noise pollution, science and engineering of pollution
control, Global Issues including climate change, global warming,
acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear hazards, Disaster
management, industrial accidents, floods, earthquakes, cyclones
and landslides.
Suggested Books 1. W.P. Cunningham and M.A. Cunningham, Principles of
Environmental Science, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 2002.
2. J.A. Nathanson, Basic Environmental Technology, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002.
3. S.J. Arceivala, and S.R. Asolekar, Wastewater Treatment for
Pollution Control and Reuse (3rd Edition), Tata McGraw
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
4. S.R. Asolekar, and R. Gopichandran, Preventive
Environmental Management: An Indian Perspective,
Foundation Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
Some selected book-chapters, monographs and journal papers

137 Go to Index
Course code EE 101

Title of the course Basic Electrical Engineering

Course Category Institute Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-C (1-1-0-2)

Name of the
Electrical Engineering
Concerned Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with
(Objectives) different theorems and circuits associated with basic electrical
engineering.

Course Outcomes • To acquire knowledge in different aspects of basic electrical

engineering
• To understand different theorems and their applications in
electrical circuits.

Course Syllabus Introduction: Basic physical laws, Basic circuit elements, Kirchhoff’s
voltage law (KVL), Kirchhoff’s current law (KCL), A few important
circuit theorems (Mesh analysis, Nodal analysis, Superposition
theorem, Thevenin theorem, Norton theorem, Supernode analysis,
Supermesh analysis, Star-delta theorem), simple and complex
circuits.
Electrical circuits: Transients in R-L, R-C, R-L-C, Sinusoidal Steady
State, Real/ Reactive Power, Phasors, Three phase power, Magnetic
circuit, Working principles of Transformers/AC/DC machines.
Analog circuits: OP-AMP.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

(1) L. S. Bobrow, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (2nd
edition), Oxford University Press, 1996, ISBN: 0195105095.
(2) C. K. Alexander, and M. Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric
Circuits (5th edition), McGraw Hill, 2013, ISBN: 1259098591.
(3) R. L. Boylestad, and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory (4th edition), Longman Higher Education, 1987, ISBN:
013250457X.

Reference books:
1) V. D. Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals (2nd edition),
Prentice Hall, 1989, ISBN: 9332551766.
(2) K. A. Krishnamurthy and M. R. Raghuveer, Electrical and
Electronics Engineering for Scientists and Engineerings, Wiley-
138 Go to Index
Blackwell, 1994, ISBN: 0470220627.
(3) R. A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits (4th
edition), Pearson, 2015, ISBN: 9332549915.

139 Go to Index
Course code EE 106

Title of the
Basic Electronics Engineering
course

Course Category Institute Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-C (1-0-0-1)

Name of the
Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department

Prerequisite, if
None
any

Scope of the The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the basics of
course different circuits, electronic devices and components associated with basic
(Objectives) electronics engineering.

Course Outcomes • To acquire knowledge in different aspects of basic electronics engineering

• To understand the operational mechanisms of different electronic circuits,
devices, and components.

Course Syllabus Introduction: Functional Characteristics of Diode, Circuits (Clippers,

clampers), Rectifiers, Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT).
Digital circuits: Boolean algebra, Number System, Logic gates, Flip Flops.

Suggested Books Text books:

(1) R. L. Boylestad, and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory
(4th edition), Longman Higher Education, 1987, ISBN: 013250457X.
(2) B. G. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices (6th edition), Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi, 2006, ISBN: 812033020X.
(3) A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits (7th edition),
Saunder's College Publishing, 2014, ISBN: 9780199339136.
(4) J. Millman and A. Grabel, Microelectronics (2nd edition), McGraw Hill,
International, 2017, ISBN: 0074637363.

Reference books:
(1) H. Taub and D. Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics (1st edition),
McGraw Hill, 2017, ISBN: 9780070265080.
(2) D. A. Hodges, H. G. Jackson, and R. A. Saleh, Analysis and Design of Digital
Integrated Circuits (3rd edition), McGraw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 0072283653.

140 Go to Index
Course code ME 101

Title of the course Engineering Mechanics

Course Category Basic engineering

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-0-2

Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering/ Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any This is an introductory course to study and make use of the principles
required to remedy engineering mechanics issues. Mathematics and
physics Ideas can be applied on this course.

Scope of the course Engineering mechanics involves the study of forces and their effects on
(Objectives) matter, and the use of this knowledge to design and analyse structures,
machines, and other systems. It is used to analyse and design
structures to understand the behaviour of materials under different
loading conditions.

Course Outcomes ➢ To develop ability to model and analysis of mechanical engineering

systems using vectoral representation of forces and moments.
➢ To develop skills to use the basic principles of mechanics in
engineering applications.

Course Content 1. Introduction to statics and dynamics: Mechanics, Basic Concepts,

Scalars and Vectors, Newton’s Laws, Units, Laws of Gravitation.
2. Force Systems: Two- and Three-Dimensional Force Systems,
Rectangular Components, Moment and Couple, Resultants.
3. Equilibrium: Equilibrium in Two-and Three-Dimensions, System
Isolation and Free-Body Diagram.
4. Friction: Introduction, Laws of Coulomb Friction, Equilibrium of
Bodies involving Dry friction.
5. Centroid and Moment of Inertia: Centroid of the plane, curve, area,
volume, and composite bodies, moment of inertia of plane area,
parallel axes theorem.
6. Structures: Plane trusses, method of joints, method of sections,
frames, and machines.
7. Kinematics of Rigid Body: Introduction, plane motion of the rigid
body, velocity and acceleration under translation and rotational
motions.
8. Kinetics of Rigid Body: Introduction, force, mass and Acceleration,
Work and Energy, Impulse and Momentum, D’Alembert’s
principles, and dynamic equilibrium.

141 Go to Index
 9. Simple Stress and Strain: Introduction, normal and shear stresses,
stress-strain diagrams for ductile and brittle material.

Suggested books Textbooks:

1. Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education,

Prentice Hall, 2006, ISBN 9788177581232

2. James L. Meriam, L. G. Kraige, J. N. Bolton, Engineering Mechanics:

Statics and Dynamics, Ninth edition, Wiley publication, 2018, ISBN:
978-1-119-39262-0

Reference textbook:

3. E.P. Popov, Mechanics of Materials, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, 2015, ISBN: 9789332559547

142 Go to Index
Course code ME 108

Title of the course Basic Manufacturing Processes

Course Category Flexible elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite if any Nil

Scope of the course It focuses on the design, development, and operation of integrated
(Objectives) systems of production to obtain high quality & economically
competitive products.

Course Outcomes ➢ This course helps in selecting suitable manufacturing processes to

manufacture the products optimally.

➢ This course also recommends the appropriate design of casting

process systems, forming processes, welding process and
machining (metal cutting) processes.

Course Content 1. Casting: Steps involved in making a casting, its applications,

patterns, and types of patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction, types of casting processes, solidification of casting.
2. Introduction to machine tools: Preliminary idea of basic machine
tools, hand tools and their operations. Ways of specifying tools and
operations. Composition of cutting tool materials.
3. Welding: Welding types, Oxy-fuel gas welding, cutting, Outline of
different fusion and non-fusion welding processes and their
applications.
4. Forming: Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, comparison
of properties of cold and hot worked parts, rolling fundamentals
5. Forging processes: Forging operations and principles, tools, forging
methods, forging hammers: Rotary forging, forging defects, cold
forging.

Suggested textbooks:

1. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology (Foundation Forming &

Welding), Tata McGraw Hill, 2013, ISBN: 978-9383286614
2. J. S. Campbell, Principles of manufacturing materials and
processes, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995, ISBN: 9780070992528

143 Go to Index
Reference textbooks:
1. S. Kalpakjian and S.R. Scsimid, Manufacturing Engineering and
Technology, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2001, ISBN: ISBN:
9788177581706
2. R. C. S. Mehta N. S. Gaira, Basic Manufacturing Process, 2017, VIVA
BOOKS, ISBN: 978-8171881871

144 Go to Index
Course code ME 110

Title of the course Basic Thermal Engineering

Course Category Flexible elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite if any Nil

Scope of the course This course focuses on basic mechanical engineering starting from
(Objectives) thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, Heat transfer to its application in
different practical processes, analysis of the Internal combustion
engines, and the Refrigeration cycle.

Course Outcomes ➢ Able to obtain knowledge of different aspects of designing of a

thermal system.
➢ Get fundamental knowledge of fluid, its properties and behavior
under various conditions.
➢ Understand various types of I.C. Engines, refrigeration cycles and Heat
transfer modes

Course Content 1. Basic concepts and laws of thermodynamics: Thermodynamic

definition and scope, system - boundary, surrounding,
thermodynamic systems Properties of system, Law of
thermodynamics-Zeroth, first & second laws of thermodynamics.
2. Fluid Mechanics: Fluid statistics, Fluid kinematics, and Fluid
dynamics
3. Refrigeration & air conditioning: Working principle of VCR and VAR
cycles. Performance of refrigeration cycles
4. IC engines: Working principle of Two Stroke and four stroke engine,
petrol, and diesel engine. Engine performance and emissions.
5. Heat Transfer: Introduction -Modes of heat transfer- Conduction,
convection, and radiation, Simple problems on conduction.

Suggested books Textbooks:

1. Moran, M.J., Moran, H. N. Shapiro, D.D. Boettner, and M.B. Bailey,

“Fundamentals of engineering thermodynamics”. 8th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons; (2010), ISBN: 978-1-118-41293-0
2. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008, ISBN:

145 Go to Index
 0071257713
3. F.M. White, Fluid Mechanics, Seventh edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2008, ISBN: 978-0071333122

Reference textbook:

1. W. W. Pulkrabek, Engineering Fundamentals of the Internal

Combustion Engine, PHI, (2002), ISBN: 978-0131405707
2. J. P. Holman, & Souvik Bhattacharyya, Heat Transfer, 10th Edition,
2017, ISBN: 978-0071069670

146 Go to Index
Course code PH 108

Title of the course Basics of Laser Engineering

Course Category Elective for Basic Engineering Module

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Physics

Department

Pre-requisite, if any ------------------------

Scope of the course Student will learn basic principle of lasers, their functioning and
(Objectives) application.

Course Outcomes Familiarity with the working mechanisms of lasers and it’s
applications.

Course Content Stimulated and Spontaneous emissions, Absorption, Einstein's A

and B coefficients, Population inversion, Pumping techniques,
Resonators, Laser modes, Classes of lasers, Properties of lasers
and Laser applications.

Suggested Books Text Book:

1. A.K. Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan: Lasers: Fundamentals and
Applications: Laxmi publications: 2019: ISBN: 978-
9352745531
Reference Books:
2. W. T. Silfvast, Laser Fundamentals (2nd Edition): Cambridge
University Press: 2004: ISBN: 978-0521833455

147 Go to Index
Course code PH 107

Title of the course Basics of Physics

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Physics

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course Student will learn Basics of Quantum Mechanics and Electromagnetic
(Objectives) theory

Course Outcomes ● Understanding of Quantum Mechanical concepts, their need, and

applications
● To develop ability to solve complex problems if electromagnetism
using mathematical methods and tools
● Analysis of complex real life problems through examples and physical
understanding

Course Content 1.Quantum Mechanics & Applications: Review of quantum concepts,

Inadequacies of Classical Mechanics – black body radiation, Photoelectric
effect, Compton effect, Heisenberg uncertainty principle. Schrodinger
equation, Probabilistic interpretation of wave function. One dimensional
problems- Particle in a box, Potential well, Potential barrier and
Tunnelling, Harmonic oscillator.

2. Electrostatics: Divergence and curl of electrostatic fields, electric

potential, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s equation, Uniqueness theorem,
method of images, Separation of variables, multipole expansion,
Polarization, bound charges, fields, forces and energy of dielectrics,
applications

3. Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart law, divergence and curl of magnetic field,

vector potential, Magnetic field inside matter, Electromagnetic induction,
Faraday’s law, Maxwell equations and Poynting’s theorem, applications

Suggested Text Books:

Books 1. A. Beiser, S. Mahajan, S.R. Choudhury: Concepts of Modern Physics (6th
Edition): McGraw Hill Inc: 2009: ISBN-13 : 978-9351341857
2. D. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics, (2nd edition): Prentice
Hall of India: New Delhi: 1989: ISBN-13 : 978-1108822909

148 Go to Index
 Reference Books:
1. S.H. Patil: Elements of Modern Physics:Tata McGraw Hill:1989: ISBN:
978-0074602256
2. K.S. Krane : Modern Physics (2nd Edition): John Wiley and Sons: 1996,
ISBN: 978-9354244681
3. H.S. Mani and G.K. Mehta: Introduction to Modern Physics: East West
Books Madras Pvt. Ltd.: 1988: ISBN: 978-8185095738
4. A.S. Mahajan and A. Rangawala: Electricity and Magnetism: Tata
McGraw Hill: New Delhi: 1989 : ISBN: 978-0074602256
5. D. N. Vasudeva : Fundamentals of magnetism and electricity: S. Chand
and Company: ISBN: 978-8121909556
6. E. M. Purcell and David Morin: Electricity and Magnetism : Cambridge
University Press: ISBN: 978-1107014022
7. H. C. Verma, Classical Electromagnetism, ISBN: 978-9388704823

149 Go to Index
Course code PH 157

Title of the course Physics Lab- I

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned Physics

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Scope of the course Student will learn to perform experiments in a methodical manner of
(Objectives) data acquisition, data analysis and error estimation. They should be able
to interpret their results and physical significance.

Course Outcomes • To conduct and analyse experiments in a scientific way

• Learn logical interpretation of the data and physical interpretation

Course Content 1. Effect of magnetic field on materials (Hall Effect and Universal B-H
Curve Tracer)
2. Frank Hertz Experiment.
3. LCR Circuit
4. Thermal & Electrical Conductivity
5. Kundt’s Tube
6. Fresnel’s Bi-prism
7. Grating Spectrometer
8. Hydrogen Spectrum
9. Specific Charge of Electron (e/m)
10. Newton’s Rings

Suggested Books Text Book:

• Lab Manual

Reference Books:
• G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, University Press, Cambridge,
1998

150 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 102
Title of the Course Biosciences
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits 2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Concerned
Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course This course intends to refresh the basics of biology to engineering students
(Objectives) who might not be in touch with this subject after their matriculation
Course Outcomes 1. Gain an appreciation of vital life processes and principles governing
homeostasis of the human body machine
2. Enthuse students to apply engineering principles to biological systems
and vice-versa
Course Syllabus The perspective of Biology and Life and its origin:
Requirements for Life, Chemistry of life, Chemistry of water, Origin of life.

Evolutionary History of Biological Diversity: Phylogeny and the Tree of

Life, Bacteria and Archaea, Protists. Plant Diversity I: How Plants Colonized
Land, Plant Diversity II: The Evolution of Seed Plants, Fungi, An Overview
of Animal Diversity, An Introduction to Invertebrates, The Origin and
Evolution of Vertebrates

Micro- and Macromolecules in the living system:

Amino Acids, Proteins, Carbohydrates, lipids and Fats, and Nucleic Acids.

Enzymes: Basic concept, Classification and Function, Enzyme kinetics, Role

of Enzymes in life.

Cell: Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Animal cell and Plant cell, Structure
and function of the sub-cellular organization, membrane and cell
physiology,
Chromosome and Gene, Genetics. Mitosis, Meiosis, other types of cell
divisions, and Cancer

Organization of the Human body: Tissues, Organs, and the body

Ecology and Environment: Aquatic and terrestrial biomes, Pollution,

Climate change, etc.

Biomedical Imaging and Instrumentation: Introduction to imaging

modalities used in the clinic, and introduction to clinical instrumentations.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. Campbell; Biology, 9th edition. Pearson Higher Education 2011
151 Go to Index
2. Lehninger & Cox. Principles of Biochemistry (5th edition), W.H. Freeman
& Company, USA

Reference Books:
1. Colleen Belk, Virginia Borden Maier; Biology: Science for Life with
Physiology, Pearson New International Edition, 2013
2. Khandpur R.S., Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation (2nd edition),
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi

152 Go to Index
Course Code MA 101N
Title of the Course Calculus-I
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-2 (=4/2) (1/2 Semester)
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course This is a foundation course on single variable calculus for UG
students.
Course Outcomes Students will understand the concepts, like convergence of
sequences and series, limits, continuity, differentiability and
integrability, and their applications.

Course Syllabus • Review of limits, continuity, differentiability.

• Mean Value Theorem, Taylor Theorem, Maxima and
Minima.
• Riemann integrals, Fundamental theorem of Calculus,
Improper integrals, application to area, volume.
• Convergence of sequences and series, power series.

Suggested Books 1. G. B. Thomas, M. D. Weir, J. Hass, F. R. Giordano, Thomas'

Calculus, Addison Wesley, 2004, 11th Edition, ISBN:
0321185587,9780321185587
Reference 2. Huges-Hallett et al., Calculus: Single and Multi-Variable
Books (3rd Edition), John-Wiley & Sons (USA), 2003. ISBN:
1119696550, 9781119696551
3. J. Stewart, Calculus (5th Edition), Thomson, 2003 (Indian
Edition). ISBN: 053439339X, 9780534393397
4. T.M. Apostol, Calculus: Volumes 1 and 2 (2nd Edition),
Wiley Eastern (USA), 1980. ISBN: 0471000051,
9780471000051
5. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic
Geometry (9th Edition), ISE Reprint, Addison-Wesley,
1998 (Indian Edition). ISBN: 0201531747, 978-
0201531749

153 Go to Index
Course Code MA 103N
Title of the Course Calculus-II
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-2 (=4/2) (1/2 Semester)

Name of the Concerned Mathematics

Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course This is a foundation course on multi-variables calculus for UG
students.
Course Outcomes Students will understand the concepts, like partial derivatives,
gradient, directional derivatives, double and triple integration,
and their applications.

Course Syllabus • Partial Derivatives, gradient and directional derivatives,

chain rule, maxima and minima, Lagrange multipliers.
• Double and triple integration, Jacobians and change of
variables formula.
• Parametrization of curves and surfaces, vector fields, line
and surface integrals.
• Divergence and curl, theorems of Green, Gauss, Stokes.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. G. B. Thomas, M. D. Weir, J. Hass, F. R. Giordano, Thomas'
Calculus, Addison Wesley, 2004, 11th Edition, ISBN:
0321185587,9780321185587
Reference Books:
2. Huges-Hallett et al., Calculus: Single and Multi-Variable
(3rd Edition), John-Wiley & Sons (USA), 2003. ISBN:
1119696550, 9781119696551
3. J. Stewart, Calculus (5th Edition), Thomson, 2003 (Indian
Edition). ISBN: 053439339X, 9780534393397
4. T.M. Apostol, Calculus: Volumes 1 and 2 (2nd Edition),
Wiley Eastern (USA), 1980. ISBN: 0471000051,
9780471000051
5. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic
Geometry (9th Edition), ISE Reprint, Addison-Wesley,
1998 (Indian Edition). ISBN: 0201531747, 978-
0201531749

154 Go to Index
Course Code MA 102N
Title of the Course Linear Algebra
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (=3/2) (1/2 Semester)
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course This is a foundation course on linear algebra for UG students.
Course Outcomes Students will understand solving a system of linear equations and the
concepts, like matrices, determinants, vector spaces and
linear transformations.
Course Syllabus • System of linear equations, matrices and Gaussian elimination,
rank of a matrix.
• Determinants and rank of a matrix in terms of determinants.
• Vector spaces, linear independence and dependence, linear span of
a set of vectors, vector subspace, basis of vector subspaces, row
space,
null space and column space, rank-nullity theorem.
• Linear transformations, matrix of a linear transformation, change
of basis and similarity, Inner product spaces, Gram-Schmidt
process, orthonormal bases.
• Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, characteristic polynomials,
eigenvalues of special matrices, such as orthogonal, unitary,
Hermitian, symmetric, skew-
symmetric, normal.
• Algebraic and geometric multiplicity, diagonalization, spectral
theorem for real symmetric matrices.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, Fifth Edition
(2016), Wellesley-Cambridge Press, ISBN: 978-09802327-7-6
Reference Books:
1. H. Anton, Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications (8th
Edition), John-Wiley & Sons, 1995. ISBN: 0471669598,
9780471669593
2. G. Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications (4th edition),
Thomson, 2006. ISBN: 0030105676, 9780030105678
3. S. Kumaresan, Linear Algebra: A Geometric Approach, Prentice
Hall of India, 2000. ISBN: 8120316282, 9788120316287
4. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th Edition),
John Wiley & Sons, 1999, ISBN 978-0-470-45836-5.

155 Go to Index
Course Code MA 104N
Title of the Course Differential Equations-I
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (=3/2) (1/2 Semester)
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course This is a foundation course on ordinary differential equations for UG
students.
Course Outcomes • Students will be trained to solve various types of ordinary
differential equations.
• Students will also be exposed to the qualitative theory of ordinary
differential equations such as existence and uniqueness.
Course Syllabus • Exact equations, integrating factors, Orthogonal trajectories.
• Lipschitz condition, Picard’s theorem.
• Linear differential equations generalities, Wronskians,
Dimensionality of space of solutions, Abel-Liouville formula, Linear
ODEs with constant coefficients, the characteristic equations,
Cauchy-Euler equations.
• Method of undetermined coefficients.
• Method of variation of parameters.
• Laplace transformation and generalities, shifting theorems,
convolution theorem.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th Edition), John
Wiley & Sons, 1999, ISBN 978-0-470-45836-5.

Reference Books:
1. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations (8th
Edition), John Wiley & Sons, 2005(USA). ISBN: 0471433381,
9780471433385
2. T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Volume 2 (2nd edition), Wiley-Eastern, 1980.
ISBN: 0471000078, 9780471000075
3. G. Simmons, Differential Equations with Applications and Historical
Notes, McGraw Hill Education 2nd edition, 2017. ISBN: 0070575401,
9780070575400
4. G. Simmons, Differential Equations: Theory-Technique and Practice,
McGraw Hill Education, 1st edition, 2017. ISBN: 0072863153,
9780072863154

156 Go to Index
Course Code CH 105
Title of the Course Chemistry
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
3-0-0-3
Name of the Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course This course provides basic knowledge of chemistry involving organic,
inorganic and physical chemistry
Course Syllabus Linking microscopic and bulk thermodynamic properties:
Distribution of molecular states and relation to entropy, Boltzmann
distribution, ensembles, partition functions.
Elucidation of structure and properties: Experimental techniques,
Interaction light with matter, absorption and emission spectra,
intensities of spectral lines, Beer-Lambert law, spontaneous and
simulated emission, transition moments and selection rules, Franck-
Condon principle, lasers and fluorescence.
Chemical Bonding: Valence Bond Theory (VBT), Molecular Orbital
Theory (MOT)
Structure and Bonding of Coordination Complexes: Tetrahedral,
Octahedral, Square planar and Square Pyramidal complexes
Introduction to Organometallic Complexes: Structure and Bonding
Application of Coordination Complexes, Metal Organic Frameworks
(MOFs), and Organometallic Complexes: Introduction to Metal
organic Frameworks, Magnetic materials, Catalysis, Adsorption
properties, Metal ions in Biology
Organic Chemistry: Hűckel treatment of ethylene, butadiene and
benzene, concept of aromaticity, orbital symmetry and chemical
reactions, conformation of cycloalkanes, reactivity of carbonyl groups
due to acidic protons, heterocyclic chemistry (thiophene, furan,
pyridine, pyrrole, and indole), neighbouring group effect. Introduction to
bio-organic chemistry: steroids, amino acids and nucleic acids.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. P.W. Atkins, J.D. Paula, Physical Chemistry, 8th Edn., Oxford
University Press, 2006, ISBN 9780716787594.
2. I. A. Levine, Physical Chemistry, McGrawHill, 2009, ISBN 978-007-
2538625.
3. D.A. McQuarrie and J.D. Simon, Physical Chemistry - A Molecular
Approach, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
4. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd., 6th Edn., 1992, ISBN 0-13-643669-2.
5. G. Solomons, C. Fryhle, S. A. Snyder, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley
& Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., 11th Edn., 2013, ISBN-10: 1118147391.
6. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edn., ELBS, 1996, ISBN
978-8126515547.
7. D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University
157 Go to Index
 Press, 2006, ISBN 978-0199236176.
8. R. C. Mehrotra, A. Singh, Organometallic Chemistry, 2nd Edn., New
Age International (P) Ltd Publishers, 2007, ISBN 978-0470210192.
9. 9. D. Farrusseng, Metal-organic Frameworks: Application from
Catalysis to Gas storage, Wiley, 2011, ISBN 978-3527328703.

158 Go to Index
Course code CH 155

Title of the course Chemistry Lab

Course Category Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-2-1

Name of the Chemistry

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Not Required

Scope of the course The lab course introduces students to basic chemical methods such as
(Objectives) quantitative chemical analysis, separation techniques and useful chemical
reactions.

Course Outcomes 1. Basic laboratory skills in chemistry.

2. Data handling and analysis.
3. Experience in safety procedures in a chemical laboratory.

1. Formation of Soap-Saponification- A process of converting Esters into

Course Content Soaps by Addition of Alkali.
2. Estimation of Iron Using Volumetric Analysis.
3. Determination of Hardness of Water by Complexometric Titrations.
4. Determination of Strength of Strong Acid/Base with Conductometric
Titrations.
5. Thin Layer Chromatography for Separating Non-Volatile Mixtures.
6. Oscillatory Chemical Reactions for Understanding Non-Equilibrium
Thermodynamics.

Suggested Books 1. A. I. Vogel: Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis 7th Edition:

Pearson Education: India: 2012: ISBN 978-8131773710
2. A. I. Vogel: Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry 5th Edition: Pearson
Education: India: 2003: ISBN 978-8177589573
3. Laboratory manual CH-153

159 Go to Index
Course code ES 102

Title of the course Environmental Studies: Scientific and Engineering Aspects

Course Category Core / Departmental Elective / Institute Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

3-0-0-1.5 (Half Semester Course)

Name of the Concerned Multidisciplinary

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course This course aims to impart knowledge regarding various elements of
(Objectives) Environmental Science and Engineering, including environmental
quality assessment, environmental pollution and control, water and
waste management, sustainable resource management, and various
environmental legislations.

Course Outcomes • Understanding the impact of professional engineering solutions in

societal and environmental contexts and demonstrating the
knowledge of and need for sustainable development.

Course Content 1. Introduction to Environmental Science

• Overview of Environmental Studies and its interdisciplinary
nature, ecosystem, biodiversity
• Importance of Environmental Science in the modern world
2. Environmental Quality Assessment
• Physical, Chemical, and Biological Indicators
• Monitoring and Assessment of Air, Water, Soil, and Biodiversity
3. Global Environmental Issues, Pollution, and Control
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,
nuclear hazards, and natural disaster management.
• Types, Causes & Control of Environmental Pollution
• Best Management Practices for Pollution Prevention
4. Water and Waste Management
• Science and Technology for Drinking Water and Wastewater
Treatment
• Issues in the Management of Water and Waste Systems (Causes,
Effects, and Control Measures)
5. Sustainable Resource Management
• Natural Resources (Forests, Water, Coal, Minerals, Energy, and
Land) Use and Degradation
• Sustainable Development and Environmental Stewardship
• Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation
6. Environmental Policy and Legislation
160 Go to Index
 • Overview of Environmental Laws and Regulations
• Environmental Impact Assessment
• Environmental Compliance and Enforcement.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. G. M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, "Introduction to Environmental
Engineering and Science", Pearson, Boston, USA, 2018, ISBN-13:
978-0134219076
2. A. Friedland and R. Relyea, "Essentials of Environmental
Science", W.H. Freeman & Co Ltd; 2nd ed. 2019 edition (14
December 2015), ISBN-13: 978-1319065669

Reference Books:
1. J. R. Pfafflin and J. N. Swift, "Encyclopedia of Environmental
Science and Engineering", Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, USA,
2013, ISBN-13-978-0849301039

161 Go to Index
Course code HS 109

Title of the course Language and Composition

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-0-2

Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course To improve English Reading, Comprehension and Writing skills of the
(Objectives) students.

Course Outcomes • This course will teach the tools of peer-reviewing, close-
reading, and enable students to write argumentative and
persuasive writing.
• Develop composition and paragraph writing
• Write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations.

Course Content • Writing Effective Sentences

• Reading, Comprehension skills in English
• Paragraph Development: Thesis, Claim, Evidence, Explanation,
Analysis
• Different forms of writing- Reflective, Compare and Contrast,
argument, visual analysis
• Grammar and mechanics
• Essay, Report, Proposals, Statement of Purpose

Suggested Books Text Books

• Bloom, B: Taxonomy of Educational Objectives: The
Classification of Educational Goals: Susan Fauer Company, Inc:
New York: 1956: ISBN: 058228010
• Nadell, J, Comodromos, E.A. and Langan, J: The Longman Reader
9th Edition: Pearson Education Publishing: New Delhi: 2008:
ISBN: 0321914139
Reference Books/texts
• Chopin, K: “Story of an Hour”: 1894. Vogue Magazine.
• Yong, E: “The Butterflies that hear with their wings”. The
Atlantic: 2018
• Bhattacharjee, K: “Back To Where I Never Belonged”. First
Proof: The Penguin Book of New Writing From India: Penguin
Books India: Delhi: 2005. ISBN 9780143102441
162 Go to Index
• Minto, Robert: “Entomology of Village Life”, Pro Rege: Vol. 37:
No.2, 46-48: 2008

163 Go to Index
Course code HS 104

Title of the course Fundamentals of Economics

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-0-2

Name of the Humanities & Social Sciences

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course The course is designed to introduce students to the fundamental
(Objectives) concepts of economics. The key objectives of the course are:
• To develop analytical abilities with respect to the key economic
aspects.
• To critically analyze economic policies, its design, complexities,
and potential impacts.

Course Outcomes
• Students will gain expertise in the key concepts of
microeconomics and macroeconomics.
• Learners will be exposed to real-world economic problems.
• Students will be able to comprehend government’s economic
policy’s design.

Course Content • Being an economist: A scientist and a policy maker.

• Principles of economics: Tradeoff, opportunity cost, markets,
invisible hand, prices
• Market forces of demand and supply, elasticity, and its
applications
• Theory of Production and Theory of Cost
• Microeconomic Thinking and Macroeconomic Models, Circular
Flow, National Income Accounting
• Production, Consumption, Investment, Government Purchases
• Measuring Cost of Living- CPI, GDP Deflators, Inflation
• The Monetary System- Functions of Money, Quantity of Money,
Interest Rates

Suggested Books Text Books

• Rubinfeld, D.L. and Pindyck, R.S.: Microeconomics: Pearson
Prentice Hall: New Jersey: 2012: 9780132857123
• N. Gregory Mankiw: Macroeconomics: Macmillan Learning 10th
ed.: New Delhi: 2019: 9781319436650
164 Go to Index
Reference Books
• N. Gregory Mankiw: Principles of Economics: Harcourt: New
Delhi: 2020: 0324168624
• R. Dornbusch, S. Fischer, and R. Startz: Macroeconomics:
McGraw-Hill Inc: New York: 2017: 9780073375922

165 Go to Index
Course Code HS 117
Title of the Stress and Mental Health
Course
Course Category Flexible Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-C
1-0-0-1
Name of the Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite if None
any
Scope of the Mental health is an important aspect of a healthy lifestyle and its
Course awareness is important. The course aims to analyze the concepts of
(Objective) stress, mental health, and their management.
Course Outcomes • Learn how to analyse stress in the human body
• Identify the factors which lead to stress
• Effective management of mental health
Course Content • Introduction: Nature and physiology of stress; Types of stress;
Responses to stress
• Stress and Its Effect: Task performance; Cognitive functioning;
Burnout; PTSD; Diathesis-Stress Model; Psychological problems and
disorders; Positive effects
• Psychology and Health: Habits, lifestyle, and health; Depression and
heart disease; Stress and cancer; Stress and immune function
• Methods of Stress Management and Well-Being Enhancement:
Nutrition; Physical exercise; Restoration (Sleep vs Relaxation); Self-
regulation; Positive healthy relationships; Enhancing happiness and
well-being

Suggested Books Textbook(s):

1. Wayne Weiten, Dana S. Dunn, Elizabeth Yost Hammer: Psychology

Applied to Modern Life: Adjustment in the 21st Century: Cengage
Learning: USA: 2014: 9781305172081

2. R. Harington: Stress, Health and well-being: Thriving in the 21st

century: Wadsworth Publishing: USA: 2013: 9781111831615

166 Go to Index
Course code HS 119

Title of the course Frontiers of Thinking

Course Category Flexible Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course Natural sciences, biological sciences, and human sciences have unique
(Objectives) and also mutually challenging approaches to understand reality. The
course aims to open up our thinking and understanding of reality in these
three forms.

Course Outcomes • Problem Analysis

• Recognition of Domain Difference
• Life-Long Learning

Course Content • The Splendors of the cosmic – Cosmic Order

• The Wonders of the Natural – Natural Order
• The Enigma of the Social – Social Life

Suggested Books Text Books

• Crofton, Ian & J. Black, The Little Book of Big History, London:
Michael Omara Books Ltd.: 2016: 9781782536850
• Lovelock, James, Gaia, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2016:
9780198784883

Reference Books
• Ridley, Matt, The Evolution of Everything, Harper Collins, London,
2015, 9780007583126
• Harari, Y.N., Sapiens, Penguin Random House, London, 2019:
9781784873646

167 Go to Index
Course code HS 121

Title of the course History of Tribal and Folk Art

Course Category Flexible Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course Through a close study of Tribal and folk art across the centuries,
(Objectives) this course examines the histories of the two well-known
examples of tribal and folk art- Bhil and Gond- from the
beginnings to contemporary times.

Course Outcomes • Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Tribal and

Folk Art
• Appreciate the richness of Indian cultural heritage
• Recognise the importance of sustainable and environment-
friendly ingredients in creating traditional Indian art

Course Content • Tribal and folk art in India

• Gond artists and artistic traditions
• Bhil artists and artistic traditions
• Bhil and Gond art after Independence
• Field visits to Bhil and Gond artist workshops/workplaces

Suggested Books Text Books

• Kaiser, T: Painted Songs: Continuity and Change in Indian
Folk Art: Arnoldsche Art Publishers: Zurich: 2012:
9783897903661
• Wolf, G: Signature: Patterns in Gond Art: Tara Books: Delhi:
2010: 9789380340029

Reference Book
• Bachchan, K: The Bhils- An Ethno-Historic Analysis: Sharada
Publishing House: Delhi: 1997: 8185616477

168 Go to Index
Course code HS 123

Title of the course Cultural Sociology

Course Category Flexible Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course The course will provide an overview of Cultural Sociology, which
(Objectives) traverses the relationship between sociology and cultural theory.
It will discuss sociological approaches to understanding national,
global, or regional cultures. Eventually, it will address key social
tensions encoded within popular culture and new media
cultures.

Course Outcomes • Problem Analysis in Cultural Sociology

• Communication
• Ethics

Course Content • What is a Cultural System?

• Interpretation of Cultures
• Distinction, Judgement of Taste
• Classical versus Popular Culture
• Nation as Culture
• Global Culture
• Popular Culture
• New Media Cultures

Suggested Books Text Book

• P. Bourdieu: Distinction-A Social Critique of the
Judgement of Taste, Harvard University Press, Cambridge,
MA : 1987 : 9780674212770

Reference Book
• J. Fiske, Understanding Popular Culture, Routledge : New
York: 1989 : 9780415078764.
• Clifford Geertz : The Interpretation of Cultures- Selected
Essays : Basic Books : New York : 1973 : 9780465093557

169 Go to Index
Course code HS 102

Title of the course Environmental Studies: Social Aspects

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3=1.5 (3/2)

Name of the Concerned Humanities and Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course The course is designed to provide an overview of Environmental

(Objectives) sociology, via landmark environmental movements and
breakthroughs which have shaped the public discourse and
consciousness about the environment as a common good. It will
engage with some leading influential thinkers and material on the
subject.

Course Outcomes • Acquainting students with discourses and debates on sustainable

use of natural resources
• Role of technology in engineering the environment and its
limitations
• Acknowledging geography and biodiversity as key elements of
environmental consciousness

Course Content • Social movements and the environment

• Human rights over natural resources
• Chipko Movement & Himalayan Ecology
• Gandhi and the Environmental consciousness
• Environmental conflict with Fashion & International Trade
• Environment and Public Relations, Greenwashing
• Water Governance
• Green Revolution in India
• Industrial Farming and Food
• 10. Topical discussions around contemporary issues

Suggested Books Reference Books

1. 1. Ramchandra Guha: The Unquiet Woods: Ecological Change and
Peasant Resistance in the Himalaya : University of California Press :
Berkley : 2000 : 9780520222359.
2.
3. 2. Rachel Carson : Silent Spring : Houghton Mifflin : Boston, MA : 1962
: 9780395075067.

170 Go to Index
3. Ulrich Beck : Risk Society: Towards a New Modernity : Sage
Publications : Thousand Oaks, CA : 1992 : 9780803983465.

4. E F Schumacher : Small Is Beautiful: A Study of Economics As If

People Mattered : Vintage : London : 1993: 9780099225614.

171 Go to Index
Course code AA 101

Title of the course Introduction to Space Engineering

Course Category Flexible Engineering Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department

Scope of the course The students will be introduced to the basic concept of space
(Objectives) engineering and space exploration.

Course Outcomes The students will be able to appreciate the complex process and
physics behind launching and communicating with a space
payload and their vast array of applications in solving various
problems of the society and advancing the various domains of
fundamental sciences.

Course Content Module-1

Two-body relative motion equation and polar coordinates,
Kepler's laws & Kepler's equation, Trajectory equation, orbital
mechanics, Elliptical & circular orbits
Module-2
Overview of Sun and Heliosphere, Remote Sensing from Space;
Vertical structure of the Atmosphere and circulations, space
environment, space effects from Earth's surface, in situ
measurements
Module-3
Telescopes: radio, infrared, optical, X-ray, gamma ray; collecting
area, diffraction limit, atmospheric seeing; optics, aperture
synthesis, spectroscopy (prisms and gratings).
Module-4
Exoplanets; Basic technique to detect exoplanets; Habitable zones;
Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence

Suggested Books Text book:

1. B. A. Campbell, S. W. McCandless, Jr., Introduction to Space
Sciences and Spacecraft Applications, Gulf Professional
Publishing, 1996, ISBN-978-0- 88415-411-2
2. Kivelson M G & Russel C T, Introduction to Space Physics,
Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1995, ISBN-10,
0521457149

Reference Books:
3. Carroll B. W. & Ostlie, D. A., An introduction to Modern

172 Go to Index
 Astrophysics, Pearson Education-Addison Wesley, 2007. ISBN
978-0805304022
4. G. Joseph and C Jeganathan, Fundamentals of Remote
Sensing, Third Edition, Universities Press Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad,
India. 2018. ISBN 978-93- 86235-46-6. 606

173 Go to Index
Course code CE 102

Title of the course Computations in Civil Engineering

Course Category Flexible Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

1-0-0-1

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NIL

Scope of the course To provide an overview of the role of computations in Civil

(Objectives) Engineering.

Course Outcomes Exposure to some of the computational techniques required in

Civil Engineering.

Course Content Role of differential equations in Civil Engineering, ordinary and

partial differential equations;
Role of probability in Civil Engineering,
Random events, Random variables;
Role of machine learning in Civil Engineering.

Suggested Books • E. Kreyszig, Advanced engineering mathematics, Wiley India

Pvt. Ltd, 2015, ISBN: 9788126554232.
• Papoulis and S.U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and
Stochastic Processes, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN-10:
0070486581
• J.R. Benjamin and C.A. Cornell, Probability Statistics and
Decision for Civil Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1975, ISBN-
10:0486780724

174 Go to Index
Course code IC 152

Title of the course Makerspace

Course Category Institute common core course

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

1-0-6-4

Name of the Concerned All the Engineering Departments

Department(s)

Pre-requisite, if any NIL

Scope of the course • To foster hands-on learning in the students

(Objectives) • To impart basic designing and manufacturing skills
• To promote exposure to multidisciplinary areas

Course Learning • Application of the principles and concepts learned in the class to
Outcomes solve interdisciplinary problems.
• Collaborate effectively as a part of interdisciplinary teams.
• Create a prototype or working model from the given project

Course Content Lecture component

Introduction: Lab safety and Orientation
Design and Manufacturing
Introduction to Engineering Drawing, Projections, Section of Solids,
Orthographic Projections, Section of solids, Development of
surfaces (Freehand sketch followed by practice using software); 3D
Solid Modelling: Parametric and feature-based modelling;
Assembly and disassembly; Workshop Practices: Welding,
Carpentry, Machining, Laser cutting, Computer Aided
Manufacturing (additive/subtractive)
Systems, Circuits, Drones, and Robotics
Basic Operation of amplifier circuits and networks, Basics of
microprocessors and microcontrollers, IoT, Robotics, Basic
aerodynamic concepts, Components of Drones – propulsion
systems, frames, payloads
Selection and Design of Materials: Material property charts,
Ashby maps
Product Design: Concepts of product design

Practical component
• Stitching of Aprons using a sewing machine
• Modelling of 2D and 3D components
• 3D printing of parts, CNC machining of materials, Joining of
175 Go to Index
 metals
• Simulation of the circuit, Assembly, and testing on Breadboard,
the know-how of the Oscilloscope, function generator, Power
source etc.,
• Soldering of joints, PCB routing using software, PCB fabrication
and testing, Coding and interfacing sensors to Arduino and
Raspberry-PI, Basic signal generation and measurements with
Arduino

Example list of projects

• IoT-based home automation system, IoT-based car parking
management system.
• Innovative Road Intersection/Interchange Design, Testing of
bridges.
• Room temp adjustment based on occupancy – comprises 3
categories: Determination of occupancy, temperature detection,
and control.
• Scaled-down model of automatic Street light controller – (3D
printing + Circuit design)
• Design and development of Pick and Place mechanism for
robotic application
• Design and development of a punching machine using geneva
mechanism

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1) N. D. Bhatt : Engineering Drawing : Charotar Publishers: 2010:
ISBN: 9789380358963
2) Mikell P. Groover: Groover's Principles of Modern
Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and Systems: Wiley India:
2018: ISBN: 978-8126573059
3) W H Hayt, J E Kemmerly, and S M Durbin: Engineering Circuit
Analysis: 8th edition: Mc Graw-Hill (Indian Edition): 2013: ISBN
978-1259098635
4) A.S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, A.N. Chandorkar: Microelectronic Circuits
7th edition (Indian edition): Oxford University Press: 2017:
ISBN: 978-0199476299
5) James Garratt, “Design and Technology” 2nd edition, Cambridge
University Press, 1998, ISBN:978-0521648318

Reference Books:
6) S.J. Schoonmaker, Marcel Dekker, Inc: The CAD Guidebook A
Basic Manual for Understanding and Improving Computer-
Aided Design,., 2002. ISBN: 978-0824708719
7) D.K. Lieu, S.A. Sorby: Visualization, Modeling, and Graphics for
Engineering Design, 2nd edition: Cengage Learning:2016:
ISBN:978-1285172958

176 Go to Index
8) K.T. Ulrich, S.D. Eppinger, M. C. Yang: Product Design and
Development | 7th Edition: McGraw Hill: 2020: ISBN: 978-
9390113231

177 Go to Index
Course code MM 102

Title of the course Introduction to Materials Engineering

Course Category Flexible elective

L-T-P-C
Credit Structure
(1-0-0-1)

Name of the
Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course The objective of this course is to familiarize the students to the field of
(Objectives) science and engineering of materials.

Course Outcomes Students will be able to understand;

1) structure-property correlations.
2) application of materials in different fields.

Course Syllabus Classification of materials, structure and properties of materials

Introduction and applications of:

1) metals and alloys,

2) polymers, ceramics, and composites
3) advanced and functional materials

Suggested Books Text books:

(1) Materials Science and Engineering- An introduction, William D.
Callister, Jr. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
(2) Materials Science and Engineering- A first course, V Raghavan

178 Go to Index
 Syllabi of
Computer Science and Engineering Courses

179 Go to Index
Course code CS 201/MA 211

Course category Department core

Title of the course Discrete Mathematical Structures

L - T - P – Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic courses on mathematics

This course will introduce the basic concepts of discrete mathematics and its
Objective(s)
applications.

● Students will learn about discrete mathematical structures like sets,

relations, functions, groups, graphs, etc.
Course Outcome
● They will also learn about proof techniques and how to apply them to
prove lemmas, theorems, etc.

● Elementary counting techniques

● Propositions and predicates, proofs and proof techniques.
● Sets, relations and functions, cardinality
Course Syllabus
● Posets and lattices: Dilworth`s theorem, inversion and distributive lattices
● Graph theory basics: paths, cycles, trees, connectivity
● Group theory: Lagrange`s theorem, homomorphisms, applications

Textbooks:
1. K. H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, Mc Graw Hill,
2019, ISBN: 9781259676512
Suggested Books
Reference books:
2. R. P Grimaldi, Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, Pearson, 2017,
ISBN: 9788177584240

180 Go to Index
Course code CS 202 (From AY 2024-25 Onwards)

Title of the course Automata Theory and Logic

Course Category Department core

Credit Structure 2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures

To learn computation models, and classifying problem based on their

Objective(s)
solvability, and time taken by them on the computation models

Students will learn computation models and classification of problems based

Course Outcomes
on how efficient they get solved on these models

● Finite state machines DFA/NFA/epsilon NFAs

● Regular expressions. Properties of regular languages. Pumping Lemma,
Non-regularity, Myhill-Nerode Theorem.
● Push down automata. Properties of context-free grammar, Pumping
Course Syllabus Lemma for context-free grammar
● Turing hypothesis, Turing computability, Nondeterministic, multi tape
and other versions of Turing machines, undecidability, The halting
problem, post`s correspondence problem
● Complexity theory, P, NP, reducibility, NP-hard, NP-completeness

Textbooks:
1. J.E. Hopcroft, R. Motwani, and J. D. Ullman, Introduction to Automata
Theory, Languages and Computation, Pearson Education, 2006. ISBN:
0-201-44124-1
Suggested Books
2. H. R. Lewis, and C. H. Papadimitriou, Elements of the Theory of
Computation, Prentice Hall Inc, 1981. ISBN: 0-13-262478-8
Reference Books:
3. Michael Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Thomson,
2006. ISBN: 0-534-95097-3

181 Go to Index
Course code CS 203/ MA 213

Title of the
Data Structures and Algorithms
course

Course
Department core
Category

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if
Computer Programming
any

● This Course is designed to provide an introduction to the

theory and practice of different data structures.
Objective(s)
● This course will also provide familiarity with the algorithms for those data
structures.

Course
Students will learn the uses of data structures to make efficient algorithms
Outcomes

● Introduction to data structures, Abstract data types, Analysis of algorithms,

Introduction to complexity analysis and measures.
● Arrays – operations and addressing, Linked list (singly, doubly, and circular),
Stack ADT and its applications in expression evaluation and recursion, Queue
ADT and its variants such as circular queues and double-ended queues. Hashing
and hash tables, Recursion.
Course Syllabus
● Tree ADT, Binary trees – properties and traversals, Binary search trees, Height
balanced trees -- AVL trees, Binary heaps, and priority queues.
● Graph ADT, Graph representation, Graph traversal – breadth-first search, depth-
first search, and topological ordering, Connected components, cut-vertices, 2-
connected components
● Algorithms and data structures for sorting and searching, Order statistics.

Textbooks:
1. S. Sahni, Data structures, algorithms, and applications in C++, McGraw-Hill,
1998, ISBN: 978-0929306322
Suggested
2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Books
Algorithms, (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-203-4007-7
Reference Books:
3. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming: Fundamental Algorithms,
Vol. 1 (3rd Edition, 1997) and Vol 3, (2nd Edition, 1998), Addison-Wesley
182 Go to Index
 Professional. ISBN: 978-0137935109
4. M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia, and D. Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms in
C++, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2011. ISBN: 978-0-470-38327-8

183 Go to Index
Course code CS 204

Title of the Course Design and Analysis of Algorithms

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

Objective(s) This is an introductory course in the field of computer algorithms.

At the end of the course, students will know the basics of

● algorithm analysis,
Course Outcomes
● algorithm design, and
● different problem classes.

● Algorithm Analysis: Time and Space Complexity; Computational

Tractability (Best, Average and Worst Cases), Asymptotic Bounds
(Lower, Upper and Tight Bounds).
Course Syllabus ● Algorithm Design: Divide and Conquer; Greedy, Dynamic
Programming, Branch and Bound.
● Problem Classes: Reducibility and Intractability, P, NP, PSPACE, NP-
Complete, and NP-Hard.

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms (Eastern Economy Edition), 3rd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt.
Suggested Books
Ltd. (Originally MIT Press), 2010. ISBN: 978-8120340077
Reference books:
2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2022. ISBN: 978-0132131087

184 Go to Index
Course Code CS 205 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14]
Title of the Course Abstractions and Paradigms for Programming
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Review of the program development process,
Issues in program design, Structured programming, Data and control
abstractions, Programming with assertions.
Reasoning about programs and proving correctness of programs.
Ideas behind imperative, applicative, object oriented and logic
programming paradigms such as typing, expressions, pure functions,
recursion, higher order functions, encapsulation, inheritance, goal
satisfaction, backtracking, unification.
Some of the ideas behind the implementation of the paradigms.
Suggested Books 1. H. Abelson, G.J. Sussman, and J. Sussman, Structure and
Interpretation of Computer Programs (2nd edition), The MIT Press,
1996.
2. D.A. Watt, Programming Language Concepts and Paradigms,
Prentice-Hall, 1990.
3. R. Sangal, Programming Paradigms in LISP, McGraw Hill, 1991.

185 Go to Index
Course Code CS 206
Title of the Course Logic Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of Basic Electronics and Electrical Engineering
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Switching theory: Introduction to number systems, Computer
arithmetic, switching function and logic circuits, Combinational Logic,
Canonical Logic Forms, K-maps Standard logic (SSI, MSI) vs.
programmable logic (PLD, PGA).
Finite state machine design: logic, minimization and races. Arithmetic
unit, Control unit design, Logic design applications in computer
systems, Introduction to computer-aided design Software, FPGA
overview, Introduction to design automation and design through
Higher level languages like VHDL.
Suggested Books 1. M. Zwonlinski, Digital Systems Design with VHDL, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. R.H. Katz and G. Borriello Contemporary Logic Design (2nd edition),
Prentice Hall, 2004.
3. S.H. Unger, The Essence of Logic Circuits, Prentice Hall Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1989
4. Foundations of Digital Logic Design, World Scientific Singapore,
1998.

186 Go to Index
Course code CS 207N

Title of the course Database and Information Systems

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

This course will introduce the fundamentals of Database Management Systems

Objective(s)
and practical solutions to create, manipulate, and optimize Databases.

Students will learn about

Course outcome ● The fundamentals of database management
● handling databases

● Introduction to Databases: Nature of Business Systems and Data

Processing, Database Architectures, Schema, Data Models, XML.
● ER Model: Entity, Attribute, Relationship, ER Diagrams, UML, Class
Diagrams.
● Relational model and query languages: Relational algebra and calculus,
SQL.
Course Syllabus ● Database design and normalization: Integrities, Anomalies, Functional
Dependencies, Normal Forms.
● Transactions: Introduction to transactions, Serializability, Recoverability,
Concurrency control and recovery.
● Physical Organization of Databases: Indexing and Hashing, Single-level
indexing, Multi-level indexing, B and B+ Trees.
● Query processing and optimization

Textbooks:
1. A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth, and S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts,
7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2019. ISBN: 9780078022159
2. R. Elmasri and S. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th
Edition, Pearson, 2015. ISBN: 978-0133970777
Suggested Books
Reference books:
3. R. Ramakrishnan and J. Gehrke, Database Management Systems, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2002. ISBN: 978-0072465631
4. C. J. Date, Introduction to Database Systems, 8th Edition, Pearson, 2003.
ISBN 978-0321197849

187 Go to Index
Course Code CS 208
Title of the Course Software Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Software Situation: problems & causes; Role of Software Engineering;
Software Development Paradigms.
Function-oriented Methodology: System Engineering Overview;
Function-Oriented Modeling Techniques; Function-Oriented
Requirements Analysis; Correctness Criteria for Requirements
Models; Reducing Complexity; Data Dictionary; Process Specification;
Data Design; Architectural Design; Flow Analysis and Conversion
Techniques; Design Refinement Measures; Procedural Design; User
Interface Design.
Object-oriented Methodology: Modeling of Software Requirements
and Specifications with Use-Case Diagrams; Object-Oriented Modeling
based on UML: Notations, Diagrams, Relationships, Modeling
procedures & Applications; System Architecture; User-Interface
Design; Game Interfaces and Web-based SE. Implementation:
Procedural Design and Implementation. Stepwise Refinement.
Software Project Management: Concerns of Management; Project
Planning; Measurement and Metrics; Cost Estimation; Scheduling and
Team Organization; Overview of SQA; SQA Techniques: qualitative
and quantitative; Software Maintenance; Overview of Software
Configuration Management; Software Configuration Items and Change
Control.
Advanced Topics: Component-based Software Engineering; Real-time
Software Engineering; Clean-room Software Engineering
Suggested Books 1. R. S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach
(6th Edition), McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering (5th Edition), Addison-
Wesley, 1996.
3. C. Ghezzi, J. Mehdi. and M. Dino, Fundamentals of Software
Engineering, Prentice-Hall, 1991.

188 Go to Index
Course code CS 209

Title of the
Logic Design
course

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if
None
any

The scope of the course covers the Boolean functions, Boolean arithmetic,
Objective(s)
combinational circuits, sequential circuits and programmable logic devices.

Students will learn about

Course Outcomes ● Boolean arithmetic, combinational and sequential circuits
● programmable logic devices.

189 Go to Index
 ● Number systems and codes: Digital systems, Binary numbers, Number
base conversions, Representation of Negative Numbers, Complements,
Error detecting and correcting codes-hamming codes.
● Boolean algebra and logic gates: Basic Definitions, Axiomatic
Definition of Boolean Algebra, Basic Theorems and Properties of Boolean
Algebra, Boolean Functions.
● Gate-level minimization: The Map Method - K-map 4 variable,
Combinational Logic Circuits: Analysis Procedure, Binary Adder-
Subtractor, Parallel Adder, Carry Look Ahead Adder.
● Sequential circuits: Latches, Flip-Flops-SR, D, JK and T, realization of
FFs, synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits-State table, and
state diagrams, State reduction, ASM Charts, Shift Registers-SISO, SIPO,
PISO, PIPO, Design of counters-Modulo-n, Johnson, Ring, Up/Down,
Design of Serial Adder, Serial Multiplier, FSM, Moore and Mealy machines
Course Syllabus
-Sequence detector, PLDs.
● Practical components: CAD Tool: Intel Quartus/Xilinx ISE
● Design and implementation of 4-bit digital comparator (without
using XOR/XNOR gates).
● Design and implement at RTL BCD to 7-segment display converter.
● Flip-Flops and its Applications.
● Implement the RTL circuit and VHDL of the following sequential
circuits: JK Flip Flop.
● Implement the RTL circuit and VHDL of the following sequential
circuits: T-FF.
● Implement the RTL circuit and VHDL of the following sequential
circuits: D-FF.
● Designing Counters.
● Design an Asynchronous Mod 10 counter using D- Flip Flop.

Textbooks:
1. M. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, Logic and Computer Design
Fundamentals, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2015. ISBN: 978-
Suggested Books
0133760637
2. R.H. Katz and G. Borriello, Contemporary Logic Design (2nd edition),
Prentice Hall, 2004. ISBN: 978-0201308570

190 Go to Index
Course code CS 210

Title of the course Computer Architecture

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Logic Design

● The scope of the course covers computer organization and

architectures (MIPS-32 bit).
Objective(s) ● The students will learn the concepts of computer technology,
instruction set design, computer arithmetic, data path and control
unit design of processors and memory systems.

Students will learn about

Course Outcomes ● computer performance and processor architecture
● computer memory systems.

● Introduction: Computer Technology, performance trends, machine,

power trends, memory capacity, # instructions, CPU time, Elapsed
time, User CPU time, MIPS, Amdahl’s law, problem solving based on
performance parameters.
● Instruction Set: Instruction set design and architecture, general
computer systems organization, computer instructions, addressing
modes, ISA classes, MIPS processor arithmetic, instruction format,
floating point numbers, double floating point representation, IEEE
Course Syllabus
754 floating point standard, FP to decimal, and decimal to FP.
● Register Transfer and Datapath Structures: Data path structure,
Register transfer (RT), CPU pipelining basics, hazards: structural,
control, data, preventing pipelining, data forwarding, stalling, etc.
● Memory: Memory hierarchy design, cache memory. Direct mapped
cache Associative cache, Fully mapped cache, multi-level cache, tags,
cache datapath, multi-word cache etc Virtual memory, TBL, physical
disk, Multiprocessors, cache coherence, cache consistency.

Textbooks:
1. D. Patterson, J. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design,
Suggested Books 6th edition, 2020, Elsevier, ISBN: 9780128201091
2. M. M Morris, Computer System Architecture, 3rd edition,
Pearson, 2017. ISBN: 9789332585607

191 Go to Index
Course code CS 211
Title of the course UX/UI Design
Course category Departmental Elective
L - T - P – Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any Knowledge of Programming
Understand the fundamental concepts, techniques, practices,
workflows, and tools associated with the practice of user experience
Objective(s)
design.
Understand how to approach UI design in web and mobile experiences.
Learn main concepts in user experience design and understand the
importance of user-centered perspective on UX design.
Course Outcome Learn to design user interface by applying interaction design
guidelines.
Get knowledge about usability testing and undertake further training
in this area.
● Introduction: Introduction to User Experience (UX) design,
Understanding users, Principles of UX design, Prototyping.
● Humans, Technology, and Design Basics: Humans on the Web,
Web use, Web design basics, Principles of UX design.
Designing for Human Psychology: Human perception, Visual
structure - Gestalt principles, Human vision, Memory, Attention.
● UX Design Process: Defining problem, User research, Analysis of
user insights, Designing and planning the user interface,
Information architecture and interaction design, Prototyping,
Usability testing.
Course Syllabus ● Guidelines and Standards: Universal-design principles and
heuristic guidelines, Jakob Nielsen's principles, Arnold Lund’s
expert ratings of usability maxims, Empathy map
● Practical Components:
○ Basic HTML, FTP, and ‘uploading’ files to a server.
○ HTML elements and Stylesheets
○ Graphic production and Photoshop
○ Imagemaps, intermediate graphics production, Animated
GIFs
○ Dynamic HTML
○ Project front page and graphics
Textbooks:
Suggested Books 1. S. Krug, Don’t Make Me Think, Revisited, A Common Sense
Approach to Web Usability, Third Edition, 2014, New Riders, ISBN-
192 Go to Index
 10: 9780321965516
2. J. Johnson, Designing with the Mind in Mind: Simple Guide to
Understanding User Interface Design Guidelines, Third Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers In, 2020, ISBN: 978-0124079144
Reference Books:
3. D. Norman, Design of Everyday Things: Revised and Expanded,
New York: Basic Books, Expanded Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-
0465055715
4. J. J. Garret, The Elements of User Experience: User-Centered
Design for the Web, New Riders, Second Edition, 2010, ISBN: 978-
0321683687
5. K. Goodwin, Designing for the Digital Age: How to Create Human-
Centered Products and Services, Wiley, 2009. ISBN: 978-
0470229101

193 Go to Index
Course code CS 212

Title of the course Foundations of Algebraic Graph Theory

Course category Department elective
Credit Structure L -T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Linear Algebra, Discrete Mathematics
Objective(s) This course is about
● the analysis of graph properties using matrix theory
● bounds on some intractable graph problems.
Course outcomes The students will learn analyzing graph properties using matrix theory
and bounds on different graph problems
● Matrices associated with graphs, adjacency matrix, Laplacian
matrix, distance matrix, Seidel Matrix, Spectral Theorem
● Finding number walks, connected components, Counting number
of spanning trees, Matrix-Tree Theorem(s)
● Algebraic connectivity, regular graphs, random walks, expanders,
Course Syllabus
Ramanujan Graphs
● Graph Isomorphism problem, graphs determined by the
eigenvalues
● Strongly regular graphs, Friendship Theorem, Spectral bounds on
NP-hard problems on graphs
Textbooks:
1. R. B. Bapat, Graphs and Matrices, Hindustan Book Agency,
2014, ISBN: 978-1-4471-6568-2
2. C. Godsil and G. Royle, Algebraic Graph Theory, Springer, 2001,
Suggested Books
ISBN: 978-0-387-95241-3
Reference books:
3. A. E. Brouwer and W. H. Haemers, Spectra of graphs, Springer,
2011, ISBN: 978-1-4614-1938-9

194 Go to Index
Course code CS 213
Title of the course Matrix factorizations and applications
Course Category Department Elective
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic linear algebra
● This Course is designed to provide an introduction to matrix
Objective(s) factorizations.
(Objectives) ● This course will also provide familiarity with some algorithms related
to matrix factorization.
Course Outcomes Students will learn various matrix factorizations and their applications
● Review of vector spaces, bases
● Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, triangulation, diagonalization, LU, LUP,
decompositions
● Linear transformations, rotations, reflections, Gram-Schmidt
orthogonalization, QR like decompositions, linear least-square
Course Content
problems
● Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors, normal matrices, eigenvalue
decomposition, similar matrices
● Spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices, Cauchy-interlace theorem,
Singular value decomposition, Moore-Penrose pseudoinverse
Textbooks:
1. G. H. Golub, Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix Computations, The Johns
Hopkins University Press, 2013. ISBN: 978-1421407944.
Suggested Books 2. D. S. Watkins, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations, Wiley,
2010. ISBN: 978-0-470-52833-4.
Reference Books:
3. G. Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications, 4th Edition,
Academic Press, 2006. ISBN- 978-8131501726.

195 Go to Index
Course code CS 214
Title of the Foundations of Hardware Security
course
Course category Department elective (Semester 4)
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Course Instructors Prof. Anirban Sengupta and Dr. Bodhisatwa Majumdar
Pre-requisite, if Knowledge of Logic Design, Algorithms
any
This course will introduce the basic foundations of Hardware Security and
the obfuscation techniques about hardware DSP cores, different techniques
Objective(s)
for IP protection, hardware design of cryptographic primitives, side channel
analysis, hardware Trojans, and physically unclonable functions.
• The students will learn the VLSI aspects that relate to hardware
security.
Outcome of the
• The students will acquire the knowledge of different security threats
course
that thwart hardware trust in the VLSI design cycle along with the
countermeasures against such threats.
• Introduction to Hardware (IP) Security: Forensic Detective
Control and Obfuscation of DSP cores: Hardware Security, Hardware
Security of DSP Core, Security – Energy Tradeoff in High Level Synthesis
for Hardware Security of DSP cores
• Forensic Detective Control using Hardware Steganography for IP
Core Protection: Threat Model, Selected Contemporary Approaches -
Steganography vs Watermarking vs Cryptography, Limitations of
Hardware Watermarking
• Forensic Detective Control using Digital Signature based
Watermark for IP Core Protection: Threat Models of an IP Core,
Selected Contemporary Approaches
• Protection of Fault Secured IP Core using Digital Signature based
Course Syllabus
Watermark: Background on different IP Core Threats and
Countermeasures, Threat Model, Selected Contemporary Approaches
• Multi-Level Watermark for IP Protection: Discussion on Selected
Approaches, Salient Features and Advantages of Multi-level Watermark,
Embedding Signature as Secret-mark
• Hardware Design of Cryptographic Algorithms: Hardware Design
of Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), Efficient Design of Finite Field
Arithmetic on FPGAs
• Side Channel Analysis (SCA): Introduction to SCA techniques, Power-
based SCA
• Hardware Trojans and PUFs: Overview of Hardware Trojans, Their
Effect on Circuit Reliability, Techniques of Hardware Trojan Insertion,

196 Go to Index
 PUFs: Root-of-trust for Hardware Security
Textbooks:
1. A. Sengupta, Frontiers in Securing Hardware IP: Forensic Detective
Control and Obfuscation, IET, 2020. ISBN: 978-1839530319
Suggested Books
2. D. Mukhopadhyay and R.S. Chakraborty, Hardware Security: Design,
Threats, and Safeguards, CRC Press, 2014. ISBN: 9780429066900
Reference books:

197 Go to Index
Course code CS 215
Title of the course Mathematics for AI and ML
Course Category Department Elective
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic linear algebra and calculus
This course is designed to provide an introduction to mathematical foundations,
Objective(s) concepts, and constructs for artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithm
design.
Students will develop a foundation such that advanced courses in this area could be
Course Outcomes taken (Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Soft Computing, and Computational
Intelligence).
● Linear Algebra and Matrix Analysis: Systems of Linear Equations, Vector
Spaces, Linear Independence, Basis and Rank, Orthonormal Basis, Orthogonal
Complement, Orthogonal Projections, Rotations, Eigenvalue Decomposition and
Diagonalization, Singular Value Decomposition, Matrix Approximation.
● Vector Calculus and Continuous Optimization: Gradients of Vector-Valued
Functions, Gradients of Matrices, Automatic Differentiation, Higher-Order
Derivatives, Linearization and Multivariate Taylor Series, Unconstrained
Optimization, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multipliers.
Course Content ● Probability and Distributions: Probability Space, Discrete and Continuous
Probabilities, Sum Rule, Product Rule, and Bayes’ Theorem, Summary Statistics
and Independence, Gaussian Distribution, Conjugacy and the Exponential Family,
Change of Variables/Inverse Transform.
● Models and Data: Models Learning and Selection, Empirical Risk Minimization,
Parameter Estimation, Probabilistic Modeling and Inference, Directed Graphical
Models, Bayesian Linear Regression, Dimensionality Reduction with Principal
Component Analysis, Density Estimation with Gaussian Mixture Models,
Classification with Support Vector Machines
Textbooks:
1. M. P. Deisenroth, A. A. Faisal, and C. S. Ong., Mathematics of Machine
Learning, Cambridge University Press, 2020. ISBN: 978-1-1084-5514-5.
2. A. Antoniou and W.-S. Liu, Practical Optimization: Algorithms and
Engineering Applications, Springer, 2007. ISBN: 978-0-3877-1106-5.
Reference Books:
Suggested Books
3. C. Meyers, Matrix Analysis and Applied Linear Algebra, SIAM, 2023. ISBN:
978-1-6119-7745-5.
4. J. K. Blitzstein and J. Hwang, Introduction to Probability, Chapman and
Hall/CRC Texts in Statistical Science, 2019. ISBN: 978-1-1383-6991-7
5. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, The Elements of Statistical
Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, Springer Series in
Statistics, 2016. ISBN: 978-0-3878-4857-0.

198 Go to Index
Course Code CS 216

Title of the Course Introduction to Blockchain

Course Category Departmental Elective/ Institute Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits

2-1-0-3 (½ semester)
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Prerequisite if any Programming and Data Structure

Course Objective This course introduces students to blockchain, and develops familiarity
of current technologies, tools, and implementation strategies.

Course Outcomes Students will develop a clear understanding of Blockchain and its
applications.

Course Content ● Primers on Blockchain - Motivation for Blockchain Systems.

Introduction to Peer-to-Peer systems and Distributed systems
● Preliminaries and Mathematical Background - Cryptographic
primitives like hashing, digital signature, encryption, Concepts of
basic probability like sample space, independent event, Bayes'
theorem, expectation
● Introduction to Bitcoin: Bitcoin - Wallet - Blocks - Merkle Tree -
hardness of mining - transaction verifiability - anonymity, Proof-of-
Work.
● Alternate Consensus Mechanisms - Proof of Stake, Proof of Space,
Proof of Space time, Proof of Burn, Proof of Authority
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. M. Antonopoulos, Mastering Bitcoin: Programming The Open
Blockchain, O'Reilly, 2017. ISBN: 9789352135745
2. A. Narayanan, J. Bonneau, E. Felten, A. Miller, and S. Goldfeder,
Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive
introduction, Princeton University Press, 2016. ISBN:
9780691171692
Reference books:
3. A. M. Antonopoulos and G. Wood, Mastering Ethereum: Building
Smart Contracts and Dapps, O'reilly Media, 2018. ISBN: 978-
9352137961

199 Go to Index
Course code CS 302N

Title of the course Computer Graphics and Visualization

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Programming

Introduce the theory and practice of computer graphics and an insight of

Objective(s)
modern graphics systems.

● Understand the basic principles of computer graphics primitives.

Course Outcomes
● Design application-specific computer graphics programs.

● Introduction: Introduction to computer graphics, Graphics hardware and

display devices, Raster and vector graphics, Pixel concept, Raster scan
algorithms.
● 2D Computer Graphics: Homogeneous coordinates, Window and view
port, 2D viewing pipeline, 2D geometric transformation.
3D Computer Graphics: 3D viewing pipeline, 3D geometric
transformations, Planner projections.
● Clipping: 2D and 3D line and polygon clipping algorithms.
● Visible Surface Detection: Planner surface representation, Visible surface
determination algorithms.
Course Syllabus ● Light, Shading and Color Models: Illumination and shading models, RGB,
CMYK and YCbCr colors model
● Solid Model: Solid representation, Regularized Boolean set
representation, Sweep and primitive representation, CSG, Quad tree,
Octree, BSP
● Practical Components:
○ Basics of graphics libraries like OpenGL/DirectX/Others
○ Visualizing graphics algorithms using graphics libraries
○ Visualizing 3D scenes using graphics libraries.
○ Small game designing projects and scientific visualization with graphics
libraries

Textbooks:
1. J. F. Hughes, A. V. Dam, M. McGuire, D. F Sklar, J. D. Foley, S. K. Feiner, and
Suggested Books
K. Akeley, Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice, Pearson, 2018,
ISBN: 978-0321399526.

200 Go to Index
 2. D. D. Hearn, M. P. Baker, and W. Carithers., Computer Graphics with
Open GL, Pearson, 2015. ISBN: 9780136053583.
Reference Books:
1. M. K. Pakhira, Computer Graphics, Multimedia and Animation, PHI,
2010, ISBN: 9788120341272.
2. D. D Hearn and M. P. Baker, Computer Graphics, C Version, Pearson,
2002, ISBN: 9788177587654.
3. F. S. Hill, Jr. and S. Kelley, Computer Graphics Using OpenGL, Pearson,
2007, ISBN: 978-0131496705.
4. F. Luna, Introduction to 3D Game Programming with DirectX 12, First
Eds., Mercury Learning and Information, 2016. ISBN: 9781942270065.

201 Go to Index
Course code CS 253

Title of the course Data Structures and Algorithms Lab

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Computer Programming

This Course is designed to provide

Objective(s) ● an introduction to the theory and practice of different data structures
● familiarity with the algorithms for those data structures

Course Outcomes Students will learn uses of data structures to make efficient algorithms.

● Implementation of array, linked list, stack, and queue

● Implementation of tree and graph data structure
Course Syllabus
● Implementation of sorting and searching,
● Implementation of Hash and hash tables and order statistics.

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-203-4007-7
Reference Books:
Suggested Books
2. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming: Fundamental
Algorithms, Vol. 1 (3rd Edition, 1997) and Vol 3, (2nd Edition, 1998),
Addison-Wesley Professional. ISBN: 978-0137935109
3. M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia, and D. Mount, Data Structures and
Algorithms in C++, 2nd Edition, Wiley. 2011. ISBN: 978-0-470-38327-8

202 Go to Index
Course code CS 254/ MA 254

Title of the Course Design and Analysis of Algorithms Laboratory

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits:
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned

Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

Objective(s) This is an introductory course in the field of computer algorithms.

At the end of the course, students will know the basics of

Course Outcomes ● algorithm analysis and design
● different problem classes.

● Runtime analysis of different sorting algorithms and linked lists in

best-case, worst-case, and average-case.
● Implementation and analysis of algorithms based upon the following
design techniques:
○ Divide and Conquer Strategy (Closest Pair of Points, Integer
Course Syllabus Multiplication, Matrix Multiplication, Fast Fourier Transform
etc.).
○ Greedy Strategy (Interval Partitioning, Dijkstra's Algorithm,
Minimum Spanning Tree etc.).
● Dynamic Programming Strategy (Weighted Interval Scheduling,
Sequence Alignment, Bellman-Ford Algorithm etc.).

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms (Eastern Economy Edition), 3rd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt.
Suggested Books
Ltd. (Originally MIT Press), 2010. ISBN: 978-8120340077
Reference books:
2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2022. ISBN: 978-0132131087

203 Go to Index
Course Code CS 255
Title of the Course Abstractions and Paradigms for Programming Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus This lab course is to be centered around problems and applications
that demonstrate the main themes of the associated theory course CS
205. This laboratory would include the sessions for the following
topics:
1. Functional Programming Basics using Scheme: Expressions,
Naming, Combinations, Procedures, Conditions.
2. Recursion: Procedure v/s Process; Recursive v/s Iterative
3. Scheme: Higher-Order procedures, let, lambda; Procedures as
Arguments, General Methods.
4. Lists: Basic Operations using Lists in Scheme
5. Matrix Manipulation in Scheme
6. Tags & Multiple Representations in Scheme
7. Object-Oriented Programming: Classes, Objects using Java
8. Inheritance, Polymorphism, Message Passing in Java
9. Concurrent Programming: Creating Thread, Use Different
Functions Related Thread in Java
10. Thread Synchronization & Producer Consumer Problems in Java
11. Logic Programming using Prolog: Domain Variables,
Specification of Constraints, Solution Space.
12. Imperative Programs, Loop Invariants.
Suggested Books Same as CS 205

204 Go to Index
1. Course Code CS 256
2. Title of the Course Logic Design Lab
3. Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0 -0-3-1.5
4. Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
5. Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of Electronics and Electrical Engineering Lab
6. Scope of the course
7. Course Syllabus Experiments with Logic Building Blocks using SSI/MSI, Experiments
on Design and/or use Minimization tools. Use of VHDL and
simulation in Logic Design. A small project on design with the use of
tools and MSI and/or PLDs. FPGA basics and programming.
8. Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course CS 206: Logic Design

205 Go to Index
Course code CS 257

Title of the course Database and Information Systems Lab

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

This course will introduce the fundamentals of Database Management Systems

Objective(s)
and practical solutions to create, manipulate, and optimize Databases.

Students will learn and implement about

Course outcome ● The fundamentals of database management
● handling database

● Use of database systems supporting interactive SQL.

● Two-tier client-server applications using JDBC or ODBC. Three-tier web
applications using Java servlets/JDBC or equivalent.
Course Syllabus
● Design of applications and user interfaces using these systems.
● Data analysis tools.
● Laboratory project.

Textbooks:
1. A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth, and S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts,
7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2019. ISBN: 9780078022159
2. R. Elmasri and S. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th
Edition, Pearson, 2015. ISBN 978-0133970777
Suggested Books
Reference books:
3. R. Ramakrishnan and J. Gehrke, Database Management Systems, 3rd
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2002. ISBN: 978-0072465631
4. C. J. Date, Introduction to Database Systems, 8th Edition, Pearson, 2003.
ISBN 978-0321197849

206 Go to Index
Course Code CS 258
Title of Course Software Engineering Laboratory
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Should be enrolled in parallel in CS 208 or should have already
taken and successfully completed the CS 208 course
Scope of the course To provide students with an environment in which to experience
the process of Software Development by working through ‘real
world’ projects
Course Structure Students would be made to go through and experience the various
phases of the Software Development Life Cycle by working on a
real project and sequentially working through the phases. The
Software Developments Phases include broadly:
1) Requirements Elicitation
2) Software Design
3) Software Development
4) Software Testing
5) Software Maintenance
Suggested books 1.R. S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach,
McGraw Hill, 1982
2. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering, Addison-Wesley, 1996

207 Go to Index
Course Code CS 261 [for AY 2010-11 only]
Title of the Course Program Development and Software Design Lab - I
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-1-4-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of Computer Programming
Course Syllabus Longer Programs based on creating and manipulating various data
structures. The lab work includes documentation as well as testing.
Scope of the course
Suggested Books 1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction
to Algorithms, (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall India, 2002.
2. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 1 and 3, (2nd
Edition), Addison-Wesley, 1998.

208 Go to Index
Course Code CS 262 [for AY 2010-11 only]
Title of the Course Program Development and Software Design Lab - II
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-1-4-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Programs based on principles of software design and involving
various data structures. The lab work includes documentation as
well as testing.
Suggested Books 1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction
to Algorithms, (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall India, 2002.
2. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 1 and 3, (2nd
Edition), Addison-Wesley, 1998.

209 Go to Index
Course code CS 264

Title of the
Computer Architecture Lab
course

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if
Knowledge of Logic Design
any

● The scope of the course covers computer organization and architecture

(MIPS-32 bit).
Objective(s) ● The students will learn the concepts of computer technology, instruction
set design, computer arithmetic, data path and control unit design of
processors and memory systems.

Students will learn about

Course Outcomes ● computer performance and processor architecture
● computer memory systems.

● Comparison of various modern processor architectures.

● Case studies of various performance issues.
● Implementation and handling of strings in MIPS assembly language
● Implementation and handling of loops in MIPS assembly language.
● Implementation and handling of while condition in MIPS assembly
language.
● Implementation of functions in MIPS.
● Implementation of conditional branching in MIPS.
Course Syllabus
● Implementation of consecutive integers in MIPS.
● Implementation of switch case in MIPS. 10: Implementation of dual
integer function in same MIPS code.
● Implementation of factorial function in MIPS.
● Implementation of strcpy in MIPS.
● Basic programming in Quartus II tool.
● Coding of CPU Register set design (VHDL, Simulation).
● Design a 32-bit ALU in VHDL and simulate the code.

Textbooks:
Suggested Books 1. D. Patterson, J. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, 6th
edition, 2020, Elsevier, ISBN: 9780128201091

210 Go to Index
2. M. M Morris, Computer System Architecture, 3rd edition, Pearson,
2017. ISBN: 9789332585607

211 Go to Index
Course Code CS 302
Title of the Computer Graphics and Visualization
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if Computer Programming, Data Structures and Algorithms
any
Scope of the This Course is designed to provide an introduction to the theory and practice of
course computer graphics and an insight of modern computer graphics systems.
Students will understand the basic principles of computer graphics primitives
and able to design application specific computer graphics program. This course
will also provide familiarity with key algorithms for modelling and rendering
graphical data.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Basic of Computer Graphics.
Graphics Systems and Models: Raster System; Vector System; Scan Conversion;
2D and 3D Graphics Model
Graphics Hardware: Display Devices; Input Devices; Hard Copy Technology,
Display Processors
Raster Graphics Algorithm: Pixel Concept; Line, Circle, Ellipse, Polygon
drawing Algorithms
Visualization Algorithm for Raster Graphics: Colouring, Filling Scan
Conversion Algorithms
2D Computer Graphics: Homogeneous Coordinates; Window and View Port; 2D
Geometric Transformation; 2D Viewing Pipeline
3D Computer Graphics: Planner Projections; Vanishing Points; 3D Viewing
Pipeliine, 3D Geometric Transformations
Colour, Light and Shading: RGB Colour Model, CMYK Colour Model; YCbCr
Color Model, Light Sources; Achromatic and Coloured Light; Illumination and
Shading Model; Shadow
Curve and Surface Representation: Polygon Meshes; Cubic Curves; Bicubic
Surfaces.
Solid Model: Solid Representation; Regularized Boolean Set Representation;
Sweep and Primitive Representation, B-Reps; CSG; Quad Tree; Octree; BSP
Clipping: 2D and 3D Line and Polygon Clipping Algorithms
Visible Surface Detection: Planner Surface Representation; Visible Line
Determination; List Priority Algorithm; Area Subdivision Algorithm; Z-Buffer
Algorithm; Visible Surface Detection for BSP and Octree Representation; Ray
Tracing
Visualization/Rendering: Physical Description of Rendering, Image-order and
Object-order; Surface and Volume Rendering; Transparency and Alpha Values;
Realism; Aliasing and Anti-Aliasing; 3D Texture Mapping;
Visualization Pipeline: Data Acquisition; Data Reduction; Visibility
212 Go to Index
 Transformation; Viewing Transformation and Rendering
Suggested Books 1. D. Hearn, M. P. Baker, Computer Graphics. C Version, Pearson Education ,
2nd Eds, 1997
2. D. Hearn, M. P. Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL, Pearson Education
India , 3rd Eds, 2004
3. F.S. Hill. Computer Graphics Using Open GL. Prentice Hall. 2001
4. John F. Hughes, Andries van Dam, James D. Foley, Morgan McGuire, Steven K.
Feiner, David F. Sklar, Kurt Akeley, Computer Graphics, Principles and
Practice, Addison Wesley, 3rd Eds, 2014.
5. W. Schroeder, K. Martin, and B. Lorensen, The Visualization Toolkit, (2nd
Edition), Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1998.
6. M. K. Pakhira, Computer Graphics, Multimedia and Animation, PHI, 2nd Eds,
2010

213 Go to Index
Course code CS 303/ MA 303

Title of the course Operating Systems

Course Category Department core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Computer Science and Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite if any NA

Objective(s) This course will introduce the basic components of operating systems and
functionalities.

Course outcome Understanding basic functionalities of operating system for efficient

performance of the processes

Course Syllabus ● Introduction: Overview of important features of computer architectures

for OS operation; Service and system performance
● Multiprogramming: Concurrency and parallelism; Processes and threads;
Process synchronization; Process deadlocks
● Memory management: Paging; Segmentation; Virtual memory
● File systems: File operations. File protection
● Case Studies: Case studies of contemporary operating systems

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System Principles,
7th edition, John Wiley, 2005. ISBN 9788126509621
2. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System Concepts,
9th edition, Wiley, 2018. ISBN 978-1-118-06333-0
Reference books:
3. W. Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles, 5th
edition, Pearson Education, 2005. ISBN 978-0-13-467095-9

214 Go to Index
Course Code CS 304 [from AY 2010-11 to 2014-15]
Title of the Course Artificial Intelligence
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Basics of problem-solving: problem representation paradigms, state
space, satisfiability vs optimality, pattern classification problems,
example domains.
Search Techniques: Problem size, complexity, approximation and
search; depth, breadth and best search; knowledge based problem
solving, artificial neural networks.
Knowledge representation: First order and non-monotonic logic;
rule based, frame and semantic network approaches.
Knowledge Acquisition: Learnability theory, approaches to learning.
Uncertainty Treatment: formal and empirical approaches including
Bayesian theory, belief functions, certainty factors, and fuzzy sets.
Detailed Discussion from Example Domains: Industry, Language,
Medicine, Verification, Vision, Knowledge Based Systems.
Languages and Machines: AI languages and systems, special
purpose architectures.
Suggested Books 1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach, Prentice Hall Series in AI, 1995.
2. M. Stefik, Introduction to Knowledge Systems, Morgan
Kaufman, 1995.
3. P.H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence (3rd edition), Addison
Wesley, 1995.
4. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi 1992.
5. E. Charniack and D. McDermott, Artificial Intelligence, Addison
Wesley, 1987.
6. 7. N.J. Nilsson, Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Morgan
Kaufman, 1985.

215 Go to Index
Course code CS 304N
Title of the
Computational Intelligence
course
Course
Department core
Category
L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if
Computer Programming, Data structure, and Design and Analysis of Algorithm
any
Objective(s) Basics of machine learning techniques
Course
Understanding of machine learning techniques and implementation
Outcomes
● Introduction: Overview, Basics of Problem solving as an Artificial Intelligence
problem, Computational Intelligence, Applications. Intelligent Search
techniques, Knowledge representation,
● Methodologies: Computational intelligence methodologies; Learning,
adaptation: Artificial neural networks: feed-forward, recurrent and multi-layer
architectures; Supervised and unsupervised learning; Characteristics:
adaptability, fault tolerance, generalization; limitations of neuro-computing.
Course Syllabus ● Different learning algorithms: Perceptron, Back propagation, Hopefield,
Kohenen networks. Uncertainty treatment: Fuzzy sets - Basic Definition;
Fuzzy-set- theoretic Operations – Member Function Formulation and
Parameterization – Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy If-Then Rules
Hybrid computational learning : Fuzzy Neural Networks and Evolutionary
Algorithms
● Detailed Discussion from Example Domains: Industry, Language, Medicine,
Verification, Vision, Knowledge Based Systems etc.
Textbooks:
1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
Pearson, 2010. ISBN: 978-0136042594
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
ISBN: 978-0070087705
Reference books:
3. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing,
Suggested
Prentice Hall of India and Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN: 978-
Books
9332549883
4. D.E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine
Learning, Addison Wesley, 1989. ISBN: 9781584883883
5. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithms, Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN: 9788120321861
6. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Computational Intelligence - PC
Tools, AP Professional, 1996. ISBN: 978-0122286308
216 Go to Index
Course Code CS 305
Title of the Course Computer Architecture
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if A course in Logic Design
any
Scope of the
course
Course Syllabus Assembly Level Organization: instruction formats, addressing mechanisms,
Architecture and programming of 8085 and or x86 architectures,
microprogramming, Arithmetic and Logic Unit.
Memory Systems: memory hierarchy, main memories, cache, virtual memory,
Pipeline processing.
Interfacing and Communication: I/O, interrupts, buses. Multiprocessor and
alternative architectures, Contemporary architectures Computer organization
and architecture Lab Machine/Assembly programming, Design of basic
computing units.
Suggested Books 1. J.L. Hennessey, D.A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A Quantitative
Approach (4th Edition), Morgan Kauffman, 2006.
2. W. Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture (7th edition),
Prentice Hall Inc., 2006
3. J.P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization (3rd edition),
McGraw-Hill Inc. 2002

217 Go to Index
Course Code CS 306
Title of the Course Computer Networks
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Design of Computer Networking protocols at all layers: transmission
media, data link protocols, media access control, routing and
congestion control, admission control, traffic shaping and policing,
Internet working (IP) and transport layer protocols (TCP).
Performance analysis of networks.
Suggested Books 1. W. Stallings, Data and Computer Communications (6th edition),
Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. S. Tannenbaum, Computer Networks (4th edition), Prentice Hall
Inc., 2003.
3. F. Halsall, Data Communications: Computer Networks and
Open Systems (4th edition), Addison-Wesley, 1996.
4. Walrand and Varaiya, High Performance
Communication Networks, Morgan Kaufman, 1996.
5. D. E. Comer, Internet working with TCP/IP: Principles,
Protocols, Architecture (3rd edition), Prentice Hall, 2000.
6. W. R. Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated (Vol. I), Addison Wesley, 1994.

218 Go to Index
Course code CS 307/ MA 307

Title of the
Optimization Algorithms and Techniques
Course

Course Category Department core

L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
2–1–0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if
Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms
any

Objective(s) This is an introductory course in the field of mathematical optimization.

At the end of the course, students will know

● The Basics of Optimization,
Course Outcomes
● Unconstrained and Constrained Optimization, and
● Linear and Quadratic Programming.

● Introduction to Optimization and Math Foundation: Type of Problems,

Examples, Formulations, Applications, Notations, and Convexity.
● Unconstrained Optimization: Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a
Minima; Linear Search and Trust Region Methods; Multi-dimensional
Minimization - Steepest descent, Newton, Gauss Newton, Quasi Newton; One-
Dimensional minimization - Dichotomous, Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation.
Course Syllabus
● Constrained Optimization: Conversion to Unconstrained, Lagrange
Multipliers, Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Minima (KKT), and
Duality.
● Linear Programming: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for a Minima for a
Linear Program, Derivation and Implementation of Simplex, Starting Simplex,
and Interior-Point Methods.

Textbooks:
1. J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 1st Edition, Springer,
2006. ISBN: 78-1-4939-3711-0
Suggested Books Reference books:
2. A. Antoniou and W.-S.g Lu, Practical Optimization: Algorithms and
Engineering Applications, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2021. ISBN: 978-1-0716-
0843-2

219 Go to Index
Course Code CS 308
Title of the Course Compiler Techniques
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Automata Theory and Logic, Data Structures and Algorithms,
Abstraction and Paradigms in Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Major compilation processes; Compiler phases;
front end and back end partitioning.
Lexical Analysis: Tasks and roles of lexical analyser; Regular
expressions; Deterministic finite automata; LEX – a lexical analyzer
generator.
Context-Free Grammars: Formal grammar and Backus Naur
Form; Derivations; Ambiguous, unambiguous and recursive
grammars; Chomsky hierarchy; Parse trees and parsing concepts.
Syntax Analysis: Top down parsing – recursive descent and LL(1)
predictive parsers; First and Follow sets; LL(1) parse table
construction; Bottom up and shift reduce parsing; LR parsing;
Parse table constructions – LR(0), SLR(1) and LALR(1); YACC – a
syntax analyser generator.
Extending the Parser: Syntax directed approach; YACC’s support
for attribute evaluation; Inherited and synthesized attributes;
symbol table; Type concepts; Syntax-directed semantic analysis;
Run-time storage organization; Intermediate languages – three
address code; Syntax-directed intermediate code generation.
Introducing Compiler Backend: Code optimization techniques
and concepts; Target code generation.
A Complete Compiler: The grammar specification; scanner;
parser; code generation; Building and running the compiler; The
Assembler and the virtual machine.
Suggested Books 1. A.V. Aho, M.S. Lam, R. Sethi, and J.D. Ullman, Compilers:
Principles, Techniques, and Tools (2nd Edition), Addison-
Wesley 2007.
2. A. Appel, Modern Compiler Implementation in C/ML/Java,
Cambridge University Press, 2004.
3. D. Grune, H.E. Bal, C.J.H. Jacobs, and K.G. Langendoen: Modern
Compiler Design, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2000.
4. M.L. Scott, Programming Language Pragmatics, Morgan
Kaufman Publishers, 2006.

220 Go to Index
Course code CS 308N

Title of the Compiler Techniques

course

Course Category Department core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Computer Science and Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if Automata Theory, Data Structures, and Algorithms

any

Objective(s) This course will introduce the basics of a Compiler including different phases
of Compiler and it’s working.

● Introduction: Major compilation processes; Compiler phases; front end

and back end partitioning.
● Lexical Analysis: Tasks and roles of lexical analyser; Regular
expressions; Deterministic finite automata; LEX – a lexical analyzer
generator.
● Context-Free Grammars: Formal grammar; Derivations; Ambiguous,
unambiguous and recursive grammars; Chomsky hierarchy; Parse trees
and parsing concepts.
● Syntax Analysis: Top down parsing – recursive descent and LL(1)
predictive parsers; First and Follow sets; LL(1) parse table construction;
Bottom up and shift reduce parsing; LR parsing; Parse table
constructions – LR(0), SLR(1) and LALR(1); YACC – a syntax analyser
Course Syllabus generator.
● Extending the Parser: Syntax directed approach; Inherited and
synthesized attributes; symbol table; Type concepts; Syntax-directed
semantic analysis; Intermediate languages – three address code; Syntax
directed intermediate code generation.
● Introducing Compiler Backend: Code optimization techniques and
concepts; Target code generation.
● A Complete Compiler: The grammar specification; Scanner; parser;
Code generation; Building and running the compiler.
● Practical components: Design and implementation of a compiler for a
sufficiently rich subset of a real programming language. The compiler will
be automatically generated through use of tools such as LEX, YACC and
IBURG.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

221 Go to Index
 1. A.V. Aho, M.S. Lam, R. Sethi, and J.D. Ullman, Compilers: Principles,
Techniques, and Tools (2nd Edition), Addison-Wesley 2007. ISBN:
978-0321486813
2. D. Grune, H.E. Bal, C.J.H. Jacobs, and K.G. Langendoen, Modern
Compiler Design, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 2000. ISBN: 978-
1461446989
Reference books:
3. A. Appel, Modern Compiler Implementation in C/ML/Java,
Cambridge University Press, 2004. ISBN: 9780521607643
4. M. L. Scott, Programming Language Pragmatics, Morgan Kaufman
Publishers, 2006. ISBN: 978-0124104099

222 Go to Index
Course code CS 310
Title of the course Software Engineering
Course Category Department core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objective(s) Understanding the creation of software applications with the view of
meeting certain requirements through designing, testing and building
software.
Course Outcomes ● Understanding the concept of software engineering.
● Acquiring fundamental knowledge in mathematics, computer
science, programming, and computer systems.
● Understanding some ethical and professional issues that are
important for software engineering.
Course Syllabus ● Software Situation: problems and causes; Role of Software
Engineering; Software Development Paradigms.
● Function-oriented Methodology: System Engineering Overview;
Function-Oriented Modeling Techniques; Function-Oriented
Requirements Analysis; Correctness Criteria for Requirements
Models; Reducing Complexity; Data Dictionary; Process Specification;
Data Design; Architectural Design; Flow Analysis and Conversion
Techniques; Design Refinement Measures; Procedural Design; User
Interface Design.
● Object-oriented Methodology: Modeling of Software Requirements
and Specifications with Use-Case Diagrams; Object-Oriented
Modeling based on UML: Notations, Diagrams, Relationships,
Modeling procedures and Applications; System Architecture; User-
Interface Design; Game Interfaces and Web-based SE.
Implementation: Procedural Design and Implementation. Stepwise
Refinement.
● Software Project Management: Concerns of Management; Project
Planning; Measurement and Metrics; Cost Estimation; Scheduling
and Team Organization; Overview of SQA; SQA Techniques:
qualitative and quantitative; Software Maintenance; Overview of
Software Configuration Management; Software Configuration Items
and Change Control.
● Practical components:
○ Students would be made to go through and experience the various
phases of the Software Development Life Cycle – (1) Requirements
223 Go to Index
 Elicitation, (2) Software Design, (3) Software Development, (4)
Software Testing, and (5) Software Maintenance – by working on a
real project
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. C. Ghezzi, J. Mehdi. and M. Dino, Fundamentals of Software
Engineering, Prentice-Hall, 1991. ISBN: 978-0133056990
2. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering (5th Edition), Addison-
Wesley, 1996. ISBN: 9780201427653

Reference books:
3. R. S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s
Approach (6th Edition), McGraw-Hill, 2006. ISBN: 978-
0073375977

224 Go to Index
Course code CS 311

Title of the course Parallel Computing

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

A knowledge of programming in C, C++, or similar, the basics of data

Pre-requisite if any
structures and the computer architecture are assumed.

This course will introduce the parallel programming paradigm using

Objective(s)
different parallel programming languages.

Course outcome Knowledge of different parallel programming languages

● Introduction to parallel computing, Amdahl’s law, Computing

platforms, Memory hierarchy, Shared memory, Cache coherence and
synchronization.
● Interconnection networks and topologies, Routing and embeddings,
Physical Organization and Communication Costs in parallel machines.
● Principles of parallel algorithm design—Concurrency, Decomposition
Course Syllabus and Mapping.
● Parallel programming using Message Passing Interface (MPI) and
Shared memory platforms (i.e. OpenMP, Pthreads, CUDA etc.).
● Collective communications. Analytical modeling and metrics analysis of
parallel programs.
● Practical components:
○ Experiments to support the associated theory course

Textbooks:
1. A. Grama, A. Gupta, G. Karypis, and V. Kumar, Introduction to
Parallel Computing, Addison-Wesley, 2003, ISBN: 9780201648652
Reference books:
2. B. Chapman, G. Jost, R. van der Pas, Using OpenMP: Portable Shared
Suggested Books
Memory Parallel Programming, MIT Press, 2008, ISBN:
9780262533027
3. William Gropp, Ewing Lusk, Anthony Skjellum, Using MPI: Portable
Parallel Programming with the Message-Passing Interface, MIT
Press, 2014, ISBN: 9780262527392

225 Go to Index
Course code CS 312
Title of the course Foundations of Secure Computation
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Probability Theory, Discrete Mathematics, Algorithms
This course will introduce the basic foundations of Secure Computation
Objective(s)
in present day distributed and computer systems.
● The students will understand formal details and fundamental
aspects of secure multiparty computation.
Outcome of the
● The topics will enable them to understand security features of
Course
computations in distributed systems and applications of secure
multiparty computation systems.
● Introduction to Secure Computation: Cryptography applications
in Secure Communication Systems, Privacy Preserving Information
Processing Computations, Abstractions and Dimensions of Secure
Multiparty Computation
● Applications of Secure Computation: Privacy Preserving Data-
mining, Secure E-auction, Yao’s millionaires’ problem, Privacy
preserving pattern matching, Privacy preserving machine learning
and its goals.
● Secure Multiparty Computation (MPC): Availability and
confidentiality of sensitive data, Forms of function abstraction,
Dimensions to study secure MPC: Protocols for Boolean circuits in
asynchronous network, Protocols for arithmetic circuits in
asynchronous network.
Course Syllabus
● Overview and Basic Concepts of Abstract Algebra and
Cryptography: Characteristics of algebraic structures: Groups,
Rings, and Fields, Cryptographic primitives, Real-world
communication protocols: SSL, Unconditionally secure and
conditionally secure schemes.
● Secret Sharing: Problem definition, real-world examples, additive
secret sharing, Threshold secret sharing, Shamir’s secret sharing,
linear secret sharing, general secret sharing, Perfectly secure
message transmission.
● MPC Protocols: Toy MPC protocol, BGW MPC protocol, Zero
Knowledge Protocols, Reliable Broadcast and Byzantine
agreement, Exponential Information Gathering (EIG) for Perfectly
Secure Byzantine agreement.

226 Go to Index
 Textbooks:
1. A. Choudhury and A. Patra, Secure Multiparty Computation
Against Passive Adversaries, Springer, 2022. ISBN: 978-3-031-
12163-0
Suggested Books
Reference books:
2. R. Cramer, I. Djere Damgard, and J. B. Nielsen, Secure Multiparty
Computation and Secret Sharing, Cambridge University Press,
2015. ISBN: 9781107043053

227 Go to Index
Course code CS 313/ MA 313

Title of the course Computer Networks

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Knowledge of data structures and algorithms, programming skills in

Pre-requisite if any
C/C++/python

This course will introduce computer networking protocols and performance

Objective(s)
analysis of networks.

Course outcome Understanding the basic functionalities of computer networks

● Network Architecture and protocols. History of networking–Circuit

switching and packet switching. Network performance metrics–
Throughput and delay
● Application layer–HTTP, DNS, CDN, SMTP, P2P etc.,
● Transport layer–UDP and TCP, Reliability and congestion control in
TCP.
● Socket programming, Introduction to Network Layer. Routing
protocols. Interdomain routing–BGP
● Link layer and physical layer, Performance analysis of networks.
Router Architecture, Resource allocation, and QoS, Network
simulation version 3 (NS3).
● Introduction to next-generation networks.
Course Syllabus
● Practical components:
○ Experimental study of application protocols such as HTTP,
FTP, SMTP, using network packet sniffers and analyzers
○ Socket programming - Small exercises in socket programming
in C/C++/Java.
○ Experiments with packet sniffers to study the TCP protocol.
○ Introduction to ns3 (network simulator) and small simulation
exercises to study TCP behavior under different scenarios.
○ Setting up a small IP network in ns3
○ Experiments with ns3 to study Ethernet and 802.11 wireless
LAN.
○ Programming with pcap

Suggested Books Textbooks:

228 Go to Index
 1. J. Kurose and K. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach,
Pearson Education, 8th Ed. 2022. ISBN: 978-9356061316
2. L. Peterson and B. Davie, Computer Networks, A Systems Approach,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc, 6th ed. 2021, ISBN: 978-
0128182000
Reference books:
3. W. R. Stevens, Unix Network Programming: The Sockets
Networking API, Pearson Education, 3rd ed. 2017, ISBN: 978-
9332549746
4. Bertsekas and Gallager, Data Networks, Pearson Education 2nd ed.,
2015. ISBN:978-9332550476

229 Go to Index
Course code CS 314
Title of the course Computer and Network Security
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
Computer Networks
Objective(s) To understand the network and computer security fundamentals.
Outcome of the The students will learn security mechanisms and vulnerabilities in
course computer systems, networks and the Internet.
Course Syllabus ● Network Security: Network security at application, packet Sniffing
and Spoofing, Attacks on TCP Protocol, Security issues in electronic
mail, IP Security, Web security, Transport layer security and Secure
Socket Layer, intrusion detection, malicious software, viruses, worms
and related threats, firewalls, trusted systems.
● Computer Security: Need for privileged programs, Set-UID
mechanism: Attack Surfaces, Unsafe and safe approaches of invoking
other programs, Environment variables and attack surfaces,
Shellshock attack, Buffer overflow attack, Format string vulnerability:
Exploitable scenarios.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. Wenliang Du, Computer Security: A Hands-on Approach, Amazon
Digital Services, 2017, ISBN: 978-1548367947
Reference books:
2. W. Stalling, Cryptography and Network security Principles and
Practices, 5th Edition PHI, 2010. ISBN: 978-0136097044

230 Go to Index
Course code CS 315

Title of the course Introduction to Complexity Theory

Course Category Department Elective

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Algorithms, Formal Languages and Automata Theory, Discrete

Pre-requisite, if any
Mathematics

This Course is designed to provide an overview of Turing machine, the

Objective(s)
details of the complexity classes and their relationships.

Students will be able to understand computational complexity and their

Course Outcomes
significance.

● Introduction to the Turing Machine: Definition of Turing

Machines, Examples, Deterministic and non-deterministic Turing
machines, Other variants of Turing machine, The Definition of
Algorithm
● Decidability and undecidability: Reducibility, Undecidable
Problems from Language Theory, Mapping Reducibility
Course Syllabus ● P, NP and NP-completeness: The Class P, Class NP, NP-hard, NP-
completeness, Reducibility between problems, Discussions on
different NP-complete problems such as satisfiability, clique,
vertex cover, independent set, set cover, TSP, etc.
● Space complexity: Savitch's Theorem, The Class PSPACE,
PSPACE-completeness, Class L and NL, NL-completeness, NL
equals coNL

Textbooks:
1. S. Arora and B. Barak, Computational Complexity: A Modern
Approach, Cambridge University Press, 2009. ISBN: 978-
0521424264
Suggested Books 2. M. Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, 3rd eds.,
Cengage Learning, 2012. ISBN: 978-8131525296
Reference Books:
3. S. Rudich and A. Wigderson, Computational Complexity Theory,
1st eds., American Mathematical Society, 2004. ISBN: 978-
0821828724

231 Go to Index
Course code CS 317
Title of the course Introduction to Internet of Things
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic arduino programming and networking
This course will introduce the basic components of IoT and their
Objective(s) interdependencies, deployment models, and fundamental concepts of
IoT networking.
● Understanding basic concepts and functionalities of IoT devices
Course outcome and networking
● Developing IoT-based prototype
● Introduction to IoT; Sensing, Actuation, Basics of Networking;
Basics of Networking;
● Communication Protocols; Sensor Networks; Machine-to-Machine
Communications, Interoperability in IoT
● Arduino Programming; Integration of Sensors and Actuators with
Arduino; Introduction to Python Programming,
Course Syllabus ● Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi, Implementation of IoT
with Raspberry Pi
● Cloud Architecture and its functionalities; Introduction to edge
architectures and its functionalities
● Smart Cities and Smart Homes; Connected Vehicles, Smart Grid,
Industrial IoT; Case Study: Agriculture, Healthcare, Activity
Monitoring
Textbook:
1. S. Misra, A. Mukherjee, A. Roy, Introduction to IoT, Cambridge
University Press, 2022. ISBN: 978-1108959742
Suggested Books Reference book:
2. A. Bahga and V. Madisetti, Internet of Things: A Hands-On
Approach, Orient Blackswan Private Limited, 2015. ISBN: 978-
8173719547

232 Go to Index
Course code CS 319
Title of the course Foundations of Cryptography

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
Computer Networks
Objective(s) ● To understand the basic foundations of cryptography, understand
the encryption and authentication protocols with security proofs.
● The students will study block ciphers, stream ciphers, hash
functions and public key cryptography.
Outcome of the ● The students will learn about different proving models,
course indistinguishability tests about security of encryption algorithms,
authentication algorithms, and hashing algorithms.
● Along with gaining knowledge about security bounds, the students
will learn some number theory and algebra, wherever required.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction: Classical ciphers, Cryptanalysis techniques:
linear and differential cryptanalysis.
● Number Theory: Euclidean Algorithm, Chinese Remainder
Theorem, Primality Testing algorithms, Factoring algorithms,
Algebraic Structures: Groups, Rings and Fields.
● Shannon's theory: Concept of perfect secrecy, Entropy, Key
equivocation, Unicity Distance, Perfect cipher, Ideal Cipher.
● Symmetric-key Cryptography: Pseudorandomness, Stream
ciphers, Block ciphers, Data Encryption Standards, Advanced
Encryption Standards, Modes of operation
● Hash-functions: Data Integrity, Merkle-Damgard construction,
Message Authentication Codes.
● Public-key Cryptography: RSA, Discrete log problem,
DiffieHellman key exchange protocol, Signatures schemes,
Public key Infrastructure, Digital certificates.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. R. Stinson, Cryptography: Theory and practices, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press, 2006. ISBN: 978-1584885085
2. J. Katz and Y. Lindell, Introduction to Modern Cryptography,
Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2020. ISBN: 978-0815354369
Reference books:
3. A. J. Menezes, P. Oorschot, and S. Vanstone, Handbook of
Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, 1997. ISBN:
9781138385979
233 Go to Index
4. W. Stalling, Cryptography and Network security Principles
and Practices, 5th Edition Pearson Education, 2017. ISBN: 978-
9332585225

234 Go to Index
Course code CS 321

Title of the course Introduction to Big Data Analysis

Course Category Department Elective
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Linear Algebra, Calculus, Data Structures, Algorithms
To help students to learn and understand the terminologies and core
Objective(s) concept behind big data problems, applications, and modern big data
computing technologies.
Students would be familiar with real-world challenges associated with
Course Outcomes
Big Data.
● Introduction: Types of Data under Big Data, Characteristics of Big
Data, 5 V's of Big Data (Velocity, Volume, Value, Variety and
Veracity), Challenges and Applications of Big Data.
● Technologies: Apache Spark, HDFS, YARN, Introduction to
MapReduce, MapReduce Programming Model with Spark,
Course Syllabus MapReduce Example: Word Count, Page Rank etc.
● Storage Platforms: Introduction to HBase, HBase Internals, Hive,
Pig, Ozie, Introduction to Big Data Streaming Platforms for Fast
Data, Introduction to Spark Streaming, Kafka.
● Big Data Machine learning: Machine Learning with Spark,
Introduction to Spark MLlib, Cluster Analysis, Association Analysis.
Textbooks:
1. R. Kamal and P. Saxena, Big Data Analytics, Introduction to
Hadoop, Spark, and Machine-Learning, McGraw Hill Education,
2019. ISBN: 978-9-3531-6496-6.
Suggested Books Reference Books:
2. C. Lam, Hadoop in Action, Manning Publications, 2010. ISBN:
978-1-9351-8219-1.
3. H. Karau, A. Konwinski, P. Wendell, and M. Zaharia, Learning
Spark: Lightning-Fast Big Data Analysis, O′Reilly, 2015. ISBN:
978-1-4493-5862-4.

235 Go to Index
Course Code CS 352
Title of the Course Computer Graphics and Visualization Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Computer Programming, Data Structures and Algorithms
Scope of the course This Course is designed to provide an introduction to the theory and
practice of computer graphics and an insight of modern computer
graphics systems. Students will understand the basic principles of
computer graphics primitives and able to design application specific
computer graphics program. This course will also provide familiarity
with key algorithms for modelling and rendering graphical data.
Course Syllabus Assignments based on of applications of computer graphics and
visualizations in the fields such as 3D-modeling of architectural and
mechanical design; Creating 3D games; Creating 3D models from
segmented volume data; Financial data visualization.
Suggested Books 1. D. Hearn, M. P. Baker, Computer Graphics. C Version, Pearson
Education , 2nd Eds, 1997
2. D. Hearn, M. P. Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL, Pearson
Education India , 3rd Eds, 2004
3. F.S. Hill. Computer Graphics Using Open GL. Prentice Hall. 2001
4. John F. Hughes, Andries van Dam, James D. Foley, Morgan McGuire,
Steven K. Feiner, David F. Sklar, Kurt Akeley, Computer Graphics,
Principles and Practice, Addison Wesley, 3rd Eds, 2014.
5. W. Schroeder, K. Martin, and B. Lorensen, The Visualization Toolkit,
(2nd Edition), Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1998.
6. M. K. Pakhira, Computer Graphics, Multimedia and Animation, PHI,
2nd Eds, 2010

236 Go to Index
Course Code CS 353
Title of the Course Operating Systems Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3- 1.5
Name of the Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Knowledge of Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus OS Programming prerequisites: Familiarities with IPC facilities, IPC
identifiers, IPC keys, Message queues and their internal and user data
structures, System calls related to IPC, Semaphore and Shared
memory. (06 hours ≈2 labs).
CPU scheduling: Simulation programs for long-term, short-term and
medium term schedulers, Simulation for the maintenance of various
scheduling queues such as ready, I/O, blocked etc., Implementations
of different scheduling algorithms such as FCFS, SJF, Priority
scheduling (pre-emptive and Non pre-emptive), Round robin,
multilevel feedback queue scheduling and their performance
evaluations. (12 hours ≈4 labs).
Concurrent Processing and Concurrency Control: Simulation of
updating four processes PCBs with shared memory, Implementation
of interprocess communication using simulated semaphore through i)
shared memory, ii) synchronized producer-consumer problem iii)
pipes and message passing (asynchronous and synchronous).
Concurrence control with pipes socket for iterative and concurrent
servers (12 hours ≈4 labs).
File Systems Implementation: creating, removing, accessing and
protection and error handling of EXT2 FS, Registering the virtual file
system in Kernel, accessing superblock information. (06 hours ≈2
labs).
Suggested Books 1. Linus Programmer’s Guide documentation
2. UNIX System V and Related Utilities under Linux

237 Go to Index
Course code CS 353N

Title of the course Operating Systems Lab

Course Category Department core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite if any NA

Objective(s) This course will introduce the basic components of operating systems
and functionalities.

Course outcome Understanding basic functionalities of operating system for efficient

performance of the processes

Course Syllabus ● OS Programming prerequisites: Familiarities with IPC facilities,

IPC identifiers, IPC keys, Message queues and their internal and user
data structures, System calls related to IPC, Semaphore and Shared
memory.
● CPU scheduling: Simulation programs for long-term, short-term and
medium term schedulers, Simulation for the maintenance of various
scheduling queues such as ready, I/O, blocked etc., Implementations
of different scheduling algorithms such as FCFS, SJF, Priority
scheduling (preemptive and non-preemptive), Round robin,
multilevel feedback queue scheduling and their performance
evaluations.
● Concurrent Processing and Concurrency Control: Simulation of
updating processe PCBs with shared memory, Implementation of
interprocess communication using simulated semaphore through (i)
shared memory, (ii) synchronized producer-consumer problem, (ii)
Pipes and message passing (asynchronous and synchronous).
Concurrence control with pipes socket for iterative and concurrent
servers
● File Systems Implementation: creating, removing, accessing,
protecting and error handling of EXT2 FS, Registering the virtual file
system in Kernel, accessing superblock information.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Principles, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2005. ISBN: 9788126509621
2. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, 9th edition, Wiley, 2018. ISBN: 978-1-118-06333-0

238 Go to Index
Reference books:
3. W. Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design
Principles, 5th edition, Pearson Education, 2005. ISBN: 978-0-13-
467095-9

239 Go to Index
Course Code CS 354
Title of the Course Computational Intelligence Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Computer Programming, Data structure, Discrete Structure, Design
and Analysis of Algorithm
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus AI programming : Prolog, LISP, Experiments to support the associated
theory course that demonstrate the different applications of Neural,
fuzzy, evolutionary and hybrid model;
Minor project based on real life applications such as Functional
approximation; Time-series prediction; Pattern recognition; Data
compression; Control applications, Optimization etc.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course CS 304N: Computational
Intelligence

240 Go to Index
Course code CS 354N
Title of the course Computational Intelligence Lab
Course Category Department core
L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Computer Programming, Data structure, and Design and Analysis of
Pre-requisite, if any
Algorithm
Objective(s) Basics of machine learning techniques
Course Outcomes Understanding of machine learning techniques and implementation
● AI programming: Prolog, LISP, Experiments to support the
associated theory course that demonstrate the different
applications of Neural, fuzzy, evolutionary and hybrid model;
Course Syllabus ● Implementation: Minor project based on real life applications
such as Functional approximation; Time-series prediction; Pattern
recognition; Data compression; Control applications, Optimization
etc.
Textbooks:
1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach, Prentice Hall Series in AI, 1995. ISBN: 978-9332543515
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill,
1992. ISBN: 978-0-07-067816-3
Reference books:
3. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft
Computing, Prentice Hall and Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN: 978-
Suggested Books
9332549883
4. D.E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and
Machine Learning, Addison Wesley, 1989. ISBN: 9781584883883
5. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms, Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN: 9788120321861
6. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Computational
Intelligence - PC Tools, AP Professional, 1996. ISBN: 978-
0122286308

241 Go to Index
Course Code CS 355
Title of the Course Computer Architecture Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3- 1.5
Name of the Concerned Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any A course in Logic Design
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus MIPS Programming through SIMPS: Familiarities with architecture
of RISC Computer R2000/R3000 proposed in MIPS Systems. MIPS
Assembly language programming for instruction formats, addressing
mechanism, microprogramming to transfer data between register-
register, memory-register and architectural programming. (12 hours
≈4 labs)
Architecture-Level Design with Verilog: Familiarize architecture-
level design and synthesis of different components in arithmetic and
logic unit. Verilog programming to design basic computing units such
as adder, multiplier, BCD converter, Comparator etc. Experiment for
datapath synthesis, connecting memory, buffer, external ports and
different components in an application specific processing unit. (12
hours ≈4 labs)
Synthesis of a CPU Architecture: Familiarize the design aspects of a
CPU to realize the design in a FPGA kit. Designing a CPU with a
selected specification at architectural-level using Verilog, and finally,
realizing the architecture in a FPGA kit followed by testing the
correctness of the realization. (12 hours ≈4 labs)
Suggested Books Same as CS 305

242 Go to Index
Course Code CS 356
Title of the Course Computer Networks Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus (a) Experimental study of application protocols such as HTTP, FTP,
SMTP, using network packet sniffers and analyzers such as
Wireshark.
(b) Socket programming - Small exercises in socket programming
in C/C++/Java.
(c) Experiments with packet sniffers to study the TCP protocol. 3-
way handshake for connection setup, timer behavior, congestion
control behavior.
(d) Introduction to ns3 (network simulator) and small simulation
exercises to study TCP behavior under different scenarios.
(e) Setting up a small IP network in ns3 - configure interfaces, IP
addresses and routing protocols to set up a small IP network. Study
dynamic behavior using packet sniffers.
(f) Experiments with ns3 to study behavior (especially
performance of link layer protocols such as Ethernet and 802.11
wireless LAN.
(g) Programming with pcap - small example with packet generator
using pacp library

Suggested Books Same as CS 306: Computer Networks

243 Go to Index
Course Code CS 357
Title of Course Optimization Algorithms and Techniques Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Department Computer Science and Engineering
Pre-requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Experiments and assignments based upon techniques discussed
in CS 307. These are summarized below.

* Understanding of Matlab/ Scilab via implementation of

Newton's method for solving non-linear system of equations as
well as numerical integration.

* Analyzing convexity of functions numerically.

* Implementation and analysis of Multi-dimensional

Unconstrained Optimization algorithms (Steepest Descent,
Newton, Gauss-Newton, Quasi-Newton, Conjugate Gradients etc.).

* Implementation and analysis of One-dimensional Unconstrained

Optimization algorithms (Dichotomous, Quadratic Interpolation,
Cubic Interpolation etc.).

* Implementation and analysis of Simplex and Interior Point

Methods for Linear Program.

* Implementation and analysis of Sequential Quadratic Program

for solving general Constrained Optimization problem.
Suggested books Same as the associated theory course CS 307

244 Go to Index
Course code CS 357N

Title of the Course Optimization Algorithms and Techniques Lab

Course Category Department core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned

Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

Objective(s) This is an introductory course in the field of mathematical optimization.

At the end of the course, students will know

● The Basics of Optimization,
Course Outcomes
● Unconstrained and Constrained Optimization, and
● Linear and Quadratic Programming.

● Understanding of Matlab/ Scilab via implementation of Newton's

method for solving non-linear system of equations as well as
numerical integration.
● Analyzing convexity of functions numerically.
● Implementation and analysis of Multi-dimensional Unconstrained
Optimization algorithms (Steepest Descent, Newton, Gauss-Newton,
Quasi-Newton, Conjugate Gradients etc.).
Course Syllabus
● Implementation and analysis of One-dimensional Unconstrained
Optimization algorithms (Dichotomous, Quadratic Interpolation,
Cubic Interpolation etc.).
● Implementation and analysis of Simplex and Interior Point Methods
for Linear Program.
● Implementation and analysis of Sequential Quadratic Program for
solving general Constrained Optimization problem.

Textbooks:
1. J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 1st Edition,
Springer, 2006. ISBN: 78-1-4939-3711-0
Suggested Books Reference books:
2. A. Antoniou and W.-S.g Lu, Practical Optimization: Algorithms
and Engineering Applications, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2021. ISBN:
978-1-0716-0843-2

245 Go to Index
Course Code CS 358
Title of the Course Compiler Techniques Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0 -0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Same as the associated theory course
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Design and implementation of a compiler for a sufficiently rich
subset of a real programming language. The compiler will be
automatically generated through use of tools such as LEX, YACC
and IBURG.
Suggested Books 1. J.R. Levine, T. Mason, and D. Brown, LEX and YACC, O'Reilly &
Associates, 1990

246 Go to Index
Course Code CS 401 [From AY 2010-11 to 2013-14]
Title of the Course Soft Computing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Artificial neural networks: feed-forward, recurrent
and multi-layer architectures; Supervised and unsupervised
learning; Characteristics: adaptability, fault tolerance,
generalization; limitations of neuro-computing.
Perceptron: Linear classifiers; Simple perceptron; Perceptron
learning algorithms; ADALINE; MADALINE; Limitation of perceptron
dichotomizer.
Multi-Layer Perceptron: Gradient decent scheme for error
minimization; Generalized delta learning rule; Back-propagation
learning for multi-layer networks; Multi-layer perceptrons for multi-
dimensional functional mappings.
Associated Memory Networks: Auto-association; Hetero-
association; Linear associative networks: Hebbian learning, perfect
recall, cross-talk; Bidirectional associative memory; Brain-State-in-a-
Box network.
Hopfield Networks: Binary Hopfield network: basic structure,
asynchronous updating, convergence, associative memory;
Continuous-valued Hopfield network. Advantages and limitations.
Kohonen Networks: Self-organizing networks; Similarity measures;
Kohonen’s winner-take-all network; Geometrical interpretation of
Kohonen’s learning; Functional specificity of human brain,
Kohonen’s self-organizing feature map algorithm; Conscience
algorithm.
Adaptive Resonance Theory (ART): ART and stability-plasticity
dilemma; ART-1 architecture and algorithm: search, comparison and
recognition phases, effect of vigilance.
Radial Basis Function Networks: Radial Basis Function Networks:
radial basis vs. linear basis, Gaussian basis functions, K-means
learning, LMS algorithm, comparison with Multi-Layer Perceptron
networks.
Support Vector Machines (SVM): Optimal hyperplane for linear
separability, quadratic optimization, SVM for pattern recognition,
different kernels for hidden-layer, optimal design of SVM.
Fuzzy Neural Networks and Genetic Algorithms: Fuzzy sets -
Basic Definition; Fuzzy-set-theoretic Operations – Member Function
Formulation and Parameterization – Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy
Reasoning, Fuzzy If-Then Rules Fuzzy-neural networks; Neuro-
247 Go to Index
 fuzzy systems; Genetic algorithms: selection schemes, operations,
hybrid algorithms.

Suggested Books 1. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft
Computing”, Prentice Hall of India and Pearson Education, 2004.
2. D.E. Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and
Machine Learning”, Addison Wesley, New York, 1989.
3. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic
and Genetic Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
4. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, “Computational
Intelligence - PC Tools”, AP Professional, Boston, 1996.

248 Go to Index
Course Code CS 401 / CS 601 [from AY 2014-15 to AY 2023-24]
Title of the Course Soft Computing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department/Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
Computational Intelligence
Scope of the Course After having basic knowledge of artificial intelligence related to
neural, fuzzy and evolutionary approaches, advancements in different
areas are to be covered with working in a specific domain. This is by
taking a case study to come up with the implementation and results.
Course Syllabus Review on Mathematical and theoretical methods on soft
computing: neural networks. RBF structures. Self- organizing
networks and methods. Fuzzy logic. Support vector machines and
kernel methods. Evolutionary algorithms.
Hybrid Intelligent Systems: Neuro-fuzzy systems. Neuro-Genetic
systems, Evolving neural systems. Neuro-swarm. Hybridization with
novel computing paradigms: Quantum computing, DNA computing,
membrane computing. Neural dynamic logic and other methods, etc.
Learning and adaptation for novel: Adaptive systems. Imitation
learning. Reconfigurable systems. Supervised, unsupervised, Semi-
supervised, reinforcement and statistical algorithms. Stability and
convergence analysis.
Applications: Image and signal processing. Ambient intelligence.
process control, and manufacturing. Biometry and bioinformatics. Data
mining. Internet modeling, communication and networking. Intelligent
systems in education. Human–robot interaction. Time series analysis
and prediction etc.
Suggested Books Book:
1. Jang, Roger and Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Softcomputing: A
Computational Approach to learning and Machine Intelligence”,
Pearson.
2. R. John and Ralph Birkenhead, SoftComputing Techniques and
Applications (Advances in Intelligent and Softcomputing), 2000,
Springer-Verlag.
3. F.O. Karray, C. W. De Silva, SoftComputing and Intelligent System
Design: Theory, Tools and Applications, Addison Wesley; 1st Ed.
2004.
Other References:
1. IEEE Transactions on Fuzzy Systems
2. ACM Transactions on Knowledge Discovery from Data (TKDD)
3. The journal of pattern recognition society, ELSEVIER

249 Go to Index
4. The journal of Neurocomputing, ELSEVIER
5. IEEE Transactions on Evolutionary Computation
6. IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks Learning Algorithms
7. Other web resources will be posted on the course website from
time to time.

250 Go to Index
Course Code CS 402 [CS 309 from AY 2015-16 onwards]
Title of the Course Parallel Computing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3 / 2-0-2-3 [for AY 2014-15]
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to Parallel Algorithms: Basic schemes for
parallelization: list ranking. NC class. Parallel Context Free Grammar
Parsing Algorithms.
Distributed Computing: absence of global states; causal ordering of
events.
Distributed architectures: shared memory and message passing,
Programming Models such as PVM; MPI; Linda; ORCA, Distributed
algorithms: mutual exclusion, consensus, leader election. Clock
synchronization, distributed termination.
Fault Tolerance: fail-stop and byzantine models.
Suggested Books 1. A. Gibbons, and W. Rytter, Efficient Parallel Algorithms,
Cambridge University Press, 1989, ISBN: 0521388414.
2. H. Attiya and J. Welch, Distributed Computing: Fundamentals,
Simulations, and Advanced Topics, McGraw-Hill Inc. New York,
1998.
3. 3. 3. G. F. Colouris, and J. Dollimore, Distributed Systems:
Concepts and Design, Addison Wesley, 1988.
4. N. Lynch, Distributed Algorithms, Morgan Kaufmann, 1996.
5. S. Mullender (Ed.), Distributed Systems (2nd Edition), Addison
Wesley, 1993.
6. T. Gerard, Introduction to Distributed Algorithms, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, 1994.
7. M. Raynal, Distributed Algorithms and Protocols, Wiley,
Chichester, 1988.
8. V.C. Barbosa, An Introduction to Distributed Algorithms, MIT
Press, 1996.

251 Go to Index
Course code CS 403/ CS 603
Title of the course Machine Learning
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Artificial Intelligence/Computational Intelligence
This course provides a broad introduction to machine learning,
datamining, and statistical pattern recognition. Topics include:
(i) Supervised learning (parametric/non-parametric algorithms,
support vector machines, kernels, neural networks). (ii)
Unsupervised learning (clustering, dimensionality reduction,
Scope of the course recommender systems, deep learning). (iii) Best practices in
machine learning (bias/variance theory_ innovation process in
machine learning and AI). The course will also draw from
numerous case studies and applications, so that candidate’s also
learn how to apply learning algorithms to build different
intelligent systems.
Introduction, Machine Learning and AI, Motivations for Studying
ML, Supervised and Unsupervised learning, Linear prediction,
Maximum likelihood Regularizers, basis functions and cross-
validation, Optimisation, Linear and Logistic Regression,
Course Syllabus Gaussian Discriminant Analysis, Support Vector Machines,
Decision Trees, Neural networks architectures and its advances,
Ensemble Methods, Clustering, Naive Bayes, Bayesian Statistics,
K-Means, Gaussian Mixture Models, Learning Theory, Model
Selection.
1. 1. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning, Springer, Heidelberg, 2006, 978-0-387-31073-2
2.
3. 2. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill, 1997 (new
Suggested Books
chapters on line, 2006), New York, 1997, 978—0071154673
4.
5. 3. Duda, Hart and Stork, Pattern Classification (2nd ed.), Wiley
Interscience, US, 2000, 978-8126511167

252 Go to Index
Course Code CS 404/ EE 304

Title of the Course Digital Signal Processing

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

3-1-0-4

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre–requisite, if any Signals and Systems Course

Scope of the course

Course Syllabus Discrete time signals: Sequences; representation of signals on

orthogonal basis; Sampling and reconstruction of signals;
Discrete systems: attributes, Z-Transform, Analysis of LSI systems,
Frequency analysis, Inverse Systems, Discrete Fourier
Transform (DFT), Fast Fourier Transform algorithm,
Implementation of Discrete Time Systems
Design of FIR Digital filters: Window method, Park-McClellan's
method.
Design of IIR Digital Filters: Butterworth, Chebyshev and Elliptic
Approximations; Lowpass, Bandpass, Bandstop and High pass filters.
Effect of finite register length in FIR filter design.
Parametric and non-parametric spectral estimation. Introduction to
multirate signal processing.
Application of DSP to Speech and Radar signal processing.

Suggested Books 1. A.V. Oppenheim and Schafer, Discrete Time Signal Processing,
Prentice Hall, 1989.
2. J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms And Applications, Prentice Hall, 1997.
3. L.R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital
Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1992.
4. J.R. Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice
Hall, 1992.
5. D.J. DeFatta, J.G. Lucas, and W.S. Hodgkiss, Digital Signal
Processing, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 1988.

253 Go to Index
Course Code CS 406 / CS 606
Title of the Course Data Mining and Data Warehousing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Data Base & Information Systems
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology: Data warehousing
Definition, usage and trends, Data marts, Metadata, Multidimensional
data model, Data cubes, Schemas for Multidimensional Database:
stars, snowflakes and fact constellations, Data warehouse
architecture, OLTP and OLAP, types of OLAP servers: ROLAP, MOLAP,
3- Tier data warehouse architecture, Data warehouse
implementation, computation of data cubes, indexing OLAP data,
processing OLAP queries.
Data Mining: Data mining definition & task, data preprocessing, data
mining functionalities: Characterization and Discrimination, Mining
frequent patterns, Frequent itemset mining methods, associations,
and Correlations, Classification and Predictions, Cluster Analysis,
Outlier Analysis, Evolution Analysis
Mining complex data objects: Spatial databases, Multimedia
databases, Time series and Sequence data, mining Text Databases
and mining Word Wide Web, Applications and Trends in Data Mining

Suggested Books 1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and
Techniques, Second Edition, Elsevier Publication.
2. M. H.Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced
Topics, Pearson Education 2004.

254 Go to Index
Course Code CS 407
Title of the Course Peripherals and Interfaces
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Computer Architecture

Scope of the course This course deals with the various aspects of hardware software
interfacing with peripherals and associated devices. The course covers
the fundamentals of various peripheral devices, its programming
through assembly language and architecture. Further, it provides the an
avenue for learning concepts of microprocessors, microcontrollers,
interrupts and memory access mechanisms.
Course Syllabus Basics of Microprocessor: Design, Memory Subsystems, System
Resources, Types and Interrupt handling, 8085 Architecture and its
programming, 8086 Architecture and its programming, DMA channel,
I/O port addresses. I/O buses, Local bus, DMA controller, PCI, ADC/DAC
interfacing with microcontrollers/microprocessors.

GPUs, USB, Bluetooth, 8255 interfacing, RAID.

Video Hardware, Video display technologies,

Introduction to serial communication, 8253/8254 programmable timer

and interval counter.

I/O Interfaces, USB Basic and Driver model Testing of serial and parallel
port, USB mouse/keyboard interfaces.

Interrupt Controller, Video/Graphics of Modern Desktop Board,

Concepts of Network Interface Card, Design and Integration of
Peripheral devices to a computer system as a Case Study.
Suggested books 1. Douglas V. Hall. Microprocessor and Interfacing: Programming
and Hardware. McGraw Hill Inc.
2. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming
and Application with the 8085. 5th edition, Penram India
3. Stuart R. Ball. Analog Interfacing to Embedded Microprocessors.
Elsevier, 2014.

255 Go to Index
Course Code CS 408
Title of the Course Algorithms for Convex Programming
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus
Suggested Books

256 Go to Index
Course Code CS 409 / CS 609
Title of the Course Advanced Topics in Database Management Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms and Database and Information
Systems
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Advanced Data Models: Enhanced Relational System, Object-
Oriented Data Model, Spatial and Temporal Databases, Multimedia
Databases.
Query Processing and Optimization: Query Interpretation and
Equivalence Expressions, Cost Estimate in Query Optimization,
Semantic Query Optimization.
Transaction Processing and Concurrency Control: Properties of
Transactions, Schedules and Serializability of Schedules,
Transaction Failures and Recoverability, High Performance
Transaction Systems.
Distributed Databases: Design of Distributed Databases,
Distributed Query Processing, Deadlock Handling, Concurrency
Control and Recovery.
Database Security and Authorization: Database Security Issues,
Security and Integrity Violations, Multilevel Security, Discretionary
and Mandatory Access Control, Statistical Database Security.

Suggested Books 1. R. Elmasri and S. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Ed), Benjamin Cummings, 2002.
2. H. F. Korth and A. Silberschatz, Database System Concepts (3rd
Ed.), McGraw Hill Inc., 2003
3. C. Zaniolo, S. Ceri, C. Faloutsos, Richard T. Snodgrass, V.S.
Subrahmanian, R. Zicari, Advanced Database Systems,
Morgan Kauffmann, 2002

257 Go to Index
Course Code CS 410
Title of the Course Genetic Algorithms
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Optimization Algorithms and Techniques
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Evolutionary Computations: Biological background, Canonical GA
framework, Basic Terminologies, Formulation of Optimization
problems into GA framework.
Variations of GAs: Binary Coded GAs and its variations such as
Micro GA, Messy GA, Greedy GA etc., Real Coded GAs, Permutation
Encoding GA etc.
GA operators: Selection, Reproduction, Crossover, Mutation etc.
Convergence criteria, Mathematical Construction of Genetic
Operators, Schema Theorem of John Holland.
Advanced Operators and Techniques in GA: Diploidy and
Multiploidy, Inversion and Reordering, Niche and Speciation,
Segregation and Translocation.
Multi-Objective GAs: Non Pareto and Pareto-based GAs, MOGA,
NSGA, Niched Pareto Genetic Algorithm.
Practice of GA with some real-life problems and GA Programming:
Traveling Salesman Problem, Word Matching problem, Topological
Planning in Wireless Network, Placement and Routing problem in
VLSI Design, Image Processing and Pattern Recognition.

Suggested Books 1. D. E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms in Search , Optimization

& Machine Learning, Pearson Education, 2000.
2. K. Deb, Multi-Objective Optimization using Evolutionary
Algorithms, John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Chichester, 2001.
3. T. Back, David B. Fogel, Z. Michalewicz, Handbook of
Evolutionary Computation, Oxford University Press, 1999.
4. M. Mitchell, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms (3rd Ed)
Bradford Book, 1998.

258 Go to Index
Course Code CS 411/ CS 611
Title of the Course Advanced Algorithms
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms and Design and Analysis of
Algorithms
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Advanced Solutions to Basic Data Structuring Problems: Binomial
heaps and Fibonacci heaps, Red-Black tree, Splay tree, van Emde
Boas Priority Queues, Dynamic Data Structures for Graph
Connectivity/Reachability.
Bit Tricks Techniques: Word-level Parallelism, Trans dichotomous
Model, O(n) and O (log n) Integer Sorting.
String Algorithms: Rabin-Karp Fingerprinting Algorithm, Suffix
Trees.
Maximum Flows: Augmenting Paths and Push-Relabel Methods,
Minimum Cost Flows, Bipartite Matching.
Linear Programming: Formulation of Problems as Linear Programs,
Duality, Simplex, Interior Point, and Ellipsoid Algorithms.
Online Algorithms: Ski Rental, River Search Problem, Paging, The k-
Server Problem, List Ordering and Move-to-Front.
Approximation Algorithms: One Way of Coping with NP-Hardness,
Greedy Approximation Algorithms, Dynamic Programming and
Weakly Polynomial-Time Algorithms, Linear Programming
Relaxations, Randomized Rounding, Vertex Cover, Wiring and TSP.
Fixed-Parameter Algorithms: Parameterized Complexity,
Kernelization, Vertex Cover, Connections to Approximation.
Parallel Algorithms: PRAM. Pointer Jumping and Parallel Prefix.
Tree Contraction. Divide and Conquer. Randomized Symmetry
Breaking. Maximal Independent Set.
External-Memory Algorithms: Accounting for the Cost of Accessing
Data from Slow Memory. Sorting. B-trees. Buffer Trees. Cache-
oblivious Algorithms for Matrix Multiplication and Binary Search.
Computational Geometry: Convex Hull. Line-segment Intersection.
Sweep Lines. Voronoi Diagrams. Range Trees. Seidel's Low-
dimensional LP Algorithm.
Suggested Books 1. T. Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. Rivest, and C. Stein. Introduction to
259 Go to Index
 Algorithms. (3rd Ed). MIT Press, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. R. Motwani and P. Raghavan, Randomized Algorithms,
Cambridge University Press, 1995.
3. V. V. Vazirani, Approximation Algorithms, Springer. 2001.
4. Ravindra K. Ahuja, Thomas L. Magnanti, and James B. Orlin,
Network Flows: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications,
Prentice Hall, 1993.

260 Go to Index
Course Code CS 412/ CS 612

Title of the Course Pattern Recognition

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Computer Science & Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-Requisite, if Basics of probability theory, Programming

any

Scope of the This course aim to cover the basic concepts for analyzing patterns and their
course preprocessing techniques. It also aims to give exposure to various learning
algorithms and their applications to various real life applications.
Course Syllabus 1. Basics of pattern recognition: Definitions, data sets for pattern
recognition, representations of patterns and classes, metric and non-
metric proximity measures, feature extraction, statistical and syntactic
pattern recognition
2. Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers, discriminant functions, decision
surfaces, normal density and discriminant functions, discrete features
3. Parameter estimation methods: Maximum-likelihood estimation,
expectation-maximization method, Bayesian estimation, Gaussian
mixture models
4. Non-parametric techniques: Density estimation using Parzen-window
method, K-nearest neighbor method, nearest neighbor classifier
5. Dimension reduction methods: Lineardiscriminant analysis (LDA),
principal component analysis (PCA)
6. Linear discriminant function based classifiers: Perceptron, support
vector machines (SVM)
7. Non-metric methods for pattern classification : Non-numeric data or
nominal data decision trees
8. Unsupervised learning and clustering: Criterion functions for
clustering, algorithms for clustering: K-means, Hierarchical and other
methods, Cluster validation
9. Applications: Biometrics recognition, handwriting recognition,
document recognition, multimedia data retrieval, speech recognition,
data mining, web searching, network traffic analysis etc.
Suggested Books 1. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork, Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001

2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed.,

261 Go to Index
 Academic Press, 2009

3. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,

2006

262 Go to Index
Course Code CS 413
Title of the Course Topics in Artificial Intelligence Programming
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Abstraction and Paradigms for Programming and Artificial
Intelligence
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Basics of LISP and PROLOG
AI Programming techniques: Heuristic search and efficiency
issues in search programs, Min-Max algorithm, Branch and Bound
algorithm
Natural language parsing: symbolic programming, lexical
closures, memorization,
Object-oriented representations: Common Lisp Object System
(CLOS), hash tables, functions as first-class objects, macros,
structures and lists
Rule-based expert systems: Expert system with Prolog
Artificial neural networks: Unsupervised Neural Networks,
Destructive Operations, Automated Memorization, Supervised
Neural Networks, Reinforce Learning
Game Playing: Tournament
Suggested Books 1. P. Norvig, Paradigms of Artificial Intelligence Programming:
Case Studies in Common Lisp, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.
2. I. Bratko, Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence
(3rd Ed), Pearson Education, 2001.

263 Go to Index
Course Code CS 414/ CS 614
Title of the Course Cloud Computing and Applications
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any UG level courses on Operating Systems, Computer Architecture and
Computer Networks
Scope of the Course To study the technology behind the cloud computing methodology.
The course would include many cloud computing service models
namely IaaS, SaaS, and PaaS and cloud computing deployment
models such as public Cloud, private Cloud and hybrid Cloud.
Further, with the exponential growth in Cloud computing services,
there is a need to understand the various issues that affect the
different stakeholders of Cloud computing. The success story of the
cloud computing not only depends on the underlying technology
but also on the economics of the Cloud computing resource market.
Hence, in this course, we would also cover the concept of Service
Level Agreement (SLA), SLA matching techniques, cloud resources
management, resource provisioning and sharing, pricing
strategies, monitoring risk, trust, and Quality of Service (QoS) etc.
Course Syllabus History of Cloud Computing: Paradigms in Computing, Parallel
Computing, Distributed Computing, Grid Computing, Service
Computing; Service Oriented Architecture (SOA), Web Services
Cloud Computing: Definition, Characteristics, Architecture,
Components, Service Models, Deployment Models, Virtualization:
Server, Storage, Network, Desktop; Hypervisor, Virtual Machine,
Multi-tenancy, Opportunities and Risks
Service Level Agreement (SLA): Definition, Types of SLA, SLA
Life Cycle, Issues Related to Cloud SLA, SLA Frameworks: WS-
Agreement, WSLA, WSOL, Slang, Bilateral Protocol; Translation of
SLAs into Monitoring Specifications, Dynamic Creation of
Monitoring Infrastructures, Penalty Management, Runtime
Prediction
Cloud Security: Cloud Security Fundamentals, Vulnerability
Assessment, Security and Privacy in Cloud, Cloud Computing
Security Architecture: Identity Management and Access Control,
Autonomic Security; VM Specific Security Techniques
Cloud Application Programming Models: Cloud File Systems:
GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase and Dynamo; Map Reduce
Programming Model, Hadoop: Hadoop Fundamentals, Hama and

264 Go to Index
 other Hadoop Related Services
Cloud Application Development Platforms: Xen Hypervisor,
Amazon Web Service, Windows Azure, Google App Engine,
Eucalyptus, Open Stack, Open Nebula
Suggested Books 1. A. T. Velte, Cloud Computing - A Practical Approach, McGraw
Hills
2. P. Wieder and J.M. Butler, Service Level Agreements for
Cloud Computing, Springer
3. C. Buan, Cloud Computing - Web Based Dynamic IT Services,
Springer
4. Tanenbaum and V. Steen, Distributed Systems: Principles
and Paradigms, Pearson
5. David E.Y. Sarna, Implementing and Developing Cloud
Computing Applications, CRC Press
6. R. Krutz and R. D. Vines, Cloud Security, Wiley-India
7. T. White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O’Reilly Media

265 Go to Index
Course Code CS 416/ CS 616
Title of the Course Service Oriented Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any UG Level course on Software Engineering and Computer
Networks
Scope of the course To understand the technical as well as management aspects of
service-oriented systems. Emphasis would be on the most
common realization of service-oriented systems i.e. web-services
Course Syllabus • Introduction: service explosion in the world, independent
services, ‘servitization’ of products
• Service-oriented systems: understanding the ‘register, find,
bind’ triangle, loose coupling, Software-as-a-Service,
Governance issues Practical realization of service-oriented
systems via web services, basics of xml and its use in web-
service implementation, http protocol, utility of web-services
• Basic web services stack: understanding the SOAP protocol,
WSDL, UDDI registry. Implementation of web services using the
basic web services stack
• Representational State Transfer (REST) web services:
implementation of RESTful web services, REST constraints,
comparison of this approach of web-service implementation
with that of the basic web-service stack, advantages and
limitation of RESTful web services
• Service composition: understanding of the concepts of service
orchestration and service choreography, static versus dynamic
service composition, assessment of quality in service
compositions, appropriate service selection for compositions,
role of the customer in service composition

Suggested Books 1. J. Snell, D. Tidwell, P. Kulchenko. Programming Web Services

with SOAP, O’Reilly
2. L. Richardson, S. Ruby, D. H. Hansson. Restful Web Services,
O’Reilly
3. B. A. Christudas, M. Barai, V. Cacello. Service-Oriented
Architecture with Java, Packt Publishing.
266 Go to Index
Course Code CS 417/ CS 617
Title of the Course Cryptography and Network Security
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department/Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, Computer Networks
Scope of the course To understand the basic concepts of cryptography, get
familiarized with encryption and authentication protocols and
look at system level security. We will study block ciphers, stream
ciphers, hash functions and public key cryptography and security
mechanisms in networks and Internet. In the process we will
learn some number theory and algebra.
Course Syllabus Introduction: What is cryptography, classical ciphers,
cryptanalysis.
Shannon's theory: Concept of perfect secrecy, entropy
Symmetric-key Cryptography: Pseudorandomness, Stream
ciphers, Block ciphers, Data Encryption Standards, Advanced
Encryption Standards, Modes of operation
Hash-functions: Data Integrity, Merkle-Damgard construction,
Message Authentication Codes
Number Theory: Euclidean Algorithm, Chinese Remainder
Theorem, Primality Testing algorithms, Factoring algorithms
Public-key Cryptography: RSA, Discrete log problem, Diffie-
Hellman key exchange protocol, Signatures schemes Public key
Infrastructure, Digital certificates
Network Security: Network security at application,Security
issues in electronic mail, IP Security, Web security, transport
layer security and Secure Socket Layer, intrusion detection,
malicious software, viruses, worms and related threats, firewalls,
trusted systems.
Suggested Books Suggested Textbook:
1. D. R. Stinson: Cryptography theory and practices, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press, (2006)
2. W. Stalling: Cryptography and Network security Principles
and Practices, 4th or 5th Edition PHI, 2006/2010
Other References:
1. Menezes, P. Oorschot, S. Vanstone: Handbook of Applied
267 Go to Index
 Cryptography (individual chapters are freely available online
at http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/hac/)
2. J. Katz and Y. Lindell: Introduction to Modern
Cryptography. Chapman & Hall/CRC 2008
3. S. Singh: The Code Book. (A good popular introduction to the
subject)
Other web resources will be posted on the course website from
time to time.

268 Go to Index
Course Code CS 418/ CS 618
Title of the Course Systems and Usable Security
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any UG Level Courses on Operating Systems and Computer Networks
Scope of the course To understand the principles of systems security from an applied
viewpoint and obtain hands-on experience on security threats and
counter-measures. To study operating systems security, advanced
topics on network security, access control and digital rights
management, web security and usable security. After the completion
of the course, the student will have sound understanding of practical
aspects of security and will be able to analyze and design the secure
systems.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Computer Security Concepts, threats, Attacks, and
Assets
Malicious Software: Types of Malicious Software (Malware),
Infected Content–Viruses, Vulnerability Exploit–Worms, Social
Engineering–SPAM E-mail, Trojans, System Corruption, Zombie, Bots,
Information Theft–Keyloggers, Phishing, Spyware, Stealthing–
Backdoors, Rootkits.
Operating System Security: System Security Planning, Application
Security, Linux/Unix Security, Windows Security, Virtualization
Security
Access Control: Access Control Principles, Subjects, Objects, and
Access Rights, UNIX File Access Control, Role-Based Access Control,
Attribute based Access Control.
Database Security: The Need for Database Security, Database
Management Systems, Database Access Control, Statistical Databases,
Private Information Retrieval, Cloud Security.
Digital Rights Management: Multicast security, copyright protection,
Digital Finger printing.
Web Security: Secure E-mail and S/MIME, Domain Keys Identified
Mail, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS),
HTTPS, IPv4 and IPv6 Security, Internet Authentication Applications,
Kerberos, X.509, Public-Key Infrastructure, Federated Identity
Management.
Wireless Security: Wireless Security Overview, IEEE 802.11
Wireless LAN Overview, IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN Security.
269 Go to Index
 Usable Security: Introduction to privacy, trust and semantic security,
Visualizing privacy, Web browser security and privacy,
Authentication and text passwords, biometrics and graphical
passwords.
Suggested Books 1. W. Stallings and L. Brown, Computer Security: Principles and
Practice (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. A. Menezes, P. Oorschot, S. Vanstone: Handbook of Applied
Cryptography (individual chapters are freely available online at
http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/hac/)
Other References:
3. Goodrich and Tamassia, Introduction to Computer Security,
Addison-Wesley, 2010.
4. Kaufman, Perlman and Speciner, Network Security: Private
Communications in a Public World, (2nd edition), Prentice Hall,
2003.

270 Go to Index
Course Code CS 419/ ICS 419/ CS 619
Title of the Course Computer Vision
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the course Objective of this course is to understand and create artificial vision
systems which can reliably extract information from images. Study of
vision problems require the basic understanding of image formation,
image representation, ways of analyzing the images and patterns
present in them. This course aims at providing the knowledge at all
these fronts.
Course Syllabus Digital Image Processing: Fundamentals, Types of Image
Processing, Image Acquisition Methods, Human Perception of Color
and Images, Transformations: Orthogonal, Euclidean, Affine,
Projective etc.
Low-level Image Processing: Image Enhancement in Spatial
Domain – Histogram Processing, Contrast Stretching, Log
Transformation, Gamma Correction, Smoothing and Sharpening;
Logical and Arithmetic Operations, Morphological Image Processing,
Image Enhancement in Frequency Domain, Fourier Transform,
Convolution and Filtering, Image Restoration.
Image Feature Extraction: Edge detection – Canny, Sobel, Prewitt,
LOG, DOG, Line detector: Hough Transform; Corner detectors –
Harris and Hessian Affine; Orientation Histogram, SIFT, SURF, HOG,
GLOH, Scale-Space Analysis – Image Pyramids and Gaussian
derivative filters, Gabor Filters and DWT.
Image Segmentation: Edge Based Approaches to Segmentation,
Region Growing, Texture Segmentation, Object Detection and
Segmentation: Graph-cuts, Active Contours, Mean-Shift.
Object Recognition: Structural Approaches, Model-based
Approaches, Appearance and Shape-based Approaches, Probabilistic
Paradigms.
Pattern Analysis: Clustering: K-Means; Gaussian Mixture Model
(GMM); Classification – Discriminant Function, Supervised, Semi-
supervised, Unsupervised; Classifiers: Bayes, KNN, ANN models;
Dimensionality Reduction: PCA, LDA, ICA; Non-parametric methods.
Motion Analysis: Background Subtraction and Modeling, Optical
Flow, KLT, Spatio-Temporal Analysis.
Applications and Performance Measures: CBIR, CBVR, Activity
Recognition, Biometrics, Document processing, Super-resolution,
Augmented Reality, Security and Surveillance, Performance
Evaluation Measures.

271 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth and J. Ponce,
Pearson Education, 2003. (693 pages), ISBN: 9780130851987.
2. Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Richard Szeliski,
Springer-Verlag, 2011. (832 pages), ISBN: 978-1848829343.
Reference Books
1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E.
Woods, Pearson Education, 2008. (976 Pages), ISBN:
9788131726952.
2. Pattern Classification, R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, Wiley-
Interscience, 2000. (654 pages), ISBN: 978-0471056690.
3. Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Richard Hartley and
Andrew Zisserman, Cambridge University Press, 2004. (668
pages), ISBN: 978-0521540513.
4. Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition, Keinosuke
Fukunaga, Academic Press, 1990. (592 pages), ISBN: 978-
0122698514.

272 Go to Index
Course Code CS 420/ CS 620
Title of the Course Embedded Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Programming knowledge, Computer Architecture, Operating
Systems.
CSE students take these subjects in their I, II and III years.
Scope of the course Embedded systems are becoming more and more ubiquitous and
pervasive in our day to day life. Their applications range from
domestic household appliances, health-care, defense, transportation,
space technology, gaming, infotainment, mobiles, energy generation,
etc.
Research reports1 reveal that 99% of the microprocessors/software
produced annually end up in embedded systems/applications. The
course will focus on software issues in embedded systems. It will
include demonstrations and getting acquainted with 8/16/32-bit
micro-controller and its development environment (starter kits,
appropriate compilers and flashers), interrupt programming,
resource management, and peripheral interfacing & drivers. The
practical part will involve demos and getting started kind of exercises
to show the tangible side of taught concepts.

Course Syllabus 1. Introduction to embedded systems: Embedded vs. General

purpose computer Systems; Abstract Model; computer-plant
interaction and real-time reactive behaviour of embedded control
systems.
2. Sequential and continuous control systems;
3. Basic modeling and implementation techniques for sequential and
continuous control systems - state machines, function blocks and
function block diagrams, which is followed by advanced modelling
techniques for complex systems, such as hierarchical and
concurrent state machines and hybrid models;
4. Real-time operating systems (RTOS), Real-time kernels, Deploying
applications on RTOS/Kernels.
Suggested Books 1. David E. Simon, Embedded Systems Primer, Addison-Wesley,
1999, 020161569X / 9780201615692.
2. Tammy Noergaard, Embedded Systems Architecture: A
Comprehensive Guide for Engineers and Programmers, 2005,
Newnes, ISBN-10: 0750677929, ISBN-13: 978-0750677929 /
9780123821966

273 Go to Index
Course Code CS 422/ CS 622
Title of the Course Numerical Simulation
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Calculus, Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equations,
(for the students) Complex Analysis and Differential Equations, Numerical Methods
Scope of the course Simulation is a useful tool in almost all areas of engineering and
science. This course will introduce computational techniques for
simulating applications from Electrical Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Material Science, Physics, and Operations Research.
Course Syllabus Problem Types: Circuit analysis, structural analysis of automobiles,
analyzing drag force in aircrafts, engine thermal analysis, virtual
environments for computer games, stock option pricing, electrostatic
optimization for biomolecules etc.
Equation Formulation Methods: Stamping, node-branch, and nodal.
Direct and Iterative Matrix Solution: Error analysis, dense and
sparse matrix factorizations, and Krylov methods.
Nonlinear Systems Solution: Multi-dimension Newton, fixed-point
and functional iterations, and continuation schemes.
Numerical Integration and Monte Carlo Methods: Newton-Cotes,
composite quadrature, Gauss quadrature, multiple integrals,
generating samples, random tours, designing and analyzing random
paths.
Discretization Methods for Partial Differential Equations: Finite
difference, finite element, multi-grid, and spectral methods.
Suggested books 1. G. Strang, Computational Science and Engineering, Wellesley-
Cambridge Press (2007).
2. D. Kincaid and W. Cheney, Numerical Methods: Mathematics of
Scientific Computing, Brooks / Cole (2002).
3. Y. Saad, Iterative Methods for Sparse Linear Systems, SIAM
(2003).
4. C. T. Kelley, Solving Nonlinear Equations with Newton's
Method, SIAM (2003).
5. E. L. Allgower and K. Georg, Introduction to Numerical
Continuation Methods, SIAM (2003).
6. G. S. Fishman, Monte Carlo Concepts, Algorithms, and

274 Go to Index
 Applications, Springer (1996).
7. W. L. Briggs, V. E. Henson, and S. F. McCormick, A Multigrid
Tutorial, SIAM (2000).

275 Go to Index
Course Code CS 424
Title of the Course Functional and Logic Programming
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if Computer Programming
any
Scope of the Functional-logic programming integrates most of the features of the
course classical declarative paradigms, namely of functional programming and of
logic programming. From the functional paradigm it inherits named or
anonymous functions, nested expressions, efficient reduction strategies,
higher-order functions, and types. From the logic paradigm it inherits
named relations, logical variables, partial data structures, unification, and
built-in search. Applications include Semantic Web programs over
metadata as well as Web Services that provide logic inferences and/or
functional transformations over XML data.
Course Syllabus Introduction to Functional and Logic Programming: Overview of
Declarative Programming, Basic Notions of Functional Programming, Basic
Notions of Logic Programming, Basic Notions of Functional-Logic
Programming.
Terms in Functional and Logic Programming: Taxonomy of Terms,
Simple Terms, Complex Terms, Term Unification.
Functional and Logic Definition Clauses: Taxonomy and Syntax of
Clauses, Logic Clauses, Functional Clauses, Functional-Logic Clauses.
Higher Order Operations: Function Composition, Compose as a higher
order function, Relational Product as a higher order function.
Case Study: Study of a Functional-Logic Programming Language (e.g.
Relational Functional Markup Language (RFML))
Suggested books 1. J. Kelly, The Essence of Logic, , Prentice-Hall of India, 1997
2. H.B. Enderton, Mathematical Introduction to Logic, Academic Press,
Elsevier, 2001
3. R. Wilensky, Common LISPcraft, W. W. Norton & Co., 1986
4. W.F. Clocksin and C.S. Melish, Programming in Prolog, Springer-
Verlag, 5th Edition, 2004
5. G. Cousineau and M. Mauny, The Functional Approach to
Programming, Cambridge University Press, 1998

276 Go to Index
Course Code CS 425 / CS 625
Title of the Course Natural Language Processing
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science & Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the Course The course is an introductory course in the natural language processing
field. This is meant to get students familiar with the text processing
techniques as well as more advanced techniques for text processing such as
question answering, text summarization, parsing, semantic role labelling,
etc.
Course Syllabus Introduction NLP tasks in syntax, semantics, and pragmatics. Applications
such as information extraction, question answering, and machine
translation. The problem of ambiguity. The role of machine learning. Brief
history of the field. N-gram Language Models The role of language models.
Simple N-gram models. Estimating parameters and smoothing. Evaluating
language models. Part Of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical
syntax. Hidden Markov Models (Forward and Viterbi algorithms and EM
training). Basic Neural Networks Any basic introduction to perceptron and
backpropagation LSTM Recurrent Neural Networks "Understanding LSTM
Networks" optionally the
original paper Long Short Term Memory. Syntactic parsing Grammar
formalisms and treebanks. Efficient parsing for context-free grammars
(CFGs). Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs). Lexicalized
PCFGs. Neural shift-reduce dependency parsing Semantic Analysis Lexical
semantics and word-sense disambiguation. Compositional semantics.
Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing. Information Extraction (IE)
Named entity recognition and relation extraction. IE using sequence
labeling. Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT. Statistical
translation, word alignment, phrase-based translation, and synchronous
grammars.
Suggested Books • D. Jurafsky & J. H. Martin, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson
Education, India : India : 2013 : 9789332518414
• Manning and Schutze, Statistical Natural Language Processing, MIT
Press : Cambridge, MA : 1999 : 0262133601
• J. Allen, Natural Language Understanding, The Benajmins/ Cummings
Publishing Company Inc. :1994 : 0-8053-0334-0
• Y. Goldberg and G. Hirst, Neural Network Methods in Natural
Language Processing, Morgan & Claypool Publishers : 2017.: 978-
1627052986

277 Go to Index
Course code CS 426 / CS 626
Title of the course Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Suitable for UG final/ Grad/ PhD students who studied courses of Discrete
Mathematics, Automata Theory, Programming, Operating Systems
Scope of the course This course aims to introduce the basics of Cyber Physical Systems,
distinguishing characteristics that sets them apart from their other
embedded system incarnations. The essential topics covered would be:
Pnueli's Cactus model, real-time Vs. hybrid Vs. reactive systems, formal
methods for rigorous analysis of CPS, concurrency, distributed algos
(centralised as well as decentralised variants), Disentanglement of their
complex nuances with decentralisation. The emphasis would be from
systems specification, design and formal analysis perspectives.
Course Syllabus 1. Dynamical systems: Continuous Vs Discrete behaviour, Hybrid
behaviour, Reactive Systems, CPS key features, Synchronous Vs.
Asynchronous paradigms.
2. Control routine patterns: Different control cycle actuations, Event/
Time - triggered, Static cyclic scheduling.
3. Scheduling: Realtime Scheduling policies, Rate-monotonic, Deadline-
monotonic, Utilisation-based Schedulability.
4. Kernels: Real-time kernels and Kernel-based system development.
5. Specification languages: State machines (deterministic,
nondeterministic), structural vs behavioural specification
6. Correctness Analysis: Requirements specification via Live, Safe and
Precedence properties, Timed Processes & Protocols, Timed Automata,
Hybrid Automata (Linear vs Non-linear), Mechanised Proof techniques,
Deductive verification, 7. CPS Designs: From various application
domains and CPS Case Studies.
Suggested Books 1. A. Platzer, "Logical Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems", Springer,
Switzerland, ISBN 978-1-4419-8236-0, 2017.
2. E. A. Lee and S. A. Seshia, "Introduction to Embedded Systems: A
Cyber-Physical Systems Approach", Second Edition, MIT Press,
Cambridge (MA, USA), ISBN 978- 0-262-53381-2, 2017.
3. C. Baier and J. P. Katoen, "Principles of Model Checking", MIT Press,
London (UK), ISBN: 9780262026499, 2008.

278 Go to Index
Course code CS 427/ CS 627
Title of the course Advanced Computer Networks
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any Computer Networks (UG Level Course)
Operating Systems (UG Level Course)
Scope of the Course This course will give a background on design principles of
highperformance networking devices like switches and routers. It will
introduce advanced topics and recent trends in Computer Networks like
Software Defined Networking, Data Center Networks, Information Centric
Networking and Future Internet. The Learning outcomes are:
1. Introduce PG/UG students to the recent advances and state-of-theart
Computer Networking topics (Architecture/Protocol/Systems), and
also develop understandings on the future research aspects in
networking to help guide the students towards potential
MTech/MS/PhD work.
2. Provide insights on the principles and design decisions behind
networking aspects, Internet technologies and future research.
3. Expose students to hands-on exercises, work on network simulators
and help them design and implement the networking protocols and
applications.
Course Syllabus High Performance Switching and Routing:
1. IP Address Lookup- Trie-based Algorithms, Hardware Lookup.
2. Quality of Service: Need for Packet Classification, Different
Classification Methods, TCAM based Classification, Differentiated
Service, Traffic Polishing, Traffic Shaping, Packet Scheduling,
Queue Management Techniques.
3. Packet Switching: Switching Overview, Switching Fabric, Buffering
in Switch Fabric, Multiplane and Multistage Switching Network
Softwarization:
1. Software Defined Networking (SDN): Control and Data Plane
Separation. Network Operating System (SDN Controllers), Intent
based Networking (IBN), Southbound Interface (OpenFlow) and
OpenVSwitch.
2. Programmable Networking Devices: P4, Smart Switches, and
SmartNICs.
3. Network Virtualization: VirtIO, SR-IOV, and Network Function
Virtualization (NFV).
Data Centre Networking:
1. Networking Topologies: Fat-Tree, Clos, Leaf-Spine, Docker and
Container Networking Interface (CNIs), Kubernetes. Switching in
Data Centre Networking, Virtual Switches.

279 Go to Index
 2. High-Performance Computing Networks: HPC System
Architectures, HPC Networking Standards, HPC Networking
Software, Low Latency Ethernet (10 GbE, 40 GbE, 100 GbE,
InfiniBand FDR).
Named Data Networking:
Content Distribution on the Internet, Architectures for Information
Centric Networking, Content Naming, Routing and Caching, Security in
Named Data Networking.

Suggested Books 1. High Performance Switches and Routers, H. Jonathan Chao, Bin Liu,
2007, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. ISBN-10: 0-470-05367-4
2. Information-Centric Networks: A New Paradigm for the Internet
(Focus Series in Networks and Telecommunications), Gabriel M. de
Brito, Pedro B. Velloso, Igor M. Moraes, Wiley-ISTE; 1st edition,
2013, ISBN: 9781848214491
3. Information-Centric Networking (ICN): Content Centric
Networking (CCNx) and Named Data Networking (NDN)
Terminology, B. Wissingh, C. Wood, A. Afanasyev, L. Zhang, D. Oran
and C. Tschudin, RFC 8793, June 2020 (All RFCs are free
documents)
4. Software-Defined Networks: A Systems Approach, Peterson,
Cascone, O’Connor, Vachuska, and Davie, Online Free Reference
Book (https://sdn.systemsapproach.org/index.html)
5. Cloud Networking: Understanding Cloud-based Data Centre
Networks, Gary Lee (Author), Morgan Kaufmann (Publisher), 2014,
ISBN-139780128007280
6. Relevant Request for Comments (RFC) -
IETF http://www.ietf.org/rfc.html
7. Research Publications – relevant works will be discussed and
distributed time to time

280 Go to Index
Course code CS 428/ CS 628
Title of the course Algorithmic Graph Theory
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science & Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Data Structures and Algorithms.
Scope of the course This course shall impart basic background on the theoretical concepts of
graph theory. The topics covered shall cover basic concepts and algorithmic
aspects, such as graph representations, terminologies, and properties of
different types of graphs, connectivity properties and algorithms, as well as
some advanced topics, such as graph coloring, matching, planarity, and
spectral graph theory. Undergraduate and postgraduate students shall get
firm foundations in solving real-world problems such as path optimization
problems, and other graph-theoretical problems that are relevant to
theoretical computer science and operations research.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to graphs, trees, and their properties: Graphs,
Representation of Graphs, Various Special Graphs, Walks, Graph
Isomorphism, Spanning Trees, Counting Spanning trees in polynomial
time, Algorithms for minimum weighted spanning trees.
● Matching Algorithms and Cycles in Graphs: Matching, Perfect
matching, Augmenting path algorithm, Bipartite matching algorithm, Hall
Marriage
Theorem, Konig's theorem, Matching in general graphs, Tutte’s Theorem,
Eulerian tour and Seven Bridges problem, Hamiltonian cycles and
Travelling Salesman Problem, Necessary Conditions for Hamiltonian
Graphs, Sufficient Conditions for Hamiltonian Graphs.
● Coloring and Connectivity in graphs: Vertex Coloring, Edge Coloring,
Brook’s theorem, Vizing Conjecture. Vertex and Edge Connectivity,
Vertex- and edge-disjoint paths, testing connectivity, Algorithm for the
cut-vertices, Algorithm
for decomposing connected graph into blocks, Tutte's decomposition,
edge-connectivity, Menger’s Theorem.
● Network Flow Algorithms: Basic concepts on flows and networks, max-
flow min-cut theorem, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm.
● Planarity in graphs: Planar graphs, Euler’s Formula, Outer Planar
Graphs, Kuratowski Theorem, Four Color Theorem.
● Spectral graph theory: Adjacency matrix, Laplacian matrix, Random
regular graphs, Expander graphs, Ramanujan graphs.
● Applications and Case studies: Social Network Analysis, Complex
Network Analysis.

281 Go to Index
Suggested Books ● D. B. West: Introduction to Graph Theory: Pearson Education: India :
2015: 8178088304.
● R. Diestel: Graph Theory: Springer-Verlag: New York: 2000:
0387950141.
● R.B. Bapat: Graphs and matrices: Springer. : London: 2010:
9789380250694.
● Bondy and U. S. R. Murthy: Graph Theory, Graduate Texts In
Mathematics:
Springer : Switzerland: 2008: 978-1-84628-969-9.
● Alan Gibbons : Algorithmic Graph Theory: Cambridge University Press:
1985: 9780521288811.
● T. Cormen and C.E. Leiserson and R.L. Rivest and C. Stein: Introduction to
Algorithms: The MIT Press: Third Edition, Sept 2009, 9780-262-03384-8
● Narsingh Deo: Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and
Computer Science: PHI Learning: 9788120301450

282 Go to Index
Course code CS 630/ CS 430
Title of the course Data Center Networking
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any Students must have knowledge of UG-level computer network courses
and have good programming skills in python and C/C++.
Scope of the Course In this course, students are expected to learn the data center network
architectures, their underlying protocols and understand the
challenges faced in designing a data center.
Course Syllabus • Introduction to network architectures—Edge, Metro and Core
Networks Evolution of Data Center Networks—a switch-centric
DCN, a modular DCN, a wireless DCN, and a hybrid DCN.
• Datacenter architectures and their building blocks—Network
fabric, cross connect design, Server addressing and routing
protocols. Multipath routing. Overview of Software Defined
Networking and Network Function Virtualization.
• State-of-the-art of data center networking architectures—Fat tree,
Helios, VL2, Portland, B-cube, Wavecube etc.
• Datacenter telemetry and resource management—traffic
engineering, congestion control, load balancing and resource
allocation algorithms. Datacenter network performance
enhancement strategies.
• Challenges involved in building a datacenter—cross-connect and
protocol scalability, fault tolerance, security, power etc. Recent
advancements in data centers—hybrid datacenter architectures
etc..
Suggested Books Text Book:

1) Yang Liu, Jogesh K. Muppala, Malathi Veeraraghavan, Dong Lin,

Mounir Hamdi, “Data Center Networks: Topologies, Architectures
and Fault-Tolerance Characteristics,” Springer, 2013: ISBN-
9783319019482.

Reference books:
1) Guo, D. “Data center networking: Network topologies and
traffic management in large-scale data centers,” Singapore,
Springer, 2022: ISBN—9789811693687.
2) M. Arregoces and M. Portolani, “Data Center Fundamentals,”
Cisco Press, 2004: ISBN—1587050234.
3) L. Zhang and L. Chen, “Cloud Data Center Network Architectures
and Technologies,” CRC Press, 2021: ISBN—9780367695705

283 Go to Index
4) J. Donovan and K. Prabhu, “Building the Network of the Future:
Getting Smarter, Faster, and More Flexible with a Software
Centric Approach (100 Cases),” CRC Press, 2017: ISBN—
9781138631526

284 Go to Index
Course Code CS 632/ CS 432
Title of the Course Reinforcement Learning
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Students should have good understanding of linear algebra, probability and
statistics, knowledge of algorithm design and analysis, and proficiency in
programming.
Scope of the Course • Learning the basic theory of reinforcement learning.
• Understanding a range of reinforcement learning algorithms with their
strengths and limitations.
• Formulation of reinforcement learning problems for different
applications.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Types of machine learning approaches: supervised,
unsupervised, reinforcement; Elements of reinforcement learning: agent,
environment, policy, reward and value functions
Multi-armed bandits: Sequential decision making: exploration and
exploitation; bandit problem solution: greedy, optimistic-greedy, and
epsilon-greedy algorithms; Upper confidence bound bandit algorithm.
Markov Processes: Markov property, Markov chains, Markov reward
process, Markov decision process (MDP), Bellman expectation equation,
optimal value function, optimal policy, Bellman optimality equation.
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming for MDP, iterative policy
evaluation, policy improvement, policy and value iteration.
Monte Carlo Methods: Model free reinforcement learning, Monte Carlo
policy evaluation and estimation of action values, on- and off-policy
Temporal-Difference Learning: Temporal-Difference (TD) prediction,
TD(0), TD(1), TD(λ), TD control methods: SARSA, Q-Learning and variants.
Function Approximation Methods: Risk minimization, eligibility trace for
function approximation, value function approximation (VFA), Monte Carlo
learning and TD learning for policy evaluation with linear VFA.
Policy Gradients: Policy gradient methods, policy search methods,
gradient-free methods, finite difference methods, likelihood ratio policy
gradient, bias and variance in reinforcement learning, actor-critic methods.
Suggested Books: Text Book:
1. R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, “Reinforcement Learning - An
Introduction”, MIT Press, Cambridge, USA, 1998, ISBN-13: 978-
0262193986
Reference Books:
2. P. Winder, “Reinforcement Learning: Industrial Applications of
Intelligent Agents”, O'Reilly Media, Inc, USA, 2020, ISBN-13:978-
1098114831
3. K. P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, The
MIT Press, Cambridge, USA, 2012, ISBN-13: 978-0262018029
285 Go to Index
4. I. Gridin, “Practical Deep Reinforcement Learning with Python”, BPB
Publication, India, 2022, ISBN-13: 978-9355512055.

286 Go to Index
Course Code CS 334/ CS 434/ CS 634
Title of the Course Wireless Networks and Applications
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Students must have knowledge of UG-level computer network courses
and have
good programming skills in python and C/C++.
Scope of the Course This course covers a broad range of wireless networking standards
including 5G/6G, and reviews important wireless network application
areas. This course will provide a basic understanding and working of
wireless networks to the students.
Course Syllabus • Introduction to wireless networks. An overview of layered
architecture, addressing and forwarding in LANs and IP networks
from a wireless perspective.
• IEEE 802.11—Physical Layer Standards, Diversity & Rake Receivers,
Spread Spectrum, Multicarrier Modulation and Orthogonal Frequency
Division Multiplexing (802.11a and 802.11g). Wireless channel
characteristics.
• Overview of wireless MAC protocols and management functions.
Enhancements to support quality of service (802.11e). Overview of
cellular standards GSM, GPRS, CDMA, LTE, 5G/6G and Mobility.
• Wireless in today's Internet—TCP over wireless, IEEE 802.11
architecture, IAPP (Inter Access Point Protocol), LoRaWAN,
6LoWPAN. Overview of wireless Ad-hoc networks.
Suggested Books: Textbook:
1. C. Beard and W. Stallings, “Wireless Communication Networks and
Systems,” Pearson, first edition, 2015, ISBN: 9780133594171.

Reference Books:
2. D. Tse, P. Viswanath, “Fundamentals of Wireless Communication,”
Cambridge University Press, 2005, ISBN: 0521845270.
3. Y. C. Eldar, A. Goldsmith, D. Gündüz, “Machine Learning and Wireless
Communications,” Cambridge University Press, 2022, ISBN:
1108832989.
4. Savo Glisic, “Advanced Wireless Networks: Technology and
Business Models,” Wiley, 2016: ISBN—9788126565016.
5. J. Geier, “Designing and Deploying 802.11 Wireless Networks: A
Practical
Guide to Implementing 802.11n and 802.11ac Wireless Networks
For Enterprise-Based Applications (Networking Technology),”
Cisco press, 2015: ISBN—9781587144301.

287 Go to Index
Course Code CS 451 [From AY 2010-11 to 2013-14]
Title of the Course Soft Computing Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Experiments to support the associated theory course that
demonstrate the different applications of soft computing to
Optimization; Functional approximation; Time-series prediction;
Pattern recognition; Data compression; Control applications.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course CS 401: Soft Computing

288 Go to Index
Course Code CS 452 [CS 359 from AY 2015-16 onwards]
Title of the Course Parallel computing Lab [From AY 2010-11 to 2013-14]
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Computer Programming
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Experiments to support the associated theory course.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course CS 402: Parallel
Computing

289 Go to Index
Course Code CS 334/ CS 434/ CS 634
Title of the Course Wireless Networks and Applications
Credit Structure L-T-P Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Students must have knowledge of UG-level computer network
courses and have
good programming skills in python and C/C++.
Scope of the Course This course covers a broad range of wireless networking
standards including 5G/6G, and reviews important wireless
network application
areas. This course will provide a basic understanding and
working of wireless networks to the students.
Course outcome The students will learn about the new generation network
technologies.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to wireless networks. An overview of layered
architecture, addressing and forwarding in LANs and IP
networks from a wireless perspective.
● IEEE 802.11 Physical Layer Standards, Diversity and Rake
Receivers, Spread Spectrum, Multicarrier Modulation and
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (802.11a and
802.11g). Wireless channel characteristics.
● Overview of wireless MAC protocols and
management functions. Enhancements to support quality of
service (802.11e). Overview of cellular standards GSM, GPRS,
CDMA, LTE, 5G/6G and Mobility. Wireless in today's
Internet TCP over wireless, IEEE 802.11 architecture,
IAPP (Inter Access Point Protocol), LoRaWAN,
● 6LoWPAN. Overview of wireless Ad-hoc
networks.
Suggested Books: Textbook:
1. C. Beard and W. Stallings, Wireless Communication
Networks and Systems, Pearson, first edition, 2015, ISBN:
9780133594171.
Reference Books:
2. D. Tse, P. Viswanath, Fundamentals of Wireless
Communication, Cambridge University Press, 2005, ISBN:
0521845270.
3. Y. C. Eldar, A. Goldsmith, D. Gündüz, Machine Learning
and Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press,
2022, ISBN: 1108832989.
4. Savo Glisic, Advanced Wireless Networks: Technology and
Business Models, Wiley, 2016. ISBN: 9788126565016.
5. J. Geier, Designing and Deploying 802.11 Wireless

290 Go to Index
Networks: A Practical Guide to Implement 802.11n and
802.11ac Wireless Networks For Enterprise-based
Applications (Networking Technology), Cisco press, 2015.
ISBN: 9781587144301.

291 Go to Index
292 Go to Index
Course Code CS 401 / CS 601 (From AY 2024-25 onwards)
Title of the Soft Computing
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Prerequisite, if Discrete Mathematical Structures, Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
any Computational Intelligence
Scope of the After having basic knowledge of artificial intelligence related to neural,
Course fuzzy and evolutionary approaches, advancements in different areas are to
be covered with working in a specific domain. This is by taking a case study
to come up with the implementation and results.
Course outcome The students will learn the theoretical and practical concepts of soft
computing, hybrid intelligent systems, adaptation and applications of novel
systems.
Course Syllabus ● Review on Mathematical and theoretical methods on soft
computing: Neural networks. RBF structures. Self- organizing
networks and methods. Fuzzy logic. Support vector machines and
kernel methods. Evolutionary algorithms.
● Hybrid Intelligent Systems: Neuro-fuzzy systems. Neuro-
Genetic systems, Evolving neural systems. Neuro-swarm. Hybridization
with novel computing paradigms: Quantum computing, DNA
computing, membrane computing. Neural dynamic logic and other
methods, etc.
● Learning and adaptation for novel systems: Adaptive systems.
Imitation learning. Reconfigurable systems. Supervised, unsupervised,
Semi-supervised, reinforcement and statistical algorithms.
Stability and convergence analysis.
● Applications: Image and signal processing. Ambient intelligence.
process control, and manufacturing. Biometry and bioinformatics.
Data mining. Internet modeling, communication and networking.
Intelligent systems in education. Human robot interaction. Time
series analysis and prediction etc.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. R. Jang and Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Softcomputing: A
Computational Approach to Learning and machine Intelligence,
Pearson, 1996. ISBN: 978-0132610667
2. R. John and Ralph Birkenhead, SoftComputing Techniques and
Applications (Advances in Intelligent and Softcomputing),
Springer-Verlag, 2000. ISBN: 978-3790812572
Reference books:
3. F.O. Karray, C. W. De Silva, SoftComputing and Intelligent System
Design: Theory, Tools and Applications, Addison Wesley; 2009. ISBN:
978-8131723241.

293 Go to Index
Course code CS 403/ CS 603
Title of the Machine Learning
course
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the
Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if Artificial Intelligence/Computational Intelligence
any
● This course provides a broad introduction to machine learning,
datamining, and statistical pattern recognition. Topics include
supervised learning, unsupervised learning, best practices in machine
learning
● The course will also draw from numerous case studies and
Objective(s)
applications, so that the candidate’s alos can learn how to apply
learning algorithms to build different intelligent systems.
Course Outcome The students will learn the basics of ML and its application.
● Introduction, Machine Learning and AI, Motivations for Studying ML,
● Supervised and Unsupervised learning, Linear prediction, Maximum
likelihood Regularizers, basis functions and cross-validation,
Optimisation,
Course Syllabus
● Linear and Logistic Regression, Gaussian Discriminant Analysis,
Support Vector Machines, Decision Trees, Neural networks
architectures and its advances, Ensemble Methods, Clustering, Naive
Bayes, Bayesian Statistics, K-Means, Gaussian Mixture Models, Learning
Theory, Model Selection.
Texbooks:
1. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,
Heidelberg, 2006. ISBN: 978-0-387-31073-2
2. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw
Suggested Books
Hill, 1997 (new chapters on line, 2006), New York, 1997. ISBN: 978-
0071154673
Reference books:
3. Duda, Hart and Stork, Pattern Classification (2nd ed.), Wiley
Interscience, US, 2000. ISBN: 978-8126511167

294 Go to Index
Course Code CS 406 / CS 606
Title of the Course Data Mining and Data Warehousing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Basics of Data Base and Information Systems
Objective(s) The course will cover the advanced concepts of data mining and
warehousing

Course outcome The students will learn the data warehousing and technologies, and data
mining.

Course Syllabus ● Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology: Data warehousing

Definition, usage and trends, Data marts, Metadata,
Multidimensional data model, Data cubes, Schemas for
Multidimensional Database: stars, snowflakes and fact
constellations, Data warehouse architecture, OLTP and OLAP,
types of OLAP servers: ROLAP, MOLAP, 3- Tier data warehouse
architecture, Data warehouse implementation, computation of data
cubes, indexing OLAP data, processing OLAP queries.
● Data Mining: Data mining definition and task, data preprocessing,
data mining functionalities: Characterization and Discrimination,
Mining frequent patterns, Frequent itemset mining methods,
associations, and Correlations, Classification and Predictions, Cluster
Analysis, Outlier Analysis, Evolution Analysis
● Mining complex data objects: Spatial databases, Multimedia
databases, Time series and Sequence data, mining Text Databases
and mining Word Wide Web, Applications and Trends in Data Mining
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques,
Elsevier Publication, 2011. ISBN: 978-9380931913
Reference books:
2. M. H. Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced
Topics, Pearson Education, 2006. ISBN: 978-8177587852

295 Go to Index
Course Code CS 407
Title of the Course Peripherals and Interfaces
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre requisite, if any Computer Architecture
Objective(s) This course deals with the various aspects of hardware software
interfacing with peripherals and associated devices. The course covers the
fundamentals of various peripheral devices, its programming through
assembly language and architecture. Further, it provides the an avenue for
learning concepts of microprocessors, microcontrollers, interrupts and
memory access mechanisms.
Course outcome The students will learn the concepts of
● interfacing techniques with hardwares and softwares
● designing the interface hardware
Course Syllabus ● Basics of Microprocessor: Design, Memory Subsystems, System
Resources, Types and Interrupt handling, 8085 Architecture and
its programming, 8086
● Architecture and its programming, DMA channel, I/O port
addresses. I/O buses, Local bus, DMA controller, PCI, ADC/DAC
interfacing with microcontrollers/microprocessors.
● GPUs, USB, Bluetooth, 8255 interfacing, RAID. Video Hardware, Video
display technologies,
● Introduction to serial communication, 8253/8254 programmable
timer and interval counter.
● I/O Interfaces, USB Basic and Driver model Testing of serial and
parallel port, USB mouse/keyboard interfaces.
● Interrupt Controller, Video/Graphics of Modern Desktop Board,
Concepts of Network Interface Card, Design and Integration of
Peripheral devices to a computer system as a Case Study.
Suggested books Textbooks:
1. Douglas V. Hall. Microprocessor and Interfacing: Programming
and Hardware. McGraw Hill Inc., 1991. ISBN: 978-0070257429
2. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming
and Application with the 8085, Penram Int. Pub., 2013. ISBN: 978-
8187972884
Reference books:
3. Stuart R. Ball. Analog Interfacing to Embedded
Microprocessors, Elsevier, 2003. ISBN: 9780080469973

296 Go to Index
Course Code CS 409 / CS 609
Title of the Advanced Topics in Database Management Systems
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Department of Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if Data Structures and Algorithms and Database and Information
any Systems
Objective(s) The course will cover the advanced topics on database management and
security aspects.

Course outcome The students will learn the advanced topics of data base management

Course Syllabus ● Advanced Data Models: Enhanced Relational System, Object-

Oriented Data Model, Spatial and Temporal Databases, Multimedia
Databases.
● Query Processing and Optimization: Query Interpretation and
Equivalence Expressions, Cost Estimate in Query Optimization, Semantic
Query Optimization.
● Transaction Processing and Concurrency Control: Properties of
Transactions, Schedules and Serializability of Schedules, Transaction
Failures and Recoverability, High Performance Transaction Systems.
Distributed Databases: Design of Distributed Databases, Distributed
Query Processing, Deadlock Handling, Concurrency Control and
Recovery.
● Database Security and Authorization: Database Security Issues, Security
and Integrity Violations, Multilevel Security, Discretionary and Mandatory
Access Control, Statistical Database Security.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. R. Elmasri and S. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th
Edition, Pearson, 2015. ISBN: 978-0133970777
2. H. F. Korth and A. Silberschatz, Database System Concepts, McGraw Hill
Inc., 2019. ISBN: 9780078022159
Reference books:
3. C. Zaniolo, S. Ceri, C. Faloutsos, R. T. Snodgrass, V.S. Subrahmanian,
R. Zicari, Advanced Database Systems, Morgan Kauffmann, 1997. ISBN:
978-1558604438

297 Go to Index
Course Code CS 410
Title of the Course Genetic Algorithms
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Department of Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if any Optimization Algorithms and Techniques
Objective(s) The course will cover the topics on genetic algorithms

Course outcome The students will learn the concepts of genetic algorithms

Course Syllabus ● Evolutionary Computations: Biological background, Canonical

GA
● framework, Basic Terminologies, Formulation of Optimization
problems into GA framework.
● Variations of GAs: Binary Coded GAs and its variations such
as Micro GA, Messy GA, Greedy GA etc., Real Coded GAs,
Permutation Encoding GA etc.
● GA operators: Selection, Reproduction, Crossover, Mutation etc.
Convergence criteria, Mathematical Construction of Genetic
Operators, Schema Theorem of John Holland.
● Advanced Operators and Techniques in GA: Diploidy and
Multiploidy, Inversion and Reordering, Niche and Speciation,
Segregation and Translocation.
● Multi-Objective GAs: Non Pareto and Pareto-based GAs, MOGA,
NSGA, Niched Pareto Genetic Algorithm.
● Practice of GA with some real-life problems and GA
Programming: Traveling Salesman Problem, Word Matching
problem, Topological Planning in Wireless Network,
Placement and Routing problem in VLSI Design, Image
Processing and Pattern Recognition.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms in Search , Optimization and
Machine Learning, Pearson Education, 2000. ISBN: 978-
0201157673
2. K. Deb, Multi-Objective Optimization using Evolutionary
Algorithms, John-Wiley and Sons, Ltd. Chichester, 2010. ISBN:
978-8126528042
Reference books:
3. T. Back, David B.
Fogel, Z. Michalewicz, Handbook of
Evolutionary Computation, Oxford University Press, 1999. ISBN:
978-0750308953
4. M. Mitchell, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms (3rd Ed)
Bradford Book, 1998. ISBN: 978-0262631853

298 Go to Index
Course code CS 411 / CS 611
Title of the course Advanced Algorithms
Course Category Institute Elective
Credit Structure 2-0-2-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Data Structures and Algorithms and Design and Analysis of Algorithms and TOC
This course will introduce the advanced concepts of data structures and
Objective(s)
algorithm design
Course Outcomes Students will advanced concepts of data structures and algorithm design
● Advanced data Structures: Binomial heaps and Fibonacci heaps, Red-Black tree,
Splay tree, van Emde Boas Priority Queues.
● String Algorithms: Rabin-Karp Fingerprinting Algorithm, KMP algorithm, Suffix
Tries.
● Computational Geometry: Convex Hull. Line-segment Intersection. Sweep Lines.
Course Syllabus Voronoi Diagrams
● Flow Algorithms: Augmenting Paths and Push-Relabel Methods, Max-flow Min-
cut Theorem, Minimum Cost Flows, Bipartite Matching.
● Linear Programming: Linear Programming Duality, Interior Point method
● Complexity Theory and Approximation Algorithms: Counting number of
spanning trees vs. perfect matching, NPC, Approximation Algorithms
Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-203-4007-7
Reference books:
Suggested Books
1. Ravindra Ahuja, Thomas Magnanti, and James Orlin, Network Flows: Theory,
Algorithms, and Applications, (Pearson), 1993, ISBN: 978-0136175490
2. Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, Algorithm Design, Pearson, 2005, ISBN 0-321-
29535-8

299 Go to Index
Course Code CS 412/ CS 612
Title of the Pattern Recognition
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if Basics of probability theory, Programming
any
Objective(s) This course aim to cover the basic concepts for analyzing patterns and
their preprocessing techniques. It also aims to give exposure to various
learning algorithms and their applications to various real life applications.
Course outcome The students will learn basic concepts for analyzing patterns and their
preprocessing techniques
Course Syllabus ● Basics of pattern recognition: Definitions, data sets for pattern
recognition, representations of patterns and classes, metric and non-
metric proximity measures, feature extraction, statistical and syntactic
pattern recognition
● Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers, discriminant functions,
decision surfaces, normal density and discriminant functions, discrete
features
● Parameter estimation methods: Maximum-
likelihood estimation, expectation-maximization method, Bayesian
estimation, Gaussian mixture models
● Non-parametric techniques: Density estimation using Parzen-
window method, K-nearest neighbor method, nearest neighbor
classifier
● Dimension reduction methods:
Lineardiscriminant analysis
(LDA), principal component analysis (PCA)
● Linear discriminant function based classifiers: Perceptron,
support vector machines (SVM)
● Non-metric methods for pattern classification: Non-numeric data
or nominal data decision trees
● Unsupervised learning and clustering: Criterion functions for
clustering, algorithms for clustering: K-means, Hierarchical and other
methods, Cluster validation
● Applications: Biometrics recognition, handwriting recognition,
document recognition, multimedia data retrieval, speech recognition,
data mining, web searching, network traffic analysis etc.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork, Pattern Classification, John
Wiley, 2007. ISBN: 978-8126511167
2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed.,

300 Go to Index
 Academic Press, 2009. ISBN: 978-1597492720
Reference books:
3. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning,
Springer, 2016. ISBN: 978-1-4939-3843-8

301 Go to Index
Course Code CS 414/ CS 614
Title of the Cloud Computing and Applications
Course
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if UG level courses on Operating Systems, Computer Architecture and
any Computer Networks
Scope of the ● To study the technology behind the cloud computing methodology.
Course ● Further, with the exponential growth in Cloud computing services, there
is a need to understand the various issues that affect the different
stakeholders of Cloud computing.
Course outcome The students will learn basic concepts cloud computing, cloud-based services,
and SLA.
Course Syllabus ● History of Cloud Computing: Paradigms in Computing, Parallel Computing,
Distributed Computing, Grid Computing, Service Computing; Service
Oriented Architecture (SOA), Web Services
● Cloud Computing: Definition, Characteristics, Architecture, Components,
Service Models, Deployment Models,
● Virtualization: Server, Storage, Network, Desktop; Hypervisor, Virtual
Machine, Multi- tenancy, Opportunities and Risks
● Service Level Agreement (SLA): Definition, Types of SLA, SLA Life Cycle,
Issues Related to Cloud SLA, SLA Frameworks: WS- Agreement, WSLA,
WSOL, Slang, Bilateral Protocol; Translation of SLAs into Monitoring
Specifications, Dynamic Creation of Monitoring Infrastructures, Penalty
Management, Runtime Prediction
● Cloud Security: Cloud Security Fundamentals, Vulnerability Assessment,
Security and Privacy in Cloud, Cloud Computing Security Architecture: Identity
Management and Access Control, Autonomic Security; VM Specific Security
Techniques
● Cloud Application Programming Models: Cloud File Systems: GFS and HDFS,
BigTable, HBase and Dynamo; Map Reduce Programming Model, Hadoop:
Hadoop Fundamentals, Hama and other Hadoop Related Services
● Cloud Application Development Platforms: Xen Hypervisor, Amazon
Web Service, Windows Azure, Google App Engine, Eucalyptus, Open
Stack, Open Nebula
Suggested Textbooks:
Books 1. A. T. Velte, Cloud Computing - A Practical Approach, McGraw Hills, 2017.
ISBN: 978-0070683518
2. P. Wieder and J.M. Butler, Service Level Agreements for Cloud Computing,
Springer, 2011. ISBN: 978-1461416135
Reference books:
3. C. Buan, Cloud Computing - Web Based Dynamic IT Services, Springer,
2011. ISBN: 978-3642209161

302 Go to Index
4. Tanenbaum and V. Steen, Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms,
Pearson, 2016. ISBN: 978-1530281756

5. David E.Y. Sarna, Implementing and Developing Cloud Computing

Applications, CRC Press, 2010. ISBN: 978-1439830826
6. R. Krutz and R. D. Vines, Cloud Security, Wiley, 2010. ISBN: 978-
0470589878
7. T. White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O’Reilly Media, 2009. ISBN:
9780596521974

303 Go to Index
Course Code CS 416/ CS 616
Title of the Course Service Oriented Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre requisite, if any UG Level course on Software Engineering and Computer Networks
Objective(s) ● To understand the technical as well as management aspects of service-
oriented systems.
● Emphasis would be on the most common realization of service-oriented
systems i.e. web-services
Course outcome The students will learn the basic functionalities of service oriented systems.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction: service explosion in the world, independent services,
‘servitization’ of products
● Service-oriented systems: understanding the ‘register, find, bind’
triangle, loose coupling, Software-as-a-Service, Governance issues Practical
realization of service-oriented systems via web services, basics of xml and its
use in web-service implementation, http protocol, utility of web-
services
● Basic web services stack: understanding the SOAP protocol, WSDL, UDDI
registry. Implementation of web services using the basic web services stack
● Representational State Transfer (REST) web services: implementation of
RESTful web services, REST constraints, comparison of this approach of web-
service implementation with that of the basic web-service stack, advantages
and limitation of RESTful web services
● Service composition: understanding of the concepts of service orchestration
and service choreography, static versus dynamic service composition,
assessment of quality in service compositions, appropriate service selection
for compositions, role of the customer in service composition
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. J. Snell, D. Tidwell, P. Kulchenko. Programming Web Services with SOAP,
O’Reilly, 2001. ISBN: 9780596000950
2. L. Richardson, S. Ruby, D. H. Hansson. RESTful Web Services, O’Reilly,
2007. ISBN: 9780596529260
Reference books:
3. B. A. Christudas, M. Barai,V. Cacello, Service-Oriented Architecture with
Java, Packt Publishing, 2008. ISBN: 978-1847193216

304 Go to Index
Course Code CS 418/ CS 618
Title of the Systems and Usable Security
Course
L-T- P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre requisite, if UG Level Courses on Operating Systems and Computer Networks
any
● To understand the principles of systems security from an applied
viewpoint and obtain hands-on experience on security threats and
counter-measures.
Objective(s)
● To study operating systems security, advanced topics on network
security, access control and digital rights management, web security
and usable security.
The student will have sound understanding of practical aspects of security
Course outcome
and will be able to analyze and design the secure systems.
● Introduction: Computer Security Concepts, threats, Attacks, and Assets
● Malicious Software: Types of Malicious Software (Malware), Infected
Content Viruses, Vulnerability Exploit Worms, Social Engineering
SPAM E-mail, Trojans, System Corruption, Zombie, Bots, Information
Theft Keyloggers, Phishing, Spyware, Stealthing Backdoors, Rootkits.
● Operating System Security: System Security Planning, Application
Security, Linux/Unix Security, Windows Security, Virtualization Security
● Access Control: Access Control Principles, Subjects, Objects, and
Access Rights, UNIX File Access Control, Role-Based Access Control,
Attribute based Access Control.
● Database Security: The Need for Database Security, Database
Management Systems, Database Access Control, Statistical Databases,
Course Syllabus Private Information Retrieval, Cloud Security.
● Digital Rights Management: Multicast security, copyright protection,
Digital Fingerprinting.
● Web Security: Secure E-mail and S/MIME, Domain Keys Identified Mail,
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS),
HTTPS, IPv4 and IPv6 Security, Internet Authentication Applications,
Kerberos, X.509, Public-Key Infrastructure, Federated Identity
Management.
● Wireless Security: Wireless Security Overview, IEEE 802.11 Wireless
LAN Overview, IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN Security.
● Usable Security: Introduction to privacy, trust and semantic security,
Visualizing privacy, Web browser security and privacy, Authentication
and text passwords, biometrics and graphical passwords.

305 Go to Index
 Textbooks:
1. W. Stallings and L. Brown, Computer Security: Principles and Practice
(2nd Edition), Prentice Hall, 2011. ISBN: 978-0132775069
2. A. Menezes, P. Oorschot, S. Vanstone, Handbook of Applied
Cryptography, Jaypee medical, 1996. ISBN: 978-0849385230
Suggested Books Reference books:
3. Goodrich and Tamassia, Introduction to Computer Security, Addison-
Wesley, 2011. ISBN: 978-0321512949.
4. Kaufman, Perlman, and Speciner, Network Security: Private
Communication in a Public World, (2nd edition), Prentice Hall, 2003.
ISBN: 978-0130460196

306 Go to Index
Course Code CS 420/ CS 620
Title of the Course Embedded Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre requisite, if any Programming knowledge, Computer Architecture, Operating Systems.
Objective(s) ● The course will focus on software issues in embedded systems.
● It will include demonstrations and getting acquainted with 8/16/32-
bit micro-controller and its development environment, interrupt
programming, resource management, and peripheral interfacing and
drivers.
● The practical part will involve demos and getting started kind of
exercises to show the tangible side of taught concepts.
Course oucome The students will learn the basics of embedded systems and its
implementation.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to embedded systems: Embedded vs. General purpose
computer Systems; Abstract Model; computer-plant interaction and
real-time reactive behaviour of embedded control systems.
● Sequential and continuous control systems;
● Basic modeling and implementation techniques for sequential and
continuous control systems - state machines, function blocks and
function block diagrams, which is followed by advanced modelling
techniques for complex systems, such as hierarchical and concurrent
state machines and hybrid models;
● Real-time operating systems (RTOS), Real-time kernels, Deploying
applications on RTOS/Kernels.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. David E. Simon, Embedded Systems Primer, Addison-Wesley,
1999, ISBN: 9780201615692.
Reference books:
2. T. Noergaard, Embedded Systems Architecture: A Comprehensive
Guide for Engineers and Programmers, Newnes, 2005. ISBN: 978-
0750677929

307 Go to Index
Course Code CS 422/ CS 622
Title of the Course Numerical Simulation
L-T- P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Calculus, Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equations,
Pre requisite, if any
Complex Analysis and Differential Equations, Numerical Methods
● Simulation is a useful tool in almost all areas of engineering and
science.
Objective(s) ● This course will introduce computational techniques for simulating
applications from Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Material Science, Physics, and Operations Research.
● Problem Types: Circuit analysis, structural analysis of
automobiles,
● analyzing drag force in aircrafts, engine thermal analysis, virtual
environments for computer games, stock option pricing,
electrostatic optimization for biomolecules etc.
● Equation Formulation Methods: Stamping, node-branch, and
nodal.
● Direct and Iterative Matrix Solution: Error analysis, dense and
Course Syllabus sparse matrix factorizations, and Krylov methods.
● Nonlinear Systems Solution: Multi-dimension Newton, fixed-
point and functional iterations, and continuation schemes.
● Numerical Integration and Monte Carlo Methods: Newton-
Cotes, composite quadrature, Gauss quadrature, multiple integrals,
generating samples, random tours, designing and analyzing random
paths.
● Discretization Methods for Partial Differential Equations: Finite
difference, finite element, multi-grid, and spectral methods.
Textbooks:
1. G. Strang, Computational Science and Engineering, Wellesley-
Cambridge Press, 2007. ISBN: 978-0961408817
2. D. Kincaid and W. Cheney, Numerical Methods: Mathematics of
Scientific Computing, Brooks / Cole, 2007. ISBN: 978-
0495114758
3. Y. Saad, Iterative Methods for Sparse Linear Systems, SIAM,
Suggested books
2003. ISBN: 978-0898715347
4. C. T. Kelley, Solving Nonlinear Equations with Newton's
Method, SIAM, 2003. ISBN: 978-0898715460
Reference books:
5. E. L. Allgower and K. Georg, Introduction to Numerical
Continuation Methods, SIAM, 2003. ISBN: 978-0-89871-544-6
6. G. S. Fishman, Monte Carlo Concepts, Algorithms, and
308 Go to Index
 Applications, Springer, 1996. ISBN: 978-0387945279
7. W. L. Briggs, V. E. Henson, and S. F. McCormick, A Multigrid
Tutorial, SIAM, 2000. ISBN: 978-0-89871-950-5

309 Go to Index
Course Code CS 424
Title of the Course Functional and Logic Programming
L-T- P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the concerned
Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Prerequisite, if any Computer Programming
● Functional-logic programming integrates most of the features of
the classical declarative paradigms, namely of functional
programming and of logic programming.
● From the functional paradigm it inherits named or anonymous
Objective(s) functions, nested expressions, efficient reduction strategies,
higher-order functions, and types.
● From the logic paradigm it inherits named relations, logical
variables, partial data structures, unification, and built-in search.
● Introduction to Functional and Logic Programming:
Overview of Declarative Programming, Basic Notions of
Functional Programming, Basic Notions of Logic Programming,
Basic Notions of Functional-Logic Programming.
● Terms in Functional and Logic Programming: Taxonomy of
Terms, Simple Terms, Complex Terms, Term Unification.
● Functional and Logic Definition Clauses: Taxonomy and
Course Syllabus Syntax of Clauses, Logic Clauses, Functional Clauses, Functional-
Logic Clauses.
● Higher Order Operations: Function Composition, Compose as a
higher order function, Relational Product as a higher order
function.
● Case Study: Study of a Functional-Logic Programming Language
(e.g. Relational Functional Markup Language (RFML))
Textbooks:
1. J. Kelly, The Essence of Logic, Prentice-Hall of India, 1997.
ISBN: 978-0133963755
2. H.B. Enderton, Mathematical Introduction to Logic,
Academic Press, Elsevier, 2001. ISBN: 9780122384523
Reference books:
Suggested books 3. R. Wilensky, Common LISPcraft, W. W. Norton and Co., 1986.
ISBN: 978-0393955446
4. W. F. Clocksin and C.S. Melish, Programming in Prolog,
Springer- Verlag, 2012. ISBN: 978-3540006787
5. G. Cousineau and M. Mauny, The Functional Approach to
Programming, Cambridge University Press, 1998. ISBN: 978-
0521571838

310 Go to Index
Course code CS 425 / CS 625
Title of the course Natural Language Processing
Course Category Departmental Elective / Institute Elective
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Familiarity with basic data structures and algorithms, ML concepts will
Pre-requisite, if any
help, though not necessary.
The course is an introductory course in the natural language processing
field. This is meant to get students familiar with the text processing
Objective(s) techniques as well as more advanced techniques for text processing such
as question answering, text summarization, parsing, semantic role
labelling, etc.
The students will learn:
● Basics of text processing and NLP
Course Outcome
● Tokenization, lemmatization, word-embedding
● Applications of NLP to solve real-world problems.
● Introduction NLP tasks in syntax, semantics, and pragmatics.
Applications such as information extraction, question answering, and
machine translation. The problem of ambiguity. The role of machine
learning. A brief history of the field.
● N-gram Language Models The role of language models. Simple N-
gram models. Estimating parameters and smoothing. Evaluating
language models. Part Of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling.
Hidden Markov Models (Forward and Viterbi algorithms and EM
training).
Course Syllabus
● Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks. Efficient
parsing for context-free grammars (CFGs). Statistical parsing and
probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs). Lexicalized PCFGs.
● Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation
extraction. IE using sequence labeling. word-sense disambiguation.
Semantic Role Labeling.
● Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT. Statistical translation,
word alignment, phrase-based translation, and synchronous
grammar. Advanced Concepts: Conversational Systems, chatbots.

311 Go to Index
 Textbooks:
1. D. Jurafsky and J. H. Martin, Speech and Language Processing,
Pearson Education, 2014. ISBN 9780133252934.
2. Manning and Schutze, Statistical Natural Language Processing,
MIT Press, 1999, ISBN 0262133601
Suggested Books Reference books:
3. J. Allen, Natural Language Understanding, Pearson, 1994, ISBN:
978-0805303346
4. Y. Goldberg and G. Hirst, Neural Network Methods in Natural
Language Processing, Morgan and Claypool Publishers, 2017.
ISBN: 978-1627052986

312 Go to Index
Course code CS 426 / CS 626

Title of the course Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematics, Automata Theory, Programming, Operating
Systems
Objective(s) ● This course aims to introduce the basics of Cyber Physical Systems,
distinguishing characteristics that sets them apart from their other
embedded system incarnations.
● The emphasis would be from systems specification, design and
formal analysis perspectives.
Course outcome The students will learn the basics of cyber-physical systems
Course Syllabus ● Dynamical systems: Continuous Vs Discrete behaviour, Hybrid
behaviour, Reactive Systems, CPS key features, Synchronous Vs.
Asynchronous paradigms.
● Control routine patterns: Different control cycle actuations,
Event/ Time -triggered, Static cyclic scheduling.
● Scheduling: Realtime Scheduling policies, Rate-monotonic,
Deadline- monotonic, Utilisation-based Schedulability.
● Kernels: Real-time kernels and Kernel-based system development.
● Specification languages: State machines (deterministic,
nondeterministic), structural vs behavioural specification
● Correctness Analysis: Requirements specification via Live,
Safe and Precedence properties, Timed Processes and Protocols,
Timed Automata, Hybrid Automata (Linear vs Non-linear),
Mechanised Proof techniques, Deductive verification, 7. CPS
Designs: From various application domains and CPS Case Studies.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. Platzer, Logical Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems, Springer,
Switzerland, 2017. ISBN 978-1-4419-8236-0
2. E. A. Lee and S. A. Seshia, Introduction to Embedded Systems: A
Cyber-Physical Systems Approach, Second Edition, MIT Press,
Cambridge, 2017. ISBN 978- 0-262-53381-2
Reference books:
3. C. Baier and J. P. Katoen, Principles of Model Checking, MIT Press,
London, 2008. ISBN: 9780262026499

313 Go to Index
Course code CS 427/ CS 627
Title of the
Advanced Computer Networks
course
L-T-P Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if
Computer Networks and Operating Systems
any
● This course will give a background on design principles of
highperformance networking devices like switches and routers.
Scope of the
● It will introduce advanced topics and recent trends in Computer
Course
Networks like Software Defined Networking, Data Center Networks,
Information Centric Networking and Future Internet.
● Introduce PG/UG students to the recent advances and state-of-the art
Computer Networking topics and develop understandings on the
future research aspects in networking to help guide the students
towards potential MTech/MS/PhD work.
Course outcome ● Provide insights on the principles and design decisions behind
networking aspects, Internet technologies and future research.
● Expose students to hands-on exercises, work on network simulators
and help them design and implement the networking protocols
and applications.
● High Performance Switching and Routing: IP Address Lookup- Trie-
based Algorithms, Hardware Lookup. Quality of Service – Need for
Packet Classification, Different Classification Methods, TCAM based
Classification, Differentiated Service, Traffic Polishing, Traffic Shaping,
Packet Scheduling, Queue Management Techniques.Packet Switching:
Switching Overview, Switching Fabric, Buffering in Switch Fabric,
Multiplane and Multistage Switching Network
● Softwarization: Software Defined Networking (SDN): Control
and Data Plane Separation. Network Operating System (SDN
Controllers), Intent based Networking (IBN), Southbound Interface
Course Syllabus (OpenFlow) and OpenVSwitch. Programmable Networking Devices,
Network Virtualization: VirtIO, SR-IOV, and Network Function
Virtualization (NFV).
● Data Centre Networking: Networking Topologies: Fat-Tree, Clos,
Leaf-Spine, Docker and Container Networking Interface (CNIs),
Kubernetes. Switching in Data Centre Networking, Virtual Switches.
High-Performance Computing Networks: HPC System Architectures,
HPC Networking Standards, HPC Networking Software, Low Latency
Ethernet (10 GbE, 40 GbE, 100 GbE, InfiniBand FDR).
● Named Data Networking: Content Distribution on the Internet,
Architectures for Information Centric Networking, Content Naming,

314 Go to Index
 Routing and Caching, Security in Named Data Networking.
Textbooks:
1. H. J. Chao, B. Liu, High Performance Switches and Routers, John
Wiley and Sons, Inc, 2007. ISBN-10: 0-470-05367-4
2. G. M. de Brito, P. B. Velloso, and I. M. Moraes, Information-Centric
Networks: A New Paradigm for the Internet, Wiley-ISTE, 2013,
Suggested Books
ISBN: 9781848214491
Reference books:
3. Gary Lee, Cloud Networking: Understanding Cloud-based Data
Centre Networks, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014. ISBN:
139780128007280

315 Go to Index
Course code CS 428/ CS 628
Title of the course Algorithmic Graph Theory
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematical Structures, Data Structures and
Algorithms.
Objective(s) ● This course shall impart basic background on the theoretical
concepts of graph theory.
● The topics covered shall cover basic concepts and algorithmic
aspects, such as graph representations, terminologies, and
properties of different types of graphs, connectivity properties
and algorithms, as well as some advanced topics, such as
graph coloring, matching, planarity, and spectral graph
theory.
Course outcome The students will get firm foundations in solving real-world
problems such as path optimization problems, and other graph-
theoretical problems that are relevant to theoretical computer
science and operations research.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to graphs, trees, and their properties:
Graphs, Representation of Graphs, Various Special Graphs,
Walks, Graph Isomorphism, Spanning Trees, Counting
Spanning trees in polynomial time, Algorithms for minimum
weighted spanning trees.
● Matching Algorithms and Cycles in Graphs: Matching,
Perfect matching, Augmenting path algorithm, Bipartite
matching algorithm, Hall Marriage
● The Eulerian tour and Seven Bridges problem, Hamiltonian
cycles and Travelling Salesman Problem, Necessary Conditions
for Hamiltonian Graphs, Sufficient Conditions for Hamiltonian
Graphs.
● Coloring and Connectivity in graphs: Vertex Coloring, Edge
Coloring, Brook’s theorem, Vizing Conjecture. Vertex and Edge
Connectivity, Vertex- and edge-disjoint paths, testing
connectivity, Algorithm for the cut-vertices, Algorithm for
decomposing connected graph into blocks, Tutte's
decomposition, edgec-onnectivity, Menger’s Theorem.
● Network Flow Algorithms: Basic concepts on flows and
networks, max- flow min-cut theorem, Ford-Fulkerson
algorithm.
● Planarity in graphs: Planar graphs, Euler’s Formula, Outer
Planar Graphs, Kuratowski Theorem, Four Color Theorem.
● Spectral graph theory: Adjacency matrix, Laplacian
matrix, Random regular graphs, Expander graphs,
316 Go to Index
 Ramanujan graphs.
● Applications and Case studies: Social Network Analysis,
Complex
● Network Analysis.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. B. West, Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson
Education, 2015. ISBN: 8178088304.
2. R. Diestel, Graph Theory, Springer-Verlag, 2000. ISBN:
0387950141.
3. R.B. Bapat, Graphs and matrices, Springer, 2010. ISBN:
9789380250694.
Reference books:
4. Bondy and U. S. R. Murthy, Graph Theory, Graduate Texts
In Mathematics, Springer, 2008. ISBN: 978-1-84628-969-
9.
5. Alan Gibbons, Algorithmic Graph Theory, Cambridge
University Press, 1985. ISBN: 9780521288811.
6. T. Cormen and C.E. Leiserson and R.L. Rivest and C. Stein,
Introduction to Algorithms, The MIT Press, 2009. ISBN:
9780-262-03384-8
7. N. Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering
and Computer Science, PHI Learning, 1979. ISBN:
9788120301450

317 Go to Index
Course code CS 430/ CS 630
Title of the course Data Center Networking
Credit Structure L-T-P- Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned Department
Pre-requisite if any Students must have knowledge of UG-level computer network
courses and have good programming skills in python and C/C++.
Scope of the Course In this course, students are expected to learn the data center
network architectures, their underlying protocols and understand
the challenges faced in designing a data center.
Course outocme The students will learn the data center network architectures,
their underlying protocols.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to network architectures Edge, Metro and
Core Networks Evolution of Data Center Networks a switch-
centric DCN, a modular DCN, a wireless DCN, and a hybrid DCN.
● Datacenter architectures and their building blocks
Network fabric, cross connect design, Server addressing and
routing protocols. Multipath routing. Overview of Software
Defined Networking and Network Function Virtualization.
● State-of-the-art of data center networking architectures Fat
tree, Helios, VL2, Portland, B-cube, Wavecube etc.
● Datacenter telemetry and resource management traffic
engineering, congestion control, load balancing and resource
allocation algorithms. Datacenter network performance
enhancement strategies.
● Challenges involved in building a datacenter cross-connect
and protocol scalability, fault tolerance, security, power etc.
Recent advancements in data centers hybrid datacenter
architectures etc..
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. Y. Liu, J. K. Muppala, M. Veeraraghavan, D. Lin, and M. Hamdi,
Data Center Networks: Topologies, Architectures and
FaultTolerance Characteristics, Springer, 2013. ISBN:
9783319019482.
Reference books:
2. Guo, D. Data center
networking: Network topologies and traffic management in
large-scale data centers, Singapore, Springer, 2022. ISBN:
9789811693687.
3. M. Arregoces and M.
Portolani, Data Center Fundamentals, Cisco Press, 2004.
ISBN: 1587050234.
4. L. Zhang and L. Chen, Cloud
Data Center Network Architectures and Technologies, CRC
318 Go to Index
 Press, 2021. ISBN: 9780367695705
5. J. Donovan and K. Prabhu,
Building the Network of the Future: Getting Smarter, Faster,
and More Flexible with a Software Centric Approach (100
Cases), CRC Press, 2017. ISBN: 9781138631526

319 Go to Index
Course Code CS 432/ CS 632

Title of the Course Reinforcement Learning

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-0-2-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Linear algebra, probability and statistics, knowledge of algorithm
design and analysis, and proficiency in programming.
Scope of the Course • Learning the basic theory of reinforcement learning.
• Understanding a range of reinforcement learning algorithms
with their strengths and limitations.
• Formulation of reinforcement learning
problems for different applications.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction: Types of machine learning approaches:
supervised, unsupervised, reinforcement; Elements of
reinforcement learning: agent, environment, policy, reward and
value functions
● Multi-armed bandits: Sequential decision making:
exploration and exploitation; bandit problem solution:
greedy, optimistic-greedy, and epsilon-greedy algorithms;
Upper confidence bound bandit algorithm. Markov Processes:
Markov property, Markov chains, Markov reward process,
Markov decision process (MDP), Bellman expectation equation,
optimal value function, optimal policy, Bellman optimality
equation. Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming for
MDP, iterative policy evaluation, policy improvement, policy and
value iteration.
● Monte Carlo Methods: Model free reinforcement learning,
Monte Carlo policy evaluation and estimation of action values,
on- and off-policy
● Temporal-Difference Learning: Temporal-Difference (TD)
prediction, TD(0), TD(1), TD(λ), TD control methods: SARSA,
Q-Learning and variants.
● Function Approximation Methods: Risk minimization,
eligibility trace for function approximation, value function
approximation (VFA), Monte Carlo learning and TD learning for
policy evaluation with linear VFA.
● Policy Gradients: Policy gradient methods, policy search
methods, gradient-free methods, finite difference methods,
likelihood ratio policy gradient, bias and variance in
reinforcement learning, actor-critic methods.
Suggested Books: Textbooks:
1. R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto,
Reinforcement Learning - An Introduction, MIT Press,
Cambridge, 1998. ISBN: 978-0262193986
Reference Books:

320 Go to Index
2. P. Winder, Reinforcement Learning: Industrial
Applications of Intelligent Agents, O'Reilly Media, Inc,
2020. ISBN: 978-1098114831
3. K. P. Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective,
The MIT Press, 2012. ISBN: 978-0262018029
4. I. Gridin, Practical Deep Reinforcement Learning with
Python, BPB Publication, 2022. ISBN: 978-9355512055

321 Go to Index
Course code CS 435/ CS 635
Title of the
Deep Learning
course
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline
Pre-requisite, if
Linear algebra, probability, optimization
any
● This is an introductory course in the field of deep learning.
Objective(s)
● The course will cover latest advancement in the field of deep learning.
Course outcome The students will learn the basics of deep learning and its applications.
● History of Deep Learning, Deep Learning Success Stories
● McCulloch Pitts Neuron, Thresholding Logic, Perceptrons, Perceptron
Learning Algorithm. Multilayer Perceptrons (MLPs), Representation
Power of MLPs, Sigmoid Neurons, Gradient Descent, Feedforward Neural
Networks. FeedForward Neural Networks, Backpropagation. Gradient
Descent (GD), Momentum Based GD, Nesterov Accelerated GD, Stochastic
GD, AdaGrad, RMSProp.
● Autoencoders and relation to PCA, Regularization in autoencoders,
Course Syllabus Denoising autoencoders, Sparse autoencoders, Contractive autoencoders.
Regularization: Bias Variance Tradeo , L2 regularization, Early stopping,
Dataset augmentation, Parameter sharing and tying.
● Greedy Layerwise Pre-training, Better activation functions, Better weight
initialization methods, Batch Normalization. Convolutional Neural
Networks, LeNet, AlexNet, ZF-Net, VGGNet, GoogLeNet, ResNet. Learning
Vectorial Representations of Words. Recurrent Neural Networks,
Backpropagation through time. Encoder Decoder Models, Attention
Mechanism.
Textbooks:
1. Ian Goodfellow,Yoshua Bengio, and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning,
MIT Press, 2016. ISBN: 978-0262035613
2. Li Deng and Dong Yu, Deep Learning Methods and Applications, NOW
Suggested Publishers, 2014. ISBN : 978-1601988140
Books Reference books:
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook,
Springer, 2018. ISBN: 978-3319944623
4. Eugene Charniak, Introduction to Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2019.
ISBN: 978-0262039512

322 Go to Index
Course Code CS 438/ CS 638
Title of the Course Network Softwarization and Management
Course Category Departmental Elective
L-T-P–Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the
Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any Knowledge of Computer Networks
This course will take a retrospective look at how network
softwarization evolved in the past decade, discuss its current promises,
Course Objective
enablers, and challenges, and finally speculate what direction it will
take in the future.
Students will get an idea of how modern telecom networks are
Course Outcomes being softwarized and also understand the key design principles
and obstacles in the process through hands-on experience.
● Turmoil in the telecom industry: need for network softwarization,
Service provider network design, Architecture of forwarding
elements, Ethernet evolution: Carrier Ethernet, IP/MPLS
networks and traffic engineering, Segment routing.
● Software-defined networking (SDN), SD-WANs, SDN architectures
in optical and data-center networks, Data-plane programmability,
Network Virtualization – VXLAN and NVGRE, SDN experiments.
● Network Function Virtualization (NFV): vision and obstacles,
Edge/Cloud-native networking, Application of virtualization in
designing next-generation cellular networks (5G and beyond) –
Course Content vRANs, Network slicing.
● Modern network management paradigms, OpenConfig, AI-
assisted network management, Self-driving and Zero-touch
networking, Network digital twins, Measurements in softwarized
networks.
● Impact of softwarization on core, edge, and access networks,
Verification/debugging of softwarized networks,
Availability/Reliability and security challenges, Rise of the open-
source ecosystem, Softwarization status of a few service provider
networks.
Textbooks:
1. J. Donovan and K. Prabhu, Building the Network of the Future,
Getting Smarter, Faster, and More Flexible with a Software
Centric Approach, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2017, ISBN: 978-
1138631526
2. W. Stallings, Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV,
Suggested Books
QoE, IoT, and Cloud, Pearson Education, 2016, ISBN: 978-
9332573864
Reference books:
3. G. Varghese and J. Xu, Network Algorithmics An
Interdisciplinary Approach to Designing Fast Networked
Devices, Morgan Kaufmann, 2022. ISBN: 978-0128099278
323 Go to Index
Course code CS 440/640
Title of the course Distributed Network Algorithms
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Discrete Mathematics, Data Structures and Algorithms, Design and
Analysis of Algorithms
● This course will cover the fundamentals of distributed
network algorithms.
● With the rise and evolving characteristics of Internet and
blockchain systems, along with paradigm shift from single
processor computing to multi-processor computing, it is
Course objective
imperative to understand the fundamentals of distributed
network algorithms.
● The students will gain knowledge of computation mechanisms
of distributed systems, and how they are different from the
computation theory of single processor computation.
● Students will be able to model a distributed computing
problem and design algorithm to address the problem. They
will also be able to prove the correctness of the algorithm and
Course outcome
analyse its complexity.
● They will also be able to design and analyse distributed
algorithms for real-life distributed systems.
● Models: Distributed network models, Performance of
distributed algorithms: complexity measures: time complexity,
message complexity.
● Distributed Broadcast, Shortest Path and Tree Algorithms:
Broadcast, Lower bound for broadcast, Tree Broadcast,
Convergecast on tree, Upcast, Downcast, Constructing a BFS
Tree, Information spreading, A global distributed shortest path
algorithm, Distributed Bellman Ford algorithm.
● Leader Election and Distributed Consensus: Leader
Course Syllabus election in ring network, Leader election in a complete
network, Leader election in general distributed network,
Consensus in synchronous and asynchronous distributed
system, Consensus under fault, Byzantine generals problem,
Paxos algorithm.
● Local Symmetry Breaking: Maximum independent set,
Coloring, Deterministic symmetry breaking,
● Minimum Spanning Tree: Gallagar-Humblet-Spira (GHS)
algorithm, Pipeline Algorithm, Garay-Kutten-Peleg (GKP)
Algorithm
Textbooks:
Suggested Boo 1. D. Peleg, Distributed Computing A Locality Sensitive
Approach, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics,

324 Go to Index
 2000. ISBN: 978-0898714647
2. N. Lynch, Distributed Algorithms, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
1996, ISBN: 978-1558603486
Reference books:
3. M. Singhal and N. G. Shivaratri, Advanced Concepts in Operating
Systems, McGraw Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 978-0070472686

325 Go to Index
Course code CS 442
Title of the course Generative AI
Course Category Department Elective
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Machine Learning
● This course is designed to provide an overview of Generative
AI.
Objective(s)
● Gain foundational knowledge of LLMs, practical skills, and a
functional understanding of how generative AI works.
● Students will dive into the latest research on Generative AI to
understand how companies are creating value with cutting-edge
Course Outcomes technology.
● They will learn the best practices of prompt engineering and fine-
tuning LLMs.
● Machine Learning Basics: Classification and regression, supervised,
unsupervised, and self-supervised.
● Introduction to the large language model (LLMs), large vision models
(LVM), large speech model ( LSM).
● Prompt Engineering: In-context learning, types of prompting一 chain of
Course Content
thoughts, tree-of thoughts, Retrieval-augmented generation.
● LLM Fine-Tuning一Need for fine-tuning, instruction fine-tuning and
parameter efficient fine-tuning
● Building App with LLMs, Benchmarking the LLMs, Security and Legal
implications.
Textbooks:
1. J. Alammar and M. Grootendorst, Hands-On Large Language Models,
O'Reilly Media Inc., 2024. ISBN: 9781098150969 (In Print)
Suggested Books Reference books:
2. S. Kublik, and S. Saboo, GPT-3: Building Innovative NLP Products
Using Large Language Models, O'Reilly Media, 2023. ISBN: 978-
1098113629

326 Go to Index
Course Code CS 444/ CS 644
Title of the Course Advanced Blockchain
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Prerequisite if any Discrete Mathematics, Data Structure and Algorithms
Course Objective This course will offer in-depth understanding of theoretical
underpinnings, applications, best practices and research activities in
the domain of Blockchain.
Course Outcomes Students will develop a clear understanding of state-of-the-art
Blockchain Technology, open research challenges and future directions.
Course Content ● Introduction to Blockchain Stacks and its layers, synchronous
model and the Dolev-Strong protocol for Byzantine broadcast,
asynchronous, partially synchronous model, PBFT, Tendermint
and Hotstuff protocol
● Deep Dive into Bitcoin, Longest Chain consensus and Formal
security guarantees of Proof-of-Work, Selfish Mining Attack and
Incentive Compatibility
● Longest Chain vs Byzantine Fault Tolerance, Ouroboros,
Ouroboros-Praos, Algorand, Availability - Finality Dilemma &
Finality Gadgets
● Security and Privacy in Blockchain, Introduction to Monero and
ZCash
● Scalability in Blockchain: Lightning Network, Sidechains,
Rollups, Sharding
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. R. Wattenhofer, Blockchain Science: Distributed Ledger
Technology. Inverted Forest Publishing, 2019, ISBN:
9781793471734
2. A. Narayanan, J. Bonneau, E. Felten, A. Miller, and S. Goldfeder.
Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive
introduction. Princeton University Press, 2016. ISBN:
9780691171692
3. V. Gramoili, Blockchain Scalability and its Foundations in
Distributed Systems, Springer, 2022. ISBN 978-3-031-12577-
5
Reference books:
4. Serhack, Mastering Monero: The future of Private
transactions, 2018, ISBN: 978-1731079961
5. A. M. Antonopoulos, O. Osuntokun, and R. Pickhardt,
Mastering the lightning network, O'Reilly Media, Inc., 2021,
ISBN: 9781492054863
327 Go to Index
Course code CS 446/ CS 646

Title of the course Blockchain for Responsible Computing

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the concerned Computer Science & Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Programming and Basic knowledge of Software Engineering

Course objective ● To understand trust and accountability stack with blockchain

technology.
● To understand the ethical and societal implications of blockchain’s
features.
● To explore and understand the responsible computing practices
with blockchain.

Course outcome Students gain implementing skills with applied blockchain tech for
the needed responsibility computing. Students will explore the
blockchain fabric as distributed technology to enhance trust,
transparency and accountability across domains.

Course Syllabus ● Centralized vs Decentralized Computing, Local vs Distributed

systems, On premises vs cloud instances, Foundations of
Blockchain, Decentralized ledger, Consensus
● Privacy and data protection Considerations in Blockchain,
Challenges in Blockchain, Smart contracts, Protection against
fraud and cyber-vulnerabilities
● Blockchain and Sustainable Development Goals, Blockchain in
Supply Chain/I4.0/Health Applications -Trust brokerage,
Traceability, transparency, and responsible sourcing_
Ethical/privacy and fairness considerations
● Blockchain development, Creating and deploying smart contracts,
Debugging and security testing, Responsible coding practices in
blockchain
● Regulatory and Legal Considerations with Blockchain, Compliance
with legal requirements of the land, Case Studies and Industry
Trends, Real projects guidelines

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. SK H. Islam, A. Kumar Pal, D. Samanta, S. Bhattacharyya,
Blockchain Technology for Emerging Applications, Elsevier,
2022. ISBN: 9780323901949
2. A. Lipton and A. Treccani, Blockchain And Distributed Ledgers :
Mathematics, Technology, And Economics, World Scientific
Publishing Co Pte Ltd, 2021. ISBN: 978-9811221514
Reference books:
3. I. Bashir, Mastering Blockchain, Packt Publishing, 2020. ISBN:
978-1839213199

328 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Electrical Engineering Courses

329 Go to Index
Course code EE 201

Title of the course Network Theory

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - C (2-1-0-3)

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Familiarization with the analysis of various electrical devices

Course Objectives
and circuits.

Foundation for electric circuit analysis using various

Course Outcomes
approaches

• Graphs of networks; current and voltage spaces of graphs

and their representations: incidence, cutset and circuit
matrices; Tellegen’s Theorem.
• Formal study of methods of analysis such as nodal, modified
nodal, cutset, loop analysis for linear networks.
Course Content
• Multiport representation for networks with particular
emphasis on 2-ports. Time domain analysis of R, L, M, C,
controlled sources, networks using state space methods.
• Introduction to s-domain methods.

Text Books
1. O. Wing, Classical Circuit Theory, Springer, 2009, ISBN:
0387097392.
2. S. Ghosh, Network Theory: Analysis and Synthesis,
1stedition, Prentice Hall of India, 2005, ISBN:
8120326385.
Suggested Books
Reference Books
3. N. Balabanian and T. A. Bickart, Linear Network Theory:
Analysis, Properties 1st edition, Design and Synthesis,
Weber Systems, 1981, ISBN: 091646010X.
4. L. O. Chua, C. A. Desoer, and E. S. Kuh, Linear and
Nonlinear Circuits 1st edition, McGraw - Hill
International Edition, 1987, ISBN: 0070108986.

330 Go to Index
Course Code EE 202
Title of the Course Signals and Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Continuous-time signals and systems: signal characteristics;
common signals; properties of continuous-time systems.

Continuous linear time-invariant systems: impulse response;

convolution; linear constant-coefficient differential equations.
Fourier series, Fourier transform; Laplace transform; system analysis;
frequency response; analog filters.
State-space analysis for continuous-time systems
Discrete-time signals and systems
Discrete-time LTI systems: convolution; difference equations.
Sampling

Suggested Books 1. R.F. Ziemer, W.H. Tranter, and D.R. Fannin, Signals and Systems:
Continuous and Discrete (4th Edition), Prentice Hall, 1998.
2. A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky, and I.T. Young, Signals and Systems,
Prentice Hall, 1983.
3. B.P. Lathi, Signal Processing and Linear Systems, Oxford
University Press, 1998.

331 Go to Index
Course code EE 202N

Title of the course Signals and Systems

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives • To be familiar with time and frequency domain

representations of signals and linear systems
• To understand the inter-relation between time and
frequency domains
• To develop mathematical skills in order to analyze
signals and systems based on transform techniques

Course Outcomes Knowledge of time and frequency domains and analysis and
processing techniques for signals and systems.

Course Content • Continuous-time and discrete-time signals and

systems: signal characteristics, common signals,
properties of continuous-time systems and discrete-time
systems.
• Continuous and discrete linear time-invariant
systems: impulse response, convolution, linear constant-
coefficient differential equations and difference equations.
• Signal transforms: Fourier series, Fourier transform,
Laplace transform, analysis of signals and systems using
transforms.
• Sampling: Sampling theorem, sampling techniques,
reconstruction of signals.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. R. F. Ziemer, W.H. Tranter, and D. R. Fannin: Signals and
Systems: Continuous and Discrete, 4th edition, Prentice
Hall: 1998: 978134964560.
2. A. V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky, and I. T. Young: Signals
and Systems Prentice Hall: 1983: 9780138097318.
Reference Books
3. B. P. Lathi: Signal Processing and Linear Systems:
Oxford University Press: 1998: 9780198062288.

332 Go to Index
Course code EE 203

Title of the course Electronic Devices

Course Category Department Core Course

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Fundamentals on different electronic devices and their

Course Objectives
operational principles

• Knowledge of semiconductor devices and different types of

diodes
Course Outcomes
• Working of diodes, transistors, and their various
applications

• Modeling devices: Static characteristics of ideal two terminal

and three terminal devices; Small signal models of non-linear
devices.

• Introduction to semiconductor equations and carrier

statistics: Poisson's and continuity equations, Fermi-Dirac
statistics and Boltzmann approximation to the Fermi-Dirac
statistics.

• Semiconductor Diodes: Barrier formation in metal-

semiconductor junctions, PN homo- and hetero- junctions; CV
characteristics and dopant profiling; IV characteristics; Small
Course Content signal models of diodes; Some Applications of diodes.

• Field Effect Devices: JFET/HFET, MIS structures and MOSFET

operation; JFET characteristics and small signal models; MOS
capacitor CV and concept of accumulation, depletion and
inversion; MOSFET characteristics and small signal models.

• Bipolar transistors: IV characteristics and Ebers-Moll model;

small signal models; Charge storage and transient response.

• Discrete transistor amplifiers: Common emitter and common

source amplifiers; Emitter and source followers.

333 Go to Index
 Text Books

1. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, Third

edition, McGraw Hill, 2002, ISBN: 0071231129.

2. E. S. Yang, Microelectronic Devices, 1st edition, McGraw

Hill, 1988, ISBN: 0071003746.

3. B. G. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th edition,

Prentice Hall of India, 2006, ISBN: 812033020X.

Suggested books Reference Books

4. J. Millman and A. Grabel, Microelectronics, 2nd edition,

McGraw Hill, International, 2017, ISBN: 0074637363.

5. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 8th

edition, Oxford University Press, 2020, ISBN: 978-
01908534646.

6. R.T. Howe and C.G. Sodini, Microelectronics: An integrated

Approach, Prentice Hall International, 1996, ISBN:
0135885183.

334 Go to Index
Course code EE 204

Title of the course Analog Circuits

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives Learn and understand the working of the various types of
operational amplifier circuits and analyze their performance.

Course Outcomes • Understand the basics of operational amplifier circuits,

different types of circuits – working and analysis
• Analysis and design of operational amplifier circuits for
the given specifications

Course Content • Introduction to operational amplifiers: The difference

amplifier and the ideal operational amplifier models,
concept of negative feedback and virtual short; Analysis
of simple operational amplifier circuits; Frequency
response of amplifiers, Bode plots.

• Feedback: Feedback topologies and analysis for discrete

transistor amplifiers; stability of feedback circuits using
Barkhausen criteria.

• Linear applications of operational amplifiers:

Instrumentation and Isolation amplifiers; Current and
voltage sources; Active filters.

• Non-linear applications of operational amplifiers:

Comparators, clippers and clampers; Linearization
amplifiers; Precision rectifiers; Logarithmic amplifiers,
multifunction circuits and true RMS convertors.

• Waveform Generation: Sinusoidal feedback oscillators;

Relaxation oscillators, square-triangle oscillators.

• Real operational amplifiers: Current sources and active

335 Go to Index
 loads, difference, intermediate and output stages
including Miller capacitors for frequency computation;
Operational amplifier parameters; Effects of real
operational amplifier parameters on circuit performance.

• Analog and Digital interface circuits: A/D, D/A

Converters, S/H circuits and multiplexers.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. S. Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and

Analog Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th
edition, 2016: 9352601947.

2. J. V. Wait, L.P. Huelsman and GA Korn, Introduction to

Operational Amplifier theory and applications,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1991: 0070677700.

3. J. Millman and A. Grabel, Microelectronics, 2nd edition,

McGraw Hill, 2017: 0074637363.

Reference Books

4. P. Horowitz and W. Hill, The Art of Electronics, 3th

edition, Cambridge University Press, 2015: 0521685001.

5. A. S. Sedra and K.C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 8th

edition, Oxford University Press, 2020: 978-0190853464.

6. R. Paul, G. Robert, G. Meyer, Analysis and Design of

Analog Integrated Circuits, 5th edition, Wiley, 2015:
0470245999.

336 Go to Index
Course Code EE 205
Title of the Course Introduction to Electrical Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Steady state AC circuit analysis, Phasors, 3 phase circuits, Magnetic
circuits and Mutual inductance, Transformers, DC machines,
Induction machines (single and three phase), Synchronous
machines, Introduction to Power Engineering.
Suggested Books 1. Wildi, Electric Machines, Drives and Power Systems, Pearson
Education Singapore, 2007.
2. V. Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Prentice
Hall, 1989.
3. A. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, S. Umans, Electric Machinery, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. I.J. Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill,
India. 1988.
5. P.C. Sen, Principles of Electrical Machines and Power
Electronics, John Wiley and Sons 1989.

337 Go to Index
Course Code EE 206
Title of the Course Electrical Machines and Power Electronics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Operating characteristics of power semi-conductor devices,
principle of operation of single and three phase AC-DC line
commutated converters.
Principle of operation DC-DC (buck, boost, buck-boost, cuk, fly-back
and forward) converters, Introduction to unity power factor
converters.
Principle of operation single phase and 3-phase DC-AC converters,
PWM techniques.
Review of principles of operation of DC, induction and synchronous
machines.
Operating Characteristics of DC and AC machines, Speed control of
DC and induction motors.
Suggested Books 1. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications,
Wiley India, 2009.
2. P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power
Electronics (2nd Edition), John Wiley & Sons-1996.
3. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and
Applications, Third Edition, Prentice-Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi-2004.
4. G.K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives (2nd Edition),
Narosa Publishing House, 2007.

338 Go to Index
EE 207

Electric Machines

Department Core Course

L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3

Electrical Engineering

None

Introduction to the construction and working principles of various

Electrical Machines

• Foundation for Electrical Machines and three-phase systems

• Analysis of the various types of Electrical machines

• 3-phase circuits: Types of Connections, Power definitions and

Measurements, Basics of Unbalanced 3-Phase Circuits.
• Review of Magnetic circuits and Mutual inductance, Electro-
mechanical Energy Conversion principles.
• Transformers: Construction and principle, Equivalent circuit,
Efficiency and Voltage Regulation, Basics of Three Phase
Transformer.
• DC machines: Construction and Principle of DC Generator, DC
Motor, operating characteristics, speed control of DC motors.
• Three Phase Induction Motor: Construction, Principle, Equivalent
Circuit, operating characteristics Efficiency, Speed Control
• Introduction to Synchronous machines – generators and motors,
Special Machines.

Text Books
1. T. Wildi, Electric Machines, Drives and Power Systems, 6th
edition, Pearson Education, 2013, ISBN: 933251853X.
2. I. J. Nagrath, and D. P. Kothari, Electric Machines, 5th edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, India, 2017, ISBN: 935260640X.
3. A. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, and S. Umans, Electric Machinery, 7th
edition, McGraw Hill – Indian Edition, 2020, ISBN: 9389949661.
Reference Books
4. A. Hughes, B. Drury, Electric Motors and Drives:
Fundamentals, Types and Applications, 5th edition, Newnes,
2019, ISBN: 978-0081026151.
5. S. J. Chapman, Electric Machinery Fundamentals, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill Education,2017, ISBN: 978-0071070522.
6. P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power
Electronics, 2nd edition, Wiley 2007, ISBN: 978-8126511013

339 Go to Index
Course Code EE 208

Title of the Course Digital Systems

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Review of basic combinational and sequential logic, Review of
digital electronics,
Digital Logic Families: TTL, CMOS etc.,
Number systems and basic digital arithmetic,
Finite State Machine Design, Analysis and Synthesis,
Introduction to Hardware Description Language,
Array based logic elements (Memory, PLA, FPGA),
Special Topics (such as processor design, testing and verification,
special digital systems, asynchronous state machines etc.)
Suggested Books 1. J.F. Wakerly, Digital Design, Principles and Practices (4th
Edition), Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Charles H Roth, Digital Systems Design using VHDL, Thomson
Learning, 1998.
3. H. Taub and D. Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics,
McGraw Hill, 1977.
4. D.A. Hodges and H.G. Jackson, Analysis and Design of Digital
Integrated Circuits (International Student Edition), McGraw
Hill, 1983.
5. F.J. Hill and G.L. Peterson, Switching Theory and Logic Design,
John Wiley, 1981.
6. Z. Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, McGraw
Hill, 1970.

340 Go to Index
Course code EE 209

Title of the course Digital Systems

Course Category Department Core Course

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Gain knowledge of different logic families and digital electronic

Course Objectives
concepts

• Foundations of different logic families and logic elements

Course Outcomes • Familiarization with different hardware description
languages

• Basic combinational and sequential logic circuits, Digital

Electronic fundamentals,
• Digital Logic Families: TTL, CMOS etc.,
• Number systems and basic digital arithmetic,
• Finite State Machine Design, Analysis and Synthesis,
Course Content
• Introduction to Hardware Description Language,
• Array based logic elements (Memory, PLA, FPGA),
• Special Topics (such as processor design, testing and
verification, special digital systems, asynchronous state
machines etc.)

Text Books

1. J. F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles and Practices, 4th

edition, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN: 8131713660.
2. C. H. Roth, Digital Systems Design using VHDL, 1st edition,
CL Engineering, 1998, ISBN: 053495099X.

Suggested Books
Reference Books

3. H. Taub and D. Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics,

McGraw Hill, 2017, ISBN: 9780070265080.
4. D. A. Hodges and H. G. Jackson, Analysis and Design of
Digital Integrated Circuits, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill, 2003,
ISBN: 0072283653.

341 Go to Index
5. F. J. Hill and G. L. Peterson, Introduction to Switching
Theory and Logic Design, 3rd edition, John Wiley, 2009,
ISBN: 8126520310.
6. Z. Kohavi and N. K. Jha, Switching and Finite Automata
Theory, 3rd edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009, ISBN:
1118108108.

342 Go to Index
Course code EE 211

Title of the course Applied Probability for Communication Engineering

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-C (2-1-0-3)

Name of the Electrical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives • Familiarization with the key concepts in probability theory and
random variables.
• Connection of concepts with various examples in real-life and
applications in communications.

Course Outcomes • Application of various concepts in probability and random variables

in solving communication systems problems.
• Concepts implementation using software tools.

Course Content
• Applications of Probability Concepts in Communication Systems.
• Set operations, Probability space, Conditional probability, Bayes
theorem.
• Discrete random variables, Probability mass function (PMF),
Cumulative distribution function (CDF), Example distributions.
• Continuous random variables, Probability density function (PDF),
CDF, Example distributions.
• Joint distributions, Moments of random variables, Moment generating
function (MGF), Characteristic function of random variables.
• Conditional distributions, densities and moments.
• Functions of one and two random variables.
• Chebyshev inequality, Laws of large numbers,
Central limit theorem (CLT)

• Applications of Random Variables in Wireless Communications and

its implementation using software tools.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. A. Papoulis and S.U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and

Stochastic Processes, 4th edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017,
ISBN-13: 978-0070486584.

2. H. Hsu, Probability, Random Variables and Random Processes

(Schaum’s Outlines), McGraw Hill Education, 2017, ISBN-13: 978-
0070589506.
343 Go to Index
3. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 9th edition, Pearson
Education, 2019, ISBN-13 978-9353065607.

Reference Books

4. D. C. Montgomery and G. C Runger, Applied Statistics and

Probability for Engineers, 6th Edition, Wiley, 2016. ISBN-13: 978-
8126562947.

5. J. L Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the

Sciences, 9th edition, Cengage: Metric Version, 2020, ISBN-13 978-
9353506247.

344 Go to Index
Course code EE 212

Title of the course Power Electronics

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives Fundamentals of the various types of Power Electronic converters

and analysis of their performance.

Course Outcomes • Understanding the basics of power electronic switches and

different types of converters
• Design/development of basic PE converters using software
tools

Course Content • Introduction to Power Electronics, fundamentals of power

conversion, operating characteristics of power semi-conductor
devices, conduction and switching losses, basics of heat sink
design, basics of snubber circuits.

• Principle of operation of single and three phase AC-DC line

commutated converter/ rectifiers.

• Principle of operation and design of DC-DC (buck, boost, buck-

boost, Cuk, fly-back and forward) converters,

• Principle of operation of single phase and 3-phase DC-AC

converters/ inverters, PWM techniques.

• Introduction to AC-AC and Matrix converters.

345 Go to Index
Text Books

1. Robbins, N. Mohan, Undeland, Power Electronics:

Converters Applications and Design, 3rd edition: Wiley:
ISBN: 2007, 9788126510900,978-8126510900.

2. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials and

Applications: Wiley: 2011, ISBN: 9788126519453, 978-
8126519453.

3. R. W. Erickson, D. Maksimovi´c, Fundamentals of Power

Electronics, 3rd edition: Springer; 2020, ISBN: 3030438791,
978-3030438791.

Reference Books

4. M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and

Applications, 4th edition: Pearson Education: ISBN:
9332584583, 978-8120345317.

5. B. K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, 1st

edition: Pearson Education: ISBN: 978-9332557550.

6. P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power

Electronics, 2nd edition, Wiley 2007, ISBN: 978-8126511013.

346 Go to Index
Course Code EE 213

Title of the Course Fundamentals of Optimization

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of Department Electrical Engineering

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives ● Foundational understanding of optimization techniques

applicable in the Electrical Engineering domain.
● Imparts basics of mathematical modeling, linear programming,
integer programming and various other optimization
algorithms.
Course Outcomes
● Understand the fundamental concepts of optimization and
their relevance in engineering.
● Familiarization with the various solution methods for
optimization problems.
● Hands-on experience with the optimization techniques for
real-world engineering applications using software tools.

Course Syllabus
• Introduction to Mathematical Optimization:

Classification of Optimization problems, Real-world examples:

Assignment and Transportation Problems, Least Squares and
Estimation Problems, Portfolio Management, Shortest Path, Job
Scheduling, Matching Problems, Knapsack and Travelling
Salesman Problems.

• Linear Programming (LP) and Duality theory:

The Simplex Algorithm, Geometry: Feasible Regions, Convexity,

and Extreme Points, Duality Theory: min-max problems and zero-
sum games, Weak and strong duality theorems, Farkas Lemma.
Applications: Shortest path, max-flow min-cut theorems, and
resulting algorithms.

• Integer Programming (IP):

Knapsack Problem: LP relaxation, Dynamic Programming,

Traveling Salesman Problem, Facility location, Crew scheduling.

347 Go to Index
 • Nonlinear Optimization:

Convexity: Functions, Epigraphs, and Feasible Regions,

Optimality Conditions for the Differentiable Case and KKT
Theorem, Optimality Conditions Based on Lagrangians.

• Application of Software tools for solving Optimization

Problems:

Solving N Variables Constrained and Unconstrained Functions

using software tools, Examples of linear programming problems
with continuous and integer variables using software.

Suggested Textbooks Textbooks

1. D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear Programming. 2nd ed. Athena

Scientific Press, 1999. ISBN: 1886529000.

2. B. Dimitris, and J. Tsitsiklis. Introduction to Linear

Optimization. Belmont, MA: Athena Scientific, 1997. ISBN:
9781886529199.

Reference Books

3. N. Jorge, W. J. Stephen, Numerical Optimization, Springer,

2006. ISBN:978-0-387-40065-5.

4. F. S. Hillier, G. J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations

Research. 7th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001, ISBN-13: 978-
0072535105.

5. M. S. Bazaraa, H. D. Sherali, C. M. Shetty, Nonlinear

Programming: Theory and Algorithms, 3rdedition, 2006,
Wiley, ISBN: 978-0-471-48600-8.

348 Go to Index
Course code EE 214

Title of the course Electronic Instrumentation

Course Category Departmental Elective

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basics of Electrical Engineering

To familiarize students with different types of electronic

Course Objectives
instruments, their construction and principle of working.

• Knowledge of error and uncertainty analysis and

characteristics of measurement systems.
Course Outcomes
• To understand the working principle of various electronic
instruments

• Errors in measurement:
Introduction to measurement and instrumentation
systems, Errors in measurement, classification of errors,
correlation of experimental data, propagation, and
probabilistic estimation of errors in measurement
systems, overall error budgeting of measurement systems.
• Dynamic characteristics of measurement systems:
Static and dynamic characteristics of instruments, order of
measurement systems, dynamic response of a
measurement system to different elementary input signals
viz. step input, ramp input and sinusoidal inputs.
• Analog Electronic Instruments:
Transistor Voltmeter Circuits, Operational amplifier-based
voltmeter circuits, Digital voltmeters, Digital multimeters,
Course Contents
and AC electronic meters.
• Signal conditioning and Data acquisition systems:
Instrumentation and isolation amplifiers, Analog switches,
S/H circuits, multiplexers and demultiplexers, sampling
and quantization, antialiasing filters, Data converters,
V/F, F/V, A/D, D/A conversions.
Signal conditioning, signal transmission methods; Data
loggers, PC based data acquisition systems, Interfacing
and bus standards, programmable logic controllers
and their industrial applications.
Data acquisition system. Signal measurement in the
presence of noise. design of low noise circuits,
Programmable instruments, and digital interfacing: serial,
parallel. GPIB.
349 Go to Index
 • Instrumentation systems for physical measurements:
Measurement of displacement, strain, force, torque,
acceleration, temperature and flow rate, quarter, half, and
full bridge arrangements for measurement of physical
quantities.

Text Books

1. J. A. Alloca, Electronic Instrumentation, Prentice Hall,

1987, ISBN: 0835916332.

2. D. A. Bell, Electronic Measurements and

Instrumentation, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition.
ISBN: 019569614X.

3. E. O. Doebelin, Measurement systems Application and

Design, International Student Edition, 4th edition, McGraw
Hill Book Company, 1998, ISBN: 0070173354.
Suggested Books
Reference Books

4. B. H. Oliver and J. M. Cage, Electronic Measurements

and Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 1971, ISBN:
978007013938.

5. V. D. Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd

edition, Prentice Hall, 1989, ISBN: 9332551766.

6. A. J. Bouwens, Digital Instrumentation, McGraw Hill,

1986, ISBN: 0070067120.

350 Go to Index
Course code EE 216

Title of the course Machine Learning for Signal Processing

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basics of Probability Theory and Random Variables and

Linear Algebra

Course Objectives • To provide a foundational understanding of machine

learning.
• To introduce several applications of machine learning in
signal and image processing to build intelligent systems.

Course Outcomes • Understanding of theoretical underpinnings of machine

learning.
• Implement and apply a variety of machine learning
methods to real-world problems involving signals and
images.
• Assess and improve the performance of machine learning
models on different types of data sets.

Course Content • Introduction to various applications of machine learning

in signal processing, including signal classification tasks
such as speaker recognition, diagnosis of medical
conditions through the analysis of biomedical signals and
images.

• Fundamentals - Motivation for Studying Machine

Learning, Probability Density Functions, Class-
conditional Density, Priors and Posteriors,
Multidimensional Data, Covariance Matrix.

• Supervised Learning - Linear and Logistic Regression, K-

Nearest Neighbour Classifier, Bayesian Classifier,
Discriminant Analysis, Support Vector Machines,
Decision Trees, Perceptron, Neural Networks - Activation
Functions, Backpropagation Algorithm, Architectures.
• Unsupervised Learning – Principal Component Analysis,
Clustering, K-Means Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering,
Expectation Maximization Algorithm, Gaussian Mixture
Models.
• Model Selection and Performance Evaluation - Training,

351 Go to Index
 Validation and Testing, Overfitting, Regularization,
Accuracy, Sensitivity, Specificity, Positive Predictive
Value, Receiver Operating Characteristics.
• Introduction to Deep Learning.

Text Books
Suggested Books
1. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill Education,
2017, 1st edition, ISBN: 9781259096952.

2. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine

Learning, Springer, 2006, ISBN: 978-1493938438.

Reference Books

3. B. Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice

Hall India, 1999, ISBN: 978-8120312531.

4. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork, Pattern

Classification, Wiley, 2021, 2nd edition, ISBN:
9789354244391.

352 Go to Index
Course code EE 214

Title of the course Electronic Instrumentation

Course Category Departmental Elective

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basics of Electrical Engineering

To familiarize students with different types of electronic

Course Objectives
instruments, their construction and principle of working.

• Knowledge of error and uncertainty analysis and

characteristics of measurement systems.
Course Outcomes
• To understand the working principle of various electronic
instruments

• Errors in measurement:
Introduction to measurement and instrumentation
systems, Errors in measurement, classification of errors,
correlation of experimental data, propagation, and
probabilistic estimation of errors in measurement
systems, overall error budgeting of measurement systems.
• Dynamic characteristics of measurement systems:
Static and dynamic characteristics of instruments, order of
measurement systems, dynamic response of a
measurement system to different elementary input signals
viz. step input, ramp input and sinusoidal inputs.
• Analog Electronic Instruments:
Transistor Voltmeter Circuits, Operational amplifier-based
voltmeter circuits, Digital voltmeters, Digital multimeters,
Course Contents
and AC electronic meters.
• Signal conditioning and Data acquisition systems:
Instrumentation and isolation amplifiers, Analog switches,
S/H circuits, multiplexers and demultiplexers, sampling
and quantization, antialiasing filters, Data converters,
V/F, F/V, A/D, D/A conversions.
Signal conditioning, signal transmission methods; Data
loggers, PC based data acquisition systems, Interfacing
and bus standards, programmable logic controllers
and their industrial applications.
Data acquisition system. Signal measurement in the
presence of noise. design of low noise circuits,
Programmable instruments, and digital interfacing: serial,
parallel. GPIB.
353 Go to Index
 • Instrumentation systems for physical measurements:
Measurement of displacement, strain, force, torque,
acceleration, temperature and flow rate, quarter, half, and
full bridge arrangements for measurement of physical
quantities.

Text Books

1. J. A. Alloca, Electronic Instrumentation, Prentice Hall,

1987, ISBN: 0835916332.

2. D. A. Bell, Electronic Measurements and

Instrumentation, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition.
ISBN: 019569614X.

3. E. O. Doebelin, Measurement systems Application and

Design, International Student Edition, 4th edition, McGraw
Hill Book Company, 1998, ISBN: 0070173354.
Suggested Books
Reference Books

4. B. H. Oliver and J. M. Cage, Electronic Measurements

and Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 1971, ISBN:
978007013938.

5. V. D. Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd

edition, Prentice Hall, 1989, ISBN: 9332551766.

6. A. J. Bouwens, Digital Instrumentation, McGraw Hill,

1986, ISBN: 0070067120.

354 Go to Index
Course code EE 216

Title of the course Machine Learning for Signal Processing

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basics of Probability Theory and Random Variables and

Linear Algebra

Course Objectives • To provide a foundational understanding of machine

learning.
• To introduce several applications of machine learning in
signal and image processing to build intelligent systems.

Course Outcomes • Understanding of theoretical underpinnings of machine

learning.
• Implement and apply a variety of machine learning
methods to real-world problems involving signals and
images.
• Assess and improve the performance of machine learning
models on different types of data sets.

Course Content • Introduction to various applications of machine learning

in signal processing, including signal classification tasks
such as speaker recognition, diagnosis of medical
conditions through the analysis of biomedical signals and
images.

• Fundamentals - Motivation for Studying Machine

Learning, Probability Density Functions, Class-
conditional Density, Priors and Posteriors,
Multidimensional Data, Covariance Matrix.

• Supervised Learning - Linear and Logistic Regression, K-

Nearest Neighbour Classifier, Bayesian Classifier,
Discriminant Analysis, Support Vector Machines,
Decision Trees, Perceptron, Neural Networks - Activation
Functions, Backpropagation Algorithm, Architectures.
• Unsupervised Learning – Principal Component Analysis,
Clustering, K-Means Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering,
Expectation Maximization Algorithm, Gaussian Mixture
Models.
• Model Selection and Performance Evaluation - Training,

355 Go to Index
 Validation and Testing, Overfitting, Regularization,
Accuracy, Sensitivity, Specificity, Positive Predictive
Value, Receiver Operating Characteristics.
• Introduction to Deep Learning.

Text Books
Suggested Books
5. T. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill Education,
2017, 1st edition, ISBN: 9781259096952.

6. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine

Learning, Springer, 2006, ISBN: 978-1493938438.

Reference Books

7. B. Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice

Hall India, 1999, ISBN: 978-8120312531.

8. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork, Pattern

Classification, Wiley, 2021, 2nd edition, ISBN:
9789354244391.

356 Go to Index
Course code EE 251

Title of the course Electrical Networks Lab

Course Category Department Lab

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Hands on experience with devices and circuits associated with

Course Objectives
electrical networks

• Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated course on Network Theory.
Course Outcomes
• Knowledge of different electrical circuits and their
measuring instruments.

A representative list of experiments in this lab is as follows:

• Characterization of passive circuit elements (R, L and C)
• Verification of network theorems:
a) Norton theorem,
b) Thevenin theorem,

Course Content c) Superposition theorem.

• Analysis of multi-port network parameters (ABCD

parameter, h-parameter).
• Time and frequency responses of RL, RC, and RLC circuits.
• Characterization of half-wave rectifier and full-wave
rectifier (with and without capacitive filter).

Reference book
1. L. S. Bobrow, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, 2nd
edition, Oxford University Press, 1996, ISBN: 0195105095.

2. C. K. Alexander, and M. Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electric

Suggested Books Circuits, 5th edition, McGraw Hill, 2013, ISBN: 1259098591.

3. R. L. Boylestad, and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and

Circuit Theory, 4th edition, Longman Higher Education,
1987, ISBN: 013250457X.

4. V. D. Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd

edition, Prentice Hall, 1989, ISBN: 9332551766.

357 Go to Index
Course code EE 252

Title of the course Electric Machines and Power Electronics Lab

Course Category Department Lab

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Electric Machines

Course Objectives To get familiar with the working of the basic AC and DC
Electrical Machines and Power Electronic Converter circuits.

Course Outcomes • Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated courses.
• Engineering knowledge and hands on experience: AC and
DC Electrical Machines, Power Electronic Converter
operation.
• Develop skill in simulation and analysis of Electric
Machines and Power Electronic converters.

Course Content A representative list of experiments in this lab:

• Short Circuit and Open circuit and loading tests on a
Single-Phase Transformer.
• Speed control of a Separately Excited DC motor.
• Open Circuit and Load Tests on a Separately Excited DC
Generator.
• Speed control by V/f control method and loading test on
a 3-phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motor.
• V and inverted V curves of a synchronous motor.
• Study of DC-DC Buck and Boost Converters with
different filters and loads.
• Study of controlled AC-DC Rectifier.
• Study of AC-AC Converter.
• Study of PWM schemes and Single-phase DC-AC
Inverter.

358 Go to Index
Suggested Books Reference Books

1. T. Wildi, Electric Machines, Drives and Power

Systems: Pearson Education: 2013: 933251853X, 978-
9332518537.

2. I. J. Nagrath, D. P. Kothari, Electric Machines, 5th

edition: Tata McGraw Hill: 2017: 935260640X,
978-9352606405.

3. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials and

Applications: Wiley: 2011: 9788126519453, 978-
8126519453.

359 Go to Index
Course Code EE 253
Title of the Course Electronic Devices Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None

Scope of the course

Course Syllabus Following experiments to based on the associated theory course EE

203: Electronic Devices.
1. Simple Measurements with the Oscilloscope.
2. To measure the DC I-V Characteristics of diodes.
3. Analysis of diode circuits (Clipping Circuits, Voltage Doublers,
Rectified Differentiator, Precision Rectifier).
4. To measure the reverse-bias capacitance of p-n junction
capacitance
5. To measure the minority carrier lifetime in a semiconductor
photodiode.
6. To obtain the I-V characteristics of bipolar transistors and
computer transistor parameters.
7. To obtain some small signal parameters of Bipolar Junction
Transistors (BJTs).
8. To measure and analyze bias quantities (DC currents and
voltages) and small-signal gain of the given common-emitter
amplifier circuit.
9. To obtain MOSFET parameters from DC current-voltage
measurements.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course on Electronic Devices

360 Go to Index
Course code EE 253N

Title of the course Electronic Devices Lab

Course Category Department Lab

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Familiarization with the various electronic devices and their

Course Objectives
operating principles

• Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated Electronic Devices Course.
Course Outcomes
• Analysis on different electronic devices by hands-on
measurement of their characteristics

A representative list of experiments:

• To understand and measure circuits with digital storage
oscilloscope
• To measure the DC I-V characteristics of diodes
• To analyze different diode circuits (clipping circuits, voltage
doublers, rectified differentiator, precision rectifier)
• To measure the reverse-bias capacitance of p-n junction
capacitance
Course Content • To measure the minority carrier lifetime in a semiconductor
photodiode.
• To obtain the I-V characteristics of bipolar transistors and
computer transistor parameters.
• To obtain small signal parameters of bipolar junction
transistors (BJTs).
• To measure and analyze bias quantities (DC currents and
voltages) and small-signal gain of the given common-
emitter amplifier circuit.

Reference Book
1. R. L. Boylestad, and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and
Circuit Theory, 4th edition, Longman Higher Education,
1987, ISBN: 013250457X.
2. B. G. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th edition,
Suggested Books
Prentice Hall of India, 2006, ISBN: 812033020X.
3. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 8th
edition, Oxford University Press, 2020, ISBN: 978-
01908534646.
4. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill, 2002, ISBN: 0071231129.

361 Go to Index
Course code EE 254

Title of the course Analog Circuits Lab

Course Category Department Lab

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0- 0-3-1.5

Name of the Electrical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives Gaining hands-on experience with the working of the basic
operational amplifier circuits

Course Outcomes • Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the associated

Analog Circuits course.
• Engineering knowledge: Working, design and analysis of
operational amplifier circuits
• Familiarization with basic simulation software.

Course Content A representative list of experiments in this lab:

• Study the working of inverting, non-inverting, differentiator and
integrator circuits using operational amplifier circuits.
• Study and measurements of the non-ideal parameters of LM741
including its frequency response.
• Study two stage RC coupled Amplifier and analyze its gain and
bandwidth.
• Study of difference and instrumentation amplifiers.
• Realization of Trans-conductance and Trans-impedance
Amplifiers.
• Design Challenge -1 (Differential equation solver) (simulation).
• Study working of Half/Full wave Precision rectifier, and log and
antilog amplifier circuits.
• Study the working of active filter circuits.
• Study the working of Wien Bridge and Phase shift oscillator
circuits.
• Study the working of Schmitt trigger and multi-vibrator circuits.
• Study Astable and Monostable Multivibrator circuit using IC 555
timer.
• Design Challenge- 2 (Over/ under voltage warning)
(simulation).
• Study the voltage regulator circuits (simulation).
• Study the functions of ADCs and DACs.
362 Go to Index
Suggested Books Reference Books

1. S. Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog

Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2016:
9352601947.

2. J. V. Wait, L. P. Huelsman and G. A. Korn, Introduction to

Operational Amplifier theory and applications, McGraw Hill,
1991: 0070677700.

3. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 7th edition,

Oxford University Press, 2017: 9780199476299.

363 Go to Index
Course Code EE 256
Title of the Course Electrical Machines Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0- 0-4-2
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus 1. Parallel Operation of Two Single Phase Transformers
Objectives:
1) To determine and verify the polarity of the individual single-
phase transformers.
2) To find the impedance of the single phase transformers by short
circuit test.
3) To study parallel operation of (the above) two single phase
transformers and observe the load
sharing between them

2. Determination of the characteristic of a DC Shunt Generator

Objectives:
1) To plot the open circuit characteristics (O.C.C) of a DC shunt
generator and to determine its critical resistance.
2) To find the residual magnetism in field.
3) To plot the external characteristics of a DC shunt generator by
loading the generator.

3. “V” and “inverse V” curves of synchronous motor at no load

and constant load.
Objectives:
1) To plot the characteristics of a synchronous machine in terms of
variation of armature current with field current when the load and
input voltage to the machine is constant.

4. Synchronization of alternators: Using synchroscope.

Objectives:
1) To Study synchronization method of alternator with grid

Power Electronics Experiments

1. Study of 1-phase AC to DC controlled converter (both fully

controlled and half controlled).
Objectives:
1) To study voltage and current waveforms for different firing
364 Go to Index
 angles and loads for half controlled and fully controlled rectifier for
R and R-L Loads.

2. Study of 3- PHASE Fully Controlled Rectifier.

Objectives:
1) To observe various waveforms with R and R-L loads for fully
controlled converters.
2) To plot graphs of mean load voltage against firing delay angles
for R and R-L loads.
3) To study variation of power factor against delay angle.

3. To study the switching characteristics of MOSFET and IGBT.

Objectives:
1) Observe the ON and OFF transition waveforms for MOSFET and
IGBT.
2) Estimate ON and OFF switching time components for MOSFET
and IGBT.

4. Study of various PWM Techniques for Single and Three Phase

Inverter with R-L Load.
Objectives:
1) Study of output voltage and current waveforms for different
PWM techniques for single phase inverter for R-L load
2) Study of output voltage and current waveforms for different
PWM techniques for three phase inverter for R-L load.
3) Extracting harmonic spectrum information
4) for various PWM Techniques.

5. Mini Project
Objectives:
In mini project, the emphasis will be on to design and develop a
power electronic circuit for given specifications. In this way, student
will be familiar with various aspects of power electronic circuit
design like PCB design, magnetics design, component selection etc.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 206

365 Go to Index
Course Code EE 258

Title of the Course Digital Systems Lab

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Following experiments based on the associated theory course EE 208:
Digital Systems
1. Introduction to Logic Circuits: To gain familiarity with digital
integrated circuits by setting up simple logic circuits.
2. Combinational Logic Circuits: Use of TTL adder, multiplexer and
decoder.
3. Sequential Circuits: To try out some elementary sequential
circuits.
4. Counters and Shift Registers: To use the 7490 decade counter and
7495 shift register.
5. Timer Circuits and DAC: To learn about (a) open-collector TTL, (b)
555 timer circuits, (C) Digital to Analog Converter.
6. CMOS Logic Gates: (i) Observe and plot transfer characteristic of a
CMOS inverter, (ii) Measure noise margin and propagation delay of
a CMOS inverter. (iii) Test simple CMOS logic gate circuits.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 208: Digital Systems

366 Go to Index
Course code EE 259

Title of the course Digital Systems Lab

Course Category Department Lab

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Hands on experience with digital electronic circuits and

Course Objectives
various logic families

• Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated Digital Systems course.
Course Outcomes
• To get familiar with various digital circuits by carrying out
experiments using logic gates and logic circuits

A representative list of experiments in this lab:

• Introduction to Logic Circuits: To gain familiarity with
digital integrated circuits by setting up simple logic circuits.
• Combinational Logic Circuits: Use of TTL adder, multiplexer
and decoder.
• Sequential Circuits: To study the elementary sequential
circuits.
Course Content • Counters and Shift Registers: To use the 7490 decade
counter and 7495 shift register.
• Timer Circuits and DAC: To learn about (a) open-collector
TTL, (b) 555 timer circuits, (C) Digital to Analog Converter.
• CMOS Logic Gates: (i) Observe and plot transfer
characteristic of a CMOS inverter, (ii) Measure noise margin
and propagation delay of a CMOS inverter, (iii) Test simple
CMOS logic gate circuits.

Reference Books

1. J. F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles and Practices, 4th

edition, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN: 8131713660.
Suggested Books 2. C. H. Roth, Digital Systems Design using VHDL, 1st edition,
CL Engineering, 1998, ISBN: 053495099X.
3. H. Taub and D. Schilling, Digital Integrated Electronics,
McGraw Hill, 2017, ISBN: 9780070265080.
4. D. A. Hodges and H. G. Jackson, Analysis and Design of
Digital Integrated Circuits, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill, 2003,

367 Go to Index
 ISBN: 0072283653.
5. F. J. Hill and G. L. Peterson, Introduction to Switching
Theory and Logic Design, 3rd edition, John Wiley, 2009,
ISBN: 8126520310.
6. Z. Kohavi and N. K. Jha, Switching and Finite Automata
Theory, 3rd edition, Cambridge University Press, 2009,
ISBN: 1118108108.

368 Go to Index
Course Code EE 301
Title of the Course Microprocessors
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Digital Systems Course
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus A block diagram view of a general purpose processor; elements of
hardware and software architectures; introductory data and control
paths concepts, registers and memory organization.
Instruction set basics and assembly language programming: Instruction
structure and addressing modes, instruction encoding, detailed study of
8085A instruction set and interfacing basics: memory interfacing,
principles of I/O interfacing, polled and interrupt I/O handshaking
principles. Examples of I/O devices: parallel port, serial port, keypad,
display, etc. Introductory microcontrollers.

Suggested Books 1. R.S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and

Applications with the 8085/8080A, Penram International
Publishing, 1996.
2. D.A. Patterson, and J.H. Hennessy, Computer Organization and
Design The hardware and software interface, Morgan Kaufman
Publishers.
3. D. Hall, Microprocessors Interfacing, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
1991.
4. K.J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Penram International
Publishing, 1996.

369 Go to Index
Course code EE 301N

Title of the course Microprocessors and Digital Systems Design

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Digital Systems

Course Objectives Exposure to different processors, controllers and their

applications in embedded systems

Course Outcomes  Introduction to different architectures of processors and

controllers and their software interface
 Familiarization with embedded programming and application
of the same to real-time controllers
 Concepts of digital design and industrial hardware
applications

Course Content • Architectures of processors and microcontrollers, Data and

control path concepts, registers and memory organization;
RISC Vs. CISC Architecture

• Instruction sets and assembly language programming, timing

diagrams.

• Memory and I/O interfacing: Handhsaking signals, principles

of polling and interrupts, communication with peripheral
devices

• Digital System Design: Finite State machines, Introduction fo

FPGA, Verilog / VHDL programming, Sysem on Programmable
chip design development

370 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. D. V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata McGraw

Hill, 1991, ISBN: 978-1259006159.

2. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming

and Applications with the 8085/8080A, Penram
International Publishing, 2013, 6th edition., ISBN: 978-
8187972884.

3. K. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller: Architecture,

Programming and Applications, Cengage Learning, 2nd
edition., ISBN: 978-8131500880.

Reference Books

4. J. F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles and Practices, 4th

edition, Pearson Education India, 2008, ISBN: 978-
9332508125.

5. D. A. Patterson, and J. H. Hennessy, Computer Organization

and Design The hardware and software interface, Morgan
Kaufman Publishers, 2016, ISBN: 978-0128017333.

371 Go to Index
Course code EE 302

Title of the course Control Systems

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Signals and Systems

Course Objectives • Introduction to the theory and practice of control systems

engineering (limited to the analysis and design of linear
feedback systems.)
• Analysis and design of feedback systems to meet specified
requirements.

Course Outcomes • Knowledge of mathematical modelling techniques for

dynamic systems.
• Performance and stability analysis techniques for linear
dynamic systems.
• Design techniques for feedback control for linear dynamic
systems.

Course Content • Basic concepts: Notion of feedback; open- and closed-loop

systems.

• Modeling and representations of control systems: Ordinary

differential equations; Transfer functions; Block diagrams;
Signal flow graphs; State-space representations.

• Performance and stability: Time-domain analysis; Second-

order systems; Characteristic-equation and roots; Routh-
Hurwitz criteria.
• Root-locus technique: Properties of and sketching the root
locus; Design of compensators using root locus.

• Frequency-domain techniques: Frequency responses; Bode-

plots; Gain-margin and phase-margin; Nyquist plots;
Compensator design: Proportional, PI and PID controllers;
Lead-lag compensators.

• State-space concepts: Controllability; Observability; pole

placement result; Minimal representations.

372 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 8th edition,

Wiley, 2019. ISBN: 978-1-119-47422-7.

2. G. Franklin, J. D. Powell and A. Emami-Naeini, Feedback

Control of Dynamic Systems, 8th edition, Pearson
Education, 2021. ISBN-13: 978-0-137-51683-4.

3. F. Golnarghi and B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control

Systems, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2018,
ISBN-13: 978-9-387-57297-3.

Reference Books

4. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control Systems

Engineering, 7th edition, New Age International
Publishers, 2022, ISBN : 978-81-951755-8-1.

5. R. C. Dorf and R. H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems,

14th edition, Pearson, 2021, ISBN: 978-1-292-42237-4.

373 Go to Index
Course Code EE 303
Title of the Course Probability and Random Processes
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Sets and set operations; Probability space; Conditional probability
and Bayes theorem; Combinatorial probability and sampling
models; Discrete random variables, probability mass function,
probability distribution function, example random variables and
distributions; Continuous random variables, probability density
function, probability distribution function, example distributions;
Joint distributions, functions of one and two random variables,
moments of random variables; Conditional distribution, densities
and moments; Characteristic functions of a random variable;
Markov, Chebyshev and Chernoff bounds; Random sequences and
modes of convergence (everywhere, almost everywhere,
probability, distribution and mean square); Limit theorems; Strong
and weak laws of large numbers, central limit theorem.
Random process, Stationary processes, Mean and covariance
functions.
Ergodicity. Transmission of random process through LTI. Power
spectral density.

Suggested Books 1. H. Stark and J. Woods, Probability and Random Processes

with Applications to Signal Processing, Third Edition, Pearson
Education. (Indian Edition is available).
2. A. Papoulis and S.U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and
Stochastic Processes, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill. (Indian
Edition is available).
3. K.L. Chung, Introduction to Probability Theory with
Stochastic Processes, Springer International Student Edition.
4. P.G. Hoel, S.C. Port and C.J. Stone, Introduction to Probability,
UBS Publishers,
5. S. Ross, Introduction to Stochastic Models, Harcourt Asia,
Academic Press.

374 Go to Index
Course Code EE 304/CS 404
Title of the Course Digital Signal Processing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Signals and Systems Course
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Discrete time signals: Sequences; representation of signals on
orthogonal basis; Sampling and reconstruction of signals;
Discrete systems: attributes, Z-Transform, Analysis of LSI systems,
Frequency analysis, Inverse Systems, Discrete Fourier
Transform (DFT), Fast Fourier Transform algorithm,
Implementation of Discrete Time Systems
Design of FIR Digital filters: Window method, Park-McClellan's
method.
Design of IIR Digital Filters: Butterworth, Chebyshev and Elliptic
Approximations; Lowpass, Bandpass, Bandstop and High pass filters.
Effect of finite register length in FIR filter design.
Parametric and non-parametric spectral estimation. Introduction to
multirate signal processing.
Application of DSP to Speech and Radar signal processing.

Suggested Books 1. A.V. Oppenheim and Schafer, Discrete Time Signal Processing,
Prentice Hall, 1989.
2. J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms And Applications, Prentice Hall, 1997.
3. L.R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital
Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1992.
4. J.R. Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice
Hall, 1992.
5. D.J. DeFatta, J.G. Lucas, and W.S. Hodgkiss, Digital Signal
Processing, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 1988.

375 Go to Index
Course code EE 305

Title of the course Electromagnetic Waves

Course Category Department Core Course

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

To deliver the concepts and techniques of electromagnetics

Course Objectives
used to solve engineering problems.

• Application of electromagnetic (EM) principles to

understand the working of radio frequency (RF)
Course Outcomes components
• Understanding the meaning and significance of
performance specifications of RF components

• Introduction: Overview of static electric and magnetic

fields, Steady electric currents, Time-varying EM fields,
Maxwell’s equations, Boundary conditions, Plane EM waves,
Wave equations, Propagation in free space and other
mediums, Phase velocity and group velocity, Poynting
vector, Polarization, Reflection and refraction of EM waves
at conducting and dielectric boundaries.

• Transmission Lines: Transverse electromagnetic (TEM)

wave, Transmission line equations, Characteristic
impedance, Wave propagation along infinite and finite
transmission lines, Transmission lines as circuit
elements, Transients on Lines, Smith chart, Single and
Course Content double stub matching.

• Waveguides: Guiding structures, Transverse electric (TE)

wave, Transverse magnetic (TM) wave, Waves in guided
media, Parallel plate waveguide, Rectangular waveguide,
Cavity resonator.

• Radiating Structures: Basic theory of antennas and

radiation characteristics, Elementary types of antennas.

376 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. D. K. Cheng, Field and Wave Electromagnetics, 2nd

edition, Pearson Education, 1989, ISBN: 0201128195.

2. M. N. O. Sadiku, Principles of Electromagnetics, 6th

edition, Oxford University Press, 2009, ISBN: 0199461856.

3. W. A. Haytt, J. A. Buck, and M. J. Aktar, Engineering

Electromagnetics, 8th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017,
ISBN: 9339203275.

Reference Books

4. R. E. Collin, Foundations for Microwave Engineering,

2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2000, ISBN:
9780780360310.

5. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, 4th edition, John

Wiley and Sons, 2013, ISBN: 9780470631553.

6. D. K. Misra, Radio-frequency and Microwave

Communication Circuits, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons,
2004, ISBN: 9780471478737.

377 Go to Index
Course code EE 306

Title of the course Digital Communications

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Probability and Random Processes and

Communication Systems

Course Objectives Impart the basic concepts of Digital Communications.

Course Outcomes ▪ Distinguish between various types of Digital Modulation

techniques.
▪ Analyze distinct digital equalization methods.
▪ Perform sequence detection pertaining to Digital signal
processing.

Course Content • Review of Random Processes and Spectral analysis.

• Elements of Detection Theory. Optimum detection of
signals in noise. Coherent communication with
waveforms- Probability of Error evaluations. Baseband
Pulse Transmission- Inter-symbol Interference and
Nyquist criterion.
• Pass-band Digital Modulation schemes- Phase Shift
Keying, Frequency Shift Keying, Quadrature Amplitude
Modulation, Continuous Phase Modulation and
Minimum Shift Keying.
• Digital Modulation trade-offs. Optimum demodulation of
digital signals over band-limited channels- Maximum
likelihood sequence detection (Viterbi receiver).
• Equalization Techniques. Synchronization and Carrier
Recovery for Digital modulation.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. J. M. Wozencraft, and I. M. Jacobs, Principles of
Communication Engineering, John Wiley, 1965. ISBN:
978-0881335545
2. J. R. Barry, E.A. Lee, and D.G. Messerschmitt, Digital
Communication, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.
ISBN: 978-1461349754
Reference Books
3. J. G. Proakis, Digital Communications, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill, 2000. ISBN: 978-0071181839.

378 Go to Index
Course Code EE 307
Title of the Course Communication Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Review of signals and systems, Frequency domain of signals,
Principles of Amplitude Modulation Systems- DSB, SSB and VSB
modulations. Angle Modulation., Representation of FM and PM
signals. Spectral characteristics of angle modulated signals.
Review of probability and random process. Gaussian and white
noise characteristics. Noise in amplitude modulation systems.
Noise in Frequency modulation systems. Pre-emphasis and De-
emphasis. Threshold effect in angle modulation.
Pulse modulation. Sampling process. Pulse Amplitude and Pulse
code modulation (PCM).
Differential pulse code modulation. Delta modulation. Noise
considerations in PCM.
Time Division multiplexing. Digital Multiplexers.

Suggested Books 1. S. Haykin, Communications Systems, John Wiley and Sons,

2001.
2. J.G. Proakis, and M. Salehi, Communication Systems
Engineering, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Taub, and D.L. Schilling, Principles of Communication
Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

379 Go to Index
Course Code EE 308
Title of the Course Power Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Evolution of Power Systems, Energy Sources Structure of Bulk
Power Systems Basic three phase system concepts Power System
Components: Generators, Loads, Transformers, Transmission
Lines etc. Modeling, Performance and Constraints of these
components Formulation/Solution of steady state equations for
interconnected systems: Balanced and Unbalanced systems.
Positive Sequence Network, Per Unit System, Ybus formation
Simple example of a loadflow solution
Introduction to generator swing equations and stability issues,
Simple Example of Loss of synchronism
Interconnected System Operation and Control: Operational
Objectives, Frequency Control, Voltage Control and Power Flow
Control: introduction to HVDC transmission and FACTS.
Economic Issues in Power Systems.
Analysis of Faulted Power Systems and Protection: Unbalanced
System Analysis using Sequence Components, Equipment
Protection Schemes: Overcurrent, Differential and Distance
Protection, Relay coordination
Preventive Control and Emergency Control (System Protection
Schemes) Blackouts and Restoration

Suggested Books 1. O.I Elgerd, Electric energy systems theory-An Introduction

(2nd edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1982.
2. J.D. Glover, M.S. Sarma, Power Systems Analysis and Design,
Nelson Engineering, 2007.
3. A.R. Bergen and V. Vittal, Power Systems Analysis, Pearson
Education Asia, New Delhi, 2002.
4. P. Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, MGraw Hill,
1993.

380 Go to Index
Course Code EE 309
Title of the Course Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Part 1
Measurements and measurement systems, Errors in
measurement and their statistical analysis, Dynamic
characteristics of instruments, Circuit components and
measurement of resistances, Potentiometers, A.C. Bridges,
Primary sensing elements and transducers, Measurements of
non-electrical quantities, Chemical sensors and analytical
instruments

Part 2
Analog Instruments, Galvanometers, Analog Ammeters,
Voltmeters and Ohmmeters, Measurement of Power and Watt
meters, Magnetic Measurements, Optoelectronic Measurement,
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO), Instruments for Generation and
Analysis of Waveform, Signal Analysers, High Frequency
Measurements, Signal Conditioning, Data Acquisition Systems.

Suggested Books 1. A. K. Sawhney and P. Sawhney Educational and Technical

Publishers (Most recent edition) H.S. Kalsi McGraw-Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd. (Most recent edition)
3. Ernest O.Doebelin, Measurement systems Application and
Design, International Student Edition, IV Edition, McGraw
Hill Book Company, 1998.
4. R.K.Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.
5. P.Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers
International Student Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company,
1971.
6. Ernest O.Doebelin, Measurement systems application and
design international student Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1999.
7. D.Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1999.

381 Go to Index
Course code EE 310

Title of the course VLSI Systems and Technology

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of Semiconductor Devices, Digital

Electronics/Systems and Analog Circuits.

Course Objectives • Involve students in the design and development of

semiconductor chips
• Hands on experience through a lab component using
industry standard electronic design automation (EDA)
tools and hardware description languages (HDL).

Course Outcomes • To get familiar of industry standard EDA tools and HDL.
• To introduce the concept of CMOS to GDS-II and RTL to
GDS-II design flow to design the chip at appropriate
technology node.
• To get exposure of sending designs for tape-out and
testing the chip.

Course Content • VLSI Design Flow and Integrated Circuits (IC) Design
Matrix, Introduction of Hardware Description Language
(HDL), CMOS Manufacturing Process, MOS Transistor
Layout and Design Rules, IC Packaging,

• MOS Transistor Theory and Characteristics, CMOS Inverter

Characteristics (Static and Dynamic), CMOS Inverter
Performance Matrix (Delay, Power, Energy, Area), Static
CMOS Logic Design,

• Dynamic CMOS Logic Design, Combinational Logic Circuit

Design (Multiplexer, Adder, Subtractor etc.), Sequential
Logic Circuit Design (Latches, Flip-Flops, Counter, Register
etc.), Semiconductor memories (SRAM, DRAM etc.)

382 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. N. H. E. Weste and D. M. Harris, CMOS VLSI Design: A

Circuit and Systems Perspective, 4th edition, Pearson,
Adison-Wesley, 2011, ISBN: 9780321547743.

2. J. M. Rabaey, A. P. Chandrakasan and B. Nikolic, Digital

Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective, 2nd edition,
Pearson Education India, 2016, ISBN: 9789332573925.

Reference Books

3. S. Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design

and Synthesis, Pearson Education, Inc. and Dorling
Kindersley, 2003, ISBN 13: 9788177589184.

383 Go to Index
Course code EE 312

Title of the course Microwave and Satellite Communication

Course Category Department Elective

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Electromagnetic Waves and Communication System Theory

Exposure to the concepts and techniques of microwave and

Course Objectives
satellite communication systems.

• Apply electromagnetic (EM) principles to understand the

working of radio frequency (RF) components.
Course Outcomes
• Understanding of designing satellite communication links
and how satellite communication works.

• Introduction to Microwave Communication: Transverse

electromagnetic (TEM) wave, Transmission line, Guiding
structures, Transverse electric (TE) wave, Transverse
magnetic (TM) wave, Waveguides, Cavity resonators.

• Microwave components: S-parameter analysis of

microwave components, Tees, circulators, directional
couplers, attenuators, phase shifters.

• Microwave sources: Klystron, Magnetron, Travelling wave

tubes (TWTs), Backward wave oscillators (BWOs),
Microwave semiconductor devices, Tunnel, PIN, and GUNN
Course Content diodes; Microwave amplifiers.

• Introduction to Satellite Communication (SATCOM):

Overview and Applications of SATCOMs, Satellite Orbits and
Launch Vehicles, Different Types of Satellite Systems,
Satellite Subsystems, Telemetry, Tracking, Command and
Monitoring (TTC and M), Communication Subsystems.

• Satellite Link Design: Transmission Theory, Noise

Temperature and G/T ratio, Design of Uplink and Downlink.

384 Go to Index
• Multiple Access Schemes: FDMA, TDMA and packet
switched systems; spread spectrum techniques and CDMA
systems.

Text Books

1. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, 4th edition, John

Wiley and Sons, 2013, ISBN: 978-0470631553.

2. R. E. Collin, Foundations for Microwave Engineering,

2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons,2000, ISBN: 978-0-780-
36031-0.

3. T. Pratt, J. Allnutt, Satellite Communications, 3rd edition,

John Wiley and Sons, 2020, ISBN: 978-1119482178.

Reference books

4. S. Y. Liao, Microwave devices and circuits, Pearson, ISBN

No. 8177583530.

5. D. K. Misra, Radio-frequency and Microwave

Communication Circuits, 2nd edition, John Wiley and
Sons, USA, 2004, ISBN: 9780471478737.

6. D. Roddy, Satellite Communications, 4th edition,

McGraw-Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 978-0070077850.

385 Go to Index
Course code EE 313

Title of the course Communication Systems Theory

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0–3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives Impart the basic concepts of Communication Systems and

Probability Theory

Course Outcomes ▪ Distinguish between different types of Communication

Systems
▪ Analyze distinct receiver characteristics
▪ Map the basic concepts from Probability Theory to
Communication Systems

Course Content • Communication Systems: Introduction to Communication

Systems, Signals and Signal Space, Analysis and Transmission
of Signals Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation – SSB,
DSB and VSB, Angle Modulation and Demodulation,
• Representation of FM and PM, Spectral Characteristics of
Angle Modulation, Pulse Modulation, Sampling Process, PCM,
Delta Modulation, Multiplexers.
• Random Process for communication systems:
Concept of Probability, Random Variables, Statistical functions
(PDF, CDF, MGF), Central Limit Theorem,
Classification of Random Processes, Power Spectral Density,
Transmission of Random Processes Through LTI System.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. B. P. Lathi and Z. Ding, Modern Digital and Analog
Communication Systems [International 4th Edition], Oxford
University Press, 2011, ISBN: 978-0198073802.
2. S. Haykin, Communications Systems, John Wiley and Sons,
2001, ISBN: 978-8126509041.
Reference Books
3. A. Papoulis and S. U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables
and Stochastic Processes: McGraw Hill Education, 4th
edition, 2017: ISBN: 978-0070486584.
4. J. Ravichandran, Probability and Random Processes for
Engineers: Dreamtech Press (Wiley): 2019: ISBN: 978-
9389520026.

386 Go to Index
Course Code EE 314
Title of the Course Restructured Power Systems
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Fundamentals of Power Systems
(for the students)
Course Objectives Exposure to the necessity of restructuring of power
systems and the philosophy of operation of restructured
power systems.

Course Outcomes • Understanding the difference between operation of

conventional and restructured power systems.
• Knowledge of different market models and recognition
of the new challenges emerging due to market-based
operation of the power system.
Course Content
• Introduction: Difference between conventional and
restructured power systems, reasons for restructuring
of power system, key market entities and their
responsibilities, various models of electricity supply
industry.
• Trading of Electricity: Various trading mechanisms,
various types of markets to trade electricity, electricity
market models in different countries, market clearing
process, bidding strategies, market power and its
mitigation.
• Operational Challenges: Available transfer capability,
transmission system congestion and its management.
• Transmission Pricing and Ancillary Services: Power
wheeling charges, various cost components, methods
of transmission pricing, types of ancillary services and
ways to obtain them.

Text Books
Suggested Books 1. M. Shahidehpour and M. Alomoush, Restructured
Electrical Power Systems: Operation, Trading
and Volatility, CRC Press, 2001, ISBN:
9781138582330.
2. L. Philipson and H. L. Willis, Understanding
Electric Utilities and Deregulation, CRC Press,
2005, 2nd edition, ISBN: 978-0824727734.
3. S. A. Khaparde and A. R. Abhyankar, Restructured
Power System, Alpha Science International Ltd,
2015, ISBN: 978-1842653111.

387 Go to Index
Reference Books

4. K. Bhattachrya, M. Bollen and J. Daalder, Operation of

Restructured Power Systems, Springer, 2001, 1st
edition, ISBN: 978-1461355670.
5. L. L. Lai, Power System Restructuring and
Deregulation, Wiley, 2001, ISBN: 47149500X.

388 Go to Index
Course code EE 315

Title of the course Power Systems

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives To provide a brief overview of the structure, and operation

of power systems and enable students to perform basic
analysis of the system.

Course Outcomes • Understanding the difference between conventional and

modern power systems.
• Modelling of transmission lines, loads and the
components of power system.
• Knowledge of various operational problems in power
systems and their analysis.

Course Content • Introduction to power systems and its structure

• Calculation of transmission line parameters
• Analyzing the performance of transmission lines
• Representation of power system components
• Fault analysis
• Load flow analysis
• Power system stability

Suggested Books Text Books

1. J. D. Glover, M. S. Sarma and T. J. Overbye, Power

Systems Analysis and Design, Cengage learning, 2008,
4th edition, ISBN:13 978-0-534-54884-1.
2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Power System
Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003, 3rd edition,
ISBN:13 978-0-07-049489-3.

3. J. J. Grainger and W. D. Stevenson, Power System

Analysis, 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1994, ISBN: 0-07-
113338-0.

Reference Books
389 Go to Index
4. O. L. Elgerd, Electric Energy Systems Theory: An
Introduction, Tata McGraw Hill, 1982, 2nd edition,
ISBN:13 978-0070192300.

5. T. Gonen, Electric Power Transmission System

Engineering Analysis and Design, CRC Press, 2009, 2nd
edition, ISBN: 978-1-4398-0254-0.

390 Go to Index
Course code EE 316

Title of the course RF devices for guided and wireless transmission

Course Category Departmental Elective

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Understanding of Electromagnetic Waves

To provide an understanding of RF modules in wired and

Course Objectives
wireless transmission.

• Identify RF modules in any communication system.

Course Outcomes • Analyze and design different types of RF devices and
systems.

• Transmission Line: Review of transmission line, Smith

Chart, Impedance matching, TEM, TE and TM modes, Coaxial
cable, microstrip, stripline, coplanar waveguide, etc.
• Passive guiding devices: Microstrip and waveguide-based
devices of power splitter and combiners, couplers, filters,
attenuator.
• Active guided devices: Switches, phase shifters, amplifiers,
low noise amplifers, mixer, oscillators.
Course Content • Radiating Structures: Physical concept of radiation,
antenna fundamentals, Friis transmission equation, wire
antennas- dipole, monopole, loop, helical, Yagi-uda,
Aperture antennas- slot, microstrip, horn, reflector,
broadband antennas, Antenna arrays.
• Microwave Systems: Use case of guided and radiating
structures, few examples: Mobile Phone Architecture, Gound
penetrating Radar, Vector Network Analyzer, RF Energy
Harvesting, etc.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, 4th edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 2013, ISBN: 978-0470631553.
2. R. E. Collin, Foundations for Microwave Engineering,
2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2000, ISBN: 978-0-
780-36031-0.
3. C. A. Balanis, Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design,
John Wiley and Sons, 2005, ISBN: 978-0471667827.

Reference Books

391 Go to Index
4. S. Y. Liao, Microwave devices and circuits, Pearson,
ISBN: 8177583530.
5.4. D. K. Misra, Radio-frequency and Microwave
Communication Circuits, 2nd edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 2004, ISBN: 9780471478737.

392 Go to Index
Course code EE 317

Title of the course Digital Signal Processing

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Signals and Systems

Course Objectives • Introduction to the theory of digital signal processing.

• Development of time and frequency domain techniques
and algorithms for solving discrete-time signal
processing problems.

Course Outcomes • Proficiency in DSP techniques and algorithms for signal

analysis, filtering, compression, and manipulation.
• Ability to design and implement DSP solutions for real-
world applications.
• Strong foundation for careers in telecommunications,
audio processing, image and video analysis.

Course Content • Brief review of discrete-time signals and systems:

Representation and classification of discrete-time signals
and systems, Simple manipulations, Sampling and
reconstruction, and discrete convolution and correlation.

• Z-Transform: Forward transform, Inverse transform,

Properties, and One-sided Z-transform.

• Frequency analysis: Discrete-time Fourier series

(DTFS), Discrete-time Fourier transform (DTFT), Discrete
Fourier transform (DFT), Fast Fourier transform
algorithms, Discrete Cosine transform (DCT).

• Design of digital filters: Design of FIR filters, Design of

IIR Filters

• Introduction to multi-rate signal processing.

393 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal

Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and
Applications, 4th edition., Pearson Education India,
2007. ISBN: 978-81-317-1000-5.

2. A. V. Oppenheim and Schafer, Discrete Time Signal

Processing, Prentice Hall, 1989. ISBN: 13-
9780132162920.

Reference Books

3. S. K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing – A Computer-

based Approach, 4th edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2013, ISBN: 978-1259098581.

4. L. R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of

Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1992.
ISBN: 13-9780139141010.

5. J. R. Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal

Processing, Prentice Hall, 1992. ISBN: 13-
9788120307605.

394 Go to Index
Course Code EE 319

Title of the Course Design and Analysis of Communication Networks

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of Department Electrical Engineering

Course Objectives • Introduction to Queuing Theory and its application to

analyze communication protocols.
• Knowledge of MAC protocols, event-based programming
for communication network simulations.
Course Outcomes • Equip students with basics of communication networks.
• Familiarization with protocols used in wired and
wireless communication networks.
• Simulation platform for the implementation of
communication networks
Course Syllabus • Introduction to Data Networks and Motivation for
Queuing Theory: Basics of communication networks
and layers. Queues in MAC layer and scheduling
problems.

• General Description of a Queuing System: Stochastic

Processes, Discrete-Time Markov Chains – Homogeneity,
reducibility, periodicity, recurrent null and recurrent
non-null Markov chains, Chapman-Kolmogorov
Equations, Birth-death Process, and relation to
Exponential and Poisson distributions.

• Queuing Analysis using Markov Chains: Kendal’s

notation of queuing systems, M/M/1, M/M/m,
M/M/1/K, Method of Stages, PASTA property, Bulk
Arrivals and bulk service, Network of Queues, Burke’s
and Jackson’s Theorems. M/G/1 queues using Imbedded
Markov Chain Technique, P-K Formula, G/G/1 and
Lindley’s Equation.

• Application to Telecom Networks and MAC protocol

Analysis: Aloha, Slotted Aloha, Stability Analysis, CSMA-
CD and CSMA-CA (IEEE 802.11).

• Tutorials: Use of network simulator: Event Based

Programming, OMNet++ to create queues and network
of queues and evaluate the performance from simulation
and match with theory. Simulate and evaluate the
395 Go to Index
 performance of MAC protocols in OMNET++.

Suggested Books Text Books

2. L. Kleinrock, Queueing Systems, Volume I: Theory: 1,

1st Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 1975, ISBN:
9780471491101.

3. D. Bertsekas, and R. Gallager, Data networks, 2nd

Edition, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited,
1992, ISBN: 978-8120307803.

Reference Books

4. S.K. Bose, An introduction to queueing systems, 1st

Edition, Springer Science and Business Media, 2002,
ISBN: 978-1-4615-0001-8.

5. J.F. Shortle. J. M. Thompson, D. Gross., and C.M. Harris

Fundamentals of queueing theory, 2018, John Wiley
and Sons, ISBN: 9781118943526.

6. A. Papoulis, S. Pillai, Probability and Statistics, 4th

Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 978-
0070486584.

396 Go to Index
Course code EE 321

Title of the course Design of Photovoltaic Systems

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of Analog and Power Electronics

Course Objectives A design-oriented course on photovoltaic (PV) systems:

enable students to perform design and analysis of the PV cell
electrical characteristics and interconnections and design
integrated systems.

Course Outcomes • Modelling of photovoltaic (PV) cells, systems,

understanding their operation and control aspects.
• Knowledge of various components in photovoltaic
systems and their design and performance analysis, use
of simulation tools.

Course Content • Introduction to PV Cells and Materials: Potential of

solar power in India, Applications of PV, Classifications of
PV system architectures, Working principles of solar
cells, Various solar cell materials.

• PV Output Characteristics and Circuit Models: I-V

Characteristics, Equivalent circuit models, temperature
effects, series and parallel inter-connections,
performance indices.

• Energy from the Sun: Solar geometry fundamentals,

incident energy estimation, Sizing of PV systems:
standalone and grid connected cases.

• Maximum Power Point Tracking Concepts: Basic

Power Conditioning Circuits DC-DC Converters, PV
battery interfaces, DC-AC Converters, PV grid interfaces,
Various MPPT Algorithms, Design and simulation
examples.

• Balance of system components: Energy storage and

power electronic interface sizing with examples.

397 Go to Index
 • Design of Integrated PV systems: Design examples of
solar PV systems: solar lanterns, water pumping,
residential applications: roof-top installation sizing for
homes, building integrated PV systems.

• Costing and Life cycle analysis: Solar PV arrays and

balance of system life cycle and cost analysis.

• Safety Standards, Guidance and Regulation:

Interconnection Standards, System Integration with Low
Voltage Networks, System integration with medium
voltage networks.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. W. Xiao, Photovoltaic Power System: Modeling, Design,
and Control, 1st edition, Wiley, 2017, ISBN: 978-
1119280347.

2. C. S. Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics- Fundamentals,

Technologies and Applications, 3rd edition, Prentice
Hall India Learning, 2014, ISBN: 978-8120351110.

Reference Books

3. G. Petrone, G. Spagnuolo, M. Vitelli, N. Femia, Power

Electronics and Control Techniques for Maximum
Energy Harvesting in Photovoltaic Systems, 1st
edition, CRC Press Ltd., 2012, ISBN: 978-1466506909.

4. H. S. Ruschenbach, Solar Cell Array Design Handbook:

The Principles and Technology of Photovoltaic
Energy Conversion, Springer, 2014, ISBN: 978-
9401179171.

5. Y. A. Jieb, E. Hossain, Photovoltaic Systems:

Fundamentals and Applications, 1st edition, Springer,
2021, ISBN: 978-3030897796.

398 Go to Index
Course Code EE 351

Title of the Course Microprocessors Lab

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0- 0-3-1.5
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course Following are the objective of this lab course are to familiarize the
students with
(i) 8085-microprocessor kit based experiments.
(ii) Software experiment to demonstrate the use of the instruction
set and assembly language programming.
(iii) Hardware experiments for memory interfacing, parallel port,
serial ports, interrupt driven I/O.
(iv) Simple microcontrollers based experiments.
Course Syllabus Following experiments based on the associated theory course EE
301: Microprocessor
1. Familiarization with the 8085 kit
2. (SW1) Software - 1
3. (SW2) Software - 2
4. (SW3) Software - 3
5.(HW1) Interfacing of 8255 in Mode 0
6. (HW2) Interfacing of 8255 in Mode 1
7.(HW3) Interfacing of ADC and DAC with 8085
8 . (HW4) Study of Interrupts and interfacing of 8253 Time
9. (HW5) Interfacing of USART 8251
10. (HW6) Introduction to Microcontroller
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 301: Microprocessors

399 Go to Index
Course code EE 438/ EE 638

Title of the course System on Programmable Chip Design

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Digial Systems, Microprocessor and Microcontrollers

Course Objectives • Familirization with the FPGA fundamentals

• Experimentation on latest system on chip technologies
and understand industrial applications

Course Outcomes • Understand the fundamentals of hardware description

language and progamming field programmable gate
array (FPGA)
• Familiarization with System on Chip concepts and
applications
• Design solutions for industry applications related to
digital electronics

Course Content • Introduction Driving Forces for SoC - Components of

SoC - Design flow of SoC - Hardware/Software nature
of SoC - Design Trade-offs - SoC Applications.

• System-level Design Processor selection, Concepts in

Processor Architecture: Instruction set architecture
(ISA), CISC, RISC-Processor evolution: Soft and Firm
processors, Custom-Designed processors- on-chip
memory.

• IP based system design Introduction to IP Based

design, Types of IP, IP across design hierarchy, IP life
cycle, Creating and using IP - Technical concerns on IP
reuse – IP integration - IP evaluation on FPGA
prototypes.

• Interconnection On-chip Buses: basic architecture,

topologies, arbitration and protocols, Bus standards
400 Go to Index
 like AMBA. Network-onchip: Architecture-topologies-
switching strategies - routing algorithms - flow control.

• SOC implementation Study of processor IP, Memory IP,

wrapper Design - Real-time operating system (RTOS),
Peripheral interface and components, High-density
FPGAs - EDA tools used for SOC design. SoC testing.

Suggested Books Text Books

6.4. L. H. Crockett, R. A. Elliot, M. A. Enderwitz, The Zynq

Book: Embedded Processing with the Arm
Cortex-A9 on the Xilinx Zynq-7000 All
Programmable Soc. Strathclyde Academic Media,
2014, ISBN:978099297870.
7.4. M. J. Flynn, W. Luk, Computer system Design:
System-onChip, Wiley-India, 2011, ISBN: 978-0-
470-64336-5.
8.4. S. Pasricha, N. Dutt, On Chip Communication
Architectures: System on Chip Interconnect,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.1st edition, 2008,
ISBN-13: 9780123738929.

Reference Books

9.4. W. H. Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles

of Embedded Computing System Design, Elsevier,
2008, 2nd edition, ISBN:9780080886213.
10.4. P. Schaumont, A Practical Introduction to
Hardware/Software Co-design, Springer, 2012. 2nd
edition, ISBN:9781461437369.
11.4. W. Wolf, Modern VLSI Design: IP Based Design,
Prentice-Hall India, 4th edition, 2009, ISBN: 978-
0137145003.

401 Go to Index
Course code EE 351N

Title of the course Microprocessors and Digital Systems Design Lab

Course Category Department Core Course

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Digital Systems

Course Objectives Familiarization of embedded programming and hardware

concepts as an addition to the theory course

Course Outcomes  Experimentation to have understanding of hardware and

embedded programming
 Understanding industry requirements, reading
datasheets and system development in embedded
systems

Course Content A representative list of experiments in this lab are as follows:

• Familiarization of a microcomputer
• Embedded programming
• Assembly level programming and timing diagrams
• Introduction to micro-controllers and embedded C
programming
• Interfacting with I/O devices
• Usage of Timer and Interrupts
• Introduction to FPGA programming
• Verilog / VHDL implementation of FSM (Finite State
Machine)
• Introduction to system development in System on
Programmable Chip (SoPC) Design

Suggested Books Reference Books

1. D. V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata

McGraw Hill,1991, ISBN: 978-1259006159.

2. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture:

Programming and Applications with the
402 Go to Index
 8085/8080A, Penram International Publishing, 2013,
6th edition, ISBN: 978-8187972884.

3. K. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller: Architecture,

Programming and Applications, Cengage Learning,
2nd edition., ISBN: 978-8131500880.

4. D. A. Patterson, and J. H. Hennessy, Computer

Organization and Design The hardware and
software interface, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2016,
ISBN: 978-0128017333.

403 Go to Index
Course Code EE 352
Title of the Course Control Systems Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus 1. Control System Design for Speed control application using
Root Locus Method

Objectives:
1) Develop a physics-based model for a DC motor
2) For the DC motor, develop a model based on system identification
using open-loop step response.
3) Design a speed controller for the physics-based model using Root
locus method.
4) Simulate this controller
5) Re-design the controller for the identified model, simulate this
controller and implement it practically.

2. Control System Design for Speed control application using

Bode Plot

Objectives:
1) Develop a physics-based model for a DC motor
2) For the DC motor, develop a model based on system identification
using open-loop step response.
3) Design a speed controller for the physics-based model using Bode
plot method.
4) Simulate this controller
5) Re-design the controller for the identified model, simulate this
controller and implement it practically.

3. Control of speed using armature current

Objectives:
1) To control the speed of the pmdc motor using feedback of current
2) Back emf speed control
3) Speed control using armature current

404 Go to Index
 4. Mini-project involving temperature sensor
Objectives:
This would be a good team project involving projects like
temperature control. The physical model would be developed and a
suitable controller would be designed in theory and then
experimented practically. All the principles learnt in the course
would be used to implement this project
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 302 Control Systems

405 Go to Index
Course code EE 352N

Title of the course Control Systems Lab

Course Category Department Lab

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives • Introduction to simulation and experimental aspects of

control systems engineering.

• Analysis and design of feedback systems to meet specified

requirements and specifications that include stability,
transient response, and steady-state performance.

Course Outcomes • Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated Control Systems theory course.
• Design of PI, PID controllers for feedback control of DC
Motor System.
• Develop expertise for stability analysis and controller
design.

Course Content A representative list of experiments for this lab:

• Response of first-order and second-order systems

• Modeling of DC motor and speed Control
• Ziegler-Nichols tuning of speed controller of DC motor.
• Open-loop response of the systems (gain, integrator, first-
order lag, first-order lag with integrator, first-order lag with
two integrators, transport lag, first-order lag with transport
lag)
• Closed-loop responses (gain, integrator, first-order lag, first-
order lag with integrator, first-order lag with two
integrators, transport lag, first-order lag with Transport lag)
• Determination the following characteristics of the transfer
function:
a)Plotting of the pole-zero plot in s-plane.
b) Determination of the close-loop transfer function and
the block diagram.
c) Plotting of unit step response of given transfer function
and finds delay time, rise time, peak time and peak

406 Go to Index
 overshoot.
d) Determination of the time response of given system
subjected to any arbitrary input.
e)Determining the steady-state errors of a given transfer
function.
f) Root locus plot of the given transfer function, locate
closed loop poles for different values of K.
• Generation of Bode Plot for transfer function and evaluation
of relative stability through gain and phase margin analysis.
• Construction of Nyquist plot for the given transfer function
and analyze the closed-loop stability. Assess relative stability
- gain and phase margin measurements.
• Measurement of Resistance using Kelvin Bridge.
• Measurement of Inductance using Maxwell Bridge and
• Measurement of Capacitance using Desauty's and Schearing
Bridge.
• Study of linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)
characteristics.

Suggested Books Reference Books

1. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 8th edition, Wiley,

2019. ISBN: 978-1-119-47422-7.

2. G. Franklin, J. D. Powell and A. E. Naeini, Feedback Control

of Dynamic Systems, 8th edition, Pearson Education, 2021.
ISBN-13: 978-0-137-51683-4.

3. F. Golnarghi and B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 10th

edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2018, ISBN-13: 978-9-387-
57297-3.

4. J. A. Alloca, Electronic Instrumentation, Prentice Hall,

1987, ISBN: 0835916332.

5. D. A. Bell, Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation,

Oxford University Press, 3rd edition. ISBN: 019569614X.

407 Go to Index
Course Code EE 356
Title of the Course Communications Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Communication Lab I (Analog Communication Lab)

EXPERIMENT NO: 1
NAME
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Transmitter
AIM
To study AM modulator and its variants.
DESCRIPTION
A. To study the operation of a DSB AM modulator
B. To calculate the modulation index of an AM modulated wave
C. To study the operation of a DSB-suppressed carrier AM
modulator
D. To study the operation of an SSB-suppressed carrier AM
modulator
Generate the above waveforms using SDR.

EXPERIMENT NO: 2
NAME
Amplitude Demodulation Receiver
AIM
To study of double sideband (DSB) AM reception.
DESCRIPTION
A. To study DSB AM reception using envelope detector via cable
B. To study DSB AM reception using envelope detector via antenna
C. To study SSB AM reception using product detector

Study B using SDR - BOARD and RTL-SDR. Study the impact of

changing various parameters.

EXPERIMENT NO: 3
NAME
Frequency Modulation (FM) Transmitter
AIM

408 Go to Index
Study of FM.
DESCRIPTION
A. To plot the modulation characteristic of varactor modulator
B. To calculate the modulation sensitivity of varactor modulator
C. To observe and measure frequency deviation and modulation
index of FM
D. To study frequency modulation using reactance modulator and
measure the frequency deviation

Generate the above waveforms using SDR – Board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 4
NAME
Frequency Demodulation Receiver
AIM
Study of frequency demodulation.
DESCRIPTION
A. To plot the demodulation characteristic of the FM demodulator
(Foster-Seeley demodulator)
B. To study the ratio detector
C. To study the phase locked loop (PLL) detector

Study and create demodulator circuits using SDR - Board and RTL-
SDR.

EXPERIMENT NO: 5
NAME
FM amateur radio One-way using SDR
AIM
Real time transfer of FM modulated voice
DESCRIPTION
A. To transmit FM uncompressed voice using GNU-Radio and SDR-
Board
B. Transmit on ISM band.
C. Create a receiver to demodulate the FM and playback the voice
at the receiver in real-time.

EXPERIMENT NO: 6
NAME
Noise spectral density measurement
AIM
Effect of noise on various analog systems.
DESCRIPTION
A. To examine the operation of a noise generator

409 Go to Index
B. To measure the signal-to-noise ratio
C. To measure the noise power and noise power spectral density
C. To examine the operation of a signal attenuation network

EXPERIMENT NO: 7
NAME
Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) and Demodulation
AIM
To set up a PAM modulator and demodulator circuits and to
observe the waveforms.

DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, students will be able to set up
PAM modulator and demodulator circuits and identify the
waveforms.

Implement and study the same using SDR – Board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 8
NAME
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) and Demodulation
AIM
To set up a PWM modulator and demodulator circuits and to
observe and plot the waveforms.
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to set
up PWM modulator and demodulator circuits and to identify PWM
waveform.

Implement and study the same using SDR – Board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 9
NAME
Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) and Demodulation
AIM
To set up a PPM modulator and demodulator circuits and to
observe and
plot the waveforms.
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to set
up PPM modulator circuit using IC 555, demodulator using
transistor and to identify PPM waveform.

Implement and study the same using SDR – Board.

410 Go to Index
EXPERIMENT NO: 10
NAME
Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) and Demodulation
AIM
To set up a PCM modulator and demodulator, and observe the
waveforms
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to set
up a PCM modulator and to generate a PCM encoded output for a
given analog input.

Implement and study the same using SDR – Board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 11
NAME
Delta Modulation (DM) and Demodulation

AIM
To set up a DM modulator and demodulator, and observe the
waveforms
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to set
up a DM and to generate a DM encoded output for a given analog
input.

Implement and study the same using SDR – Board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 12
NAME
MATLAB Simulation for PCM Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To Generate a PCM modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB

DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to set
up a PCM modulator and to generate a PCM encoded output using
MATLAB.

EXPERIMENT NO: 13
NAME
MATLAB Simulation for DM modulation and Demodulation
AIM

411 Go to Index
To generate a DM modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB

DESCRIPTION
1. After completing this experiment, the students will be able
to set up a DM modulator and to generate a DM encoded
output using MATLAB.

Communication Lab II (Digital Communication Lab)

EXPERIMENT NO: 1
NAME
Pseudo noise (PN) sequence generation
AIM
To generate a PN sequence and verify its auto-correlation
property.
DESCRIPTION
A. To generate a 15 length PN sequence using shift register (IC
7495)
B. To generate a 7 length PN sequence using flip-flop

To understand the random signals characteristics, it is important

to generate a PN code sequence. In fact, a PN code sequence is a
pseudo-random sequence of 1’s & 0’s, representing noise like
carrier used for bandwidth spreading of the signal energy. It has
properties equivalent those of white noise, and hence, it is
interesting to verify its auto-correlation property. It can be utilized
for the study of a direct-sequence spread-spectrum (DSSS) system.
Using GNU Radio on SDR board, generate the PN sequence.

EXPERIMENT NO: 2
NAME
Line coding and eye-pattern.
AIM
To study various line coding schemes and corresponding eye-
patterns.
DESCRIPTION
A. The purpose of this experiment is to be familiarized with the
basics of line coding, i.e., mapping bits to pulses
B. Understanding the Nyquist criterion; transmission rates via
bandlimited channels; assessment of maximum transmission rate

In a digital communication system, the line coding is a part of

digital signal processing that can be applied on the signal before it

412 Go to Index
is connected to the analog signal. Line coding offers advantages in
spectrum shaping, filtering, bit clock recovery, error detection,
bandwidth usage & so on.

The eye-pattern study helps in understanding that in digital

communication systems, the clock or timing information must be
recovered from the data at the receiver.

EXPERIMENT NO: 3
NAME
Clock and data recovery scheme
AIM
To understand the clock and data recovery circuits.
DESCRIPTION
This experiment is intended to transmit a bit stream and recover
the clock from bit stream itself at the receiver. In a digital
communication system, the clock or timing information would be
recovered from the data at the receiver. The clock recovery circuits
employ some form of a phase-locked loop (PLL).

EXPERIMENT NO: 4
NAME
Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK) Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To set up ASK modulator and demodulator circuits and to observe
the waveforms.
DESCRIPTION
ASK is a digital modulation scheme where the binary data is
transmitted using a carrier signal with two different amplitude
levels. For binary 0 and 1, the carrier switches between these two
levels. In its simplest form, a carrier is sent during one input and no
carrier is sent during the other. This kind of modulation scheme is
called on-off keying. After completing this experiment, the students
will be able to a) set up ASK modulator and demodulator circuits
and b) identify ASK waveforms.

Implement the same on GNU Radio and SDR board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 5
NAME
Phase Shift Keying (PSK) Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To set up Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulator and
demodulator circuits and to

413 Go to Index
observe the waveforms.
DESCRIPTION
BPSK is digital transmission scheme where the binary data is
transmitted using out of phase signals. During logic ‘0’ a preset
number of cycles of a sinusoidal carrier signal is transmitted and
during logic ‘1’ the same number of cycles of the carrier signal is
transmitted but with 1800 phase shift. After completing this
experiment, the students will be able to a) set up BPSK modulator
and demodulator circuits and b) identify BPSK waveform.

Implement the same on GNU Radio and SDR board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 6
NAME
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To set up FSK modulator and demodulator circuits and to observe
the waveforms.
DESCRIPTION
FSK is a digital modulation scheme where the digital data is
transmitted using a high frequency carrier signal. For logic ‘0’ and
‘1’ the carrier signal switches between two preset frequencies,
hence the name FSK. After completing this experiment, the
students will be able to a) set up FSK modulator and demodulator
circuits and b) identify FSK waveform.

Implement the same on GNU Radio and SDR board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 7
NAME
MATLAB simulation for Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK)
Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To generate a QPSK modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB.

DESCRIPTION
As its name implies, QPSK is a variation of BPSK. QPSK is a DSBSC
modulation scheme also but it sends two bits of digital information
a time (without the use of another carrier frequency). After
completing this experiment, the students will be able to a) set up a
QPSK modulator and demodulator using MATLAB and b) identify
QPSK waveform.

414 Go to Index
Implement the same on GNU Radio, transmit the same on ISM band
using SDR board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 8
NAME
MATLAB simulation for ASK Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To generate an ASK modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB.
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to a) set
up a ASK modulator and demodulator using MATLAB and b)
identify ASK waveform.

EXPERIMENT NO: 9
NAME
MATLAB simulation for Differential Phase Shift Keying (DPSK)
Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To generate a DPSK modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB.
DESCRIPTION
It is the version of BPSK. In DPSK, there is no absolute carrier
phase reference, instead transmitted signal itself used as phase
reference. After completing this experiment, the students will be
able to a) set up a DPSK modulator and demodulator using
MATLAB and b) identify DPSK waveform.

Implement the same on GNU Radio, transmit the same on ISM band
using SDR board.

EXPERIMENT NO: 10
NAME
MATLAB simulation for FSK Modulation and Demodulation
AIM
To generate a FSK modulation and demodulation signals using
MATLAB.
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to a) set
up a FSK modulator and demodulator using MATLAB and b)
identify FSK waveform.

EXPERIMENT NO: 11
NAME

415 Go to Index
 SDR based channel performance measurements
AIM
Channel performance measurement in terms of Spectral
Bandwidth, Symbol Rate, Bit Rate, Channel Capacity, Channel
Utilization, Signal to Noise Ratio, Bit Error Rate (BER), Latency,
Jitter, Eye Diagram, Constellation diagram
DESCRIPTION
After completing this experiment, the students will be able to
understand all the channel performance measurement parameters.

EXPERIMENT NO: 12
NAME
Source coding
AIM
To generate and evaluate the efficiency of variable length source
coding using

DESCRIPTION
A variable length source coding like Huffman coding is an efficient
coding technique for digital communications which depends on the
frequency of occurrence of a data item. This can lead to a source
code whose average code word length approaches the entropy
H(x) of that source.

EXPERIMENT NO: 13
NAME
Error Detection and Correction

AIM
To implement the error detection and correction codes to handle
bit errors using MATLAB.
DESCRIPTION
Error detection and correction are techniques that enable reliable
delivery of digital data over unreliable communication channels.
Many communication channels are subject to channel noise, and
thus errors may be introduced during transmission from the
source to a receiver. Error detection techniques allow detecting
such errors, while error correction enables reconstruction of the
original data in many cases.
Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 306: Digital
Communications

416 Go to Index
Course code EE 356N

Title of the course Communications Lab

Course Category Department Lab

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0 - 0 - 2- 1

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives Experimentation on the basic concepts of Analog and Digital

Communication Systems

Course Outcomes • Gain better understanding of concepts taught in the

associated communication courses.
• Distinguish between different types of transmitters and
receivers in Communication Systems
• Validation of Modulation and Demodulation schemes

Course Content A representative list of experiments in the lab are:

a) Analog Communications:

• To study different types of Amplitude Modulators and

Demodulators.
• Study of FM and Frequency Demodulation Receiver.
• To set up a PAM modulator and demodulator circuits
and to observe the waveforms.
• To set up a PWM modulator and demodulator circuits
and to observe and plot the waveforms.
• To set up a PPM modulator and demodulator circuits
and to observe and plot the waveforms.
• To set up a PCM modulator and demodulator, and
observe the waveforms
• To set up a DM modulator and demodulator, and
observe the waveforms

b) Digital Communications:

• To understand basics of sampling and generate a PN

sequence and verify its auto-correlation property.
• To study various line coding schemes and
corresponding eye-patterns.

417 Go to Index
 • To set up ASK modulator and demodulator circuits and
to observe the waveforms.
• To set up Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulator
and demodulator circuits and to observe the
waveforms.
• To set up FSK modulator and demodulator circuits and
to observe the waveforms.
• To generate a QPSK modulation and demodulation
signals using MATLAB.
• To generate a DPSK modulation and demodulation
signals using MATLAB.

Suggested Books Reference Books

1. J. M. Wozencraft, and I.M. Jacobs, Principles of

Communication Engineering, John Wiley, 1965. ISBN:
978-0881335545.

2. J. R. Barry, E. A. Lee, and D. G. Messerschmitt, Digital

Communication, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004.
ISBN: 978-1461349754.

3. J. G. Proakis, Digital Communications, 4th edition,

McGraw Hill, 2000. ISBN: 978-0071181839.

4. B. P. Lathi and Zhi Ding, Modern Digital and Analog

Communication Systems [International 4th edition,
Oxford University Press, 2011, ISBN: 978-
0198073802.

418 Go to Index
Course Code EE 401 [from AY 2010-11 to 2014-15]
EE 311 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Title of the Course VLSI Systems and Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to Solid State Electronics.
MOS transistor theory.
CMOS processing technology.
CMOS circuit and logic design.
Fully complementary, transmission gate and dynamic logic.
Design of latches, registers, memory, PLA's adders, counters and
multipliers in CMOS.

Suggested Books 1. Watse follow Informity and K. Eshroghian, Principles of CMOS

VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective, Adison-Wesley, 1985.
2. C.A Mead and L.A. Canway, Introduction to VLSI Systems,
Adison-Wesley, 1980.

419 Go to Index
Course Code EE 403 [from AY 2010-11 to 2014-15]
Title of the Course Digital Systems Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Top-Down Design, FSM, Case study, Meta-stability, Synchronization.
VHDL: Different Descriptions, Simulations Cycles, Process, Loops,
Delay Models, Library, Functions, Procedures, Synthesis, Test bench.
PLD: SPLDs, Programming, Applications, CPLDs, MAX7000, APEX,
Design Flow, Timing. FPGA: Logic Blocks, Routing Architecture,
Design Flow, Virtex-II, SX-A, Programming, PAR, Applications.
Testing : Fault models, Different faults, Fault simulation, ATPG, DFT,
Boundary scan, BIST
Suggested Books 1. J.F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles and Practices, Prentice
Hall.
2. K. Skahil, VHDL for Programmable logic, Addison Wesly.
3. M. Abramovici, Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design,
Jaico Publishing.

420 Go to Index
Course code EE 410/ 610

Title of the course Power Electronics Applications to Power Transmission

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Power Systems and Power Electronics

Course Objectives Impart the applications of power electronics specifically in

power transmission to improve system performance along
with their advantages and disadvantages.

Course Outcomes • Ability to analyze the HVDC transmission system and

specific situations when they are beneficial
• Understand the usage of different FACTS devices

Course Content • Introduction to power electronics applications to power

system
• HVDC Transmission
• Analysis of HVDC converters
• HVDC control, maloperation and protection of converters
• Basic FACTS controllers: SVC, STATCOM, TCSC, SSSC,
TCPAR, UPFC, IPFC
• Modeling of FACTS controllers
• Improvement in system performance with FACTS
controllers

Suggested Books Text Books

1. K. R. Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems,

New Age International (P) Limited, 2015, ISBN:
9788122437850.
2. N.G. Hingorani and L. Gyugyi, Understanding FACTS:
Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC
Transmission Systems, Wiley, 2000, ISBN:
9780780334557.

Reference Books

421 Go to Index
3. J. Arrillaga, High Voltage Direct Current
Transmission, IET, 1998, ISBN: 9780852969410.
4. E. W. Kimbark, “Direct Current Transmission-
Volume I”, Wiley-Interscience, 1971, ISBN:
0471475807.
5. Y. H. Song and A. T. Johns, Flexible AC Transmission
System, IEEE Press,1999, ISBN: 978-0852967713.
6. R. M. Mathur and R. K. Varma, Thyristor-Based
FACTS Controllers for Electrical Power Systems,
IEEE Press and John Wiley, 2002, ISBN:
9780471206439.

422 Go to Index
Course Code EE 411
Title of the Course Communication Systems Theory
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Brief review of signal analysis: Fourier transforms; signal
representation and decomposition; deterministic and non-
deterministic signals; applications to the study of
communication systems.
Communication systems: essential components; modulation;
transmission, reception; ideal and non-ideal communication
systems; system level analysis
Random variables and processes: probability density
functions, discrete and continuous densities; marginal and joint
densities; conditional probabilities and functions of random
variables; collection of random variables and stochastic
processes
Mathematical representation of signals and noise: noise as a
stochastic process; Gaussian random variables and processes;
mean, correlation functions, covariance functions; stationary and
white Gaussian noise; power spectral densities;
Comparative study of modulation techniques on S/N ratio
basis: the effect of noise on different modulation techniques;
figures of merit; amplitude modulation in the presence of noise;
frequency modulation in the presence of noise; noise in digital
communication systems and how it may be handled
Suggested Books 1. H. Taub and D.L. Shilling, Principles of Communication
Systems, McGraw Hill International Student Edition,1971.
2. M. Schwartz, Information Transmission, Modulation and Noise,
McGraw Hill, 1980.

423 Go to Index
Course Code EE 412/ EE 612
Title of the Course Digital Communication Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Elements of digital communication systems: source coding,
channel coding, modulation/demodulation, Information and
channel capacity: Discrete communication channels and their
analysis. Baseband data transmission of analog signals. Time-
division multiplexing of digital signals. Synchronization methods.
Suggested Books 1. K.S. Shanmugam, Digital and Analog Communication
Systems, Wiley International Publication, 1980.
2. M. Schwartz, Information Transmission, Modulation and
Noise, McGraw Hill International Student Edition, 1980.
3. J.J. Proakis, Digital Communications, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill
1989.
4. S.S. Haykin, An Introduction to Analog and Digital
Communication Systems, Wiley Eastern, 1989.

424 Go to Index
Course Code EE 413
Title of the Course Discrete Data and Digital Control
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any EE 302: Control Systems
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Sampling and data reconstruction processes: Sampled - Data
control systems, ideal sampler, sampling theorem, sample and hold
operations, frequency domain considerations.
Z-transforms: Properties Inverse, applications to solution of
difference equations, convolution sums;
Stability of discrete systems: location of poles, Jury's stability
criterion, stability analysis through bilinear transforms.
Design of digital control systems: PID controllers and frequency
domain compensation design, state variable methods and the
discrete linear regulator problem.
Suggested Books 1. M. Gopal, Digital Control Engineering, Wiley Eastern, 1988.
2. K.J Astrom, and B. Wittenmark, Computer Controlled
Systems, 2nd edition Prentice -Hall India 1994
3. R. Isermann, Digital Control, Vol 1 Narosa Publications, 1993.

425 Go to Index
Course Code EE 414
Title of the Course Special Semiconductor Devices
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Metal semiconductor contacts, MIS and MOS devices. Power
semiconductor devices. Hetero-junction devices. Optoelectronic
devices. Microwave semiconductor devices. Quantum well devices.
Semiconductor memories.
Suggested Books 1. K.N. Kwok, Complete Guide to Semiconductor Devices, McGraw-
Hill, 1995.
2. S.M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Wiley Eastern,
1981.
3. S.K. Ghandhi, Semiconductor Power Devices, Wiley Interscience,
1977.
4. B.J. Baliga, Modern Power Devices, Wiley Interscience, 1987.
5. P. Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Optoelectronic Devices,
Prentice-Hall India, 1995.

426 Go to Index
Course Code EE 415
Title of the Course Electronic Instrumentation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Instrumentation and isolation amplifiers. Analog switches, S/H
circuits, multiplexers and demultiplexers, sampling and
quantization, antialiasing filters, Data converters, V/F, F/V, A/D,
D/A conversion. Data acquisition system. Signal measurement in
the presence of noise. Noise in Electronic systems, design of low noise
circuits, Programmable instruments and digital interfacing: serial,
parallel. GPIB.
Suggested Books 1. B.H. Oliver and J.M. Cage, Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 1971.
2. J.A. Alloca, Electronic Instrumentation, Prentice Hall, 1987.
3. S. Soclof, Applications of Analog Integrated Circuits, Prentice
Hall, India, 1990.
4. A.J. Bowels, Digital Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 1986.
5. C.S. Rangan, G.R. Sarma, V.S.V. Mani, Instrumentation Devices and
Systems, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1990.
6. T.S. Rathore, Digital Measurement Techniques, Narosa, New
Delhi, 1996.

427 Go to Index
Course Code EE 416
Title of the Course Industrial Instrumentation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Instrumentation systems. Static and dynamic
characteristics of instruments, noise in measurement systems.
Instrumentation systems for physical measurements:
Measurement and control of displacement, strain, force, torque
acceleration, temperature and flow.
Non destructive testing: Ultrasonic and eddy current.
Signal Conditioning and acquisition: Signal conditioning, signal
transmission methods; Data loggers, PC based data acquisition
systems, Interfacing and bus standards, programmable logic
controllers and their industrial applications.
Suggested Books 1. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems, McGraw Hill, 1991.
2. J.P. Bentley, Principle of Measurement Systems, John Wiley
and Sons, 1987.
3. C.S. Rangan, G.R. Sharma, V.S.V. Mani, Instrumentation
Devices and Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
4. D.V.S. Murthy, Transducers and Instrumentation, Prentice
Hall, 1997.
5. M. Tooley, PC Based Instrumentation and Control, Newnes,
1997.
6. R. Randolf, K.G. Kingham, Instrumentation Technology, Vol. 5,
Butter-worth, 1995.

428 Go to Index
Course Code EE 417
Title of the Course Analog Filters
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Filter preliminaries: Terminology; Magnitude and Phase
responses; Classification (LPF, HPF, BPF, APF etc.,)
Approximation Theory: Butterworth, Chebychev, Elliptic and
Bessel Filters; Frequency Transformation.
Sensitivity: Basic concepts; Application to filters - Q sensitivity,
wp sensitivity. Elements of passive network synthesis:
Properties and synthesis of LC, RC driving point and transfer
functions; Singly- and Doubly-terminated ladder networks.
Basics of Active Filter Synthesis: RC-OPAMP circuits,
Biquad circuits based on negative feedback and positive
feedback topologies; Active networks based on passive
ladder structures; Effects of real OPAMPS on active filters.
Introduction to Switched-Capacitor Filters: The MOS switch;
Simulation of resistors using Switched -Capacitor circuits.

Suggested Books 1. G. Daryanani, Principles of Active Networks Synthesis and

Design, John Wiley and Sons, 1976.
2. A.S. Sedra and P.O. Brockett, Filter Theory and Design:
Active and Passive, Matrix Publishers, 1978.
3. M.E. Van Valkenburg, Analog Filter Design, Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, 1982.
4. G.S. Moschytz and P. Horn, Active Filter Design Hand-Book,
John Wiley and Sons, 1981.
5. G.S. Moschytz: (Ed.), MOS Switched Capacitor Filters:
Analysis and Design, IEEE Press, 1981.

429 Go to Index
Course Code EE 418
Title of the Course Control Systems Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Control Systems
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to design: State-space models; Performance
measures like ISE, ITAE; Quadratic indices; Controllability and
Observability.
Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR): Performance index; Optimal
control law; Algebraic Riccati eqn.; Frequency-domain
interpretation. Linear Quadratic Gaussian (LQG): Statistical
descriptions of noise; Kalman filter; Stability margins.
H Design: Uncertainty descriptions; Robustness measures;
Formulation for control-synthesis; Riccati eqn.; Model-order
reduction.
Case studies: Inverted pendulum; Missile guidance; Process
control.

Suggested Books 1. B. Friedland, Control System Design, McGraw Hill 1986.

2. B.D.O. Anderson and J.B. Moore, Optimal Control: LQ Methods,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1989.
3. J.C. Doyle, B.A. Francis and A.R. Tannenbaum, Feedback
Control Theory, Maxwell Macmilan International Ed., 1992.

430 Go to Index
Course Code EE 419/ EE 619
Title of the Course Biomedical Optics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Fundamentals of Electromagnetic wave theory and optics.
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to tissue engineering: Cells as therapeutic agents,
cellular fate processes, cell differentiation, cell division, cell
death/apoptosis, types of tissues and their functions, tumors and
cancers.
Interaction of light with cells and tissues, spectroscopy, optical
biopsy, optics of blood, tissue phantoms, absorption and
fluorescence spectroscopy.
Bioimaging: Transmission microscopy, Phase contrast
Microscopy, Fluorescence Microscopy, Multi-photon Microscopy,
Optical Coherence Tomography.
Optical Biosensors: Principles of optical biosensing, Fiber-optic
biosensors, Interferometric biosensors, Surface Plasmon
Resonance biosensors.
Suggested Books Case studies
Text Books of cellular and biomolecular imaging.
1. Valery V. Tuchin, Handbook of Optical Biomedical
Diagnostics, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004, ISBN:
1402075766
2. Paras N Prasad, Intrduction to Biophotonics, John Wiley and
Sons, 2003, ISBN: 9780471287704.
Reference Books
1. M. H. Niemz, Laser-Tissue Interactions: Fundamental
and Applications (Biological and Medical Physics,
Biomedical Engineering) Springer, 2007, ISBN: 978-
3540721918
2. R.W. Waynant, Lasers in Medicine, CRC Press, 2002, ISBN: 0-
8493-1146-2.
3. B. O.Palsson, Tissue Engineering, CRC Press 2003.

431 Go to Index
Course Code EE 420/ EE 220
Title of the Course IC Fabrication Technology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction to microelectronic fabrication
Semiconductor substrate: Phase diagram and solid solubility,
Crystal structure, Crystal defects, Crystal growth
Diffusion: Atomistic models of diffusion, Analytic solutions of
Fick’s law, Diffusion coefficients, Two step diffusion, Diffusion
system
Thermal Oxidation: The Deal-Grove model, The initial oxidation,
Oxide characterization, Oxidation induced stacking faults, Oxidation
systems
Ion implantation: Ion implantation system, Vertical projected
range, Channeling effect, Implantation damage, Problems and
concerns
Optical lithography: Overview, Source systems,
Contact/proximity printers. Projection printers, Alignment
Photo resist: Contrast curves, Applying and developing photo
resist
Etching: Wet etching, Plasma etching, Ion milling, Reactive ion
etching, Liftoff
Chemical Vapor Deposition: CVD system, Advanced CVD systems,
Epitaxial growth: Wafer cleaning and native oxide removal, The
thermal dynamics, Surface reactions, Do pants, Defects in epitaxial
growth, MOCVD, MBE and CBE
Contacts and metallization: Junction and oxide isolation, Si on
insulator, Schottky and Ohmic contacts, Multilevel metallization
CMOS technologies: Device behavior, Basic 3 µm technologies,
Device scaling
Circuit Manufacturing: Yield, Particle control, Design of
experiments, Computer integrated manufacturing.

Suggested Books 1. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of

Microelectronic Fabrication, 2nd edition (Oxford University
Press, 2001)
2. Sorab K. Gandhi, VLSI Fabrication Principles, 2nd Edition
(John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994)

432 Go to Index
1. Course Code EE 421 / 621
2. Title of the Course MOS Devices & Modeling
3. Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
4. Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
5. Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of basic physics of diodes, BJTs, FETs, MOS
structure. Semiconductors, Junctions and MOSFET
6. Scope of the Course
7. Course Syllabus Overview: Introduction, Semiconductors, Conduction,
Contact Potentials, P-N Junction, Overview of the MOS
Transistor.
Two Terminal MOS Structure: Flat-band voltage, Potential
balance & charge balance, Effect of Gate- substrate voltage on
surface condition, Inversion, Small signal capacitance;
Three Terminal MOS Structure: Contacting the inversion
layer, Body effect, Regions of inversion, Pinch-of f voltage.
Four Terminal MOS Transistor : Transistor regions of
operation, general charge sheet models , regions of inversion
in terms of terminal voltage, strong inversion, weak
inversion, moderate inversion, interpolation models ,
effective mobility, temperature effects, breakdown p-channel
MOS FET, enhancement and depletion type, model parameter
values , model accuracy etc.
Small dimension effects: channel length modulation, barrier
lowering, two dimensional charge sharing and threshold
voltage, punch- through, carrier velocity saturation, hot
carrier effect s, scaling, and effect s of surf ace and drain
series resistance, effects due to thin oxides and high doping.
Sub threshold regions, Advanced SOI structures.
CMOS Device Design: Scaling, Threshold voltage, MOSFET
channel length.
8. Suggested Books Text:
1. Yuan Taur & Tak H. Ning (Cambridge), Fundamentals of
Modern VLSI Devices
2. Yannis Tisividi s (Oxford), The MOS Transistor (2nd
edition)
Reference:
1. B.G. Streetman, Solid State Electronics Devices, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. D.A. Neaman, Semiconductor Physics and Devices,
McGraw-Hill.

433 Go to Index
Course code EE 422/622

Title of the course Digital Circuit Design

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of MOS transistor theory and CMOS circuit
design

Course Objectives • To develop the concepts of designing circuits associated

with signal processing methods.

Course Outcomes • Understanding the fundamentals of MOS logic design.

• Skills in simulation of combinational and sequential MOS
logic and memories.

Course Content • Module 1: MOS scaling, Short channel effects, MOSFET

models, Nano CMOS, Effects of gate oxide tunnelling,
high-k dielectrics, Advanced CMOS structures, SOI,
MOSFET capacitances, MOSFET models for calculation,
Transistors and Layout, CMOS layout elements, SPICE
simulation of MOSFET I-V characteristics and parameter
extraction.

• Module 2: CMOS inverter, static characteristics, noise

margin, dynamic characteristics, inverter design for a
given VTC and speed, effect of input rise time and fall
time, power dissipation, energy and power delay
product, sizing chain of inverters, latch up effect-
Simulation of static and dynamic characteristics.

• Module 3: Combinational and sequential MOS logic

design, static properties, propagation delay, Elmore delay
model, power consumption, low power design
techniques, rationed logic, pseudo NMOS inverter,
DCVSL, PTL, DPTL and Transmission gate logic, dynamic
CMOS design, speed and power considerations, Domino
logic and its derivatives, C2MOS, TSPC registers, NORA
434 Go to Index
 CMOS.

• Module 4: Semiconductor memories, SRAM and DRAM,

BiCMOS logic - static and dynamic behavior -Delay and
power consumption in BiCMOS Logic.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. S. M. Kang and Y. Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated

Circuits Analysis and Design, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 978-0- 07-053077-5.
2. J. M. Rabaey, A. P. Chandrakasan and B. Nikolic,
Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective,
2nd edition, Prentice Hall, 2003, ISBN: 978-
0130909961.

Reference Books

3. D. A. Hodges, H. G. Jackson, and R. A. Saleh, Analysis

and Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill, 2004, ISBN: 978-0070593756.

435 Go to Index
Course Code EE 424/ EE 724
Title of the Course Advanced Micro-processes and Nanotechnology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering Department
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course on semiconductor device physics, MOSFETs and VLSI
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Methodologies for nanotechnology: Introduction and
classification, general properties of atoms and solids, effects at the
nanometer scale, Fabrication methods for nanostructures.
Characterization methodologies for Nanotechnology:
classification of characterization methods, microscopic techniques,
Electron microscopy, Scanning probe techniques, Diffraction
techniques, spectroscopic techniques.
Semiconductor nanostructures: General aspects of semiconductor
physics, Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures,
fabrication techniques, Physical processes nanostructures, some
applications of semiconductor nanostructures.
Silicon MOSFETs: Moore’s Law, Scaling down of devices, Low
frequency noises in MOSFETs, Short Channel Effect, DIBL, GIDL,
recent developments and challenges in MOSFETs.
Single electron devices: Coulomb blockade effect, Single Electron
Transistor, SET based detector, RF-SET, Single Electron
Spectroscopy etc.
Molecular materials and devices: Organic materials, some
examples of organic semiconductors, charge carrier injection and
transport, Optical properties of organic semiconductors,
applications and devices involving organic semiconductors viz.
Organic Field Effect Transistors, Organic Light Emitting Diodes,
Organic Photovoltaic’s including Dye sensitized solar cells.
Suggested Books 1. S. M. Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, John Wiley and Sons,
1981, ISBN: 0-471-05661-8
2. R. Kelsall, I. Hamley and M. Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and
Technology, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005, ISBN: 0-470-85086-8.
3. K. Morigaki, Physics of amorphous semiconductors, Imperial
College Press, 1999, ISBN: 981-02-1381-6.
4. P. Richman, MOS Field Effect Transistors and Integrated Circuits,
John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 1973, ISBN: 0-471-72030-5.
5. Y. Taur and T-H. Ning, Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices,
Cambridge University Press, 1998, ISBN: 978-0-521-55959-1.
6. G. Hadziioannou and G. Malliaras, Semiconducting Polymers:

436 Go to Index
Chemistry, Physics and Engineering, Wiley Interscience, 2007,
ISBN: 978-3-527-31271-9.

437 Go to Index
Course code EE 426/626

Title of the course MOSFET Reliability Issues

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of MOS device and technology

Course Objectives • Understanding of the various phenomena causing

failures in MOSFETs
• Impart knowledge on the mechanisms of the causes
for failures and the possible work arounds.

Course Outcomes • Knowledge of the various mechanisms causing

reliability issues in the modern CMOS devices and
testing aspects.

Course Content • Evolution of VLSI Device Technology: Modern CMOS

Devices, MOSFET I-V characteristics, Substrate bias
and temperature dependence of threshold voltage,
Channel mobility, inversion layer capacitance effect.
Short channel effects, velocity saturation, channel
length modulation, source-drain series resistance,
MOSFET breakdown.

• High Field Effects: Impact ionization and avalanche

breakdown, Band to band tunneling, Tunneling into
and through silicon dioxide, Injection of hot carriers
from silicon into silicon dioxide, High field effects in
gated diodes.

• Modeling Hot carrier Effects: Substrate current model,

Gate current model, Correlation between gate and
substrate current, Mechanism of MOSFET degradation,
Impact of degradation on circuit performance,
Temperature dependence of device degradation.
• Electrostatic Discharge Damage: Introduction to

438 Go to Index
 reliability concepts and modeling. Triboelectricity, ESD
control, On-chip protection, ESD models and testing,
ESD models and testing procedures, failure models.

• Metal Electro migration: Phenomenon of Electro

migration, Theoretical and empirical relations, Effects
of stress and gases on electro migration, effects of
geometric variation and defects, Electro migration at
the contacts and windows, layered metallization,
Electro migration in polysilicon, Electro migration
under pulsed currents.

• Dielectric Breakdown: Introduction, Complex nature of

oxide breakdown, Oxide breakdown strength
distribution, TDDB life test, Oxide defects, Concept of
distance to fail, Step stress techniques, correlation of
ramp test data to TDDB data.

• Packaging Relation Reliability Issues: Effects of

moisture, Detection and package evaluation, stress in
packaging, Issues related to die bonding, Solder joint
problem, Electrolytic corrosion, Accelerated reliability
tests for packages

Suggested Books Text Books

1. Y. Taur and T. H. Ning, Fundamentals of Modern VLSI

Devices, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 0-521-
55959 6.
2. N. Arora, MOSFET Modeling for VLSI Simulation:
Theory and Practice, World Scientific, ISBN-13 978-
981-256-862-5.
Reference Books

3. Y. Leblebici, S.M. Kang, Hot-Carrier Reliability of

MOS VLSI Circuits, Springer, 1993, ISBN 978-0-
792393528.
4. A. W. Strong, E. Y. Wu, R.P. Vollertsen, J. Sune, G. L.
Rosa, T. D. Sullivan, S. E. Rauch III, Reliability
Wearout Mechanisms in Advanced CMOS
Technologies, Wiley-IEEE Press, 1999, ISBN: 978-
0471731726.

439 Go to Index
Course code EE 427
Title of the course Physics of Semiconductor Devices
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Electronic devices
Scope of the course
Course syllabus Introduction to semiconductor physics: Review of quantum
mechanics; electrons in periodic lattices; crystal structure;
chemical bonding; crystal lattices; semiconductor materials.
Properties of Semiconductors: Energy bands; carrier
concentrations; carrier transport phenomena; phonon, optical and
thermal properties, hetero-junctions and nano-structures.
Physical concepts of p-n Junction: depletion region; current-
voltage characteristics, transient and A-C conditions; effects of
contact potential; recombination and generation in the transition
region; metal-semiconductor contacts.
Physics of transistors: The bipolar transistor-static, small signal
and switching characteristics; high current and high frequency
effects; hetero-junction bipolar transistors.
The MOS transistor: basic device characteristics; short channel
effects and device scaling; hot carrier effects; Junction field effect
transistors; metal-insulator-semiconductor capacitors; MOSFETs,
device characteristics, structures, scaling and challenges;
applications.
Suggested books 1. S. M. Sze and Kwok K. Ng, Physics of semiconductor devices,
2007 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. S. M. Sze, Modern semiconductor device physics, Wiley-
Interscience publication, ISBN: 0-471-15237-4.
3. E. H. Nicollian and J. R. Brews, MOS Physics and Technology,
John Wiley, 1982.
4. J.P. Colinge, C.A. Colinge, Physics of Semiconductor devices;
Basic principles, Springer 2002, ISBN: 0-387-28523-7.
5. V.K. Vashchenko, V.F. Sinkevitch, Physical limitations of
semiconductor devices, Springer 2008, ISBN: 978-0-387-
74513-8.

440 Go to Index
Course code EE 428/628

Title of the course Advanced Memory Technology

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Fundamentals of Electronic Devices, and VLSI Systems and

Technology

Course Objectives • Provide a background on the evaluation on the memory

technologies (both optical/ electronic).
• Knowledge on non-volatile and volatile memories.
• Over view of emerging memory technologies and their
importance

Course Outcomes • Exposure to memory technologies and state of the art in

the domain, challenges and future research directions.

Course Content • Introduction to memory devices: Evolution and history;

archival data storage; advances in optical memories.

• Nonvolatile memories: Magnetic memories, HDDs; Silicon

based thin film transistor nonvolatile memories; Flash
memories, classification and operation; challenges;
advancements.

• Volatile memories: Random access memories,

classification and operation; SRAM.S, DRAM.S., history
and challenges.

• Emerging memory technologies: Phase Change Memory

(PCM); Magnetoresistive Random Access Memory
(MRAM); Ferroelectric Random Access Memory
(FeRAM); Comparison and future directions.

441 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. T. Y. Tseng and S.M. Sze, Nonvolatile memories-

Materials, Devices and Applications, American
Scientific Publishers; Volume 1 and 2, 2012, ISBN: 978-
1588832504.
2. J. Brewer and M. Gill, Nonvolatile memory technologies
with emphasis on Flash, IEEE Press series on
microelectronic systems, Wiley-Interscience 2008, ISBN:
978-0471-77002-2.

Reference Books

3. S. Raoux and M. Wuttig, Phase change materials-

Science and Applications, Springer, 2009, ISBN:978-0-
387-84873-0.

442 Go to Index
Course Code EE 429/ EE 629
Title of the Course Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Fundamentals of solid state engineering: Future of
semiconductor device and research, Applications in food, energy,
transportation, communication, entertainment, health and
medicine etc. Necessity of innovative technology and prospect for
future.
Crystalline properties of solid: Crystal lattice and seven crystal
systems, The unit cell concept, The Weigner-Seitz cell, Bravais
lattices, Space and point groups, Miller indices, reciprocal lattice,
Brillouin zone.
Semiconductor heterostructures and low-dimensional
quantum structures: Energy bands, Application of model solid
theory, Anderson model for heterojunctions, Multiple quantum
wells (MQWs) and super lattices, Two-dimensional nanostructure:
quantum well, One-dimensional nanostructure: quantum wire,
Zero-dimensional nanostructure: quantum dot, Optical properties
of low-dimensional structures, Examples and applications in real
world.
Fabrication of nanostructures: Basic compound semiconductors,
Bulk single crystal growth techniques, Epitaxial growth
techniques, Physical vapor deposition and sputtering,
Thermodynamics and kinetics of growths, Nan scale growth modes
Characterization Techniques: Structural, X-ray diffraction,
Electron microscopy, Energy dispersive analysis using X-rays,
Auger electron spectroscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy,
Secondary ion mass spectroscopy, Rutherford backscattering,
Scanning probe microscopy, Optical, Photoluminescence
spectroscopy, Cathodoluminescence spectroscopy, Reflectance
measurement, Absorbance measurement, Ellipsometry, Raman
spectroscopy, Fourier transform spectroscopy, Electrical
Resistivity, Hall effect, Capacitance techniques, Electrochemical
capacitance-voltage profiling
Innovative devices based on nanostructures: Resonant
tunneling diode, Quantum cascade laser, Carbon nanotube devices,
Single electron transistor
Suggested Books 1. M. Razeghi, Fundamentals of Solid State Engineering, 2nd Edition

443 Go to Index
 (Springer, 2006)
2. W. R. Fahrner, Nanotechnology and Nan electronics: Materials,
Devices, Measurement Techniques (Springer-Verlag Berlin
Heidelberg 2005)
3. R. W. Kelsall, I. W. Hamley, and M. Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science
and Technology (John Wiley & Sons Ltd, England 2005)

444 Go to Index
1. Course Code EE 430/ EE 630
2. Title of the Course Analog CMOS IC Design
3. Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
4. Name of the Concerned Electrical
Department
5. Pre–requisite, if any Knowledge of MOSFET device operation, physics and technology.
6. Scope of the Course
7. Course Syllabus Basic MOS Device Physics: MOSFET as a switch, MOSFET structure
and symbol, MOSFET I-V characteristics, Threshold voltage, Second
Order Effects, MOSFET layout, capacitances, small signal model, long
channel and short channel models.
Short Channel Effects and Device Models: Scaling theory, short
channel effects, threshold voltage variation, mobility degradation
with vertical field, velocity saturation, hot carrier effects, output
impedance variation with drain source voltage, BSIM model, charge
and capacitance modeling, temperature dependence.
Single-Stage Amplifiers: Basic concepts, Common-source stage,
source follower, common-gate stage, cascade stage.
Differential Amplifiers: Single ended and differential operation,
basic differential pair, common mode response, differential pair
with MOS loads, Gilbert cell.
Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Basic current mirrors,
Cascade current mirrors, Active current mirrors.
Nonlinearity and Mismatch: Nonlinearity of differential circuits,
effect of negative feedback on nonlinearity, capacitor nonlinearity,
linearization techniques, offset cancellation techniques, reduction of
noise by offset cancellation, alternative definition of CMRR.
8. Suggested Books 1. B. Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2002 (ISBN: 978-0-07-052903-8).
2. P.E. Allen and D.R. Holberg, CMOS Analog Circuit Design, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2010 (ISBN: 978-0-19-806440-4).
3. D.M. Binkley, Tradeoffs and Optimization in Analog CMOS Design,
Wiley, 2008 (ISBN: 978-0-470-03136-0).

445 Go to Index
Course Code EE 431/ IEE 431/ EE 631
Title of the Course Organic Electronics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department/Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any Basic Semiconductor Physics/ Basic electronics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Background towards molecular electronics, surfaces and
interfaces, structures and organization. Introduction to
Schrodinger equation, Hartree-Fock Theory, Density
Functional Theory. Molecular Solids, π-conjugated polymers,
one dimensional band structure of linear conjugated polymers,
optical absorption and emission in conjugated
oligomers/polymers. Device motivation for interface studies,
Metal-semiconductor and Metal-Insulator-Semiconductor
Interface. Charge transport in conjugated polymers. Hopping
and Multiple trap and release model. Interface effects viz.
Dipole, doping, band bending etc. in organic semiconductor
devices.
Materials and Interface Engineering in Organic Light Emitting
Diodes (OLEDs). OLED materials and device architecture for
full color displays and solid state lighting. Theory and
operation principle of Organic Field Effect Transistors (OFETs).
Interface Characterization, Threshold Voltage and
subthreshold swing and charge carrier mobility in OFETs.
Application of OFETs in Displays. Organic Photovoltaic Devices
(OPDs) using Polymer-Fullerene Bulk heterojunction thin
films. Interface effects and improvement in Polymer Solar Cells
(PSCs) efficiency. Introduction to some other advanced
concepts viz. Organic electrochromic materials and devices,
multiphoton absorbing materials and devices and Nonvolatile
Organic Thin Film Memory Device.
Suggested Books 1. S. M. Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, John Wiley
and Sons, 1981, ISBN: 0-471-05661-8
2. R. Kelsall, I. Hamley and M. Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science
and Technology, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005, ISBN: 0-
470-85086-8.
3. K. Morigaki, Physics of amorphous semiconductors,
Imperial College Press, 1999, ISBN: 981-02-1381-6.
4. G. Hadziioannou and G. Malliaras, Semiconducting
Polymers: Chemistry, Physics and Engineering, Wiley

446 Go to Index
 Interscience, 2007, ISBN: 978-3-527-31271-9.
5. F. So, Organic Electronics: Materials Processing, Devices
and Applications, CRC Press, 2010, ISBN: 978-1-4200-
7290-7.
6. Conjugated Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces, Cambridge
University Press, 1996, ISBN: 0-521-47206-7.

447 Go to Index
Course Code EE 432/ EE 632
Title of the Course Optoelectronics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any

Scope of the Course

Course Syllabus Fundamentals of Lasers: The Einstein A and B coefficient
approach to the photon-atom interaction, Based on this approach,
examines semi-classical quantum theory of the laser to illustrate the
general applicability of the rate equation, Description of light
detection.
Laser Physics and Dynamics: Threshold condition for laser
oscillation, Gain saturation, Multimode Oscillation, Amplified
spontaneous emission, Laser efficiency, CW laser
Different Sources of Lasers: Solid state lasers, Color center lasers,
Gas lasers, Dye lasers, Chemical lasers, Semiconductor lasers.

Suggested Books 1. Joseph T. Verde yen, Laser Electronics, 3rd edition (prentice-Hall,
1995)
2. E. Siegman, Introduction to Lasers and Masers (New York:
McGraw-Hill Company, 1971)
3. C. Casey, Jr. and M. B. Panish, Heterostructure lasers (New York:
Academic Press, 1978)

448 Go to Index
Course code EE 434/634

Title of the course Semiconductor Based Sensors

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Electronic Devices

Course Objectives • Familirization with the various types of sensors and their
principles of operation
• Integrated sensors and practical applications in the field

Course Outcomes • Fundamentals of semiconductor based sensors and their

applications.

Course Content • Introduction: Introduction and classification of sensors,

sensors and transducers, Semiconductor sensors and
their classification, sensor characterization, Evolution of
semiconductor sensors.

• Semiconductor Sensors Technologies: Introduction to

basic fabrication processes, Micromechanical Process
Design, Bulk Micromachining, surface micromachining,
other manufacturing techniques, Applied Statistics and
Probability in semiconductor manufacturing.

• Mechanical Sensors: Piezoresistivity, and Piezoresistive

sensors, Capacitive sensors, Piezoelectric materials and
acoustic sensors, SAW based sensors, strain gauge and
cantilever based sensors. Thermal sensors, Thermal
sensing elements, Micro/Nanoelectromechanical sensors
(MEMS/ NEMS).

• Magnetic and Optical sensors: Integrated Hall sensors,

magnetotransistors, photodiodes and phototransistors,
HgCdTe based Infrared sensors, High energy
photodiodes.
449 Go to Index
 • Chemical and Biosensors: Introduction to interaction of
gaseous species at semiconductor surfaces, thin film
based sensors, Field Effect Transistor (FET) devices for
gas/ ion sensing, Immobilization of enzymes in
biosensors, Transduction principles and packaging on
biosensors.

• Integrated Sensors: Introduction, System Organization

and Functions, Interface electronics, Examples of
Integrated sensors.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. M. Gad-el-Hak, The MEMS Handbook, CRC Press,

2005, ISBN: 0- 8493-0077-0.
2. S. M. Sze, Semiconductor Sensors, J. Wiley, 1994,
ISBN: 978- 0471546092.
3. R. Shinar and J. Shinar, Organic Electronics in
Sensors and Biotechnology, Mc Graw Hill, 2009,
ISBN: 978-0071596756.

Reference Books

4. J. W. Gardner, Microsensors: Principles and

Applications, Wiley, 1994 ISBN: 978-0471941361.
5. S. Middelhoek, S. Audet, Silicon Sensors, Academic
Press, 1989, ISBN: 0- 12-495051-5.
6. R. F. Wolffenbuttel, Silicon Sensors and Circuits: On
Chip compatibility, Chapman and Hall, 1995 ISBN: 0-
412-70970-8.

450 Go to Index
Course code EE 435 /EE 635
Title of the course VLSI Technology
Credit structure L-T-P-C
2-1-0-3
Name of the concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite (if any) None
Scope of the course This course is designed to introduce the state of the art fabrication
technology used in fabrication of standard Si based CMOS Nano-
devices and Very Large Scale Integrated Circuits based on them.

Course syllabus General overview of VLSI technology

Introduction to VLSI technology, underlying processes, clean room,
wafer cleaning procedures and physical limits of technology, Moore’s
law, top-down and bottom up approach.

General fabrication processes

Oxidation, diffusion, ion-implantation, wet chemical etching, dry
etching and deposition techniques.

Lithographic techniques
Advancement of lithography with scaling down of devices, Figure of
merits, NA and depth of focus, Issues pertaining to lithography, MTF,
PCM, patterning, mask generation, Advanced lithographic techniques
viz. Immersion lithography, e-beam/ion-beam lithography, X-ray
lithography.

Silicides and interconnects

Silicidation, contact issues in MOSFETs, metal silicides,
interconnects, resistance of interconnects, skin effect, fringing
capacitances, crosstalk, lumped/distributed RC delay model, Elmore
model, interconnect design for VLSI applications.

Process sequences
Process sequences for Bipolar, n-MOS and CMOS technologies.
Suggested books 1. S. K. Gandhi, VLSI Fabrication principles, 2nd edition, (John Wiley
& Sons Inc., 1994). (ISBN: 9780471580058).

2. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, 2nd Edition, (McGraw Hill Co. Inc.,

New York, 1988). (ISBN:9780070627352).

3. C. Y. Chang & S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, (McGraw Hill Co.Inc.,

New York, 1996). (ISBN: 9780070630628).

4. James Plummer, M.Deal and P.Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology,

Prentice Hall Electronics and Series, 2000 VLSI. (ISBN:
9780130850379).

451 Go to Index
5. Stephen Campbell, The Science and Engineering of
Microelectronics, Oxford University Press, 1996. (ISBN:
9780195136050).

452 Go to Index
Course Code EE 436
Title of the Course Microwave and Satellite Communication
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Electromagnetic Waves
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Microwave components: Tees, circulators, directional
couplers, attenuators, phase shifters, S-parameter analysis of
microwave components.
Microwave sources: Klystron, microwave semiconductor devices,
low noise microwave amplifiers, parametric amplifiers.
Physical media and link components: Microwave bands for
Satellite communication: Satellite microwave link calculations;
Earth station components, parabolic dish antennas, G/T ratio.
Modulation Schemes used in satellite links: FDMA, TDMA and
packet switched systems; spread spectrum techniques and CDMA
systems.
Satellite systems: Satellite classes; satellite orbits: launching of a
satellite and their monitoring. Low orbit satellites for mobile
communication.
Suggested Books 1. R.E. Collin, Foundations of Microwave Engineering, (2nd
edition) McGraw Hill, 1992.
2. D.M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, John Wiley, 1996.
3. Pratt and Bostian, Satellite Communication, John Wiley
International 1986.

453 Go to Index
Course Code EE 438
Title of the Course Computer Control and Automation of Power Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to energy control centers: Various states of a
power system; SCADA systems and RTUs.
EMS software: State estimation; Optimal power flow; Reactive
power control; Operator request loadflow; Contingency analysis.
Active power control: Speed control of generators; Tie line
control; Frequency control; Generation scheduling in an
interconnected system; Automatic generation control; Primary
and secondary control; Economic dispatch; Performance
criteria under transient and steady state conditions.
Computer aided protection: Introduction; Basic configuration;
Line, bus, generator, transformer protection; Numeric relays and
application of DSP to protection.
Automation: Monitoring, Protection and control; IEDs; Adaptive
relaying.
Suggested Books 1. A.G. Phadke, and J.S. Thorp, Computer Relaying for Power
Systems, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988.
2. O.I. Elgerd, Electric Energy System Theory, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1982.
3. P. Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw Hill
Inc. New York, 1995.
Selected papers from IEEE Computer Applications in Power.

454 Go to Index
Course code EE 440/640

Title of the course Analog and Mixed Signal IC Design

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge about basic electronics and basic electrical

circuits

Course Objectives • Make students well adept in the area of Analog and
mixed signal IC design

Course Outcomes • Understand the design challenges associated with mixed

IC design
• Analysis of various analog and mixed signal circuits with
practical examples.

Course Content • Basic Analog Building Blocks: Switches, active resistors,

current sources, current mirrors, current and voltage
sources, Wilson and Widlar current mirrors, basic bipolar
and CMOS process technology, D-A and A-D converters,
filter design considerations.

• Amplifiers: CMOS based differential and operational

amplifiers, multipliers, modulators, quasi differential
amplifier, errors due to mismatch, replication principle,
qualitative analysis, common mode response, frequency
response, noise performance of differential amplifiers.

• Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal Design: Mixed signal

blocks and design issues, design of high speed
comparators, Opamps, design of sample and hold circuits,
design of CMOS based analog multipliers and dividers,
switched capacitor filters, frequency compensation
schemes viz. Miller compensation.

455 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. R. Gregorian and G. C. Temes, Analog MOS Integrated

Circuits for Signal Processing, John Wiley and Sons,
1986, ISBN:1978-0137145003.
2. R. Geiger, P. E Allen and N. Stradder, VLSI Design
Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuits, Mc-Graw
Hill International Edition, 1990, ISBN: 9780070232532.

Reference Books

3. P. E Allen and D. R Holberg, CMOS Analog Design

Circuit, Oxford University Press, 2002. ISBN:
9780199937424.

456 Go to Index
Course Code EE 441/ EE 641
Title of the Course Advanced Signal Processing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Signals and Systems
Scope of the Course The goal of advanced digital signal processing course is to provide a
comprehensive coverage of signal processing methods and tools,
including leading algorithms for various applications.
Course Syllabus Review of discrete-time signals and systems concepts, Z-transform
properties, Sampling, Multirate signal processing, discrete Fourier
transform (DFT), Fourier-Bessel expansion, discrete cosine
transform (DCT), short time Fourier transform (STFT), continuous
wavelet transform (CWT), discrete wavelet transform (DWT),
Wigner-Ville distribution (WVD), adaptive signal decomposition,
empirical mode decomposition, parametric signal processing, data
compression, signal and image processing applications.

Suggested Books 1. L. Cohen, Time-Frequency Analysis, Prentice Hall, 1995, ISBN:

0135945321.
2. S. Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing (2nd edition),
Academic Press, 2008, ISBN: 012466606X.
3. T. K. Moon and W. C. Stirling, Mathematical Methods and
Algorithms for Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, August 1999,
ISBN: 978-0201361865.
4. Proakis and Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing (4th edition),
Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN: 0131873741.
5. Selected research papers.

457 Go to Index
Course code EE 446/646

Title of the course Information and Coding Theory

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Concepts of probability theory, statistics, with understanding

of signal processing and communications.
*Note the student should not get confused “Information
Coding” with “Software code writing / coding”

Course Objectives Baics of quantitative theory of information and its

applications to reliable, and efficient communication systems
design

Course Outcomes • Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of

mathematics, communications and signal processing to
the solution of complex communication system design
problems.
• Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for
complex, and both wireless and wireline communication
systems.

Course Content • Information measure and entropy, information rate, joint

and conditional entropies, mutual information

• Discrete memoryless channels, BSC, BEC, channel

capacity, Shannon limit.

• Source coding, adaptive Huffman coding, arithmetic

coding, LZW, Hamming weight, Hamming distance,
minimum distance decoding.

• Single parity codes, Hamming codes, repetition codes,

linear block codes, cyclic codes, convolutional codes.

• Sequential and probabilistic decoding, principle of Turbo

coding, burst error-correcting codes.

• Introduction to some commercial coding techniques.

458 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books

1. T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information

Theory, 2nd edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2006, ISBN: 978-
0471241959.
2. R. Gallagher, Information Theory and Reliable
Communication, Wiley; 1968, ISBN: 978-0471290483.

Reference Books

3. R. Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography,

Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2007, ISBN: 978-
0070151512.
4. K. Sayood, Introduction to Data Compression, 3rd edition,
Morgan Kaufmann; 2012, ISBN: 978-0124157965.
5. S. Gravano, Introduction to Error Control Codes, Oxford
University Press, 2001, ISBN: 978-0198562313.

459 Go to Index
Course code EE 447/ 647

Title of the course Advanced Photonics

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0 - 3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Not Applicable

Course Objectives • Fundamentals of optoelectronics, photonics and its

multidisciplinary applications including optical fiber
communication.
• Basics and technology of photonic devices, components
and systems including device fabrication.

Course Outcomes • Understand concepts and advances in Photonics

Technology including major optical devices and
components
• Learn optical wave propagation in structured media,
modal coupling, and their multidisciplinary
applications.
• Knowledge of semiconductor photonics, Nano-
photonics and its applications.

Course Content • Introduction to Optical Fiber Communication:

Nature of light; optical communication; optical fibers;
propagation of light in optical fibers; transmission
characteristics of optical fibers; fabrication of optical
fibers.

• Planar Optical Waveguides, Passive Devices and

Components:
Waveguide classification, step-index waveguides,
graded-index waveguides, Coupled mode theory,
grating in waveguide structure, bent waveguides,
Optical Cross Connects, directional coupler, Bragg
reflectors, waveguide filters, Arrayed Waveguide
Grating (AWG), Multiplexer, Demultiplexer.

460 Go to Index
 • Active Photonics Devices:
Spontaneous and stimulated emission, emission from
semiconductors, LEDs – Basics and Technology,
Semiconductor injection lasers, Single frequency lasers,
VCSEL, Optical amplifiers, Photodetectors, Electro-optic
modulator, Electro-absorption modulator, Graphene
based optoelectronic devices.

• Silicon Photonics:
Introduction, CMOS compatible fabrication, Silicon-on-
insulator (SOI) Technology, silicon modulators, non-
linear silicon photonics, lasers on silicon, CMOS-
Photonic hybrid integration, Silicon-germanium
photodetector.

• Elements of Nano-photonics
Photonic crystals and their applications, Surface
plasmon polaritons, Slow light and its applications,
Introduction to Optical Interconnects.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. J.M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications, Pearson

Education, 2009, ISBN: 8131732665, 9788131732663.

2. Amnon Yariv and Pochi Yeh, Photonics, Optical

Electronics in Modern Communication, 6th edition,
Oxford Press, 2006, ISBN: 9780195179460.

3. B. E. A. Saleh and M. C. Teich, Fundamentals of

Photonics, Wiley, 2007, ISBN: 9780471358329.

Reference Books

4. Ghatak and Thyagarajan, Introduction to Fiber Optics,

Cambridge University Press, 2013, ISBN: 9780521577854.

5. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, Tata McGraw

2011, ISBN: 0070648107.

6. Chuang, Physics of Optoelectronic Devices, Wiley,

2008, ISBN 9780470293195.

461 Go to Index
Course code EE 448/648

Title of the course Antennas and Propagation

Course Category Department Elective

L - T - P – Credits
Credit Structure
3-0-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Electrical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Electromagnetic Waves

To provide an in-depth understanding of antenna

Course Objectives fundamentals, modern antenna concepts and practical
antenna design for various applications.

● Understand the foundational design aspects and

performance parameters of antennas.
Course Outcomes ● Critically analyze and characterize antennas from
antenna parameters and design antenna arrays with
required radiation pattern characteristics.

• Introduction: Antenna theorems and definitions,

radiation patterns, beamwidth, directivity, gain,
efficiency, bandwidth, polarization, input impedance,
Friis transmission equation and radar equation.
• Potential functions and theorems: Vector potential
for electric and magnetic current source, duality
theorem, reciprocity theorem, reaction theorem.
• Single-element antennas: Linear wire antennas,
loop antennas, travelling wave antennas, broadband
Course Content antennas, aperture antennas, microstrip antennas,
reflector antennas, antenna measurements.
• Antenna arrays: Array theorems, two-element
linear array, N-element linear array, array factor,
super directivity, planar array, circular array.
• Antennas for modern communication: Circularly
polarized antennas, base station antennas (cellular /
Wi-Fi / GPS / WiMAX), multiple-input multiple-
output (MIMO) antennas, smart antennas.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. C. A. Balanis, Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design,
John Wiley and Sons, 2005, ISBN: 978-0471667827.
2. J. D. Kraus, R. J. Marhefka, and A. S. Khan, Antennas
and Wave Propagation, McGraw-Hill, 2017, ISBN:
978-9352606184
3. R. S. Elliot, Antenna Theory and Design, Wiley-IEEE
462 Go to Index
 Press, 2003, ISBN: 9780471449966.

Reference Books

4. T. A. Milligan, Modern Antenna Design, Wiley-IEEE,

Press, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-471457763.
5. J. L. Volakis, Antenna engineering handbook, New
York, McGraw-Hill, 2007, ISBN: 978-0071475747.
6. W. L. Stutzman and G. A. Thiele, Antenna Theory
and Design, John Wiley and Sons, 2012, ISBN: 978-
0470576649.

463 Go to Index
Course code EE 450/ EE 650
Title of the Internet of Things (IoT) Networks
course
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if Students are expected to have basic knowledge of Probability Theory,
any Signal Processing and Communications.
Scope of the To get acquainted with the networking aspects of the Internet of
course Things (IoT). Students will gain state-of-the-art knowledge with typical
IoT inspired networking concepts.
Course Syllabus Introduction to IoT Networks: What is IoT network? Types of IoT
networks available for IoT devices; Networking protocols;
Understanding layers of network in IoT space; Cooperative and
Cognitive wireless Sensor and Ad‐hoc networks.

IoT Networks in the pre‐5G Era: Cellular (3G/4G) networks; Local

and Personal Area Networks (LAN/PAN); 6LoWPAN; Low Power Wide
Area Networks (LPWAN); Mesh networks; Key players for LPWAN:
SigFox (ultra‐narrow band), and LoRaWAN (long range Wireless Area
Network); 4G LTE networks: LTE‐M (Cat‐M1 chipset) and Narrowband
IoT (NB‐IoT); Applications to Machine‐to‐Machine (M2M) connections;
Limitation on capacity of LTE/LTE‐Advanced networks.

Evolution of 5G‐IoT Network and Beyond: Usage scenarios for

5G/6G networks; International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
supporting IoT devices: Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Massive
Machine‐type Communications (mMTC), and Ultra‐reliable and
Low‐Latency Communications (URLLC); 5G New Radio (NR)
technology; Learning driven 6G‐IoT networks.

IoT Network Modelling, Performance, and Security: Stochastic

Modelling; Performance Metrics and Evaluation; Spectral and Energy
Efficiency analysis; Basic IoT network Security requirements; Securing
different stack layers (e.g., LANs, network, transport); Low‐powered
IoT‐based networks: Energy consumption versus harvesting prospects.

IoT Applications: Internet of Vehicles (IoV); Drones/UAVs as Flying

IoT; Resource management and mobility management;
Vehicular/Mobile Edge/Cloud Computing; Industrial IoT (IIoT):
Exploration of wireless IoT networks for Smart Manufacturing;
Industry 4.0; Internet of Molecular Things (IoMT); Internet of Space
(IoS); Internet of Everything (IoE).
Suggested Books 1. D. Hanes, G. Salgueiro, P. Grossetete, R. Barton, J. Henry, IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and
Use Cases for the Internet of Things’, Cisco Press, NJ, 2017,

464 Go to Index
 ISBN: 9780134307091
2. P. Lea, ‘Internet of Things for Architects’, Packt (sic)
Publishing, UK, 2018, ISBN: 9781788470599
3. N. H. Mahmood, N. Marchenko, M. Gidlund, P. Popovski,
‘Wireless Networks and Industrial IoT: Applications,
Challenges and Enablers’, Springer Nature, Switzerland, 2021,
ISBN: 978-3-030-51472-3
4. S. Misra, A. Mukherjee, and A. Roy, ‘Introduction to IoT’,
Cambridge University Press, UK, 2021, ISBN: 9781108913560

465 Go to Index
Course code EE 450N/650N

Title of the course IoT Communication Networks

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Students are expected to have basic knowledge of Probability

Theory, Signal Processing and Communications.

Course Objectives • To get acquainted with the networking aspects of the Internet
of Things (IoT).
• Gain state-of-the-art knowledge with typical IoT inspired
networking concepts

Course Outcomes
• Foundational Understanding: Gain insight into IoT network
types, protocols, and the layered structure, including wireless
sensor networks and cellular technologies.

• Evolutionary Analysis: Explore the transition from pre-5G to

5G/6G
• Applications: Investigate real-world implementations of IoT
networks in domains like IoV, drones, industrial IoT, and
beyond.

Course Content • Introduction to IoT Networks: What is IoT network? Types

of IoT networks available for IoT devices; Networking
protocols; Understanding layers of network in IoT space;
Cooperative and Cognitive wireless Sensor and Ad‐hoc
networks.

• IoT Networks in the pre‐5G Era: Cellular (3G/4G) networks;

Local and Personal Area Networks (LAN/PAN); 6LoWPAN;
Low Power Wide Area Networks (LPWAN); Mesh networks;
Key players for LPWAN: SigFox (ultra‐narrow band), and
LoRaWAN (long range Wireless Area Network); 4G LTE
networks: LTE‐M (Cat‐M1 chipset) and Narrowband IoT
(NB‐IoT); Applications to Machine‐to‐Machine (M2M)
connections; Limitation on capacity of LTE/LTE‐Advanced
networks.

• Evolution of 5G‐IoT Network and Beyond: Usage scenarios

for 5G/6G networks; International Telecommunication Union
(ITU) supporting IoT devices: Enhanced Mobile Broadband

466 Go to Index
 (eMBB), Massive Machine‐type Communications (mMTC), and
Ultra‐reliable and Low‐Latency Communications (URLLC); 5G
New Radio (NR) technology; Learning driven 6G‐IoT
networks.

• IoT Network Modelling, Performance, and Security:

Stochastic Modelling; Performance Metrics and Evaluation;
Spectral and Energy Efficiency analysis; Basic IoT network
Security requirements; Securing different stack layers (e.g.,
LANs, network, transport); Low‐powered IoT‐based
networks: Energy consumption versus harvesting prospects.

• IoT Applications: Internet of Vehicles (IoV); Drones/UAVs as

Flying IoT; Resource management and mobility management;
Vehicular/Mobile Edge/Cloud Computing; Industrial IoT
(IIoT): Exploration of wireless IoT networks for Smart
Manufacturing; Industry 4.0; Internet of Molecular Things
(IoMT); Internet of Space (IoS); Internet of Everything (IoE).

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. D. Hanes, G. Salgueiro, P. Grossetete, R. Barton, J. Henry, IoT

Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and
Use Cases for the Internet of Things, Cisco Press, 2017,
ISBN: 9780134307091.

2. P. Lea, Internet of Things for Architects, Packt (sic)

Publishing, 2018, ISBN: 9781788470599.

Reference Books:

3. N. H. Mahmood, N. Marchenko, M. Gidlund, P. Popovski,

Wireless Networks and Industrial IoT: Applications,
Challenges and Enablers, Springer Nature, Switzerland,
2021, ISBN: 978-3-030-51472-

4. S. Misra, A. Mukherjee, and A. Roy, Introduction to IoT,

Cambridge University Press, 2021, ISBN: 9781108913560.

467 Go to Index
Course Code EE 453 [from AY 2010-11 to 2014-15]
Title of the Course Digital Systems Design Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0 -0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Following broad experiments based on the associated theory
courses EE 403: Digital Systems Design

1. VHDL simulation of Combinational logic circuits.

2. VHDL simulation of sequential logic circuits.
3. VHDL simulation of FSM.
4. Synthesis of combinational and sequential logic circuits.
5. FPGA implementation of Combinational and sequential circuits.

Suggested Books Same as the associated theory course EE 403: Digital Systems
Design.

468 Go to Index
Course code EE 455/ EE 655

Title of the course Optical Wireless Communications

Course Category Departmental/ Open Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Students are expected to have a basic knowledge in

Probability Theory, Signal Processing, and Communication

Scope of the course • To give a basic understanding on modelling two

(Objectives) different optical wireless communication (OWC)
systems (i.e., Free Space Optics (FSO), Visible Light
Communication (VLC))
• To discuss techniques for analyzing and improving the
performance of OWC links.

Course Outcomes • Student should be able to model the transmitter,

receiver, and OWC channel.
• To analyze the performance of OWC links over various
environments.
• To provide solutions for improving the performance of
OWC links.

Course Content 1. Introduction to OWC: Introduction to FSO, VLC and

its applications, Relevance of OWC in 6G
communication and industry 5.0.
2. System Modelling: FSO and VLC transmitter design,
Modulation techniques, OWC receivers
3. Channel Modelling: Terrestrial and satellite FSO
communication scenarios, Aerial-platform based FSO
communication, Propagation models for VLC.
4. Performance Analysis: Outage, Symbol error
probability and Channel capacity analyses
5. Link Performance Improvement Techniques:
Relaying technique, Spatial diversity, Aperture
averaging, Hybrid OWC/RF Communication.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. H. Kaushal, V. K. Jain, S. Kar: Free Space Optical
Communication: Springer: India: 2017: ISBN 978-81-322-
3689-4
2. M. Uysal, C. Capsoni, Z. Ghassemlooy, A. Boucouvalas, E.
Udvary: Optical Wireless Communications An Emerging
Technology: Springer: Switzerland: 2016: ISBN 13:978-1-
4398-5235-4
Reference Books:

469 Go to Index
3. Z. Ghassemlooy, W. Popoola, S. Rajbhandari : Optical
Wireless Communications System and Channel Modelling
with MATLAB: CRC Press (Taylor & Francis Group):
NewYork: 2013: ISBN 13: 978-1-4398-5235-4
4. Arun K Majumdar: Optical Wireless Communications for
Broadband Global Internet Connectivity: Elsevier:
Amsterdam, Netherlands: 2019: ISBN 978-0-12-813365-1

470 Go to Index
Course code EE 483/ EE 683
Title of the course Error Correcting Codes
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Digital Communications (UG)
Scope of the course To provide an introduction to various traditional and modern
error correction codes that are very much useful in improving
the reliability of digital/wireless communication and storage
systems.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Need for Forward Error Correction (FEC) codes
and interleavers in digital/wireless communication and
storage systems, Groups, Fields, Binary field arithmetic,
Construction of Galois field, Basic properties of Galois field,
Computations using Galois field arithmetic, Irreducible,
Minimal and Primitive polynomials, Design of interleavers
including Block interleaver, Convolutional interleaver, Helical
interleaver, Random Interleaver, etc. and its applications
BCH & RS codes: Binary & non-binary Bose-Chaudhuri-
Hocquenghem (BCH) codes, Reed-Solomon (RS) codes,
Generator polynomials, Encoding and Decoding of RS & BCH
codes.
Concatenated codes: Serial concatenated codes and its
applications.
Product codes: Multi-dimensional product codes, Encoding,
LLR-based decoding techniques.
LDPC codes: Tanner graph, Protograph LDPC code
construction, encoding, LDPC codes in 4G and 5G wireless
standards, Message passing decoding algorithm.
Polar codes: Generator matrix, Frozen bits, Various
representation of polar codes, Encoder design, Successive
cancellation (SC) decoder, SC list decoder, Polar codes in 5G
standards.
Codes Parameter Estimation: Basic blind code parameter
estimation techniques of RS codes, LDPC codes, Product Codes,
Polar Codes and Interleavers.
Suggested Books 1. S. Lin and D. J. Costello, Error Control Coding, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Press, 2005, ISBN-13: 978-0130426727
2. R. E. Blahut, Algebraic Codes for Data Transmission, 2nd
Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2003, ISBN-13: 978-
0511800467
3. W. C. Huffman and V. Pless, Fundamentals of Error
Correcting Codes, 1st Edition Cambridge University Press,
2003, ISBN-13: 978-0521131704

471 Go to Index
Course code EE 484/ EE 684

Title of the course Power System Protection

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite Basics of power systems

Scope of the course The course will cover up-to-date technology in the field
(Objectives) of power system protection emphasizing the current practices in
Indian power system and make aware of the present challenges in
this domain. The course will also provide a scope to learn
different power system simulation software and realize relay
operation using case studies.

Course Outcomes 1.
dentify different types of faults in power systems.
2.
eview different protection techniques applied in power
systems.
3.
nalyse different challenges in current grid scenario and review
some advanced protection solutions.

Course Content 1.
undamentals of power system protection: Overview of a
protection arrangement and its characteristics, Current
Transformer, Potential Transformer, circuit breaker
operation, fault analysis.
2.
rotective relay operation and phasor estimation: Basic
architecture and operating principle of digital relays, fault
detection, phasor estimation.
3.
vercurrent relaying for phase and earth faults: Working
principle of overcurrent relays and their coordination,
concept of directional overcurrent relay.
4.
ransmission line protection: Distance relaying, protection
for different line configurations, power swing and load
encroachment, line differential protection.
5.
472 Go to Index
 ransformer, busbar, generator, and motor protection:
Differential protection, stator fault protection, rotor fault
protection, abnormal operation protection.
6.
ide Area Protection & Challenges in the present grid
scenario: Introduction to Wide Area Measurement Systems
(WAMS), concept of Wide Area Protection, protection
challenges in the presence of converter-based renewable
sources.

Suggested Books Text Books:

•
tanley H. Horowitz, and Arun G. Phadke. Power system
relaying. John Wiley & Sons, 2008 (3rd Ed.), ISBN 978-0-470-
05712-4.
•
run G. Phadke, and James S. Thorp. Computer relaying for
power systems. John Wiley & Sons, 2009 (2nd Ed.), ISBN 978-0-
470-05713-1.

Reference Books:
• Héctor J. Altuve Ferrer, and Edmund O. Schweitzer, eds.
Modern solutions for protection, control, and monitoring of
electric power systems. Pullman, WA, USA: Schweitzer
Engineering Laboratories, 2010, ISBN-13: 978-0-9725026-3-4.
• Gerhard Ziegler. Numerical differential protection: principles
and applications. John Wiley & Sons, 2012 (2nd Ed.), ISBN 978-
3-89578-670-9.
• Gerhard Ziegler. Numerical distance protection: principles and
applications. John Wiley & Sons, 2011 (4th Ed.), ISBN 978-3-
89578-381-4.

473 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Mechanical Engineering Courses

474 Go to Index
Course Code ME 201
Title of the Course Solid Mechanics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Analysis of Axially Loaded Components, Statically
Determinate and Indeterminate Problems; Castigliano’s Theorem.
Stress and Strain Tensors. Mohr Circle. Stress-strain Relations;
Stress-strain-temperature Relations.
Analysis of Bending and Shear Loaded Components: Beams;
Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams. Stresses in Beams.
Torsion of Circular Shaft.
Basic Equations of Elasticity.
Material Testing: Properties under tension, impact, fatigue and
creep. Strain Rosettes.
Introduction to Elastic-plastic Bending of Beams and Torsion of
Circular Shaft. Thick Cylinder; Interference Fit; Rotating Disc.

Suggested Books 1. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978.
2. E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of
India,1993.
3. J. Case and A.H. Chilver, Strength of Materials and Structures,
Edward Arnold, 1980.
4. L.S. Srinath, P. Desai, N.S. Murthy, and A.S. Murthy, Strength of
Materials, Macmillan India, 1997.
5. F.P. Beer, E.R. Johnston, Mechanics of Materials, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2010, 5th ed., New Delhi.

475 Go to Index
Course code ME 201N
Course title Solid Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives ● Provide students with a solid foundation in solid mechanics, covering
essential topics like stress, strain, and material behavior to establish a
fundamental understanding of the mechanical response of materials.
Course Outcomes ● Analyze and predict the mechanical response of materials.
● Students will demonstrate practical skills in applying solid mechanics
principles to solve engineering problems, and preparing them for
roles in engineering and related disciplines.
Course Content ● Introduction: Analysis of Axially Loaded Components, Statically
Determinate and Indeterminate Problems
● Stress and Strain: Stress-strain Relations; Stress-strain temperature
Relations; Mohr Circle.
● Shear Forces and Bending Moments: Analysis of Bending and Shear
Loaded Components: Beams; Shear Force and Bending Moment
Diagrams. Stresses in Beams. Basic Equations of Elasticity.
● Material Testing: Properties under Tension, Impact, Fatigue and
Creep.
● Torsion: Introduction, Deformation of Circular Shaft, Stresses and
Angle of Twist in Elastic Range.
● Beam Bending: Introduction to Elastic-plastic Bending of Beams,
Bending of Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical Sections.
● Thick Cylinder: Introduction, Solution of General Problem, Special
Cases.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978. ISBN: 9780070134416.
2. E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice
Hall,1993, ISBN: 9780134877693.
3. F.P. Beer, E.R. Johnston, Mechanics of Materials,(5th Edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, , 2012, ISBN: 9780070153899.

Reference Books
4. L.S. Srinath, P. Desai, N.S. Murthy, and A.S. Murthy, Strength of
Materials, Macmillan India, 2000, ISBN: 9780333923924.
5. J. Case and A.H. Chilver, Strength of Materials and Structures, (4th
Edition), Edward Arnold,1999. ISBN: 9780470379804.

476 Go to Index
Course Code ME 202
Title of the Course Strength of Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Solid Mechanics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Bending of Curved Bars. Unsymmetrical Bending.
Introduction to Bending of Thin, Plates and Shells.
Deflection of Beams: Methods based on integration, Singularity
function, Energy Principles (virtual work, minimum potential
energy, reciprocal theorem, etc.), Superposition Principle, etc.
Statically Indeterminate Problems: Continuous Beams, Buckling of
beams, Euler load, Secant and Rankine-Gordon Formulae.
Theories of Failure. Introduction to Griffith Theory.
Torsion of Thin Box Sections.
Thermal Stress Analysis for Rectangular and Circular Plates.
Photoelasticity.

Suggested Books 1. L.S. Srinath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids (2nd edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. S.P. Timoshenko, and J.N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity,
McGraw Hill, (International Students Edition), 1982.
3. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978.
4. E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice
Hall of India,1993.
5. J. Case and A.H. Chilver, Strength of Materials and
Structures, Edward Arnold, 1980.

477 Go to Index
Course code ME 202N
Course title Strength of Materials
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Solid Mechanics
Objectives ● The objective of the course is to learn about the deformation
and stresses developed in the simple structures under
mechanical loads.
● The understanding of the stress analysis of different
deformable structures.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be able to learn stress-strain calculations involved
for different structures.
● Stress and strain analysis of beams with advanced geometrical
features and buckling phenomena, and the role of failure
theories for different materials.
Course Content ● Advanced Topics in Bending: Bending of Curved Bars.
Unsymmetrical Bending.
● Deflection of Beams: Differential Equations of the Deflection
Curve, Methods based on integration, Singularity function,
● Energy Principles: External Work and Strain Energy, Virtual
Work, Minimum Potential Energy, Reciprocal Theorem,
Superposition Principle, etc.
● Columns and Struts: Buckling of columns and struts, Euler
load, Secant Formula.
● Theories of Failure: Theories of failure for different materials.
Introduction to Griffith Theory. Photoelasticity.
Suggested Books Textbooks
1. L.S. Srinath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, (2nd Edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 9780070494817.
2. S.P. Timoshenko, and J.N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity,
McGraw Hill, (International Students Edition), 2017, ISBN:
9780070701229.
3. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978, ISBN:
9780070134416.

Reference Books
4. E.P. Popov, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall
of India, 1993, ISBN: 9780134877693.
5. J. Case and A.H. Chilver, Strength of Materials and Structures,
(4th Edition), Edward Arnold, 1999. ISBN: 9780470379804.

478 Go to Index
Course Code ME 203
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction and Fundamental Concepts, Fluid Statics, Flow
Kinematics, Conservation Equations and Analysis of Finite Control
Volume, Applications of Equations of Motion and Mechanical
Energy, Dimensional Analysis, Flow of Ideal Fluids, Viscous
Incompressible Flows, Laminar Boundary Layers, Flow through
Pipes.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. R.W. Fox and A.T. McDonald, Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley
International, 2005.
2. F.M. White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
Reference Books
1. S.K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 2008
2. V.L. Streeter and E.B. Wylie Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill,
1983.
3. S.W. Yuan, Foundation of Fluid Mechanics (2nd Ed), Prentice
Hall, 1988.

479 Go to Index
Course code ME 203N
Course title Fluid Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● Comprehensive study of fluid properties, statics, and dynamics for
a deep understanding of fluid behavior.
● Application-oriented focus on fluid mechanics in engineering
systems, preparing students for practical challenges.
Course Outcomes ● Demonstrate a thorough understanding of fluid properties, statics,
and dynamics, enabling them to analyze and predict fluid behavior
in diverse scenarios.
● Apply fluid mechanics concepts to engineering systems,
Course Content ● Introduction: Definition and classification of fluids, concept of
continuum, properties of fluids
● Fluid Statics: Variation of pressure in as static fluid, forces on
submerged surfaces, stability of floating bodies
● Fluid Kinematics: Lagrangian and Eulerian Approaches,
acceleration of fluid, streamlines, path lines and streak lines
● Integral relations for control volume: Reynolds transport
theorem, conservation of mass, linear and angular momentum
● Differential relations for fluid flow: differential equation for
mass and linear momentum
● Inviscid & Irrotational Flows: Euler equation, Bernoulli's
equation, and its applications
● Viscous flows in pipes: Laminar and turbulent pipe flow, friction
factor, Moody diagram, minor and major losses
● Dimensional analysis and similitude: Buckingham-pi theorem,
similarities (geometric, kinematic and dynamic).
Suggested Books
Text Books:
1. R.W. Fox and A.T. McDonald, Fluid Mechanics, (8th Edition),
John Wiley International, 2011. ISBN: 9780470547557.
2. F.M. White, Fluid Mechanics, (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill,
2011. ISBN: 9780071333122.
Reference Books
3. S.K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company,2008, ISBN: 9780070702592.
4. V.L. Streeter and E.B. Wylie Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1983,
ISBN: 9780070622425.
5. S.W. Yuan, Foundation of Fluid Mechanics (2nd Edition),
Prentice Hall, 1977, ISBN: 9780133298475.

480 Go to Index
Course Code ME 204
Title of the Course Fluid Machinery
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Fluid Mechanics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction and classification of Turbo-machines, Compressible
fluid flows, Gas turbine systems, Centrifugal and axial flow
compressors, Steam and Hydraulic Turbines, Fluid Pumping
Machines, Cavitation, Fans and Blowers.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. S.K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 2008.
2. N.S. Govind Rao, Fluid Flow Machines, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1998.
3. S.L. Dixon, Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Turbomachinery (5th edition), Butterworth-Heinemann,
Oxford, 2005.
4. E. Logan, Turbomachinery: Basic Theory and Applications,
(2nd edition), CRC Press, London, 2002.
Reference Books
1. A.T. Sayers, Hydraulics and Compressible flow in
Turbomachines, McGraw Hill, 1990
2. A.J. Stepanoff, Centrifugal and Axial Flow pumps, Wiley, 1967
3. D.G. Shepherd, Principles of Turbomachinery, Macmillian,
1956.

481 Go to Index
Course code ME 204N
Course title Fluid Machinery
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 2-0-0-2
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if A course in Fluid Mechanics
any
● Provide students with a foundational understanding of fluid
Objectives machinery principles, including the operation, design, and
analysis of pumps, turbines, and compressors.
Course Outcome ● Demonstrate comprehensive understanding and practical
aspects in fluid machinery, covering design, operation, and
analysis of pumps, turbines, compressors.
● Apply knowledge to contribute effectively to fluid system design,
operation, and optimization across various industries.
Course Content ● Introduction: Definition and classification of turbo machines
and fluid pumping machines.
● Pumps: Introduction to rotodynamic pumps, working principles
and energy transfer in a centrifugal pump, Euler’s
turbomachinery equation, velocity triangles, characteristics of a
centrifugal pump, operating point, cavitation, principle of
similarity, specific speed, series, and parallel combination of
pumps, Compressors.
● Turbines: Classification of turbines, Pelton, Francis and Kaplan,
draft tube, cavitation in turbines.
● Introduction to compressible flow: Thermodynamic relations
and speed of sound, stagnation, and sonic properties, effects of
area variation on properties in isentropic flow, properties in an
isentropic flow, choking in a converging nozzle, isentropic flow
through, convergent-divergent duct, Fanno flow, Raleigh flows,
normal shock and oblique shock.
Reference Books Text Books
1. S.K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines, (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, 2008, ISBN: 9780070667624.
2. N.S. Govind Rao, Fluid Flow Machines, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998,
ISBN: 9780074518542.
3. S.L. Dixon, Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Turbomachinery, (5th Edition), Butterworth-Heinemann,
2005, ISBN: 9780080470627.
4. E. Logan, Turbomachinery: Basic Theory and Applications,
(2nd Edition), CRC Press, 2002, ISBN: 9780429159770.
Reference Books
5. A.T.Sayers, Hydraulics and Compressible flow in
Turbomachines, McGraw Hill, 1990, ISBN: 9780077072193.
6. A.J. Stepanoff, Centrifugal and Axial Flow pumps, Wiley, 1967,
ISBN: 9780471821373.
7. D.G. Shepherd, Principles of Turbomachinery, Macmillian, 1956,
ISBN: 9780024096609.
482 Go to Index
Course code ME 205N
Course title Materials Science and Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the ● Provide students with a solid foundation in the principles, historical
CourseObjectives context, and classification of materials.
Course Outcome ● Students will develop a deep understanding of materials science and
engineering, encompassing atomic structure, mechanical properties,
imperfections, and phase transformations. This knowledge will enable
them to analyze and predict material behavior.
● Students will acquire practical skills to apply their understanding in
addressing real-world challenges related to materials.
Course Content ● Introduction: Classification of materials, Futuristic materials.
● Structure of solids: Crystalline and non-crystalline materials,
Structure - Unit cell and space lattices, Coordination number, APF
● Dislocations and Strengthening Mechanisms: Defects,
Strengthening by Grain Size Reduction, Solid-Solution Strengthening,
Strain Hardening, Precipitation hardening.
● Phase diagrams and phase transformations: Basic definitions;
Gibbs phase rule, Iron-Carbon Phase diagram; TTT Diagram
● Concept of elastic and plastic deformation; Tensile properties of
materials
● Creep and Fracture: Creep mechanism-Effects of Stress,
Temperature, Alloying, Fracture, Fatigue, The S–N Curve, Factors
affecting Fatigue Life.
● Heat treatment; Properties of non-ferrous alloys
Text Books
Suggested Books 1. W.D. Callister, Material Science for Engineers: An Introduction,
John Wily and Sons, Inc., 2006. ISBN: 0471736961
2. C.S. Barrett, T.B. Massalski, Structure of Metals, McGraw Hill, 1966.
ISBN: 9780070038155.
3. D.R. Askeland, P.P. Fulay, W.J. Wright, The Science and Engineering
of Materials, Global Engineering, 2010. ISBN: 9780495296023.
Reference books
4. P.E.J. Flewitt, R.K.Wild, Physical Methods for Material
Characterization, Institute of Physics Publishing, 2003. ISBN:
0750308087.
5. J.B. Benedict. Recent Advances in Crystallography, In Tech., 2012.
ISBN 9789535107545.

483 Go to Index
Course Code ME 206
Title of the Course Thermodynamics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Thermodynamics and its engineering application,
Terminology used in engineering thermodynamics, concept of system,
surroundings, boundaries, universe, work, energy, heat. Classification of
system, types of boundaries: fixed, moving and imaginary. Equilibrium,
processes, interactions, Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
Heat-Work interaction: Thermodynamic definition of work.
Characteristics of the work interaction. Evaluation of different kinds of
work: displacement, shaft work, electrical work.
Equation of Ideal Gas: Difference between ideal and real gases,
equations of state, evolution of properties of ideal gases. Van-der-Waals
equation of state for real gases, compressibility factor. Properties of
steam, introduction to steam tables.
First law of Thermodynamics: Statement for a cycle, derivation of the
First law for processes, energy, internal energy, enthalpy. Extension of
the First law to control volume; steady state-steady flow energy equation.
Second law of Thermodynamics: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius
statements and their equivalence, Clausius inequality, entropy,
evaluation of entropy, principle of increase of entropy. Formulation of
second law for closed and open systems. Property relations, Maxwell’s
equations. Applications to equations of state Introduction to availability,
irreversibility and exergy.
Power Cycles: Carnot cycle. Vapor power cycles – Rankine cycle and its
modifications. Air standard cycles – Otto, Diesel, Brayton cycles.
Suggested Books Text books
1. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
2. M.J. Moran and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics (6th Edition), Wiley (ISBN: 978-471-78735-8).
3. M.L. Mathur and F.S. Mehta, Steam and Other Tables (with Mollier
Chart), Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2005.
Reference Books
1. C. Borgnakke, R.E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermodynamics (7th
edition), Willey, ISBN 978-0-470-04192-5.

484 Go to Index
2. A. Bejan, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, Willey, ISBN:
978-0-471-67763-5.
3. P.L. Dhar, Engineering Thermodynamics: A Generalized
Approach, Elsevier, ISBN: 8131214699.
4. Y.A. Cengel, and M.A. Boles Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach, (7th edition), McGraw-Hill Inc.
5. M.J. Moran, and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics (6th edition), Willey, 1995.

485 Go to Index
Course code ME 207
Course title Principles of Industrial Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the ● The course aims to introduce the students to various techniques
Course used in industries to achieve effectiveness and efficiency in
Objectives operations.
Course Outcome ● Basic understanding of planning and control of operations, design
and improvement of processes, formulation and evaluation of
projects, management of logistics operations, as well as
development of industrial processes.
Course Content ● Plant Layout: Site selection, types of layout, factors affecting
layout, plant building, flexibility and expandability, materials
handling devices.
● Production Planning and Control: Forecasting, Master
Production Scheduling (MPS), Material Requirements Planning
(MRP), aggregate production planning, machine loading,
production scheduling.
● Inventory Control: Various models of inventory control such as
EOQ, price discount, production lot sizing, inventory control under
uncertainty. Selective inventory control.
● Work Study: Scope, work measurement and method study,
standard data, ergonomics and its industrial applications.
● Project Management: CPM and PERT
● Emerging concepts and philosophies: JIT, KANBAN, 5S,
introduction to digital manufacturing, etc.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. E.S. Buffa, Modern Production / Operations Management, (8th
Edition). India: Wiley India Pvt. Limited, 2001. ISBN:
9788126513727.
2. Russell, R. S., Taylor, B. W. Operations Management: Along the
Supply Chain, Wiley, 2009. ISBN: 9780470233795.
3. Eilon, S. Elements of Production Planning and Control. United
Kingdom, Macmillan, 1962. ISBN: 9780023318009.

Reference Books
4. Chase, R. B., Jacobs, F. R., Aquilano, N. J. Operations Management
for Competitive Advantage, McGraw-Hill/Irwin. 2007. ISBN:
9780071260480.
5. Maynard, H. B., Hodson, W. K. Maynard's Industrial Engineering
Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 1992. ISBN: 9780070410862.

486 Go to Index
Course code ME 208

Course title Theory of Manufacturing Processes

Course Category Core
Credit Structure 2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives ● Develop a fundamental understanding of the basic manufacturing
techniques and tools, including Casting, Forming, Welding and
Powder Metallurgy.
Course Outcomes ● Develop an understanding about different manufacturing
processes, capabilities, limitations, and remedies.
● Identifying a manufacturing method for a series of processes to be
adopted for fabrication of a product.
Course Content ● Theory of Casting processes: Dispensable and permanent
mould processes; Analysis of melting, pouring and solidification
phenomena; Cooling and solidification of castings; Cooling
curves; Nucleation and Dendrite formation; Various casting
defects their inspection remedies: Design of gating and risering
system.
● Theory of Joining processes: Fusion and solid-state welding;
Thermal effects in welding, cooling rate, structure in weld, heat
affected zones, distortion and residual stresses; weld quality;
weldability or joinability; weld joint design; welding defects and
inspection, hard facing, brazing and soldering.
● Theory of Metal Forming Processes: (A) Theoretical
Background: Concept of stress and strain tensor, hydrostatic and
deviatoric components, elastic stress-strain relations, strain
energy, anisotropy of elastic behavior; Theory of Plasticity: true
stress and strain, flow curve, concept of anelastic, hysteresis, and
visco-elastic behavior, Bauschinger effect, Tresca and Von- Mises
yield criteria, anisotropy in yielding, octahedral normal and shear
stresses and strains, invariants of stress and strains, flow rules or
plastic stress-strain relations. (B) Analysis of Metal Forming
Processes: Introduction of forming process analysis methods
(slab method, uniform deformation energy method, limit
analysis); analysis of drawing, extrusion, rolling, forging, deep
drawing, and bending, forming defects, formability & workability,
temperature & lubrication aspects in forming; sheet metal
working.

487 Go to Index
Text Books
1. R.W. Heine, C.R. Loper, and P.C. Rosenthal, Principles of Metal
Casting, (21st reprint), Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997,ISBN:
9780070993488.
2. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company
(UK) Ltd. 1988, ISBN: 9781259064794.
3. A. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East
West Press, 2001,ISBN: 9788176710636.
4. E.P. DeGarmo, J.T. Black, and R.A. Kohser, Materials and
Processes in Manufacturing, (8th Edition), Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Limited, 2006, ISBN: 9780023286216.
Reference books
5. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1980, ISBN:
9780070964432.
6. Lange, K., & Pöhlandt, K. Handbook of metal forming,1985.
Society of Manufacturing Engineers, ISBN: 978-0872634572.
7. S. Kuo, Welding Metallurgy, John-Wiley & Sons Inc. 2003, ISBN:
978-0471434917.

488 Go to Index
Course Code ME 209
Course title Thermodynamics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits 2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Basic Thermal Engineering
Objectives ● The objective of this course is imparting knowledge to
mechanical engineering students about the laws of
thermodynamics and their applications.
Course Outcomes ● Students will know in detail about various vocabularies related
to thermodynamics.
● They will get adequate knowledge on the application of
thermodynamics laws for various real life applications.
Course Content ● Introduction: Applications, terminologies, system, boundaries:
fixed, moving and imaginary, equilibrium, processes,
interactions, Zeroth law of thermodynamics. Work interaction,
various kinds of work.
● Equation of Ideal Gas: Ideal and real gasses, equations of state,
evolution of properties of ideal gasses. Van-der-Waals equation
of state for real gasses, compressibility factor; Properties of
pure substances.
● First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement for a cycle,
derivation of the first law for closed systems, energy, internal
energy, enthalpy, extension of the first law to control volume;
state-steady flow energy equation, transient system analysis.
● Second Law of Thermodynamics: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius
statements, Clausius inequality, entropy, evaluation of entropy,
principle of increase of entropy, entropy generation,
formulation of 2nd law for closed and open systems; Availability,
irreversibility, and exergy.
● Thermodynamic Property Relations: Maxwell relations,
Clapeyron relation, Joule-Thomson coefficient, generalized
relationship for change in u, h, s and cp
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Y.A. Cengel, M.A. Boles, and M. Kanoglu: Thermodynamics- An
Engineering Approach, (9th Edition), McGraw Hill, 2019, ISBN:
9789353165741.
2. M.J. Moran and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics, (7th Edition), Wiley, ISBN:
9780470495902.
3. C. Borgnakke, R.E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of
Thermodynamics, (10th Edition), Wiley, ISBN
9780470041925.
Reference Books
4. A. Bejan, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics, (4th
Edition), Wiley, 2016, ISBN: 9781119245964.
5. P.L. Dhar, Engineering Thermodynamics: A Generalized
489 Go to Index
 Approach, Elsevier, 2008, ISBN: 9788131214695.
6. M.J. Moran and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics, (7th Edition),Wiley, 2010, ISBN:
9780470495902.
7. PK Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, (6th Edition), McGraw
Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 9789352606429

490 Go to Index
Course code ME 214
Course title Introduction to Additive Manufacturing
Course Category Department Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if Basic knowledge of different manufacturing processes
any
Objectives ● This course aims to introduce the additive manufacturing
process, its fundamentals, types, and its capability in various
engineering and other applications.
Course Outcomes ● Engineering Knowledge: Develop an understanding of the
fundamentals of additive manufacturing and the process steps
involved.
● Design of application-oriented additive manufacturing
product, choice of appropriate method and parametric control.
Course Content ● Introduction: Process fundamentals, the global developments
and adaptability of AM, advantages, limitations, and future
scopes.
● Steps involved: CAD modeling, appropriate file formatting
(STL, AMF, etc.), slicing methods, fabrication and post-
processing.
● Classification: Classification as per ISO/ASTM standards,
including VAT Photopolymerization, Binder Jetting, Material
Jetting, Material Extrusion, Powder Bed Fusion, Sheet
Lamination and Directed Energy Deposition; associated process
parameters in these processes.
● Design and analysis: Design of various application-oriented
AM products, selection of material and methods, identification
of process parameters and steps.
● Post-processing: Types of post processing for AM, discussion
on geometrical accuracy, energy consumption, defects and other
aspects.
Suggested Books Textbooks
1. I.Gibson, D.W. Rosen, B. Stucker, Additive Manufacturing
Technologies, 2e, Springer-Verlag, New York, 2015. ISBN
9781493921126
2. C.K. Chua, K.F. Leong. 3D Printing and Additive
Manufacturing: Principles and Applications, World Scientific
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 2017, ISBN: 978-9-8131-
4675-4
Reference book
3. L.W. Liou, and F.W. Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering
applications: A toolbox for prototype development, CRC
Press, New York, 2011, ISBN 9780429029721
4. A. Gebhardt, J. Kessler, and, L. Thurn. 3D Printing:
Understanding Additive Manufacturing, Hanser
Publications,Germany, 2019, ISBN: 978-1-56990-702-3

491 Go to Index
Course code ME 216
Course title
Thermal Systems and Applications
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives ● This subject explores the fundamental principles of thermal systems
and their ubiquitous applications in everyday life, including heating,
cooling, energy efficiency, and thermal comfort.
Course Outcomes ● Develop a foundational understanding of thermal systems, including
their principles and practical applications in daily life and various
industries.
● Explore the sustainability and emerging technologies related to
thermal systems.
Course Content ● Foundations of Thermal Systems: The importance of thermal
systems in daily life; Historical developments in thermal science
● Heating and Cooling Systems: Residential heating/cooling systems;
Heat exchangers; AC and refrigeration technology; Insulations and
energy efficiency in homes
● Thermal Systems in Common Applications: Solar and geothermal
heating and cooling systems; Cooking, food preservation, and thermal
applications; Designing clothing for various environments; Electronics
cooling and thermal management.
● Thermal Systems in Transportation and Sustainability: Vehicle
engine cooling/heating systems; Energy-efficient transportation
technologies; Innovations in vehicle thermal management.
● Future Trends and Green Engineering: Thermal considerations in
product design; Thermal systems across industries; Emerging thermal
technologies and their applications
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. M. Moran, H. Shapiro, B. Munson, D. DeWitt, Introduction to Thermal
Systems Engineering, Wiley, 2002, ISBN: 9780471204909
2. T.H. Kuehn, J.W. Ramsey, J.L. Threlkeld, Thermal Environmental
Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1998, ISBN: 9780139172205
3. G.M. Masters, Renewable Energy and Efficient Electric Systems,
Pearson, 2004, ISBN: 9780136155319

Reference Books
4. J.H. Lund and T.L. Boyd, Geothermal Heat Pump and Heat Engines,
IGI Global, 2008, ISBN: 9781599043368
5. J.T. Williams, Textiles for Cold Weather Apparel, Woodhead
Publishing, 2009, ISBN: 9781845694111
6. C.J.M. Lasance and A. Ortega (Editors), Thermal Management of
Electronic Systems II, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1997, ISBN:
9780792347638
7. M. Concepcion, Automotive Cooling System Basics, CreateSpace
Independent Publishing Platform, 2012, ISBN: 9781479328072

492 Go to Index
Course code ME 217
Course title Industrial Data Analytics
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Department Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisite, if any NA
Scope of the ● The course is designed to teach how to choose and use various
Course data-driven tools to solve analytical challenges in modern-day
Objectives industries
● Basic understanding of building end-to-end data and analytical
pipeline to develop and deploy data analytics solutions.
Course Outcome
● Be able to choose and implement essential data science tools on
real-life industrial problems using Python.
● Introduction: Introduction to Data Science and Analytics;
Artificial Intelligence (AI); Industry 4.0; Industrial Internet of
Things; The need for Industrial Analytics; The role of a Data
Scientist in industry.
● Challenges in Industry: Types of industries; types of assets;
types of enterprise goals;
● Data and Related Challenges: Data sources; Most common
industrial data types; data storage and retrieval; data context;
data and communication standards.
● Data Collection: Identifying critical data; identifying appropriate
data collection mechanisms; DAQ systems; Fundamentals of
Signal Processing and Transmission
Course Syllabus
● Data Inference and Visualization: Exploratory data analysis;
Data synchronization, segmentation, and pre-processing; data
visualization basics; selection of visual tools for effective
information delivery.
● Data Analysis: Types of algorithms; descriptive, diagnostic,
predictive, and prescriptive analysis; Analytical tool selection;
constructing analytical pipelines; model performance
assessment.
● Insight Delivery: Algorithm deployment; long-term
performance validation; deployment platforms; model
performance monitoring platforms; introduction to model
retraining and adaptation

493 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books
1. R. Hill, S. Berry, Guide to Industrial Analytics, Solving Data
Science Problems for Manufacturing and IoT, Springer
International Publishing, 2021, ISBN: 9783030791049
2. A. Kelleher, A. Kelleher, Machine Learning in Production,
Developing and Optimizing Data Science Workflows and
Applications, Pearson Education, 2019, ISBN:9780134116563

Reference Books
3. K. P. Murphy, Machine Learning, A Probabilistic Perspective,
MIT Press, 2012,ISBN: 9780262018029.
4. J. Lee, Industrial AI, Applications with Sustainable
Performance, Springer Nature, 2020, ISBN:9789811521447.

494 Go to Index
Course code ME 218
Course title Quality Management
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Sem)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● Develop a fundamental understanding of techniques for
statistical quality control.
Course Outcomes ● Develop quality-oriented critical thinking in designing products
and processes.
● Learn to select and apply tools to achieve, maintain and improve
quality in industrial applications
Course Content ● Introduction: Different definitions, dimensions, and aspects of
quality, Traditional and modern view of Quality Control,
Different Philosophies by Quality Gurus, Quality Function
Deployment (QFD).
● Process Capability (PC) Analysis and Statistical Process
Control (SPC): Manufacturing process variability,
manufacturing process capability, and tolerances;
Tools/methods used in SPC: Control Charts, Pareto charts,
Fishbone diagram, etc. Implementation of SPC.
● Control Charts: Theory and applications of control charts;
Control charts for variables: charts averages, ranges, and
standard deviation; Control charts for attributes: p and c charts;
Fraction defective and number of defects per unit; Different
adaptation of control charts. Other advanced quality control
charts such as CUSUM, EWMA.
● Acceptance Sampling: Concept of acceptance sampling;
Sampling by attributes: Single and double sampling plans, Use of
Dodge Romming and Military standard sampling tables,
Construction and use of operating characteristic (OC) curves;
Sampling by variables: Continuous sampling plans.
Suggested Books Textbook
(Textbooks, Reference 1. Mitra, A.. Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement,
Books) Wiley, 2016. ISBN: 9781118705148.
2. Montgomery, D. C.. Introduction to Statistical Quality Control,
Wiley, 2020. ISBN: 9781119723097.
Reference Books
3. Grant, E. L., Leavenworth, R. S.Statistical Quality Control,
McGraw-Hill, 1996. ISBN: 978007844354.
4. Taguchi, G., Chowdhury, S. Wu, Y.. Taguchi's Quality
Engineering Handbook, Wiley, 2005. ISBN: 9780471413349.

495 Go to Index
Course code ME 219
Course title Energy Storage Systems
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives This course thoroughly covers different energy storage systems, their
real-world applications, and their environmental and future
implications.
Course Outcomes ● Learn about different energy storage methods.
● Develop the ability to create and apply energy storage solutions
for real-world energy challenges.
Course Content ● Energy Storage Fundamentals: Role in energy sector, historical
context and current relevance, terminologies and metrics.
● Thermal, and Mechanical Energy Storage systems: Sensible
and Latent heat systems; Thermochemical, Pumped hydro,
Gravity, Compressed air, and Flywheel systems.
● Chemical, and Electrochemical Energy Storage systems:
Hydrogen storage systems, synthetic natural gas, and solar fuels.
Flow battery energy storage; Paper, and Flexible batteries.
● Electrical and Hybrid Energy Storage Systems: Capacitor,
Supercapacitor, and Superconducting magnetic energy storage;
Pumped thermal energy storage.
● Grid Integration, Environmental, Economic, and Future
Considerations: Comprehensive exploration of grid integration,
applications, and considerations, cost analysis, government
policies, global energy storage status, comparative analysis, TRL.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. R.A. Huggins. Energy Storage: Fundamentals, Materials and
Applications. Springer, (2nd Edition), Springer, 2016. ISBN:
9783319212388.
2. A. Rufer. Energy Storage: Systems and Components. CRC Press,
2018. ISBN: 9781138082625.
3. E. Dincer and M. Rosen. Thermal Energy Storage: Systems and
Applications, (2nd Edition), Wiley, 2011, ISBN: 9780470747063.
Reference Books
4. Francisco Díaz-González, F. Sumper, O. Gomis-Bellmunt. Energy
storage in power systems. Wiley, 2016. ISBN: 9781118971321.
5. K. Brun, T. Allison and R. Dennis. Thermal, Mechanical, and
Hybrid Chemical Energy Storage Systems. Academic Press,
2021. ISBN: 9780128198926.

496 Go to Index
Course code ME 220
Course title Fundamentals of Acoustics
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives ● This course will give the foundation of acoustics.
● Students will understand the propagation of plane waves, 3-D waves,
and symmetric spherical waves.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be able to find frequencies of higher order modes in
circular and rectangular ducts, and acoustic pressure fields.
● Find the criteria for near field and far field for symmetric spherical
waves.
● Design an impedance tube for the desired frequency range of
interest.
● Acoustic Plane Waves: Plane wave equation, Energy density of
Course Content plane waves, Acoustic Intensity, Decibel Levels: Sound Intensity
Level, Sound Pressure Level, and Sound Power Level.
● 3-D Waves in Rectangular and Cylindrical Waveguides: 3-D Wave
Equation in Cartesian and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems, Mode
shapes of a cross-section, Acoustic pressure and acoustic particle
velocity in waveguides.
● Symmetric Spherical Waves: Acoustic pressure and acoustic
particle velocity of symmetric spherical waves, Concepts of far field
and near field.
● Impedance Tube: Design of an impedance tube for a frequency
range of interest, Transmission and Absorption Characteristics
Measurements in Impedance tube.
Text Books
Suggested Books 1. L. E. Kinsler, A. R. Frey, A. B. Coppens, and J. V. Sanders,
Fundamentals of Acoustics, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2000, ISBN:
9780471847892.
2. D. T. Blackstock, Fundamentals of Physical Acoustics, Wiley, 2000,
ISBN: 9780471847892.

Reference Books
3. J. W. S. Rayleigh, The Theory of Sound: Volume II, 2nd Edition,
Dover Publications, 1998, ISBN: 9780486602936.
4. A. D. Pierce, Acoustics: An Introduction to Its Physical Principles
and Applications, 3rd Edition, ASA Press, 2019, ISBN:
9783030112134.

497 Go to Index
Course code ME 221
Course title Optical Measurement Techniques in Fluid Mechanics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● To establish a fundamental understanding of experimental
measurements in fluid mechanics.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be get understanding of optics and light to measure
fluid flow
● Students will be able to design optical setup for measurements
Course Content ● Basics of Imaging: Lens, Focusing, Depth of field, Diffraction
limits, Light sheet generation, Imaging fundamentals, Wave
propagation and Scattering from small particles.
● Velocity measurement: Particle image velocimetry, particle
tracking velocimetry, particle streak velocimetry
● Flow measurement: Shadowgraphy, Schlieren, Background
oriented Schlieren, Interferometry.
● Particle measurement: Interference, Laser Doppler velocimetry,
Phase Doppler Technique, Interferometric particle imaging.
● Laser Induced Fluorescence techniques: Fluorescence and
phosphorescence principles, temperature measurements in a
liquid, temperature and concentration measurement in a gas, line
and planar configurations.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Goldstein, R. J. 1996. Fluid Mechanics Measurements, 2nd
Edition, Taylor and Francis. ISBN: 9780203755723.
2. Tropea, C., Foss, J.F. and Yarin A. 2007 Handbook of Experimental
Fluid Mechanics, Springer: Berlin. ISBN: 9783662491621.
Reference Books
3. Adrian R.J. and Westerweel J. Particle Image Velocimetry.
Cambridge University Press, 2010. ISBN: 9780521440080
4. A. Eckbreth., Laser Diagnostics for Combustion Temperature
and species, CRC press, 1996 ISBN: 9789056995324

498 Go to Index
Course code ME 222
Course title Introduction to Experimental Aerodynamics
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives ● Introduce students to fundamental principles of experimental
aerodynamics.
● Develop skills in basic experimental techniques and data analysis
in aerodynamics.
Course Outcomes ● Students will demonstrate understanding of basic principles of
experimental aerodynamics and its applications.
● Students will be able to effectively conduct and analyze simple
aerodynamic experiments, laying the groundwork for further
study in the field.
● Introduction to Experimental Aerodynamics: Basic concepts,
Course Content significance in aerospace engineering. Experimental Methods:
Wind tunnels, pressure measurements, force balance, flow
visualization techniques.
● Measurement Techniques: Pressure Measurement - pressure
sensors, pressure taps, and manometers. Flow visualization
techniques - smoke flow, oil flow, and particle image velocimetry
(PIV).
● Wind Tunnel Testing: Types of wind tunnels, testing procedures,
and instrumentation. Boundary Layer Measurements - Boundary
layer probes, hot-wire anemometry.
● Aerodynamic Forces and Moments Force: Force balance and
torque balance. Calculation of Aerodynamic Coefficients - Lift,
drag, and moment coefficients.
● Airfoil and wind testing: Lift and drag measurement of airfoils in
wind tunnels; measurement of lift and drag on wind models.
Text Books
Suggested Books 1. S. Discetti and A. Ianiro, Experimental Aerodynamics, CRC
Press, 2017, ISBN: 9781498704014.
2. J.J. Bertin and R.M. Cummings, Aerodynamics for Engineers, 5e,
Pearson Education International, 2009. ISBN: 9780132272681.

Reference Books
3. J.P. Holman, Experimental methods for Engineering, McGraw
Hill, 2007, ISBN: 9780070295957.
4. J.B. Barlow, W.H.Rae Jr., A. Pope, Low-speed Wind Tunnel
Testing, 3e, John Wily and Sons. ISBN: 9788126525683

499 Go to Index
Course code ME 223
Course title Design Thinking
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● The course is designed to teach how to use design thinking to
generate innovative ideas and solutions. The course objective is to
prepare student to see opportunities and make them learn how to
take the many ideas and determine which ones are likely to
produce specific, desired outcomes
Course Outcomes ● Basic understanding of design thinking, creativity and innovation.
● Be able to see opportunities, generate ideas and identify product
needs.
● Understand process of converting idea in product specifications
Course Content ● Introduction to Design Thinking: Understanding Design Thinking
Skills, Core Principles, The Foundation of Design Thinking, The
Collaborative Nature of Interdisciplinary Teams for Design
Thinking, Exercises and Case-Based Discussions.
● Development Processes and Organizations: Concept
Development: The Front-End Process, Adapting the Generic
Product Development Process.
● Opportunity Identification: Tournament Structure of Opportunity
Identification, Opportunity Identification Process.
● Identifying Customer Needs: Gather Raw Data from Customers,
Organize the Needs into a Hierarchy, Establish the Relative
Importance of the Needs.
● Product Specifications: Understanding Specifications, Timing for
Establishing Specifications, Establishing Target Specifications, and
the Quality Function Deployment Method.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, , Maria C. Yang, Product Design
and Development, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2020, ISBN:
9789390113231.
2. 2. J. Liedtka, A. King, and K. Bennett, Solving Problems with
Design Thinking, Columbia Business School Publishing, 2013,
ISBN: 9780231163569.

Reference Books
3. D.G. Ullman, The Mechanical Design Process, 6th edition, David
Ullman LLC, 2017, ISBN: 9780999357804.
4. I. Mootee, Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation, John Wiley
& Sons 2013, ISBN: 9781118620120.

500 Go to Index
Course code ME 224
Course title Fundamentals of Microscale Flows
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisite, if any Fluid Mechanics
Objectives ● The course aims to provide an understanding of the unique
characteristics and behaviors of fluid flows at the microscale level,
including phenomena such as microfluidics, nanofluidics, and
rarefied gas flows.
● Encourage critical thinking and exploration of future advancements
and societal implications of microfluidics.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be equipped with the knowledge, and skills necessary
to understand, analyze, and apply microscale flows in various
engineering and scientific contexts.
● Students will be able to recognize the interdisciplinary nature of
microscale flows and their applications.
Course Content ● Introduction to Microscale Flows: Definition and significance of
microscale flows, applications in various fields (biomedical, chemical
engineering, aerospace, etc.), historical overview and development
of microfluidics; Review of fluid mechanics fundamentals.
● Scaling Laws and Dimensional Analysis: Introduction to scaling
laws for microscale flows, dimensionless numbers relevant to
microfluidics, application of dimensional analysis to predict flow
behavior.
● Applications of Microscale Flows: Lab-on-a-chip systems for
medical diagnostics, microreactors for chemical synthesis,
Microscale heat exchangers and cooling systems, microfluidic
bioreactors and cell manipulation, emerging trends and future
directions in microfluidics.
● Introduction to Microfabrication Techniques: Overview of
microfabrication methods (photolithography, soft lithography,
micromachining, etc.), Fabrication of microfluidic devices, surface
modifications, and functionalization for microfluidic applications.
Text Books
Suggested Books 1. Nguyen, N. T., Werely,S. T., Fundamentals and applications of
Microfluidics, Artech house Inc., 2002. ISBN: 9781630813642.
2. Tabeling, P., Introduction to microfluidics, Oxford University
Press Inc., 2005. ISBN: 9780198568643.

Reference Books
3. Kirby, B.J., Micro- and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics: Transport in
Microfluidic Devices, Cambridge University Press, 2010. ISBN-
9781139489836.
4. Madou, M. J., Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC press, 2002.
ISBN: 9781315274225.

501 Go to Index
Course code ME 225
Course title
Fundamentals of Vibrations
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● Students will understand the vibration response of simple systems.
● Students will understand the methods to find out natural
frequencies of a system.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be able to make mathematical models for vibration of
simple systems.
● Students will be able to perform Modal Analysis and Harmonic
Analysis of Multi Degrees Freedom Systems.
Course Content ● Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom (SDOF) Systems: Free
vibration and harmonically excited vibration response of
undamped and viscously damped SDOF system, Transient response
of SDOF system for impulse excitation and arbitrary excitation.
● Vibration of Multi Degrees of Freedom (MDOF) Systems:
Natural frequencies and Mode shapes of a MDOF system, Free
vibration response of a MDOF system for given initial conditions,
Forced harmonic excited vibration response of a MDOF system.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. W. T. Thomson, M. D. Dahleh, and C. Padmanabhan, Theory of
Vibration with Applications, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2008, ISBN:
9788131704820.
2. L. Meirovitch, Fundamentals of Vibrations, Waveland Press,
2010, ISBN: 9781577666912.

Reference Books
3. L. E. Kinsler, A. R. Frey, A. B. Coppens, and J. V. Sanders,
Fundamentals of Acoustics, 4th Edition, 2000, ISBN:
9780471847892.
4. S. S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2011,
ISBN: 9780132128193.

502 Go to Index
Course code ME 227
Course title Plastic Parts Manufacturing
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-0-2-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives ● To expose the students about design considerations and
different manufacturing processes for the plastic parts
Course Outcomes ● The student will learn different processes used for
manufacturing different types of plastic parts used in different daily
use products, home appliances, computer peripherals, industrial
products etc.
Course Content ● Requirements for manufacturing: Types, Classifications and
Properties of plastics; Functional, Mechanical Strength, Wear
Resistance, Hollowness, Transparency, Decoration, Characteristics of
different manufacturing processes for plastic parts
● Manufacturing Processes: Working principles, Types, Applications,
Advantages, and Limitations of different plastic parts manufacturing
processes such as Extrusion; Blow Moulding; Injection Moulding;
Rotational Moulding; Compression Moulding; Transfer Moulding;
Structural Foam Moulding; Thermoforming; Casting; Potting;
Encapsulation; Cold forming; Solid-phase forming
● Economics of plastic parts manufacturing
Suggested Books Text Books
1. M.P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing:
Materials, Processes, and Systems (7th edition), John-Wiley &
Sons Inc. 2020, ISBN: 9781119722014.
2. E. P. DeGarmo, J. T Black, R. A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in
Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1997, ISBN:
9780132613712.

Reference Books
3. Akira Kobayashi, Machining of Plastics, McGraw-Hill; First Edition
(January 1, 1967), ISBN: 9780070352667
4. S. Kalpakjian, S.R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and
Technology (8th edition), Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2020,
ISBN:9780135228609.
5. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Vol 1 (4th edition), McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2013, ISBN:
9781259062575.

503 Go to Index
Course code ME 228
Course title High Strain Rate Forming Process
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P Credits 2-1-0-1.5 (Half-Semester)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Prerequisite, if any Basic Manufacturing
Objectives ● The course aims to introduce students to the principle,
procedure and applications of forming process recent advances
in the forming.
Course Outcomes ● Students will be able to understand the concept of different
advanced forming processes.
● Able to approach forming processes both analytically and
numerically
● Introduction: State of stress, Components of stress, symmetry
Course Content of stress tensor, principal stresses, Stress deviator, Octahedral
shear stress and shear strain theory, Hot, cold and warm
working, Residual stresses, Spring back
● Recent Advances: Super plastic forming, Electro-magnetic
forming, Electro-hydraulic forming, Explosive forming,
Vaporising Foil Actuator metal forming, Hydroforming, Laser
Forming, Micro forming, P/M forging, Isothermal forging, High
speed hot forging, High speed stamping process, computer
application in forming.
● Applications in Industry: Utilization of bulk sheet/plate metal
forming in sectors like defence, aerospace, shipbuilding, and
automotive industries. Techniques for forming complex
geometries for applications in space exploration, solar panels,
and general manufacturing.
Text Books
Suggested Books 1. Dieter G.E., Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill, Co., S.I.
Edition, 1988, ISBN: 9780071004068.
2. Nagpal G.R. Metal forming processes, Khanna publishers,
New Delhi, 2004, ISBN: 9788174090171
Reference Books
3. ASM Metals Handbook: Forming and Forging, Volume 14.
ASM International, 1996. ISBN: 9780871700209
4. Serope Kalpakjian, Steven R Schmid, Manufacturing Process
for Engineering Materials, 4th Edition, Pearson Education,
2017, ISBN: 9780134290553.
5. Edward M.Mielink, Metal working Science Engineering,
McGraw Hill, Inc, 1990, ISBN: 9780070419056.

504 Go to Index
Course Code ME 251
Title of the Course Solid Mechanics Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Experiments associated with tensile testing
Exp.2 Experiments associated with torsion testing
Exp.3 Experiments associated with buckling
Exp.4 Experiments associated with hardness and micro-hardness
testing
Exp.5 Experiments associated with fatigue testing and impact
testing
Exp.6 Experiments associated with beam bending
Exp.7 Experiments associated with strain gauges
Exp.8 Experiments associated with photo-elasticity
Exp.9 Experiments associated with creep test and biaxial loading
experiments
Suggested Books 1. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978.
2. J.W. Dally, and W.F. Riley, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw
Hill,1987.
3. E.O. Doebelin and D.N. Manik, Measurement Systems:
Applications and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007.

505 Go to Index
Course code ME 251N
Course title Solid Mechanics Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● Explore the mechanical properties of materials and enhance
understanding through practical applications.
Course Outcomes ● Develop practical skills in materials testing through hands-on
experiments in tensile testing, torsion testing, hardness &
microhardness testing, impact testing, strain gauges, photo-
elasticity, and creep tests.
Course Content List of representative experiments:
● Tensile testing experiment.
● Torsion testing experiment.
● Hardness & microhardness testing experiment.
● Impact testing experiment.
● Strain gauges experiment.
● Photo-elasticity experiment.
● Creep tests experiment.
Suggested Books Reference Books
1. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl, and T.J. Lardner, An Introduction to
Mechanics of Solids, McGraw Hill, 1978, ISBN: 9780070134416.
2. J.W. Dally, and W.F. Riley, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw
Hill, 1987, ISBN: 9780070152182.
3. E.O. Doebelin and D.N. Manik, Measurement Systems:
Applications and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007, ISBN:
9780070616721.
4. L.S. Srinath, P. Desai, N.S. Murthy, and A.S. Murthy, Strength of
Materials, 2000, ISBN: 9780333923924.
5. F.P. Beer, E.R. Johnston, Mechanics of Materials,(5th Edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, , 2012, ISBN: 9780070153899.

506 Go to Index
Course Code ME 254
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any ME-203: Fluid Mechanics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Experiments for (i) Measurement of Friction factor in pipes for
turbulent flow conditions, (ii) Evaluation of Losses due to pipe
fittings, (iii) Measurement of force due to impact of jets, (iv)
Demonstration of Bernoulli’s Theorem, (v) Visualization of flow
regimes in channels, (vi) Determination of laminar velocity
profile and friction factor in pipe flow, (vii) Determination of
performance characteristics of Francis turbine, Pellton turbine,
centrifugal pump, and blower.
Suggested Books 1. R.W. Fox and A.T. McDonald, Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley
International, 2005.
2. S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics
and Fluid Machines (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2008.

507 Go to Index
Course code ME 254N
Course title Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives ● Students will grasp fluid mechanics principles through
experiments, including orifice characteristics, flow measurements,
fluid machinery performance, pipe losses analysis, and
applications of Bernoulli's theorem, leading to aerodynamics
understanding in a wind tunnel.
Course Outcomes ● Develop a comprehensive understanding of fluid mechanics
principles and their practical applications through hands-on
experiments.
● Gain proficiency in utilizing a range of instruments and
techniques for fluid flow measurement and machinery
performance assessment.
Course Content List of representative experiments:
● Determination of the coefficient of discharge, velocity and
contraction of a small orifice.
● Flow measurement through notches.
● Flow Measurement through venturi nozzle, orifice meter, nozzle
meter, rotameter and magnetic flow meter.
● Determination of performance characteristics of Francis turbine,
Pellton turbine and centrifugal pump.
● Measurement of major and minor losses in pipes.
● Demonstration of Bernoulli’s theorem.
● Measurement inside a wind tunnel: pressure and velocity.
Suggested Books
Reference Books

1. R.W. Fox and A.T. McDonald, Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley

International, 2005, ISBN: 9780470547557.
2. S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines, (2nd Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008, ISBN:
9780070702592.

508 Go to Index
Course code ME 256
Course title Computer Aided Machine Drawing
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (1-0-2-2)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, If any None
Objectives ● This course is dedicated for learning the skill to interpret, to prepare
machine drawings and their assembly process using the standard
conventions and also to build on visualization power to imagine,
analyze and communicate.
Course Outcome ● Students will master fundamental design processes and advanced
drawing techniques to produce precise and comprehensive
engineering drawings.
Course Content ● Introduction: Introduction to design process and drawings.
● Review of Fundamentals: Review of sectioning, Drawing
standards, Dimensioning and notes.
● Computer Aided Drawing: Use of software packages for
engineering drawings and drafting.
- Production drawings: Limits, Fits and Tolerances, Dimensional
and geometric tolerances, Computer Aided Tolerances,Tolerance
Stacks, Surface finish representations and symbols.
- Jigs and Fixtures: Tool drawings including jigs and fixtures.
- Fasteners and Joints: Screws, Bolts and nuts, Riveted joints,
Pins,Locking devices, Welded joints, Pipe joints, Unions and
valves. Cotter and Knuckle Joints. Assembly drawings with
sectioning and bill of materials.
- Machine Assemblies: Involving machine elements like shafts,
couplings, bearing, pulleys, gears, belts, brackets. Detailed part
drawings from assembly drawings. Engine mechanisms
assembly and disassembly.
- Layout drawings: Schematics, process and instrumentation
diagrams, piping drawings.
- Structural drawings: examples for reading and interpretation.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. N.D. Bhatt, and V.M. Panchal, Machine Drawing, Charotar
Publishing House, 2009, ISBN: 9788185594958.
2. R K Dhawan, A Textbook of Machine Drawing, S Chand, 2015,
ISBN: 9789385676499.
3. Foster, L. W. Introduction to geometric dimensioning and
tolerancing. National Tooling & Machining
Association,1996,ISBN:978-0910399180
4. Meadows, James D. Geometric dimensioning and tolerancing:
applications, analysis & measurement. 2009, American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, ISBN: 978-0971440166
Reference Books
5. N. Sidheswar, P. Kannaiah, and V.V.S. Sastry, Machine Drawing,
Tata McGraw Hill, 1980, ISBN: 9780074603376.

509 Go to Index
Course Code ME 257
Title of the Course Machine Drawing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
1-0-3-2.5
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Engineering Graphics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Introduction to design process and drawings.
Exp.2 Review of sectioning, Drawing standards, Dimensioning
and notes.
Exp.3 Fasteners and Joints: Screws, Bolts and nuts, Riveted
joints, Pins, Locking devices, Welded joints, Pipe joints,
Unions and valves. Cotter and Knuckle Joints. Assembly
drawings with sectioning and bill of materials.
Exp.4 Machine Assemblies: involving machine elements like
shafts, couplings, bearing, pulleys, gears, belts, brackets.
Detailed part drawings from assembly drawings. Engine
mechanisms assembly and disassembly.
Exp.5 Tool drawings including jigs and fixtures.
Exp.6 Production drawings: Limits, Fits and Tolerances,
Dimensional and geometric tolerances, Surface finish
symbols.
Exp.7 Layout drawings: Schematics, process and
instrumentation diagrams, piping drawings.
Exp.8 Structural drawings: examples for reading and
interpretation.
Exp.9 Computer aided drawing and drafting (CADD): use of
software packages for engineering drawings and drafting.

Suggested Books 1. N.D. Bhatt, and V.M. Panchal, Machine Drawing, Charotar
Publishing House, 2009.
2. N. Sidheswar, P. Kannaiah, and V.V.S. Sastry, Machine
Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 1980.
3. Bureau of Indian Standards, SP 46: 1988.

510 Go to Index
Course Code ME 258
Title of the Course Manufacturing Processes Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course in Basic Manufacturing Techniques
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1
(a) Preparation of a core for producing a typical hollow-shaped part
by the sand casting process.
(b) Preparation of a Sand mold using the two-piece pattern and the
core prepared in practical no.a, and production of the desired casting.

Exp.2
(a) To prepare a single ‘V’ butt joint using MIG/MAG welding process
and die penetrant testing.
(b) Welding Metallurgy (MIG/MAG)
Exp.3 Demonstration of non-traditional and CNC tools
Exp.4 Manufacturing of thread and cylindrical grinding.
Exp.5 Surface grinding and manufacturing of tapped holes in square
plate
Suggested Books Same as associated theory course ME 208: Theory of Manufacturing
Processes.

511 Go to Index
Course code ME 258N
Course title
Manufacturing Processes Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-2-1)
Department Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives The student will be able to understand the effect of process parameters, and
related possible defects in different types of manufacturing processes.
Course Understanding of different manufacturing processes related to Casting,
Outcomes Forming, welding and powder compaction.
Course Content List of representative experiments:
● Foundry and Molding:
(a) Preparation of a core for producing a typical hollow-shaped part by the
sand-casting process. Measurement of green strength of core.
(b) Demonstration of centrifugal casting of aluminum pipe, including
calculation of RPM and wall thickness for given volume of liquid metal.
(c) Preparation of a sand mold using the two-piece pattern and the core
preparation and production of the desired casting.
(d) Measurement of green strength of sand mould.
(e) Simulation of casting for demonstrating hot spots in the mould using E-
Foundry.
● Welding:
(a) To prepare two different samples of ‘V’ butt joints using MIG and TIG
welding processes.
(b) Resistance welding lap joint preparation.
(c) To perform die penetrant test for both the samples prepared by TIG and
MIG (Exp. 2.a).
(d) To check strength and formability of welded joints by performing a
bending test.
● Metal forming:
(a) Design, development and manufacturing of typical sheet-metal product
using various forming processes namely (i) sheet shearing, (ii) sheet
roll-bending, (iii) nibbling and (iv) deep drawing.
(b) Sheet metal forming of V shape, effect of nose radius (5, 10 & 20 mm),
bend angle (60o, 90o & 120o) and measure the spring back.
(c) Perform cold rolling operation on Aluminum sheet and estimate the
strain that occurred during the process.
(d) Perform wire drawing operation on Aluminum wire and estimate the
strain that occurred during the process.
(e) Demonstration of Injection molding, and evaluate mass flow rate.
● Powder Compaction:
Execution of green compaction, sintering of aluminum/ plastic pallet
power for the making of solid cylinder.
Suggested Books Reference Books
1. E.P. DeGarmo, J.T. Black, and R.A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in
Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Limited, 2006, ISBN:
9780023286216.
2. S. Kuo, Welding Metallurgy, John-Wiley & Sons Inc. 2003, ISBN:
512 Go to Index
 1119524814.
3. R.W. Heine, C.R. Loper, and P.C. Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997,ISBN: 9780070993488.
4. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company Ltd.
1988, ISBN: 9781259064794.
5. A. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East West
Press, 2001. ISBN: 9788176710636.
6. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1980. ISBN:
9780070964432.

513 Go to Index
Course Code ME 301
Title of the Course Heat Transfer
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Modes of heat transfer and their mechanism.
Conduction: Introduction to conduction; Thermal conductivity,
diffusivity and heat generation; derivation of general heat conduction
equation in Cartesian coordinate, boundary value problems, steady
state conduction with heat generation and extended surfaces.
Lamped capacitance and simple transient models. Finite difference
formulation of differential equations, solution methods for system of
algebraic equations.
Convection: Forced and free convection, mass, momentum and energy
conservation equations, non dimensional numbers, hydrodynamic and
thermal boundary layer, basics of heat transfer in external and internal
laminar and turbulent flows. Free convection from plate: Governing
equations and non-dimensionalization. Similarity and integral solutions
for vertical plate. Free convection for other cases; Mixed convection
Introduction to pool boiling; correlations.
Radiation: Basic concepts; Planck, Wien and Stefan-Boltzmann laws.
Irradiation; solid angle; radiation intensity. Heat exchange between two
surfaces. Shape factor: Definition, common configurations. Radiation
exchange between two diffuse-gray surfaces.
Heat Exchangers: Applications and classification of heat exchangers;
Fouling factor. Design analysis using LMTD method. Performance
analysis using є - NTU method. Design considerations for heat
exchangers.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. J.P. Holman, Heat Transfer (10th edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
(ISBN: 9780071267694).
2. F.P. Incropera, and D.P. Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass
Transfer (5th edition) Wiley India, (ISBN: 9788126512614).
Reference Books
1. F.P. Incropera, and D.P. Dewitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass
Transfer (5th edition), John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002, (ISBN:
978-0-470-05554-0).

514 Go to Index
2. A.F. Mills, Basic Heat and Mass Transfer, Prentice Hall, 1998. (ISBN:
0130962473)
3. Y.A. Cengel and A. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals
and Applications, McGraw-Hill, (ISBN: 0077366646).
4. M. Necati Ozisik, Heat Transfer: A Basic Approach, McGraw-Hill,
1984. (ISBN: 0070479828)

515 Go to Index
Course Code ME 302
Title of the Course Applied Thermodynamics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if A course in Thermodynamics
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to Energy Resources, Heat Engines.
Review of First Law of Thermodynamics: for Closed and Open
Systems. Classification of cycles as Open/Closed, Refrigeration/Power,
Multi-component/Single- component, Internal combustion/ external
combustion, etc.
Performance parameters: Net work, thermal efficiency, heat rate,
specific fuel consumption, work ratio, specific output, mean effective
pressure, volumetric efficiency, COP, refrigeration effect. Carnot vs. other
cycles.
Stoichiometry: General stoichiometry and definition of terms (rich
mixture, lean mixtures).
Combustion: Heat of formation, Heat of reaction, Calorific Value of fuel,
Estimation methods for Calorific values, Exhaust Gas Analysis, Orsat
Apparatus.
Power Cycles: Otto Cycles, Diesel Cycles, Air-standard cycles and Actual
cycles, Dual cycle, p-theta diagram. Brayton cycle with explanation of
various terms Modifications of Brayton cycle. Rankine cycle,
Modifications to Rankine cycle, Feed water Heaters and analysis,
Moisture separators, application of Rankine to Nuclear power plants.
Introduction of Internal Combustion (IC) Engines: Spark ignition (SI)
and compression ignition (CI) engines, combustion and knocking in SI
and CI engines, Carburetion.
Introduction of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Vapour
Compression and Reverse Brayton Cycles Vapour Absorption Cycles.
Psychometry.
Compressors: Reciprocating, rotary and centrifugal compressors.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. M.J. Moran and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering
Thermodynamics (6th Edition), Wiley (ISBN: 978-471-78735-8).
2. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering

516 Go to Index
 Approach (6th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. (ISBN:
0070262179).
Reference Books
1. G.F.C. Rogers, and Y.R. Mayhew, Engineering Thermodynamics:
Work and Heat Transfer (4th edition), Longman, England, 1992.
2. Granet, and M. Bluestein, Thermodynamics and Heat Power,
Prentice Hall (ISBN: 0131106724).
3. E. Logan, Thermodynamics Process and Application, Marcel Dekker,
1999. (ISBN: 0824799593)
4. C. Wu, Thermodynamics and Heat Powered Cycles: A Cognitive
Engineering Approach, Nova Science Publishers, 2006. (ISBN: 978-1-
60692-626-0)

517 Go to Index
Course Code ME 303
Title of the Course Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Mechanisms: Introduction to different types of mechanisms, Analysis of
position, velocity and acceleration along with their diagram.
Cam and Follower: Design of Cam-Follower Mechanisms.
Gears and Gear train: Gear tooth profiles, spur gears and helical gears.
Epicyclic Gear trains.
Dynamics of Machines: Dynamic analysis of different mechanisms,
Balancing.
Mechanical Vibrations: Analysis and applications of discrete and
continuous system of vibration.

Suggested Books 1. B. Paul, Kinematics and Dynamics of Planar Mechanisms, Prentice

Hall, 1979.
2. J.J. Uicker, G.R. Pennock, and J.E. Shigley, Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms (3rd edition), Oxford University Press, New York, 2005.
3. S.S. Rattan, Theory of Machines (2nd edition), Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.
4. R.L. Norton, Design of Machinery (3rd edition), Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.
5. F.S. Tse, I.E. Morse, and R.T. Hinkle, Mechanical Vibrations, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, 1983.
6. J.S. Rao, and K. Gupta, Introductory Course on Vibrations, Wiley
Eastern, 1984.
7. J.P. Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw Hill, 1956.

518 Go to Index
Course Code ME 304
Title of the Course Instrumentation and Control Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Characteristics of Instruments: Instrument and measurement
systems, classification of instruments, elements of measurements
systems, measurement system performance-type of errors. Dynamic
characteristics –filtering and signal analysis-Fourier transforms.
Transducers and sensing elements: Mass sensing elements, thermal
detectors, thermo-couples, hydro pneumatic sensors, mechano-
electrical transformation, simple transducer element, LVDT, differential,
velocity, acceleration-Piezo-electric, magneto-striction transducer-
optical instrumentation-Interferometer.
Microprocessor and its application: Functional architecture of
microprocessors-instruction set –Basic concept of memory interfacing -
memory mapping- stepper motor and temperature control.
Data Acquisition and Interfacing: Elements of data loggers, Input
condition, Analog to Digital(A/D) and Digital to Analog (D/A)
conversion, Computer based Data Acquisition, Programmable Logic
Controller, Switching diagram, interfacing of mechanical systems.
Introduction to control systems: Concept of Feedback, open and
closed loop, Negative Feedback in control systems, Impulse response
and transfer functions of linear systems, modelling of mechanical system
elements, sensors and encoders in control systems –DC motor in control
systems- linearization of nonlinear systems.
Suggested Books Text books:
1) James.W.Dally,William F.Riley, Instrumentation for engineering
measurments, Wiley India Edition (ISBN 978-81-265-2801-1)
2) Ernest O. Doebelin, Dhanesh N. Manik, Measurement systems, Tata
McGraw Hill (ISBN 978-0-07-061672-8).
3) B.C. Kuo, Automatic control systems, (4th edition), Printence hall of
India, NewDelhi,1985.
4) R.S. Goankar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and and
application with the 8085/8080A, penram international publishing,
1986.
Reference Books:

519 Go to Index
1) A.K.Sawhney, A course in electrical and electronics
measurements and instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & C, 17th
edition, NewDelhi
2) Safa O.Kasap, Optoelectronics and photonics principles and
practices, Pearson (ISBN-978-81-317-2468-2)
3) T. G. Beckwith, J. H. Lienhard, R. D. Marangoni Mechanical
Measurements, Pearson (ISBN-978-81-317-17188-9)
4) S. O. Kasap, Optoelectronics and photonics principles and
practices, Pearson (ISBN-978-81-317-2468-2)
5) I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control system engineering, (2nd Edition)
Wiley Eastern, New Delhi,1982.

520 Go to Index
Course Code ME 305
Title of the Course Machining Science and Metrology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Theory of Machining: Concept of generatrix and directrix, classification
of machining processes, chip formation: mechanism, chip types, chip
control, tool geometry: single point cutting tool geometry, specifications
in different standards, selection of tool angles, mechanics of single point
orthogonal machining: Merchant’s circle, force, velocity, shear angle, and
power consumption relations, cutting tool wear and tool life: wear
mechanisms, wear criterion, Taylor’s tool life equation, facing test,
variables affecting tool life; Machinability and its measures, economics of
machining.
Finishing and Superfinishing Processes: Principles and applications of
honing, superfinishing, lapping, polishing, buffing, shot-peening, and
burnishing.
Advanced Machining Processes: Process principle, equipment, analysis
and applications of advanced machining processes such as Abrasive Jet
Machining (AJM), Ultrasonic Machining (USM), Electro Chemical
Machining (ECM), Chemical Machining (CHM), Electro-Discharge
Machining (EDM), Wire Electro Discharge Machining (WEDM), Electron
Beam Machining (EBM), and Laser Beam Machining (LBM).
Metrology: Introduction, inspection types and principles, basic
inspection methods, characteristics of measuring instrument,
measurement errors, linear measurement: line and end standards, gauge
blocks, comparators, dial gauge, angular measurement: gauge block,
clinometer, sine-bar, autocollimators, radius and taper measurement,
measurement of screw threads and gears.
Limits and Fits: Limits, fits, and dimensional and geometrical or form
tolerances, computer vision system based measurement, coordinate
measuring machines, measurement of form tolerances, measurement of
surface roughness: surface roughness terminology, different methods of
surface roughness measurement.
Suggested Books 1. A. Ghosh, and A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-
West press Pvt. Ltd., 1985.

521 Go to Index
2. G.K. Lal, Introduction to Machining Science, New Age International
Publishers, 1996.
3. G. Boothroyd, and W.A. Knight, Fundamentals of Machining and
Machine Tools, Marcel Dekker, 1989.
4. V. K. Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers, New
Delhi, 2002. (ISBN 81-7764-294-4)
5. G.F. Benedict, Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes, Marcel
Dekker, Inc. New York, 1987. (ISBN 0-8247-7352-7)
6. J.F.W. Gayler, and C.R. Shotbolt, Metrology for Engineers, ELBS, 1990.
7. I.C. Gupta, Text Book of Engineering Metrology, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Co. New Delhi, 2003.

522 Go to Index
Course Code ME 306
Title of the Course Machine Design - I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-2-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if Solid Mechanics, Strength of Materials and Kinematics and Dynamics of
any Machines
Scope of the The objectives of this course are to develop in mechanical engineering
course students the knowledge and skills required
1. To apply engineering analysis principles and methods to the
proper analysis of a variety of common mechanical system
components.
2. To design these mechanical system components so as to perform
safely their intended functions in harmony with other components
of the system.
3. To use information resources to identify appropriate and elegant
component solutions for mechanical system design problems,
locate sources for these components, and understand the analysis
and design methods for these components.
4. To conform to the right codes and standards.
5. To solve an open-ended design problem involving cost, drawings,
and structural analysis.
Course Syllabus Introduction and Design for Strength: Fundamentals of machine
design: Brief overview of design and manufacturing, Stresses in
machine elements, Strain analysis. Design for Strength: Design for
static loading, Stress Concentration, Design for dynamic loading, and
Low and high cycle fatigue.
Fasteners and Power Screws: Fasteners: Types of fasteners - Pins
and keys, Threaded Fasteners and Design of bolted joints. Power
Screws: Power Screw drives and their efficiency and Design of power
screws.
Couplings and Springs: Couplings: Introduction, types and uses,
design procedures for rigid and flexible rubber-bushed couplings.
Springs: Introduction to Design of Helical Springs, Design of Helical
Springs for Variable Load and Design of Leaf Springs.
Shafts and Cylinders: Shafts: Introduction to shaft and its design
based on strength and Design of shaft for variable load and based on
stiffness. Cylinders: Thin and thick cylinders, Stresses due to internal
and external pressures, and Design principles for cylinders.
Welded and Riveted Joints: Riveted Joints: Types and Uses, Design of
Riveted Joints. Welded Joints: Types and Uses, Design of Welded Joints
and Design of Adhesive Joints. Design of Joints for Special Loading:
Design of Eccentrically Loaded Bolted/Riveted Joints and Welded
Joints, and Design of Joints with Variable Loading.

523 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. J.E. Shigley, Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw Hill,
2008, ISBN:0070668612.
2. B.J. Hamrock, and S.R. Schmid, Fundamentals of Machine
Elements, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005, ISBN:0072976829.
3. R.L. Norton, Machine Design, Pearson Education, 2012, ISBN-10:
0131481908.
4. M.F Spotts, Design of Machine Elements, Prentice Hall India, 1991,
ISBN: 9788177584219.
5. V. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007,
ISBN: 9780070611412.
6. A. S. Hall, A. R. Holowenko and H. G. Laughlin, Schaum's Outline of
Machine Design, McGraw Hill, 2010, ISBN: 9780070255951.

524 Go to Index
Course Code ME 307
Title of the Course Principles of Industrial Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2013-14 ]
2-0-2-3 [from AY 2014-15 onwards]
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Organization: Factory system, principles of organization, types of
organization and their selection.
Plant Layout: Site selection, types of layout, factors affecting layout,
plant building, flexibility and expandability, materials handling
devices.
Production Planning and Control: Functions, forecasting, routing,
operations planning; Gantt chart, work order, dispatching and follow-
up; CPM and PERT techniques.
Inventory Control: Scope, purchasing and storing, economic lot size;
ABC Analysis.
Work Study: Scope, work measurement and method study, standard
data, ergonomics and its industrial applications.
Industrial Relations: Labour welfare, wage and incentives,
absenteeism and labour turnover.

Suggested Books 1. E.S. Buffa, and R.K. Sarin, Modern Production / Operations
Management, John Wiley & Sons, 1994.
2. R.S. Russell, and B.W. Taylor, Operations Management, Pearson
Education, 2003.
3. C.A. Jocobs, Production and Operations Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. H.B. Maynard, Industrial Engineering Handbook, McGraw Hill,
2001.

525 Go to Index
Course Code ME 308
Title of the Course Quality Management
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Different definitions, dimensions, and aspects of
quality, Traditional and modern view of Quality Control, Different
Philosophies by Quality Gurus.
Modern Quality Control Technologies: Quality engineering using
Taguchi Methods, Off-line and On-line quality control, Concepts of
Robust Design, Taguchi Loss Function, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD) .
Process Capability (PC) Analysis and Statistical Process Control
(SPC): Manufacturing process variability, manufacturing process
capability, and tolerances; Tools/methods used in SPC: Control
Charts, Pareto charts, Fishbone diagram, etc. Implementation of SPC.
Control Charts: Theory and applications of control charts; Controls
charts for variables: charts averages, ranges, and standard deviation;
Control charts for attributes: p and c charts; Fraction defective and
number of defects per unit; Different adaptation of control charts.
Acceptance Sampling: Concept of acceptance sampling; Sampling by
attributes: Single and double sampling plans, Use of Dodge Romming
and Military standard sampling tables, Construction and use of
operating characteristic (OC) curves; Sampling by variables:
Continuous sampling plans.
Reliability: Concept and definition, Measurement and test of
reliability, Design for reliability (DFR), Concepts of Maintainability
and Availability.
Total Quality Management (TQM): Concept and philosophy, Scope,
Applications, Implementation, Quality circles: objectives, structures,
and techniques.

Suggested Books Text book

1. A. Mitra, Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement (2nd
edition), Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
Reference books
1. D.C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control (3rd
edition), John-Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1996.

526 Go to Index
2. E. Grant, and R. Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control,
McGraw-Hill Inc. New York, 1996.
3. G. Taguchi, Introduction to Quality Engineering, Kraus Int.
Publications, 1986.
4. D.H. Besterfield, M.C. Besterfield, G. Besterfield, and S.M.
Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Prentice Hall
International Inc. 1996.

527 Go to Index
Course Code ME 351
Title of the Course Heat Transfer Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objective/Scope of
the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Objective: 1
• Determination of coefficient of thermal conduction (thermal
conductivity) of gases and liquids.
Exp.2 Objective: 2
• Study of heat transfer in free and forced convection modes.
• Study the forced convection: In this experiment, the effect of flow
velocity on the convection heat transfer is observed by recording
and calculating different parameters at different values of air flow
velocity.
Exp.3 Objective: 3
• To study the parameters governing steady state one dimensional
heat conduction in radial direction and also to study the initial
unsteady state heat conduction.
Exp.4 Objective: 4
• Study of Different types of Heat Exchangers (Tubular, Shell and
tube and Plate type HE) apparatus.
• To investigate the effect of changes in hot and cold fluid flow rate
on the temperature efficiencies and overall heat transfer
coefficient. (For cocurrent and counter flow)
• To investigate the effect of driving force with cocurrent and
counter current flow.
• To investigate the heat loss from Heat Exchangers by replacing
the cold fluid by hot fluid and vice-versa. (For cocurrent and
counter current flow)
Exp.5 Objective: 5
• Study of one dimensional steady state linear heat conduction and
understanding the significance of contact resistance.
• Temperature distribution measurement for steady state
conduction through a plane wall.
• Temperature distribution measurement for steady state
conduction through a composite wall and determine the overall
heat transfer coefficient.
• Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen
• To verify that the temperature gradient is inversely proportional
to the cross sectional area for one dimensional conduction.
• Demonstration of the effect of contact resistance on thermal

528 Go to Index
 conduction
Exp.6 Objective: 6
• Determination and comparison of Thermal Conductivity of
different insulating and building materials (Cork, Plaster, POM etc)
Exp.7 Objective: 7
• Verification of different laws of radiation (Lambert’s distance law,
Lambert’s direction law, Stefan Boltzmann’s law and Kirchhoff’s law)
Suggested Books Same as associated theory course

529 Go to Index
Course Code ME 352
Title of the Course Applied Thermodynamics Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Objective:1
• To investigate the effect of cooling load on “Approach to wet
bulb” and the application of the steady flow equation to
selected systems to draw up energy and mass balances.
• To investigate the effect of the packing density on the
performance of a cooling tower and pressure drop across
column
Exp.2 Objective: 2
• Demonstration of vapour compression refrigeration or heat
pump cycle with visual observation of the important
processes.
• Study the effect of condenser load on vapor compression
refrigeration cycle performance.
• Study the effect of evaporator load on vapor compression
refrigeration cycle performance.
Exp.3 Objective: 3
• Demonstration of the Rankine cycle
• Study the effect of boiler pressure on turbine power output
and calculation of efficiencies related to Rankine cycle
Exp.4 Objectives: 4
• To draw the following air conditioning processes on the
psychometric chart and analyze them thermodynamically.
• Sensible heating (ii) heating and Humidification (iii) Cooling
and De-humidification.
• To determine the energy and mass transfer rates at heater,
boiler and refrigeration unit.
• To study effect of adiabatic mixing of different quantities of
air in two different states and plot on psychometric chart.
Exp.5 Objective: 5
• Study of jet engine
Exp.6 Objective: 6
• To study the performance of 4 cylinders, 4 strokes, Petrol
engine coupled with eddy current dynamometer.
• Calculate heat balance sheet for SI engine.
Exp.7 Objective: 7
• To study the performance of 4 cylinders, 4 strokes, Diesel
engine coupled with eddy current dynamometer.
• Calculate heat balance sheet for CI engine
Exp.8 Objective: 8
• To find the calorific value of a sample fuel using Bomb Calorimeter.
530 Go to Index
Suggested Books Same as associated theory course

531 Go to Index
Course Code ME 353
Title of the Course Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Experiments on velocity
Exp.2 Experiments on static force and acceleration analysis of
mechanisms
Exp.3 Experiments on friction
Exp.4 Experiments on belt drives and cam-follower
Exp.5 Experiments on balancing
Exp.6 Experiments on bearings
Exp.7 Experiments on gyroscopes
Exp.8 Experiments on mechanical vibrations

Suggested Books 1. J.J. Uicker, G.R. Pennock, and J.E. Shigley, Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms (3rd edition), Oxford University Press, New York, 2005.
2. S.S. Rattan, Theory of Machines (2nd edition), Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2005.

532 Go to Index
Course Code ME 354
Title of the Course Instrumentation and Control Systems Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 Transducer Kit:
a) Displacement measurement with electro-mechanical
transducers
b) Temperatures gradient measurement with Heat Transducers
Exp.2 Process control trainer:
Heating Element controlled by thyrisistor circuits
Exp.3 Michelson’s Interferometer:
a) Calibration of Slip gauges
b) Wavelength Measurement of monochromatic light
c) Measurement of Change in pressure
Exp.4 Optical Instrumentation:
a) Characteristics of LDR
b) Measurement of Groove spacing in a CD by its reflection
grating
c) optical based thickness measurement using Ellipsometry
Exp.5 Microprocessor based:
a) Basic Study
b) DC motor position control
Stepper motor Milli step interfacing with 8051microcontroller
Exp.6 Experimental implementation of different controller behavior in
Swinging Pendulum Interfaced using MATLAB Simulink.
Digital PID controller based:
a) Dc motor speed control module (fast process)
b) Temperature control system (slow process)
PLC based Interfacing of multiple cylinder sequences in electro
pneumatic systems
Exp.7 Study on PLC based Interfacing of micro controlled XY Stage for
Laser based marking
Exp.8 Characteristics measurement using Impedance Analyzer
Exp.10 Experiments in Hydraulic trainer kit
Exp.11 Experiments on Optical fibre sensor kit
Exp.12 Experiments on Autotronics trainer kit
Suggested Books Same as associated theory course

533 Go to Index
Course Code ME 355
Title of the Course Machining Science and Metrology Lab
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Exp.1 To find the wedge angle with the help of a sine bar
Exp.2 Measurement of thread parameters using tool makers
microscope
Exp.3 To determine the temperature of tool-work interface using a
tool work thermocouple
Exp.4 Estimation of tool life of a HSS cutting tool during turning of C-
20 steel bar using Taylor’s relation
Exp.5 Measurement of cutting forces by using lathe dynamometer
Exp.6 Measurement of cutting forces by using drill dynamometer
Exp.7 The effects of cutting velocity, nose radius and feed rate on
surface roughness
Exp.8 Effect of speed and feed on chip morphology
Suggested Books Same as associated theory course ME 305: Machining Science and
Metrology

534 Go to Index
Course Code ME 401
Title of the Course Machine Design - II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-2-0-4
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if Machine Design - I
any
Scope of the The objectives of this course are to develop in mechanical
course engineering students the knowledge and skills required
1. To apply engineering analysis principles and methods to the
proper analysis of a variety of common mechanical system
components.
2. To design these mechanical system components so as to
perform safely their intended functions in harmony with other
components of the system.
3. To use information resources to identify appropriate and
elegant component solutions for mechanical system design
problems, locate sources for these components, and
understand the analysis and design methods for these
components.
4. To conform to the right codes and standards.
5. To solve an open-ended design problem involving cost,
drawings, and structural analysis.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Different theories of failure and design based on
theories. Design for fatigue, design for creep and design for wear and
corrosion.
Design of Gears: Law of gearing - conjugate action and gear tooth
profile-basics Analysis of forces on spur, helical, bevel and worm
gears. Design procedure of various gears.
Design of belt and chain drives: Belt drives: Introduction to Belt
drives, Design of Flat Belt drives and Design of V- Belt drives. Chain
drives: Introduction and classification, design procedure for chain
drive.
Design of Bearings: Brief overview of bearings, Design of Fluid Film
bearings and Rolling contact bearings.
Brakes and Clutches Brakes: Types, Design of shoe brakes, and
Design of Band and Disc Brakes. Clutches: Types, Plate clutches –
design for uniform pressure and wear.

535 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. J.E. Shigley, Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw Hill,
2008. ISBN:0070668612.
2. B.J. Hamrock, and S.R. Schmid, Fundamentals of Machine
Elements, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005. ISBN:0072976829
3. R.L. Norton, Machine Design, Pearson Education, 2012. ISBN-10:
0131481908
4. M.F Spotts, Design of Machine Elements, Prentice Hall India,
1991. ISBN: 9788177584219
5. V. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill,
2007. ISBN: 9780070611412
6. Alfred S. Hall, A. R. Holowenko, H. G. Laughlin, Schaum's Outline
of Machine Design, McGraw Hill, 2010. ISBN: 9780070255951
7. D.G. Ullman, The Mechanical Design Process, Tata McGraw Hill,
2008. ISBN: 9780072975741

536 Go to Index
Course Code ME 406/ ME 606
Title of the Course Smart Materials based Energy Harvesters Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Introduction of Materials Science
Scope of the course The main scope of this course is to develop an understanding of
various aspects of smart materials energy harvesters design.
Course Syllabus Thermoelectric energy harvesting: Thermoelectric principles and
phenomena, conversion efficiency and figure-of-merit, performance
and behaviors of thermoelectric devices; waste heat recovery and
power generation, energy harvesting applications of thermoelectric
devices.
Piezoelectric: Piezoelectric material structure and properties;
processing parameter effect on piezoelectricity; effects of material
constants and mechanical damping on power generation.
Modeling of piezoelectric energy harvesters; mechanical designs of
piezoelectric energy harvester; design of a bistable piezoelectric
energy harvester; performance evaluation of vibration-based
piezoelectric energy scavengers; piezoelectric energy harvester with
magnets; piezoelectric energy harvesting equivalent circuit models,
applications of piezoelectric energy harvesting systems.
Pyroelectric: Pyroelectric materials structure and properties; effect
of processing parameters, poling techniques, electroding on energy
harvesting; waste thermal, solar and phase change material
embedded energy harvesting system; electrical circuit model for
actual energy harvesting potential.
Suggested Books Text Book
1. R. Funahashi, Thermoelectric Energy Conversion, Elsevier
Woodhead Publishing, 2021, ISBN:978-0-12-818535-3
2. S. Priya and D. J. Inman, Energy Harvesting Technologies,
Springer, 2009. ISBN: 978038776464
3. Q. Xu and L. M. Tam, Mechanical Design of Piezoelectric Energy
Harvesters, Elsevier, 2021, ISBN: 9780128236536
Reference Book
1. R. Kumar and R. Singh, Thermoelectricity and Advanced
Thermoelectric Material, Elsevier Woodhead Publishing, 2021,
ISBN:9780128199848
2. D. M. Rowe, CRC Handbook of Themoelectrics, 1995. ISBN
9780367248161
3. A. Erturk, Daniel J. Inman, Piezoelectric Energy Harvesting, John
Wiley & Sons, 2011, Print ISBN: 9780470682548.
4. H. Huang and J. F. Scott Ferroelectric Materials for Energy
Applications, Wiley‐VCH, 2018, ISBN:9783527807505

537 Go to Index
Course Code ME 407/ ME 607

Title of the course Biofluid Mechanics

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3 2-0-2-3 from AY 2021-22

Name of Department Mechanical Engineering

Pre-requisites, if any None

Scope of the course (a) To understand the physiology and anatomy of different systems in
the human body (b) To integrate fluid mechanics concepts to model
biological flows in the human body (c) To identify specific diseases
and to analyze how they are related to fluid mechanics.

Course Syllabus Introduction: Introduction to fluid mechanics, and human physiology

in relation to heart, lungs and blood vessels.
Cardiovascular structure and function: Electro-cardiogram, heart
valves, cardiac cycles, heart sounds, coronary circulation,
microcirculation, lymphatic circulation.
Pulmonary Anatomy, Pulmonary physiology and Respiration:
Respiratory system, alveolar ventilation, mechanics of breathing,
airway resistance, gas exchange and transport, pulmonary
pathophysiology, respiration in extreme environment.
Hematology and Blood Rhelogy: Elements of blood, blood
characteristics, viscosity measurement, erythorcytes, leukocytes;
blood types, plasma.
Anatomy and Physiology of Blood vessels: General structure &
types of arteries, mechanics of arterial walls, compliance, vascular
pathologies, stents, coronary artery bypass grafting.
Mechanics of Heart Valves: Aortic and pulmonic valves; Mitral and
Tricuspid valves; Pressure gradients across a stenotic heart valve;
Prosthetic mechanical valves; Prosthetic tissue valves.
Pulsatile flow in large arteries: Introduction to blood flow in large
arteries, pulsatile flow in tubes, instability in pulsatile flow.
Mathematical modeling: Introduction to finite difference, finite
volume & finite element methods, non-Newtonian flow models,
modeling of flow through Mitral valve, modeling of blood flow in
vascular system.

538 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Book
1. L. White and J.M. Fine, Applied biofluid mechanics, McGraw Hill
2007 (ISBN: 5551694623).
2. J.N. Mazumdar, Biofluid Mechanics, World Scientific, Singapore,
2004 (ISBN: 981-02-3801-0)
Reference Books
1. L. White, Biomechanics in Cardiovascular Systems, McGraw
Hill, 2006.
2. C. Kleinstruer, Biofluid Dynamics: Principles and
Applications, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2006.
3. M. Zamir, The Physics of Pulsatile Flow, Springer Verlag,
New York, 2000.
4. Sir James Lighhill, Mathematical Biofluid Dynamics, Society
for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, 1975
(ISBN: 0-89871-014-6)

539 Go to Index
Course code ME 408/ ME 608
Title of the course Hybrid Electric Vehicles
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Scope of the course This course is designed for final year undergraduate students and
masters students who want to develop their knowledge
about hybrid electric vehicles. Conventional I.C. Engine
and electric powered vehicle will be analysed along with
requirement of hybrid vehicle. Various mechanical layouts
of hybrid powertrains will be examined to understand how they
influence the performance and complexity of the powertrain.
Sizing of the powertrains, Energy Management system and
controls in the hybrid powertrain modes will be examined.
Course Syllabus History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and environmental
importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern
drive-trains on energy supplies.

Conventional Vehicles: Basics

of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,
transmission characteristics, mathematical models to
describe vehicle performance.

Hybrid Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction,

introduction to various hybrid drive-train topologies, power flow
control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction,

introduction to various electric drive-train topologies, power
flow control in electric drive-train topologies.

Electric Propulsion unit: Introduction to electric components

used in hybrid and electric vehicles, Configuration and control of
DC Motor drives, Induction Motor drives, Permanent Magnet
Motor drives, and Switch Reluctance Motor drives.

Energy Storage: Energy Storage Requirements

in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles with Battery, Fuel Cell, Super
Capacitor, and Flywheel based energy storage, Hybridization of
different energy storage devices. Matching the electric machine
and the internal combustion engine.

Energy Management Strategies.

Suggested Books 1. I. Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design
Fundamentals, CRC Press, Washington, 2011,
9781439811757
2. J. Larminie, J. Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained,
2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, U.K., 2012,
540 Go to Index
 9788126557608
3. B. D. McNicol, D. A. J. Rand, Power Sources
for Electric Vehicles, Elsevier publications, New York, 1988,
044442315X
4. S. Leitman, Build Your Own Electric Vehicle, McGraw Hill, 1st
Edition, WW, 2013, 978-0830642328

541 Go to Index
Course Code ME 411/ ME 611
Title of the Course Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any A course on Thermodynamics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Single stage and multistage vapour compression
refrigeration systems, psychrometry and psychrometric processes.
Vapour Absorption Refrigeration Systems: Aqua-ammonia
absorption refrigeration system, Lithum bromide-water absorption
systems, p-t-x chart, enthalpy concentration chart, three fluid
electrolux system, multistage absorption system, resorption
absorption refrigeration, new mixtures for absorption systems.
Non-conventional Refrigeration Systems: Water refrigeration,
Vortex and pulse tube refrigeration systems, thermoelectric
refrigeration systems, multistage thermoelectric systems.
Refrigerant Compressors: Type of compressors; Reciprocating
compressors: Volumetric efficiency, performance characteristic,
capacity control, construction features, rotary compressors, screw
compressors, centrifugal compressors, scroll compressors.
Infiltration and Ventilation: Basic concepts and terminology,
driving mechanism of infiltration and ventilation, indoor air quality,
natural ventilation, residential air leakage, residential ventilation,
residential ventilation requirements, simplified models of residential
ventilation and infiltration.
Fenestration: Fenestration components, determination of energy
flow; U-factor, solar heat gain and visible transmission, shading,
visual and thermal controls, air leakage, day lighting, selecting
fenestration, condensation resistance, occupant comfort and
acceptance.
Cooling Load Calculations: Residential cooling and heating load
calculations: features, calculation approach, residential heat balance
method, residential cooling load factor method, cooling load, heating
load, nonresidential cooling and heating load calculations.
Duct Design and Space Air Diffusion: Room air distribution, total,
static and velocity pressures, friction loss in ducts, dynamic loss in
ducts, air duct design, equal friction method, static regain method,
velocity reduction method, fitting loss coefficient, air diffusion:
principles of jet behavior, room air diffusion methods.
Pipe Sizing: Pressure drop equations, water piping, hydronic system
piping, steam piping, gas piping and fuel oil piping.

Suggested Books 1. W.F. Stoecker, and J.W. Jones, Elementary Refrigeration and Air
conditioning, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. R.J. Dosset, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education Asia,
2002.
542 Go to Index
3. C.P. Arora, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Tata-MCGraw
Hill, 2002.
4. M. Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, New Age
International, 2004.
5. ASHRAE Handbook (Fundamentals), 2005.

543 Go to Index
Course Code ME 412
Title of the Course Energy Conversion
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Thermodynamics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Fundamentals of thermodynamics, Classification of
Energy Sources, Various methods of conversion to Electrical Energy
and their efficiencies, availability analysis of energy conversion
cycles.
Conversion of hydro energy: Essential features and elements,
Principal Auxiliaries, Plant Layout , Classification of Hydro power
plants, Hydraulic Turbines, Water wheel Generators.
Conversion of thermal energy: Coal fired power plants, Essential
features and elements, Principal Auxiliaries, Plant Layout, Steam
Turbines, Turbo Alternators. Gas Electric power plants, Diesel Electric
power plants.
Conversion of nuclear energy: Fundamentals of nuclear fission.
Fission reactor design considerations, Basic construction and
comparison of various types of nuclear reactors, Plant Layout, Risks
and Safety measures, Nuclear fuels.
Advanced systems: Combined cycles, cogeneration, trigeneration
Conversion of other forms of energy: Solar to thermal energy-Solar
collectors, Electromagnetic to electrical energy-Photo voltaics,
Chemical to electrical energy-Fuel cells
Comparison of various energy conversion systems, their prospects
and limitations.
Thermodynamics of Energy Conservation: Basic principle.
Optimum use of prime-movers, energy efficient housekeeping, energy
recovery in thermal systems, waste heat recovery techniques, thermal
insulation. Thermal energy audit in heating, ventilation and air
conditioning.

Suggested Books 1. D.Yogi Goswami, and Frank Kreith, Energy conversion, CRC Pr I
LIc, 2007, ISBN: 9781420044317.
2. M.M. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, McGraw Hill, 2002.
3. E.B. Norris, and E. Therkelsen, Heat Power, McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. Paul O Callaghan, Energy Management, McGraw Hill, 1993.
5. Paul O Callaghan, Design and Management for Energy

544 Go to Index
Conservation, Pergamon, ISBN: 0080272878

545 Go to Index
Course Code ME 413/ ME 613
Title of the Course IC Engines
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Basic Nomenclature, Classification of IC Engines,
working principle of 2-stroke and 4-stroke SI and CI engines. Air
stand, fuel-air and actual cycles for SI and CI engines. Engine
performance parameters. Valve and port timing diagrams.
Combustion: In SI Engines - Combustion initiation, Flame
development and propagation, ignition lag, preignition, normal and
abnormal combustion-knocking, physical and chemical aspects of
knocking, effect of operating parameter and chemical structure on
knocking tendency, Octane number, design considerations of
combustion chamber, Stratified charge combustion, Concept of lean
burning engines. In CI Engines- Various stages of combustion-
Vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation
Engine Accessories: SI Engines - Carburetors, Properties of air-fuel
mixtures, mixture requirement, Main metering system, Idling system,
Economizer system, acceleration pump and cold starting system.
Spark plug, fly wheel, DTS-I system. Nozzle lip, venturi depression,
calculation of fuel jet and venturi throat diameter for given air fuel
ratio, Battery and magneto ignition system and their comparative
study, firing order, Ignition timing, Petrol Injection system, electronic
fuel injection, advantage and disadvantage of petrol injection. CI
Engine- Fuel pump, types of fuel injector, fly- wheel, types of piston
and properties, high pressure pipe, Governor- Necessity of governing,
various methods of governing. Fuel injection system- Requirement,
types of nozzle, atomization, spray penetration and spray direction,
multiple point fuel injection system, injection timing, common rail
fuel injection system.
Cooling and Lubrication Systems: Cooling requirement, air cooling,
liquid cooling, type of liquid cooling system, advantage and
disadvantage of air cooling and water cooling system, Antifreeze
mixture. Function of lubricating system, properties of lubricating oil,
wet sump, dry sump and mist lubrication system.
Fuels: Basic requirement of I.C. Engine fuels, requirement of an ideal
gasoline, structure of petroleum, effect of fuel structure on
combustion, volatility of liquid fuels, effect of volatility on engine
performance for starting, vapor lock, acceleration, percolation,
carburetor icing, and crank case dilution, Alternative fuels-Bio Diesel
types, Compressed Natural Gas, Hydrogen Energy- Solid, Liquid, Gas.
Fuel Cells.
Emissions: Emissions from SI and CI engines, types of emission
gasses, emission control system, types of emission control system,

546 Go to Index
 EGR system.
Suggested Books 1. J. B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine, McGraw Hill, ISBN-0-
07-100499-8; ,
2. V. Ganeshan, Internal Combustion Engine, Tata McGraw Hill,
1992.
3. M.L. Mathur and R.P. Sharma, A Course in Internal Combustion
Engines, Dhanpat Rai and Sons
4. V. Ganeshan, Computer simulation of SI Engine Process, Orient,
1996.

547 Go to Index
Course Code ME 414
Title of the Course Power Plant Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Energy sources for generation of electric power,
energy policy of India, present status and future trends, major
power plants in India.
Thermal Power Plants: Selection of site, general layout of the
plant, major components-boilers, economizers, super-heaters, air
pre-heaters, fuels; Fuel and ash handling equipment’s; High
pressure Boilers; Steam turbines; Station heat balance and plant
efficiency.
Diesel Power Plants: Diesel engine, engine performance and
operation, super charging; Diesel Electric Power plant layout.
Gas Turbine Power Plants: Gas turbine power plants, basic cycles,
cycle calculation, the ideal and real operating cycles, components
and layout.
Hydro Power Plants: Classification of hydro-plants, selection of
site, rain fall and run off, calculation of storage capacity, plant
layout, estimation of power available, selection of hydraulic
turbines and their governing.
Nuclear Power Plants: Introduction; Atomic structure and radio-
activities nuclear reactions, binding energy; Nuclear Reactors;
Types of reactors: Pressurized water reactors, boiling heater
reactors; Heavy water-cooled and moderated (CANDU) reactor;
Gas-cooled reactors; Liquid metal cooled reactors. Indian Nuclear
power installations, comparison between Nuclear and Thermal
plants.
Non-Conventional Power Plants: Geothermal power plants; Tidal
power plants; Wind power plants; Solar power plants; M.H.D.
Generators.
Power Plant Economics: Plant investment costs, fixed charges;
Operation cost, energy cost, depreciation and operating costs on the
selection of equipments, incremental cost, comparison of fixed and
operating costs.
Suggested Books 1. P.J. Potter, Power Plant Theory and Design, Kreiger Pub. Co.,
1988.
2. M.M. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, McGraw Hill, 2002.

548 Go to Index
3. E.B. Norris, and E. Therkelsen, Heat Power, McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. J.H. Rust, Nuclear Power Plant Engineering, Haralson Pub Co.,
1999.
5. Central Electricity Generating Board, Modern Power Station
Practical, Pergamon Press, 1992.

549 Go to Index
Course Code ME 416/ ME 616
Title of the Course Non-Conventional Energy Sources
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any

Scope of the course To inculcate energy consciousness and environment sensitivity

among engineering graduates
Course Syllabus Introduction: Energy resources; conventional and non-conventional,
Energy and infrastructural development; Ecosystems, the
environment and its cycles, energy and environment relationship
Solar energy: Solar radiation, radiation measurement and
predictions; solar thermal conversions, basics, flat plate collectors-
liquid and air type, theory of flat plate collectors, selective coating,
advances collectors,; concentrators; Solar water heater, solar dryer;
Solar phtovoltaic, science and technology of photovoltaic devices.
organic PV cells
Wind Energy: Metrology of wind speed distribution, energy
estimation of wind regimes; Wing energy conversion, power torque
and speed characteristics, wind turbine; Application of wind energy
Biomass: Biomass sources, CO2 fixation potential of biomass,
physicochemical characterstics of biomass as fuel; Biomass
conversion, biochemical, chemical and thermal; biogas production
mechanism, technology, types of digesters, plant design, biogas plant
manure-utilization and manure values; Biomass gasification and
combustion; anaerobic digestion of biomass; biomass utilization to
produce solis, liquid and gaseous fuels
Hydro-energy: Overview of micro, mini and small hydro system;
hydrology; elemnets of turbine; assessment of hydropower; selection
and design criteria of turbines; speed and voltage regulations; Ocean
energy; principle of ocean thermal energy conversion system,
principles of ocean wave energy and tidal energy conversion
Geothermal energy: Origin of geothermal resources, types of
geothermal deposits;
Hydrogen energy; Hydrogen production and storage; Fuel cells,
principles of working, basic thermodynamics
Suggested Books 1) Donald K., Biomass for renewable energy, Fuels and
chemicals, Academic press

550 Go to Index
2) S.P. Sukhatme: Solar energy principles of thermal collection
and storage, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill
3) G. Boyle, Renewable energy: Power for sustainable future,
Oxforfd OUP
4) J. Twidell and T. Weir, Renewable Energy Resources.
5) T. B. Johansson, H. Kelly, A.K.N. Reddy, R. H. William, Renewable
Energy- Sources for fuels and Electricity.

551 Go to Index
Course Code ME 418/ ME 618
Title of the Course Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3 2-0-2-3 (from AY 2021-22)
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Heat Transfer
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Control volume discretization of heat conduction equation in Cartesian
and general curvilinear coordinate systems – Dirichlet, Neumann and
Periodic boundary conditions;
Gauss Seidel, TDMA, TVA, STONE, CD algorithms for solving resulting
algebraic equations; convergence and accuracy and multigrid methods
for convergence enhancement;
General equations for boundary layer flows with heat and mass
transfer and chemical reaction;
boundary conforming transformation of equations, control volume
discretization of equations; marching integration; application to wall
boundary layers, free shear layers and mixing layers with and without
comport equations in Cartesian and curvilinear coordinates;
control volume discretization of equations; staggered and non-
staggered grids; pressure correction algorithm; time marching
predictor-corrector algorithm; application to recirculating elliptic flows
and partially parabolic flows; compressible flows and shock capturing.
Diffusion models; turbulence – zero, one and two equation models;
stress equation models; low Reynolds number models; algebraic
models; equivalent flux models.
Source laws; Combustion models, radiation models, porous body
models, mass sources; Numerical grid generation; algebraic, parabolic
and elliptic equations.
Suggested Books 1. S.V. Patankar, Conduction and Laminar Fluid Flow, Innovative
Press, 1992.
2. S.V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Academic
Press, 1983.
3. S.V. Patankar, and D.B. Spalding, Heat and Mass Transfer in
Boundary Layers, Academic Press, 1968.
4. W.M. Kays, Convective Heat and Mass Transfer (6th edition), Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1992.
5. C.A.J. Fletcher, Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics
(Vol. 1 & 2), Springer Verlag, 1988.

552 Go to Index
Course Code ME 420/ ME 620
Title of the Course Alternative Cooling Technologies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
(2-1-0-3)
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course To inculcate various cooling technique available apart from the
conventional vapor compression and absorption method among
engineering graduates
Course Syllabus Introduction: Cooling methods; conventional and nonconventional
cooling technologies; requirement of the alternative cooling
Heat activated cooling methods: adsorption, Vuilleumier heat pump
and ejector, working principle; waste heat to cooling integration;
Gas based cooling system: Working principle and design of
Thermoacoustic, Brayton cooler, J-T cryocooler, Stirling cooler,
Vortex-tube, Pulse-tube; representation on T-s and h-s diagrams; and
their applications
Solid state cooling: Cooling potential in solids; working principle,
types of solid state refrigeration system, design of Thermoelectric,
Thermoionic, Electrocaloric, Magnetocaloric, Mechanocaloric and
their current status;.
Liquid-vapor cooling: Principle of liquid-vapor based cooling
system: Membrane heat pump; Metal hydride Transcritical CO2 heat
pump; Malone heat pump
Suggested Books Text Book
1. C. P. Arora; Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, 3rd edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009, ISBN- 9780070083905
2. T. Correia and Q. Zhang; Electrocaloric Materials:
New Generation of Coolers, Springer, 2014, ISBN-
9783642402647

Reference Book
1. A. Ameen, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice-Hall India
Pvt. Lmt. New Delhi, 2012, ISBN-9788120326712
2. R. Wang, L. Wang and J. Wu, Adsorption Refrigeration Technology:
Theory and Application, John Wiley and Sons. Singapore Pvt. Ltd.,
2014, ISBN- 9781118197431
3. A. Kitanovski, J. Tušek, U. Tomc et al. Magnetocaloric Energy
Conversion: From Theory to applications, Springer, 2015, ISBN-
9783319087412

553 Go to Index
Course Code ME 431
Title of the Course Mechanical Vibrations
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Simple Harmonic motion, Fourier analysis,
Conservative systems.
Systems Having Single Degree of Freedom: Free vibrations of
systems without damping, equilibrium and energy methods for
determining natural frequency; Rayleigh’s method; Equivalent
systems, systems with compound springs, shaft of different
diameters; Free vibrations of system with viscous damping, over
damped, critically and under damped systems, logarithmic
decrement; Coulomb and structural damping; Forced vibrations of
systems with viscous damping, equivalent viscous damping, power
consumption in vibrating system, impressed forces due to
unbalanced masses and excitation of supports, vibration isolation,
transmissibility, commercial isolators; Vibration isolation using ER
fluids.
Systems with two Degrees of Freedom: Free undamped vibrations,
static and dynamic coupling, principal modes of vibration, undamped
dynamic vibration absorber, centrifugal pendulum absorber.
Multi-Degree of Freedom Systems: Influence coefficients, eigen
values and eigen vectors, matrix iteration; Dunkerley and Rayleigh’s
method.
Continuous Systems: Vibration of strings, free longitudinal
vibrations of prismatic bars, torsional vibrations of circular shafts,
lateral vibrations of uniform beams.
Vibration Measuring Instruments: Principle of frequency,
displacement, velocity and acceleration measuring instruments,
distortion effect.
Whirling of Shafts: Whirling of light flexible vertical/horizontal
shaft with an unbalanced disc at the centre of its length with and
without damping.
Suggested Books 1. W.T. Thomson, Theory of Vibration and Applications, Prentice
Hall, 1979.
2. R.F. Steidel, An Introduction to Mechanical Vibration, John
Wiley and Sons, 1979.
3. M.P. Norton, and D. Karczub, Fundamentals of Noise and

554 Go to Index
 Vibration Analysis for Engineers (2nd edition), Cambridge
University Press, 2003.
4. J.S. Rao, and K. Gupta, Theory and Practice of Mechanical
Vibrations, New Age International (Pvt.) Ltd. New Delhi, 1999.

555 Go to Index
Course code ME 432/ ME 632
Title of the course Vibrations and Noise Control
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course With the increasing demand of noise and vibration engineers in
industry, this course is designed to know theoretical and practical
aspects of noise and vibration. This course covers basics of noise
and vibration, measurement and analysis of noise and vibration,
control of noise and vibration and industrial case studies.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Basic vibration theory, vibration of one degree, two
degrees, and multi-degrees of freedom systems.
Transient vibrations, vibration of beams.
Measurement and Analysis of Vibrations: Lagrange's equation,
vibration measuring and analyzing instruments. Various types of
transducers, data acquisition system, vibration analysis techniques
Design for vibration control: Vibration absorbers, viscoelastic
damping, active vibration control.
Fundamentals of Noise: One dimensional wave equation, Sound
propagation in 3-D space, some important acoustic quantities and
relations, additive effects of sound.
Measurement of sound: Various types of transducers,
measurement of sound pressure, sound intensity and sound
power.
Noise Control: Principles of passive noise control, sound
absorption, noise barriers.
Case studies: Source identification and fault detection from noise
and vibration signals in mechanical systems such as bearings,
gears, fans, blower and pumps, electrical equipment etc.
Suggested Books • W.T. Thomson, Theory of Vibration and Applications, Prentice
Hall, 1979, ISBN-13: 978-0136510680
• R.F. Steidel, An Introduction to Mechanical Vibration, John
Wiley and Sons, 1979, ISBN-13: 978-0471845454
• J.S. Rao, and K. Gupta, Theory and Practice of Mechanical
Vibrations, New Age International (Pvt ) Ltd. New Delhi,
1999, ISBN-13: 978-8122412154
• Brandt, Anders, Noise and vibration analysis : signal
analysis and experimental procedures, John Wiley & Sons,
West Sussex, 2011, ISBN-13: 978-0470746448
• Cheremisinoff, Nicholas, Noise control in industry : a
practical guide, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 2003, ISBN-
13: 978-0815513995
• Fahy, Frank and Walker, John, Fundamentals of noise and
vibration, Taylor and Francis, London, 1998, ISBN-13: 978-
0419227007
• Norton, M.P and Karczub, D.G, Fundamentals of noise and

556 Go to Index
vibrations analysis for engineers, Cambridge University
press , New York , 2003, ISBN-13: 978-0521499132

557 Go to Index
Course Code ME 433
Title of the Course Condition Monitoring and Diagnostics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Introduction to condition based
maintenance, application and economic benefits. Typical defects in
gears and rolling element bearings
Vibrations of Gears and Bearings: Vibration characteristics of
non-defective gears; Vibration characteristics of non-defective
bearings; Vibration characteristics of defective gears; Vibration
characteristics of defective bearings.
Monitoring Methods: Early time domain methods, spectral
methods, cepstral methods, envelope methods.
Vibration Analysis: Vibration- simple harmonic motion concept,
vibration monitoring equipment, system monitors and vibration
limit detectors, vibration monitoring examples, critical vibration
levels.
Sound Monitoring: Sound frequencies, sound loudness
measurement, acoustic power, sound measurement, sound level
meters, sound analyzers, sound signal data processing, sound
monitoring.
Discrete Frequencies: Simple vibrations, transverse vibration of
bars-approximate frequency calculations, more precise
evaluations- overtones, torsional oscillation of flywheel-bearing
shafts, belt drives, whirling of shafts, gear excitation, rolling
element bearing, blade vibration, cam mechanism vibration.
Machine Condition Indicators: RMS value, peak value and crest
factor, kurtosis, defect severity index.
Measurement Techniques: Instrumentation, data
acquisition, signal filtering, signal analysis - online and offline
techniques, normalized order analysis.
Signal Processing Tools: Sample rate and aliasing, time and
frequency domain analysis.
Case Studies:Practical applications of diagnostic maintenance,
condition monitoring of mechanical and electrical machines.
Suggested Books 1. M.P. Norton, and D. Karczub, Fundamentals of Noise and
Vibration Analysis for Engineers (2nd edition), Cambridge
University Press, 2003.

558 Go to Index
2. R.A. Collacott, Mechanical Fault Diagnosis and Condition
Monitoring, Chapman & Hall, 1977.
3. F.J. Fahy, and J.G. Walker, Fundamentals of Sound and
Vibration, Spon Press, 1998.
4. M. Abom, Sound and Vibration, KTH, 2006.
5. Davies, Handbook of Condition Monitoring- Techniques and
Methodology, Springer, 2006.

559 Go to Index
Course code ME 434/ ME 634
Title of the course Principles of Product Design
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course The scope of the course is to integrate the design, marketing,
engineering, and business functions of the firm in creating a new
product. The course is intended to provide the following benefits:
•Competence with a set of tools and methods for product design and
development. • Describe an engineering design and development
process •Ability to coordinate multiple, interdisciplinary tasks to
achieve a common objective. •Employ engineering, scientific, and
mathematical principles to execute a design from concept to finished
product. •Reinforcement of specific knowledge from other courses
through practice and reflection in an action-oriented setting.
Course Syllabus Overview of the Design Process – Philosophy of Engineering Design,
Steps involved in the Design Process S curves, Communications during
design process. Understanding the customer need – Steps involved in
developing Engineering Design Specifications. The technique of
Quality Function Deployment (QFD). Case studies in QFD. Functional
Design – Functions in engineering Design. Basics of Function Structure
– Functional Basis, Functional decomposition and flow. Product
Concept – Various methods of concept generation. The method of
theory of the resolution of invention-related tasks (TRIZ). Concept
Selection and methods of evaluation. Embodiment design- product
architecture, configuration, parametric design, systems approach and
other consideration of embodiment design. An introduction to product
metrics. Product evaluation techniques.
Suggested Books • K. Otto and K. Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse
Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson, New
Jersey, 2001, ISBN 978-0130212719
• D.G. Ullman, The Mechanical Design Process, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 2009, ISBN 978-0072975741
• G. Dieter and L. Schmidt, Engineering Design (Mechanical
Engineering), McGraw-Hill, New York, 2012, ISBN 978-
0073398143
• K.T. Ulrich and S.D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007, ISBN 978-0073101422

560 Go to Index
Course Code ME 435
Title of the Course Experimental Stress Analysis
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Basic equations in elasticity, state of strain, brittle
coating method, crack patterns produced by direct loading,
refrigeration method, releasing method, effect of coating thickness
and environment.

Photoelasticity Methods: behaviour of light, plane polarised and

circular polariscope, isochromatic and isoclinic fringe patterns for
two dimensional photoelasticity, three dimensional photoelasticity,
model slicing and shear difference method, birefringent coating
method.

Strain Measurement Methods: types of gauges, electric strain gauge,

strain rosette analysis, three element, delta, four element rosette,
strain gauge circuits and recording instrument.

Misc. Topics: Moire fringe technique, surface strain measurements

and flexural studies, Grid analysis, X-ray techniques and holography,
Motion measurements.
Suggested Books 1. J .W. Dally, and W.P. Riely, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw
Hill Book Co., 1978.
2. G.S. Holister, Experimental Stress Analysis, Cambridge University
Press, 1967.
3. R.C. Dove, and P.H. Adams, Experimental Stress Analysis and
Motion Measurements, Prentice Hall, 1965.

561 Go to Index
Course Code ME 436 / ME 736
Title of the Course Finite Element Analysis (FEA)
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Basic Concepts: Introduction, Weak formulations, Weighted residual
methods, Variational formulations, weighted residual, collocation,
subdomain, least square and Galerkin’s method, virtual work
principle.
One-Dimensional Problems: Basis steps, Discretization, Element
equations, Linear and quadratic shape functions, Assembly, Local and
global stiffness matrix and its properties, boundary conditions,
penalty approach, multipoint constraints, Applications to solid
mechanics, heat and fluid mechanics problems, axisymmetric
problems, Transient problems.
Trusses: Plane truss, local and global coordinate systems, stress
calculations, temperature effect on truss members, solution of
practical problems.
Beams and Frames: Euler Bernoulli beam element, Rayleigh beam
element, frame element, problems.
Two-Dimensional Problems: Single variables in 2-D, triangular and
rectangular elements, constant strain triangle, isoparametric
formulation, higher order elements, six node tringle, nine node
quadrilateral, master elements, numerical integration, computer
implementation.
Scalar Field Problems: Torsion, heat transfer, heat transfer in thin
fins, potential flow problems.
Elasticity Problems: Review of equations of elasticity, stress-strain
and strain-displacement relations, dynamic problems on vibrations,
plane stress and plane strain problems.
Suggested Books 1. J.N. Reddy, An Introduction to Finite Element Method (3rd
edition), Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. S.S. Rao, The Finite Element Method in Engineering (4th edition)
Elsevier Science, 2005.
3. K.H. Huebner, D.L. Dewhirst, D.E. Smith, and T.G. Byrom, The
Finite Element Method for Engineers (4th edition), John Wiley
and Sons, 2001.
4. J. Fish, and T. Belytschko, A First Course in Finite Elements, John

562 Go to Index
 Wiley and Sons, 2007.
5. J. Chaskalovic, Finite Element Methods for Engineering
Sciences, Springer, 2008.

563 Go to Index
Course code ME 437/ ME 637
Title of the course Fracture Mechanics
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Theory of elasticity
Scope of the course This course introduces the fundamental concepts of the fracture
mechanics useful in designing high risk products such as nuclear
plants, airplanes, space vehicles, submarines, etc. This course
will not only provide enough background to work in industries
but also build foundation to start research in the area of fracture
mechanics, computational fracture mechanics and mechanical
behaviour of materials.
Course Syllabus Introduction and overview, Energy concepts in fracture
mechanics: atomistic view of fracture, Griffith energy balance,
Irwin-Orowan extension, Energy release rate G and R curve;
Linear elastic fracture mechanics: stress and displacement fields
near crack tip for mode-I, II and III fracture, stress intensity factor
K, relation between G and K, small scale yielding conditions,
Irwin’s plastic zone correction, Dugdale model, Fracture
toughness Kc, Westergaard method, Principle of superposition,
Non Linear fracture mechanics; J Integral, Plastic crack tip (HRR)
fields, Ductile fracture criterion, J Integral Testing, J-controlled
crack growth and stability, Engineering approach to Plastic
Fracture; Fatigue Failure.
Suggested Books • T.L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics – Fundamentals &
Applications, CRC press, 3rd Edn., 2005, ISBN-10:
0849316561.
• M.F.Kanninen and C.H.Popelar, Advanced Fracture
Mechanics, Oxford press, 1985, ISBN-10: 0195035321
• D. Broek, Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics,
Martinus Nijhoff publishers, 1982, ISBN-13:- 978-90-247-
2580-9
• Kare Hellan, Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw
Hill, 1984, ISBN-10: 0070280487

564 Go to Index
Course Code ME 438 / ME 738
Title of the Course Composite Materials
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: classifications, terminologies, manufacturing
processes.
Macro-mechanical analysis of lamina: Hooke’s law for anisotropic,
monoclinic, orthotropic, transversely isotropic and isotropic
materials–2D Unidirectional and angle ply lamina – Strength
theories of lamina.
Micro-mechanical analysis of lamina: Volume and mass fraction,
density and void content – Evaluation of Elastic module, Ultimate
strength of unidirectional lamina.
Macro-mechanical analysis of laminates: Laminate code, Stress
strain relations – In-plane and Flexural modulus, Hydrothermal
effects.
Failure Analysis and Design: Special cases of laminates, symmetric,
cross ply, angle ply and anti-symmetric laminates, failure criteria
and failure modes.
Suggested Books 1. Jones, R M, Mechanics of Composite Materials, Scripta Book Co.
2. Agarwal, B D and Broutman, J. D, Analysis and Performance of
Fiber Composites, New York, John Willey and Sons, 1990
3. Mallik, P. K, Fiber reinforced composites : materials,
manufacturing and design, New York- Marcel and Dekker, 1993
(2ndedition)
4. Arthur, K Kaw, Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press,
1997.
5. Reddy J N, Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates, CRC Press
6. Mallik, P. K, Composite Engineering Hand Book, New York,
Marcel and Dekker, 1997 (2nd edition)

565 Go to Index
Course code ME 439/ ME 639
Title of the course Mechanical Behavior of Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course will discuss crystal structure, basic mechanism of
plastic deformation and their influence on the mechanical
behavior of metallic materials. In addition, it will provide an
understanding of the atomistic modelling of solid materials to
characterize their mechanical behavior.
Course Syllabus Introduction and overview, Elastic deformation, Crystal
structure, Theory of dislocation (edge, screw and mixed
dislocations, cross slip, Peirls-Nabarro stress, Peach-Koehler
equation, Frank-Read source), Twining, Plastic deformation in
single and polycrystal, Strengthening mechanisms, Hardening
mechanisms, Atomic/molecular structure of nanomaterials and
their synthesis, overview of nanomechanical testing methods,
atomistic modelling tools (DFT, tight-binding modelling, MD
with their advantages and limitations), Functionalization, Size-
scale strength, Nano-biomechanics and nanocomposites
Suggested Books • William F. Hosford, Mechanical behavior of materials,
Cambridge University Press, 2 edition, New York, 2009, ISBN
978-0521195690
• G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill, London,
1988, ISBN 0–07–016893–8
• Andrew Leach, Molecular Modelling: Principles and
Applications, Pearson, London, 2001, ISBN 978-
0582382107
• Alan Hinchliffe, Molecular Modelling for Beginners, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd., United Kingdom, 2008, ISBN 978-
0470513149

566 Go to Index
Course Code ME 440 / ME 640
Title of the Course Smart Materials and Structures
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Intelligent materials: Primitive functions of intelligent materials;
Intelligence inherent in materials; Materials intelligently
harmonizing with humanity; Intelligent biological materials.
Smart Materials and Structural Systems: Actuator materials;
Sensing technologies; Micro-sensors; Intelligent systems; Hybrid
smart materials; Passive sensory smart structures; Reactive
actuator-based smart structures; Active sensing and reactive smart
structures; Smart skins
Electro-Rheological (ER) Fluids: Suspensions and electro-
rheological fluids; The electro-rheological phenomenon; Charge
migration mechanism for the dispersed phase; Electro-rheological
fluid actuators.
Piezoelectric Materials: Background; Piezoelectricity; Industrial
piezoelectric materials; Smart materials featuring piezoelectric
elements.
Shape Memory Materials (SMM): Background on shape-memory-
alloys; Applications of shape-memory-alloys; Continuum
applications: structures and machine systems; Discrete
applications; Impediments to applications of shape-memory-alloys;
Shape-memory-plastics.
Fiber-optics: an overview; Advantages of fiber-optics; Light
propagation in an optical fiber; Embedding optical fibers in fibrous
polymeric thermosets; Fiber-optic strain sensors.
The piezoelectric Vibrations Absorber Systems: Introduction;
The single mode absorber, theory, design solution, extension
including viscous modal damping, the electromechanical coupling
coefficient, inductance, experimental results; The multimode
absorber, derivation of transfer function, design solution, self-
tuning absorber, performance function, control scheme.
Suggested Books 1. M.V. Gandhi, and B.S. Thompson, Smart Materials and
structures (2nd edition), Chapman & Hall, 1992.
2. Guran, H.S. Tzou, G.L. Anderson, and M. Natori, Structure
Systems: Smart Structures, Devices and System (Part 1), and
Materials and Structures (Part 2), World Scientific
567 Go to Index
 Publications, 1998.
3. U. Gabbert, and H.S. Tzou, Smart Structures and Structuronic
System, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.
4. H.T. Banks, R.C. Smith, and Y.W. Qang, Smart Material
structures: Modeling, Estimation and Control (6th edition),
John Wiley & Sons, 1997.

568 Go to Index
Course code ME 441/ ME 641
Title of the course Design of Laminated Composite Structures
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Solid Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Composite Materials
Scope of the course This course introduces various aspects of composite structural
design based on different applications. This course is intended to
educate the students in basics, advantages, design, fabrication,
and applications of composite materials in various advanced
structures.
Course Syllabus Introduction to different thermo-set and thermo-plastic
composites, manufacturing process of thermo-set and thermo-
plastic composites, application of thermo-set and thermo-plastic
composites based on the design requirement, Design of composite
beams, review of laminate strength and failure theories ,
experimental testing of the composites for stiffness and strength
parameters, Introduction to fatigue of composite materials,
design and analysis of composite beams, shear flow and shear
center calculation in thin walled closed sections, analysis of loads
and load paths in the advanced industrial composite structures
such as wind turbine rotor blade and gas turbine compressor fan
blade, Selection of ply angles based on the load paths.

Suggested Books • Isaac M. Daniel , Ori Ishai, Engineering mechanics of

composite materials, Oxford university press, New Delhi,
2011, ISBN 019568580-6
• Carl T. Herakovich: Mechanics of fibrous composites, Wiley
Publications, Newyork, 1998, ISBN: 978-0-471-10636-4
• Louis C. Dorworth, Ginger L. Gardiner, Greg M. Mellema,
Essentials of advanced composite fabrication & repair,
Aviation supplies & Academics, Inc., Newyork, 2009, ISBN 978-
1-61954-229-7
• Christos Kassapoglou, Design and analysis of composite
structures with applications to aerospace structures,
Wiley publications, The Netherlands, 2011,
ISBN9781118401606

569 Go to Index
Course code ME 443/ ME 643
Title of the course Micromechanics and Nanomechanics
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits 2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course is designed for students from diverse fields of
study. This course provides a single window for students to
comprehend wide range of subjects/research topics of
advanced micro- and nano-materials and prepare them to
characterize multifunctional behavior of advanced material
systems. The first part of the subject includes modules of
fundamentals of micromechanics. The second part of the
subject includes modules on useful concepts in molecular
modeling. A partial focus of the subject is to provide a hands-
on training in the application of computer modeling of SOLID
materials at the atomic scale.
Course Syllabus Introduction to micromechanics and nanomechanics.
Preliminaries of continuum mechanics, micromechanical
homogenization theory: Ergodicity principle, representative
volume element, eigenstrains and eigenstress, inclusions and
inhomogeneities; Effective moduli of heterogeneous
materials (single and multi-inclusion approaches), Hill’s
bounds, Voigt and Reuss bounds, Hashin-shtrikman
variational principles Micromechanical damage theory. Basics
of atomistic, interatomic potentials, lattice defects; Molecular
statics and dynamics: time integration, temperature and
pressure control, statistical ensembles, potential field, Virial
stress; Bohr’s correspondence principle; Multiscale modeling;
Structural mechanics of carbon-based and boron nitride-
based nanomaterials.
Suggested Books • S. Nemat-Nasser and M. Hori, Micromechanics: Overall
Properties of Heterogeneous Materials, North Holland,
Amsterdam, 1998, ISBN 978-0444500847
• Shaofan Li and Xin-Lin Gao, Handbook of
Micromechanics and Nanomechanics, Taylor & Francis
Group, LLC, Boca Raton, 2013, ISBN 978-981-4411-24-0
• Jianmin Qu and Mohammed Cherkaoui: Fundamentals
of Micromechanics of Solids, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
New Jersey, 2006 ISBN 978-0-471-46451-8
• Alan Hinchliffe, Molecular Modelling for Beginners,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd., United Kingdom, 2008 ISBN 978-
0470513149

570 Go to Index
Course Code ME 444/ ME 644
Title of the Course Robotics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Introduction to robots – Robot manipulators – Mobile
robots – Robot anatomy – Coordinate systems, Work envelope –
Types and classification – Specifications – Sensors – Actuators and
drives.

Forward and Inverse Kinematics: Introduction – Representation of

position and orientation of a rigid body – Homogeneous
transformations – Forward and inverse kinematics problems –
Denavit-Hartenberg (D-H) notations and parameters –
Representation of joints, link representation using D-H parameters –
Closed-form solutions – Geometric and Numerical methods.

Velocity and Statics analysis: Linear and angular velocity of links –

Velocity propagation – Jacobians for robotic manipulators – Statics
and force transformation of robotic manipulators – Singularity
analysis.

Robot Dynamic analysis: Introduction – Forward and inverse

dynamics – Mass and inertia of links - Lagrangian formulation for
equations of motion for robotic manipulators – Newton-Euler
formulation method – Dynamic modelling – State space
representation of dynamic equations of robotic manipulators.

Trajectory Planning and Control: Joint and Cartesian space

trajectory planning and generation – Classical control concepts using
the example of control of a single link – Independent joint PID control
– Control of a multi-link manipulator – Nonlinear model based control
schemes – Simulation and experimental case studies on robotic
manipulators.

Suggested Books 1. J. J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control,

John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2004
2. M.W. Spong, Seth Hutchinson, M. Vidyasagar, Robot Modeling
and Control, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2006.
571 Go to Index
3. J.R. Schilling, Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control
Prentice Hall India, 1992.
4. K. Fu, R. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing,
Vision and Intelligence, McGraw- Hill, 1987.
5. A. Ghosal, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis
Oxford University Press, 2008.

572 Go to Index
Course code ME 445/ ME 645
Title of the course Mobile Robotics
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the
Mechanical Engineering
Concerned Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
This course provides an introduction to mobile robotic systems
and motion control methods with such systems from a
computational and real-time perspective. •Students will
understand the algorithmic approach towards designing intelligent
Scope of the course and autonomous mobile robotic systems. •Students will learn
about a variety of mobile robotic platforms, their applications and
uses. •Students will learn the basics mechanical and electrical
systems of these mobile robots, including sensors, locomotion and
manipulation hardware.
Introduction to Mobile Robots - Tasks of mobile robots, robot_s
manufacturers, type of obstacles and challenges, tele-robotics,
philosophy of robotics, service robotics, types of environment
representation. Ground Robots: Wheeled and Legged Robots,
Aerial Robots, Underwater Robots and Surface Robots. Kinematics
and Dynamics of Wheeled Mobile Robots (two, three, four -
wheeled robots, omni-directional and macanum wheeled robots).
Sensors for localization: magnetic and optic position sensor,
Course Syllabus gyroscope, accelerometer, magnetic compass, inclinometer, GNSS
and Sensors for navigation: tactile and proximity sensors,
ultrasound rangefinder, laser scanner, infrared rangefinder, visual
system, Kinect. Localization and Mapping in mobile robotics.
Motion Control of Mobile Robots (Model and Motion based
Controllers): Lyapunov-based Motion Control Designs and Case
Studies. Understand the current application and limitations of
Mobile Robots. Introduction to Mobile Manipulators and
Cooperative Mobile Robots.
1. R Siegwart, IR Nourbakhsh, D Scaramuzza, Introduction to
Autonomous Mobile Robots, The MIT Press, USA , 2011,
9780262015356
2. SG Tzafestas, Introduction to Mobile Robot Control, Elsevier,
USA, 2014, 9780124170490
Suggested Books
3. A Kelly, Mobile Robotics, Mathematics, Models, and Methods,
Cambridge University Press, USA, 2013, 9781107031159
4. G Dudek, M Jenkin, Computational Principles of Mobile
Robotics, Cambridge University Press, USA, 2010,
9780521692120

573 Go to Index
Course Code ME 446 / ME 646
Title of the Course Dynamics and Control Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering / School of Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Courses on Controls and Kinematics & Dynamics of the Machines
Scope of the course The Scope of the Courses of this course are to develop in
mechanical engineering students the knowledge and skills
required
• To establish the fundamental techniques for modeling
dynamic systems.
• To analyze and manipulate system models in the time and
frequency domain.
• To develop an understanding of feedback control systems and
the parameters that influence their stability and performance.
Course Syllabus Dynamic Modelling of Systems: Introduction to Dynamics,
Systems and Control. Dynamic modelling of systems. Lumped
system. Modelling of translational and rotational mechanical
spring-mass-damper systems. Nonlinear systems and
Linearization of nonlinear systems. Numerical computations and
simulations with MATLAB / MATHEMATICA, and simulations in
MSC ADAMS.
Analysis of Linear Systems: Introduction, Laplace transform,
Transfer functions, System response, Stability analysis, Routh-
Hurwitz criteria. Time domain analysis: Root locus method.
Frequency domain analysis: Bode plot and Nyquist plot.
Numerical computations with MATLAB.
Linear Feedback Control Systems: Lead and Lag compensator,
Design and analysis of linear feedback control systems using
time and frequency domain techniques. Numerical computations
with MATLAB.
Proportional (P), proportional-derivative (PD), proportional-
integral (PI) and proportional-integral-derivative (PID)
controller, Gain tuning methods and modifications. Case studies
on PID Controller and its applications.
Analysis of Systems in State Space: Concept of state and state
variables. State space representation of dynamic systems. State
models of linear time invariant systems, State transition matrix,
and Solution of state equations. Controllability and Observability.
Numerical computations with MATLAB.
State Space Controllers and Observers for Linear systems:
Full state feedback controller and Pole placement technique.
Design of full state feedback controller. State observer and design
of state observer with controller. Numerical computations and
simulations with MATLAB.
Suggested Books 1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5/e, Prentice Hall
India, 2003.

574 Go to Index
2. B.C.Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7/e, Prentice Hall India,
2003.
3. N.S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 4/e, John Wiley,
2003.
4. M. Gopal, Control Systems, 2/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
5. G. F. Franklin, Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, 6/e,
Pearson Edition, 2009.
6. R.C. Dorf and R.H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, 12/e,
Prentice Hall India, 2011.
7. C.L. Phillips, and R.D. Harbour, Feedback Control Systems,
2/e, Prentice Hall, 1991.
8. I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control System Engineering, 2/e,
Wiley Eastern, 1982.

575 Go to Index
Course Code ME 448 / ME 648
Title of the Course MEMS and Micro-system Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering Department
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction to MEMS and Micro-systems: Micro-electro-
mechanical- systems (MEMS) and micro-system products, the
multidisciplinary nature of micro-systems, scaling laws in
miniaturization, application of micro system in other
industries, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS.

Micro-actuators and Micro-sensors: Micro-sensors, acoustic

wave sensors, biomedical and nano-sensors, chemical sensors,
optical sensors, pressure sensors, themal sensors, micro-
actuation through thermal forces, SMA-Piezo electric crystals,
and electrostatic forces, magnetic actuation, micro-grippers,
micro-motors, micro-valaves, micropumps, micro-
accelelrometers.

Materials, Mechanics and design of micro-systems: Silicon

as a substrate, compounds, piezo-resisitors, polymers and
packaging materials, micro-fabrication and micro-etching:
static bending of thin plates, thermo mechanics and thin film
mechanics.

Case studies of MEMS Products: Micro-fluidic devices,

micro/nano transducers, blood pressure sensor, microphone-
acceleration sensors, gyroscope, an overview of micro-system
packaging.

Suggested Books 1) Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS and Micro system Design and
Manufacturing, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN 07-239391-2.
2) Chang Liu, Foundation of MEMS, Pearson Education, ISBN
(978-81-317-6475-6)
3) Guozhong Cao,Ying, Nanostructure and Nano materials,
synthesis, properties and applications, World Scientific
Publishing Co. 2011
4) Robert Kelsall, Ian W.Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, NanoScale
Science and Technology, ISBN 13:978047085086
5) Lifeng Chi, Nano technology-Volume 8: Nanostructured
surfaces, Wiley Publication, ISBN13:9783527317394.

576 Go to Index
Course Code ME 451 / ME 751
Title of the Course Theory of Advanced Machining Processes
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course To introduce the process principle, mechanism and modeling of
material removal, parametric analysis, applications, limitations of
various advanced machining processes and the derived and hybrid
processes based on them.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Types of advanced machining processes (AMPs);
evolution, and need.
Mechanical Type AMPs: process principle and elements; Mechanism
of material removal, parametric analysis; Shape and material
applications; Operational characteristics; Limitations of USM, AJM,
WJM, AWJM processes.
Advanced Fine Finishing Process: Process principle, process
equipment, Parametric analysis, Applications of Abrasive Flow
Machining (AFM); Magnetic Abrasive Finishing; Magneto Rheological
Abrasive Finishing (MRF) processes.
Chemical Type AMPs: Process principle and details of Chemical
Machining (CHM); Photo-Chemical Machining (PCM), and Bio-
Chemical Machining processes (BCM).
Electro Chemical Type AMPs: ECM-Process principle, mechanism of
material removal; Kinematics and dynamics and dynamics of ECM;
Tooling design; Choice and analysis of process parameters; Surface
finish and accuracy.
Thermal Type AMPs: Working principle; Power circuits; Mechanism
of material removal; Process parameters and characteristics; Surface
finish and accuracy, Shape and materials applications, limitations of
EDM, LBM, EBM, IBM, PAM processes.
Derived and Hybrid AMPs: Introduction of processes like rotary
ultra sonic machining (RUM), electro stream drilling (ESD), shaped
tube electro machining (STEM), wire electro discharge machining
(WEDM), electro chemical grinding (ECG), electro chemical honing
(ECH), electro chemical deburring (ECD), and electro-chemical spark
machining (ECSM).
Suggested Books 1. G.F. Benedict, Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., 1987.
2. V.K. Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers, 2002.

577 Go to Index
3. A. Ghosh, and A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-
West Press Ltd, 1985.
4. P.C. Pandey, and H.S. Shan, Modern Machining Processes, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1977.
5. J.A. McGeough, Advance Methods of Machining, Chapman and
Hall, 1988.

578 Go to Index
Course Code ME 453 / ME 653
Title of the Course Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM)
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Introduction to manufacturing systems and their
performance analysis; Introduction to Automation; Introduction to
Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM).
Numerical Control (NC): Introduction, Numerical Control – its
growth and development, Components of NC system, Input devices,
Control systems – point to point, straight cut, and continuous path
NC, Open loop and closed loop NC systems, NC interpolations –
linear, circular, helical, parabolic and cubic interpolation,
Applications of NC systems, Merits and demerits.
Extensions of NC: Concepts of Computer Numerical Control (CNC),
Machining Center, and Direct Numerical Control (DNC), and their
advantages.
Robotics: Robot anatomy and related attributes, Robot control
systems – limited sequence, playback with point to point, playback
with continuous and intelligent control, End effectors – gripper,
tools, Sensors in Robotics – tactile sensors, proximity, optical sensors
and machine vision, Applications of industrial robots, Robot
programming.
Material Handling and Storage: Overview of Material Handling
Equipments, Automated material handling equipments – AGVs,
Conveyor systems, Performance analysis of material handling
systems, Automated material storage systems – ASRS and Carousel
storage, Analysis of automated storage systems.
Manufacturing Support Functions: Introduction to Group
Technology (GT), Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP), Material
Requirement Planning MRP (MRP), Capacity Planning, Scheduling
etc.
Suggested Books 1. M.P. Groover, Automation, Production systems and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice-Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs
1987. (ISBN087692-618-7)
2. N. Singh, Systems Approach to Computer Integrated Design
and Manufacturing, John Wiley & Sons, 1996. Sons (ISBN0-471-
58517-3)
3. T.C. Chang, R.A. Wysk, and H.P. Wang, Computer Aided

579 Go to Index
 Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey, 1991, (ISBN0-13-
161571-8)
4. Y. Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems,
McGraw Hill Inc., 1983. (ISBN 007-035-3417)
5. M. Lynch, Computer Numerical Control for Machining, ,
McGraw-Hill Inc. 1992. (ISBN 0-07-039223-4)
6. M. Sava, and J. Pusztai, Computer Numerical Control
Programming, Prentice Hall, 1990. (ISBN 0-13-156084-0)

580 Go to Index
Course Code ME 454 / ME 654
Title of the Course Rapid Product Manufacturing
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course To introduce various concepts of involved in rapid product
manufacturing starting from product modeling, reverse engineering,
product data exchange, concurrent engineering, rapid prototyping,
and rapid tooling
Course Syllabus Product Modeling and Reverse Engineering: Wireframe
modeling; Surface modeling – Boundary representation; Solid
modeling: CSG; Concept of reverse engineering.
Product Data Exchange: Neutral file formats for product data
exchange- DXF, IGES, STEP.
Concurrent Engineering: Concept of concurrent engineering;
Design for X; Design for manufacturability (DFM); design for
assemblability (DFA); Design for reliability (DFR); Design for quality
(DFQ)
Rapid Prototyping (RP) Methods: Liquid based RP methods –
Stereolithography apparatus (SLA), Solid Ground Curing (SGC), Solid
Creation System (SCS), etc.; Solid based RP methods: Fused
Deposition Modeling (FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing
(LOM), etc. Powder based RP methods– Selective Laser Sintering
(SLS), 3D printing (3DP), Ballistic Particle Manufacturing (BPM), etc.
Rapid Tooling (RT): Introduction, various techniques of RT.
Suggested Books 1. M.M. Anderson, and L. Hein, “Integrated Product
Development”, IFS Publication, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987.
2. I. Zeid “CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice”, , Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1998 (ISBN 0-07-463126-8)
3. M. E. Mortenson, “Geometric Modeling”, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1985 (ISBN 0-471-88279-8)
4. G.Q. Huang, “Design for X: Concurrent Engineering
Imperatives”, Chapman and Hall, London, 1996 (ISBN 0-412-
78750-4)
5. G. Boothroyd, P. Dewhurst, and W. Knight, “Product Design for
Manufacture and Assembly (2nd Edition)”, Marcel Dekker, New
York, 2002 (ISBN 0-08247-0584-7)
6. C.K. Chua, and K.F. Leong, “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications in Manufacturing”, John Wiley & Sons. Inc.

581 Go to Index
 Singapore, 1997.
7. A.K. Chitale, and R.C. Gutpa, “Product Design and
Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1997.

582 Go to Index
Course Code ME 456 / ME 756
Title of the Course Industrial Automation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Basic Concepts: Introduction of Mechanization and Automation,
Classification and Strategies of Automation, Reasons for and
Arguments against Automation. Mechanical, Electrical, Hydraulic,
and Pneumatic Devices and Controls.
High Volume Manufacturing or Hard Automation: Automated
Flow Lines, Types of Automatic Transfer Mechanisms, Design and
Fabrication Considerations, Analysis of Automated Flow Lines.
Assembly Automation: Assembly Systems and their Types, Manual
Assembly Lines and Line Balancing, Automated Assembly Lines and
their Types, Automatic Assembly Transfer Systems, Automatic
Feeding and Orienting Devices:- Vibratory and Mechanical Feeders
and their types, Orientation of Parts, Performance and Economics of
Assembly Systems, Feasibility Study for Assembly Automation.
Design for Assembly: Design for Manual Assembly, Design for
High-Speed Automatic Assembly, Design for Robot Assembly.
Flexible Automation: Introduction of Group Technology (GT),
Steps in Implementing GT, Part Families and Machine Cell
Formation, Introduction of Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS).
Programmable Automation: Brief Introduction of Numerical
Control (NC), Computer Numerical Control (CNC), Machining
Centers, Programmable Robots, Direct Numerical Control (DNC),
and Adaptive Control.
Suggested Books 1. M.P. Groover, Automation, Production systems and
Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice-Hall Inc.
Englewood Cliffs 1987. (ISBN087692-618-7)
2. G. Boothroyd, Assembly Automation and Product Design,
Marcel Dekker, New York, 1992.
3. G. Boothroyd, C. Poli, and L. E. Murch, Automatic Assembly,
Marcel Dekker Inc. New York, 1982.
4. G. Boothroyd, P. Dewhurst, and W. Knight, Product Design for
Manufacture and Assembly (2nd Edition), Marcel Dekker, New
York, 2002.

583 Go to Index
Course Code ME 458 / ME 658
Title of the course Laser based Measurements and Micro-Manufacturing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-Requisite, if None
any
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Thermal Process in laser material interaction: Introduction to
working of Laser- Absorption of laser radiation-optical properties of
materials-Macroscopic transport-conductive heat transfer.
Thermal effects using laser – laser heating- melting- vapor expansion
and recoil pressure-Plasma formation-Hydrodynamic stability of
transient melts-modelling of laser ablation and plume prorogation
Laser based micro-manufacturing:Laser based micro-
manufacturing-casting-forming/shaping-joining-micro-drilling- Laser
micromachining mechanism-laser cutting of various materials- -
Three dimensional machining- laser micro-machining mechanism-
laser ablation-laser assisted chemical etching
Laser induced surface processing: Laser based hardening, Laser
cladding Laser ablation-Laser assisted chemical etching-laser
micromachining-direct writing technique-mask projection-laser
based interference processing and combined techniques. Laser shock
processing, laser dressing of grinding wheels, Laser marking, laser
direct writing, Laser micro-stereo lithography, and Laser tissue
interaction –(Photochemical- photo disruptive interactions)
Ultra fast laser interaction and dynamics of laser based micro
fabrication: Femto-second laser interaction with metals- Femto-
second laser interaction with semiconductor materials-Laser induced
periodic surface structure formation(LIPSS) formation by Femto
second laser-second laser- Laser processing of organic materials,
Ultrafast phase explosion-nonlinear absorption and breakdown in
dielectric materials-generation of highly energetic particle-vapour
kinetics-Pico-second laser plasma’s
Characterization and diagnosis using lasers: In situ and Ex-situ
diagnostics measurements- Surface topographical measurements
using- optical Instruments-scanning optical technique-Triangulation
instruments-Confocal instruments-Laser’s in AFM. Surface
composition and property diagnosis using, In- situ measurement
techniques- Laser Induced Break down Spectroscopy (LIBS)- Shadow
graphic techniques, Ex-situ measurements-Raman Spectroscopy
analysis. Surface evaluation using Holographic techniques.
Suggested books Text books:
1) John. C. Ion, Laser processing of engineering materials-
principal, procedures and industrial applications, Elsevier
Butterworth-Heinemann, ISBN 0750660791.
2) Narendra B.Dahotre, Sandip P.Harimkar,Laser fabrication and
maching of materials, ISBN (978-0-387-7234-3)
584 Go to Index
3) Jacques Perriere, Eric Million, Eric Fo Garassy, Recent advances
in Laser processing of materials, European Material research
Society, Elsevier Publictaions.
4) K.Ding and L.Ye, Laser shock peening performance and
processes simulations, Woodhead publishing in materials.
5) Richard K.Leach, Fundamental principles of engineering
nanometrology, Elesevier publication
6) R.Hull, R.M.Osgood, J.Parisi, H. Warlimont, The Theory of laser
material processing,heat and mass transfer in modern
technology-springer series in material science.

585 Go to Index
Course Code ME 459 / ME 659
Title of the Course Micro and Precision Manufacturing
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Basic courses related to manufacturing engineering
Scope of the Course To expose the students about the concepts of micro and precision
manufacturing, the various processes involved in it and, the metrology
of the micro and precision manufactured components
Course Syllabus Micro-manufacturing: Introduction to micromachining, milling-
machining and nanotechnology, different fabrication and other
processes involved and related process parameters, application of
miniaturized components.
Micro-machines: Mesoscopic domain of micromachines - introduction,
biological systems, cells as machines, role of proteins, physics of
micromechanism, future prospects.
Precision manufacturing: Introduction, concept of accuracy, tolerance
and fits, influence of different factors on the maintainability of accuracy
of
the machine tools and the product, compensation of thermal errors and
location errors, effects of vibration and tool wear, dimensioning and
dimensional chains, microfinishing processes. Characterization
techniques for products manufactured out of micro and precision
manufacturing.
Metrology and Characterization Techniques for Micro and
Precision Manufactured Products: – Profilometric, Microscopic and
diffractometric techniques.
Scales in Tribology, micromechanical mechanisms involved,
tribochemical reactions, measurement of hardness and wear resistance
at micro and nano-scale.

586 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. I. Fujimasa, Micromachines: A New Era in Mechanical
Engineering, Oxford Science Publications, ISBN: 9780198565284.
2. J. P. Davim, M. J. Jackson, Nano and Micromachining, Wiley-ISTE,
ISBN: 9781848211032.
3. N.P. Mahalik, Micromanufacturing and Nanotechnology,
Springer, ISBN: 9783540253778.
4. P.C. Pandey and H.S. Shan, Modern Machining Processes, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, ISBN: 9780070965539.
5. V.K. Jain, Introduction to Micromachining, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2010.
6. Y. Qin, Micromanufacturing Engineering and Technology,
Elsevier, 2010, ISBN-13: 978-0-8155-1545-6.
7. R. L. Murty, Precision Engineering in Manufacturing, New Age
International Publishers, ISBN: 9788122407501.
8. C. R. Brundle, C. A. Evans, Shaun Wilson, Encyclopedia of
Materials Characterization: Surfaces, Interfaces, Thin Films,
Material Characterization Series, Surfaces, Interfaces, Thin
Films, Butterworth-Heinemann, ISBN: 9780750691680.

587 Go to Index
Course Code ME 460/ ME 660
Title of the Course Technology of Surface coating
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course To expose students towards different surface coating techniques
Course Syllabus Lecture

Significance of surface engineered materials in modern

engineering applications. Role of surface coating and surface
modification technologies in obtaining required surface
characteristics of a product.

Substrate preparation by chemical, mechanical, electro-chemical

and other routes.

Structure and working principle of various coating processes:

Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) with variants, Physical
Vapour Deposition (PVD) with variants, Electro-plating
processes, Electroless deposition, Thermal Spray Processes.
Various process parameters controlling the yield of coating and
various surface properties of the coating.

Physical and mechanical characterization of coating: hardness,

roughness, thickness, adhesion, phases and microstructure of
different coatings. Various methods for evaluating the
performance of the coating.

Case study: Application of coating materials on cutting tools.

Practical

1) Preparation of steel substrates by sand blasting/chemical

/machining with desired roughness. (1 hr)

2) Demonstration of thermal evaporation technique. Deposition

of a coating material (Al/Ni/Cu) on steel substrate by thermal
evaporation technique. (2-3 hrs.)

3) Demonstration of flash evaporation technique. (1 hr)

4) Demonstration of magnetron sputtering technique. Deposition

588 Go to Index
 of coating material (Al/Cu) on steel substrate by sputtering. (2-3
hrs.)

5) Demonstration of Electron beam evaporation technique. (1

hr)

6) Demonstration of Laser beam deposition. (1 hr)

7) Physical and mechanical characterisation of the deposited

coating (measuring surface roughness, microhardness). (2-3 hrs)
Suggested Books 1. A. A. Tracton, Coatings Technology: Fundamentals,
Testing, and Processing Techniques, CRC Press Inc. ISBN
13: 9781420044065.
2. A. A. Tracton, Coatings Materials and Surface Coatings, CRC
Press ISBN 13: 9781420044041.
3. R. F. Bunshah (Ed.) Handbook of Hard Coatings:
Deposition Technologies, Properties and Applications,
ISBN 13: 9780815514381 ISBN 10: 0815514387
4. M. Cartier, Handbook of Surface Treatment and Coatings,
9781860583759 ISBN 10: 186058375X
5. T. Provder, J. Baghdachi (Eds.) Smart Coatings (Vol. 2), ISBN
13: 9780841272187 ISBN 10: 0841272182
6. Gerhard Franz, Low Pressure Plasmas and
Microstructuring Technology, ISBN 13: 9783540858485
ISBN 10: 3540858482

589 Go to Index
Course code ME 464/ ME 764
Title of the course Microrobotics
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course The main objective of the course is to focus on the fundamentals
of the physical laws that predominate at the micro scale for
fabricating small device and bio-inspired microrobots

Course Syllabus Scaling laws for designing macro, micro and nano systems:
scaling laws in fluids, electo-magnetism, thermodynamics, optics
and quantum effect. Micro-mechanics, design and selection of
materials for micro- robotics systems, control for surface
walkers. Introduction to different micro-fabrication techniques.
Micro actuators and micro sensors: micro force sensors and
tactile sensors, Magnetic actuation, electrostatic actuation, piezo
electric actuation, shape memory alloy and conducting polymer
based actuation, stick slip, comb drive actuator, micro-pumps,
micro engines, magnetic helical micro machines, haptic interface
and sensory skin for robotic systems Micro-manipulation:
Mechanics of micro-manipulation, Atomic force microscope as
micro/Nano robot, micro manipulation in particle assembly, 3D
micro/Nano fiber pulling, integrated nano tool carrier, micro-
assembly, micro air vehicles (MAVS) and multi robot systems.
Bio- inspired micro-mechanics: Microscale propulsion,
locomotion in liquids, modeling of propulsion systems, micro
mechanical flying insect, Gecko inspired climbing robots, bio-
inspired fibrillar adhesive, lizard inspired water runner robot,
water strider inspired water walker robot, Magnetic swimming
micro-robot for bio-medical application, medical micro-robots
for endoscopy and other applications.
Suggested Books 1. N. Chaillet, S. Regnier, Microrobotics for
Micromanipulation, Wiley, IST, 2010, ISBN 978-1-84821-
186-5

2. Y. Bellouard, Microrobotics, methods and applications, CRC

Press, 2009, ISBN 9781420061956

3. Fatikow, Sergej, Rembold, Ulrich, Microsystem technology

and microrobotics, Spirnger publication, 2000, ISBN 978-3-
662-03450-7

4. Ananthasuresh, Micro and Smart Systems: Technology and

Modelling, Wiley, 2012, India, ISBN:9780470919392

590 Go to Index
Course Code ME 471/ ME 671
Title of the Course Operations Research
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Origin and development of operations research,
general methodology of OR, applications of OR to industrial
problems.
Linear Programming Problems: Different types of models,
formulation of linear programming problems (LPPs), product-mix
problems, deterministic models, graphical solution.
Simplex Method: Simplex algorithm, computational procedure in
simplex method, applications of simplex technique to industrial
problems.
Duality and Sensitivity: Duality and its concept, dual linear
programming, application of elementary sensitivity analysis.
Linear Optimization Techniques: Integer programming
problems (IPPs), assignment models: mathematical formulation,
methods of solutions, transportation problems: methods of
obtaining optimal solution degeneracy in transportation
problems, transshipment problems.
Game Problems: Introduction and scope of game problems in
business and industry, min-max criterion and optimal strategy,
solution of two-person zero-sum game, game problem as a special
case of linear programming.
Queuing Problems: Queuing systems and concepts, classification
of queuing situations; Kendall’s notation, solution of queuing
problems, single channel, single stage, finite and infinite queues
with Poisson arrival and exponential service time, applications to
industrial problems.
Suggested Books 1. H.A. Taha, An Introduction to Operations Research (6th
edition), Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. F.J. Hillier, G.J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations
Research (7th edition), Holden Day Inc., 2001.
3. H.M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, Prentice
Hall of India, 1980.
4. D. Gross, and C.M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queuing Theory
(2nd edition), John Wiely & sons, NY, 1985.

591 Go to Index
Course Code ME 472/ ME 672
Title of the Course Reliability Engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mechanical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the course To introduce the various concepts of reliability, its assessment, and
its applicability to different products and processes. Also, to
introduce the concepts of availability and maintainability.
Course Syllabus Fundamentals of reliability: Scope of reliability engineering,
concept of bath tub curve, types of failure data, reliability
estimations, constant failure rate models, time dependent failure rate
models, concept of failure on demand.
System reliability assessment: Reliability estimation of
series/parallel/mixed/complex system configurations.
Design for reliability: Capturing user’s reliability requirements,
reliability and/or redundancy allocation/optimization, design
methods, FMEA/FMECA, reliability testing (burn-in testing, reliability
assurance testing, reliability growth testing, accelerated life testing),
fault tree analysis.
Availability assessment: Point, mission and steady state
availability, Markov modeling approach for availability estimation.
Maintainability and maintenance: Maintainability assessment, and
design for maintainability, concept of maintenance, types of
maintenance, maintenance optimization.
Warranty management: Types of warranty, reliability and
warranty.
Practical applications of reliability engineering to systems,
products and processes: Case studies
Suggested Books 1. Charles Ebeling, An Introduction to Reliability and
Maintainability Engineering, Waveland Pr Inc; 2 Har/Cdr
edition, 2009.
2. Igor Bazovsky, Reliability Theory and Practice, Dover
Publications (October, 2004).
3. Patrick O'Connor, Practical Reliability Engineering, John
Wiley & Sons Inc. 2002.
4. Gregg K. Hobbs, Accelerated Reliability Engineering: HALT
and HASS, Wiley, 2000.
Suggested web page: www.weibull.com

592 Go to Index
Course Code ME 473
Title of the Course Engineering Optimization
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Need for optimization and historical development,
classification and formulation of optimization problem, classical
optimization methods, differential calculus, Lagrangian theory,
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: one-variable
optimization techniques -Bracketing methods, Region-elimination
methods, Point-estimation method, Gradient based methods. Multi-
variable optimization: Unidirectional search, Direct search
methods, Gradient-based methods.
Constrained Optimization Techniques: Kuhn-Tucker (KT)
conditions, Transformation methods - Methods of multipliers and
Penalty function method, Direct search methods for Constrained
optimization, Linearized search techniques, Sensitivity analysis,
Feasible direction method, Gradient project method, Generalized
reduced gradient method.
Special Optimization Methods: Integer programming and
geometric programming.
Examples and applications of the above methods in the recent
engineering design problems.
Suggested Books 1. K. Deb, "Optimization for Engineering Design: Algorithms
and Examples", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1995.
2. S.S. Rao, Optimization - Theory and Applications, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1978.
3. J.S. Arora, Introduction to Optimum Design, McGraw- Hill
Book Co, 1989.
4. R.L. Fox, Optimization Methods for Engineering Design,
Addison Wesley, 1971.

593 Go to Index
Course Code ME 474
Title of the Course Non-traditional optimization techniques
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Operations research/Engineering optimization
Scope of the course To introduce various non-traditional optimization techniques and its
applicability to real world engineering problems.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Traditional vs non-traditional optimization, need for
non-traditional optimization techniques, evolution of non-traditional
optimization techniques in engineering.

Introduction to some non-traditional optimization algorithms:

Genetic Algorithms, Simulated Annealing, Particle Swarm
Optimization, Tabu Search, Ant-Colony Algorithms, Bee-colony
algorithms, Artificial Neural Network (ANN) based Optimization.

Applications of non-traditional optimization techniques for

solving real-world complex industrial problems
Suggested Books 1. Kalyanmoy Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design:
Algorithms and Examples, PHI, New Delhi, 2005
2. Goldberg, D.E., Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization, and
Machine, Learning, Addision-Wesley, 1989.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, Multi-Objective Optimization using
Evolutionary Algorithms, John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Chichester,
2001.
4. Fred Glover, Gary A. Kochenberger Handbook of metaheuristics,
Springer, 2003
5. Teofilo F. Gonzalez, Handbook of Approximation Algorithms
and Metaheuristics, Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer and
Information Science Series,Taylor & Francis Group, 1 edition (May
15, 2007)

594 Go to Index
Course Code ME 479/ ME 679
Title of the Course Additive Manufacturing
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
(2-0-2-3)
Name of the Dept. Mechanical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any Basic knowledge of different manufacturing processes
Scope of the course To impart knowledge about philosophy of additive manufacturing
(AM) which is one of the most important enablers of Industry 4.0
and evolution of different types of AM processes, state-of-art
research in their field, capabilities, limitations, applications.
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction: Philosophy of additive manufacturing (AM) and
its role in Industry 4.0; its advantages over subtractive,
deformative and formative manufacturing processes; Evolution of
different AM processes; classification of different AM processes
(i.e. direct energy deposition (DED) or diffusion based processes,
energy-beam based processes, arc-based processes, plasma-based
processes, solid-state processes) and their comparative study;
Different forms of deposition materials and their comparative
study; Concept of track, layers, dilution, aspect ratio, different
efficiencies in AM; Major application areas of AM processes
including rapid prototyping (RP), rapid tooling (RT), rapid
manufacturing (RM).
2. Energy-beam based AM Processes: Laser-beam based AM
processes i.e. selective laser sintering (SLS), direct metal laser
sintering (DMLS), direct metal deposition (DMD), laser
engineered net shaping (LENS), direct laser forming/fabrication
(DLF), laser rapid manufacturing (LRM), laser metal wire
deposition (LMWD); Electron-beam based AM processes.
3. Arc-based AM processes: AM processes using arc for
deposition: manual metal arc (MMA) based, gas metal arc (GMA)
based, gas tungsten arc (GTA) based, metal active gas (MAG)
based, hybrid layered manufacturing (HLM)
4. Transferred arc-based AM Processes: Processes using arc for
plasma formation: Plasma transferred arc (PTA) based, micro-
plasma transferred arc (μ-PTA) based, plasma wire deposition
(PWD), 3D micro-deposition (3DMD)
5. Solid state AM Processes: AM processes in which deposition
material is not melted: Rotary friction-based deposition (RFD),
Linear friction-based (LFD), Friction deposition (FD), Friction
surfacing (FS), Friction assisted seam deposition (FASD), Friction
stir based deposition (FSD).
6. Advanced Topics: Issues of dimensional and geometrical
accuracy, surface finish, inter-layer bonding, microstructure,
scaling of production, productivity, energy consumption,
modeling, parametric optimization, and sustainability in AM.
Practical classes will be conducted for AM processes based on
laser beam, micro-plasma transferred arc, and some AM processes
based on arc.

595 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. C.K. Chua, and K.F. Leong, 3D Printing and Additive
Manufacturing: Principles and Applications, World Scientific
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. Singapore, 2017 (ISBN: 978-9-8131-
4675-4)
2. R. Noorani, 3D Printing: Technology, Applications, and
Selection, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2017 (ISBN: 978-1-4987-
8375-0)
3. T.S. Srivatsan, T.S. Sudarshan (Editors) Additive
Manufacturing: Innovations, Advances, and Applications
(1st Edition), CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2015 (ISBN: 978-1-4987-
1477-8)
4. I. Gibson, D.W. Rosen, B. Stucker, Additive Manufacturing
Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid Prototyping, and Direct
Digital Manufacturing (2nd edition), Springer-Verlag, New
York, 2015 (ISBN 978-1-4939-2112-6)

596 Go to Index
Course code ME 480 / ME 680

Title of the course Laser Material Processing and systems

Course Category Core / Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Department of Mechanical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Scope of the course The objective of this course is to understand the fundamentals of
(Objectives) the laser application in manufacturing, involved physics, design
functions and parametric constrains.

Course Outcomes Engineering Knowledge: The fundamental of laser material

processing and involved physics.
The role of laser and delivery systems to execute the different
modalities of manufacturing.
Design of application-oriented laser systems and parametric
control.

Course Content Lasers based Manufacturing:

Laser matter interaction; Fundamentals of Lasers; Laser
Beam Characteristics; Reflection or Absorption: Effect of
Wavelength, Temperature, Surface Films, Angle of
Incidence, Materials and Surface Roughness.

Laser Cutting, Drilling and Piercing: Introduction; Drilling

Process Variations; Percussion and Single- or Double-shot
Drilling; Trepanning, Helical Trepanning; Applications of
Laser Drilling; Methods of Cutting - Vaporization
Cutting/Drilling, Fusion Cutting – Melt and Blow, Reactive
Fusion Cutting; Controlled Fracture; Scribing; Cold Cutting;
Laser-assisted Oxygen Cutting – LASOX Process

Laser Welding: Introduction; Process Arrangement;

Process Mechanisms – conduction, Keyholes and Plasmas;
Operating Characteristics – Power, Spot Size and Mode,
Wavelength, Speed, Focal Position, Joint Geometries, Gas
Shroud and Gas Pressure; Arc- augmented Laser Welding,.
Laser Surface Treatment: Introduction; Laser Heat
Treatment; Laser Surface Melting - Solidification
Mechanisms; Surface Texturing; Laser Surface Alloying and
Cladding; Particle Injection; Laser-assisted Cold Spray
Process; Laser shock peening: physics, process and

597 Go to Index
 applications; Laser forming physics, process and
applications; Laser based additive manufacturing, laser
safety;
Laser systems for manufacturing:
Principles and working of CO2 , Nd:YAG, fibre, Excimer, diode
lasers; Optical Components - Lens Doublets, Collimators, Metal
Optics; Graded-index Lenses; Laser Scanning Systems; Fiber
Delivery Systems. ; Laser Machining; Arc-augmented Laser
Cutting; System design for various modalities of the laser cutting
and parametric control. Twin-beam Laser Welding, Walking and
Spinning Beams; Laser Welding of Plastics; Various architecture
designs for the laser welding systems. Laser based Additive
Design of application-oriented laser systems and parametric
control.

Suggested Books Textbooks

1. William M. Steen, Jyotirmoy Mazumder, Laser Material
Processing, Springer London, London, 2010, ISBN 978-1-
84996-062-5
2. Peter Schaaf, Laser Processing of Materials Fundamentals,
applications and Developments, Springer Berlin, Heidelberg,
2010, ISBN 978-3-642-13281-0
Reference book and publications
3. Narendra B. Dahotre, Sandip P. Harimkar, Laser Fabrication
and Machining of Materials, Springer New York, NY, 2008,
ISBN 978-1-4899-7371-9
4. Jyotsna Dutta Majumdar, Indranil Manna, Laser-Assisted
Fabrication of Materials, Springer Berlin, Heidelberg, 2013,
ISBN 978-3-642-28358-1

598 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Civil Engineering Courses
(Based on syllabi of Civil Engineering Courses of IIT Bombay)
(From AY 2017-18 onwards)

599 Go to Index
Course Code CE 201
Title of the Course Solid Mechanics
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-4
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Rigid and deformable solids; Method of sections for evaluating internal
forces in bodies - review of free body diagrams; Axial force, shear and
bending moment diagrams; Concept of stress, normal and shear stress;
Concept of strain , normal and shear strains; Constitutive
relations, Hook?s law; Axially loaded members force and deflections;
Bending and shearing stresses in beams of symmetrical cross-section
concept of shear flow; Inelastic bending of beam; Torsion of circular
shafts; Stress in cylindrical and spherical shells; Combined stress;
principals of superposition and its limitations; Transformation of plane
stress and strain, principal stress and strains, Mohr’s circle, strain
methods; Bending deflection of simple beams by direct integration
methods; Buckling of compression methods.
Suggested Books 1. S.M.A. Kazioni, Solid Mechanics (1st revised ed.), Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
2. E.P. Popoo, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hill of
India, New Delhi, 1973.
3. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner, Mechanics of Solids: An
Introduction, McGraw Hill International, Tokyo, 1994.

600 Go to Index
Course Code CE 202
Title of the Course Structural Mechanics-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Analysis of Statically Determinate Structures: Determination of
forces in trusses, frames, arches, and cables; Principle of virtual
work;
Energy Principle; Maxwell’s and Betti's laws; Computation of
Displacements - moment area method, conjugate beam method,
virtual work methods; Influence Lines - Equilibrium methods,
Muller Breslau principle; concepts of flexibility and stiffness.
Introduction to statically Indeterminate Structures: Concept of
state indeterminacy-determination of static redundancy; concept of
compatibility conditions; applications to axially loaded members;
single beams.

Suggested Books 1. H.H. West, Fundamentals of Structural Analysis, John

Wiley, New York, 1993.
2. C.H. Norns, J.B. Wilbur, S. Utku, Elementary Structural
Analysis, 3rd McGraw-Hill International, Tokyo, 1976.
3. C.S. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis (2nd ed.) Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1996.

601 Go to Index
Course Code CE 203
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Definition, properties and classifications of fluids. Kinematics of
fluid flow. Generalized continuity equation. Irrotational motion
and solutions to Laplace equation.
Dynamics of fluid flow. Euler and Bernoulli’s theorems. Impulse
momentum theory and applications. Flow of fluids in closed
conduits.
Laminar and turbulent flows in the light of boundary layer
concepts. Darcy-Weisbach equation, Moody's diagram. Minor
losses. Drag on immersed bodies, concepts of separation, drag
force, circulation and lift force. Dimensional Analysis,
Model Similitude, theory and applications.
Suggested Books 1. R.A. Granger, Fluid Mechanics, Holt Reinhart and
Winstaw, 1985.
2. V.L. Streeter E.B. and Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill
Book Co., 1983.
3. R.L. Daugherthy, J.B. Franzini, E.J. Finnermore; Fluid
Mechanics with Engineering Application, McGraw Hill,
International Ed: 1989.
4. LP.N. Modi, S.M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics;
Standard Book House, New Delhi

602 Go to Index
Course code CE 203N
Title of the course Fluid Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L – T – P – Credits
2–1–0–3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Objective of the course To impart the basic concepts of fluid mechanics and gain knowledge
about the methods of solving real life problems involving fluids and
gives approaches for flow measurement, fluid flow through pipes
and boundary layer theory.
Course Outcomes • Knowledge of fluid and pressure properties and their
measurement
• Analysis of forces on immersed plane and curved plates,
frictional losses in laminar and turbulent flows and analyze flow
between reservoirs.
• Solve flow problems using continuity equations and energy
equations.
Course Content Fluid Statics & Kinematics - Fluid properties, Rheology of fluids,
System and control volume, Pascal’s law, Pressure and its
measurement, Buoyancy and stability, Lagrangian and Eulerian
descriptions, Flow visualization, Deformation of fluid elements,
Vorticity and rotationality, Velocity potential and stream function.
Fluid Dynamics- Euler’s equation of motion, Conservation of mass,
Bernoulli’s equation, Linear and angular momentum equations –
their applications.
Dimensional Analysis- Buckingham’s pi-theorem, Rayleigh’s
method, Dimensionless numbers, Model similarities, Distorted
models.
Flow Through Pipes- Reynolds experiment, Laminar and turbulent
flow in pipes, Darcy-Weisbach equation, Moody’s diagram, Head
loss computation, Hydraulic and energy grade lines, Analysis of
multi-pipe systems.
Flow Measurement- Conventional and advanced flow measuring
devices.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. M.K. Goyal , Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd. , 2015 , ISBN: 978-81-203-5117-2
2. G.L. Asawa , Fluid Flow in Pipes and Channels , CBS
Publishers , 2008, ISBN: 978-8123917238
Reference books:
3. Y.A. Cengel, and J.M. Cimbala , Fluid Mechanics (4th Edition)

603 Go to Index
 , McGraw-Hill , 2019 , ISBN: 978-9353166212
4. V.L. Streeter, E.B. Wylie and K.W. Bedford , Fluid Mechanics
(9th Edition) , McGraw-Hill , 2014 , ISBN: 978-0070625372

604 Go to Index
Course Code CE 204
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction to Navier-Stokes equations. Exact solutions for simple
cases of flow, plane Poiseuilee flow. Couette flow. Hydro-dynamics
of lubrications problems. Problems of flow through porous media.
Application of boundary layer theory to concepts of flow
separation phenomena, circulation and lift. Aerofoil characteristics.
Network theory as applied to pipe grids, unsteady flow in close
conduits. Functions of a surge chamber.

Suggested Books 1. R.A. Granger, Fluid Mechanics, Holt Reinhart and Winstaw,
1985.
2. V.L. Streeter and EB Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book
Co., 1983.
3. R.L. Daugherthy, J.B. Franzini, E.J. Finnemore,"Fluid Mechanics
with Engineering Applications", McGraw Hill, International
Ed: 1989.
4. Herman Schlichting: Boundary Layer Theory: McGraw Hill,
1979.

605 Go to Index
Course Code CE 205

Title of the Course Strength of Materials

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Objective of the Course To develop fundamental knowledge of the mechanics of Civil

Engineering Structures.

Course Outcomes • Knowledge of the concept of stress and strain.

• Knowledge of the behavior of structural elements like beams and
columns under compression, tension, shear, bending, and
torsion.

Course Syllabus Rigid and Deformable Solids- Method of sections for evaluating
internal forces in bodies - review of free body diagrams, Constitutive
relations, Hook’s law.
Shear Force and Bending Moment- Axial force, shear force, and
bending moment diagrams.
Simple Stress and Strain- Concept of normal and shear stress,
Concept of normal and shear strains, Transformation of plane stress
and strain, principal stress and strains, Mohr’s circle.
Theory of Column- Axially loaded members force and deflections,
Buckling of compression members.
Bending and Shear Stress- Bending and shearing stresses in beams
of symmetrical cross-section concept of shear flow, Shear Centre,
Inelastic bending of a beam.
Torsion and Pressure Vessels- Torsion of circular shafts, Stress in
cylindrical and spherical shells.
Deflection of Beams- Bending deflection of simple beams by direct
integration methods, Strain Energy methods, Combined stress,
Principals of superposition and its limitation.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. S. Timoshenko , Strength of Materials, Part I and II , CBS
Publishers and Distributors , 2021 , ISBN:978-8123910307
2. R. C. Hibbeler , Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Prentice
Hall , 2022 , ISBN:978-9354492259
3. E. P. Popov , Engineering Mechanics of Solids , Prentice Hall ,
2009 , ISBN:978-8120321076

606 Go to Index
Reference books:
4. S.H. Crandall, N.C. Dahl and T.V. Lardner , Mechanics of
Solids, An Introduction , McGraw Hill International , 2017 ,
ISBN: 978-0071070034
5. L. S. Srinath , Advanced Mechanics of Solids , Tata McGraw-
Hill , 2017 , ISBN: 978-0070139886

607 Go to Index
Course Code CE 206
Title of the Course Geodesy-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3

Name of the Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Design data surveys: Control surveys- horizontal and vertical;
Topographic Mapping; route surveys. Traversing-compass, theodolite
and plane table; Levelling-spirit and trigonometrical; Tacheometry and
subtense measurements; Areas and Volumes; Setting out works.

Suggested Books 1. B.C. Punmia, A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, Surveying, Vol. 1 and II, Laxmi
Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1996.
2. K.R. Arora, Surveying, vol. I and II, Standard Book House, Delhi,
1998.
3. R.E. Davis, F.s. Foote and J.w. Kelly, Surveying; Theory and
Practice, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1966.
4. D. Clark and J. Clendinning, Plane and Geodetic Surveying, Vol. I
and II, Constable and Company, London, 1958.

608 Go to Index
Course Code CE 207

Title of the Building Materials

Course

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if Nil
any

Objective of the This course aims to introduce different materials and their properties that can
Course be used for civil engineering applications.

Course Outcomes • Knowledge about different materials available for use in building
construction.
• Understanding of mechanical behavior of building materials.
• Awareness about green building materials.

Course Syllabus Introduction: Classification, characterization, engineering properties of

building materials and comparative analyses.
Aggregate, Cement and Bricks- Cement, cement composition, types of cement
and its comparative analysis, Aggregate, Admixtures, Lime, Bricks and blocks.
Concrete- Water for concrete making and curing, Concrete and its types, Design
mix of concrete.
Metals and Alloys- Steel, ferrous metals, Aluminum and Copper.
Other Load-bearing Materials- Timber, Laminates, Ceramics, Refractories,
Glass, Asphalt.
Other Non-load Bearing Materials- Rubber, Plastic, Asbestos, Paints and
varnishes, Adhesives.
Alternative Materials- Bamboo, Geopolymer.

Students will perform following representative experiments:

• To determine the normal consistency, setting time, fineness, specific
gravity and soundness of cement.
• To determine the compressive strength test of hydraulic cement.
• To perform Slump test, Compaction factor test, and Vee-bee
consistometer.
• To determine the compressive, flexural, and tensile strength of cubic
concrete specimens.
• To perform particle size distribution of fine and coarse aggregates.
• Determination of specific gravity of fine and coarse aggregates.
• To determine the flakiness index, elongation index, and angularity

609 Go to Index
 number test of aggregates.
• To perform aggregate impact value, crushing value, and abrasion value
tests.
• To perform tile abrasion test.
• To perform water absorption and efflorescence test on bricks

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. S.K. Duggal, Building Materials , CRC Press , 2017 , ISBN: 9781351462976
2. N. Subramanian, Building Materials – Testing and Sustainability , Oxford
University Press , 2019 , ISBN: 9780199497218
3. P.C. Varghese, Building Materials , PHI Learning , 2015 , ISBN: 978-
8120350915
Reference Books
4. B. Cather and D. Doran, Construction Materials Reference Book , CRC Press
, 2013 , ISBN: 978-0750663762
5. M.L. Gambhir, Concrete Technology , McGraw Hill , 2013 , ISBN:
9781259062551

610 Go to Index
Course Code CE 208
Title of the Course Water and Wastewater Engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Essentials of water, Quantity of water, Domestic water standards;
Sources of water and their yield, population forecast, Design
period; Intakes, pumping and Transportation of water; Water
distribution systems and analysis; Appurtenances of water
transport and distribution systems.
Essentials of waste water engineering, Quantities of Waste water
and storm water, waste water characteristics; Water and waste
water plumbing systems, Waste water collection systems, Design of
Sewerage systems, Pumping of waste water; Unit operations;
Processes of water treatment, sedimentation and flocculation; slow
and rapid sand filters; chlorination and other disinfecting methods;
primary and secondary waste water treatment, activated
sludge trickling filters, sludge digestion, drying and disposal.
Suggested Books 1. G.M. Fair, J.C. Geyer, D.A. Okan, Elements of Water Supply and
Wastewater Disposal, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1971.
2. Terence, J. McGhee Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw Hill
Book Co., 1991.
3. M.J. Hammer, Water and Waste Water Technology, John
Wiley and Sons, New York, 1986.
4. CPHEEO: Manual on water supply and treatment, Ministry of
Urban Development, 1991.
5. CPHEEO: Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment,
Ministry of Works and Housing, New Delhi, 1980.

611 Go to Index
Course code CE 209
Title of the course Surveying
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Objective of the course This course aims to understand the basics of field surveying and to
be able to execute mapping and setting out of the different civil
engineering projects.
Course Outcomes • Knowledge of planning a survey, taking accurate
measurements, booking the field, plot, and adjusting the
traverse for civil engineering applications.
• Knowledge to utilize a variety of conventional instruments
involved in surveying about accuracy and utility.
Course Content Basic Concepts of Surveying- Control surveys - horizontal and
vertical, Topographic Mapping, Route surveys.
Plane Table Surveying- Plane table, Plane and Geodetic
surveying.
Compass and Theodolite Surveying- Compass traversing,
Theodolite traversing, Open and closed traversing.
Levelling and Contouring- Levelling-spirit, Trigonometric
levelling, Tachometric levelling, Precise levelling, Triangulation
and trilateration.
Total Station- Total station, Errors and adjustments, Global
Navigation Satellite System (GNSS).
Application of Geoinformatics tools- Geographic Information
System (GIS), Global Positioning System (GPS) mapping,
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs).
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. N.N.Basak, Surveying & Levelling, McGraw Hill Education
(2nd Edition), 2017, ISBN: 9789332901537
2. P.V.Rao and V.Akella, Textbook of Surveying, PHI Learning,
2015, ISBN: 9788120349919.
Reference Books:
1. J. M. Anderson and E. M. Mikhail, Surveying Theory and
Practice, McGraw Hill Ltd., 7th Edition , 2017 , ISBN : 978-
1259025648.
2. B. Kavanagh and T. Mastin , Surveying Principles and
Applications, Pearson , 2013 , ISBN , 9780137009404

612 Go to Index
Course code CE 210

Title of the course Structural Analysis I

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2 -1-0-3

Name of the Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Exposure to the basics of the Strength of materials

Objective of the To introduce the analysis of determinate structures.

course

Course Outcomes • Knowledge of the analysis of determinate structures.

Course Content Statically Determinate Structures- Determination of forces in

trusses, frames, arches, and cables.
Deflection in Structures- Principle of virtual work, Energy Principle,
Maxwell’s and Betti's laws.
Computation of Displacements- Moment area method, Conjugate
beam method, Virtual work methods.
Influence Line Diagrams and Rolling Loads- Equilibrium methods,
Muller Breslau principle, Concepts of flexibility and stiffness.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. C.S. Reddy , Basic Structural Analysis , Tata McGraw Hill ,
1996 , ISBN , 978-0074623664.
2. R.C. Hibbeler , Structural Analysis , Pearson/Prentice Hall ,
Upper Saddle River, N.J , 2006 , ISBN: 978-9332586147
3. H.H. West , Fundamentals of Structural Analysis , John Wiley ,
New York , 1993 , ISBN: 9788126531295
Reference books:
4. J.C. McCormac , Structural Analysis, Using Classical and Matrix
Methods, 4th Edition , Hoboken , 2007 , ISBN: 978-
0470036082
5. D. Menon , Structural Analysis , Narosa Publishing House ,
2018 , ISBN: 978-81-7319-939-4

613 Go to Index
Course code CE 211

Title of the course Smart Cities

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Objective of the course The objective of the course is to provide an understanding of the
impact that Civil Engineering has on society at large and in the global
arena including the impacts of Civil Engineering projects on
infrastructure, energy consumption and generation, and
sustainability of the environment.

Course Outcomes • Understanding of the impacts of Civil Engineering in

Urbanization.

• Knowledge of the sustainability of structures and the

Environment.
• Awareness of global environmental issues and mitigation
strategies.

Course Content Introduction- Recent major Civil Engineering breakthroughs and

innovations, Present day world and future projections, concept of
smart cities, dimensions, standards and performance benchmarks,
Smart city mission in India.
Smart Buildings- Planning aspects of Green and energy efficient
buildings, Green building ratings, Zero Carbon cities, Conservation,
repairs and rehabilitation of structures and heritage structures.
Futuristic Transportation: Tunnels, Multi-modal Transport
systems, Hyper Loop.
Environmental Impacts and Control- Innovations in solid waste
management, Water purification, Wastewater treatment,
Atmospheric pollution and mitigation measures, Environmental
Impact Assessment, Smart water projects
Disaster Resilient Cities- Flood Control, Earthquake Resistant
Structures, Climate Smart Infrastructure.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. A. Kumar, Introduction to Smart Cities, Pearson India, 2019,
ISBN: 978-9353439576
2. R. John Glasson, A. Theriveland and R. Chandwic, Introduction
to Environmental Impact Assessment, Taylor and Francis,

614 Go to Index
 2011, ISBN: 978-0415664707
Reference Books:
3. S. Wang, Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation,
Routledge, 2009, ISBN: 978-0415475716

615 Go to Index
Course code CE 212
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics-I
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Prerequisite, if any None
Objective of the To provide a fundamental understanding of soils' physical and mechanical
course properties. Students will acquire basic knowledge of the engineering
design of geotechnical systems.
Course Outcomes • Knowledge of properties of soil.
• Understanding the compaction, consolidation and shear strength
parameters of soil.
Course Content Origin of Soils and Rocks- Introduction and basic inter-relationships.
Index Properties- Index properties of soil and aggregates, Atterberg
limits.
Soil Structure and Clay Mineralogy- Soil structure, Mineralogy of soils, IS
soil classification.
Soil Compaction- Laboratory compaction, Factors affecting soil
compaction, Field compaction, Soil-water statics.
Concept of Effective Stress- Effective stress, Capillarity phenomenon in
soil, Flow through soils, Quicksand condition.
Permeability- Permeability and methods for its determination,
Construction of flownets.
Vertical Stress Distribution in Soil from Surface- Boussinesq theory,
Westergard theory, Newmark's chart, Contact pressures.
Consolidation of Soils- Settlement of compressible soil layers, Terzaghi’s
1D consolidation theory.
Shear Strength of Soils- Mohr-Coulomb theory, Failure theories.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. V. N. S. Murthy, Geotechnical Engineering, Principles and Practices
of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, CRC Press, 2003 ,
ISBN: 978-0824708733
2. T. W. Lambe and R. V. Whitman, Soil Mechanics, Wiley , 2010, ISBN:
978-8126517794
Reference books
3. K. Terzaghi, R.B. Peck, G. Mesri, Soil Mechanics in Engineering
Practice, Wiley, 2009, ISBN: 978-8126523818.
4. J. Knappett and R.F. Craig, Craig’s Soil Mechanics, CRC Press, 2012,
ISBN: 978-0415561266

616 Go to Index
Course code CE 213

Title of the course Optimization Methods for Civil Engineering

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Objective of the course The course aims to teach students the fundamentals of classical and
non-classical optimization techniques and their application in
solving real-world civil engineering optimization problems.

Course Outcomes • Define the concept of a system and outline the steps involved in
applying a systems approach to water resources engineering.
• Utilize optimization techniques, including linear programming
and the simplex method.
• Create simulation models for deterministic and stochastic
reservoir operating policies.

Course Content System Concepts- Definition, classification, and characteristics of

systems, Scope and steps in systems engineering, Need for systems
approach to water resources and irrigation.
Linear Programming- Introduction to operations research - linear
programming, Problem formulation, Graphical solution, Solution by
simplex method - sensitivity analysis, Application to design and
operation of reservoir, Case studies.
Dynamic Programming- Bellman's optimality criteria, Problem
formulation and solutions, Application to design and operation of
reservoirs, Case studies.
Simulation, Basic principles and concepts, Random variant and
random process, Monte Carlo techniques, Model development -
inputs and outputs, Case studies.
Advanced Optimization Techniques- Integer and parametric
linear programming, Goal programming, Discrete differential and
incremental dynamic programming, Linear decision rule models,
Stochastic dynamic programming models.

617 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. K. Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design-Algorithms and
Examples, Prentice, 2012, India, ISBN: 978-8120346789
2. S. Vedula and P.P. Majumdar, Water Resources Systems –
Modeling Techniques and Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010,
ISBN: 9780070590892

Reference books:
3. A. Ravindran, G.V. Reklaitis, and K.M. Ragsdell , Engineering
optimization, methods and applications. John Wiley and Sons,
2006, ISBN: 978-0-471-55814-9
4. S.S. Rao, Engineering optimization, theory and practice , John
Wiley and Sons, 2019 , ISBN: 978-0470274835

618 Go to Index
Course Code CE 214
Title of the Course Engineering Geology
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Objective of the Course To provide the student with the practical applications of
geological knowledge for engineering projects, geological and
geotechnical recommendations.
Course Outcomes • Identify and classify various minerals and rocks based on
their engineering properties.

• Assessment and mitigation of geological hazards.

• Develop a native construction plan incorporating all relevant
geology aspects using seismic and electrical methods.
Course Syllabus Introduction- Origin, Age, Development and interior of Earth,
Plate tectonics, Continental drift, Sea floor spreading, Evolution
of the Himalaya.
Mineralogy- Physical and chemical properties of rocks and
minerals, Optical mineralogy.
Rock Classification- Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic,
Ternary diagrams, IUGG classification of intrusive and extrusive
rocks, Metamorphism Causes, Textural classification of rocks.
Structural Geology- Folds, Faults, Joints, Subsurface exploration,
Geologic investigations for site selection of engineering
structures, Instrumentation in engineering geology.
Geological Hazards and Mitigation- Seismic zones and seismo-
tectonics of India, Major geological hazards, Effect of earthquakes
on infrastructure, Geotechnical and structural considerations in
earthquake hazard mitigation.

Students will perform following representative experiments:

• To prepare geological maps and mapping, outcrops,
apparent and true dips.
• To study three-point problems, depth and thickness
problems, joints, faults.
• To conduct megascopic and microscopic identification of
minerals and rocks.
• To study engineering properties of rocks, refraction and
resistivity methods.

• A guided tour through representative geological

formations and structures.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
619 Go to Index
1. L. G. de Vallejo and M. Ferrer, Geological Engineering, CRC
Press, 2011, ISBN: 9780415413527
2. Gangopadhyay, Engineering Geology, Oxford Publication,
2013, ISBN: 9780198086352
Reference books
3. C. Mclean and C. D. Gribble, Geology for Civil Engineers, CRC
Press, 2017, ISBN: 978-1138465824

620 Go to Index
Course code CE 218
Title of the course Environmental Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T – P Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Objective of the course To provide students with a strong background on processes and
operations used to address major environmental issues and to
understand the role of unit processes in water and wastewater
treatment systems and in air and noise pollution systems.
Course Outcomes • Understanding the basics of water supply, treatment
methods, and distribution networks and gather overview on
wastewater treatment processes.
• Knowledge of solid waste management and developing
vision for a waste-free world and sustainable options for
living.
Course Content Water Supply Engineering- Sources, quality standards, and
testing of water and its treatment, Characteristics of water,
Pollutants in water and their effects, Estimation of water
demand, Water treatment units, Water distribution networks.
Wastewater Engineering- Planning and design of domestic
wastewater systems, Sewage collection, and disposal, Plumbing
systems. Components and layout of sewerage system, Sludge
management, Industrial waste waters and Effluent treatment
plants.
Solid Waste Management- Sources and classification, Planning
and design of solid waste disposal and management system,
Beneficial aspects of waste and its utilization.
Air and Noise pollution- Concepts, Measurement techniques,
General methodology and control measures.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. H.S. Peavy, D.R. Rowe, and G. Tchobanoglous,
Environmental Engineering , McGraw Hill ,2013, ISBN:
9789351340263.
2. N.N.Basak, Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill,
2017, ISBN: 978-0070494633
Reference books:
3. Metcalf and Eddy, F. L. Burton, H. D. Stensel, and G.
Tchobanoglous , Wastewater Engineering, Treatment
and Reuse , McGraw Hill , 2003 , ISBN: 978-0070418783

621 Go to Index
Course code CE 220

Title of the course Water Resources Planning and Management

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Objective of the course The course objective is to cover history, economics, uncertainty,
systems analysis, flood mitigation, and sustainable water resource
management, providing a well-rounded foundation for careers in
water resources and related fields.

Course Outcomes • Understanding water resource history and challenges

• Learning economic planning and uncertainty analysis
• Acquiring skills in systems analysis and optimization

Course Content Introduction- History of water resources development, Water

resources of India, Problems and perspectives.
Economics of Water Resources Planning- Cost-benefit analysis of
water resources projects, Water pricing and water allocation,
Principles of planning and financing water resources projects.
Uncertainty Concepts- Methods for uncertainty analysis and
applications in water resources planning.
Systems Analysis- Systems concepts, Conventional and
evolutionary optimization techniques, Interfacing optimizers with
process simulators for design and management applications.
Flood Mitigation and Management- Structural and nonstructural
measures, Optimal flood mitigation plan, Flood damage estimation,
Flood control systems, Decision support systems, Coastal zone
management.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. S.K. Jain and V.P. Singh, Water resources systems planning
and management. Elsevier, 2003, ISBN: 9780444514295

Reference Books:
2. D.P. Loucks and E. van Beek , Water resource systems
planning and management, An introduction to methods,
models, and applications. Springer, 2017, ISBN: 978-3-319-
83017

622 Go to Index
Course code CE 222
Title of the Course Estimation and Costing
Course Category Departmental Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any Nil
Objective of the course To impart knowledge about estimation and costing, which is essential
for the planning, execution, and economic viability of any civil
engineering project.
Course Outcomes • Understanding different types of estimation techniques.
• Knowledge about different types of building items and their
costing.
• Knowledge about the valuation of the building assets.
Course Content Introduction- Importance of estimation, Different types of estimates,
General and detailed specifications.
Methods of Estimation- Items of work for estimates, units, and
measurement of items.
Detailed Estimation of Buildings- Detailed estimates, Analysis of
rates, material, and other cost considerations, Resource planning
through analysis of rates, market rates, Schedule of rates, non-
scheduled items, and cost indices for building material and labor.
Valuation of Assets- Standard terminology, Factors affecting the
values of property, Methods of valuation, years purchase, capitalized
value, sinking fund, depreciation.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. B.N. Dutta, Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering,
Theory and Practice, CBS Publishers and Distributors , 2022 ,
ISBN: 9788174767707
2. J. Williams and S. Gedes, Estimating for Building and Civil
Engineering Work , CRC Press, 2013 , ISBN: 9780750627979
Reference books:
3. SP 27, 1987 (Reaffirmed 2003), Handbook of Method of
Measurement of Buildings Work,1987, ISBN: 81-7061-002-
8

623 Go to Index
Course Code CE 251
Title of the Course Solid Mechanics Lab.
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Experiment on axial tension of mild steel and cast iron;
compression on concrete; bending of beams; buckling of columns.
Experiments on shear centre; continuous and interconnected
beams; unsymmetrical bending of angle sections; buckling of
columns of various cross-section and end conditions.
Suggested Books 1. David, Troxell, Inspection and Testing of Engineering
Materials, Wskocil.

624 Go to Index
Course code CE 252
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics Lab-I
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Prerequisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objective of the To acquire hands-on experience in measuring and interpreting
course soil properties.
Course Outcomes • Practical Knowledge on different properties of soil.
Course Content Students will perform following representative experiments:
• Determination of moisture content of the given soil sample.
• Determine the in situ density of natural or compacted soils
using sand pouring cylinders.
• To study particle size distribution using sieve analysis and
hydrometer analysis.
• To find out the specific gravity of soil.
• To determine the relative density of given coarse grained
Material.
• To study Atterberg limit.
• To conduct compaction of soil.
• To determine the coefficient of permeability of a soil using
constant head method.
• To determine the coefficient of permeability of a soil using
falling head method.
• To conduct consolidation of soil.
• To perform shear tests.
Suggested Books Reference books
1. V. N. S. Murthy, Geotechnical Engineering, Principles and
Practices of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering,
CRC Press, 2003, ISBN: 978-0824708733
2. T. W. Lambe and R. V. Whitman, Soil Mechanics, Wiley ,
2010, ISBN: 978-8126517794
3. K. Terzaghi, R.B. Peck, G. Mesri, Soil Mechanics in
Engineering Practice, Wiley, 2009, ISBN: 978-8126523818.
4. J. Knappett and R.F. Craig, Craig’s Soil Mechanics, CRC
Press, 2012, ISBN: 978-0415561266

625 Go to Index
Course Code CE 253
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics Lab-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Ideal fluid motion past a two dimensional circular cylinder by
means of an electrical analog; study of boundary layer growth in
a wind tunnel. Drag on a circular cylinder, Minor transition
losses in pipes. Determination of friction factor of pipes.
Flow measurement by Orifices, venturimeter and notches;
computations of various coefficients involving jet flow through
orifice. Demonstration experiments. Bernoulli apparatus,
Reynolds apparatus, Magnus effect.
Suggested Books 1. Lamox W.r., Laboratory work in Hydraulics, Granada
Publishers, London, 1979.

626 Go to Index
Course code CE 253N
Title of the course Fluid Mechanics Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L – T – P – Credits
0 – 0 – 3 – 1.5
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if None
any
Objective of the To acquire hands-on experience in measuring and interpreting various
course phenomenon for the fluid.
Course Outcomes • Understand the basic fluid properties.
• Understand different flow measurement techniques and procedures.
• Verify the basic principles of fluid flow.
Course Content Students will perform following representative experiments:
• Determination of the metacentric height of a given vessel under
unloaded and loaded conditions.
• Visualization of streamlines and path lines using flow visualization
channel.
• Determination of coefficient of discharge using a Venturi meter.
• Demonstrate Bernoulli’s theorem using Bernoulli's apparatus.
• To study the free and forced vortex apparatus.
• To study the impact of jets.
• To observe the phenomenon of cavitation.
• Determination of coefficient of discharge using orifice, notches,
and weir.
• Determination of friction factors of pipes using the concept of the
Darcy-Weisbach equation.
• Determination of minor losses in pipes.
• Analyzing laminar and turbulent flow conditions on a Reynolds
apparatus.
Suggested Books Reference books:
1. G.L. Asawa , Laboratory Work in Hydraulic Engineering , New
Age International Private Limited , 2006 , ISBN: 978-8122418101
2. S. Singh , Experiments in Fluid Mechanics , Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited , 2012 , ISBN: 978-8120345119

627 Go to Index
Course Code CE 254
Title of the Course Fluid Mechanics Lab-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Application of Hele-Shaw Model to compute dam seepage.
Deformation of fluid viscosity for Hagen Poiseuille flow conditions.
Electric analog for the pipe solution networks. Flow net studies
around circular cylinder. Verification of Darcy's law.
Suggested Books 1. Lamox W.R. Laboratory Work in Hydraulics Granada
Publishers, London 1979.
2. S. Narasimhan (Ed.) Engineering Fluid Mechanics Vol. II,
Orient Longmans Ltd., New Delhi, 1973.
3. V.L. Streeter, E.B. Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, 1985.

628 Go to Index
Course code CE 255

Title of the course Strength of Materials Lab

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

0-0-2-1

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Objective of the course To develop experimental knowledge of the mechanics of Civil

Engineering Structures.

Course Outcomes • Knowledge of various experiments to understand the

deformation behavior of materials and simple structural
components.

Course Content Students will perform following representative

experiments:
• To determine the axial tension of mild steel and cast iron.
• To study the compression of concrete, bending of beams,
and buckling of columns.
• To conduct experiments on the shear centre.
• To study continuous and interconnected beams.
• To analyse the unsymmetrical bending of angle sections.
• To study buckling of columns of various cross-section
and end conditions.
• To study deflection in a curved ring beam using
Castigliano’s Theorem.

Suggested Books Reference books:

1. S. Timoshenko , Strength of Materials, Part I and II ,
CBS Publishers and Distributors , 2021 , ISBN: 978-
8123910307
2. R. C. Hibbeler , Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Prentice
Hall , 2022 , ISBN: 978-9354492259
3. E. P. Popov , Engineering Mechanics of Solids: Prentice
Hall , 2009 , ISBN, 978-8120321076
4. L. S. Srinath , Advanced Mechanics of Solids , Tata
McGraw-Hill , 2017 , ISBN: 978-0070139886

629 Go to Index
Course Code CE 256
Title of the Course Geodesy Lab-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Horizontal control-compass, plane table and theodolite traversing;
plotting traverses and mapping details; vertical control-spirit
levelling, tacheometry and trigonometric levelling; curve setting.
Suggested Books Same as CE 206

630 Go to Index
Course Code CE 257
Title of the Course Civil Engineering Drawing
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
1-0-3-2.5
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course The course provide students with a basic understanding of
civil engineering drawings· It also enables students to
understand the details of construction of different building
elements and envision the completed form of the building
infrastructure.
Course Syllabus Drawing of various details of residential buildings, framed
buildings in steel and concrete. Industrial and laboratory
buildings. Principles of planning. Relation of frame work
details, floors and roofing systems, masonry, load bearing and
non-load bearing walls. Working drawings of building.
Suggested Books 1. Malik R S and Meo G S, Civil Engineering
Drawing, Cengage India Private Limited, Delhi, 2016,
ISBN-9788131526132
2. G. Singh. Craig, Civil Engineering Drawing, Standard
Publishers & distributors, New Delhi, 2009, ISBN-13-978-
8180140044
3. M G Shah, C M Kale, S Y Patki, Building drawing with an
integrated approach to Built Environment Drawing,
Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2007,
ISBN-13-978-0071077873

631 Go to Index
Course code CE 258
Title of the course Environmental Engineering Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T – P-Credits
0–0–2-1
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Objective of the It will impart Practical Knowledge on different chemical, physical
course and biological properties
Course Outcomes • Use research-based knowledge and research methods including
design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
Course Content Students will perform following representative experiments:
• Determination of pH using pH meter, electrical conductivity
using EC meter, and temperature using Temperature meter
for water and wastewater samples.
• Determination of alkalinity and acidity.
• Determination of hardness.
• Determination of turbidity and optimum dose of alum.
• Determination of solids.
• Determination of dissolved oxygen and bio-chemical oxygen
demand.
• Determination of chemical oxygen demand.
• Determination of Most Probable Number (MPN)
• Determination of nutrients / heavy metals.
• Determination of ambient air quality/measurement of noise
levels.
Site visit to Water treatment plant/ Sewage Treatment Plant/
Effluent Treatment Plant
Suggested Books Reference Books
1. American Public Health Association, Standard Methods for
the Examination of Water and Wastewater, American Public
Health Association,, 2017, ISBN: 978-0875532875
2. Metcalf and Eddy, F. L. Burton, H. D. Stensel, and G.
Tchobanoglous, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and
Reuse, McGraw Hill, 2003, ISBN: 978-0070418783

632 Go to Index
Course code CE 259
Title of the course Surveying Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
0-0-2–1
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Objective of the course The course will provide exposure to various laboratory instruments
such as levels, theodolite, total station, GNSS.
Course Outcomes • Knowledge of controlling the accumulation of errors in survey
projects.
• Understanding use of survey instruments in carrying out survey,
collect data, write reports and able to perform required
calculations to achieve the objective for different types of
surveying for different engineering projects.
Course Content Students will perform following representative experiments:
• Surveying of an area by chain, and compass survey (closed
traverse) and plotting.
• Determine the distance between two inaccessible points with
a compass.
• Radiation method, intersection methods by plane table
survey.
• To study levelling – longitudinal and cross-section and
plotting.
• To study measurement of horizontal and vertical angles by
theodolite.
• To study trigonometric leveling using theodolite.
• Determination of height, remote elevation, and distance
between inaccessible points using a total station.
• To study the Global Positioning System instrument and its
accessories.
• To study differential global positioning systems.
• To study mapping using a Geographic Information System.
Suggested Books Reference Books
1. N.N.Basak, Surveying & Levelling, McGraw Hill Education
(2nd Edition), 2017, ISBN: 978-9332901537
2. P.V.Rao and V.Akella, Textbook of Surveying, PHI Learning,
2015, ISBN: 9788120349919.
3. B. Kavanagh and T. Mastin , Surveying Principles and
Applications, Pearson , 2013 , ISBN: 9780137009404.
4. J. M. Anderson and E. M. Mikhail, Surveying Theory and
Practice, 7th Edition , 2017 , ISBN: 978-1259025648

633 Go to Index
Course code CE 301
Title of the course Hydrology
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Hydrology is the study of the physical processes that illustrate
how water is transferred from oceans to atmosphere, to land
surface, and then back to oceans.

Students are exposed to the basic principles and processes that

govern the hydrologic cycle, with a special attention to the
processes that happen over the land surfaces, since these are
directly related to our survival and are fundamental drivers of
landscape changes.

The course is designed for learning physical principals of

hydrology as well as techniques to solve many practical
hydrologic problems, including flood routing, flood frequency
estimation, surface runoff estimation.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Definition and scope, Hydrologic cycle, Hydrologic
systems, Water budget

Precipitation: Forms and formation, Point measurements, Areal

estimation

Evaporation and Evapotranspiration: Mechanisms and

measurements, Classification of evapotranspiration processes,
Transpiration, Interception losses, Potential and actual
evapotranspiration, Reference-crop evapotranspiration.

Infiltration: Processes and measurement, Sorption, Infiltration

capacity, formulations, Catchment scale infiltration.

Overland flow and runoff: Streamflow generation,

measurement, and formulations, watershed and stream network,
Streamflow response: Hydrographs, Unit Hydrograph theory,
Convolution, S-curve hydrograph, Flow duration curve, Mass
curve, Flood routing, Simple rainfall-runoff models

Flood frequency analysis: Random variables, Extreme value

distributions, Return period, Risk and Reliability, Intensity-
Duration curves

Groundwater Hydrology: Properties of porous materials,

Aquifers, Darcy’s law, Basic principles of saturated and
unsaturated subsurface flow.
Suggested Books 1. P. B. Bedient, W. C. Huber,B. E. Vieux, Hydrology and

634 Go to Index
 Floodplain Analysis, Pearson Education Limited, Harlow,
Essex, England, 2018:0134751973
2. S. L. Dingman, Physical Hydrology, Waveland Press, Inc, Long
Grove, Illinois, USA, 2014, 1478611189
3. G. M. Hornberger, P. L. Wiberg, J. P. Raffensperger, P. D`odorico,
Elements of Physical Hydrology, Johns Hopkins University
Press, Baltimore, Maryland, USA, 2014, 1421413736
4. V. T. Chow, D. Maidment, L. Mays, Applied Hydrology,
McGraw-Hill Professional, New York, USA, 2013, 007174391X

635 Go to Index
Course Code CE 302
Title of the Course Geodesy-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposure to Geodesy-I
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Geodetic surveying; triangulation and precise levelling, theory of
errors; method of least squares, adjustment of surveying
observations; precision and accuracy evaluation; electronic
measurements in surveying; field astronomy
fundamentals. Spherical trigonometry, determination of terrestrial
co-ordinates and Azimuth.
Suggested Books 1. G.L. Hosmer, Geodesy, John Wiley & sons, New York, 1946.
2. B.C. Punmia, A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, Surveying, Vol. II and III,
Laxmi Publications(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
3. K.R. Arora, Surveying, Vol. II and III, Standard Book House,
Delhi, 1998.
4. J.B. Mackie, The Elements of Astronomy for surveyors, Charles
Griffin and Company Ltd. High Wycombe, England, 1985.
5. C.D. Burnside, Electromagnetic Distance Measurement, Crosby
Lockwood and Son Ltd., London, 1971.

636 Go to Index
Course Code CE 303
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course Soil mechanics deals with the engineering behavior of soil. The
subject provides fundamental understanding of physical and
mechanical properties of soils. Students will acquire basic knowledge
in engineering design of geotechnical systems.
Course Syllabus Origin, Particle Size Analysis, Soil Characteristics- Atterberg’s limit,
Soil classification, surface tension, capillary attraction. Effective
stress Principle, flow through soils, flow nets. Compaction of soils.
Stresses in soil, contact pressure. Consolidation of soils, settlement of
compressible layers. Shear strength of soils, Mohr Coulomb Theory,
Failure theories.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. B. M. Das and K. Shobhan, Principles of Geotechnical
Engineering with Mind Tap, Cengage India Private Limited,
Delhi, 2016, ISBN, 9788131526132
2. J.A. Knappett and R.F. Craig, Soil Mechanics, CRC Press, New
York, 2012, ISBN-13, 978-0415561266
3. V.N.S. Murthy, Textbook of Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, Geotechnical Engineering series, CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, 2008, ISBN-13-9788123913629
4. S.K. Shukla, Core Concepts of Geotechnical Engineering, ICE
Publishing, London, UK, 2015, ISBN-13, 978-0727758590
Reference Books
5. B. M. Das and N.Sivakugan, Fundamentals of Geotechnical
Engineering, Cengage India Private Limited, Delhi, 2017,
ISBN: 9789386858139

637 Go to Index
Course Code CE 304
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposer to Soil Mechanics-I
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Surface and subsurface investigations. Boring and sampling.
Fieldtests, introduction to airphoto interpretation. Theories of earth
pressure and retaining walls excavation, bracing, stability of slopes.
Earth and rock fill dams. Bearing capacity of soils. Design and
construction of shallow footings, rafts, pile foundations, caisson and
coffer dams, anchored bulkheads.
Suggested Books 1. R.F. Craig, Soil Mechanics, ELBS & Van Nestrand, 4th Edition,
1987,
2. R.B. Peck, W.E. Hanson and T.H. Thornburn, Foundation
Engineering, John Wiley, 1963.
3. V.N.S. Murthy, Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, Vol-II, Saikripa Technical Consultants, Bangalore,
1991.

638 Go to Index
Course Code CE 305
Title of the Course Structural Mechanics-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2 -1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposure to Structural Mechanics-I
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures: Review of
Statical Indeterminancy; Force Method - application to trusses,
beams, frames, arches; concept of kinematic indeterminancy -
degrees of freedom; Development of slope - deflection
equations; concept of stiffness; Displacement method and
applications; Influence lines using Muller Breslau principle;
Moment distribution method and application to beams and
simple frames.

Suggested Books 1. H.H. West, Fundamentals of Structural analysis John

Wiley, New York, 1993.
2. C.H. Norris, J.B. Wilbur and S. Utku, Elementary Structural
Analysis, McGraw Hill Tokyo, 1976.
3. C.S. Reddy, Basic Structural analysis Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1996.

639 Go to Index
Course Code CE 306
Title of the Course Structural Mechanics-III
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-1-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposure to Structural Mechanics-I and Structural Mechanics-III
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Matrix formulation of force and displacement methods: Solution
of simultaneous equations; Stiffness matrix approach with
reference to computer application; generation of 1-dimensional
frame element stiffness matrix, flexibility and displacement
approaches, Torsional effects; Concept of local effects,
generation of load vector, Effects of finite joints; Application to
plane frames, space frames, grid structures, Finite Element
Method for 2-D plane problems - introduction.

Suggested Books 1. W. Weaver and J.M. Gore, Matrix Analysis of framed

structures. 3rd ed. Von Nastrand, New York, 1990.
2. J.S. Przemieniecki, Theory of Matrix Structural
Analysis, Dover, New York, 1968.
3. G.S. Bandit, and S.P. Gupta, Structural analysis - a Matrix
Approach, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1994.
4. M.B. Karchi, Matrix Methods of Structural analysis, Wiley
Eastern, New Delhi, 1993.

640 Go to Index
Course Code CE 307
Title of the Course Design of Structures-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Design basis of reinforced concrete structures-slab design; simply
supported, continuous and two way - Beam design; rectangular;
tee, ell, doubly reinforced, continuous - column; Concentric,
eccentric, short and long columns - Footing: simple, combined -
staircases - joint detailing.

Suggested Books 1. J. Krishna, and O.P. Jain, Plain and Reinforcement Concrete -
Vol. I & II, Nemchand Bros, Roorkee, 1968
2. IS-456-1983 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced
Concrete.
3. P.Dayaratnam: Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures, Third Edition, Oxford-IBM Publications, New
Delhi 1989.
4. S.N. Sinha: Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi, 1990.

641 Go to Index
Course Code CE 308
Title of the Course Design of Structures-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Basic of designing steel structures - Rivetted, bolted and
welded connections - tension and compression members -
built up members - beam design - built up beams - laced and
battened columns - welded and rivetted column bases -
moment resistant connections - semi rigid connections -
design of supports.

Suggested Books 1. A.S. Arya and J.L. Ajmani, Design of Steel

Structures; Nemchand Bros, Roorkee, 1990.
2. S.M.A. Kazimi and R.S. Jindal, Design of Steel Structures
Prentice Hall (India), New Delhi, 1981.
3. S.K. Duggal, Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1993.

642 Go to Index
Course code CE 309
Title of the course Engineering Geology
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Engineering geology is a subject for practical applications of
geological knowledge to engineering projects. Engineering geologists
provide geological and geotechnical recommendations, analysis, and
design associated with various types of structures.
Course Syllabus Introduction, Origin, Age and development, Interior and composition
of the earth, Plate tectonics, Continental drift, Sea floor spreading,
Evolution of the Himalaya, Mineralogy, Chemical analysis of rocks
and minerals, Rock and soil minerals, Physical properties of minerals,
Susceptibility of minerals to alteration, Basics of optical mineralogy,
Instrumentation in engineering geology (SEM, SRD), Classification of
Rock, Types of rock and origin: Igneous (extrusive and intrusive),
Sedimentary and Metamorphic, ternary diagrams, definitions
(structure, texture), Igneous Rock Agents, structure, texture, IUGG
classification of intrusive and extrusive rocks, Metamorphic Rock
Causes of metamorphism (stress, temperature, tectonism, pore
fluid), recrystallization, phase change, structure and texture,
Sedimentary Rock Sedimentation environments, structure, textural
classification of siliclastic and carbonate rock, Structures: Folds,
Faults, Joints, Subsurface exploration geologic investigations for site
selection of dams, reservoirs, tunnels, bridges and highways,
Geologic and seism tectonic setting of India Geologic provinces of
India and their surficial and subsurface geology, seismo-tectonics of
the Indian plate, seismic zones of India, Geological Hazards Major
geological hazards, Geological considerations in design of
constructed facilities and infrastructure, causes and classification of
landslides, stability assessment for soil and rock slopes, mitigation of
landslide hazard, effect of earthquakes on constructed facilities and
infrastructure, geotechnical and structural considerations in
mitigation of earthquake hazard.
Suggested Books 1. L. G. de Vallejo and M. Ferrer, Geological Engineering, CRC Press
(Tayler and Francis), Balkema, 2011, 9780415413527, CAT#
SW3524
2. S. Gangopadhyay, Engineering Geology, Oxford Publication,
2013, 9780198086352
3. A. C. Mclean and C. D. Gribble, Geology for Civil Engineers, E&FN
Spon, 1995, 13, 978-0419160007
4. P. Singh, Text Book of Engineering and General Geology, S.K.
Kataria and Sons, New Delhi, 2013, ISBN-13, 978-9350142677

643 Go to Index
Course Code CE 310
Title of the Course Transportation Engineering-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-0-2-4
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Transportation Systems Engineering: Definition and Objectives
of Transportation Systems - Various fields of transportation
engineering; Role of transportation in society - economical, social,
political and environmental significance; Different modes of travel
and their coordination with respect to Indian conditions;
Introduction to transportation planning process - planning models
and mass transit systems; Terminals - passenger and
freight; Transportation demand and supply; Transportation costs;
Vehicle motion - resistances, vehicle performance relationships,
work, energy and fuel consumption;
Highway Engineering: Highway planning - basic principles, road
development and planning in India; Highway alignment; Geometric
design of highways - design of cross-section, horizontal and vertical
elements, IRC specifications;
Highway Pavements: Pavement materials; Requirements and tests
on pavement materials; Classification of pavements and design
factors; Design of flexible pavements - traffic factors, failure
criteria, empirical mechanistic method of design, IRC-CBR design
method, Asphalt institute method and AASHTO method; Design of
rigid pavements - stresses in plain CC pavements, IRC method of
plain CC pavement design, Joints in CC pavement, joint spacing and
reinforcement across joints, tie bars and dowel bars;
Pavement construction and maintenance; Stabilised roads;
Drainage.
Traffic Engineering: Traffic characteristics; Traffic studies and
their use; Traffic control devices; Intersections.
Transportation Engineering Lab: Laboratory testing of subgrade
soils, aggregates, bituminous binders and mixes for their suitability
in road construction with reference to BIS; Traffic studies;
Pavement evaluation tests.
Suggested Books 1. E.R. Morlok, An Introduction to Transportation Engineering
and Planning, McGraw Hill International, 1970.
2. W.W. Hay, Introduction to Transportation Engineering (2nd
Ed). John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1988

644 Go to Index
3. C.S. Papacostas, Fundamentals of
Transportation Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
1987
4. B.G. Hutchinson, Principles of Urban transportation
Planning, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1974.
5. S.K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo, Highway Engineering, Nemchand
Bros., Roorkee, 1991
6. P.H. Wright, Highway Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1996
7. L.R. Kadiyali, Traffic Engineering and Transportation
Planning. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1987
8. Y.H. Huang, Pavement analysis and Design. Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1993

645 Go to Index
Course Code CE 352
Title of the Course Geodesy Lab-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Based on CE 302
Suggested Books Same as CE 302

646 Go to Index
Course Code CE 353
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics Laboratory-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course To acquire hands on experience of measuring and interpreting
soil properties.
Course Syllabus Identification of soils, Determination of physical properties,
Consistency limits, Determination of soil permeability and
compaction, characteristics of soils, Consolidation, Unconfined
compression test, direct shear test, Vane shear test, Triaxial
test, California bearing ratio test
Suggested Books 1. Relevant Indian Codes of practice
2. J.E. Bowles, Physical and Geotechnical Properties of soils,
McGraw Hill International Editions, 1990, 0070067724
3. T.W. Lambe, Soil Testing for Engineers, Wiley, 1960,
0471511838
4. B M Das, Soil mechanics laboratory manual, Oxford
University Press, 2012, 0199846375
5. T.W. Lambe, Soil Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, 1969,
0471511927
6. 6. Head, K. H., Manaual of soil laboratory testing, Volume
1, 2 and 3, Pentech press, 1980, 1904445365.

647 Go to Index
Course Code CE 354
Title of the Course Soil Mechanics Laboratory-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the To acquire hands on measuring strength soil properties through
course invasive and non invasive field tests.
Course Syllabus Field Tests: Standard Penetration test, Plate Load, Dynamic Cone
Penetration test, Multichannel analysis of surface wave test, Ground
penetration radar, Electrical resistivity tomography
Suggested Books 1. Relevant Indian Codes of practice
2. J.E. Bowles, Physical and Geotechnical Properties of soils,
McGraw Hill International Editions, 1990, 0070067724
3. T.W. Lambe, Soil Testing for Engineers, Wiley, 1960,
0471511838
4. B M Das, Soil mechanics laboratory manual, Oxford
University Press, 2012, 0199846375
5. T.W. Lambe, Soil Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, 1969,
0471511927
6. Head, K. H., Manaual of soil laboratory testing, Volume 1, 2
and 3, Pentech press, 1980, 1904445365.

648 Go to Index
Course Code CE 357
Title of the Course Design Lab-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Design and drawing of continuous or two way slabs; continuous
beam; column with a footing; joint details beam-slab; beam-
column and column-footing.
Suggested Books 1. J. Krishna, and O.P. Jain, Plain and Reinforcement
Concrete – Vol-I & II, Nemchand Bros, Roorkee, 1968
2. IS-456-1983 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced
Concrete.
3. P.Dayaratnam: Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures, Third Edition, Oxford-IBM Publications, New
Delhi 1989.
4. S.N. Sinha: Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill
New Delhi, 1990.

649 Go to Index
Course Code CE 357
Title of the Course Design Lab-I
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Design and drawing of continuous or two way slabs; continuous
beam; column with a footing; joint details beam-slab; beam-column
and column-footing.
Suggested Books 1. J. Krishna, and O.P. Jain, Plain and Reinforcement Concrete –
Vol-I & II, Nemchand Bros, Roorkee, 1968
2. IS-456-1983 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced
Concrete.
3. P.Dayaratnam: Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures, Third Edition, Oxford-IBM Publications, New
Delhi 1989.
4. S.N. Sinha: Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill New
Delhi, 1990.

650 Go to Index
Course Code CE 358
Title of the Course Design Lab-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Design and drawing of built-up compression members; plate girder
design, design and drawing of laced/battened columns with base plate;
moment resistant designs.
Suggested Books Same as CE 308

651 Go to Index
Course code CE 359
Title of the course Engineering Geology Laboratory
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course To learn geological mapping, interpretation of Geological data and
Physical and Mechanical characterization of Minerals and Rocks.
Course Syllabus Geological Maps, Geological Mapping, outcrops, apparent and true dips,
three point problems, depth and thickness problems, joints, faults,
Megascopic and Microscopic identification of Minerals and Rocks,
Engineering properties of rocks, refraction and resistivity methods,
Guided tour through representative geological formations and structures.
Suggested Books 1. M.P. Billings, Structural Geology, PHI Learning Private Ltd., New Delhi,
2010, 8120300590
2. P.K. Mukerjee, A Text Book of Geology, World Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkatta,
2013, 8187567546
3. M.S. Krishnan, Geology of India and Burma, CBS Pub., Delhi, 1999,
8123900120
4. T. Ramamurty, Engineering in Rocks for Slopes, Foundations and
Tunnels, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2014, 9788120348790

652 Go to Index
Course Code CE 361
Title of the Course Design of Open Channel Flow
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
1-0-2-2
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Open channel flow. Energy, momentum and pressure
correction factors of momentum and energy equations. Specific
force. Properties of critical flow.

Uniform flow, its properties, design of channels for uniform

flow. Gradually varied flow theory, profile computation and use
in design of channels. Rapidly varied flow, flow over spillways,
hydraulic jump, its location, control and stabilization. Unsteady
flow, basic equations, uniformly progressive flow, velocity of
flood wave discharge for unsteady flow, flood routing
(reservoir and stream flow).

Computation of surface profiles in gradually varied flow,

location of hydraulic jump and flood routing. Channel Design
and Transitions - Energy Dissipators, spillways.
Suggested Books 1. V. T. Chow, Open Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill, 1975.
2. K.G. Rangaraju, Flow in Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
3. K. Subramanya, Flow in Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1992.
4. R.H. French, Open Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book
Co., New York 1986.

653 Go to Index
Course Code CE 401/ CE 601
Title of the Course Mechanics of Advanced Composite Materials and
Structures
Course Category Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Course Objective To understand the mechanics, analysis, and design of
composite 2Dstructural elements.
Course Outcomes • To be able to apply shear deformation models for
analysis of composite structures.
• To be able to formulate geometrically nonlinear
equilibrium equations of composite structural elements.
• To be able to formulate nonlinear code for
hygrothermal analysis of composite structural elements.
Course Content 1. Introduction of composites, constituent materials,
constitutiverelationships for varying stackings,
2. Nonlinear analysis of composite 2D structural
elements,
3. Nonlinear hygrothermal analysis,
4. Shear deformation theories for composite structures,
5. Nonlinear numerical analysis of composite structures.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. Mukhopadhyay: Mechanics of Composite Materials and
Structures: Universities Press: 2005: ISBN:
9788173714771
2. R. M Jones: Mechanics of Composite Materials: CRC Press:
2018:ISBN: 9781498711067
3. J.N Reddy: Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates and
Shells:CRC Press: 2003: ISBN: 9780203502808.
4. A.N. Palazotto and S.T. Dennis: Nonlinear Analysis of
Shell
Structures: AIAA Education Series: 1992: ISBN:
9781600860911.
5. Laszlo P. Kollar and George S. Springer: Mechanics of
Composite Structures: Cambridge University Press: 2003:
ISBN: 9781139439596.

Reference Books:

654 Go to Index
1. Yi-Ming Fu: Nonlinear Analyses of Laminated Plates and
Shells with Damage, WIT Press: 2013: ISBN:
9781845646905.
2. E. Carrera, F. A. Fazzolari, M. Cinefra: Thermal Stress
Analysis of Composite Beams, Plates and Shells:
Computational Modelling and Applications, Academic Press:
2015: ISBN: 9780124200937.
3. M. Amabili: Nonlinear Vibrations and Stability of Shells and
Plates, Cambridge University Press: 2008: ISBN:
9781139469029.
4. F. Tornabene, M. Bacciocchi, Anisotropic Doubly Curved
Shells Higher-Order Strong and Weak Formulations for
Arbitrarily Shaped Shell Structures, Società Editrice
Esculapio: 2019: ISBN: 9788835328995.

655 Go to Index
Course Code CE 402/ CE 602
Title of the Course Water Resources Engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3

Name of the Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposure of Hydrology
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Rainfall and runoff, hydrograph analysis, peaks flows. Reservoir
planning and operation, run-of the river schemes, storage schemes.
Dams and spillways, intakes, water-conductor systems, tunnels,
surge-tanks, penstocks and anchor blocks. Hydro-electric power
classification and investigations. Turbines, powerhouse, irrigation,
crop requirements and yields, water planning. Weirs on permeable
foundations. Canals
layout, stable channels, and silt control, canal losses and water-
logging.
Suggested Books 1. R.K. Linsley and J.L.H. Paulhus, Water Resources
Engineering, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1992.
2. W.P. Creager and J.D. Justin, Hydroelectric Handbook, John
Wiley, 1968.
3. Bharat Singh, Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering,
Nemchand Bros., Roorkee, 1957.
4. P.N. Modi, Irrigation water Resources and Water Power
Engineering, Standard Book House, New Delhi, 1990.

656 Go to Index
Course Code CE 404
Title of the Course Design of Structures-III
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Design of RCC water tanks, silos, bunkers and simple bridges -
Design of steel roof trusses, steel frames - Design of industrial
buildings - Design of residential buildings- Design of arches and
shells.

Suggested Books 1. J. Krishna and O.P. Jain, Plain and Reinforced

Concrete, Vol. I and II, Nemchand Bros. Roorkee, 1968.
2. IS 456, 1978. Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced
concrete.
3. Design Aids for R.C. to IS 456-1978, ISI-SP-16-sand-T,
1980.
4. S.M.A. Kazimi and R.S. Jindal, Design of Steel Structures,
Prentice Hall (India), New Delhi,1981.
5. S.K. Duggal, Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1993.
6. P. Dayaratnam, Design of Reinforced Concrete
Structures, Third Edition, Oxford - IBM Publishing Co, New
Delhi, 1989.
7. S.N. Sinha, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1990.

657 Go to Index
Course Code CE 406
Title of the Course Transportation Engineering-II
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Exposure to Transportation Engineering-II
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Airport Planning and Design: Aircraft characteristics related to
airport design; Airport configuration - runway configurations,
relation of terminal area to runways, runway orientation; Geometric
design of the airfield - ICAO and FAA design standards, runways,
taxiways, holding aprons and aprons; Planning and design of the
terminal area - apron-gate system, size and number of gates, aircraft
parking configurations, the passenger terminal system; airport
lighting and marking; air traffic control; airport planning and air
travel demand forecasting; Structural design of airfield pavements.
Railway Engineering: Indian Railway Track - different gauges, cross
sections, coning of wheels; Tractive resistances; Track components -
rails, rail failures, sleepers, rail fixtures and fastenings and ballast;
Geometric design of the track; Points and crossings Track junctions;
Stations and yards; Signalling and interlocking; Track stresses;
Track construction and maintenance.

Suggested Books 1. R. Horonjeff, F.X. Mckelvey, Planning & Design of airports, Mc

Graw Hill, New York, 1994
2. S.K. Khanna, M.G. Arora, S.S. Jain, Airport Planning and
Design, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee, 1994
3. N. Ashford, P.H. Wright, Airport engineering, John Wiley, New
York, 1979
4. S.C. Sexena, S.P. Arora, A text Book of Railway Engineering,
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1990
5. J.S. Mundary, Railway Track Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
6. M.M. Agarwal, Indian Railway Track, Sachdeva Press, Mayapuri,
New Delhi, 1991
7. W.W. Hay, Railroad Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1988
8. S.K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo, Highway Material Testing - a
Laboratory Relevant IRC and BIS standards, 1991.

658 Go to Index
Course Code CE 408
Title of the Course Foundation Engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Explorations, sampling geophysical investigations. Bearing
capacity, settlement. Design of footings and rafts. Foundations
subjected to eccentric loads and moments. Footings on slopes.
Contact pressure distributions. Subgrade modulus. Earth
pressure theories. Pile Foundations, driving stresses, load tests,
pile groups, pile caps, lateral loads. Bridge foundations caissons,
coffer dams. Excavation; and dewatering for foundations. Failures
and strengthening. Foundations on weak soils, reclaimed
areas, swelling soils etc. Machine foundations.

Suggested Books 1 R.B. Peck W.E. Hanson and T.H. Thornburn, Foundation
Engineering, John Wiley, 1963.
2 Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R. Rao, Basic and Applied soil
Mechanics, Wiley Eastern, 1991.
3 V.N.S. Murthy, Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, Vol-II, Saikripa Technical
Consultants, Bangalore, 1991.
4 M.R. Hausmann, Engineering Principles of Ground
Modification, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1990.

659 Go to Index
Course Code CE 410/ CE 610
Title of the Course Offshore engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus Linear theory of waves, brief description of higher order wave
theories, random waves, probability theories. Morison? equation,
wave forces on fixed and floating structures and fluid structure
interaction. Soil exploration beneath seabed, criteria of foundation
design in offshore environment, pile behaviour under cyclic
lateral loading, development of p-y curves. Analysis of piles and
foundations of gravity platforms, soil liquefaction under cyclic
stresses.

Various types of offshore structures and evaluation of their

environmental loads. Structural idealization and analysis of forces
due to wind, waves and for linear static behaviour. Wave force on
inclined members, analysis of joints in offshore structures, stress
concentration and fatigue life prediction. Elementary aspects of
dynamic analysis and response.

Suggested Books 1 T. Sarapkaya and M. Isaacson, Mechanics of Wave Forces on

Offshore Structures, Van Nostrand, Reinhold Co., N.Y., 1981.
2 C.A. Brebbla and S. Walker, Dynamic analysis of Offshore
Structures, Newnes Butterworth, London, 1979.

660 Go to Index
Course code CE 412/ CE 612
Title of the course Sustainable Construction
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic understanding of Building Materials and Building
Construction
Scope of the course This course aims to expose the students to the environmental
challenges associated with the construction industry, and their
management through the use of sustainable construction
practices. This course will cover the use of alternate/green
materials and the benefits associated with it. Students will also be
exposed to emerging concepts like Life Cycle Assessment, Circular
Economy, and Building Information Modelling. It is expected by
the end of this course students will be able to understand and
appreciate the concept of Sustainability in Construction Practices.
Course Syllabus Sustainability in Construction: Concept of sustainability in
construction, Carbon footprint, Embodied energy, Resource
Management, Zero waste, 3R concept in construction
Waste Utilization in Construction: Circular Economy, Value
addition, local materials, Supplementary Cementitious Materials,
Blended Cements, Recycled Aggregates, Refuse Derived Fuel
Building Products: Fly Ash Bricks, Hollow Blocks, Precast Walls,
Products for modular construction
Biomaterials: Bamboo, Straw Bale, Bio Cementing, Plant-based
Natural Fibers, Durability of Bio-Based Building Materials
Green Building Design: Introduction to Green Building, Low
Energy/ Energy Efficient Building Units, Landscape Management,
Building Information Modelling (BIM)
Assessment Methods: Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), Leadership in
Energy & Environmental Design (LEED), Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA).
Suggested Books 1. C. J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction, Green Building Design
and Delivery, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New Jersey, 2016,
9781119055174.
2. F. Dodds, L. Beg, K. Hardcastle, M. Campbell, R. Fairclough and
T. Callanan, Eco-efficient construction and building
materials, Woodhead Publishing India Private Limited, New
Delhi, 2014,9780857097675
3. G. M. Sabnis, Green Building with
Concrete, Sustainable Design and Construction, CRC Press,
Florida, 2015, 9781498704113
4. BIS, Coarse and Fine Aggregate for Concrete, Specification,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2016

661 Go to Index
Course Code CE 414/ CE 614
Title of the Course Design of Short and Medium Span Bridges
Credit Structure L-T-P- Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Discipline

Pre–requisite, ifany Design of concrete structures and design of steel structures

Objectives of the To provide the students a thorough understanding on the
course analysis and design of different types of short and medium
span bridges.
Course Syllabus • Introduction-Definition, components of a bridge,
classification of bridges, selection of site, and economical
span. Standard specifications for road and railways bridges,
width of carriage way, clearances, types of bridges and
their suitability, Indian Road Congress (IRC) loading, Indian
Railway Standard (IRS) Loads and permissible stresses.
• Design of RCC and PSC slab culvert bridges.
• Design of RCC and PSC T-beam bridges.
• Design of single span steel truss bridges and plate girder
bridges.
• Design of bearings, pier and pier cap.
Suggested Books Text Books:
• D. J. Victor, Essentials of Bridge Engineering, 6th
Edition, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2008
• N. K. Raju, Design of Bridges, 3rd Edition, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
• N. Rajgopal, Bridge Superstructure, Narosa Publishing
House,New Delhi, 2006
• V. K. Raina, Concrete bridge Practice, Analysis:
Design andEconomics, TMH, 2002

Reference Books:

• E. Ellobody, Finite Element Analysis and Design of Steel

and Steel–Concrete Composite Bridges, Elsevier Science,
2014,
• J. Romo, High-speed Railway Bridges - Concept Design
Guideline, Wiley, 2023.
• H. Xia, N. Zhang, W. Guo, Dynamic Interaction of Train-
Bridge Systems in High-Speed Railways - Theory and
Applications, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2017.

662 Go to Index
Course Code CE 618/ CE 418
Title of the Course Disaster Management
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department

Pre–requisite, if any None

Objectives of the course To understand different types of disaster, their forecasting,
prevention and mitigation methods. The course is intended to
create scientific awareness amongst graduates.
Course Syllabus Terminology-Disaster;Hazard;Vulnnerability;Risk;disaster
management. Types, Causes and Consequences- Geological,
hydro-meteorological, biological, technological, anthropogenic,
climate change and urban disasters. Disaster management
cycle- pre-disaster (risk assessment, mapping, zonation,
prevention and mitigation, early warning, preparedness,
awareness); during disaster (evacuation, communication,
search and rescue, command system, relief and rehabilitation);
post disaster (damage and needs assessment, restoration,
recovery, reconstruction, hyogo framework). Disaster
Management in India – Disaster profile, disaster management
act, national policy, national guidelines, role of government,
role of agencies. Applications of Science and Technology- GIS,
GPS, RS; Early warnings and communication; Planning and
development; disaster safe designs; Institutions In India.
Suggested Books 1. Coppola D P, 2007. Introduction to International
Disaster Management, Elsevier Science (B/H), London.
2. An overview on natural & man-made disasters and
their reduction, R K Bhandani, CSIR, New Delhi
3. Manual on natural disaster management in India, M C
Gupta, NIDM, New Delhi
4. Encyclopedia of disaster management, Vol I, II and IIIL
Disaster management policy and administration, S L
Goyal, Deep & Deep, New Delhi, 2006
5. Disasters in India Studies of grim reality, Anu Kapur &
others, 2005, 283 pages, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur
6. Natural Disasters, David Alexander, Kluwer Academic
London, 1999, 632 pages
7. High Power Committee Report, 2001, J.C. Pant
8. World Disasters Report, 2009. International Federation
of Red Cross and Red Crescent, Switzerland
9. Encyclopedia of Disasters – Environmental
Catastrophes and Human Tragedies, Vol. 1 & 2, Angus
M. Gunn, Greenwood Press, 2008
10. Disaster Management Act 2005, Publisher by Govt. of
India
11. Management of Natural Disasters in developing
countries, H.N. Srivastava & G.D. Gupta, Daya Publishers,
Delhi, 2006, 201 pages
663 Go to Index
12. Publications of National Disaster Management Authority
(NDMA) on Various Templates and Guidelines for Disaster
Management

664 Go to Index
Course Code CE 422
Title of the Course Hydraulic Structures
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Detailed stress analysis of gravity dam, stress concentration
around openings. Principles of design of outlets and galleries.
Design of pen stocks and anchor blocks. Detailed design of high
head and spillway gates. Analysis and design of surge chambers.
Design of locks and jetties. Design of beams on elastic
foundations as applied to dock floors

Suggested Books 1 W.P. Creager, J.D. Justin and J. Hinds, Engineering for
Dams, Vol. II and III Wiley, 1968.
2 D. Quinn, Design and Construction of Ports and Marine
Structures, McGraw Hill,1973.
3 C.V. Davis, Handbook of Applied Hydraulics, McGraw Hill,
New York, 1993.
4 U.S. Deptt. Of Interior Design of Small Dams, U.S. Govt.
Printing Press, Washington DC 1975.

665 Go to Index
Course Code CE 424
Title of the Course Ground Water Hydrology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Occurance of groundwater aquifer types. Exploration of
groundwater. Groundwater budget. Resistivity methods.
Darcy’s law and its limitations. Formulation of governing
equations for groundwater movement. Flow nets and its uses.
Hydraulics of flow towards wells. Aquifer unsteady flow. Theis,
Jacob and Chow”s methods multiple well system.

Artificial recharge. Infiltration. Mechanics of recharge, stream

aquifer interaction. Water logging. Theory of subsurface
drainage. Seawater intrusion and its control, Approximate
solution. Digital, Analog and Simple finite difference models
for groundwater flow. Groundwater quality, Groundwater
development and management.
Suggested Books 1 H.M. Raghunath, Groundwater, 2nd Edition Wiley
Eastern Ltd., 1987.
2 D.K. Todd, Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley and Sons,
1980.
3 D.B. McWhorteer, D.K. Sundada, Ground-
Water Hydrology and Hydraulics, Water Resources
Publications, Fort Collins Colorado, U.S.A. 1977.
4 C.W. Fetter, Applied Hydrogeology, 2nd Edition, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 1990.

666 Go to Index
Course Code CE 426
Title of the Course Water Resources System
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Objective of water resources development, economic analysis and
discounting techniques, conditions of project optimality, graphic
optimization techniques for multipurpose projects, analytical
optimization techniques for water resources projected by linear
programming, non-linear programming and dynamic programming,
optimization by simulation, mathematical models for large
scale multipurpose projects, different case studies, stochastic
optimization techniques, water quality subsystems, optimum
operation model for reservoir systems by incremental dynamic
programming, sequencing of multipurpose project.

Suggested Books 1. M. Arthur, Design of Water Resources Systems,

MacMillan, 1962.
2. L.D. James, R. R. Leo, Economics of Water Resources
Planning, McGraw Hill, New York, 1971.
3. W.A. Hall, J.A. Dracup, Water Resources Systems
Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 1970.

667 Go to Index
Course Code CE 428/ CE 628
Title of the Course Theory of Plates and Shells
Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Course Objective To understand the basic concept, mathematical modeling,
behavior and analysis of plate and shell structures.
Course Outcomes • To be able to compute stresses and strains on thin plates
and shells.
• To be able to formulate the buckling loads of plates and
shells.
• To be able to formulation finite element code for
solution of plate and shell equations.
Course Content 1. Thin plates and shells - Kirchoff theory, strains and
stresses, constitutive relations, equilibrium equations,
buckling, and numericalsolutions.
2. Thick plates and shells - Reissner-Mindlin-Naghadi
theories, shear correction factors, equilibrium equations,
buckling, and numerical solutions.
3. Membrane and bending theories; shallow shell theory;
equilibrium equations for simple shell forms considering
membrane.
4. Finite Element formulations of plate and shell elements.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. S.P Timoshenko and S.W. Krieger: Theory of Plates and
Shells,Tata McGraw-Hill Edition: 2010: 9780070701250
2. J.N Reddy: Theory and Analysis of Elastic Plates and Shells,
CRCPress: 2006: 9780849384165
3. G.S Ramaswamy: Design and Construction of Concrete Shell
Roofs, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd: 2005:
9788123909905
4. Robert Millard Jones: Buckling of Bars, Plates, and Shells, Bull
Ridge Publishing: 2006: ISBN: 9780978722302.
Reference Books:
1. M. Reza Eslami: Buckling and Postbuckling of Beams, Plates, and
Shells, Springer International Publishing: 2017: ISBN:
9783319623689.
2. E. Carrera, S. Brischetto, P. Nali: Plates and Shells for Smart

668 Go to Index
 Structures - Classical and Advanced Theories for Modeling and
Analysis, Wiley: 2011: ISBN: 9781119951124.
3. M. S. Qatu: Vibration of Laminated Shells and Plates, Elsevier
Science: 2004: ISBN: 9780080474762.

669 Go to Index
Course Code CE 430/ CE 430
Title of the Course Elastic Stability
Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Course Objective To understand different states of structural stability
and solutionapproaches for the critical loads
Course Outcomes • To be able to compute bifurcation points on the
equilibrium path.
• To be able to calculate buckling loads of beam-
column, truss, frame,and plates.
• To be able to solve stability equations using
different numerical approaches.
Course Content 1. Definition, bifurcation of equilibrium, types of
buckling,
2. Stability analysis of structural problems - beam-
column, truss, plates and frames.
3. Approximate methods - Rayleigh, Timoshenko, and
Ritzmethods.
4. Numerical approaches to solve the non-linear
stability problems.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. NGR Iyengar: Elastic Stability of Structural Elements:
MacmillanIndia: 2007: ISBN: 9780230631861
2. S.P. Timoshenko, J.M. Gere: Theory of Elastic
Stability: Dover Publications: 2012: ISBN:
9780486134802
3. A. Kumar: Stability of Structures: McGraw-Hill
Education: 1998:ISBN: 978-0074515167.
4. George J. Simitses: An Introduction to the Elastic
Stability of Structures: Krieger Publishing Company:
1986: ISBN: 978-0898749144
Reference Books:
1. D. Bushnell: Computerized Buckling Analysis of Shells,
Springer Netherlands: 2012: ISBN: 9789400950634.
2. S. Jerath: Structural Stability Theory and Practice
Buckling of Columns, Beams, Plates, and Shells, Wiley:
2020: ISBN: 9781119694496.
3. M. Pignataro, N. Rizzi, A. Luongo: Stability, Bifurcation
and Postcritical Behaviour of Elastic Structures, Elsevier
Science: 2013: ISBN: 9781483290836.
4. G. Simitses, D. H Hodges, Fundamentals of Structural
Stability, Elsevier Science: 2006: ISBN:
9780750678759.
670 Go to Index
Course Code CE 432/ CE 632
Title of the Course Plastic Analysis and Design
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Yield conditions and concepts of simple plastic collapse, collapse
criterion, virtual work in elasto-plastic state, theorems of plastic
collapse, methods of analysis and design. Graphical method,
method of combining mechanisms, computer aided elasto-plastic
analysis, interaction diagrams, applications to planar and space
structures – multi-bay frames,, multistoried frames, grids, arches,
virendeel girders, deflection at collapse, incremental collapse,
minimum weight analysis, variable repeated loads, shakedown
analysis, combined stress problems.
Suggested Books 1 J. Heyman, Beams and Framed Structues, Second ed.,
Pergmon Press, Oxford.
2 B.G. Neal, Plastic Methods of Structural analysis, Chapman
and Hall.
3 M.R. Horne, Plastic theory of structures, 2nd Ed., Pergamon
Press, 1979.
4 H.B. Harrison, Structural analysis and Design, 2ndf Ed.,
Pergman Press.
5 P.G. Hodge, (Jr.), Plastic Analysis of Structures, McGraw Hill.
6 J.A. Koing, Shakedown of Elastic-Plastic Structures, Elsevier,
1987.
7 A.A. Cyras, Mathematical Models for the analysis and
Optimization of Elasto Plastic Structures, Ellis Horwood
Ltd., 1983.
8 J. Baker and J. Heyman, Plastic Design of Frames, Cambridge
University Press, 1969.
9 B.P.Parikh, J.H. Daniels and L. Lu, Plastic Design of Multi-
story frames Design aids, Lehigh University, Bethlhem
Pennsylvania.

671 Go to Index
Course code CE 434/ CE 634
Title of the course Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
This course is designed for mainly engineering students to
enhance their numerical techniques. In engineering, many
complex problems do not have explicit analytical solutions,
and in these cases, numerical techniques are extremely
Scope of the course beneficial. In addition to providing basic numerical strategies,
this course introduces some advanced concepts for solving
non-linear differential and integral equations, which are
expected to be helpful in B Tech, M Tech, and Ph.D. thesis
works.
Computer applications in Civil Engineering, typical problem
categories, techniques for linear problems, techniques for
nonlinear problems. Iterative solutions for linear and non
linear systems. Algorithms in time domain using Runge -
Kutta methods. Newmark B-method and finite-difference
approaches, concept of stability of algorithm, propagation of
errors in different algorithms. Numerical Differentiation,
Difference operators (forward, backward and central
Course Syllabus
difference). Stability and accuracy of solutions. Application of
finite difference operators to solve initial and boundary value
problems. Numerical solutions of integral equations, Types of
integral equations. Fredholm integral equations of the first
and second kind. Fredholm_s Alternative theorem.
Collocation and Galerkin methods for solving integral
equations. Use of commercial software for Civil Engineering
Problems
1. A. Jennujs, Matrix computations for Engineers and
Scientists, John Wiley & Sons, Rumford, ME, USA, 1977,
978-0471994213
2. S.D. Conte and C-de Boor, Elementary Numerical
Analysis, An algorithmic approach, McGraw Hill, New
Suggested Books
York, USA , 1980 , 978-0070662285
3. G. Dahlquist and Å. Bjorck, Numerical Methods, Dover
Books, NY, USA , 2003 , 978-0486428079
4. S.Guha and R. Srivastava, Numerical Methods, Oxford
University Press, 2010, 019-569348-5

672 Go to Index
Course Code CE 436
Title of the Course Finite Element Analysis
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Principles of discretization; Element stiffness mass formulation
based on direct, variational and weighted residual techniques
and displacements, hybrid stress and mixed approaches, shape
functions and numerical integrations,
convergence; displacement formulations for rectangular,
triangular and isoparametric elements for two dimensional and
axisymmetric stress analysis; thin and thick plates and shells;

Semi-analytical formulations; Three dimensional elements and

degenerated forms; Stiffener elements and modifications such
as use of different coordinate systems, use of nonconforming
modes and penalty functions; Application to layered
composite plate/ shells, bridge, roof, nuclear and offshore
structures; Hybrid stress and mixed formulations for plates.

Suggested Books 1. O.C. Zienkiewicz, The Finite Element Method, Tata

McGraw Hill, 1977.

673 Go to Index
Course Code CE 438
Title of the Course Probabilistic and Statistical Methods in Civil
Engineering
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Role of probability in Civil Engineering; Random events,
Random variables; functions of random variables; moments
and expectations; Common probabilistic models - normal,
lognormal, Poisson, extremal; estimation of parameters;
goodness of fit tests; regression and correlation analyses,
Introduction to structural reliability; FORM; elements of
quality assurance and acceptance sampling.

Suggested Books 1. H.S. Ang and W.H. Tang, Probability Concepts

in Engineering Planning and Design, John Wiley, 1975.
2. J.R. Benjamin and C.A. Cornell, Probability Statistics and
Decision for Civil Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1975.
3. R. Ranganathan, Reliability Analysis and Design of
Structures, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1990.

674 Go to Index
Course Code CE 442
Title of the Course Machine Foundations
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Principles of SHM, forced and damped vibrations in soil media.
Tests for evaluation of dynamic coefficients. Design of simple
foundations for turbo-generators, reciprocating engines of
horizontal and vertical type, forge hammer etc.
Machine foundation on sands and clays.

Suggested Books 1. D.D. Barkan, Dynamics of Bases and

Foundations, McGraw Hill, 1962.
2. W.T. Thompson, Mechanical Vibrations, George Allen
Unwin Ltd.
3. S.P. Timoshenko et. al. Vibration Problems in
Engineering, John Wiley.

675 Go to Index
Course code CE 444/ CE 644
Title of the course Solid Waste Engineering and Management
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite if any NA
Scope of the course This course aims to impart knowledge regarding various elements
of waste management, including Municipal and Industrial sources
highlighting the related engineering principles, processes, and
treatment.
Course Outcomes Understanding the impact of professional engineering solutions in
societal and environmental contexts and demonstrating the
knowledge of and need for sustainable development.
Course Syllabus 1.
Introduction to Solid Waste Management: Definitions;
Classification of Wastes; Different waste streams and their
sources; Waste generation rates and its Quantification; Waste
Composition; Solid waste management system in India.

2.
Solid Waste Management Strategies & Technologies:
Concept of 3R’s, Municipal Solid Waste Management functional
system, Biological Treatment (Anaerobic digestion,
Composting), Thermal Treatment (Pyrolysis, Incineration),
Refused derived fuels, Sanitary Landfilling; Lifecycle
Assessment approach in Solid Waste Management Systems.

3.
Engineering Aspects of Solid Waste Management: Concept of
Circular Economy, Appropriate Waste Processing Technology
Selection techniques, Sampling and Physico-chemical
characterization of Solid Wastes; Design of
Reactors/Engineering systems for treatment of Organic waste
streams viz composting, biomethanation, RDF and Gasification,
Kinetics of organic waste degradation, Site Selection for
landfills, Design aspects of Sanitary Engineered landfills.

4.
legislations for Solid Waste Management: Salient features of
Indian Legislations on management and handling of different
waste streams, Overview of various Government Initiatives
including Swachh Bharat Mission, GOBAR-dhan (Galvanizing
Organic Bio-Agro Resources) Scheme, Jal Shakti Abhiyaan,
Waste to Energy.

676 Go to Index
 5.
Practical Demonstrations: Real-time practical demonstration
of solid waste sampling techniques, Characterization, and
Treatment of solid waste.

6.
site Visits: Case studies of different cities of India, Visiting
Operational Waste to Energy plants/Biogas plants/Composting
plants/ Waste Recycling plants/Sanitary Landfill sites.

Suggested Books Textbooks:

• Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H., & Vigil, S. A.: Integrated Solid
Waste Management: Engineering Principles and Management
Issues: McGraw-Hill Education: New York, USA: 2019:
9781259848789
Reference Books:
• Kumar, S.: Municipal Solid Waste Management in Developing
Countries: CRC Press: New Delhi, India: 2020: ISBN-13: 978-
0367574284.

677 Go to Index
Course Code CE 448
Title of the Course Prestressed Concrete Design
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Pre-stressing concepts, materials, systems of prestressing
and losses. Introduction to working stress method, limit state
analysis and design of members for bending. Shear torsion
and axial forces. End block design. Deflections, use of relevant
codes of practice.

Suggested Books 1. T.Y. Lin, Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures,

Asia Publishing House, 1955.
2. N.Krishnaraju, Prestressed Concrete, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1981.
3. Y. Guyan, Limit State Design of Prestressed
Concrete, Applied Science Publishers, 1972.

678 Go to Index
Course Code CE 648/ CE 448
Title of the Course Prestressed Concrete Design
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Course Objective To study the effect of initial stresses in the concrete for
structural engineering applications.
Course Outcomes • Learning of initial stress effect into the concrete
• Stress and strain behavior of Prestressed concrete
• Design of prestressed structural elements
Course Content 1. Introduction of prestressing, Materials required
Prestressing systems and methods of prestressing,
Analysis of prestressed concrete sections, and prestress
losses.
2. Prestressed concrete slabs, beams, tank, and pipes,
Prediction of long-term deflections due to creep and
shrinkage, use of relevant codes of practice,
3. Partial prestressing, Methods of achieving partial
prestressing, Merits and demerits of partial prestressing.
Suggested Books Textbook

1. Prestressed Concrete by N. Krishna Raju, 2018, Edition:

6th Publisher: McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-
9387886209
2. Design Of Prestressed Concrete by H. Nilson 1987,
Edition: 2nd Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 978-
0471830726

Reference Book

3. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures by Tung-Yen

Lin, 2010 Edition: 3rd, Publisher: John Wiley & Sons,
ISBN: 978-9812531179

679 Go to Index
Course Code CE 462/ CE 662
Title of the Course Structural Dynamics
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the
course
Course Syllabus SDOF System - Equation of Motion; Generalized SDOF system; Free
Vibration; Harmonic Load; Periodic Load; Impulse Load; General Loads
(Time and Frequency Domain analysis); Introduction of Nonlinear
analysis; Seismic analysis. MDOF Systems - Systems - Property
matrices; Undamped Free Vibration; Mode Superposition Techniques ;
Practical Free-Vibration Analysis; Buildings; Seismic analysis; Code
Provision.

Suggested Books 1. R.W. Clough, J. Penzlen, Dynamics of Structures (2nd Ed.), McGraw
Hill, 2nd ed. 1993.
2. M. Paz, Structural Dynamics: Theory and Computation, Van
Nostrand, 1985.
3. IS: 1893-1984, Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structures.

680 Go to Index
Course Code CE 664/ CE 464
Title of the Course Advanced Solid Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits2-1-0-3

Name of the Department of Civil Engineering

Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course To provide fundamental and advanced structures with reference to
(Objectives) applications. Concepts of mechanics.
Course Outcomes • To be able to derive generalized balance laws using tensorial
notations.
• To be able to incorporate different material behaviors in the
continuum equations.
• To be able to solve using analytical techniques and
interpretation of the results.
Course Syllabus
1. Introduction to tensors and indicial notation, Divergence
theorem. Elementary measures of strain. Deformation gradient,
Polar decomposition, Cauchy-Green, and Lagrangian strain
tensors. Mass, momentum, and energy balance.
2. Constitutive relation for small deformation, St. Venant-Kirchoff
materials. Hyperelastic and viscoelastic solids, uniaxial stretch,
pure bending of a beam, torsion of a structural member.
3. Exact solutions for bending and stretching of a rectangular
elastic
block. Linearized elasticity: bending and torsion.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. L. E. Malvern (1969), Introduction to the mechanics of a
continuous medium, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N J., ISBN:
0134876032.
2. C. S. Jog (2015), Continuum Mechanics, Vol. 1, Cambridge
University Press, ISBN: 9781316134054.
Reference Books:
3. M. E. Gurtin (1982), Introduction to continuum mechanics, Vol.
158, 1st Edition, Academic Press, ISBN: 9780123097507.
4. A. E. Green and W. Zerna (1968), Theoretical elasticity, 2nd
Edition, Dover Publications, ISBN: 9780486670768.

681 Go to Index
Course Code CE 470
Title of the Course Transportation Planning
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Development objectives and goals, five year plans, levels of
planning (urban and regional), regional planning and
development theories and techniques, types and delineation of
regions. Human settlement patterns.

Role of transport in national development. Social, economic and

political functions.

Transport system and its subsystems. Transport modes and

technologies. Family of modes; vehicles, travel ways, stops,
stations and garages, operational performance, cost, energy,
present and future roles.

Road transport, rail transport, air transport, water transport new

and future modes.

Transport economics, theories, techniques, costs and benefits.

Transport systems planning. Travel demand forecasting methods
and models. Intermodel mix network optimization theories and
techniques. Decision making. Transport and energy type and
quantity of energy, efficiency, constrains, transport and
environment transport management (policy, organisation, legal
provisions), integration and coordination, information systems,
data base.

Suggested Books 1. Prakash Rao and Sundaram, Regional

Development Planning in India, Vikas Publishing House,
1974.
2. B.G. Hutchinson, Introduction to Urban Transportation
Systems Planning, McGraw Hill, 1974.
3. Vukan R. Vuchic, Urban Public Transportation Systems and
Technology, Prentice Hall Inc., N.J., 1981.
4. G.E. Gray and L.A. Hoel, Public transportation Planning
Operations and Management, Prentice Hall Inc., N.J., 1979.

Course Code CE 674/ CE 474

682 Go to Index
Title of the Course Road Safety

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

(for the students)

Course Objective The course is designed to provide an overview on road safety

of engineering and behavioural aspects. Through his course
students will gain basic understanding of the road
environment, road safety issues, role of human errors (road
users) and the application of this knowledge, knowledge
concerning the causes, analysis and consequences of accidents,
road safety measures and audit.

Course Syllabus Introduction to Road Safety Engineering: accidents, causes of

crash, characteristics and type of road crashes, road safety
issues, road safety scenario of India, factors contributing to
road accidents, contribution and consequences of speeding;
Driver Cognition and Automotive User-Experience: situation
awareness, distracted driving, fatigue, stress, in-vehicle and
out-vehicle information processing, human-machine
collaborations for automated driving, road rage & aggressive
driving, aging & driving, emergency Response Support, drugs &
alcohol; Accident Data Collection & Management; Crash
Investigation & Analysis; Accident Remedial Schemes: process,
detailed site analysis, measuring the effectiveness of accident
remedial schemes; Road Safety Measures and Culture: road
alignments, road sign and pavements markings, street lighting
and traffic signal, pedestrian facilities, training, education,
awareness of traffic rules, rehabilitation, law-enforcement;
Road Safety Audit (RSA).

683 Go to Index
Suggested Books 5. B. E. Porter (2011). Handbook of Traffic Psychology,
Elsevier Science Academic Press. ISBN: 9780123819857,
0123819857.
6. D. Shinar (2017). Traffic Safety and Human Behavior,
Emerald Publishing Limited. ISBN: 9781786352217,
1786352214.
7. E. Rune, H. Alena, V. Truls (2009) The Handbook of Road
Safety Measures by Emerald Group Publishing, 2nd
Edition.
8. Highway safety manual (2010). American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials: Washington,
DC, USA.
9. IRC:SP:88 (2010). Manual on road Safety Audit, Indian
Roads Congress New Delhi, India: IRC.
10. M. Belcher, P. Steve, P. Cook (2008). Practical Road Safety
Auditing by Thomas Telford Publishing.
11. M. O. Haque (2008). Road Safety: Data Collection,
Analysis, Monitoring, And Countermeasure Evaluations
With Cases, University Press of America.
12. Walsh, I. D. (2011). ICE manual of highway design and
management. ICE Publishing

684 Go to Index
Course Code CE 480
Title of the Course Computer-Aided Design of Civil Engineering Systems
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Essential features in a design software, User-machine interface,
Computer graphics - coordinate systems and transformations,
automatic generation of input-mapping techniques, display of
response quickness, Use of object oriented programming.

Software for various design tasks, Heuristic approaches in Civil

Engineering. Tools for developing programmes involving
heuristic search Expert system shells and object oriented
languages, Rule based systems, Neural networks.

Suggested Books 1. Newman W.M., and Sproull, R.F. Principles of Interactive

Computer Graphics, McGraw Hill, N.Y. 1988.
2. Adeli H., Interactive Microcomputer-aided structural
steel design, A New Generation, Prentice Hall, N.J., 1990.
3. Adeli H., and Balasubramanyam, K.V., Expert Systems for
Structural Design, Prentice Hall, N.J., 1991.
4. Schildt H., Using C++, Borland-Osborne/ McGraw Hill, 1991.

685 Go to Index
Course Code CE 482
Title of the Course Construction Management
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Basic of construction industry organization structure. Engineering
economy in construction projects-personnel, monitoring and
control work study in constructions -contracting. Bidding and law
for engineers-value engineering, safety engineering etc.

Suggested Books 1. A. Balters, Network for Planning and Scheduling, McGraw

Hill Co., London, 1975.
2. R.L. Peurifoy, Constructions Planning Equipments and
Materials, McGraw Hill Co., 1975.
3. J.L. Reggs. Engineering Economics, McGraw Hill Co., 1976.
4. L.D. Miles, Techniques of Value analysis and Engineering,
McGraw Hill co., 1970.

686 Go to Index
Course Code CE 484/ CE 684
Title of the Course Advanced Concrete Technology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Basic knowledge of Building Materials and Concrete
Scope of the course This course aims to develop the understanding of properties, advances
and findings in the field of multifunctional concretes, focusing on the
principles, design and fabrication, test and characterization,
performance and mechanism, and their applications in infrastructures.
It’s designed to discuss the challenges in the development and
application of multifunctional concretes, providing useful theory, ideas
and principles.
Course Syllabus Durability of Concrete: Early-age and the long-term performance of
concrete, including issues such as its ability to be placed and compacted,
properties and performance characteristics, structural movements,
strength development, fire resistance and durability performance.
Testing, Quality Assurance, Repair and Maintenance of Concrete:
Quality concepts and quality control of concretes, and test methods used
both in laboratories and on site for measuring physical and chemical
properties of concrete in fresh and hardened states.
Multifunctional Concrete Production: Types of concretes that can be
used for different applications. Concepts for self-compacting concrete,
functionally graded concrete, self-healing concrete, 3-D printed
concrete, high performance concrete, fibre reinforced concrete,
geopolymer concrete.
Suggested Books 1. Zongjin Li , Advanced Concrete Technology, John Wiley and Sons,
2011, 9780470437438
2. Mark Alexander, Arnon Bentur and Sidney Mindess, Durability of
Concrete: Design and Construction, CRC Press, 2011,
9781138746749
3. John Newman and B S Choo Advanced Concrete Technology 4,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2003, 9780080489995

687 Go to Index
Course Code CE 486
Title of the Course Rock Mechanics and Tunnelling Technology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Engineering properties of rocks, Surface and sub-surface
investigation in rock including geophysical studies, Weathering of
rocks, Discontinuities, Field and laboratory testing of rocks and rock
masses, Stress-strain characteristics, Deformability of rocks, Friction
and Shear strength, Slope stability, effect of water, analysis and
design of tunnels, Blasting, Bolting, Tunnelling techniques,
Application numerical techniques.

Suggested Books 1. R.E. Goodman, Introduction to Rock Mechanics, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1989.
2. JACGER, Charles, Rock Mechanics and Engineering, Cambridge
University Press, London, 1972.
3. Megaw, T.M. and J.V. Bartlett, Tunnels: Planning, Design,
Construction, International Edition, Ellis Horwood
Limited, John Wiley and sons, New York, 1983.

688 Go to Index
Course Code CE 488
Title of the Course Environmental Geotechnics
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Hazardous wastes, Physical, Chemical and Mineralogical
characterization, Geoenvironmental hazards: Natural and
man made, Recycle and Reuse of Industrial waste(s). Role of
Geotechnical engineering in environmental protection,
Surface and subsurface contamination, Characterization of
contaminated ground, Geoenvironmental site investigation
and site assessment technologies.

Suggested Books 1. Y.B. Acar, D.E. Daniel, Geoenvironmental 2000:

Characterization, Containment, Remediation &
Performance in Environmental Geotechnics," ASCE,
NY.
2. D.S. Hari, R.R. Krishna Geoenvironmental Engineering:
Site Remediation, Waste Containment, and Emerging
Waste Management Technologies, Wiley. USA
3. I.S. Oweis, R.P. Khera, Geotechnology of Waste
Management" 2nd Ed, PSW Publishing Company, USA.
4. J.F. Rees, Contaminated Land Treatment Technologies
SCI, Elsevier Applied Science, NY, USA.

689 Go to Index
Course Code CE 490
Title of the Course Elements of Remote Sensing
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Radiation principles and interactions; Photography,
photogrammetry, photo interpretation elements and
applications; Satellite imaging; Multispectral,
thermal, hyperspectral scanners and radiometers; Microwave
radar imaging; Visual interpretation and digital analysis of
imagery and applications.

Suggested Books 1. T.M. Lilles, R.W. Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994.
2. J.B. Campbell, Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor &
Francis, London, 1996.
3. F.F. Sabins, Remote Sensing: Principles
and Interpretation, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York,
1997.
4. R.N. Colwell, (Editor-in-Chief), Manual of Remote Sensing,
Vol. I & II, American Society of Photogrammetry, Falls
Church, Virginia, 1983.

690 Go to Index
Course Code CE 492
Title of the Course Reinforced Earth
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Objectives of the course
Course Syllabus Principle of reinforcement of ground. Various reinforcing methods
such as sand drain soil nailing, geotextiles, geocones and geosynthetic
materials. Mechanics of interaction between reinforcing element and
soil. Properties of reinforcing materials. Applications of reinforcing
techniques to the practical problems such as retaining walls, slopes,
footings etc. Design methods.
Suggested Books

691 Go to Index
Course code CE 494/ CE 694
Title of the course Earthquake Engineering
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Civil Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic Knowledge of Structural Dynamics and Soil Mechanics
Scope of the course This course introduces the fundamental concepts of
earthquake engineering.
Course Syllabus Importance of Earthquake Engineering, Fundamentals of
Earthquake Engineering, Introduction to geotechnical
earthquake engineering, Damaging Effects of Earthquakes,
Earthquake Ground Motions, Seismic hazard analysis:
probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and
deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA), Seismic
Regions of the World, Earthquake Genesis, Characterization
of Strong Ground Motions, Seismic Vulnerability
Assessment of Building, Geotechnical Earthquake
Engineering.
Suggested Books 1. R. Villaverde, Fundamental Concepts of Earthquake
Engineering, Taylor & Francis, New York, 2009, 978-1-
4200-6495-7
2. S. L. Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake
Engineering, Prentice Hall, United States of America,
1996, 978-0133749434
3. Sucuoğlu, Halûk, Akkar, Sinan, Basic Earthquake
Engineering, Springer, Switzerland, 2014, 978-3-319-
01026-7
4. M. Beer, I. A. Kougioumtzoglou, E. Patelli, I. Siu-Kui Au,
Encyclopedia of Earthquake Engineering, Springer,
Brazil, 2015 : 978-3-642-35345-1

692 Go to Index
Course code CE 496/ CE 696
Title of the course Safety of Dams and Reservoirs
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Civil Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of water resources engineering
Objective of the The non-availability of water in the right place at the right time has
course lead the civilization to store surplus water in man-made reservoirs by
constructing dams--large barriers in the flow path of rivers.
Historically, these reservoirs have been used to supply water for
drinking purposes, agriculture, and to generate hydroelectricity.
Although vital assets, the management of such large water resources
systems remains challenging.

Dam failures pose significant threats to life, environment, and the

local economy. Such failures may result from multiple reasons, large-
magnitude floods being the most common and perhaps the least
predictable. Over the last few decades, studies have found increasing
trends in the frequency and magnitude of floods over the globe. The
situation is expected to exacerbate with the changing climate over the
next few decades.

The aim of the course is to provide basic knowledge to manage and

safeguard dams and reservoirs. This course provides introductory
technical aspects of planning, design, operation, and maintenance of
dams and reservoirs. In addition, topics covering risk management
under a changing climate are introduced.
Course Syllabus Introduction to planning, design, operation and maintenance of dams
and reservoirs.

Types of dams; causes of dam failures, flood failures and overtopping,

backwater flooding, breaching, slope failure, internal erosion and
shear stress in foundations.

Principles of design of dams: Design flood, probable maximum floods,

geologic and seismological considerations, stability analyses,
environmental considerations.

Uncertainty, risk, reliability, and resilience analyses of dams and

reservoirs.

Operation of dams: Modelling dam and reservoir systems. Rule curves

and forecast-based policies, a brief introduction to optimization
models. Design and operational challenges under a non-stationarity
climate.

Maintenance of dams: Silt and scouring, monitoring and

693 Go to Index
 instrumentation; Repair, rehabilitation, and removal of Dams.
Suggested Books • D. P. Loucks, E. V. Beek, Water Resources Systems Planning and
Management: An introduction to methods, models,and
applications, Springer International Publishing, Gewerbestrasse,
Switzerland, 2017, 978-3-319-44232-7

• A. Pepper, Maintaining the Safety of our Dams and Reservoirs,

ICE Publishing, London, United Kingdom, 2014, 9780727760340.

• Committee on the Safety of Existing Dams Water Science and

Technology Board Commission on Engineering and Technical
Systems National Research Council, Safety of Existing Dams:
Evaluation and Improvement, Washington, D.C., USA, 1983, 978-
0-309-03387-9

694 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science Courses
(From AY 2017-18 onwards)

695 Go to Index
Course Code MM 201
Title of the Course Mechanics of Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Elastic and plastic behaviour, stress–strain relationship for elastic
behaviour, elements of plastic deformation of metallic materials.
Mohr’s circle, yielding theories Elements of theory of plasticity,
dislocation theory properties of dislocation, stress fields around
dislocations, application of dislocation theory to work hardening, solid
solution strengthening, grain boundary strengthening, dispersion
hardening Ductile and brittle fracture, Charpy and Izod testing,
significance of DBTT, ECT, NDT and FATT; elements of fractography -
Griffith’s theory, LEFM– COD and J integral – determination of KIC,
COD and J integral Characteristics of fatigue failure, initiation and
propagation of fatigue cracks, factors affecting fatigue strength and
methods of improving fatigue behaviour – testing analysis of fatigue
data, mechanics of fatigue crack propagation, corrosion fatigue
Introduction to creep - creep mechanisms, creep curve, variables
affecting creep, accelerated creep testing, development of creep
resistant alloys, Larsen Miller parameter - Manson Hafred parameter.
Suggested Books 1. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Inc. New York,
1988.
2. R.M. Rose, L.A. Shepard, J. Wulff, Structure and Properties of
Materials, Volume III, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 1984.

696 Go to Index
Course Code MM 202
Title of the Course Extractive Metallurgy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Minerals of economic importance, commination techniques,
size classification, Flotation, gravity and other methods of
mineral processing; agglomeration, pyro- hydro- and electro-
metallurgical processes; material and energy balances;
principles and processes for the extraction of non-ferrous
metals – aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, magnesium, nickel,
titanium and other rare metals; iron and steel making –
principles, role structure and properties of slags, metallurgical
coke, blast furnace, direct reduction processes, primary and
secondary steel making, ladle metallurgy operations including
deoxidation, desulphurization, sulphide shape control, inert
gas rinsing and vacuum reactors; secondary refining processes
including AOD, VAD, VOD, VAR and ESR; ingot and continuous
casting; stainless steel making, furnaces and refractories.
Suggested Books 1. T. Rosenqvist, Principles of Extractive Metallurgy,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1983
2. H.S. Ray and A. Ghosh, Principles of Extractive
Metallurgy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1991)
3. H.S. Ray, R. Sridhar, K.P. Abraham, Extraction of
Nonferrous Metals, Affiliated East West Press Pvt Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2007.
4. H.S. Ray, B.P Singh, S Bhattacharjee, Energy in Minerals
and Metallurgical Processes, Allied Publishers Ltd, New
Delhi, 2005.
5. W.H. Dennis, Extractive Metallurgy, Philosophical
Library, New York, 1965.
6. F. Habashi, Principles of Extractive Metallurgy, Vol.1,
Gordon and Breach, New York, 1969.
7. W.G. Davenport, A.K. Biswas, Extractive Metallurgy of
Copper, Pergamon Publishing Company.
8. J.L. Bray, Non-ferrous Production Metallurgy, Wiley,
New York, 1954.
9. Handbook of Extractive Metallurgy: Fathi Habashi; Wiley-
VCH

697 Go to Index
Course Code MM 203
Title of the Course Physical Metallurgy-I
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Classification of transformations: Phase Transformation of first
degree and second degree, Energy aspects of first degree and second
degree, Energy aspects of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation,
nucleation ratio, fraction transformed at constant rates of nucleation
and growth, Nucleation in solids. Austenite-Pearlite transformation,
role of diffusion and temperature on lamellar spacing.
Bainite transformation: Nature of carbide in bainite, upper and lower
bainite, isothermal transformation in austempered ductile iron.
Martensitic transformation: Crystallographic aspects and mechanism
of atom movements, comparison between twinning and martensitic
transformation, effect of grain size, Plastic deformation, arrested
cooling on kinetics.
Order-Disordered transformations: Common structures in ordered
alloys, Variation of order with temperature, Determination of degree of
ordering, Effect of ordering on properties, applications.
Precipitation hardening: Structural changes, Mechanism and
integration of reactions, Effect of retrogression, Double peaks, Spinoidal
decomposition. Recovery, recrystallization and grain growth: property
changes, Driving forces, N-G aspects, annealing twins, textures in cold
worked and annealed alloys, polygonization.
Suggested Books 1. V. Raghavan, Solid State Phase Transformations. PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd., 1987.
2. D.A. Porter, E.E. Kenneth, M. Sherif, Phase Transformations in
Metals and Alloys, CRC press, 2009.
3. P. Haasen, Phase Transformations in Materials. Wiley-VCH, 1991.
ISBN 3-527-30256-5
4. R.W. Cahn, Phase Transformations in Materials. VCH, 1991 -
Technology & Engineering, ISBN 3527268189, 9783527268184
5. R.E. Smallman, Modern Physical Metallurgy, Elsevier, 2013, ISBN:
9780080982236 (e-book); 9780080982045 (printed book)
6. R. Abbaschian, L. Abbaschian, R.E. Reed-Hill, Physical Metallurgy
Principles, Cengage Learning Stamford, USA, 2010, ISBN
0495082546.
698 Go to Index
699 Go to Index
Course Code MM 204
Title of the Course Physical Metallurgy-II
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Plastic deformation of single crystal: Lattice defects, Slip in perfect
lattice, easy glide, slip by dislocation movement, Critical resolved
shear stress for slip, deformation by twinning, Stacking faults, Strain
hardening of single crystal.
Dislocation Theory: Methods of observation of dislocations, Elastic
properties of dislocations, strain energy of dislocations. Forces on and
between dislocations, Dislocations in FCC and other crystal structures.
Multiplication of dislocations. Dislocation pileups, Strengthening of
dislocations. Work hardening.
Diffusion in solids: Fick’s laws of diffusion, Solutions of Fick’s law and
their applications to metallurgical problems, Kirkendall effect, Atomic
movements in diffusion.
Strengthening mechanisms: Strengthening by grain boundaries,
Yield point phenomenon, Strain ageing, Solid solution strengthening
from fine particles, fiber strengthening, strengthening due to point
defects, Cold Working.
Phase Transformations: Nucleation and growth considerations,
Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation. Martensitic
transformations, Order-disorder changes, Precipitation hardening,
Solution treatment Aging treatment, Nucleation of precipitates,
Theories of structural changes during ageing, Study of Al-Cu system,
Theories of precipitation hardening. Fractures: Theoretical strength of
materials, Types of fractures, Griffith theory of brittle fracture, ductile
to brittle transition, ductile fracture, Notch effects.
Suggested Books 1. R. Abbaschian, L. Abbaschian, R.E. Reed-Hill, Physical Metallurgy
Principles, Cengage Learning Stamford, USA, 2010, ISBN
0495082546.
2. R.E. Smallman, Modern Physical Metallurgy, Elsevier, 2013, ISBN:
9780080982236 (e-book); 9780080982045 (printed book)
3. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Inc. New York,
1988.
4. Brophy, Rose and Wulff, Thermodynamics of Structure (Vol. II),
Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. Hayden, Moffat and Wulff, The Structure and Properties of

700 Go to Index
 Materials, Vol. III (Mechanical Behavior) Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.
6. H. Derek, Introduction to Dislocations, Pergamon Press.

701 Go to Index
Course Code ME 205 [from AY 2010-11 to AY 2015-16]
MM 205 [for AY 2016-17 only]
Title of the Course Materials Science
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering/Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Introduction and classification of Engineering Materials
Structure of Metals and Alloys
Iron-carbon Phase Diagrams
Classification and Properties of Steels, Properties and Industrial
applications of alloys steels, tool steels, stainless steels and cast
irons.
Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels and alloys, Case-
Hardening of steels.
Properties and uses of non-ferrous materials: Brasses and
bronzes, aluminum and its alloys, zinc, tin alloys, nickel and
titanium alloys.
Mechanical behavior of metals. Cold and hot working of metals.
Fracture, fatigue and creep behavior of metals.
Corrosion and its prevention.

Suggested Books Text Books

1. W.D. Callister, Jr., “Materials Science and Engineering”,
Wiley India (P) Ltd., 2007.
2. V. Raghvan, Material Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
3. G.E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book
Company (UK) Ltd. London, 1988.
4. R.E. Reed-Hill; Physical Metallurgy Principles (4th Edition),
Cengage Learning, 2003
Reference Books
1. F.C. Compbell ‘Elements of Metallurgy and Engineering
Alloys’, ASM International, Ohio, 2008
2. R.E. Smallman, A.H.W. Nagan, “Physical Metallurgy and
Advanced Materials’, 7th edition, Elsevier, 2007
3. D.A. Porter and K.E. Easterling, Phase Transformations in
Metals and Alloys, 2nd edition, Chapman and Hall, London
1992

702 Go to Index
Course Code MM 205 [from AY 2017-18 onwards]
Title of the Course Materials Science
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the
Course
Course Syllabus Historical perspective of Materials Science. Why study properties of
materials. Classification of materials. Advanced Materials, Future
materials and modern materials
Atomic Structure, Interatomic Bonding and Structure of Crystalline
Solids Atomic structure. Atomic bonding in solids, Crystal structures,
Crystalline and non-crystalline materials. Miller indices. Anisotropic
elasticity. Elastic behavior of composites. Structure and properties of
polymers. Structure and properties of ceramics.
Imperfections in Solids Point defects. Theoretical yield point. Line
defects and dislocations. Interfacial defects. Bulk or volume defects.
Atomic vibrations Module 4: Mechanical Properties of Metals Elastic
deformation. Plastic deformation. Interpretation of tensile stress-strain
curves Yielding under multi-axial stress. Yield criteria and macroscopic
aspects of plastic deformation. Property variability and design factors
Diffusion mechanisms. Steady and non-steady state diffusion. Factors
that influence diffusion. Non-equilibrium transformation and
microstructure
Dislocations and Strengthening Mechanisms Dislocation and plastic
deformation. Mechanisms of strengthening in metals. Recovery,
recrystallization and grain growth. Strengthening by second phase
particles. Optimum distribution of particles. Lattice resistance to
dislocation motion
Phase Diagrams Equilibrium phase diagrams. Particle strengthening by
precipitation. Precipitation reactions. Kinetics of nucleation and growth.
The iron-carbon system. Phase transformations. Transformation rate
effects and TTT diagrams. Microstructure and property changes in iron-
carbon system. Ductile and brittle fracture. Fracture mechanics. Impact
fracture. Ductile brittle transition. Fatigue. Crack initiation and
propagation. Crack propagation rate. Creep. Generalized creep behavior.
Stress and temperature effects
Applications and Processing of Metals and Alloys Types of metals and
alloys. Fabrication of metals. Thermal processing of metals. Heat
treatment. Precipitation hardening.
Suggested Books 1. W.D. Callister, Material Science for Engineers: An Introduction,
John Wily and Sons, Inc. ISBN-10: 0471736961
703 Go to Index
2. C.S. Barrett, T.B. Massalski, Structure of Metals, McGraw Hill, New
York. ISBN 0070038155 9780070038158
3. D.R. Askeland, P.P. Fulay, W.J. Wright, The Science and Engineering
of Materials, Global Engineering, ISBN-10: 0495296023
4. P.E.J. Flewitt, R.K. Wild, Physical Methods for Material
Characterization, Institute of Physics Publishing.
5. J.B. Benedict. Recent Advances in Crystallography, , In Tech. ISBN
978-953-51-0754-5
6. B.D. Cullity Addison Elements of X-ray Diffraction, Wesley
Publishing Co.
7. A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications, Wiley
Student Edition, ISBN10: 497001471

704 Go to Index
Course Code MM 206
Title of the Course Transport Phenomenon
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Fundamentals of momentum transport. Nature of fluids,
Compressibility, Newton’s law of viscosity, Newtonian fluid, No-
slip condition, Transition to turbulence, Bernoulli equation,
Fundamentals of heat transport, Fourier’s law of heat conduction,
Heat transfer from sphere and circular cylinder, Multiphase flow,
Gas-liquid two-phase flow, Solid-liquid two-phase flow,
Measurement method, Pressure, Velocity, Heat transfer
coefficient, Bubble characteristics such as gas holdup. Mixing and
separation, Mixing methods, Separation methods. Transport
phenomena in real processes, Refining process, Continuous
casting process

Suggested Books 1. A. Ghosh, Text Book of Materials and Metallurgical

Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
2003.
2. A. K. Mohanty, Rate Processes in Metallurgy, Prentice-Hall
India Ltd., 2000.
3. G.H. Geiger and D.R. Poirer, Transport Phenomena in
Metallurgy, Addison- Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, Mass.,
1974.
4. Y.K. Rao, Stoichiometry and Thermodynamics of
Metallurgical Processes, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.
5. O.J. Ilegbusi, M. Iguchi, and W. Wahnsiedler, Mathematical
and Physical Modeling of Materials Processing
Operations, Chapman & Hall, 1999.

705 Go to Index
Course Code MM 207
Title of the Course Thermodynamics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Laws of thermodynamics, concepts of reversibility, internal
energy, enthalpy, entropy, maximum work, free energy, Maxwell’s
equations and Gibbs-Helmholtz equation, Clausius-Clapeyron
equation, fugacity, activity and equilibrium constant, Sigma
function, Concept of chemical potential, homogeneous and
heterogeneous equilibria, phase rule, Thermodynamics of
solutions, concepts of partial molal properties, Thermodynamics of
reversible cells, basic kinetic laws, order of reactions, rate
constant, elementary and complex reactions, rate limiting steps,
Arrhenius equations, theories of reaction rates – simple collision
theory, activated complex theory
Suggested Books 1. A. Ghosh, Text Book of Materials and Metallurgical
Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi,
2003.
2. D.R. Gaskell, Introduction to Thermodynamics of Materials,
Taylor and Francis, 2003.
3. G.S. Upadhyaya, R.K Dube, Problems in Metallurgical
Thermodynamics and Kinetics, Pergamon, NewYork, 1982
4. Y.K. Rao, Stoichiometry and Thermodynamics of
Metallurgical Processes, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.
5. J.J. Moore, Chemical Metallurgy, Butterworh-Heinemann,
1994.

706 Go to Index
Course Code MM 208
Title of the Theory of Metal Forming
Course
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives of the The course emphasizes the fundamental principles of plastic
Course deformation of metals, mechanics associated with the metal forming,
mathematical analysis of various forming methods and recent
advancements in metal forming.
Outcomes • Knowledge of mathematical formulation for a given forming process
• Application of the knowledge to various forming processes
• Analyse the experimental data and able to construct the processing
maps
Course Syllabus ● Plasticity: Mohr’s circle representation of a state of stress, Yield
criteria, Plastic stress vs. strain relations
● Mechanics of Metal Forming: Slab analysis, Uniform deformation
energy, Slip line field theory, Upper and lower bound methods etc.
Concepts of friction hill
● Forming Processes: Analysis of plastic deformation in Forging,
Rolling, Extrusion, Drawing, Process parameters and Design
considerations, Defects and remedies in the forming processes, Sheet
metal forming, Forming Limit Diagram
● Metallurgical aspects of Metal forming: Concepts of strain rate
sensitivity and its importance, Superplasticity, Workability,
Introduction to Processing maps and their construction,
Microstructural mechanisms during metal working
● Advances in Forming: Laser shock forming, HERF techniques, Super-
plastic forming, Hydro-forming, Stretch forming etc.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. G. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, 1988, McGraw Hill, ISBN:
9780071004060.
Reference Books:
2. W. F. Hosford, R. M. Caddell, Metal Forming: Mechanics and
Metallurgy, Cambridge University Press, 2007, ISBN:
9780511354533.
3. A. Sluzalec, Theory of Metal Forming Plasticity: Classical and
Advanced Topics, Springer, 2003, ISBN: 9783540406488.

707 Go to Index
Course Code MM 209
Title of the Course Structure of Materials
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course This course discusses about the basic crystallography of solids
and the crystal structures of various materials
Outcomes To understand the crystal structures of various materials which
are very important to understand their physical, chemical and
mechanical properties
Course Syllabus • Atomic interactions and bonding
• Periodicity in Crystals, Weigner-Seitz Unit Cell, Number of
lattice points per Unit Cell, Crystal Systems, Miller Indices of
planes and directions, Miller-Bravais Indices
• Symmetry elements and point groups
• Crystal structures: SC, BCC, FCC, HCP, DC, complex
structures or compounds, Reciprocal lattice
• Packing of equal spheres in 2-dimensions and 3-dimensions,
Voids in Close Packing Size and Coordination of the Voids,
Packing of unequal spheres in 3-dimensions and effect of
radius ratio

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. W. D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering,
Wiley, 2007, ISBN: 9781118324578.
2. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley
& Sons, 2015, ISBN: 8126535180.
Reference Books:
3. A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its Applications,
Wiley, 2014, ISBN: 9781119942948.

708 Go to Index
Course Code MM 210
Title of theCourse Powder Metallurgy and Additive Manufacturing

Course Category Departmental Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe This course will cover the principles and practices of metal
Course powderproduction, sintering techniques and basics
of additive
manufacturing.
Outcomes To understand the basics and applications of powder
metallurgytechniques for engineering applications and additive
manufacturing
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Powder Metallurgy Overview, Indian
KnowledgeSystem
• Powder production and characteristics:
Mechanical, Chemical, and Physical Production methods,
Powdercharacteristics and treatment
• Powder Compaction and Sintering: Die Compaction,
IsostaticCompaction, Green Strength, Solid State Sintering,
Hot IsostaticCompaction, Liquid Phase Sintering, Spark
Plasma Sintering, Post Sintering Operations and Quality
Control
• Introduction to Additive manufacturing: Binder Jetting,
Directed Energy Deposition, Powder Bed Fusion, Laser
beam melting, Selective laser sintering
• 3D printing of metallic and polymer systems
• Typical components manufactured by powder metallurgy

709 Go to Index
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. Anish Upadhyay, Powder Metallurgy: Science,
Technologyand Materials, University Press, 2011,
ISBN: 9788173717178.
2. R.M. German, Powder Metallurgy- Principles and
Applications, MPIF, Princeton, 1994, ISBN:
0976205718.
3. C.K. Chua, and K.F. Leong, 3D Printing and Additive
Manufacturing: Principles and Applications, World
Scientific Publishing, 2017, ISBN:
9789813146754.
Reference Books:
4. P.C. Angelo, R. Subramaniam, Powder Metallurgy -
Science, Technology and Application, Prentice Hall India,
2008, ISBN: 9789391818487.
5. ASM Handbook, Vol. 7, Powder Metallurgy, ASM
International, 2010, ISBN: 9781627080893.

710 Go to Index
Course Code MM 211
Title of the Course Physics of Materials
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives of the To understand the physical properties of materials using physics
Course concepts
Outcomes To acquire the knowledge on physical properties of materials using
classical and quantum mechanical aspects.
Course Syllabus • Brief about statistical distributions (MB, FD, BE), Ideal gas,
electron gas, Drude model for electron gas, limitation of Drude
model, Drude-Sommerfeld model
• Free electron theory, Density of energy states, Fermi energy,
Fermi surface
• Electron in periodic potential, Kronig-Penney model, Nearly
free-electron model, Tight-binding approximation, Reciprocal
space, Brillouin zones

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid state physics, Wiley, 2017,
ISBN: 9788126535187.
2. A. Piroth, Fundamentals of the Physics of Solids, Springer-
Verlag, 2009, ISBN: 9783540853152.
Reference Books:
3. A. Moliton, Solid State Physics for Electronics, Wiley, 2009,
ISBN: 9781848210622.

711 Go to Index
Course Code MM 212
Title of theCourse Casting and Welding Technology

Course Category Departmental Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-

Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of theConcerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department

Pre–requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe Course This lab course demonstrates experiments in different types
of castingand welding technology.
Outcomes Students will be able to learn experimental skills in casting and
weldingtechnology.
Course Syllabus List of Representative Experiments
• To study and observe various stages of casting
throughdemonstration of Sand- Casting
Process
(a) To prepare a pattern for given object for lost foam casting.
(b) To prepare a molasses sand mold from the prepared
pattern
• Preparation of as-cast and suction cast Cu-Sn alloy
throughdemonstration of Vacuum arc melting cum
suction casting technique.
• Preparation of light-weight Al-based alloy through
demonstration ofstir casting cum squeeze casting
technique.
• Casting of Steel through demonstration of Induction
melting cumcasting technique.
• To study TIG and MIG welding process. To prepare weld
joint andto study on effect of process parameter on weld
joint
• To study CMT welding Process. To prepare weld joint
using CMTwelding, study on effect of process parameter
on weld joint
• To study friction stir welding Process. To prepare weld
joint using friction stir welding, study on effect of process
parameter on weldjoint.
• To study Diffusion welding process. To prepare weld
joint usingdiffusion welding, study on effect of process
parameter on weld joint
SuggestedBooks Reference Books:
1. A. K. Chakraborti, Casting Technology and Cast
Alloys, Prentice Hall India New Delhi, 2005, ISBN: 978-
8120327795.
2. G. J. Davies, Solidification and Casting, Applied

712 Go to Index
 Science Publishers Ltd, London, 1973, ISBN: 0-
853345562.
3. P. L. Jain, Principles of Foundry Technology,
McGraw Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 978-0070151291.
4. Lindberg and Braton, Welding and Other Joining
Processes, Ally & Bacon Inc., Boston, 1976, ISBN:
978- 0205050000.
5. L.M. Gourd, Principles of Welding Technology (2nd
Edition), ELBS Longman, 1986, ISBN: 978-
8176490290.

713 Go to Index
Course Code MM 214
Title of theCourse Materials Characterization

Course Category Departmental Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-

Credits2-0-
2-3
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe This course will cover the basic principles of X-ray diffraction,
Course scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron
microscopy and spectroscopy techniques with instrument details
and data acquiring
methods
Outcomes Knowledge of basics of crystallography, Learning of SEM and TEM
imagesanalyse and electron diffraction patterns, Understanding and
analysis of materials properties using spectroscopic and other
techniques.
Course Syllabus ● Spectroscopy: UV-Visible Absorption, Fluorescence and
Emission, FT-IR, Raman, XPS, XAS, ARPES, SIMS, XANES,
● X-ray diffraction: Bragg’s law, Ewald Sphere, Laue Equations;
Powder Diffraction Method, Diffractometer; Structure Factor,
Crystal Structure Determination; Peak Broadening; Crystallite
Size and Strain Determination; Order-Disorder Transformation;
Residual Stress; GI XRD,
● Microscopy: Optical micrography, Scanning Electron Microscopy
(SEM), Energy Dispersive X-ray Microanalysis (EDS),
Wavelength Dispersive X-ray microanalysis (WDS); EPMA,
Scanning tunnelling microscopy (STM), Atomic force microscopy
(AFM), Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM): SADP, STEM,
HAADF imaging; EELS,
● Thermal characterization techniques: DSC, TGA, DTA,
Dilatometry,
● Representative list of experiments:
▪ Optical bandgap calculation of metal oxide films using UV Visible
spectrometer
▪ Study relative emission properties of doped and undoped metal
oxide films using Fluorescence
▪ Analyse the surface group polymer materials using FT-IR
▪ Analyze X-ray diffraction patterns of different samples
▪ Microstructural analysis using optical microscope and SEM
▪ TGA analysis of ceramic and polymer samples

714 Go to Index
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. C.N. Banwell, E. M. McCash, Fundamentals of Molecular
Spectroscopy, McGraw Hill, 2017, ISBN: 9352601734.
2. B. D. Cullity, Elements of X-Ray Diffraction, Pearson,
2001,
ISBN: 0201610914.
3. J.I. Goldstein, A.D. Romig, D.E. Newbury, C.E. Lyman, P.
Echlin, C. Fiori, D.C. Joy, E. Lifshin, Scanning Electron
Microscopy and X-Ray Microanalysis: A Textbook for
Biologists, Materials Scientists and Geologists; Springer,
2018,ISBN: 149396674X.

4. D. B. Williams, C. Barry Carter, Transmission Electron

Microscopy -A Textbook for Materials Science; Springer,
2009,ISBN: 038776500X.
Reference Books:
5. H.H. Willard, L.L. Merritt, J.A. Dean, F.A. Settle,
InstrumentalMethods of Analysis, C.B.S.
Publishers, 1991, ISBN:
0534981445.

715 Go to Index
Course Code MM 215
Title of the Course Mechanical Behavior of Materials
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the To introduce the students to basic concepts of plasticity and
Course mechanism of plastic deformation and its relevance to engineering
applications
Outcomes • To understand the different aspects of plasticity.
• To know the importance of dislocations in plastic deformation
of metals and understand the relevant mechanism for slip and
strengthening of metals.
Course Syllabus ● Elasticity: Tensor algebra: Properties of Vectors and Tensor,
Transformation of vectors and tensor, Cauchy’s stress tensor,
Stress deviator, Strain tensor, Elastic stress-strain relations for
isotropic solids, strain energy density
● Plasticity: Stress-strain curve, Engineering and true values of
stress and strains, Elementary theories of plasticity, Theoretical
shear strength of crystalline materials, Dislocation theory,
Peierls-Nabarro stress, CRSS, Slip and twinning, Dislocation
energy and velocity, Schmid analysis
● Strengthening mechanisms: Strain hardening of FCC single
crystal, Work hardening, Solid Solution Strengthening, Grain
boundary Strengthening, Precipitation and dispersion
hardening
● Fracture and Failure: Ductile and brittle fracture, Charpy and
Izod testing, the significance of DBTT, NDT, and FATT, Stress
concentration factor, Strain energy release rate, Griffith’s
theory, LEFM approach, Determination of KIC
● Fatigue: Characteristics of fatigue failure, S-N curve, Low and
high cycle fatigue, Fatigue crack growth
● Creep: Creep curve, Creep mechanisms, Introduction to Ashby
map and their construction, Larsen Miller parameter,
Development of creep resistant alloys
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. G. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill, 1988,
ISBN: 9780071004060.
2. T. H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials,
Waveland Pr Inc, 2005, ISBN: 1577664256.
Reference Books:
3. R.W. Hertzberg et.al, Deformation & Fracture Mechanics
of Engineering Materials, Wiley, 2012, ISBN:

716 Go to Index
 9780470527801.
4. W. F. Hosford, R. M. Caddell, Metal Forming: Mechanics
and Metallurgy, Cambridge University Press, 2007, ISBN:
9780511354533.
5. M. Meyers, K. Chawla, Mechanical Behavior of Materials,
Cambridge University Press, 2008, ISBN:
9780511810947.

717 Go to Index
Course Code MM 216
Title of theCourse Physical Metallurgy

Course Category Departmental Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-

Credits 2-1-0-
3
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe Course This course covers the basic concepts of diffusion, alloy theory,
crystal interface and boundaries along with industrial application of
metallic and ceramic phase diagrams.
Outcomes To understand the basics of materials-structure-properties
correlations andphase diagrams.

Course Syllabus Review of structure of metals and crystal defects: Interface

coherence, Interfacial energy effects, Misfit strain effects
Diffusion in solids: Fick’s laws of diffusion, diffusion
mechanism, Kirkendall effect, Darken’s equations, Glissile
interface, Interfacemigration
Theory of alloy Phases: Hume-Rothery rule, Solid solution,
Intermediate phases, Solid state immiscibility
Phase diagrams: Phase rule, Unary, Binary and Ternary
systems,Lever rule, Microstructures, Invariant reactions
Iron-carbon phase diagram: steels and cast irons,
Classification offerrous system, International standards
Nucleation rate and different type of growth considerations,
TTTand CCT diagrams
Case studies of simple ceramics systems
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. R. Abbaschian, L. Abbaschian, R. E. Reed-Hill, Physical
Metallurgy Principles, Cengage Learning, 2009, ISBN:
9780495082545.
2. R.E. Smallman, Modern Physical Metallurgy, Elsevier,
2013,ISBN: 9780080982045.
Reference Books:
3. D.A. Porter, E.E. Kenneth, M. Sherif; Phase Transformations
inMetals and Alloys, CRC press, 2009, ISBN:
9781439883570.
4. F. C. Campbell; Phase Diagrams: Understanding the
Basics,ASM International, 2012, ISBN: 9781615038350.

718 Go to Index
Course Code MM 217
Title of the Course Transport Phenomena
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2–1–0–3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course The course focuses on the concepts of fluid flow, heat transfer
and mass transfer with behaviour and processing of engineering
materials.
Outcomes To learn:
• Mathematical foundations of transport phenomena
• Fundamental of Momentum transfer, Heat transfer, mass
transfer
Course Syllabus • Mathematical foundations of transport phenomena, Tensors,
Control volume formulation and concept of balance
• Fundamentals of momentum transport: Navier-Stokes
equation, Nature of fluids, Compressibility, Newton’s law of
viscosity, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, No-slip and
No-Shear conditions, Transition to turbulence, Boundary
layer theory, Bernoulli equation, exact solutions for simple
geometries: rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinate
systems. Friction factors and correlations. Application of fluid
flow solutions to materials processing.
• Fundamentals of heat transport: Governing equations for
heat transfer, Fourier’s law of heat conduction, Exact
solutions for heat transfer problems, Empirical correlations,
Heat transfer from sphere and circular cylinder, Heat transfer
coefficient, Radiation: Black body radiation, Stefan-Boltzman
Law, Kirchhoff’s Law, heat transfer coupled with fluid flow.
• Fundamentals of Mass transfer, Significance of dimensionless
numbers, Similarity across transport phenomena.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. D.R. Poirier and G.H. Geiger: Transport phenomena in
materials processing, Springer, ISBN: 9783319485652.
2. R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart, E. N. Lightfoot: Transport
phenomena, Wiley, ISBN: 9788126508082.
Reference Books:
3. J. R. Welty, C. E. Wicks, R. E. Wilson, G. Rorrer,
Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer,
Wiley, 2008, ISBN: 9780470128688.
4. R. W. Fox, A. T. McDonald, Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics, Wiley, 2010, ISBN: 9780470547557.

719 Go to Index
Course Code MM 219
Title of theCourse Thermodynamics of Materials

Cours Category Departmental Core

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department

Pre-requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe Course The course focuses on basic concept, thermodynamic

functions,thermodynamic solutions, phase equilibria,
electrochemical cell, reaction
equilibria and Free energy composition diagram.
Outcomes • To learn about the basic concept of thermodynamics,
• To understand thermodynamics of solutions, phase equilibria,
electrochemical cells, reaction equilibria and free energy
compositiondiagram for binary system.
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Laws of thermodynamics and its applications,
Carnot Cycle, Statistical interpretation of entropy and disorder
• Thermodynamic functions: Helmholtz free energy, Gibbs free
energy,Maxwell’s relations, Gibbs-Helmholtz equations
• Thermodynamic of open systems: Concept of Chemical
potential,fugacity, activity
• Thermodynamics of solutions: Raoult’s and Henry’s Law,
activity of a component, Regular solutions, Gibbs-Duhem
equation and its application, non-ideal solutions, Sievert’s Law,
activity and alternative standard states, dilute solutions and
interaction parameters.
• Phase equilibria in single component system: variation of Gibbs
free energy with temperature and pressure, Clausius-
Clapeyron equation, P-T diagram
• Reaction Equilibria: Equilibrium constant, Reaction equilibria
for (a) homogeneous reactions consisting of gas mixtures, (b)
heterogeneous reactions consisting of condensed phases and
gas mixtures, EllinghamDiagram
• Introduction to Free energy composition diagram

720 Go to Index
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. R. A. Swalin, Thermodynamics of Solids, Wiley-VCH;
1972,ISBN: 970471838548.
2. D. R. Gaskell, Introduction to Thermodynamics of
Materials,CRC Press, 2008, ISBN: 9781439851500.
Reference Books:
3. L. Darken and R. W. Gury, Physical Chemistry of Metals,
CBSPublisher, 2002, ISBN: 9788123914794.
4. D.A. Porter and K.E. Easterling, Phase Transformation
CRCPress, 2009, ISBN: 9781420062106.
5. D.A. Porter, K.E. Easterling, M. Sherif; Phase
Transformationsin Metals and Alloys, CRC
Press, 2009, ISBN:
9781439883570.

721 Go to Index
Course Code MM 221
Title of the Course Finite Element Simulations in Materials
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course The course covers the basic concepts of finite element methods
analysis
Outcomes • Learning of basic concepts of FEM
• Application of FEM analysis for problems in materials
engineering
Course Syllabus • Basic concepts: The standard discrete system, Finite elements
of an elastic continuum-displacement approach, Generalization
of the finite element concepts; weighted residual and variational
approaches. Strong form and weak form.
• Finite element method: Displacement approach, Stiffness
matrix and boundary conditions, Natural coordinates, Element
types: triangular, rectangular, quadrilateral, Isoparametric
elements and numerical integration: One dimensional and two
dimensional.
• Application to structural mechanics problems: plane stress
and plane strains. Few examples on solving boundary value
problems using MATLAB/ABAQUS/COMSOL software.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. C. S. Krishnamoorty, Finite Element Analysis, McGraw Hill,
2017, ISBN: 9780074622100.
2. D. V. Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis,
McGraw Hill, 2017, ISBN: 9780070601222.
Reference Books:
3. S. S. Rao, Finite Element Method in Engineering, Elsevier,
2004, ISBN: 0750678283.
4. Erik G. Thompson, Introduction to the Finite Element
Method: Theory, Programming and Applications, Wiley,
2004, ISBN: 9780471267539.
5. H. C. Martin, G. F. Carey, Introduction to Finite Element
Analysis - Theory and Application, McGraw Hill, 1975,
ISBN: 0070994390.

722 Go to Index
Course Code MM 223
Title of the Course Statistical Mechanics for Materials Science
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course Understanding the fundamental ideas of statistical mechanics and
its importance in materials science and engineering
Outcomes To apply the concepts of statistical mechanics in materials
engineering
Course Syllabus • Introduction to statistical mechanics: Significance of
statistical mechanics, Probability & Statistics, Concept of
Macrostate, Microstate and Ensembles
• Classical Statistical Mechanics: Microcanonical, Canonical
and Grand Canonical ensemble, Phase Space, Maxwell-
Boltzmann Distribution Law
• Quantum Statistical Mechanics: Identical particles,
Fermions and Bosons, Fermi- Dirac distribution function.
Effect of temperature on Fermi-Dirac distribution function,
Density of States, Fermi-energy. Bose Einstein distribution
function and Bose- Einstein Condensation, Materials
properties based on quantum statistical mechanics

Suggested Books Text Books:

1.B. Bagchi, Statistical Mechanics for Chemistry and
Materials Science, CRC Press, 2018, ISBN:
9780429833601.
2. R. K. Pathria, Statistical Mechanics, Oxford, 1997, ISBN:
0750624698.
Reference Books:
3. K. Huang, Statistical Mechanics, Wiley, 2008, ISBN:
9788126518494.

723 Go to Index
Course Code MM 225
Title of the course Materials Economics and Sustainability
Course Category Department Elective
Credit structure 2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Objectives of the course The course aims to provide students with knowledge of
economic considerations in materials engineering and
importance of materials sustainability
Outcomes • Economic impact of materials
• Material selection towards sustainability and
understanding of materials for future trends
Course syllabus • Introduction to the relationship between material cost,
abundance, and usage, cost of Materials: raw materials,
processing/purification, materials transport etc, The
technological aspect of material cost, role of materials
economy in manufacturing
• Economics of engineering materials design and selection,
cost reduction using materials engineering
• Application-driven economics and future materials,
Sustainable materials and circular economy, life cycle of
important metals, market analysis of engineering
materials; Production, consumption and price trends of
metals

Suggested books Text Books:

1. M. F. Ashby, Materials and Sustainable Development,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2015, ISBN: 0081001762.
2. P. Heck, Material Flow Management Systems, Technology
and Finance for a Sustainable Future, Springer, ISBN:
9783540360155
Reference Books:
3. A. G. Peñas, Gaurav Sharma, New Materials for a Circular
Economy, Materials Research Forum, 2023, ISBN:
1644902621.
.

724 Go to Index
Course Code MM 229
Title of the Course Nucleation and Crystal Growth

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, Fundamentals of Materials Science
if any
Objectives of To introduce the students with the fundamentals physical processes
the Course involved in the nucleation and growth of crystals
Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students are expected to gain an
understanding of the fundamental physical and chemical processes
which
are involved in crystal growth.
Course Syllabus • Nucleation phenomena, concepts of critical nucleus, types of
nucleation, theory of nucleation, mechanism and growth
kinetics ofisolated crystals.
• Introduction to various crystal growth techniques (solution,
gel, meltand vapour), low temperature solution growth, high
temperature solution growth, solubility phase diagram, types
of gels, Single and double diffusion method, chemical reduction
method, Bridgman Technique, Czochralski Technique, Zone
melting Technique, hydrothermal method.
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. I. V. Markov, Crystal Growth for Beginners, World
Scientific,2004, ISBN: 9789812382450.
2. H.L. Bhat, Introduction to Crystal Growth: Principles and
Practice, Taylor & Francis, CRC Press, 2014,
ISBN: 9781439883334.
Reference Books:
3. G. Dhanaraj, K. Byrappa, V. Prasad, M. Dudley. Handbook
ofCrystal Growth, Springer, 2010, ISBN:
9783540741824.

725 Go to Index
Course code MM 228
Title of thecourse Ceramic Science and Technology

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of theConcerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department

Pre-requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe course The course provides fundamental aspects of ceramics and
theirapplications.

Outcomes • To acquire knowledge of fundamental principles that

govern thestructure of ionically & covalently bonded
ceramics, including glasses, refractories, electro ceramics,
etc.
• To gain insights into defect formation mechanisms in ceramics
andtheir impact on the functional properties of the ceramics
Course Syllabus • Definitions and classifications; Pauling’s rules.
• A Few Important Binary & Complex Structure: Rock-Salt,
Fluorite, Spinel, Perovskite, Silicates, Mullite, Olivine,
Garnet, etc.
• Sintering Phenomenon in Polycrystalline Ceramics
• Defects in Ceramics: Stoichiometric and non-stoichiometric
defects; Kröger-Vink notation; Defect equilibria & Brouwer
diagrams.
• Glass: Definition; Formation mechanism; Structure
models;Zachariasen’s rules; Network formers, modifiers, and
intermediates.
• Application of Ceramic Materials: Glass industry; Glazes &
Enamels; Whitewares; Cement & Concrete; Advanced
ceramics - energy storage, microelectromechanical
systems,optoelectronic devices, etc
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. D. Kingery, H. K. Bowen, and D. R. Uhlmann, Introduction
to Ceramics, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2012,
ISBN:978-8126539994.
Reference Books:
2. Richard J. D. Tilley, Defects in Solids, John Wiley & Sons,
2018, ISBN: 9780470077948.
3. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its
Applications,Wiley, 2014, ISBN: 978-1119942948.
4. K. P. Misra and R.D.K. Misra, Ceramic Science and
Engineering: Basics to Recent Advancements, Elsevier, 2022,
ISBN: 9780323899567.

726 Go to Index
Course Code MM 230
Title of the
Course Diffusion in Solids
Course Category
Department Elective
Credit L-T-P-Credits
Structure 2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)
Name of theConcerned
Department Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science

Pre-requisite if Familiarity with materials science fundamentals, encompassing

any materials
thermodynamics and material structures, is preferred.
Objectives ofthe Course This course provides in-depth understanding of solid-state
diffusionprocesses and explores its significance in practical
applications.
• To get understanding of diffusion phenomena
Outcomes • To be able to solve diffusion equations for various
processes andselecting appropriate diffusion coefficient
types
• Laws of diffusion: Basic concepts of thermodynamics
related to diffusion, Various frames of reference used for
measuring diffusion fluxes, application of diffusion to
Course Syllabus various metallurgical processes
• Atomic mechanism of diffusion: Formation of defects,
mechanisms of diffusion, concept of random walk, diffusion
in ordered phases
• Diffusion parameters: Various diffusion coefficients,
experimental determination, Matano-Boltzmann analysis,
Den Broeder and Wagner’s approach, Problem of finding
the initial contact plane.
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. P. Shewmon, Diffusion in solids, Springer, 2016,
ISBN:9780873391054.
2. J. Philibert, Atom movements: Diffusion and mass
transports insolids, EDP Sciences, 2012, ISBN:
2759801721.
Reference Books:
3. H. Mehrer, Diffusion in solids: fundamentals, methods,
materials,diffusion-controlled processes, Springer, 2009,
ISBN: 0263849058.
4. D. A. Porter, and K. E. Easterling, Phase transformations in
metalsand alloys, Nelson Thornes Ltd, 2009, ISBN:
0412450305.

727 Go to Index
Course code MM 232

Title of thecourse Thin Film Technology

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-1.5 (half semester)

Name of theConcerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science

Department

Pre-requisite ifany Fundamentals of Materials Science

Objectives ofthe Course This course introduces the concepts of physics of vacuum
science, thinfilm formation and the various methods to develop
thin films.
Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students will understand the
science ofthin film growth, various technologies to develop thin
films and their applications.
Course syllabus Fundamentals of nucleation and film formation, Introduction to
vacuum science and technology, Thin film deposition techniques:
Physical Vapour Depositions: resistive heating and electron beam
evaporations, sputtering, magnetron sputtering, reactive
sputtering, RF sputtering, pulsed laser deposition. Chemical
Vapour Deposition Methods: atmospheric pressure (APCVD), low
pressure (LPCVD), Ultra-High Vacuum (UHVCVD), Microwave
Plasma-Assisted (MPCVD), plasma enhanced (PECVD); Atomic
layer deposition, Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE).
SuggestedBooks Text Books:
1. K. L. Chopra, Thin Film Phenomena, McGraw-Hill,
1969,ISBN: 9780070107991.
2. M. Ohring, The Materials Science of Thin Films,
AcademicPress Inc., 1991, ISBN: 9780125249904.
Reference Books:
3. A. Gowsami, Thin Film Fundamentals, New Age
International1996, ISBN: 978-8122408584.

728 Go to Index
Course Code MM 251
Title of the Course Mechanics of Materials Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Tensile tests on cylindrical or plate specimens; Fracture Mechanics
tests; Fatigue Tests (axial and bending); Impact and Thermal Shock
testing of the large area samples; Residual stress measurement;
Fatigue tests (axial and bending); Modulus of Elatcicty, Flexural test;
Poisson ratio flexural test; Cantilever flexural test
Suggested Books 1. Suryanarayana, Testing of Metallic Materials, Prentice Hall India,
New Delhi, 1979.

729 Go to Index
Course Code MM 252
Title of the Course Casting and Welding Technology Lab
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course This lab course demonstrates experiments in different types of
casting and welding technology.
Outcomes Students will be able to learn experimental skills in casting and
welding technology.
Course Syllabus List of Representative Experiments
• To study and observe various stages of casting through
demonstration of Sand- Casting Process
(a) To prepare a pattern for given object for lost form
casting.
(b) To prepare a molasses sand mold from the prepared
pattern
• Preparation of as-cast and suction cast Cu-Sn alloy through
demonstration of Vacuum arc melting cum suction casting
technique.
• Preparation of light-weight Al-based alloy through
demonstration of stir casting cum squeeze casting
technique.
• Casting of Steel through demonstration of Induction
melting cum casting technique.
• To study TIG and MIG welding process. To prepare weld
joint and to study on effect of process parameter on weld
joint
• To study CMT welding Process. To prepare weld joint using
CMT welding, study on effect of process parameter on weld
joint
• To study friction stir welding Process. To prepare weld
joint using friction stir welding, study on effect of process
parameter on weld joint.
• To study Diffusion welding process. To prepare weld joint
using diffusion welding, study on effect of process
parameter on weld joint
Suggested Books Reference Books:
1. A. K. Chakraborti, Casting Technology and Cast Alloys,
Prentice Hall India New Delhi, 2005, ISBN: 978-
8120327795.
2. G. J. Davies, Solidification and Casting, Applied Science
Publishers Ltd, London, 1973, ISBN: 0-853345562.
3. P. L. Jain, Principles of Foundry Technology, McGraw
Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 978-0070151291.
4. Lindberg and Braton, Welding and Other Joining
730 Go to Index
 Processes, Ally & Bacon Inc., Boston, 1976, ISBN:
978-0205050000.
5. L.M. Gourd, Principles of Welding Technology (2nd
Edition), ELBS Longman, 1986, ISBN: 978-
8176490290.

731 Go to Index
Course Code MM 254
Title of the Course Physical Metallurgy Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction to metallographic specimen preparation;
Metallography and Image analysis;
Optical microscopy of ferrous and non ferrous samples;
Quantitative Metallography;
X-Ray diffraction in material analysis;
Nucleation, recovery and recrystallization behaviors analysis;
Thermal analysis for phase transformation studies.
Suggested Books Same as MM 203 and MM 204

732 Go to Index
Course Code MM 255
Title of the Course Mechanical Behaviour of Materials Lab
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objectives of the Course This lab course demonstrates basic experiments to understand
mechanical behavior of materials
Outcomes To learn various experiments about mechanical properties of
materials and understand its analysis
Course Syllabus List of Representative Experiments:
• Determination of Brinell, Vickers, and Rockwell hardness
of materials
• Determination of impact toughness by Izod and Charpy
method
• Determination of quasi-static tensile and compression
properties of the given metallic alloys at room/high
temperatures from the stress vs. strain curves
• Determination of bending strength of materials and
fracture toughness measurement using the three-point
bending method.
• Determination of full-field displacement of a given tensile /
compression sample using digital image correlation.
• Development of the creep curve of a given sample
• Determination of high strain rate compression strength of
given metallic sample
• Fractographic examination using SEM
Suggested Books Reference Books:
1. A.V.K. Suryanarayana, Testing of Metallic Materials,
Prentice Hall, 1979, ISBN: 9789352300372.
2. G. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, 1988, McGraw Hill,
1988, ISBN: 9780071004060.

733 Go to Index
Course Code MM 257
Title of theCourse Metallography Lab
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of theConcerned Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite,if any None

Objectives ofthe Course This lab course demonstrates the experiments to understand the
fundamentaland microstructural aspects of Physical Metallurgy

Outcomes • To learn various metallographic preparation techniques.

• To learn experimental and numerical methods for analysis in
PhysicalMetallurgy

Course Syllabus List of Representative Experiments:

• Metallographic sample preparation (grinding, polishing) of
ferrous alloys, and non-ferrousalloys
• Metallographic sample preparation of ceramic and
compositesamples
• Optical Microscopy of typical carbon steel and stainless-
steelsamples
• Optical microscopy of cast irons
• Optical Microscopy of typical non-ferrous samples
• Optical microscopy of typical ceramic and composite samples
• Effect of different etchants to observe microstructure of steel
samples
• Quantitative microstructural analysis
• Determination of ASTM grain size and Inclusion rating of
steel
• Effect of cooling rate on microstructure evolution of steel
samples
• Microstructure observations of cold worked, hot worked,
annealedand decarburised samples
SuggestedBooks Reference Books:
1. R. Abbaschian, L. Abbaschian, R. E. Reed-Hill, Physical
Metallurgy Principles, Cengage Learning, 2009, ISBN:
970495082545.
2. D.A. Porter, K.E. Easterling, M. Sherif, Phase
Transformations in Metals and Alloys, CRC Press, ISBN:
9781439883570.
3. F. C. Campbell, Phase Diagrams: Understanding the
Basics, ASMInternational, ISBN: 9781615038350.
4. R.E. Smallman, Modern Physical Metallurgy, Elsevier,
2013, ISBN: 9780080982045.

734 Go to Index
Course Code MM 258
Title of the Course Metal Forming Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Experiments on Hot rolling; cold rolling open die forging, closed
die forging, Deep drawing, Extrusion, super plastic forming,
Hydro forming
Suggested Books Same as MM 208

735 Go to Index
Course Code MM 258N
Title of the Course Metal Forming Lab
Course Category Departmental Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-2-1
Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Discipline
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives of the This lab course covers experiments to understand various metal forming
Course processes
Outcomes • To understand the principles of various metal forming methods.
• To analyse the processing parameters and quality control aspects in
different processes
Course Syllabus List of Representative Experiments:
• Introduction and hands-on training of basic instruments used in metal
forming
• Determining strain distribution on the stretched aluminium and steel
sheets
• Open-die forging of steel and aluminium
• Close-die forging of steel and aluminium
• Determining friction and wear (in relation to the metal forming
operations)
• Sheet metal forming and determination of FLD at room temperature
• Cold and hot rolling of metallic samples
• Wire drawing of metallic samples
• Extrusion of metallic samples
• Quality Control: NDT tests in metal forming
• Application of forming: Designing the process flow and manufacturing
the actual components
• Introduction to metal forming industry practices (with the help of
educational videos)
Suggested Books Reference Books:
1. G. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill, 1988, ISBN:
9780071004060
2. W. F. Hosford, R. M. Caddell, Metal Forming: Mechanics and
Metallurgy, Cambridge University Press, 2007, ISBN:
9780511354533.
3. H.S. Ray, B.P Singh, S Bhattacharjee, Energy in Minerals and
Metallurgical Processes, Allied Publishers Ltd, 2005, ISBN:
9788177648744.

Course Code MM 301

736 Go to Index
Title of the Course Polymer Technology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Chemistry of high polymers: Monomers, functionality, degree of
polymerizations, classification of polymers, glass transition, melting
transition, criteria for rubberiness, polymerization methods:
addition and condensation; their kinetics, metallocene polymers
and other newer techniques of polymerization, copolymerization,
monomer reactivity ratios and its significance, kinetics, different
copolymers, random, alternating, azeotropic copolymerization,
block and graft copolymers, techniques for copolymerization-bulk,
solution, suspension, emulsion. Polymer Characterization: Solubility
and swelling, concept of average molecular weight, determination
of number average, weight average, viscosity average and Z-average
molecular weights, polymer crystallinity, analysis of polymers using
IR, XRD, thermal (DSC, DMTA, TGA), microscopic (optical and
electronic) techniques. Synthesis and properties: Commodity and
general purpose thermoplastics: PE, PP, PS, PVC, Polyesters, Acrylic,
PU polymers. Engineering Plastics: Nylon, PC, PBT, PSU, PPO, ABS,
Fluoropolymers Thermosetting polymers: PF, MF, UF, Epoxy,
Unsaturated polyester, Alkyds. Natural and synthetic rubbers:
Recovery of NR hydrocarbon from latex, SBR, Nitrile, CR, CSM,
EPDM, IIR, BR, Silicone, TPE. environmental stress cracking
resistance
Suggested Books 1.

737 Go to Index
Course Code MM 302
Title of the Course Welding and Foundry Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits: 2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Casting Process: Introduction to casting, pattern materials,
allowances, coding, types, moulds, mould making, sand, properties,
types and testing of sands, core making, type of cores, single box,
two box and 3 box moulding processes, runner, riser and gate.
Special Casting Processes: Pressure die casting, Centrifugal,
continuous, investment, shell moulding, squeeze, electro slag
casting, CO2 moulding, Plaster mould castings, Antioch process,
Slush casting
Welding Processes: Introduction to soldering, brazing and
welding types of joining, plane of welding, edge preparation, filler
material, flux, shielding gases, fusion welding, gas welding, gas
flame types, manual arc welding, arc theory, power supply, braze
welding, Thermit welding, Resistance welding, spot, seam,
projection, percussion & flash.
Special Welding Processes: Atomic, H2 arc welding, Shielded gas
arc welding, GMAW, GTAW, Submerged arc welding, Electro slag
welding, friction welding, explosive welding, Underwater welding,
Diffusion bonding, EBW, LBW, PAW, Stud welding, welding of
dissimilar materials, Friction stir welding.
Suggested Books 1. Lindberg and Braton, Welding and Other Joining Processes,
Ally & Bacon Inc., Boston, 1976.
2. Flinn, Fundamentals of Metal Casting, Addison-Wesley,
Reading, 1963.
3. J. Szekely, J.E. Evans, J.K. Brimacambe, The Mathematical and
Physical Modelling of Primary Metal Processing
Operations, Wiley, 1988.
4. H.S. Ray, Kinetics of Metallurgical Reactions, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1993.
5. J. Szekely, J.W. Evans and H.Y. Sohn, Gas–Solid Reactions,
Academic Press, New York, 1976.
6. L.M. Gourd, Principles of Welding Technology (2ndEdition),
ELBS Longman, 1986.
7. A. C. Davies, Welding, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
8. P. L. Jain, Principles of Foundry Technology, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2001.
9. Heine, Loper and Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1996
10. A. K. Chakraborti, Casting Technology and Cast Alloys,
Prentice Hall India New Delhi, 2005.

738 Go to Index
Course Code MM 303
Title of the Course Introduction to Electrochemistry
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Electrode-electrolyte interface: The electrical double layer. The
Helmholtz-Perrin parallel-plate model, Gouy-Chapman diffuse-
charge model and the Stern model.
Corrosion: Electrochemical mechanism of corrosion. Types of
corrosion, various methods of corrosion control. D.C
Polarography: Dropping mercury electrode-polarography
Instrumentation-polarogram.
Types of limiting Currents: Adsorption, Diffusion, Kinetic. Ilkovic
equation and its consequences. Applications of polarography.
Determination of stability constant of complex.
Cyclic Voltammetry: Principle, instrumentation, reversible and
irreversible cyclic voltammograms. Applications. Cyclic
voltammetric study of insecticide parathion.
Electro-Organic synthesis: Electro chemical reduction of
carboxylic acids, Electrochemical reduction of nitro compounds.
Anodic oxidation of metals: Characteristics of anodic oxide films.
Instrumentation –break down voltage. Industrial applications of
anodic oxide films
Suggested Books 1. J.O.M. Bockris, A.K.N. Reddy, Modern Electrochemistry
Plenum Publishers, 2000
2. S. Glasstone, Introduction to Electrochemistry, 2012
3. D. Pletcher, Industrial Electrochemistry, Chapman & Hall
4. Lowenheim, Fundamental Principles of Modern
Electroplating, John Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 2011

739 Go to Index
Course Code MM 304
Title of the Course Corrosion Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus The technology & evaluation of corrosion. Economics, safety,
electrochemical nature of corrosion, the forms of corrosion and
corrosion rate determination. Electrochemical thermodynamics
and electrode potential. Electrode sign conventions, potential/pH
diagrams, and experimental measurements. Electrochemical
kinetics of corrosion. Faraday's Law, mixed potential theory,
experimental methods, and instrumentation. Passivity and
properties of passive films on metals. Alloy evaluation and
experimental methods. Polarization methods for measuring
corrosion rates. Tafel extrapolation & polarization resistance,
instrumental methods and commercial corrosion monitoring
devices. Galvanic, concentration cell, pitting and crevice corrosion.
How to characterize the different forms of corrosion, their
evaluation and prevention methods. Effects of metallurgical
structure on corrosion. Intergranular corrosion, weldment
corrosion, and susceptibility to hydrogen damage. Corrosion in
selected corrosive environments. Specific examples of typical
corrosion problems encountered in engineering applications,
sulfur bearing solutions, soils, acids, and concrete. Coatings &
inhibitors. Organic coatings, paints, metallic coatings, inhibitors.
Materials selection and design. Alloy selection, designing to
prevent corrosion, and economics
Suggested Books 1. M.G. Fontana, N.D. Greene, Corrosion Engineering, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1978.
2. H.H. Uhlig, R.W. Revie, Corrosion and Corrosion Control (3rd
Ed), Jonh Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1985.
3. K.R. Trethewey, J. Chamberlain, Corrosion for Students of
Science and Engineering, Longman Sci. & Technical, 1988.
4. A.J. Bard, L.R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods:
Fundamentals & Applications, John Wiley & Sons Inc. New
York, 1980.

740 Go to Index
Course Code MM 305
Title of the Course Iron and Steel Making
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Classification of furnaces; different kinds of furnaces; heat
balance, energy conservation and energy audit; parts,
construction and design aspects of blast furnace (B/F),
ancillary equipment; blast furnace instrumentation Blast
furnace reactions; partitioning of solute elements between the
metal and the slag; reactions in blast furnace; blast furnace
slags; mass balance and heat balance calculations Blast furnace
operations; B/F irregularities and remedial measures, B/F
refractories and causes of failure, modern trends in B/F
technology; overview of direct reduction processes, electric
smelting; production of DRI (HBI/Sponge iron) Review of
traditional steel making; thermodynamics of steelmaking;
air/O2 impurity interaction, slag metal interaction; foaming
slag; removal of S and P; de-oxidizers, refining, alloying Open
hearth furnace; Bessemer converter; bottom blown and top
blown processes; slag practices and sequencing; LD, VD, AOD
and VOD; ladle metallurgy and injection metallurgy; electric
arc furnace and DRI usage; ingot casting and continuous
casting; energy, environmental and quality considerations

Suggested Books 1. O. P. Gupta, Elements of Fuels, Furnace and Refractories

(2nd Edition), Khanna Publications Delhi, 1990.
2. G.R, Bashforth, Manufacture of Iron and Steel (Vol. I-IV),
Asia Publ., 1996.
3. R.H. Tupkary, V.R., Tupkary Modern Iron Making, Khanna
Publications, Delhi, 2004

741 Go to Index
Course Code MM 306
Title of the Course Powder Metallurgy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction: Development of powder metallurgy-scope of
powder metallurgy, characterization of metal powders,
physical properties-particle size and shape determination,
technological properties-apparent density, flow rate etc. and
chemical properties.
Powder manufacture: Reduction, electrolysis, and atomization
processes.
Compaction and sintering: Die compaction and other
consolidation techniques, sintering, sintering with liquid
phase.
Powder metallurgy products: Bearing, filters, friction parts,
hard metals, refractory metals, contact materials, magnetic
materials, structural parts, dispersion strengthened materials.
Suggested Books 1. G.S. Upadhyaya, Powder Metallurgy Technology,
Cambridge International Science Publishing, 1998.
2. P.C. Angelo, R. Subramaniam, Powder Metallurgy -
Science, Technology and Application, Prentice Hall India
Ltd. New Delhi, 2008.
3. R.M. German, Powder Metallurgy- Principles and
Applications, MPIF, Priceton, 1994.
4. ASM Handbook, Vol. 7, Powder Metallurgy, ASM
International, 2010.

742 Go to Index
Course Code MM 307
Title of the Course Composites
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction General characteristics of composites; advantages
and disadvantages, application trends. Basic Materials
Characteristics of fibers, matrices, interface bonding, adhesives;
microstructure of composites. Processing/Manufacturing
Traditional and novel approaches; process fundamentals.
Composite Micromechanics Basic concepts, stiffness, strength,
thermal and moisture expansion. Composite Mechanics Theory
Laminate theory; use of a computer based analysis package;
macromechanical behavior of a ply, out-of-plane effects. Failure
and Strength Design Failure criteria, Laminate Strength, Stress
Concentrations. Composite Behavior and Applications How do
actual composites for aerospace, automotive, sporting goods, high
temperature applications behave? Problem areas, long-term
performance, influence of structural geometries
Suggested Books 1. K.K. Chawala, Composite Materials (2nd ed.), Springer-Verlag,
New York, 1987.
2. P.M. Ajayan, L.S. Schadler, P.V. Braun, Nanocomposite Science
and Technology, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA,
Weinheim, 2003.
3. V.V. Vasiliev, E.V. Morozov, Mechanics and Analysis of
Composite Materials, Elsevier Science Ltd, The Boulevard,
Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 lGB, UK, 2001.
4. K.K. Chawala, Ceramic Matrix Composites, (1st ed.), Chapman
& Hall, London, 1993
5. G. Piatti, Advances in Composite Materials, Applied Science
Publishers Ltd., London, 1978

743 Go to Index
Course Code MM 308
Title of the Course Thin films and Nano-Structures
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Physics of low-dimensional materials, 1D, 2D and 3D
confinement, Density of states, Excitons, Coulomb blockade,
Surface plasmon, Size and surface dependence of physical,
electronic, optical, luminescence, thermodynamical, magnetic,
catalysis, gas sensing and mechanical properties. Physical and
chemical techniques for nanomaterial synthesis, Assembling and
self organization of nanostructures, Nanoscale manipulation, N
Physical Vapor Deposition - Hertz Knudsen equation; mass
evaporation rate; Knudsen cell, Directional distribution of
evaporating species Evaporation of elements, compounds, alloys,
Raoult's law; e-beam, pulsed laser and ion beam evaporation,
Glow Discharge and Plasma, Sputtering - mechanisms and yield,
dc and rf sputtering, Bias sputtering, magnetically enhanced
sputtering systems, reactive sputtering, Hybrid and Modified
PVD- Ion plating, reactive evaporation, ion beam assisted
deposition, Chemical Vapor Deposition - reaction chemistry and
thermodynamics of CVD; Thermal CVD, laser & plasma enhanced
CVD, Chemical Techniques - Spray Pyrolysis, Electrodeposition,
Sol-Gel and LB Techniques, Nucleation & Growth: capillarity
theory, atomistic and kinetic models of nucleation, basic modes
of thin film growth, stages of film growth & mechanisms,
amorphous thin films, Epitaxy - homo, hetero and coherent
epilayers, lattice misfit and imperfections, epitaxy of compound
semiconductors, scope of devices and applications.
Suggested Books 1. D. Mobius, R. Miller, Organized Monolayers and
Assemblies: Structure, Processes and Function, Elsevier
Science 2004
2. M. Rieth, Nano Engineering in Science & Technology,
World Scientific Publishing Co., Inc 2003
3. K. Holmberg, B. Jonsson, B. Kronberg, B. Lindman,
Surfactants and Polymers in Aqueous Solution, Wiley
2004.
4. J. Lyklema, Fundamentals of Interface and Colloid
Science, Academic Press,
5. Z.L Wang Characterization of Nanophase Materials, Wiley
VCH, 2000.
6. G. Schmidt, Nanoparticles: From theory to applications,
Wiley, 2004.
7. D.F. Evans and W. Hkan, The Colloidal Domain: Where

744 Go to Index
Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Technology Meet, Wiley
VCH 1999.

745 Go to Index
Course Code MM 309
Title of the Course Computational Methods for Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Atomistic Level Modelling: Review of thermodynamic laws,
micro & macro state, ergodic system, partition function,
statistical mechanics, thermodynamic ensembles, Monte Carlo
simulation- Markov process, algorithm and application of MC
simulation (percolation problem etc). molecular dynamics-
force fields, MD algorithm, accelerating MD, verlet algo, leap
frog method, velocity verlet method, gear algo, particle mesh
method, multipole method, fast multipole method. multiscale
modelling & simulation of materials, System size vs
computation time, Parallel processing. Ab Initio Methods:
Density functional theory, quantum mechanics, schrodinger
wave equation, many particle system, car parrinello method,
born openheimer approximation, hohenberg-kohn theorem,
kohn sham formulation, local density approximation, bloch’s
theorem, pseudo potential, energy minimisation techniques,
examples of crystals and non-crystals. Lattice Mesoscale
methods: Lattice gas automata, lattice director model. Coarse
graining: Particle based models-Lattice gas model, connolly
williams approximation, spatial models, dynamic (temporal)
models, application to polymer and polar materials. grain
continuum modelling, computational micro-mechanics,
multiscale coupling. Term Paper on application of Multiscale
Modelling to Composite damage Dislocation behaviour Phase
field modelling Modelling of grain growth and microstructure
in polycrystalline materials Modelling of structural materials
And other recent advances based on literature survey
Suggested Books 1. K. Ohno, K. Esfarjani, Y. Kawazoe, Computational Material
Science, Springer, 2003.
2. Z. H. Barber, Introduction to Materials Modeling, Maney
Publishing, 2001.

746 Go to Index
Course Code MM 310
Title of the Course Ceramics Technology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Refractories: Classification, Modern trends and developments, Basic
raw materials, Elementary idea of manufacturing process
technology, Flow diagram of steps necessary for manufacture, basic
properties and areas of application.
Whitewares: Classification and type of Whitewares, Elementary
idea of manufacturing process technology including body
preparation, basic properties and application areas.
Ceramic Coatings: Types of glazes and enamels, Elementary ideas
on compositions, Process of enameling & glazing and their
properties.
Glass: Definition of glass, Basic concepts of glass structure, Batch
materials and minor ingredients and their functions, Elementary
concept of glass manufacturing process, Different types of glasses,
Application of glasses.
Cement and Concrete: Concept of hydraulic materials, Basic raw
materials, Manufacturing process, Basic compositions of OPC,
Compound formation, setting and hardening, Tests of cement and
concrete.
Suggested Books 1. M. Barsoum, M.W. Barsoum, Fundamentals of Ceramics, CRC
Press, 2002, ISBN 9780750309028.
2. F. Singer, Industrial Ceramics, Springer, 2013.
ISBN: 9401752591.
3. W.D. Kingery, Introduction to Ceramics, 1960,
ISBN: 0471478601.
4. F.H. Norton, Elements of Ceramics, 1952 ISBN:
9780201053067
5. W.F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering,
1986, ISBN: 0073529249.

747 Go to Index
Course Code MM 351
Title of the Course Polymer Technology Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Polymer testing: Mechanical-static and dynamic tensile, flexural,
compressive, abrasion, endurance, fatigue, hardness, tear, resilience,
impact, toughness. Conductivity-thermal and electrical, dielectric
constant, dissipation factor, power factor, electric resistance, surface
resistivity, volume resistivity, swelling, ageing resistance
Suggested Books Same as MM 301

748 Go to Index
Course Code MM 352
Title of the Course Welding and Foundry Engineering Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus GMA & MMA Welding Practice and Demonstration + TIG Welding
Demonstration & Polymer Joining 1 Brazing and Gas Welding
Practice and Demonstration Demonstration & Practice of
thermocole pattern making, molasses mold making +
Demonstration of green sand mold making, and metal pouring in
both molds
Suggested Books 1. Lindberg and Braton, Welding and Other Joining Processes,
Ally & Bacon Inc., Boston, 1976.
2. Flinn, Fundamentals of Metal Casting, Addison-Wesley,
Reading, 1963.
3. J. Szekely, J.E. Evans, J.K. Brimacambe, The Mathematical and
Physical Modelling of Primary Metal Processing
Operations, Wiley, 1988.
4. H.S. Ray, Kinetics of Metallurgical Reactions, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1993.
5. J. Szekely, J.W. Evans and H.Y. Sohn, Gas–Solid Reactions,
Academic Press, New York, 1976.
6. L.M. Gourd, Principles of Welding Technology (2ndEdition),
ELBS Longman, 1986.
7. A. C. Davies, Welding, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
8. P. L. Jain, Principles of Foundry Technology, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2001.
9. Heine, Loper and Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1996
10. A. K. Chakraborti, Casting Technology and Cast Alloys,
Prentice Hall India New Delhi, 2005.

749 Go to Index
Course Code MM 354
Title of the Course Corrosion Engineering Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Principle of corrosion protection, methods of corrosion protection,
better design, materials selection, barrier coatings, cathodic
protection, anodic protection, inhibitor chemicals. Tools for
corrosion inspection, corrosion monitoring, corrosion
management
Suggested Books 1. M.G. Fontana, N.D. Greene, Corrosion Engineering, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1978.
2. H.H. Uhlig, R.W. Revie, Corrosion and Corrosion Control (3rd
Ed), Jonh Wiley & Sons Inc. New York, 1985.
3. K.R. Trethewey, J. Chamberlain, Corrosion for Students of
Science and Engineering, Longman Sci. & Technical, 1988.
4. A.J. Bard, L.R. Faulkner, Electrochemical Methods:
Fundamentals & Applications, John Wiley & Sons Inc. New
York, 1980.

750 Go to Index
Course Code MM 357
Title of the Course Composites Development Lab
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Fabrication of Metal Matrix Composites: Commonly used
Matrices,Basic Requirements in Selection of constituents,
solidification processing of composites - XD process, Spray
processes - Osprey Process, Rapid solidification processing,
Dispersion Processes - Stir-casting & Compocasting,Screw
extrusion, Liquid metal impregnation technique - Squeeze
casting,Pressure infiltration, Lanxide process, Pinciple of molten
alloy infiltration, rheological behaviour of meltparticle slurry,
Synthesis of In situ Composites; Fabrication of Polymer Matrix
Composites - Commonly used Matrices Basic Requirements in
selection of Constituents, Moulding method, Low pressure closed
moulding, pultrusion, Filament winding, Fabrication of ceramic
matrix composites - Various techniques of vapour deposition,
Liquid phase method and Hot pressing etc., Fabrication of nano-
composites
Suggested Books 1. K.K. Chawala, Composite Materials (2nd ed.), Springer-Verlag,
New York, 1987.
2. P.M. Ajayan, L.S. Schadler, P.V. Braun, Nanocomposite Science
and Technology, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH Co. KGaA, Weinheim,
2003.
3. V.V. Vasiliev, E.V. Morozov, Mechanics and Analysis of
Composite Materials, Elsevier Science Ltd, The Boulevard,
Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 lGB, UK, 2001.
4. K.K. Chawala, Ceramic Matrix Composites, (1st ed.), Chapman
& Hall, London, 1993
5. G. Piatti, Advances in Composite Materials, Applied Science
Publishers Ltd., London, 1978

751 Go to Index
Course Code MM 402/ MM 602
Title of the Course Design and Selection of Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits: 2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Materials and Design, Evolution of Engineering Materials, Material
Resource in Indian Context, Classification of Materials, Materials
Selection for automotive and aerospace. Material Properties; The
Role of Crystal Structure. Metals and Metallic Structure, metallic
alloys, ceramics & glasses,
Introduction to Polymeric Materials, Phases and microstructure of
Polymers, Polymers for Mechanical Design,
Material Selection using Ashby Method, Case Studies, Multiple
Constraints in material selection, Multiple Objectives, Role of
Materials in Shaping the Product Character

Suggested Books 1. M.F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, 4th

Edition, Elsevier, San Francisco, 2011; ISBN 978-1-85617-663-7.
2. Cambridge Engineering Selector (CES EduPack), Granta Design
Limited, Cambridge, UK, 2010, www.grantadesign.com. Cases
studies provided by the instructor
3. W.D. Callister, Materials Science for Engineering: An Introduction,
7th Edition, Wiley, 2007. ISB 978-0-471-73696-7.

752 Go to Index
Course Code MM 405/ MM 605
Title of the Course Green Hydrogen: Materials and Technologies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamental knowledge of materials science, materials
synthesis/fabrication, materials characterization and
electrochemistry
Scope of the Course The course provides the learning on various aspects of green
hydrogen energy: fundamentals of materials and technologies for
green hydrogen production, storage and its applications.
Course Syllabus 1. HYDROGEN ENERGY OVERVIEW: Green hydrogen in global
energy scenarios.
2. METHODS AND TECHNOLOGIES FOR GREEN HYDROGEN
PRODUCTION: Water-electrolysis: mechanisms of oxygen
evolution reaction and hydrogen evolution reaction. Solar driven
water splitting: photocatalytic & Photoelectrochemical, Biological
and bio-electrochemical, Thermochemical, Electrolyzer
Technologies: alkaline water electrolyser, proton exchange
membrane, solid oxide electrolyzer, anion exchange membrane,
proton conducting ceramic.
3. MATERIALS FOR GREEN HYDROGEN PRODUCTION: Catalytic
materials based on different electrolyzer technologies, solar driven
water splitting, thermochemical and bio electrochemical water
splitting. Materials challenges and research scope.
4. HYDROGEN STORAGE: Physical storage technologies, Materials
storage: metal hydrides, metal alanates, amino borane, metal
amides, amine metal borohydrides, chemical hydrogen storage,
carbon materials, nanostructured adsorbents.
Suggested Books • K. S. V. Santhanam, R. J. Press, Massoud J. Miri, A. V. Bailey, G. A.
Takacs : Introduction to Hydrogen Technology: 2nd Edition :
John Wiley and Sons Ltd : USA : 2017 : 9781119265573.
• Bent Sorensen and Giuseppe Spazzafumo, Hydrogen And
Fuel Cells, Acad Pr, 2018, ISNB: 9780081007082

• Mario Pagliaro and Athanasios G. Konstandopoulos, Solar

Hydrogen: Fuel of The Future, RSC, 2012, ISBN: 781849731959

• Paulo Emilio Miranda, Science and Engineering of

Hydrogen-Based Energy Technologies, Academic Press, 2018
ISBN: 9780128142516

• Kent Olsen, Advanced Concepts of Hydrogen Storage Technology,

Clanrye International, 2015, ISNB: 9781632400178

753 Go to Index
Course Code MM 416
Title of the Course Modeling and Simulation in Materials Engineering
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Introduction and Fundamentals: Multiscales Modeling and
Simulation in Materials & Science Ab Initio Methods, Statistical
Machines, Monte Carlo Simulation, Molecular Dynamics, Grrin
continuum modeling. Computational micro- mechanics Multiscale
coupling. Application of Multiscale Modeling: Modeling
dislocation behavior, Phase field modeling, Modeling of grain
growth and microstructure in polycrystalline materials, Modeling
of structural materials.
Suggested Books 1. R. Dierk, Computational Materials Science, Wiley VCH
Verlag GmbH, 1998
2. Z. Xiao Guo (Ed), Multiscale Materials Modelling:
Fundamental and Applications, Woodhead Publishing
Limited, Cambridge, 2007
3. Z.H. Barber, Introduction to Materials Modeling, Maney
Publishing, 2005.

754 Go to Index
Course Code MM 428
Title of the Course Intelligent Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits: 2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course
Course Syllabus Composites, Smart materials and their properties, Piezoelectric,
magneto structure, Shape memory materials, Electro Rhieological
fluids, Optical fibers, actuation, sensing and control augmentation,
distributed/discrete sensing and actuation, methods of analyses,
finite elements, applications: Vibration suppression, shape control,
sizing and optimization.
Suggested Books 1. L. Meirovitch, Dynamics and Control of Structures, John Wiley
& Sons Inc. New York, 1992.
2. M.V. Gandhi, B.S. Thompson, Smart Materials and Structures
(2nd edition), Chapman & Hall, 1992.
3. H.S. Guran, H.S. Tzou, G.L. Anderson, M. Natori, Structure
Systems: Smart Structures, Devices and System (Part 1), and
Materials and Structures (Part 2), World Scientific Publications,
1998.
4. U. Gabbert, H.S. Tzou, Smart Structures and Structuronic
System, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.
5. H.T. Banks, R.C. Smith, and Y.W. Qang, Smart Material
structures: Modeling, Estimation and Control (6th edition),
John Wiley & Sons New York, 1997.

755 Go to Index
Course Code MM 430/ MM 730
Title of the Course Two Dimensional Materials and Electronic Devices
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge in nanomaterials fabrication, characterization,
devices integration and electronic devices.
Scope of the Course To gain fundamental knowledge about the world of 2-D materials.
The course will develop an understanding on 2-D materials
fabrication, classification, and characterization. It will deliver an
idea, how 2-D materials can be applied in electronics devices and
its importance and advantages.
Course Syllabus Introduction to 2-D Materials. Stable 2-D layer: Theoretical
Consideration to Experimental Demonstration. Overview of 2-D
Materials: Graphene, Silicene, Germanene, Phosphorene, Stanene,
Transition-Metal-Chalcogene, MX‐enes etc. Graphene: Discovery,
Structure, Its Derivatives and Applications. Fabrication and
Characterization of Graphene and other 2-D Materials. Electronic
Properties of 2-D materials: Band Structure, Mobility, Quantum
Hall Effect etc. Surface Functionalization and Modification. Surface
Controlled Electrical and Optical Properties of 2-D Materials. 2-D
Materials in Electronic Devices, 2-D Transistors – State of The Art;
Graphene MOSFET (GFET); GFET for Digital Electronics, 2-D
Materials Based Transistors: RF Transistor; Multi-Gate FET, Inter-
layer Tunnelling FET.
Suggested Books 1. M. Aliofkhazraei, and N. Ali, Two-Dimensional Nanostructures,
CRC Press, 2012, ISBN:9781439866658
2. J.H. Warner, F. Schaffel, M. H. Rummeli and A. Bachmatiuk,
Graphene : Fundamentals and Emergent Applications,
Elsevier,2013, ISBN: 9780123945938
3. V. Skakalova, A. B. Kaiser, Graphene: Properties, Preparation,
Characterisation and Devices, Woodhead Publishing, 2014,
ISBN: 9780857095084
4. F. Iacopi, J. J. Boeckl and C. Jagadish; 2D Materials, Academic
Press, 2016, ISBN:9780128043370
5. Kolobov, Alexander V., Tominaga, Junji, Two-Dimensional
Transition-Metal Dichalcogenides , Springer, 2016,
ISBN: 9783319314501

6. M. Raghu, Graphene Nanoelectronics: from Materials to Circuits,

Springer, 2012, ISBN: 9781461405481
7. M. Houssa, A. Dimoulas and A. Molle, 2D Materials for
Nanoelectronics, CRC Press , 2016, ISBN: 9781498704175

756 Go to Index
Course Code MM 442/ MM 642
Title of the Course Quality Assurance in Metallurgy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course To inculcate quality management and analytical industrial
problem solving skills in our students so that readymade
technical manpower will be available for industries.

Course Syllabus Inventory management; Colour code system; Heat number;

Metallurgical parameters; Relevant materials testing standards
(ASTM, ISO, DIN, etc.) for inclusion rating; C2R2S2, grain size
and other specific customer requirement; Laboratory quality
system (ISO17025, NADCAP, NABL accreditation); Process flow
chart; Six sigma; 5S; PDCA, root cause analysis, Kaizen and other
relevant lean manufacturing quality tools for continuous
improvement in materials processing; Idea and talent
management; various quality standard for quality control, such
as ISO9000:2008; TS16949, etc.; Non-destructive testing;
Introduction to Environmental management standards, such as
ISO 14000 family; Statistical quality control tools; Total quality
management (TQM); GATE review criteria; Process and product
oriented research for sustainable development; Case studies and
practical exposure to industries.
Suggested Books 1. W. M. Fed,Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques, and
How to Use Them, 1st Edition, CRC Press Series on Resource
management, 2000, ISBN: 978-1574442977.
2. ASTM International:
https://www.astm.org/Standard/standards-and-
publications.html
3. A. J. Duncan, Quality Control and Industrial Statistics,
Richard D.Irwin, Inc,1974, ASIN: B01LQEKJ2M.

757 Go to Index
Course Code MM 447/ MM 647
Title of the Course Metallurgical Thermodynamics and Phase Transformations
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course To develop critical thinking and analytical problem solving skills
related to macroscopic thermodynamics and kinetics in Metallurgy
and Materials Engineering.
Course Syllabus Introduction to metallurgical thermodynamics and concept of
equilibrium; Clausius–Clapeyron equation; Phase diagram for unary
system; Pressure-temperature-volume surface; Free energy of
solution; Free energy–composition diagram; Evolution of Phase
diagram; Phase rule and binary phase diagram; Fe-C equilibrium
phase diagram; Introduction to ternary phase diagram; Free energy
of intermediate phase; Metastable phase diagram; Miscibility gap in
phase diagram; Kauzmann paradox and the glass transition; Free
energy of undercooled liquid; Stability criteria for phase formation;
Solid state phase transformations; Order of transformation;
Thermodynamics of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation;
Diffusion: Self-diffusion, Inter-diffusion, The Kirkendall effect,
Capillarity-Driven diffusion, Stress-driven diffusion; Atomistic
mechanisms of diffusion, Interphase layer Growth in inter-diffusion,
Role of micro structure in diffusion: Short-circuits, Rate of reaction;
Kinetics of phase changes; Kinetics in the diffusion-controlled regime,
Sintering, Process of nucleation and growth; Gibbs-Thomson Effect;
Grain-growth kinetics in two and three dimensions; Time-
Temperature-Transformation diagrams; Continuous cooling
transformation curves.
Suggested Books 1. D. R. Gaskell and D. E. Laughlin, Introduction to
thermodynamics of materials, Sixth Edition, CRC Press, 2017,
ISBN-13: 978-1498757003.
2. D. A. Porter, and K. E. Eastering, Phase Transformations in Metals
and Alloys,Chapman & Hall, London, New York, 1992, ISBN:
0442316380.
3. R. W. Balluffi, S. M. Allen, W. C. Carter, Kinetics of Materials,
Wiley, New York, 2005, ISBN: 9780471246893.
4. D. V. Ragone, Thermodynamics of Materials, Vol 1-2, Wiley, New
York, 1994, ISBN: 978-0-471-30885-0.
5. Bashforth, Manufacture of Iron and Steel. Vol I and II, Asia
Publishing House, 1996, ISBN: 9781504122511.

758 Go to Index
Course Code MM 448/ MM 648

759 Go to Index
Title of the Course Solidification and Phase Field Modeling
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course Solidification processing is considered as one the most important
processing technique used by engineers to manufacture
structural and functional components in automobile and
electronic industries. More than 90% of all metallic materials
used in daily human life are synthesized from the liquid state as
their parent phase. This course is intended to make the students
familiar with the science and technology of solidification
processing of materials, undercooled metallic melts, as well as
phase field modelling of microstructure development.
Course Syllabus Heat transfer in solidification, continuous and ingot casting
processes, structure of castings and ingots, defects in casting,
macro- and micro-segregation and homogenization, design of
risering and gating in castings. Thermodynamics of solidification,
nucleation and growth, Gibbs-Thomson effect, anisotropy and
faceting, directional solidification-growth of single crystals. Alloy
solidification, mathematical analysis of solute redistribution
during solidification: Solidification at equilibrium and non-
equilibrium condition. Scheil and Flemings solidification model,
Stability of interface and constitutional undercooling, Mullins-
Sekerka criterion, Cellular and dendrite growth. Physics of
dendritic growth: Ivantsov’s transport model and solution,
Marginal stability hypothesis, Free dendritic theories: Lipton-
Glicksman-Kurz (LGK) theory, Lipton-Kurz-Trivedi (LKT) theory,
Microscopic solvability (MS) theory. primary and secondary
dendrite arm spacing, Rayleigh instability. Solidification
microstructures of multiphase alloys such as eutectic, peritectic
and monotectic alloys, coupled growth and phase selection, rapid
solidification processing, phase selection kinetics in undercooled
metallic melt. Phase field modeling for microstructure evolution
during solidification.
Suggested Books 1. G. J. Davies, Solidification and Casting, Applied Science
Publishers Ltd, London, 1973, ISBN: 0-853345562.
2. W. Kurz, D.J. Fisher, Fundamental of Solidification, Trans
Tech Publications, Switzerland, 1992, ISBN: 0-878495223.
3. M.E. Glicksman, Principles of Solidification, Springer, New
York, 2010, ISBN: 9781441973436.
4. J.A. Dantzig, M. Rappaz, Solidification, EPFL Press,
Switzerland, 2016, ISBN: 9780849382383.
5. D. M. Herlach, D.M. Matson, Solidification of Containerless
Undercooled Melts, Wiley-VCH, 2012,
ISBN:9783527331222.
6. S. BulentBiner, Programming Phase-Field Modeling,
Springer, 2017,ISBN: 9783319411941.
760 Go to Index
Course Code MM 449/ MM 649
Title of the Course Advance Welding Technology
Contact Hours L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course In this course students learn briefly on joining of materials
basics and extensively on advanced joining techniques, process
selection and design of weld joint
Course Syllabus Introduction to joining of materials, Advances in joining of
materials Solid State Joining Processes (Pressure welding,
friction welding, explosive welding, ultrasonic welding,
diffusion bonding, resistance welding); Brazing and Soldering
(Filler materials and fluxes, heating methods, wetability, joint
design); Adhesive bonding (Types of adhesive, wetability,
surface preparation, joint design)
Fusion welding fundamentals, Fusion welding processes
(Oxyacetylene torch welding, Manual metal arc welding, MIG
and TIG welding, submerged arc welding, electron beam and
laser welding), recent trends in fusion welding.
Welding specific materials - Plain carbon, low alloy steels,
stainless steels, copper and copper alloys, nickel and nickel
alloys, aluminum and aluminum alloys (similar and dissimilar
materials joining).
Modern welding techniques (Pulsed TIG, Pulsed electron beam,
Laser welding, plasma and friction stir welding); Welding
defects; Quality Assurance of Welding Operations (Non-
destructive testing, safety, measurement, control and
recording); Process selection and joint deign with case studies
Suggested books 1. M. Robert, Joining of Materials and Structures, 1st
Edition, Elsevier, 2004,ISBN: 9780750677578.
2. S. Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002,
ISBN: 9780471434917.
3. H. Granjon, Fundamentals of Welding Metallurgy, 1st
Edition, Elsevier, 1991, ISBN: 9781855730199.

761 Go to Index
Course code MM 650/ MM 450
Title of the course Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Alloys
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamentals of materials science
Scope of the course This course introduces students to the advanced alloys and
develops literacy about the technologically important alloy-
systems used in automotive, aerospace and nuclear industries.
This course implicates the fundamental concepts in the
metallurgy of the advanced alloys.
Course Syllabus Ferrous alloys: Alloy Steels – General Introduction, Maraging
Steels (Heat-treatment Cycle, Aging behavior), High-Strength
Low-Alloy Steels (Role of Microalloying of Steels), Ultra-High
Strength Steels (Role of Alloying Elements), Dual-Phase Steels,
Stainless Steels (Fe-Cr-Ni System, Schaeffler Diagram,
Precipitation of Carbides/Nitrides, Microstructural Aspects of
Various Types of SS, Ni-free Duplex SS, Embrittlement
Phenomena), Tool Steels (Secondary Hardening, Types of
Carbides), TRIP-assisted Steels (Microstructural evolution,
Stress induced transformation, Role of alloying elements,
Factors affecting performance, Concept of &#948_-TRIP Steel),
Bearing Steels (Metallurgical & Engineering Requirements of
Steel, Microstructural Aspects, Microcracking, Spheroidise
Annealing, Inclusions, Aerospace Bearings), IF Steels. Non-
ferrous alloys: Nickel-Based Superalloys (Microstructural
features, Role of Alloying Elements, Strengthening Mechanisms,
Heat-Treatments, Dispersion-Hardened Superalloys), Titanium
Alloys (Deformation Modes, Effect of Alloy Addition on Phase
Diagrams, Alloy Classification, Phase Transformations,
Microstructures, Hardening Mechanisms of Alfa- & Beta-
Phases, Microstructure in Dependent of Processing, Basic
Correlation between Microstructure & Mechanical Properties,
Ti-based Intermetallic Compounds), Aluminum Alloys
(Microstructures of Al-Si Alloys, Modified/Unmodified Al-Si
Alloys, Aging Process in Al-4%Cu alloy), Brass, Bronze. Special
alloys: Bulk Nanostructured Steels – the Latest Development in
Steels, Mechanically Alloyed Metals, Shape Memory Alloys,
Metallic-glass Forming Alloys, Nuclear Power Plant Alloys
(Irradiation Damages in Microstructure, Irradiation Hardening,
Concepts of ODS Steels).

762 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. H. K. D. H. Bhadeshia, R. W. K. Honeycombe, Steels ,
Microstructure and Properties, Butterworth-Heinemann
Publications, Elsevier, UK, 2006, ISBN, 9780750680844
2. R. E. Smallman, A. H. W. Ngan, Physical Metallurgy and
Advanced Materials, Elsevier, USA, 2007, ISBN,
9780750669061
3. G. Lutjering, J.C. Williams, Titanium, Springer-Verlag,
Berlin, 2003, ISBN, 9783540713975
4. R.C. Reed, The Superalloys, Fundamentals and
Applications, Cambridge University Press, UK, 2006, ISBN-
13, 978-0521070119

763 Go to Index
Course Code MM 451/ MM 651
Title of the Course Non-destructive Evaluation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course Student will understand the basic principles of various methods
used for nondestructive evaluation, fundamentals, and
discontinuities in different product forms, importance of NDE,
applications, and limitations of nondestructive testing (NDT)
methods. Students will be able to cultivate in-depth understanding
on the importance of NDT in the relevant industries.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Need for inspection, types of inspection system,
Quality of inspection, Reliability of defect detection and benefits of
NDE.
Visual Inspection: Basic principles and applications, borescope;
rigid chamber scopes; endoscope; videoscope; robotic crawlers.
Liquid Penetrant Inspection: Physical principles, procedures of
testing, penetrant testing materials, applications and limitations.
Magnetic Particle Testing: Principle of MPT, Magnetization
techniques, procedure used for testing a component, equipment
used for MPT, applications and limitations.
Ultrasonic Testing: Basic principles of sound beam, ultrasonic
transducers, type of display, inspection methods, identification of
defects, immersion testing, applications and limitations.
Acoustic Emission Testing (AET): Principles, technique,
Instrumentation and applications.
Techniques used for Eddy Current Testing: Basic principles,
various probes, pulsed eddy current testing; low frequency eddy
current testing; SQUID-based eddy current testing; and mechanical
impedance analysis; Applications and limitations.
X-ray and Neutron Radiography: Basic principles, electromagnetic
radiation sources, effect of radiation in film, radiographic imaging,
inspection techniques, applications and limitations.
Shearography, Vibrothermography, Thermography, Laser
Interferrometry, Acoustic microscopy, Microwave Testing: Working
principles and applications.
Case study; Statistical methods for quality control.

764 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. B. Raj, T. Jayakumar, M. Thavasimuthu, Practical Non-
destructive Testing, 3rd Edition,Narosa, New Delhi, 2007, ISBN:
9788173197970.
2. ASM handbook committee,Nondestructive Evaluation and
Quality Control,Metals Handbook, Vol. 17, ASM International,
ISBN: 0871700077.
3. J. Prasad, C. G. Nair, Nondestructive Test and Evaluation of
Materials, McGraw-Hill Education, 2008, ISBN: 9780070077461.

765 Go to Index
Course Code MM 452/ MM 652
Title of the Course Thermomechanical Processing
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course deals with advanced thermomechanical processing to
understand the development of unique microstructure.
Course Syllabus General Introduction, Microstructure and Properties, Plasticity,
Work Hardening, Softening mechanisms, Deformation mechanism,
Phase transformations, Textural developments during
thermomechanical processing, Residual stress, Processing maps and
constitutive Modelling, Forming techniques: Forging, Rolling, Deep
drawing, Sheet metal forming, Defects in thermomechanical
processing, Physical simulation of properties, Case studies:
Aluminum alloys, Steels, Hexagonal alloys, High entropy alloys.
Suggested Books 1. B. Verlinden, J. Driver, I. Samajdar, R. D. Doherty, Edited by R. W.
Cahn, Thermo-Mechanical Processing of Metallic Materials,
Elsevier, 2007,ISBN: 9780080444970
2. B.S. Altan, Severe Plastic Deformation: Towards Bulk Production
of Nanostructured Materials, Nova Publishers, New York, 2006,
ISBN: 1-59454-508-1.
3. M.J. Zehetbauer, R.Z. Valiev, Nanomaterials by Severe Plastic
Deformation, Wiley-VCH, Germany, 2004, ISBN:
9783527604944.
4. A. Rosochowski, Severe Plastic Deformation Technology,
Whittles Publishing, UK, 2017, ISBN: 9781849950916.
5. Y. T. Zhu, V. Varyukhin, Nanostructured Materials by High-
Pressure Severe Plastic Deformation, Springer, Netherlands,
2006, ISBN-10: 1402039212.
6. T. C. Lowe, R. Z. Valiev, Investigations and Applications of Severe
Plastic Deformation, Springer, Netherlands, 2000, ISBN:
9780792362814.

766 Go to Index
Course Code MM 453/ MM 653
Title of the Course Non-equilibrium Processing of Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course is intended to make the students familiar with the
different non-equilibrium processing techniques and various
novel materials and its possible applications.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Thermodynamics and kinetics of metastable phase
formation.
Non-equilibrium processing methods (NEPM): Rapid
solidification, Mechanical alloying, Laser processing, Thermal
plasma processing, Spray forming, Ion-mixing, Physical vapor
deposition, Chemical vapor deposition, Combustion synthesis.
Nanostructured materials: Classification, preparation, structure,
stability, properties, application and future direction.
Special alloys: Introduction, properties, applications and future
aspects. Case studies: Bulk amorphous alloys, Quasi-crystalline
alloys, Shape memory alloys, Superalloys, Heusler alloys, High
entropy alloys.
Suggested Books 1. C. Suryanarayana, Non-equilibrium Processing of Materials,
Elsevier, 1999, ISBN: 0080426972.
2. B.S. Murty, J.W. Yeh, S. Ranganathan, High Entropy Alloys,
Elsevier, UK, 2014, ISBN: 9780128002513.
3. R. E. Smallman, A. H. W. Ngan, Physical Metallurgy and
Advanced Materials, 7th Edition, Elsevier, 2007, ISBN:
9780080552866.
4. R.C. Reed, The superalloys: fundamentals and applications,
Cambridge University Press, 2006, ISBN-13: 9780511245466.
5. Dimitris C. Lagoudas, Shape Memory Alloys Modeling and
Engineering Applications, Springer, 2008, ISBN:
9780387476841.

767 Go to Index
Course Code MM 454/ MM 654
Title of the Course Advanced Foundry Technology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Department of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course introduces students to different foundry techniques,
different alloy systems by casting routes, casting defects.
Course Syllabus Introduction to Casting technology, Solidification analysis for
metals and alloys, Technology of patternmaking, Study of
molding sands and their testing methods, Technology of mould
making and core making, Special sand moulding processes,
Principles of gating design for castings, Principles of risering
design for castings, Special casting methods, Melting furnaces,
Melting and pouring practices for production of Cast Iron family,
steel and non-ferrous metals and alloys, Fettling and Heat
treatment of castings, Casting defect and its diagnostic methods.
Suggested Books 1. R.W. Heine, C.R. Loper, P.C. Rosenthal, Principles of Metal
Casting, McGraw Hill Education, New York, USA, 1976, ISBN:
9780070993488.
2. A. Ghosh, A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-
West Press Pvt. Ltd., India, 2010, ISBN-10: 8176710636.
3. P.L. Jain, Principles of Foundry Technology, 5th Edition,
Mcgraw Hill Education, 2009, ISBN: 9780070151291.
4. A.K. Chakrabarti, Casting Technology and Cast Alloys, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2005, ISBN: 9788120327795.
5. B. Ravi, Metal Casting: Computer - Aided Design and
Analysis, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2010, ISBN: 9788120327269,
8120327268.
6. D. Kumar, S.K. Jain, Foundry Technology, Cbs Publisher,
2007, ISBN: 9788123902906.
7. P. Beeley, Foundry Technology, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2001, ISBN: 0750645679.
8. O.P. Khana, Foundry Technology, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2011, ISBN: ISBN-10: 8189928341.
9. K.P. Sinha, D.B. Goel, Foundry Technology, Standard
Publishers Distributors, 2006, ISBN: 8186308121.
10. G. Sutradhar, Principles of Foundry Process Design, New
Age International Pvt. Ltd, 2010, ISBN 10: 8122434053.

768 Go to Index
Course Code MM 457/ MM 657
Title of the Course Advances in Energy Storage Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course is designed for the students of science and engineering
Departments to understand the use of nanomaterials in the
advancement of energy storage devices. Potential of nanomaterials
will be detailed for the significant enhancement in functionality of
electrochemical devices. The basics of electrochemical devices and
cutting edge research developments will be covered from various
books, research reports, articles and review papers.
Course Syllabus Introduction to nanomaterials, Overview of the basic characteristic
differences between nanomaterials and conventional materials,
Overview of the types and architectures of nanomaterials with
relevance to the applications in energy storage/conversion devices,
Electrochemical interfaces at the nanoscale.
Characteristics and properties: Effects of crystal structures,
orientations, various dimensions, and aspect ratio at nano/micro
scales, Morphological and structural stability during operation, Issues
of diffusivity, Importance of chemical, physical and mechanical
properties.
Devices: Importance, working principles, characterization, and
fabrication of advanced electrochemical energy storage and
conversion devices like Electrochromic Smart windows,
Supercapacitors, Li/Na-ion batteries, and fuel cells, etc.
Nanomaterials for devices: Beneficial aspects of nanomaterials to
improve device performance, Nanomaterials used and problems
associated in electrochemical energy storage and conversion devices,
Possible ways to overcome limitations, Potentials of
nanostructures/nanomaterials for further significant enhancement in
functionality. Present scenario and necessities of efforts on fabricating
of nanomaterials for designing aforesaid applications.
Suggested Books 1. E. R. Leite, Nanostructured Materials for Electrochemical
Energy Production and Storage, Springer, 2009, ISBN: 978-0-
387-49323-7.
2. B. E. Conway, Electrochemical Supercapacitors Scientific
Fundamentals and Technological Applications, Springer, 1999,
ISBN: 9781475730586.
3. D. Linden, T. B. Reddy, Handbook of Batteries, 3rd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2002, ISBN-13: 9780071359788.
4. C. G. Granqvist, Handbook of Inorganic Electrochromic
Materials, Elsevier, 1995, ISBN: 9780080532905.

769 Go to Index
Course code MM 474/ MM 674
Title of the course Fluorescence Phenomenon
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-2-4
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course The objective of course will be an asset to build up concept
about phenomenon of fluorescence involved in development of
materials. The course will illustrate the broad overview of
various phenomenon and applications of fluorescence in
materials science and engineering.
Course Syllabus Introduction to fluorescent phenomenon, basic concepts and
instrumental techniques involved in fluorescence, Time-domain
lifetime measurements, Dynamics of solvent and spectral
relaxation, Aggregation induced emission (AIE), Chelation
induced fluorescence (CHEF), Quenching
of fluorescence, Fluorescence resonance energy transfer
(FRET), Fluorescence anisotropy, Intramolecular charge
transfer (ICT), Twisted intramolecular charge transfer (TICT),
Photoinduced electron transfer (PET), Effect of solvent and
molecular conformation on emission, Time-resolved energy
transfer and conformation distributions of biopolymers,
protein fluorescence, fluorescence sensing, Nucleic
acids fluorescence, live-cell imaging, applications
of fluorescent phenomenon in disease detection. Laboratory
Experiment: Demonstration of the fluorescence phenomenon in
development of emissive materials.
Suggested Books 1. J. R. Lakowicz, Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, 3rd
edition, Springer Science + Bussines Media, New York, USA,
2006, 780387312781
2. J. R. Albani, Principles and Applications
of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Blackwell Publishing, Lowa,
USA, 2007, 9781405138918
3. E. Wehry, Modern Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum
Press, New York and London, 1976, 9781468425833
4. O. S. Wolfbeis, Fluorescence Spectroscopy, New Methods and
Applications : Springer-Verlag : Berlin, Heidelberg : 1993 :
9783642773747

770 Go to Index
Course Code MM 475/ MM 675
Title of the Course Advanced Fracture Mechanics
Contact Hours L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course In this course students can learn about the fracture
concepts, fracture mechanics basics, equations governing
fracture and fracture mechanics, concept of fracture
toughness and experimental measurement of fracture
toughness. Advanced topics in fatigue of materials and
creep.
Course Syllabus Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, Theory of Elasticity
and Plasticity, Mohr’s circle, equivalent stress, stress
tensors.
Fracture, Theories of brittle and ductile fracture,
Theoretical cohesive strength, strain energy release rate,
Griffith theory, Stress intensity actor, relation between
strain energy release rate and stress intensity factor,
Ductile to brittle transition, instability in plastic
deformation.
Linear elastic fracture mechanics, elastic plastic fracture
mechanics, fracture toughness and test methods, J-integral,
R- Curve, CTOD.
Fatigue of materials, basic terminology in fatigue,
mechanism of fatigue, S-N curve, high cycle fatigue, Effect of
mean stress on fatigue, good man diagram, low cycle
fatigue, factors affecting fatigue of materials, fatigue crack
growth, crack closure, thermal fatigue, fretting fatigue,
corrosion fatigue, design to mitigate fatigue failure.
Creep of materials, mechanisms of creep, creep curve,
deformation mechanism maps, and basic equations
governing creep. Creep-fatigue interaction, Damage tolerant
design.
Suggested books 1. R. W. Hertzberg, R. P. Vinci, J. L. Hertzberg, Deformation
and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering Materials,
5th Edition,Wiley,2012, ISBN-10: 0470527803.
2. G. E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, 3rd
Edition,McGraw-Hill, 2017, ISBN: 0071004068.
3. T. L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals
and Applications, 4th Edition, CRC Press, 2017, ISBN-
10: 1498728138.
4. R. J. Sanford, Principles of Fracture Mechanics, 1st
Edition,Pearson, 2002, ISBN-10: 0130929921.

771 Go to Index
Course Code MM 477/ MM 677
Title of the Course High Temperature Deformation of Materials
Contact Hours L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course provides basic understanding of d the various
deformation mechanisms that take place under given stress and
temperature.
Course Syllabus Creep of materials. Creep curve, mechanisms of creep.
structural changes during creep, equations governing creep of
metals, stress rupture test. Creep resistance materials, super
alloys, dispersion strengthening materials, refractory materials.
Fatigue of materials, effect of temperature on fatigue behavior,
high temperature fatigue, thermal fatigue, thermo mechanical
fatigue. Creep fatigue interaction.
Thermal barrier coatings.
Deformation Mechanism Maps (Ashby and Langdon-Mohamed).
Applications of Deformation Mechanism Maps [turbines,
nuclear reactor components, metal forming and shaping, etc.
Suggested books 1. W. D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering: An
Introduction, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014, ISBN:
9781118324578.
2. J. S Zhang, High Temperature Deformation and Fracture
of Materials, 1st Edition, Elsevier,2010, ISBN:
9780857090805.
3. M. A. Meyers, K. K. Chawla, Mechanical Behavior of
Materials, Cambridge University Press, 1999,
ISBN: 9780521866750.
4. G. E Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, 1st Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 1976, ISBN: 9780070168916.

772 Go to Index
Course Code MM 479 / MM 679
Title of the Course Fundamentals and Engineering of Solar Energy Devices
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department of Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course introduces various aspects of the solar energy devices
to the students from science and engineering Departments. This
course is intended to educate the students in basics, limitations,
advantages, solar cell characteristics, design, fabrication, and
applications of solar cells.
Course Syllabus Fundamentals and basics concepts:Working principle of solar
cell, fundamental of photoelectric conversions (charge excitation,
conduction, separation, and collection), Light absorption and
reflections, Solar energy conversion (Photovoltaic, Solar thermal
and photochemical), Shockley–Queisser Limit (Efficiency,
Recombination time, AM1.5 radiation), Generation and
recombination of electron-hole pairs, recombination processes
(Radiative, Auger, Schokley-Read-Hall, direct/Langevin type, trap
assisted, direct, interfacial, geminate, and non-geminate
recombination) and possible losses.
Characteristic: Equivalent circuits of the solar cell, Physical
aspects of efficiency, Irradiation and series/shunt resistances on
the open-circuit voltage (VOC) and short-circuit current (ISC), Dark
and illuminated characteristics, Dark current, Light generated
current, Effects of shading, Significance of various parameters
(Out-put parameter, FF, solar cell η, ISC, VOC, Quantum efficiency,
Maximum power point operation), Antireflections coating,
Practical efficiency limit (Parasitic resistance, Losses in ISC, VOC, and
FF, Effects of temperature, Series and shunt resistance, high
irradiance), Theoretical Limits, Challenges, and New Ideas.
Solar Cell Devices: Basic structure, modeling, advantages,
disadvantages and challenges, Generations of solar cells, Si solar
cell (Single- and Poly- Crystalline, Amorphous, and Hybrid), Thin
film solar cells (Amorphous silicon, Cd-Te, Cd-Se, CZTS, CIGS solar
cells), Grätzel& tandem cell(Metal-Oxide micro/nano-structures;
fabrication,Mechanism, Key efficiency parameters, Substrate effect,
Examples of dyes for photosensitization, Electrolytes, Influence of
additives on the performance,), Heterojunction organic,
Perovskite, Quantum dots and Hybrid solar cell (types, materials
used, compositions of components, processing, architectures,
efficiency limits, stability issues, temperature effect), Emerging new
technologies.
Over view of potential hazards, Solar energy storage/utilization
(Batteries, Supercapacitor, Display devices, Emitters, and
Generators etc.), Status and prospective of PV technology.
Suggested Books 1. A.McEvoy, T.Markvart, L.Castaner, Solar Cells: Materials,
Manufacture and Operation, 2nd Edition, Elsevier, 2013,
773 Go to Index
 ISBN: 9780080993799.
2. T. Soga, Nanostructured Materials for Solar Energy
Conversion, Elsevier, 2006, ISBN: 9780444528445.
3. D. Yogi Goswami, Principles of Solar Engineering, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press, 2015, ISBN: 9781466563780.
4. A. L. Fahrenbruch, R.Bube, Fundamentals of Solar Cells,
Elsevier, 1983, ISBN: 9780323145381.
5. C. J. Chen, Physics of Solar Energy, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2011, ISBN: 9780470647806.
6. P.Wurfel, Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to
Advanced Concepts, 2nd Edition, Wiley-VCH, 2005,
ISBN:9783527408573.
7. L Fraas, L. Partain, Solar Cells & Their Applications, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010, ISBN: 9780470446331.
8. M. A. Green, Third Generation Photovoltaics: Advanced
Solar Energy Conversion, Springer, 2005, ISBN:
9783540265634.

774 Go to Index
Course code MM 481/ MM 681
Title of the course High Pressure Materials Processing
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course is designed for the students of science and engineering
Departments to understand the use of High pressure for materials
synthesis and properties studies under high pressure. This course
provides new insight for basic, applied and industrial applications.
Course Syllabus Introduction to High Pressure Materials Synthesis Technique and
basic principles, Pressure effects in material synthesis and
physics/science behind it, Comparison of solid-medium and gas-
medium pressure techniques, Solid-medium ultra-high-pressure
low-temperature O2 annealing, Gas-medium high-pressure
synthesis. High Pressure Materials Synthesis Techniques:
Encapsulation techniques, Shock-wave methods, Diamond-anvil
cells, Cubic Anvil and Belt type. Synthesis of Novel Materials under
high pressure: General features of high-pressure processes,
calibration of parameters etc., High Pressure synthesis of
Mechanical Materials and new layered structures, Polymers etc.
Application of high-pressure techniques: magnetic materials,
diamonds, gems, Wide band gap semiconductors, Electronic and
Optical Materials, etc.
Suggested Books 1. R. S. Bradley, High Pressure Physics and Chemistry, Academic
Press, Cambridge, USA, 1963, 0121240029
2. K. D. Timmerheld, High-Pressure Science and Technology,
Springer, Berlin, Germany, 1979, 9780306400698
3. M. I. Eremets, High Pressure Experimental Methods, Oxford
University Press, United Kingdom, 1996, 9780198562696
4. R. V. Eldic and F. G. Kramer, High Pressure Chemistry, Synthetic,
Mechanistic, and Supercritical Applications, Wiley, New York,
2002, 9783527612635

775 Go to Index
Course Code MM 483/ MM 683
Title of the Course Analysis and Modelling of Welding
Contact Hours L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course Welding is an important fabrication process in manufacturing
industries. This course deals with the detailed analysis and
modelling techniques that apply to the differentphenomena that
take place during welding processes.
Course Syllabus Introduction to fusion welding processes, Heat sources, Heat
removal. Thermal modelling, Analytical solution to weld thermal
field, Zones in a weldment, Phase change. Fluid flow in the weld
pool, Fusion zone, Conduction mode and Keyhole mode.
Introduction to micro-segregation, Solute redistribution,
Microscale, Microstructure evolution. Solute transfer at
Macroscale.
Defects in fusion welds, Effects of dilution, Weld Cladding.
Distortion in welding, Dissimilar welding, Solutions to Dissimilar
welding.
Numerical solutions to thermal field and fluid flow in welding.
Suggested books 1. S. Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2002, ISBN: 9780471434917.
2. R. W. Messler, Principles of Welding: Processes, Physics,
Chemistry and Metallurgy, Wiley-VCH, 1999, ISBN-13:978-
0471253761.
3. J. F. Lancaster, Metallurgy of Welding, Abington Publishing,
England, 1999, ISBN: 1855734281.
4. D. R. Gaskell, An Introduction to Transport Phenomena in
Materials Engineering, 2nd Edition, Momentum Press, New
York, 2013, ISBN-13: 978-6065-35-3.
5. S. V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,1980, ISBN:
0070487405.

776 Go to Index
Course Code MM 485/ MM 685
Title of the Course Materials Degradation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course To start from the fundamentals and provide an integrated and
up-to-date picture of degradation of engineering materials used
in the current industry. This course will concentrate on the
materials, forms of degradation and their mechanism that are
most relevant to the largest number of current industrial
applications.
Course Syllabus Introduction to materials degradation; Corrosion standards;
Electrochemical corrosion of metallic materials; General
corrosion; Localized corrosion; Introduction to electrochemical
impedance spectroscopy (EIS); Metallurgical influenced
corrosion; Mechanically assisted corrosion; Environmentally
induced cracking; CO2 corrosion of mild steel; materials
degradation in nuclear power plant; Corrosion in automotive
industry; Corrosion in aerospace industry; Corrosion in Aircraft
industry; Corrosion in electronic industry; Degradation issues of
concrete and polymer materials; Degradation issues in metallic
implants; Electro-chemo-mechanical degradation of high-
capacity battery electrode materials; Degradation of dental
materials; Corrosion in the Brewery Industry; Biodetoriation of
materials.
Suggested Books 1. ASM committee,ASM Handbook on Corrosion,9th Edition,
Vol 13, 1992, ISBN: 9780871707079.
2. J. R. David, Corrosion: understanding the basics, ASM
international, Materials Park, Ohio, 2000,ISBN-10:
0824799178.
3. A. M. El-Sherik, Trends in Oil and Gas Corrosion Research
and Technologies, Woodhead Publishing. 2017, ISBN:
9780081011058.

777 Go to Index
Course code MM 486/ MM 686
Title of the course Applied Photoelectrochemistry
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of Semiconductors, Optoelectronic Properties
and Electrochemistry
Scope of the course The course is designed to provide the fundamentals
knowledge of Photoelectrochemistry and its application in
solar light harvesting. The student would get comprehensive
understanding on phenomenon’s that are occurring at the
interface of semiconductor and electrolyte. To introduce the
nanostructure photoelectrode and their impact as well as
recent advancement in semiconductor photoelectrodes.
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction: Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Cells,
Electrodes: Anode and Cathode, Equilibrium Potential of
Electrode Reactions, Cathodic and Anodic Reactions, Electrode
Reactions in Electron Transfer.
2. Semiconductor Photoelectrodes: Electron Energy Bands of
Semiconductors, Chemical Potential and Electrochemical
Potential, Graphical Representation of Energy Levels, Theory
of Junction Formation, Metal-Schottky Junction,
Semiconductor– Electrolyte Junction, Flow of Carriers Across
the Junction, Depth of Charge Separation at the Interface of n-
and p-Type Semiconductors, Nature of Potential at the
Interface, Width of the Space Charge Region, and Quasi-Fermi
Levels (QFLs). Semiconductor–Electrolyte Junction Under
Illumination: Open Circuit Potential, Photovoltage and
Photocurrent, Photocurrent Conversion Efficiency.
3. Nanostructured Semiconductor Photoelectrodes: Band
Bending in Nanostructures, Effect of Surface Area,
Determination of Quasi-Fermi Level Positions, Surface States
and Fermi Level Pinning, Surface Recombination, Charge
Separation and Collection, Charge Compensation and Charge
Trapping.
4. Photoelectrochemical Water Splitting: Concept of Solar
Driven Water Splitting and Production of Chemical
Fuels/Hydrogen. Prospective Materials for Solar Driven Water
Splitting and Associated Challenges. The Advanced Materials
Design: Harvesting of Wider Solar Spectrum, Effective
Separation and Transportation of Photo Charge Carriers,
Earth Abundant Elements based Nanostructures.
Suggested Books 1. Norio Sato, Electrochemistry at Metal and
Semiconductor Electrodes, Elsevier, The Netherlands,
2005, 0444828060
2. Yurii Pleskov, Semiconductor Photoelectrochemistry,
Springer, New York, USA, 2012, 9781468490800
3. Mary D Archer and Arthur J Nozik, Nanostructured and
778 Go to Index
 Photoelectrochemical Systems for Solar Photon
Conversion, World Scientific, London, 2008, 10
1860942555
4. R. Krol and M. Grätzel, Photoelectrochemical Hydrogen
Production, Springer, USA, 2011, 9781461413806

779 Go to Index
Course code MM 487/ MM 687

Title of the course Advanced Battery Technologies

Course Category Institute Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2–1–0-3

Name of the Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Any basic course(s) on electrochemistry and crystal structure

Scope of the course • Theoretical and practical aspects of secondary (rechargeable)

(Objectives) batteries.
• Emphasis on recent advances in Li-ion, Na-ion, solid-state, and
alkali metal battery technologies.

Course Outcomes Upon completion of the course, students are expected to:
• have acquired knowledge of various cell chemistries, battery
materials, and battery figures of merit.
• apply the knowledge of key battery parameters to select the
appropriate battery chemistry for target applications such as
grid storage, electric vehicles, portable electronics, etc.

Course Content • Fundamentals of batteries: Basic battery terminologies;

Historical development of alkali cells.
• Alkali-ion batteries: Types of electrodes, electrolytes, and
interfaces (SEI and CEI).
• Ion transport dynamics across electrodes and electrolytes.
• Characterization techniques for cell/batteries: CV; GCD
(CCC, CVC, etc.); GITT; EIS.
• Factors limiting battery performance: Importance of crystal
structure, particle morphology, and active material loading.
• Catastrophic battery failure & capacity fading
mechanisms: Thermal runaway; the role of BMS.
• Battery pack design: Role of impedance matching and
appropriate cell configuration.
• Issues with the current battery technologies: Safety;
Sustainability; Technical challenges with fast charging.
• Emerging battery technologies: Na-ion; All-solid-state; Li-S;
Li-Air; Anode free batteries.

780 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. R. Korthauer : Lithium-Ion Batteries - Basics and
Applications : Springer Berlin, Heidelberg : 2018 : ISBN-
9783662530696
2. K. P. Birker (editor) : Modern Battery Engineering – A
Comprehensive Introduction, World Scientific Publishing Co.
Pte. Ltd.: 2019 : ISBN- 9789811215988
Reference Books:
3. K. W. Beard (editor) : Linden’s Handbook of Batteries, 5th
Edition, McGraw-Hill : 2019 : ISBN- 9781260115925
4. P. Enge, N. Enge, and S. Zoepf : Electric Vehicle Engineering:
McGraw-Hill : 2021 : ISBN- 9781260464078

781 Go to Index
Course code MM 688/ MM 488

Title Electroceramics

L - T - P – Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
The course provides a comprehensive treatment of
Scope of the course
fundamental aspects of electroceramics and their applications.
A brief review of the structure of selected ceramic materials,
Defects Equilibria, Diffusion Kinetics, Theory of Ionic
Conduction, Applications of Ionic Conductors: Fuel Cells,
Batteries, etc. Polarization in Static and Alternating Electric
Course Syllabus Fields, Clausius–Mossotti Relation, Linear & Nonlinear
Dielectrics and their Applications: Capacitors, Sensors,
Actuators, Data Storage Devices, Ferroelectric Random Access
Memories (Fe-RAM), Magnetoelectric Coupling and
Multiferroicity, Electroceramics Fabrication-Technology.
1. W. D. Kingery, H. K. Bowen, and D. R. Uhlmann, Introduction
to Ceramics, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
India, 2012, 978-8126539994
2. L. L. Hench and J. K. West, Principles of Electronic
Ceramics, Wiley-Interscience, New Jersey, United States,
1990, 978-0471618218
3. A. J. Moulson and J. M. Herbert, Electroceramics , Materials,
Suggested Books Properties, Applications, John Wiley & Sons, West Sussex,
England, 2003, 978-0470864975
4. Anthony R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its
Applications,2nd Edition, Wiley, New Delhi, India, 2014,
978-1119942948
5. Nava Setter (editor), Electroceramic-Based MEMS, Springer
US, 2005, ISBN: 978-1441936042

782 Go to Index
Suggeste Text Books:
dBooks 6. R. A. Swalin, Thermodynamics of Solids, Wiley-VCH; 1972,
ISBN: 970471838548.
7. D. R. Gaskell, Introduction to Thermodynamics of
Materials,CRC Press, 2008, ISBN: 9781439851500.
Reference Books:
8. L. Darken and R. W. Gury, Physical Chemistry of Metals, CBS
Publisher, 2002, ISBN: 9788123914794.
9. D.A. Porter and K.E. Easterling, Phase Transformation
CRCPress, 2009, ISBN: 9781420062106.
10. D.A. Porter, K.E. Easterling, M. Sherif; Phase
Transformationsin Metals and Alloys, CRC Press,
2009, ISBN:
9781439883570.

783 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
Chemical Engineering Courses

784 Go to Index
Course code ChE 201

Title of the course Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Chemical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course objective The course aims to provide students with an understanding of the
fundamental principles of Thermodynamics targeted towards
Chemical and Biological Processes.

Course Outcomes ● Appreciate the relevance and importance of thermodynamic

principles.
● Application of Thermodynamic principles to chemical and
Biochemical processes.

Course Content Module 1: Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics

Laws of Thermodynamics. Carnot’s theorem, Concept of Entropy.
Applications of first law to close and open systems;
Thermodynamic cycles, PVT relations; Equations of state, S-R-K
equation, Peng-Robinson equation.
Module 2: Thermodynamic properties of ideal and real fluids
Thermodynamic potentials, Maxwell’s relations, Gibbs free energy
as generating function; Residual properties; Heat, and work
interconversion devices
Module 3.: Gibbs energy change calculations
Ideal gas mixtures, Fugacity of species in gaseous, liquid and solid
mixtures: Predictive activity coefficient models, Combined equation
of state and Excess Gibbs Energy model
Module 4: Phase Equilibria
Phase rule; Dew and bubble-point calculations; Flash calculations;
Property estimation using VLE; Partial molar Gibbs energy and
Gibbs-Duhem Equation; Phase equilibria in a multi-component
system, Regular solution theory, Wilson equation, UNIFAC method,
Thermodynamic properties of Reacting mixtures and the Heat of
Reaction.
Module 5: Bio-Process Thermodynamics
Application of thermodynamic principles to biological systems and

785 Go to Index
 bioprocesses; Gibb’s free energy change in bio reactions -
photosynthesis, glycolysis, citric acid cycle; Thermodynamic
analysis of osmosis, dialysis, Donnan equilibrium; Thermodynamic
analysis of industrial bioprocesses

Suggested Books Textbooks

1) J. M. Smith, H. C. Van Ness, M. M. Abbott, M. T. Swihart, Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill (2019), ISBN-
13:978-9353168490
2) Y. V. C. Rao, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 2nd Edition,
University Press (2001), ISBN-13: 978-8173710483
Reference books
3) M. Ozilgen, E. Sorguven, Bio thermodynamics – Principles and
Applications, CRC Press (2016), ISBN -13: 978-1466586093
4) R. J. Elliot, C. T. Lira, Introductory Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, Pearson (2012),
ISBN-13: 978-0136068549

786 Go to Index
Course code ChE 203

Title of the course Transport Phenomena

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Chemical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Objectives of the Understanding Mass, Momentum and Heat transfer in the context
course of Chemical Engineering Applications.

Course Outcomes ● Knowledge of fundamental principles underlying mass transfer,

momentum transfer, and heat transfer.
● Apply transport phenomena concepts to design of chemical
processes and equipment.
● Ability to formulate and solve mathematical models
representing transport processes.

Course Content Module 1: Essential Mathematics and basic concepts

Vector and tensor analysis, Newton’s law of viscosity, thermal
conductivity and mechanism of energy transport, diffusivity and
mechanism of mass transport, basic concept of classical
momentum, heat, and mass transfer problems.
Module 2: Momentum Transport
Eulerian/Lagrangian motion, Reynolds transport theorem, Velocity
distribution in laminar and turbulent flow, Fundamentals of
boundary layer theory, Equations of continuity, Introduction to
Navier - Stokes equation, Conservation of mechanical energy in
fluids.
Module 3: Energy Transport
Temperature profiles in laminar and turbulent flow, Graetz
problem with viscous dissipation, thermal boundary layer,
conduction profile in solid under steady and unsteady conditions,
equations of motion for free and forced convection.
Module 4: Mass Transfer
Basics of mass transport mechanism, shell balances of mass species
diffusion under various driving forces, diffusion with chemical
reaction, convective diffusion in dilute solutions, integral balances
in momentum, heat, and mass transfer, concentration distributions
in laminar flow; equation of continuity for a binary mixture and its
application to convection-diffusion problems. concentration

787 Go to Index
 distributions under multiple variables.
Module 5: Bio-Thermo-Fluidics and Transport Processes
Fundamentals of momentum, heat, and mass transport as applied
to biological systems; Rheology of Blood, Human body as a
thermodynamic system, Fluid mechanical aspects of some diseases
and organs.

Suggested Books Textbooks

1) R.B. Bird, W. E. Steward, E. N. Lightfoot, Transport Phenomena,
2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons (2014), ISBN-13: 978-
8126508082
2) J. L. Plawsky, Transport Phenomena Fundamentals, 4th edition,
CRC Press (2020), ISBN-13: 978-1138080560
Reference books
3) P. A. Ramchandran, Advanced Transport Phenomena,
Cambridge Univ Press (2014), ISBN-13: 978-0521762618
4) L.G. Leal, Advanced Transport Phenomena, Cambridge Univ
Press (2007), ISBN-13: 978-0521849104

788 Go to Index
Course code ChE 205

Title of the course Materials Science for Chemical Engineers

Course Category Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Chemical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Objectives of the The course aims to provide fundamentals of various classes of

course materials, microstructures, important properties, and their
applications in various industries.

Course Outcomes ● Able to identify crystal structure and the important parameters.
● Knowledge of key differences among various classes of
engineering materials.
● Understand the processing, structure, and properties relations
of engineering materials.

Course Content Module 1: Atomic bonding in solids and its influence on properties;
Crystallography: Atomic Packing factor, Planar density, Linear
density, Techniques for determining the crystal structure.
Imperfections in crystalline solids and the characterization
techniques
Module 2: Gibbs phase rule, the transition from single to binary &
multi-phase systems, Solidification principles: Nucleation and
Kinetics, Solid Solution formation rules, a few important binary
phase diagrams, Iron-Iron carbide phase diagrams, various classes
of steels, Diffusion kinetics in materials
Module 3: Mechanical properties of materials and the physics of
deformation, strengthening mechanisms such as solid solution
strengthening, Grain boundary strengthening, precipitation
hardening, and failure in materials
Module 4: Types, properties, and applications of polymeric,
ceramic, and composite materials, Methods of fabrication of
polymeric and composite materials. Viscoelastic properties, Kelvin-
Voigt Model, Maxwell
Module 5: Introduction to biomaterials, concept of
biocompatibility, properties of biomaterials, bimetallic alloys,
ceramic biomaterials, polymeric biomaterials.

789 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1) W. D. Callister, Fundamentals of Materials Science and
Engineering, John Wiley & Sons (2008), ISBN 13: 978-
0470234631
2) M. Rubinstein, R. H. Colby, Polymer Physics, Oxford University
Press, United Kingdom (2003), ISBN 13: 978-0-19-852059-7
Reference Books:
3) W. F. Smith, J. Hashemi, R. Prakash, Materials Science and
Engineering, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill (2010), ISBN 13: 978-
0073529240
4) Donald R. Askeland, Essentials of Materials Science and
Engineering, 2nd edition, Wadsworth Publishing Co Inc. (2008),
ISBN-13- 978-0495244462

790 Go to Index
Course code ChE 207

Title of the course Chemical Process Calculations

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Chemical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Objectives the course The course aims to provide students with an understanding of the
fundamental principles of Material and Energy balances for
Chemical and Biochemical Process Industries

Course Outcomes ● Basic knowledge of material and energy balances.

● Applications of behavior of Solid, liquid, and gas to chemical and
biochemical plants.

Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Material Balance

Principles of material balance and its calculation, material balance
equation, balances on single and multiple unit processes without
reaction, material balances on non-reactive processes, material
balances on non-reactive processes with recycle and bypass,
material balances on reactive processes, Solving linear
simultaneous algebraic equations for applications in material
balance and computer-based calculations.
Module 2. Properties of Gases and Liquids
State equation of ideal gas and non-ideal gases and calculation,
Vapor-liquid equilibrium: bubble point, dew point calculations,
phase envelope diagrams, saturation and humidity, Psychometric
chart and its use, problem-solving Process of phase change:
Condensation, vaporization.
Module 3. Energy Balance on Chemical Process Units
Mechanical energy balance: basic understanding, enthalpy balance
without reaction, energy balances with multiple inlet and outlet
streams, energy balances on reactive systems, energy balance with
standard heat of reaction, enthalpy balances for heat of solution,
computer-based calculations for energy balance.
Module 4. Combustion Calculations
Characteristics of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, combustion
reaction, stoichiometric principles to calculate the theoretical air-
fuel ratio for complete combustion, energy balance in combustion
processes, and combustion efficiency.

791 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbooks
1) D. M. Himmeblau, J. B. Riggs, Basic Principles and Calculations in
Chemical Engineering, 4th Edition, Pearson (2012), ISBN-13-
978-0132346603
2) O. A. Hougen, K. M. Watson & R. A. Ragatz, Chemical Process
Principles, Material and Energy Balances, Part I, John Wiley
(2004), ISBN-13- 978-8123909530
Reference books.
3) G. V. Rekliatis, Introduction to Material and Energy Balances,
John Wiley & Sons (1983), ISBN-13- 978-0471041313
4) R. M. Felder and R.W. Rousseau, Elementary Principles of
Chemical Processes, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons (2004),
ISBN-13- 978-0471687573

792 Go to Index
Course code ChE 209

Title of the course Introduction to Soft Matter and Polymers

Course Category Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Concerned Chemical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course The course aims to provide students with an understanding of the
forces governing the assembly of various soft materials such as
synthetic polymers, proteins, colloids, gels, liquids, etc. along with their
unique physicochemical properties

Learning Outcomes ● Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the assembly of soft

materials such as colloids and polymers.
● Understand the structure-property relationship for a variety of soft
matter systems
● Gain an appreciation for biological systems as living soft matter

Course Content Module 1: Fundamentals of Soft Matter

Everyday soft matter; Forces governing the assembly of soft matter;
Experimental characterization techniques for soft matter;
Thermodynamics and mechanical properties, such as viscoelasticity, of
soft materials.
Module 2. Colloids
Types of colloids, Brownian motion, Intermolecular forces between
colloids, sols, gels, food colloids.
Module 3. Polymers
Polymer chemistry; Thermodynamics of polymer solutions; Phase
separation of polymer solutions; Polymer gels.
Module 4. Biological soft matter
Membranes, DNA, proteins. Protein folding and crystallization;
Intrinsically disordered proteins and phase separation.

Suggested Books Textbooks

1) I. W. Hamley, Introduction to soft matter, synthetic and biological
self-assembling materials, Wiley, Germany (2007), ISBN13: 978-
0470516102
2) M. Rubinstein & R. H. Colby, Polymer physics. Oxford University

793 Go to Index
 Press, United Kingdom (2003), ISBN: 978-0-19-852059-7
Reference books.
3) T. McLeish, Soft Matter, A Very Short Introduction, Oxford
University Press, United Kingdom (2020), ISBN: 9780198807131
4) D. F. Evans, H. Wennerström, The Colloidal Domain, Where Physics,
Chemistry, Biology, and Technology Meet, VCH Publishers Germany
(1999), ISBN: 3-527-89525-6
5) K. Dill, S. Bromberg, Molecular Driving Forces, Statistical
Thermodynamics in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Nanoscience.,
CRC Press, United States (2010), ISBN: 9781136672996

794 Go to Index
Course code ChE 211

Title of the course Waste to Energy Conversion

Course Category Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2–1–0–3

Name of the Concerned Chemical Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course The course deals with the production of energy from different types of
wastes through thermal, biological and chemical routes.

Learning Outcomes ● Fundamental knowledge and understanding of current thoughts

and newer technology options along with their advances in the field
of the utilization of different types of wastes for energy production.
● Analyze case studies to understand the success and challenges of
various Waste to Energy technology options.

Course Content Module 1: Introduction

The Principles of Waste Management and Waste Utilization. Waste
Management Hierarchy and 3R Principle of Reduce, Reuse and Recycle.
Waste as a Resource and Alternate Energy source.

Module 2. Waste Sources & Characterization

Waste production in different sectors such as domestic, industrial,
agriculture, post-consumer, waste, etc. Classification of waste – agro-
based, forest residues, domestic waste, industrial waste (hazardous and
non-hazardous), Characterization of waste for energy utilization, waste
selection criteria.

Module 3. Technologies for Waste to Energy

Biochemical Conversion: Energy production from organic waste
through anaerobic digestion and fermentation.
Thermo-chemical conversion techniques: Combustion, Incineration and
heat recovery, Pyrolysis, Gasification, and other newer technologies.

Module 4. Case Studies

Success/failures of waste to energy; Global Best Practices in Waste to
Energy Production Distribution and use.

Suggested Books Textbooks

1) M. J. Rogoff and F. Screve, "Waste-to-Energy, Technologies and

795 Go to Index
 Project Implementation", Elsevier Store. William Andrew (2019),
ISBN-13- 978-0128160794

Reference books.

2) G. C. Young, Municipal Solid Waste to Energy Conversion Processes -

Economic Technical and Renewable Comparisons, Economic,
Technical, and Renewable Comparisons, John Wiley and Sons.
(2010), ISBN-13- 978-0470539675
3) J. H. Harker and J. R. Backhusrt, "Fuel and Energy", Academic Press
Inc. (1997), ISBN-13- 978-0123252500
4) M.M. EL-Halwagi, "Biogas Technology- Transfer and Diffusion",
Elsevier Applied Science. (2014), ISBN-13- 978-9401084161

796 Go to Index
Course code ChE 251

Title of the course Heat and Mass Transfer Lab

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

0–0–2–1

Name of the Chemical Engineering

Concerned
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the Lab Introduce the students to the basics of heat and mass transfer

Learning Outcomes ● Understand the nuances in the experimental measurement in

Heat and Mass transfer

Course Content List of representative experiments:

1. Determine the unsteady state heat transfer by lumped
capacitance.
2. Determine the heat transfer in the process of condensation and
by free and forced convection.
3. Investigating the drying characteristics of a solid under forced
draft condition
4. Examining the heat transfer in a Pin-Fin (by natural & forced
convection) and the radiation heat transfer by the black body
and the effect of hemisphere temperature on it
5. Evaluate the heat transfer through conduction in metal rods of
different materials and Parallel flow/counter flow heat
exchangers.
6. Demonstrate the super thermal conductivity of Heat pipe and
compare its working with the best conductors.
7. Evaluate the critical flux in the Pool boiling apparatus using in-
situ method
8. Operational principle of a Rotary dryer
9. Mass transfer operations in the water-cooling tower for
different flow and thermodynamic conditions.
10. Dissolution characteristics of benzoic acid in water and aqueous

797 Go to Index
 solution of sodium hydroxide.
11. Adsorption in a packed bed for a solid-liquid system
12. Effect of temperature on the diffusion coefficient
13. Demineralization of water using two bed system

Suggested Books Y. A. Cengel, A. J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals and
Applications, McGraw Hill; 6th Edition (2020), ISBN-13: 978-
9390185283

798 Go to Index
Course code ChE 255

Title of the course Materials Characterization lab

Course Category Core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0–0–2–1

Name of the
Concerned Chemical Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

● Introduce the students to various mechanical, thermal and

microstructure characterization techniques.
Scope of the Lab
● Analysis of the data and establish a correlation between the
structure and properties of various material systems

● Evaluate the microstructure and mechanical properties of

materials.
● Analyze the experimental data in terms of various empirical and
Learning Outcomes
phenomenological models.
● Able to design and conduct experiments to understand various
properties of materials.

List of representative Experiments

(1) Determination of crystal structure of given metals using X-ray
diffraction.
(2) To determine the hardness of various materials
(3) Determination of mechanical properties of different materials such
as yield strength, elastic modulus, and strain hardening behavior.
(4) To determine the microstructure of low, medium, and high-carbon
steels
Course Content (5) Determination of glass transition temperature of polymers and
understanding the effect of rejuvenation.
(6) Investigate the rheological properties of various polymers.
(7) Determine the phase transformation temperature in steels and
shape memory alloys.
(8) Steady simple shear experiments to obtain the viscosity of polymer
solutions.
(9) Small Amplitude Oscillatory Shear (SAOS) experiments to measure
storage and loss modulus of polymer solutions and blends.

799 Go to Index
 1) C. Suryanarayana, Experimental Techniques in Materials and
Suggested Books
Mechanics, CRC Press; 1st edition (2011) ISBN: 978-1439819043

Syllabi
of
Institute Elective Courses (IEC)

800 Go to Index
 List of Institute Elective Courses (IEC)
(A) School of Basic Sciences:
1. IPH 471N/ PH 671N/ AA 471N/ AA 671N: Relativity and Cosmology (2-1-0-3)
2. IPH 474 / PH 674 / AA 474 / AA 674: Basics of Radio Astronomy (2-1-0-3)

(B) School of Engineering:

1. ICS 419/ CS 419/ CS 619 : Computer Vision (2-1-0-3)
2. IEE 431 / EE 431/ EE 631 : Organic Electronics (2-1-0-3)
3. IME 451 / ME 651 : Mechatronics System Design (2-1-0-3)

(C) School of Humanities and Social Sciences

1. IHS 402 : Twentieth Century World History: Critical Perspectives (2-1-0-3)
2. IHS 416 : French Language (2-1-0-3)
3. IHS 422 / HS 622 : Development Economics (2-1-0-3)
4. IHS 425 : Money and Banking (2-1-0-3)
5. IHS 443 / HS 643 : Contemporary Short Fiction (2-1-0-3)
6. IHS 444 : Literature of the Twentieth Century (2-1-0-3)
7. IHS 482 : Introduction to International Development and Area Studies (2-1-
0-3)

(D) Inter-disciplinary Group of Biosciences and Bioengineering (BSBE)

1. IBSE 401 : Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology (2-1-0-3)

(E) Center of Innovation, Incubation, Entrepreneurship and Industry Relations (CIIEIR)

801 Go to Index
1. IE 301/ IE 401/ IE 601 : Foundation for Entrepreneurship (2-0-2-3)

Course Code AA 471N/ AA 671N/ IPH 471N/ PH 671N

Title of the Course Relativity and Cosmology
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Department of Center

Pre–requisite, if any
Scope of the Course This course aims to introduce students to cosmology through an
understanding of the General Theory of Relativity. Special
emphasis will be placed on linear perturbation theory in the
early universe, leading to the formation of the cosmic
microwave background, as this illustrates basic undergraduate
physics in the context of the frontiers of research in cosmology.

802 Go to Index
Course Syllabus 1. Special Relativity: Michaelson-Morley Experiment, Galilean
vs. Lorentz transformations, Lorentz invariance, scalars in
special relativity, relativistic dynamics, acceleration in special
relativity
2. Cosmology: Olber’s paradox; difficulty with Newtonian
cosmology; brief introduction to general theory of relativity,
especially the line element; Schwarzschild metric, horizon,
orbits, Hawking radiation; FRW metric as a consequence of
cosmological principle; redshift, angular and luminosity
distances; evolution of scale factor from Newtonian cosmology;
density parameter; LCDM cosmology; flatness and horizon
problems, basics of inflation theory; thermal history of the
Universe, big bang nucleosynthesis; microwave background.
3. Structure formation: Jeans instability in an expanding
background; initial perturbation and anisotropies in CMBR,
formation of dark matter halos, galaxy formation and star
formation; millennium simulation; Sunyaev-Zeldovich effect;
neutral hydrogen and other elements in the IGM, Lyman α forest
and damped clouds; reionization, AGN/star-formation history of
the universe; Gunn-Peterson effect.

Suggested Books 1. S. Dodelson, Modern Cosmology, Academic Press, 2003,

ISBN: 0-1221-9141-2.
2. S. Carroll, Spacetime and Geometry: An Introduction to
General Relativity, 2003, ISBN: 0-8053-8732-2.
3. J. A. Peacock, Cosmological Physics, Cambridge University
Press, 1998, ISBN: 9780521422703.
4. P. J. E. Peebles, Principles of Physical Cosmology, Princeton
University Press, 1993, ISBN: 0-6910-1933-9.
5. P. J. E. Peebles, Large-Scale Structure of the Universe,
Princeton University Press, 1980, ISBN: 0-6910-8240-5.
6. D. H. Lyth, & A. R. Liddle, The Primordial Density
Perturbation, Cambridge University Press, 2008, ISBN: 0-5218-
2849-X.
7. S. Weinberg, Cosmology, Oxford University Press, 2008, ISBN:
0-1985-2682-7.
8. R. Durrer, The Cosmic Microwave Background, CUP 2008.
9. S. Weinberg, The First Three Minutes, Basic Books, 1993,
ISBN: 0-4650-2437-8.
10. Misner, C.W., Thorne, K.S., Wheeler, J.A., Princeton, 2017,
ISBN: 978-0691177793
11. Hartle, J.B., Gravity: An introduction to Einstein’s General
Relativity, Pearson, 2003, ISBN: 978-0805386622
12. D’Inverno, R., Introducing Einstein’s Relativity, Clarendon,
1992, ISBN: 978-0198596868

803 Go to Index
Course Code IPH 474 / PH 674 / AA 474 / AA 674
Title of the Course Basics of Radio Astronomy
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Basics of Electronics procedure of conducting experiments
Scope of the Course This course is intended to impart the hands-on Astronomy to
students. It aims to introduce Radio Astronomy as well as basic
instrumentation and Engineering in Astronomy. It also aims to
introduce students to the basics of Extragalactic Astronomy and
Cosmology.
Course Syllabus Review of Electromagnetic theory: Maxwell’s equations and
basics of electric and magnetic fields, Basic Electromagnetic Theory
and radiation of electromagnetic waves, E & B Field Measurable
quantities and Polarization.
Radio Universe and Antenna: The Radio Universe and the
Atmospheric Radio Window Brightness, Flux density and antenna
fundamentals-I, Effects of the earth’s atmosphere, Basics of
Radiative Transfer, Antenna fundamentals–II, Antenna
Fundamentals–III.
Radio Interferometry: Introduction, Uses and Advantages,
Essential Ingredients of an interferometer.
Radiometers: from Voltages to Spectra, Galactic Astrophysics and
observations.
Extragalactic Astrophysics: Fundamentals, Galaxies, Clusters of
Galaxies, A brief introduction to cosmology, Astrophysics with 21
cm emission.

Experiments:
1. Measuring Beam Patterns – 4 sessions
2. Measuring telescope aperture efficiency – 2 sessions
3. Measuring the brightness of the sun and the moon – 2
sessions
4. Galactic Observations – 21 cm – 4 sessions
5. Extragalactic Observations – 21 cm – 6 sessions
6. Cosmological Comtinuum and spectral line observations – 4
sessions
7. Final Projects – 8-10 sessions
Suggested Books 1. Ryden, Barbara, Introduction to Cosmology, Addison Wesley,
2003. ISBN: 0-8053-8912-1

804 Go to Index
Course Code ICS 419 / CS 419 / CS 619
Title of the Course Computer Vision
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Computer Science and Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course Objective of this course is to understand and create artificial vision
systems which can reliably extract information from images. Study of
vision problems require the basic understanding of image formation,
image representation, ways of analyzing the images and patterns
present in them. This course aims at providing the knowledge at all
these fronts.
Course Syllabus Digital Image Processing: Fundamentals, Types of Image Processing,
Image Acquisition Methods, Human Perception of Color and Images,
Transformations: Orthogonal, Euclidean, Affine, Projective etc.
Low-level Image Processing: Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain
– Histogram Processing, Contrast Stretching, Log Transformation,
Gamma Correction, Smoothing and Sharpening; Logical and Arithmetic
Operations, Morphological Image Processing, Image Enhancement in
Frequency Domain, Fourier Transform, Convolution and Filtering,
Image Restoration.
Image Feature Extraction: Edge detection – Canny, Sobel, Prewitt,
LOG, DOG, Line detector: Hough Transform; Corner detectors – Harris
and Hessian Affine; Orientation Histogram, SIFT, SURF, HOG, GLOH,
Scale-Space Analysis – Image Pyramids and Gaussian derivative filters,
Gabor Filters and DWT.
Image Segmentation: Edge Based Approaches to Segmentation,
Region Growing, Texture Segmentation, Object Detection and
Segmentation: Graph-cuts, Active Contours, Mean-Shift.
Object Recognition: Structural Approaches, Model-based Approaches,
Appearance and Shape-based Approaches, Probabilistic Paradigms.
Pattern Analysis: Clustering: K-Means; Gaussian Mixture Model
(GMM); Classification – Discriminant Function, Supervised, Semi-
supervised, Unsupervised; Classifiers: Bayes, KNN, ANN models;
Dimensionality Reduction: PCA, LDA, ICA; Non-parametric methods.
Motion Analysis: Background Subtraction and Modeling, Optical
Flow, KLT, Spatio-Temporal Analysis.
Applications and Performance Measures: CBIR, CBVR, Activity
Recognition, Biometrics, Document processing, Super-resolution,
Augmented Reality, Security and Surveillance, Performance Evaluation
Measures.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth and J. Ponce,

805 Go to Index
 Pearson Education, 2003. (693 pages), ISBN: 9780130851987.
2. Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Richard Szeliski,
Springer-Verlag, 2011. (832 pages), ISBN: 978-1848829343.
Reference Books
1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods,
Pearson Education, 2008. (976 Pages ), ISBN: 9788131726952.
2. Pattern Classification, R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, Wiley-
Interscience, 2000. (654 pages), ISBN: 978-0471056690.
3. Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Richard Hartley and
Andrew Zisserman, Cambridge University Press, 2004. (668
pages), ISBN: 978-0521540513.
4. Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition, Keinosuke
Fukunaga, Academic Press, 1990. (592 pages), ISBN: 978-
0122698514.

806 Go to Index
Course Code IEE 431 / EE 431/ EE 631
Title of the Course Organic Electronics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Electrical Engineering
Department/Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any Basic Semiconductor Physics/ Basic electronics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Background towards molecular electronics, surfaces and interfaces,
structures and organization. Introduction to Schrodinger equation,
Hartree-Fock Theory, Density Functional Theory. Molecular Solids, π-
conjugated polymers, one dimensional band structure of linear
conjugated polymers, optical absorption and emission in conjugated
oligomers/polymers. Device motivation for interface studies, Metal-
semiconductor and Metal-Insulator-Semiconductor Interface. Charge
transport in conjugated polymers. Hopping and Multiple trap and
release model. Interface effects viz. Dipole, doping, band bending etc.
in organic semiconductor devices.
Materials and Interface Engineering in Organic Light Emitting Diodes
(OLEDs). OLED materials and device architecture for full color
displays and solid state lighting. Theory and operation principle of
Organic Field Effect Transistors (OFETs). Interface Characterization,
Threshold Voltage and subthreshold swing and charge carrier
mobility in OFETs. Application of OFETs in Displays. Organic
Photovoltaic Devices (OPDs) using Polymer-Fullerene Bulk
heterojunction thin films. Interface effects and improvement in
Polymer Solar Cells (PSCs) efficiency. Introduction to some other
advanced concepts viz. Organic electrochromic materials and devices,
multiphoton absorbing materials and devices and Nonvolatile Organic
Thin Film Memory Device.
Suggested Books 1. S. M. Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, John Wiley and Sons,
1981, ISBN: 0-471-05661-8
2. R. Kelsall, I. Hamley and M. Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science
and Technology, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005, ISBN: 0-470-
85086-8.
3. K. Morigaki, Physics of amorphous semiconductors, Imperial
College Press, 1999, ISBN: 981-02-1381-6.
4. G. Hadziioannou and G. Malliaras, Semiconducting Polymers:
Chemistry, Physics and Engineering, Wiley Interscience, 2007,
ISBN: 978-3-527-31271-9.
807 Go to Index
5. F. So, Organic Electronics: Materials Processing, Devices
and Applications, CRC Press, 2010, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7290-7.
6. Conjugated Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces, Cambridge
University Press, 1996, ISBN: 0-521-47206-7.

808 Go to Index
Course Code IME 451 / ME 651
Title of the Course Mechatronics System Design
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department/Discipline
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Mechatronics System design: Introduction to Mechatronics-
Integrated design issues- Key elements and design processes-
Physical system modelling - Electrical systems- Micro processor
based controller and micro electronics- Mechanical translation
and rotational systems-Electromechanical coupling-Fluid system

Actuating devices: Direct current motor, Permanent magnet

stepper motor, Mechanical actuation, Hydraulic and pneumatic
power actuation devices, Linear and latching linear actuators,
Rotatory actuators, Piezo electric actuators, Actuator parameters
and characteristics.

Sensors and Transducers: An introduction to sensors and

transducers, sensors for motion and position, Force torque and
tactile sensors, Flow sensors, Temperature sensing devices,
Ultrasonic sensors, Range sensors, Active vibration control using
magnetostructive transducers, Lasers and Opto-mechatronics
based devices.

Software and Hardware components in Mechatronics

systems: Signals , system and controls, system representation,
Signal conditioning and devices, PLC, system representation,
linearization of nonlinear systems, Time delays and measurement
of system performance, Elements of Data acquisition and control
systems, real time interfacing.

MEMS and Microsystems: Microsystems and miniaturization-

lithography technique- Micro actuators- actuation using shape
memory alloys, piezo electric crystals and electrostatic forces-
micro valves and pumps- micro sensors- Overview on
applications of Robotics in automobiles and other industries.
Suggested Books Text books:
1) W. Bolton, Mechatronics, Pearson publications (ISBN 978-
81-3176253-3)
2) Devdas Shett, Richard A. Kolk, Mechatronics System Design,
Brooks/Cole, Thomson learning(ISBN 0-534-95285-2).

Reference Books:
809 Go to Index
1) J. Watton, Fundamentals of Fluid power and control,
Cambridge university press (ISBN 9780521762502)
2) A. M. Pawlak, Sensor and Actuators in Mechatronics
Design, Taylor and Francis (ISBN-13:978-0-8493-9013-5)
3) Tai-Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems design and
manufacture, Tata McGraw-Hill(ISBN0-07-048709-X)
4) S. A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of
microelectronic fabrication, Oxford university press(ISBN
0-19-568144-4)

810 Go to Index
Course Code IBSE 401
Title of the Course Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Bioengineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any

Scope of the Course The course will give an overview of modern biology, in addition to
fundamentals in the area of Cell and Molecular Biology.
Course Syllabus Cell: prokaryotes and eukaryotes, Evolution, Eukaryotic cell
structure, the nucleus,
Chemistry of Bio-molecules: Carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids,
lipids,
Proteins: amino acids, different levels of structure; structure-
function relationship; folding and mis-folding. Separation techniques.
Hemoglobin: portrait of a protein in action; co-operativity,
Enzymes: basic concepts and kinetics, catalytic and regulatory
strategies.
Metabolism: basic concepts and design. Glycolysis and
gluconeogenesis. TCA cycle. Oxidative phosphorylation.
Photosynthesis. Integration of metabolism.
DNA and RNA: Structure, properties, mutations, repair and diseases.
Flow of genetic information: replication, transcription and
translation, gene expression, introns-exons.
Exploring genes and genomes.
Recombinant DNA technology, sequences of genomes, manipulation
of eukaryotic genes.
Omics: Genomics, transcriptomics and proteomics.

Suggested Books Text / Reference Books

1. J.M. Berg, J.L. Tymoczko, L. Stryer, Biochemistry (6th ed) W. H.
Freeman, 2006. [ISBN-10: 0716730510 ISBN-13: 978-
0716730514]

2. D.J. Voet & J.G. Voet. Fundamentals of Biochemistry: Life at the

molecular level (3rd ed) Wiley. 2008. [ISBN-10: 0470129301 |
ISBN-13: 978-0470129302]

811 Go to Index
3. H. Lodish et al., Molecular Cell Biology, (6th ed), W. H. Freeman,
2007. [ISBN-10: 0716776014 | ISBN-13: 978-0716776017]

812 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 416
Title of the Course French Language
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned HSS
Department/School
Pre-requisite, if any None
( for the student)
Objectives of the course This is the first part of level A1 in the French language to impart
basic conversational and writing skills to the students. The learner
will learn the basics of phonetics and grammar. At the end of the
semester, the student will be able to introduce himself and talk
about everyday life.
Course Syllabus Grammar : Introduction of conjugation of the verbs regular and
irregular in basic present and future tenses, articles, possessive
adjectives, three types of interrogation, negation, disjunctive
pronouns, prepositions of situation in space, gender and number of
nouns and adjectives etc.
Vocabulary: related to oneself, hobbies and activities, date and
time, figures, festival, lodging, orientation, festivals, etc
Oral Situation: Self introduction, greetings and leave taking,
express likes and dislikes, ask and understand simple questions.
Phonetic: basics: rhythm of French language, syllables,
“enchaînement”, introduction to mute e and “liaison”, phonemes
Reading Comprehension: very short texts of information (maps,
timetable, etc.), mails, personal diary and comprehension of
chronology of events.
Writing exercises: filling a form, talking about oneself, small
messages, etc.
Introduction to French Culture and civilization
Suggested Books and 1. Tech French (Leçon 1 à 8)
references 2. Connexion 1
3. Alter Ego 1
4. French magazines
5. Web references
http://www.francparler.org; http://www.ciep.fr; http://www.rfi.fr
http://www.tv5.org; http://www.lepointdufle.net; h

813 Go to Index
Course code IE 301/ EE 401/ EE 601
Title of the course Foundation for Entrepreneurship
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Center of Innovation, Incubation, Entrepreneurship and Industry
Department/Center Relations (CIIEIR)
Pre-requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the course The main scope of this course is to develop innovation and
entrepreneurship skills among students
Course Syllabus/Contents ● Becoming an entrepreneur: what is entrepreneurship, and
how to get into the entrepreneurial mindset? Best
practices and strategies.
● Storytelling, Design thinking and Visual communication:
harnessing the power of stories for ideation, design
thinking, and visual communication for brand building.
● How entrepreneurs identify business opportunities (case
studies)
● What it takes to be an entrepreneur and the role of
leadership.
● Entrepreneurial finance – Stages & sources of start-up
financing
● Customer discovery and Customer value proposition
● Marketing and Go-to-market
● Business communication and pitching to investors:
persuasive business communication to pitch ideas to
prospective investors and develop an idea into an
entrepreneurial business, marketing and communication,
crisis communication competencies to avoid economic
consequences and damage to a brand image
● Government initiatives: “Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana”,
“Aatma Nirbhar Bharat”, “Digital India”, “Make in India”
and “Start-Up India”. Case studies.
● Basics of IP for entrepreneurs and IP related special
schemes for start-ups by GoI
● Opportunities in agribusiness-Input, Processing,
Machineries and Output Industries
● Supply chain and Marketing management.
● Characteristics of entrepreneurial environment
● Opportunity identification & evaluation
● Innovation and entrepreneurship (Types of innovation)
● Basics of new venture creation
● New product development – Crossing the chasm (Concept
of waste to wealth)
● Practical: Idea presentation, Business plan presentation,

814 Go to Index
 Guest lectures from successful entrepreneurs, eminent
professors, industry experts, etc.
Suggested Books 1. Oxford Handbook on Business and the Natural
Environment - Environment entrepreneurship, Edited by:
Prof. Pratima Bansal and Andrew J. Hoffman, Nov 2011
ISBN: 9780199584451 Published online: Jan 2012
DOI: 10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199584451.001.0001
2. Newman, A; North-Samardzic, A, Bedarkar M and
Brahmankar, Y: Entrepreneurship in India: Routledge:
New York:2022: ISBN 978-0-367-49770-5
3. Drucker, Peter: Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Taylor
and Francis, 2014: ISBN 10:1315747456
4. Chan, Mable: English for Business Communication,
Routledge Applied English Language Introductions, Taylor
and Francis, 2020: ISBN 10: 1138481688
5. Brown, Tim: Change by Design: How Design Thinking
Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation
(Revised and updated edition), Harper Business, 2019,
ISBN 10:0062856626
6. McGrath, Rita Gunther and Ian MacMillan: The
Entrepreneurial Mindset: Strategies for Continuously
Creating Opportunity in an Age of Uncertainty, Harvard
University Press, 2000, ISBN 10: 0875848346

815 Go to Index
 Syllabi of
Courses of Minor Program in Humanities and Social Sciences
(from AY 2014-15 onwards)

816 Go to Index
Course Code HS 201
Title of the Course Understanding Philosophy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction: Knowing Anything
Plato's Idol of the Cave
The Value of Philosophy
2. Knowledge and Justification: Certainty & Uncertainty
3. Nature, Science and Philosophy - In search of a 'Method'
4. Brain-in-a-Vat - The Philosophy of Matrix
5. Ethics: Reason and Human Behavior
Background Readings 1. A. F. Chalmers, What is this thing Called Science?
(Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company Inc., 1972).
2. D. J. Soccio, Archetypes of Wisdom: An Introduction to
Philosophy (Belmont: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2010).
3. E. Sober, Core Questions in Philosophy: A text With Readings
(Prentice Hall Inc., 2008).
4. J. Ladyman, Understanding Philosophy of Science (London:
Routledge, 2002).
5. J. J. Rousseau, Essay Discourses on Arts and Sciences
6. K. Jaspers, Ways to Wisdom: An Introduction to Philosophy
(New Haven: Yale University Press, 1954).
7. T. Nagel, What Does it All Mean? A very Short Introduction to
Philosophy? (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1987).
8. T. Nagel, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991).

817 Go to Index
Course Code HS 203
Title of the Course Psychology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Psychology/ Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course The course is designed to be a survey of the topics of psychology. In
general, this course will provide an overview of the discipline. Upon
completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Define psychology and relate it to other allied fields and
engineering.
2. Understand the application of scientific method and basic
principles of psychology.
3. Have an idea of psychological tests.
4. Understand concepts related to how individuals process basic
stimuli and the limitations of these abilities.
5. Identify and apply basic issues of psychology in workplaces.
Course Syllabus Understanding Human Experience and Behavior: Definition,
Schools, Methods, Branches, Application of Psychology for
Engineers.
Measuring Human Abilities: Intelligence, Personal Testing.
The Individual Working Life: Personality Definition, Approaches
and Theories, Models of Memory, Information Processing, Attention,
Learning, Thinking. Psychological Problem of Everyday Life: Stress
and Coping, Psychological Disorders, Work & Mental Health.
Motivation: The Concept and Theoretical Framework, Motivating
People at Work, Attitude & Work Behavior, Leadership &
Management.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. E. E. Smith, S. Nolen-Hoeksema, B. Fredrickson, G. Loftus,
Atkinson and Hilgard's Introduction to Psychology,
Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2009.
2. R. S. Feldman, Understanding psychology (9th Ed.), McGraw-
Hill Higher Education, 2009.
Reference Readings:
1. C.T. Morgan, R.A. King, J.R. Weiss, and J. Schopler, Introduction
to Psychology (7th Ed.), Tata Mcgraw Hill Education, 2004.
2. J.S. Nevid, Essentials of Psychology: Concepts and
Applications (3rd Ed.), Wadsworth Publishing Company,
818 Go to Index
 Cengage Learning, 2011.
3. B. Robert. Social Psychology (12th Ed.), Pearson Education,
2009.
4. I. Rothmann, C. L. Cooper, Organizational and Work
Psychology: Topics in Applied Psychology, Hodder Education,
2008.
5. M. W. Matlin. Cognitive Psychology (7th Ed.), Wiley, 2009.

For 2009 batch as a special case the course HS-203 was offered as an Institute Elective Course with
course code & title IHS 403 – Psychology-I.

819 Go to Index
Course Code HS 205
Title of the Course Sociology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences
Department/School
Prerequisite, if any None
Scope of the Course Main objective of this course is to provide an introductory overview
of the major schools of sociological theory incorporating diverse
perspectives and illustrations drawn from different cultural
contexts. It introduces the concepts and ideas of important classical
and modern sociologists by elaborating the theoretical systems
which derive their fundamental tenets in the works of these
authors.
Course Syllabus What is Sociology: defining sociological theory; Speculative vs.
grounded theory; macro vs. micro theory; theories and models.
Social interaction: Communication, interpretation and
understanding.
Types of Society: pre-modern, agrarian, industrial, postindustrial.
Culture: popular, elite, folk, consumer, pluralism, multiculturalism.
Systems theory: models of system analysis; mechanistic model,
organismic model, structural model, Talcott Parsons' system theory.
Socialization and Social control: Conformity and deviance.
Social stratification: caste, class, status, power, gender, ethnicity;
social mobility, social inclusion and exclusion.
Theory of Anomie- Durkheim, Merton, Parsons;
Alienation- Marx, Fromm, Mills; Anomie of Affluence.
Symbolic Interactionism: Charles H. Cooley, Mead; Blumer and the
Chicago School; Kuhn and Iowa School.
Structuralism
Suggested Books/ 1. Jayram, N. 2000. Introductory Sociology. MacMillan Press,
Articles London.
2. Gupta, D. 1992. Social Stratification. OUP, New Delhi.
3. Wallace, R.A., Wolf, A. 1995. Contemporary sociological theory:
continuing the classical tradition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
4. Srinivas, M. N. 1992. Social change in modern India. Orient
Longman, Hyderabad.
5. Calhoun, C., Gerteis, J., Moody, J., Pfaff, S., Virk, I. (eds.). 2012.
Contemporary sociological theory. Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford.
6. Giddens, A. 1995. Politics, sociology and social theory:
encounters with classical and contemporary social thought.
Stanford University Press, California.

820 Go to Index
Course Code HS 206
Title of the Course Paradigms and Turning Points
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Interdisciplinary Course
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None

Scope of the This course offers major historical paradigms that have shaped the world
Course in many ways. By doing so the course attempts to educate students about
great ideas from antiquity to the present, not in the chronological sense,
but to bring to light deeper insights into their mutual contestations and
collaborations. Through these ideas, students would be able to grasp the
greatness and profundity of these contestations.
Course Syllabus 1. Wisdom – Notion of the Ideal
Knowledge from Nowhere
2. Religion – Understanding the Supernatural
Idea of an Other World?
3. Science – Mapping the Process: Evolution of Scientific Knowledge
World as a Mechanical Clock
The Structure of Scientific Revolutions
4. Romanticism – The Aesthetic Mind
The Brighter Side of Imagination
5. Politics – Forming the Human World
Understanding Humans and Human Societies
Interplay of Ideologies
6.Technology – Creating the alternate world
Artificial Intelligence – Science Fiction
7. Moral – Meaning of the Human
The sense of Right and Wrong
Suggested Books 1. A. Pacey, Technology in World Civilization: A Thousand Year
History, The MIT Press, Massachusetts, 1992, ISBN: 978-
0262660723.
2. D. R. Headrick, Technology: A World History. Oxford University
Press, Oxford, 2009, ISBN: 978-0195338218.
3. D. Chalmers, Constructing the World, Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 2012, ASIN: B00DEKFIL4
4. G. E. R. Lloyd, The Ideals of Inquiry: An Ancient History, Oxford
University Press, Oxford, 2014, ASIN: B00KU3BFQ0.

821 Go to Index
5. H. Brown, Wisdom of Science: Its Relevance to Culture and
Religion, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1986, ISBN: 978-
0521314480.
6. H. Zinn, The Politics of History, The University of Illinois Press,
Illinois, 1990, ISBN: 978-0252061226.
7. H. Smith, The Illustrated World’s Religions: A Guide to our
Wisdom Traditions, Harper Collins, New York, 1995, ISBN: 978-
0060674403.
8. P. Kreeft, Back to Virtue: Traditional Moral Wisdom for Modern
Moral Confusion Ignetius Books, ASIN: B00JIBDOTG.
9. L. G. Perdue, Wisdom Literature: A Theological History, John
Knox Press, Westminister, 2007, ISBN: 978-0664229191.
10. M. Matousek, Ethical Wisdom: The Search for a Moral Life,
Anchor Books, New York, 2012, ISBN: 978-0767930680
11. M. Ferber, Romanticism: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford
University Press, 2010, ASIN: B005CU4TQ4
12. M. Kenneth, Politics: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford
University Press, 2000, ISBN: 978-0192853882.
13. R. Tagore, The Religion of Man, Martino Fine Books, 2013 edition,
ISBN: 978-1614274834.
14. S. Aurobindo, The Human Cycle: The Psychology of Social
Development, Lotus Press, 2010, ASIN: B003VD24S4.
15. T. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revollutions, University of
Chicago Press, Chicago, 2012 [50th Anniversary Edition], ISBN:
978-0226458120.
16. T. Dixon, Science and Religion: A Very Short Introduction,
Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2008, ASIN: B003N2P408.

822 Go to Index
Course Code HS 207
Title of the Course French Language - I
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Linguistic/HSS
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course This is a basic level course in the French language to impart basic
conversational and writing skills to the students. After completing
this course, the learner can interact in a simple way. The course
focuses on active student participation in conversational French as
well as writing skills.
Course Syllabus Grammar : Conjugation of the verbs regular and irregular in
Present, Past and Future tenses, The articles, The Interrogation, The
Negation, The disjunctive pronouns etc.
Vocabulary: Related to oneself, Places of the city and country,
Hobbies and activities, Travels and transports, Food, Festival, Every
day activities, Lodging, Orientation, etc.
Oral Situation: Self Introduction, How to take leave, Express liking
and disliking, Narrate the activities in past tense.
Phonetic: Sound [Ʒ] – [y]; Rhythm and linking of words ;
Pronunciation difference of noun masculine , feminine and plural;
Sounds [v] – [f]; Rhythm of groups « verbs + verbs » and negative
sentences. Pronunciation difference in the sentences of present and
past tense.
Reading Comprehension: Symbols of road; Small articles of press
and portrait of a person; Post cards of invitation, acceptation and
refusal; Personal diary and comprehension of chronology of events.
Writing exercises: Make correspondence, Small messages, post
cards etc, acceptation and refusal; Express an experience in past
tense, etc.
Introduction to French Culture and civilization
Suggested Books and 1. Echo 1 of CLE International (Leçon 1 to Leçon 4)
references 2. Connexion 1
3. Alter Ego 1
4. French magazines
5. Web references
http://www.francparler.org; http://www.ciep.fr; http://www.rfi.fr
http://www.tv5.org; http://www.lepointdufle.net;
823 Go to Index
http://www.dailymotion.com/group/374
http://fr.youtube.com/user/campusfle

824 Go to Index
Course Code HS 208
Title of the Course French Language - II
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Linguistic/HSS
Department
Pre-requisite, if any HS 207: French Language - I

Scope of the course This is advanced course in French language to impart advanced
conversational and writing skills to the students.
Course Syllabus Grammar: Conjugation of the verbs regular and irregular in
Future tenses; The adjectives; The adverbs; The Prepositions,
etc.
Vocabulary: Travels and transports; Food; Festival,
Every day activities, Lodging, Orientation, etc.
Oral Situation: Give and ask an explanation, etc; Practical
situations related to travel; Practical situations at hotel and
restaurant; Ask the updates of someone Choose, buy and pay To
get informed regarding the direction etc; Ask for the help.
Phonetic: Sound [ɔ] [ ɔ̃ ], Difference between sound [y] and [u],
[b], [v] and [f], [s] and [z], Rhythm and intonation, Rhythm of
negative sentences, Rhythm of reflexive verbs, Intonation of
imperative sentences.
Reading comprehension: Articles of Press, Extract of brochure
touristic of Paris.
Writing exercises: Narrate the circumstances of trip; Present
oneself on internet site; Drafting of a brief document of
information; Drafting of a card or a message.
French Culture and Civilization
Suggested Books and 1. Echo 1 of CLE International (Leçon 5 to Leçon 8)
references 2. Connexion 1
3. Alter Ego 1
4. French magazines
5. Web references
http://www.francparler.org; http://www.ciep.fr;
http://www.rfi.fr
http://www.tv5.org; http://www.lepointdufle.net;
http://www.dailymotion.com/group/374
http://fr.youtube.com/user/campusfle

825 Go to Index
Course code HS 209
Title of the course Intermediate Microeconomics
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure 2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Department Humanities & Social Sciences
Pre-requisite, if any HS 108; Fundamentals of Economics
This course aims to extend the students’ knowledge of the basic
Scope of the course microeconomics principles and provide insight into how economic
models can help us think about important real-world phenomena.
1. Basic theory of consumer behaviour, production and costs,
supply in a competitive market
2. Market power: monopoly and monopsony, imperfect competition
3. Factor markets: Pricing of factors of production and income
distribution
4. General equilibrium and economic efficiency: General equilibrium
Course Syllabus analysis, efficiency in exchange and production
5. Asymmetric information: Adverse selection, moral hazard and
principal- agent model
6. Externalities: Production and consumption externalities, solution to
externalities problem and efficiency conditions in the presence of
externalities
•
7.R. Pindyck
Public andEfficiency
goods: D. Rubinfeld
and: public
Microeconomics : Pearson
goods, public goods :and
India : 2015 :
market
Suggested Books 978-9332585096
failure
• H. Varian : Intermediate Microeconomics : A Modern Approach (9th
edition) : W.W. Norton & Company : New York : 2014 : 978-0393123975
• A. Goolsbee, S. Levitt, and C. Syverson : Microeconomics (3rd edition) :
Worth Publishers : New York : 2019 : 978-0716759751
• J.M. Perloff: Microeconomics: Theory and Applications with Calculus:
7th edition: Pearson Education Limited: USA: 2017: 9781292154459

826 Go to Index
Course Code HS 210
Title of the Course Indian Economy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamentals of Economics
Scope of the course This course examines the history and current state of economic
landscape of India since independence. We plan to cover economic
policies of the country post-independence focusing on agriculture,
manufacturing, financial and trade sectors. The class discussions
attempt to bring forth the implications of the policies on the economy
and society at large.

We aim to understand the present economic structure, status, reform

experience, current issues, and likely future prospects of the Indian
economy. The course begins with analysis of post-independence
policies in view of the economic and social realities of the country. It is
followed by the discussion on reform period across different sectors of
the economy. It is expected that by the end of the course, the
participants are aware of the evolution eras of India’s economic
structure and are able to provide an informed commentary on relevant
topics.

Course Syllabus Post-independence evolution of the economic policies; Five year Plans
and economic growth before 1990’s and the need for reforms in 1991.

Indian agricultural sector: land reforms, issues of food management

and security

Manufacturing sector: the changes made following the reform period in

the Industrial policy, Competition Policy and Policy for Small and
Medium Enterprises.

Indian international trade, WTO and Indian currency.

Issues of inflation, poverty and inequality.

Introduction to Indian financial sector.

Suggested Books 1. S. Acharya and R. Mohan.India’s Economy: Performances and
Challenges. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2010. Selected
chapters.
2. U. Kapila. Indian Economy: Performance and Policies (14th Ed).
New Delhi: Academic Foundation, 2014.
3. J. Dreze and A. Sen. India: Development and Participation (2nd
827 Go to Index
 Ed). New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2002. Selected chapters.
4. J. Bhagwati and A. Panagariya. India’s Tryst with Destiny. New
Delhi: Collins Publishers, 2012. Selected chapters.

828 Go to Index
Course Code HS 211
Title of the Course German Literature and Culture Studies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department/ School
Prerequisite, if any None
(for the students)
To provide an introduction to literature and culture in contemporary
Learning Objectives
Germany. To provide an overview of major literary works, music,
films, art and culture in modern Germany.

Course Syllabus German Literature:

Historical overview of German literature in the following periods:
1789 to 1870: Period during and after the French Revolution.
1871 to 1918: Period after the foundation of second German Reich.
1919 to 1933: The Weimar Republic
1933 to 1945: The Third Reich.
Understanding German Culture:
The citizen and State in modern Germany
German education system
Music and Art in modern German culture
German Cinema and its critique (Goodbye Lenin; Das Leben der
Anderen; Das Boot, The Good German; Jacob the Liar)

Suggested Books 1. Beutin W., Ehlert K., Emmerich W., et al. (1993). A history of
German literature: from the beginnings to the present day.
Routledge.NY.
2. Watanabe-O' Kelly, H. (2008). The Cambridge history of German
literature. Cambridge univ. press. NY.
3. Kolinsky, E., Wilfried van der Will. (1998). The Cambridge
companion to modern German culture. Cambridge univ. Press. NY.
4. Gay, P. (2001). The Weimar culture: the outsider as insider. Norton
paperback, NY.
5. Ward, J. (2001). Weimar surfaces: urban visual culture in 1920s
Germany. University of California Press. LA.

829 Go to Index
Course code HS 212
Title of the course History of India after Independence, 1947-2000
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course explores
the History of India after Independence (1947-2000). It is
structured around the following questions: •How did the
constitution evolve as a document of Indian sovereignty, and
what are its basic features and provisions? •How
was India linguistically reorganized into
states after Independence? •What role have institutions such as
the Supreme Court, the Houses of Parliament, and the Election
Commission played to preserve and uphold democracy
in India? •What has been the role of educational institutions,
particularly the Indian Institutes of Technology, to nation
building? •How have international events in Asia, North
America, Europe, and Africa shaped independent India’s
foreign policy?
Course Syllabus 1. The Constitution and nationhood, 1947-56 (Evolution and
basic features of the constitution, universal franchise and
voting rights, linguistic reorganisation of states)
2. Nation building and Education, 1957-73 (Democratic
institutions, development projects, role of the Indian
Institutes of Technology in nation building)
3. Dissent and Consolidation, 1974-89 (JP Movement, the
Emergency, Punjab crisis, Dravidian movement, Kerala, and
West Bengal)
4. Local reforms and global aspirations, 1990-2000 (The rise
of the middle class, agrarian and manufacturing reforms,
contribution of technological institutes to the making of
new global diasporas)
5. India’s role in world affairs, 1950-2000 (Non-Alignment
Policy, India as a member state of the United Nations,
Policy towards the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and
Europe, Asia and Africa)
Suggested Books 1. Chandra, B_ Mukherjee, A_ Mukherjee, M,
India after Independence, 1947-2000,
Penguin India, Delhi, 2000, ISBN-10:0140278255
2. Bassett, R, The Technological Indian, Harvard University
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 2016, ISBN-
10:0674245970
3. Rothermund, D, India- The rise of an Asian giant, Yale

830 Go to Index
 University Press, London, 2009, ISBN-10:0300158274
4. Talbot, I, A History of Modern South Asia, Politics, States,
Diasporas, Yale University Press, London, 2016,
ISBN:9780300216592

831 Go to Index
Course code HS 213
Title of the course Cognitive Psychology
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course The course is designed to provide an overview of how
information is processed by the brain. This course will help
engineering students to understand how the human brain and
mind process information. Through the knowledge gained by
this course, students will be able to develop their creative and
critical thinking. They will also be able to apply this knowledge
in creating and designing ergonomically efficient engineered
devices, products, etc. that can be consumer efficient. The
knowledge of social cognition will make learners able to
understand that how people interact with each other, what are
their needs, how people develop their cognition, how people
develop their understanding of others. Also, it will make
students able to communicate better with their clients, which
will make them able to understand what people want, etc.
Course Syllabus Foundation of Cognitive Psychology:
• Introduction, Methods and Paradigms in Studying Cognitive
Psychology, Mind and Brain
Basic Cognitive Processes:
• Perception: Introduction; Pattern Recognition, Theories;
Processing involved: Top-Down and Bottom-Up Processing
• Attention: Introduction; Types and Theories of Attentional
Processes
• Memory: Introduction and Overview; Short Term
Memory/Working Memory, Long Term Memory, Memories of
Everyday Life
Advanced Cognitive Processes:
• Language and Cognition: Language Structure, Phonology,
Syntax, Semantics, Pragmatics
• Thinking and Problem Solving: Nature of Problem Solving,
Types of Problem, Approaches to Solve Problems,
• Decision Making: Nature, Science of Decision Making, Phases
of Decision Making
Social Cognition:
• Introduction, Social Facilitation, Social Loafing
• Attitude: Nature and Meaning, Characteristics, Formation
• Social Perception: Impression Formation and Attribution
Process

832 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. K. M. Galotti, Cognitive psychology in and out of the
laboratory, Sage Publications, Minnesota, 2017,
9781506351568
2. R. J. Sternberg, & K. Sternberg,
Cognitive Psychology, Cengage Learning : Boston : 2011 :
9781111344764
3. E. E. Smith & S. M. Kosslyn, Cognitive Psychology: Mind
and Brain, Pearson Education, India, 2015,
9789332550452
4. M. W. Eysenck, & M. T. Keane, Cognitive Psychology : A
Student_s Handbook, Psychology Press, New York, 2005
9781841693590

833 Go to Index
Course code HS 214
Title of the course History of Indian Culture and Civilization
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Overview: This course is an introduction to Ancient, Medieval
and Modern India, 2600 BC-AD 1947.
Objective: The course covers a sizeable historical terrain to
address a particular set of objectives. These are:
1. What do ‘culture’, and ‘civilisation’ mean in
the Indian context?
2. When did Indian civilisation begin? What are its
contents?
3. Can one historically locate Indian culture?
4. Was there a concept of India before the 19th century?
Course Syllabus Harrapan Civilisation (2600-1900 BC): society and urban
life
Vedic India (2000-1500 BC): Vedic culture Varna and Jati
Cities and Society (600-300 BC): Janapadas, Buddhism and
Jainism
Ancient Empires (324 BC-AD 750): Mauryan, Gupta and
Chola Empires
State and Community in Medieval India (AD 750-1525):
North and South Indian kingdoms, Islam and its development
in India, Vijayanagar
The transition to Early Modern India (AD 1526-1740):
Mughal Empire, Marathas
Modern India (AD 1757-1884): East India Company, 1857
Mutiny, British Raj
Independence and partition (AD 1885-1947): Early
Congress and its opponents, Gandhi’s campaigns, the Partition
Suggested Books 1. B Stein, A History of India, Wiley-Blackwell, Delhi, 2010,
ISBN-10, 1405195096, ISBN-13 : 978-140
2. U Singh, A History of Ancient and Early Medieval India-
From the Stone Age to the 12 century, Pearson Education
India, Delhi, 2009, ISBN-10 : 8131716775 ISBN-13: 978-
8131716779
3. S Sarkar, Modern India, Pearson Education India, Delhi, 2014,
ISBN-10, 9332535744, ISBN-13, 978-9332535749

834 Go to Index
Course code HS 216

Title of the course Introduction to Hindi Cinema

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course is designed to introduce the students to the
diversity of Hindi Cinema, from its beginnings to the present.
The course will provide a background to the industrial
landscape of Hindi cinema as well as trace thematic concerns
and generic tendencies. The course will journey through the
silent cinema of the early studio years, the coming of sound,
the consolidation of the star system and the post-globalization
cinema.
Course Syllabus Silent Cinema, Historicals and Devotionals, Socials and Stunt
Film, Bombay as the Site of Modernity, Crime, Music and the
Modern Vamp, Angry Young Man Era, Documentary Tradition,
B-Film Circuits, Globalization and Film Form,
Bollywoodisation, The Multiplex
Suggested Books 1. M. Madhava Prasad, Ideology of the Hindi Film: A Historical
Construction, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1998,
978-0195652956
2. V. Vitali, Hindi Action Cinema, Industries, Narratives,
Bodies, Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 2010, 978-
0253222220
3. B. Sarkar, Mourning the Nation, Indian Cinema in the Wake
of Partition, Duke University Press, Durham, 2009, 978-
0822344117
4. K. P. Jayasankar and A. Monteiro, A Fly in the Curry :
Independent Documentary Film in India, Sage, New Delhi,
2015, 978-9351505693

835 Go to Index
Course code HS 221
Title of the course Fundamentals of Linguistics

Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
3 - 0 - 0 – 3 (3/2 = 1.5)

Name of the Concerned English/Humanities and Social Sciences

Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Course Objectives • Foster comprehension of Linguistics as a scientific discipline
• Explore the fundamental principles of linguistics and various
levels of analysis.
• Create an awareness of the structure and features of natural
languages.
Course Outcomes • Define the properties of human language
• Explain Linguistics as a scientific study of language
• Analyse data in various languages by using the tools
and techniques of Linguistics

Course Content • Theories of Linguistics (Prescriptive vs. Descriptive grammar,

Behaviorism, Structuralism, Nativism, Generative linguistics)
• Speech production (Organs of speech, speech production,
speech sounds, place and manner of articulation)
• Levels of linguistic analysis (Phonetics, phonology, morphology,
syntax and semantics)
• Applications of linguistics (Applied areas of linguistics)
Suggested Books (Text Text Books
Books , Reference Books) • N. Chomsky, Aspects of the Theory of Syntax, Vol. 11,
MIT Press, 2014, ISBN: 9780262260503
• S.K. Verma and S. Krishnasamy, Modern Linguistics-An
Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2002, ISBN:
0195623711
• G. Yule, The Study of Language, Cambridge University
Press, 2010, ISBN: 9780521749220

Reference Books

• M. Atkinson, I. Roca and D. Kibly, Foundations of

General Linguistics, Routledge, 2015, ISBN:
9781138974579
• J. Cutting and K. Fordyce, Pragmatics-A Resource Book
for Students, Routledge, 2020, ISBN: 9780367207250

836 Go to Index
• P. Roach, English Phonetics and Phonology- A Practical
Course, Cambridge University Press, 1991, ISBN: 0521282527

837 Go to Index
Course code HS 223
Title of the course Language Variation: Culture and Society
Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0 -3 (3/2 = 1.5)
Name of the Concerned English/Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamentals of Linguistics
Course Objectives • This course analyses the relationship between language,
society and culture.
• It examines the interaction of language with society and
the individual and how language establishes power,
ethnicity, gender, and social identity.
• Explore linguistic diversity in society and the
methodology for sociolinguistic analysis of
conversations.
Course Outcomes ● Learn social, cultural, and affective factors that influence
language and communication.
● Analyze conversations in natural languages and
explain the characteristics of language use
Course Content ● Language, society and sociolinguistics
● Dialect and Variety- language variations vs change
● Variations in English- World English(es), Global English,
Colonialism and English, Connecting language and Indian
English(es)
● Ethnolinguistics-language and culture, language shift
● Language and identity- language, language choice, identity,
language attitude, language and power, language and gender
etc.
● Language families and Policy in India

838 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbooks
1. P. Trudgill, Sociolinguistic Variation and Change,
Edinburgh University Press, 2002, ISBN:
9780748615155
2. R. Mesthrie, J. Swann, A. Deumert and W.L. Leap,
Introducing Sociolinguistics, Edinburgh University
Press, 2009, ISBN: 9780748638444

Reference Books
3. M. Meyerhoff, Introducing Sociolinguistics,
Routledge, 2018, ISBN: 9780429507922
4. S. Romaine, Language in Society- An Introduction to
Sociolinguistics, Oxford University Press, 2000, ISBN:
0198731922

839 Go to Index
Course Code HS 224

Title of the Course Contemporary Short Fiction

Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 3- 0- 0

-3
Name of the Concerned English/Humanities and Social Sciences
Discipline/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Course Objectives In this course students will:
• Explore the historical and cultural contexts of contemporary
short fiction.
• Analyze the thematic concerns, narrative techniques, and
stylistic innovations of contemporary short story writers.
Course Outcomes • Analyze the thematic concerns, narrative techniques, and
stylistic innovations of contemporary short story writers.
• Explore the cultural, social, and political dimensions of
contemporary short fiction.
Course Content • Fundamentals of the short fiction genre (Postmodernism,
Short Metafiction, Intertextuality, Fragmentation)
• Science Fiction (Dystopias, Utopias, and Alternate Realities)
• Narratives of Ecological Consciousness (Nature Writing,
Environmental Concerns, and Eco-Criticism)
• Electronic Literature (Digital storytelling)
Suggested Books Text Books

1. M.H. Abrams, Glossary of Literary Terms, Wadsworth

Publishing, 2011, ISBN: 9788131526354
2. K. Hayles, Electronic Literature- New Horizons for the
Literary, Notre Dame Press, 2008, ISBN: 9780268030858

Reference Books
3. V. Singh, Ambiguity Machines and Other Stories, Small Beer
Press, 2018, ISBN: 9781618731432
4. R. Vanita, The Shroud Stories-Premchand, Penguin Books,
2011, ISBN: 9780143415961

840 Go to Index
Suggested Course HS 226
code
Title of the course Sociology of Cinema

Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2 - 1 - 0 -
3
Name of the Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Course Objectives • Introduction to the sociological intersections between cinema and
society
• Understanding Cinema vis-a-vis shifting historical landscape in post-
independent India, and post-war US, Europe and Japan
• Tracing key thematic and generic tendencies along major national
events
Course Outcomes • Assess economic and political undercurrents of cultural
transformations in Cinema.
• Analyse the role of technology in cinema’s evolution and its
overlap/competition with other media platforms (newspaper,
radio and television)
• Analyse the methods by which popular cinema has been designed
to combine or segregate demographic clusters
Course Content • How to study Cinema?
- Textual analysis
- Framing society as historical, economic and political context
• Early Indian Sound Cinema, 1930s-40s
- Devotional Films
- Action Cinema
• Classical Hollywood film language
- Hollywood Lighting
- Douglas Sirk’s “women’s weepies”
• Post-War European Art cinema language
- Jump Cut
- Long Take
• Post-War Japanese Horror films
• Post-independence Hindi Melodramas, 1950s
• Realist Representation
• Indian New Wave Cinema

841 Go to Index
 • The Indian Documentary
• Bollywood as a Culture Industry, post-liberalization
• Multiplex Cinema, 2005 onwards

Suggested Books Text Books

1. M.M. Prasad, Ideology of the Hindi Film- A Historical Construction,

Oxford University Press, 1998, ISBN: 9780195652956
2. V. Vitali, Hindi Action Cinema- Industries, Narratives, Bodies,
Indiana University Press, 2010, ISBN: 9780253222220

Reference Books
3. B. Sarkar, Mourning the Nation- Indian Cinema in the Wake of
Partition, Duke University Press, 2009, ISBN: 9780822344117
4. K.P. Jayasankar and A. Monteiro, A Fly in the Curry- Independent
Documentary Film in India, Sage, 2015, ISBN: 9789351505693

842 Go to Index
Course Code HS 311
Title of the Course Life and Thought of Gandhi
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the course The course focuses on the study of Gandhi’s philosophy and life. The
class will try to explore the man behind the legend, as well as
explore his philosophy of ahimsa. The goal is to determine if his
philosophy is relevant to our world and times.
Course Syllabus Major themes of the course:
Introduction to the man and the Mahatma
Principal Texts: Hind Swaraj, An Autobiography
The practice and theory of Satyagraha
Gandhi and the quest for Swaraj and Moksha
Debates on Gandhi
Critical Evaluation
Suggested Books 1. S. Sharma and T. Suhrud, M.K. Gandhi's Hind Swaraj a critical
edition, New Delhi: Orient Blackswan, 2010.
2. Parel, Anthony J. Gandhi: Hind Swaraj and Other Writings,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1997.
3. B.R. Nanda, Gandhi and His Critics, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 2010.
4. J. Brown, Gandhi: Prisoner of Hope, New Haven: Yale University
Press, 1991.
5. Raghurama A Raju, Debating Gandhi, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 2006.
6. C. Markovits, The Un-Gandhian Gandhi, New Delhi: Permanent
Black, 2007.
7. R. Gandhi, The Good Boatman: A Portrait of Gandhi, New Delhi:
Penguin,1995.
8. D. Hardiman, Gandhi in his Times and Ours: The Global Legacy
of His Ideas, New Delhi: Permanent Black, 2003.
9. L. Fischer, Life of Mahatma Gandhi, NewYork: Harpercollins,
1997.
10.B. Parekh, Gandhi: A Very Short Introduction, New Delhi:

843 Go to Index
Oxford University Press, 2001.

844 Go to Index
Course Code HS 313
Title of the Course History of Early Cinema
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus I. Cognition and Imagination
Film and Knowledge - Film as Philosophy
II. Philosophy of Motion Pictures
Essence of Cinema: Perception, Illusion and Fantasy
III. Film: Human Emotion - Meaning of Life
IV. Film and Historical Imagination
V. Film and Racism
Suggested books 1. Bazin, Andre, What is Cinema? Vol 1, (New York: University of
Californina Press, 2004).
2. Carroll, Noel, The Philosophy of Motion Pictures (Oxford:
Wiley Blackwell, 2007).
3. Cavell, Stanley, The World Viewed: Reflections on the
Ontology of Film (Harvard: Harvard University Press, 1979).
4. Currie, Gregory, Image and Mind: Film, Philosophy and
Cognitive Science (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
2008).
5. McCuinn, Colin, The Power of Movies: How Screen and Mind
Interact (Vintage Press, 2007).
6. Perrson, Per, Understanding Cinema: The Psychological
Theory of Moving Imagery (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003)
7. Platinga, Carl & Greg M. Smith, Passionate Views: Film,
Cognition and Emotion (Johns Hopkins University Press, 1999).

845 Go to Index
Course code HS 315
Title of the course Sociology of Science and Technology
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Humanities & Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course The course is designed to provide the much needed exposure to
students over interconnected domains of science, technology and
society, by focusing on comprehensive and ever-changing relationship
between technology and society. It also examines how cultural
values/practices, public policies and political vision determine and at
times be driving forces behind technological changes and vice versa
Course Syllabus Discourse of Science and Technology: Nature of science and
technology, Technology as an Idea, The structure of scientific revolution,
Science and scientific community, Rhetoric of science and technology.
Technological change and Society: Source and agents of technological
change, Do machines make history? Technology and everyday life, The
technological life world, Technology as shadow constitution,
Technological change as social process.
Technology and Politics: Intersection of culture, gender and
technology, Feminization of work/workforce in the information age –
politics, facts & artifacts, Technology as dominant force.
Technology and Ethics: The rights and wrongs of science - case studies,
Technology as a dominant social force, Technological momentum and
determinism, Law and science/technology.
Suggested Books 1. M. Bridgstock, Science, Technology and Society : An Introduction,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1998, 0521583209
2. A. Borgmann, Technology and the Character of Contemporary
Life, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1987, 9780226066295
3. K Thomas, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago,
Univesity of Chicago Press, 1962
Reference readings:
4. Wenda K. Bauchspies, Science, Technology and Society,
A Sociological Approach, Blackwell Publishers, Boston, 2005,
0631232109
5. B. Latour, Laboratory Life: The Construction of Scientific Facts,
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1986
6. Chalmers A.F., What is this thing called Science, St Lucia, University
of Queensland Press, 1999.
7. R Volti, Society and Technological Change, (6th Edition) Newyork:

846 Go to Index
 Worth Publishers, 2008
8. Deborah G. Johnson & Jameson M. Wetmore: Technology and Society:
Building Our Sociotechnical Future: MIT Press: Cambridge: 2009
: 0262600730
9. S. Jasanoff, Science at the Bar: Law, Science and Technology in
America, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1995

847 Go to Index
Course code HS 321

Title of the course History of Modern Indian Business

Course Category Open Elective/ Economics Minor

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences

Department

Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course This course focuses on the role of Indian Business
(Objectives) Communities in History from c. 1700 AD-2005 AD

Course Outcomes • Evaluating the effects of colonialism on India’s business

environment in 1947.
• Assessing the impact of the public sector on the growth of
Indian business
• Analysing the historical impact of Liberalization of the
economy on Indian business

Course Content • Indian Business Communities and merchants in History

(1700-50)
• The impact of colonial economic policies on independent
India (1757-1947)
• British businesses in India (1834-1940)
• Indian Business and the Nationalist Movement (1890-
1947)
• How to build an economy: The challenges of 1947 on Indian
Business climate.
• The impact of the License Raj on Companies, firms and
sectors (1960-90)
• The impact of Liberalisation (1991-2005)

Suggested Books Text Books

• Tripathi, D., & Jumani, J. : The Oxford History of
Contemporary Indian business : Oxford University Press :
Delhi : 2017 : ISBN : 9780198082248, 019808224X
Reference Books/texts
• Habib, I., & Raychaudhuri T. : The Cambridge Economic
History of India, Volume I : Orient Blackswan : Delhi : 1983
: ISBN : 9780521226929

848 Go to Index
• Kudaisa, M. : The Oxford India Anthology of Business
History : Oxford University Press : Delhi : 2011 : ISBN-13 :
978-0198070191 ISBN-10 : 0198070195

849 Go to Index
Course Code HS 323
Title of the Course International Economics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Economics/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Introduction to Economics
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus Global trade in goods and services; Growth and trade; Basic theory of
international trade; Empirical Tests of Trade Theories; International
trade and technical change; Economics of import tariff; Non-tariff
import barriers; Arguments for and against protection; Trade policies
for development; Benefits and costs of the Globalization Process;
Introduction to macroeconomics of an open economy and
international Finance; World Trading System.
Suggested Books 1. Salvatore, Dominick. International Economics. 8th Edition. Tata
Mcgraw Hill. 2004.
2. Krugman, P.R. and M. Obstfeld. International Economics:
Theory and Policy. 8th Edition. New York: Pearson. 2005.

850 Go to Index
Course code HS 325
Title of the course Industrial Organization
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the
Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Scope of the course This course uses economic analysis to understand competition among
firms in an industry and the evolution of its market structure. The focus
is on firms’ decision making and its consequences for market outcomes
like prices, quantities, the type of products offered, and social welfare.

Course Syllabus 1. Theoretical background: Basic concepts of game theory,

noncooperative game theory, normal, extensive, and repeated games
2. Different market structures of industries, markets for homogenous
and differentiated goods and strategic interactions among the firms.
Concentration, mergers, and entry barriers in industries
3. Pricing by firms in an industry, advertising, marketing, and pricing
tactics
4. Technology and industry: Market structure, R&D, and patenting
5. Competition policy and industry: Need for policy, relation with
industrial policy and competition commission of India
6. Case studies of different industries
Suggested Books • O. Shy : Industrial Organization – Theory & Applications : MIT
Press : USA : 2000 : 9780262193665
• J. Tirole : The Theory of Industrial Organisation : MIT Press : USA
: 1988 : 978-0262200714
• J. Church and R. Ware : Industrial Organisation : A Strategic
Approach : McGraw-Hill : USA : 2000 : 0-256-20571
• P. Belleflamme and M Peitz: Industrial Organization: Markets and
Strategies (2nd edition): Cambridge University Press: UK: 2015:
9781107687899

851 Go to Index
Course Code HS 327
Title of the Course Mind, Action, and Technology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-0-1-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
(for the students)
Course Objective This course will provide an overview of:
1. How does information enter our cognitive system?
2. How does information become incorporated into our cognitive
structures?
3. How is information processed to allow us to complete complex
tasks?
4. Cognitive development.
5. Advancements in human interaction with technology.
Course Syllabus Fundamental Issues Concerning Cognition:
Common View: Nature, Reality, and Existence.

Generality and Normativity, A Priori Reasoning and Conceptual

Analysis, the Importance of Empirically Informed Reflection.

Artificial vs Animate/Natural Cognitive System:

Understanding what an artificial system needs.

Essential Elements of Cognitive Systems: Receptors, Motor Control,

Cognitive Process (Interpretation, Action Control, Guidance the
Allocation of Cognitive Resources, Memory).

Cognition and Nature

Extraneous to/Strangers to Nature, Instinct, Learned Aspects of
Individuals.

Understanding the World/Real World and Cognition

Sensory Modalities, Sensory Processing vs. Sensory Integration,
Perceptual Process and Unitization, Embodied Cognition, Distributed
Cognition.

Cognitive Development, Moral Development, Aging & Cognition,

Altered State of Consciousness, Psychoactive Drugs, Cognitive
Impairments, Music and Movement, Cognitive Evolution and Humans,
Cognition, Science & Beyond.

Knowing Other’s Mind

852 Go to Index
 Not So Plasticity of Cognition, Social Learning, Stereotype,
Communication, Culture and Cognition, Micro and Macro Cognition.

Cognitive Plasticity: Cognitive Performance Plasticity, Factors

Affecting CPP
(Social Context, Physical Environment, Internal Factors),
Measurement
Approaches (Behavioral Reaction Norm), Implications.

The World and Its Real Mind

Representation and Computation, Relationship Between Humans and
Machines, Artificial Intelligence, Cyber-Human System, Brain-
Computer Interface, Human-Robot Interaction, Extended Reality,
Assisted Reality, Build-Environment, Network-Enabled Systems,
Trust, Safety, Security.
Suggested Books 1. D. Reisberg, Cognition: Exploring the Science of the Mind, W. W.
Norton & Company, New York, 2018. ISBN: 978-0393877618.
2. H. L. Roitblat, H. S. Terrace, & T. G. Bever, Animal Cognition,
Psychology Press, New York, 2014. ISBN: 13: 978-0-898-59334-1.
3. W. Sinnott-Armstrong, Moral Psychology, Volume 2: The
Cognitive Science of Morality: Intuition and Diversity, The MIT
Press, Cambridge, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-262-69357-8
4. D. Hofstadter, Alan Turing: Life and Legacy of a Great Thinker,
Springer, Lausanne, 2013. 9783662056424.

853 Go to Index
Course code HS 328
Title of the course Philosophy and Film

Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 3 -

0 - 0 -3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences
Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Course Objectives • This course analyses the role of philosophy in cinema.

• It focuses on the contributions of the discipline of philosophy to
cinema.
Course Outcomes • Identify the role of philosophical ideas in cinema
• Analyse the philosophical relationship between cinema and
imagination
Course Content • Philosophy of Motion Pictures – the Moving Image
• Essence of Cinema: Perception, Illusion, Fantasy, Reality
• Fiction vs. Reality – Collapse of a distinction
• Cinema: the world of make beliefs and interaction between reality
and fiction
• Genres of Cinema [Science Fiction, Historical Films, Political and
War Cinema, and Motivation Films]
• Science Fiction Cinema – Reclaiming the Human [About bringing
humanity to human kind]
• History goes to the movies [Critique of Representation of historical
greatness in western cinema]
• War Cinema – [critique of War as Spectacle – projection of war,
good and bad]
• Holocaust Film – [talks about the inhuman condition and the
possibility of human evil]

854 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books
1. R. Barsam and D. Monahan, Looking at Movies- An Introduction to
Film, W.W. Norton & Company, 2016, ISBN:9780393885835
2. N. Carroll and J. Choi, Philosophy of Film & Motion Pictures-An
Anthology, Wiley, 2005, ISBN: 9781405120265
Reference Books

3. J. Chapman, War and Film, Reakton Books, 2008, ISBN:

9781861893475
4. M. Hughes-Warrington, History Goes to the Movies- Studying
History on Film, Routledge, 2016, ISBN: 9780415328289
5. R. Kavaney, From Alien to Matrix- Reading Science Fiction Film,
I.B. Tauris, 2005, ISBN: 9781850438069

855 Go to Index
Course Code HS 330
Title of the Course Graphic Literature

Course Category Liberal Arts Minor; Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-2-1-0-3

Name of the English/Humanities and Social Sciences

Concerned
Discipline/School
Pre–requisite, if any None

Course Objectives • Explore the history, theory, and practice of graphic

literature as a distinct form of artistic and literary
expression.
• Analyze the conventions, techniques, and aesthetics of
graphic storytelling across different genres, styles, and
cultural contexts.
• Investigate the cultural, social, and political dimensions of
graphic narratives, including their role in shaping identities,
ideologies, and public discourse.
Course Outcomes • Develop a critical understanding of the conventions
and techniques of graphic storytelling, including the
use of images, text, and layout
• Anaylse graphic narratives, examining their thematic content,
visual symbolism, and narrative structures
• Explore the cultural, social, and political significance of graphic
literature, critically assessing its representation of diverse
identities, experiences, and perspectives
Course Content • History and Evolution of Graphic Literature (From Pioneers to
Contemporary Storytellers)
• Conventions and Techniques of Graphic Storytelling (Visual
Grammar and Narrative Syntax)
• Digital Graphic Narratives (Webcomics, Digital Graphic Narratives
and New Platforms)
• Comics Journalism (Documentary Graphic Narratives, Climate
fiction, Visual Reporting)
• Graphic Literature and Interdisciplinary Studies (Connections with
Film, Literature, Visual Culture)

856 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books
1. S. McCloud, Understanding Comics, Harper Perennial,
1993, ISBN: 9780060976255

Reference Books

2. A. Spiegelman, Maus- A Survivors Tale, Penguin Books,

1991, ISBN: 9780140173154
3. S. Vyam and S. Anand, Bhimayana- Experiences of
Untouchability, Navayana, 2011, ISBN:
9788189059170

4. V. Ghosh, Restorying Partition- Graphic Narratives

from Pakistan, India and Bangladesh, Yoda Press, 2013,
ISBN: 9789382579014
5. M. Satrapi, Persepolis-The Story of a
Childhood, Pantheon, 2004, ISBN:
9780375714573

857 Go to Index
Course Code HS 341
Title of the Course Appreciating Indian English Literature
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned English/HSS
Department
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the course
Course Syllabus The Course will make an attempt at understanding the complex
dynamics of the various socio-politico-cultural issues that lead to
the marginalization of some sections in any given society. Though
such deliberate marginalization is a universal malaise, this course
will focus on the marginalized sections in the Indian context. The
thrust here will be to try and understand how such oppressions,
inequalities and marginalization are explored in the literatures of
the very people who have been relegated to the margin through
discriminations based on caste, gender, region, etc. The texts
mentioned above are only indicative and other texts can be
included depending on the directions that classroom discussions
will take. The background readings will be helpful in familiarizing
the students with some of the issues at hand and their
complexities.
Background Readings 1. Khair, Tabish. Babu Fictions: Alienation in Contemporary
Indian English Novels. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
2001.
2. Kumar, Raj. Dalit Personal Narratives: Reading Caste, Nation
and Identity. Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan Pvt. Ltd. 2010.
3. Nubile, Clara. The Danger of Gender: Caste, Class and
Gender in Contemporary Indian Women’s Writing. New
Delhi: Sarup Books Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
4. Swami, Indu, Ed. Exploring North-East Indian Writings in
English. New Delhi: Sarup Book Publishers Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
5. Misra, Tilottama, ed. The Oxford Anthology of Writings from
North-East India (Fiction). New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 2011.
6. Anand, Mulk Raj, ed. An Anthology of Dalit Literature. New
Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 1992. (selected Dalit writings)

858 Go to Index
7. De Souza, Eunice and Pereira, Lindsay, Eds. Women’s Voices:
Selections from Nineteenth and Early-Twentieth Century
Indian Writing in English. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 2002.
8. Sarmila, Irom. Fragrance of Peace, New Delhi: Zubaan, 2010.
9. Hasan, Anjum. Lunatic in My Head. New Delhi: Penguin Books
India, 2007.
10. Das, Narayan. Writings and Speeches of Ambedkar. New
Delhi: Abd Publishers, 2009.
11. Rege, Sharmila, Ed. Women Writing Caste: Testimonies of
Dalit Women in Maharastra. New Delhi: Zubaan Books,
2006.

859 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 402
Title of the Course Twentieth Century World History: Critical Perspectives
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy/HSS
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the Course No other century witnessed such a quantum leap in civilizational
progress as the Twentieth century has. It has witnessed great wars,
great revolutions and formation of several nations based on manifold
ideological principles. This way we are obligated to know what took
us beyond imagination, but also cannot overlook off-shoots of this
great leap – which are in several ways hindrances to a better world.
The Scope of the Course of the course is to bring to notice those
'amazing ideas' that makes century's history a unique in the book of
story of humankind. Further, it puts before for though reflection
several challenges that we are faced with to maintain peace and
harmony among several races and cultures.
Course Syllabus Civilizations at the Crossroads – The Making of a Grand History
War Among Nations
The Cold War – Clash of Civilizations
End of History Debate
Post-Cold War World
New Horizons of Peace and Conflict – Challenges to a Harmonious
Universe – Drawbacks of International Law
Suggested Books 1. C.S. Adams & J. H. Conrad, Ideologies in Conflict: A Cold War
Docu-Story (iUniverse, 2001).
2. E.H. Carr, What is Hitory?
3. A.G. Frank, The World System: Five Hundred Years or Five
Thousand? (Routledge, 1996).
4. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man (Free Press,
2006).
5. C. Geertz, The Interpretation of Cultures: Selected Essays (New
York: Basic Books, 1973).
860 Go to Index
6. M. Gilbert, A History of the Twentieth Century: The Concise
Edition of the Acclaimed World History (William Marrow
Paperbacks, 2002).
7. S. Huntington, The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of
World Order (Simon & Schuster, 2011).
8. I. Kant, Perpetual Peace (FQ Classics, 2007)
9. E. Schrecker, Cold War Triumphalism: The Misuse of History
After the Fall of Communism (New Press, 2006).
10. M. Trachtenberg, The Cold War and After: History, Theory
and the Logic of International Politics (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 2012)

861 Go to Index
Course Code HS 403

Title of the course The West in Twentieth Century: Critical Perspectives

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

3-0-0-3

Name of the Concerned Humanities and Social Sciences

Discipline

Prerequisite, if any NA

The Scope of the course • The scope of this course is to bring to notice those
‘amazing ideas’ that makes the twentieth century’s history a
unique one in the story of human kind.
• The objective of the course is to bring to your attention
great challenges that made the century – to endure the
consequences of ways of the past century; especially, in
achieving a peaceful world order.

Course Syllabus 1. Twentieth Century: The Dawn of a new horizon [the rise of
modern political states, new age, and new hope]
2. Political Revolution: The Socialist Experiment [gigantic efforts
to replace equality with reckless freedom, by the spirit of “all
humans are created equal”]
3. World War – I [First modern war - considered as “The Great
War”, a war to end all wars]
4. Inter-War Period – The Great Depression – The Rise of
powerful nations [Rise of Germany, Hitler and the Third Reich –
and related forms of Totalitarianism]
5. World War – II & Holocaust [Human moral failure never seen

862 Go to Index
 before – Race Wars]
6. The Cold War – The Ideological Age [Quantum leap forward,
but without peace and integrity – Age of Extremes and Age of
Violence, coming of Neo-Imperialism, Global Injustice]
7. Clash of Civilizations & The End of History [Fukuyama and
Huntington – No Ideological War, No history and Rogues and
Civilized Nations]
8. 9/11 – Myth or Reality [History repeats again, Violence and
catastrophes continues challenging the beginning of a new
millenium
9. History and the Guilt Paradigm – Forgiveness [To bring peace,
do we need to forgive and forget the past? History, Crime and
Guilt – a profound dilemma]

Suggested Books Textbooks

1. Barkan, Elazar, & Alexander Karn, Taking Wrongs
Seriously: Apologies and Reconciliation, Stanford:
Stanford University Press: 2006: ISBN: 9780804752251
2. Bruckner, Pascal, The Tyranny of the Guilt: Essays on
Western Masochism, Princeton: Princeton University
Press: 2010: ISBN: 9780691154305
References
1. Cortright, David, Peace: A History of Movements and Ideas,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 2008: ISBN:
978-0-521-67000-5
2. Barett, Kevin, “9/11: Interpreting the Unspeakable: Myth
or Reality” http://rl911truth.org/index.php/related-
911-articles/58-barrett-kevin-interpreting-the-
unspeakable-the-myth-of-911

863 Go to Index
Course code HS 410/ HS 610
Title of the course Media Studies
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course The emergence and proliferation of new/digital/web-based media
over the last two decades compels us to establish, investigate and
reconfigure the idea of what old and new media are and if they
could be understood independent of one another. In this course, we
will conceptualise Media Studies, exploring their historical and
theoretical provenance. We shall assess how and why media
aggregate, appropriate and comment upon other media, and how
ways of seeing and listening are consolidated via other media. We
will try to establish a dialogue across old and new media, sound-
and image-based representation in media, and media as technology
vis-à-vis media as infrastructure.
Course Syllabus New vs Old Media_
Platform Economy/Capitalism and Algorithmic Governance_
Immediacy and Hypermediacy in Mediation_
Liveness in News Television and Public Scandals_
Media in terms of the history of Infrastructure_
Media and Modernization Theory_
Attention Economy (Capital, Attention and Cinema in Industrial
Economies)_
Convergence Culture (Hardware vs Software convergence_
Post-Cinema Perspectives on the Future of Media.
Suggested Books 1. D. J. Bolter and R. Grusin, Remediation : Understanding New
Media, MIT Press, Cambridge, 1999, 9780262522793
2. B. Larkin, Signal and Noise: Media, Infrastructure, Duke
University Press : Durham, NC : 2008 : 9780822341086
3. J. Beller, The Cinematic Mode of Production : Attention
Economy and the Society of Spectacle, Dartmouth Press, New
Hampshire, 2006, 9781584655831
4. S. Denson and J. Leyda, Post-Cinema : Theorizing 21st Century
Film, Reframe Books, Falmer, 2016, 9780993199639

864 Go to Index
Course Code HS 412 / HS 612
Title of the Course Contemporary Indian Thought
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Philosophy
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None

Scope of the Course

Course Syllabus Rabindranath Tagore, Swami Vivekananda, M.K. Gandhi, V.D.
Savarkar,
Sri Aurobindo, Krishnachandra Bhattacharyya, B.R.Ambedkar and
Jawaharlal Nehru.

(The course deals with key ideas of some of the contemporary

Indian thinkers. The attempt will be to focus on important debates
in contemporary Indian Philosophy)

Suggested Books 1. Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi. The Mahatma and the Poet: letters and
debates between Gandhi and Tagore, 1915-1941. 1997. New
Delhi: National Book Trust.
2. Lal, B.K. Contemporary Indian Philosophy. 2010. Delhi:
Motilal Banarasi Das.
3. Raghurama Raju A, Debates in Indian Philosophy: Classical,
Colonial and Contemporary 2007 New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
4. Raju P.T., Structural Depths of Indian Thought.1985 New
Delhi: South Asian Publishers.
5. Moolchand. Nationalism and Internationalism of Gandhi, Nehru
and Tagore.1989.New Delhi: M.M. Publishers.
6. Naravane, Vishwanath S., Modern Indian Thought, Bombay:
Asia Publishing House 1964.
7. Nagaraj D.R. “Self-purification versus Self–respect” in
Raghurama Raju. A (Ed) Debating Gandhi. 2006.New Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
8. Nehru, Jawaharlal. The Discovery of India.1994. New York:
Oxford University Press, Centenary Edition.

865 Go to Index
9. Sharma, Chandradhar, A Critical Survey of Indian
Philosophy, 2000, Delhi, Motilal Banarasi Das.

866 Go to Index
Course Code HS 418/ HS 618
Title of the Course Sustainability Studies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Course Objective The course introduces and details the concepts in sustainability from the
social sciences and basic sciences perspectives. It will include definitions,
theories, historical developments, applications and case study
references. The course will also include a module on Eco-criticism in
literature, theoretical discourses and examples from contemporary
literature.
Course Syllabus Introduction to sustainability, Climate change, biosphere, physical
resources: water, pollution, and minerals, resource economics

Systems Dynamics, models in natural sciences

Sustainable energy systems, Problem solving: metrics, and tools; Agro-

food systems, renewable resources: water fish and forests, Non-
renewable resources: oil

Sustainable infrastructure
Eco-criticism including eco-feminism and deconstruction of rhetoric of
environment studies. Definition of eco-critical theory and practice,
observing the more recent influence of interdisciplinary, ecological
perspectives in criticism and theory (the emergence of ‘eco-criticism’)
and considering their implications for the interpretation of literature and
the creation of writing, environmental foundations of the global
economy, Narratives of development in postcolonial writing
Text Books 1. Theis and Tomkin (Ed.) 2011. Sustainability: Comprehensive.
Foundation University of Illinois Open Source Text Book Initiative.
ID: [email protected]
2. Bert J.M. de Vries2012 Sustainability Science Cambridge University
Press, ISBN 9780521184700
3. Mulligan, M. 2015. An Introduction to Sustainability: Environmental,
Social and Personal Perspectives. Routledge Publications ISBN
9780415706438
4. Newton A.C. and Cantarello E. 2014 An Introduction to the Green
Economy: Science Systems and Sustainability. Routledge
Publications. ISBN 978 0415 711609
867 Go to Index
5. Ed. CheryllGlotfelty and Harold Fromm. 1996. The Ecocriticism
Reader. University of Georgia Press
6. AmitavGhosh 2010. The Glass Palace Harper Collins
7. Mahashweta Devi. 2008. Imaginary Maps. Routledge
8. Westling, Louise. “Literature and Ecology” (75-90). Teaching
Ecocriticism and Green Cultural Studies. Ed. by Greg Garrard.
9. Timothy Clark, The Cambridge Introduction to Literature and the
Environment

868 Go to Index
Course code HS 421/ HS 621
Title of the course Historiography and Historical Methods
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department/School
Pre-requisite, if any NA
The scope of the course This course is a systematic exploration of approaches to research in
history and how the discipline has been influenced by other subjects
in the humanities and social sciences.
1. How is research in history done?
2. How is the historian’s construction of the past any different
from the public perception of a historical event?
3. Is interdisciplinarity in history possible?
4. What is the relationship between history, the humanities, and
social sciences?
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction to History
2. Kinds of History (global, cultural, social, economic, military,
history of art)
3. Historical Knowledge (standards, quality, reliability,
frameworks)
4. Historical Theory (historical truth, power, limits of
objectivity, the challenge of postmodernism)
5. Sources (written texts, paintings, epigraphy, numismatics)
6. Public History (the ownership of the past, moral judgements
and multiple audiences)
7. Periodisation (Historical time, dividing the past, events and
descriptions)
8. History and other disciplines (Sociology, Philosophy,
Anthropology and Literature)
Suggested Books 1. Jordanova, L: History in Practice: Bloomsbury Academic:
London: 2005: ISBN: 0340663316
2. Evans, R: In Defense of History: W W Norton & Company:
London: 2000: ISBN-10: 0393319598
3. Appadurai, A: The social life of things: Commodities in cultural
perspective: Cambridge University Press: New Delhi: 1986: ISBN
978-0-521-35726-5
4. Hobsbawm, E: On History: Little, Brown Book Group: London:
1998: ISBN-10: 0349110506

869 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 422 / HS 622
Title of the Course Development Economics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Economics/HSS
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course offers a broader understanding of economic
transformation of developing countries. It discusses issues in per
capita income, economic growth, inequality, poverty, population. It
also aims at analyzing land, labour and insurance sector. At the
macro level the course will orient students about political economy
of international trade, monetary policy and international relations
from developing country perspective.
Course Syllabus Trends in international development; Basic features of
underdeveloped countries/ LDCs; Development indices, Growth
and development theories, Dual economy models, Domestic
resources and foreign resources and economic development,
Industrialization, protection and trade policies, Strategy towards
foreign capital external finances; Strategy towards imports /export
balance of payments; Balanced / unbalanced growth approach;
Sectoral strategy; population, poverty, employment, migration,
Some recent contributions to development theory; Trade and
development, The global strategy: new international economic
order (NIEO); The policy of structural adjustment, environment
and development.
Suggested Books 1. S. Ghatak, Introduction to Development Economics,
Routledge Publication. 2003. 4th edition.
2. D. Ray. Development Economics, Princeton University Press.
1998.
3. G. Meier, and J. Stiglitz, Frontiers of Development Economics,
Oxford University Press, 2001.
Reference Readings:
1. A. Sen, Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press,
1999.
2. P. Draper, P. Alves, R. Sally (editors), The political Economy of
Trade Reform in Emerging Markets: Crisis or
870 Go to Index
 Opportunity?" Edward Elgar Publishing, 2009.
3. R. Capello, and Nijkamp, Handbook of Regional Growth and
Development Theories, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2009.
4. O. Galor, Inequality and Economic Development: the
Modern Perspective, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2009.
5. D. Williams, International Development and Global Politics:
History, Theory and Practice, Routledge Publication, 2011.
6. Y. Hayami, and Godo, Development Economics: From the
Poverty to the Wealth of Nations, Oxford University Press,
2005.

871 Go to Index
Course Code HS 424/ HS 624
Title of the Course Econometrics-I
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Economics
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Research Methods in Social Sciences; Basic Statistics
Scope of the Course This aim of the course is to cover basic econometrics with focus on
regression modeling and the problems encountered in dealing with
cross-section and time series data.
Course Syllabus Methodology of econometrics; Regression analysis; Assumptions of
the classical linear regression Models; Two variable regression
analyses;
Multiple regression analyses;
Heteroscedasticity; Autocorrelation and Multicollinearity;
Dummy variable regression models;
Model Selection;
Time Series Econometrics (introduction);
Panel data regression models (introduction).
Suggested Books 1. D.N. Gujarati, Basic Econometrics, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
2005.
2. G.S. Maddala, Introduction to Econometrics, (3rd edition) Wiley,
2001.
3. J.M. Wooldridge, Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach,
South Western, 2009.

872 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 425
Title of the Course Money and Banking
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Economics/HSS
Department/School

Scope of the Give an overview of role of money, financial markets, financial

Course institutions, conduct of monetary policy, monetary transmission
mechanism, and the relationships between monetary policy and
asset returns.
Pre–requisite, if any None
Course Syllabus Introduction: Why study money, banking and financial markets;
Definition of money, banking and financial system.
Financial Markets: Understanding interest rates; Behavior of
interest rates; Risk and term structure of interest rate; Stock
Market.
Financial Institutions: Economic analysis of financial structure;
Management of financial institutions; Financial regulation; Financial
crises.
Central Bank: Central Bank, The Conduct of Monetary Policy, The
Money Supply Process; Tools of Monetary Policy
Suggested Books Monetary
Text Book Theory: Demand for Money; Aggregate demand and
supply
1. analysis;
Mishkin, F. S.Money and Inflation.
The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial
Markets (10 edition) Pearson (ISBN-10: 0-13-247918-4)
th

Reference Books
2. Walsh, Carl E. Monetary Theory and Policy, 3 rd edition. The MIT
Press, 2010. (ISBN-10: 0262013770)
3. Handa, Jagdish. Monetary Economics, 2nd Edition.
Routledge, 2008. (ISBN-10: 0415772109)
4. Romer, David. Advanced Macroeconomics. 4 t h edition. McGraw-
Hill Education, 2011. (ISBN-10: 0073511374)
5. Cecchetti, S. and K. Schoenholtz, Money, Banking and
Financial Markets, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2011. (ISBN-10:
007337590X)
6. Money and Banking: Select Research Papers by the Economists
of reserve Bank of India. Edited by A. Vasudevan. Academic
Foundation, 2003. (ISBN-10: 8171883184)

873 Go to Index
Course Code HS 426
Title of the Course Economics of Innovation
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamentals of Economics
Scope of the course The rapid innovation in the modern knowledge-based economy has
increased the rate of production of information and contributed to
the decline in the cost of producing it. Innovation as a harbinger of
growth is also the prime focus of policy makers. Thus, policy makers
are devising intellectual property rights and alternative mechanisms
for creating incentives for innovation.
This course will introduce the students to the basic concepts like
public goods and externalities. The participants will learn about the
innovation systems, incentive mechanisms like intellectual property,
the relationship of IP to technology transfer, and private/public
funding.
Course Syllabus Basic concepts like public goods, externalities, different types of
innovation like drastic vs non-drastic innovation; disruptive
innovation. Innovation and economic development.
Technological innovation and the theory of firm; Innovation as an
evolutionary process.
Policy for innovation: intellectual property rights.
University research and public-private interaction.
Geography of innovation.
Markets for technology and issues related to technology transfer.
Financing R&D.
Innovation in clusters.
Diffusion of technology.
Suggested Books 1. S. Scotchmer. Innovation and Incentives. Cambridge MA: MIT
Press, 2004.
2. B. Hall and N. Rosenberg. Handbook of Economics of
Innovation. Netherland: Elsevier, 2010. Selected chapters.
3. W. D.
Nordhus. Invention, Growth, and Welfare: A Theoretical
Treatment of Technological Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press, 1969.
4. J. E. Stiglitz. “Knowledge as a Global Public Good.” In Global
Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century,
edited by I. Kaul, I. Grunberg, and M.A. Stern. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1999.

874 Go to Index
5. G.
Rosegger. The Economics of Production and Innovation: An
Industrial Perspective. Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann
Limited, 1996.
6. A. Arora, A. Fosfuri and A. Gambardella. Markets for
Technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2002.
7. A. S. Rao, M. Gulati, T. Sarkar, R. Singh, K.L. Kala, S. Gargav, and A.
Khanna. Promoting Innovation in Clusters. New Delhi:
Foundation for MSME Clusters, 2013.
8. J. Watal. Intellectual Property Rights in the WTO and
Developing Countries. New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
2001.

875 Go to Index
Course code HS 642/ HS 442

Title of the course Language and Mind

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA

Scope of the course The course aims to build interest of students in the field of
language and mind. Language is considered to be the most
accessible output of the working of the mind and raises some very
important questions for a phenomenon unique to human beings.
The course addresses some fundamental questions including how
language is represented in our minds, how children acquire
language so quickly and effortlessly, the connection between
language and thought among others.
Course Syllabus Nature of Language: Language as an object of scientific study,
essential components of Language, Standard and non-standard
languages, basic universal features in phonological,
morphological and syntactic systems of language.
Biological Foundations: Is Language unique to humans?,
Animals learning language, Nature versus Nurture Debate for
Language, Language Acquisition Device, Poverty of Stimulus,
Principles and Parameters, Critical Period Hypothesis, Case
Studies of Feral Children and language savants, Linguistic
Relativism.
Language in the Brain: Language in the human brain, contra-
lateralization, and language centres in the brain, aphasia and its
types, specific language impairment, brain plasticity, fundamental
differences between first and second language acquisition, sign
language.
Suggested Books 1. J. F. Kess, Psycholinguistics : Psychology, Linguistics, and
the Study of Natural Language, John Benjamins Publishing,
Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1992, 9789027235848
2. N. Chomsky, Lectures on Government and Binding, Mouton
De Gruyter, Holland, 1981, 9783110141313
3. S. D. Krashen, Second Language acquisition and Second
Language Learning, Pergamon Press Inc, Oxford, 1981,
0080253385
4. J. Aitchison, The Articulate Mammal : An Introduction to
Psycholinguistics, Routledge, New York, 2008, 0415420164
876 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 443 / HS 643
Title of the Course Contemporary Short Fiction
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned English/HSS
Department/School
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the Courses of This course aims to familiarize students with the genre of the short
the course story, a form of writing that has been around ever since human
beings began to write the stories. Students will learn to
understand the features of the short story and read selected short
works written in the 20th century from different cultures across
the world. Translations of stories in different languages will allow
students to recognize the various modes of crafting and narrating
short stories across the world. Examples of novellas or the ‘long’
short story will also be discussed.
Course Syllabus Discussion of short stories, history of the short story, introduction
to prominent short story authors from different cultures and their
writings, identify and describe the different features of the genre,
story and plot structure, critical writing in the genre, comparison
of structure and form with other genres of literature.
Suggested Books 1. D. Halpern (edited), The Art of the Story: An International
Anthology of Contemporary Short Stories, Penguin 2000.
2. N. Chimamanda Ngozi and J. Lahiri (Edited), The Global
Anthology of Short Stories, New Internationalist Publishing,
May 2009.
(Selected 10-12 stories from both these collections)
Background Readings:
1. M H Abrams. Glossary of Literary terms, Wadsworth
Publishing, 2011.
2. Selected electronic articles that I will provide links to or copies
from time to time.

877 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 444
Title of the Course Literature of the Twentieth Century
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Concerned English/HSS
Department/ School
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Scope of the course The Course will focus on selected writings and excerpts from the
authors mentioned in the syllabus. The list is indicative and could
include other writers depending on the directions that classroom
discussions will take. The primary genres will be the Short Story,
Non Fiction and Poetry. The course will survey the major themes
and ideas that predominate in the literature of the twentieth
century from across the globe and will include background
readings that throw light on the socio cultural milieu and political
context in which these works get published.

Course Syllabus James Joyce, Virginia Woolf, T.S. Eliot, Premchand, Samuel Beckett,
Albert Camus, Franz Kafka, J.D. Salinger, R.K. Narayan, Gabriel
Garcia Marquez, Chinua Achebe, Knut Hamsun, V.S. Naipaul, Jorges
Luis Borges, Alice Walker, Yukio Mishima, Mikhail Sholokhov,
Orhan Pamuk, Amitav Ghosh, Zakaria Tamer, J.M. Coetzee, Thomas
Pynchon, Umberto Eco, Italo Calvino, Mario Vargas Llosa, Ravindra
Nath Tagore.
Suggested Books 1. Brown, Nicholas. Utopian Generations: The Political Horizon
of Twentieth-Century Literature. Princeton: Princeton Univ
Press, 2005.
2. Clifford, James. The Predicament of Culture: Twentieth-
Century Ethnography, Literature, and Art. Cambridge: Harvard
Univ Press, 1988.
3. Clifford, James. Routes: Travel and Translation in the Late
Twentieth Century. Cambridge: Harvard Univ Press, 1997.
4. Heise, Thomas. Urban Underworlds: A Geography of
Twentieth-Century American Literature and Culture. New
Brunswick: Rutgers Univ Press, 2011.
5. Johnson, David. The Popular and the Canonical: Debating
Twentieth-Century Literature 1940-2000. London:
878 Go to Index
 Routledge, 2005.
6. North, Michael. The Dialect of Modernism: Race, Language,
and Twentieth-Century Literature. New York: Oxford Univ
Press, 1994.
7. Wyatt, David. Secret Histories: Reading Twentieth-Century
American Literature. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ Press,
2010.

879 Go to Index
Course code HS 445/ HS 645
Title of the course Advanced Discourse Studies
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Scope: This course is designed to focus on discourse analytic
approaches to research in education and related areas of inquiry.
The course has been conceived to provide insights through an
interdisciplinary lens and caters to traditions that range from
interactional sociolinguistics to conversation analysis and critical
discourse analysis.
Learning Objectives: The course is intended for doctoral
students who would like to learn about discourse analysis for an
advanced understanding of their own set of research data.
To develop interest and appreciation for theories of talk-in-
interaction and conversation analysis as methods in the practice
of research.
Familiarity with research based on interactions deploying
discourse analytic approaches.
Course Syllabus Theoretical framework of discourse studies
Theories and methods of discourse, ethnography, discourse as a
cultural practice.
Methods of discourse analysis
Transcription, complexities involved in analysing written and
spoken language, text and discourse, ethical treatment of data,
conversational sequence, interaction and power structure.
Analysing discourse using Conversation Analysis as a tool
Analysis of multiple set of interactions including classroom
exchanges using conversation analysis as a method.
Suggested Books/ References 1. Foucault, M. (1972). The Archaeology of knowledge. New
York: Pantheon Books.
2. Garfinkel, H. (1967). Studies in ethnomethodology.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
3. Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life.
New York: Anchor Books, Doubleday.
4. Goffman, E. (1981). "Footing" in Forms of talk. Philadelphia:
University of Pennsylvania Press.
5. Goodwin, C. (1981). Conversational organization:
Interaction between speakers and hearers. New York:
Academic Press.
6. Gumperz, J. J. (1982). Discourse strategies. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
880 Go to Index
7. Labov, W., & Fanshel, D. (1977). Therapeutic discourse:
Psychotherapy as conversation. New York: Academic Press.
8. Malone, M. J. (1997). Worlds of talk: The presentation of self
in everyday conversation. Cambridge: Polity Press.
9. Sacks, H. (1992). Lectures on conversation. (Vol. I-II). Oxford:
Blackwell.
10. van Dijk, T. A. (Ed.). (1997a). Discourse as social interaction.
London: Sage.

881 Go to Index
Course code HS 446
Title of the course Music and Literary Modernism
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2- 1- 0- 3
Name of the
Concerned Humanities & Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Music and literature are integrally connected. ‘All art,' wrote English literary
and art critic Walter Pater, ‘constantly aspires to the condition of music.' This
interdisciplinary course examines the critical role of music in the works of
20th-century writers such as T.S. Eliot, James Joyce, Ezra Pound, Virginia
Woolf, and Marcel Proust. Collectively, their works are representative of a
new literary form- modernism. Modernist literature was as influenced by
music as music was by literature. Thus the relationship between modernism
and music is a reciprocal one. In exploring the specific points of reciprocity
where music and literature influence each other, this course highlights the
importance of reading texts aurally by drawing attention to the role of music
in a text; and, how in turn, music shapes literature.
Course Syllabus • Introduction and significance of modernist literature: The course
explores why modernist literature continues to be important in the
contemporary culture.

• Influence of music on modernist literature: Selected works of writers

such as T.S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, James Joyce, Mina Loy, James Weldon
Johnson, Stéphane Mallarmé, Marcel Proust, Gertrude Stein, John Cage,
Wallace Stevens, and Virginia Woolf will be paired with and read alongside
touchstones of modern music.

• The influence of modernism on critical theory: The readings of the

above authors will be supported by critical commentaries on the
relationship between sound and word. The critics include Walter Pater,
Wilhelm Fürtwangler, Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, George Bernard Shaw, Roland
Barthes, Arnold Schönberg, Northrop Frye, Henry Cowell, and Luigi
Russolo.

• The reciprocal influence of modernist literature on music: The

importance of literary art for composers such as George Antheil, Olivier
Messiaen, Pierre Boulez, and The Beatles will be discussed. Which were the
literary sources that influenced their music? How did their music inspire
the literature of the period? The trends articulated during the modernist
period will be explored through the emergence of blues poetry and jazz
poetry and how they got reformed in the work of avant-garde writers and

882 Go to Index
 composers throughout the 20th century. These explorations will show how
the binary categories of ‘music’ and ‘literature’ dissolve- while music
attempts to be like literature, poetry and fiction begin to sound more and
more like music.
Suggested Books 1. Brown, Calvin S.: Music and Literature. A Comparison of the Arts:
University of Georgia Press: Athens: 1948: ISBN-10:1406739162
2. Albright, Daniel: Untwisting the Serpent: Modernism in Music,
Literature, and Other Arts: University of Chicago Press: Chicago: 2000:
ISBN-13:9780226012544
3. Bucknell, Brad: Literary Modernism and Musical Aesthetics:
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge: 2010: ISBN-13:
9780521155083
4. Ripple, Gabriele: Handbook of Intermediality: Literature - Image -
Sound - Music: De Gruyter: Boston: 2015: ISBN-13: 9783110308365

883 Go to Index
Course code HS 448/ 648

Title of the course Indian Cinema: Nation, Region and Technology

Course Category Institute Open Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2 -

1- 0 - 3
Concerned Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Course Objectives • The course will address the diversity of Indian film productions,
beginning with the regional production centers of
undivided/British India – Lahore, Calcutta, Madras and Bombay.
• It will analyze the wealth of co-productions, remakes and
adaptations across Indian film industries to understand how
forms and themes have traveled across.
Course Outcomes • Identify region-specific themes and genres in Indian film history
• Assess the cultural history of adaptations, remakes, cinematic
crossovers
Course Content • Pre-Partition Film (Studios)
• Cultural Translations across film Industries
- Co-productions
- Remakes
- Adaptations
• Thematic Overlaps in Representation
- Rural-Urban Migration
- Middle-Class Family
- Desires and Commodity Fetish (Fashion, Travel etc.)
• Key Representations in Art Cinema
- Poverty in urban slums
- Exploitation in the countryside
- Police Brutality
• Subtitling vs Dubbing
• Globalization of Film Form
• Over-the-Top (OTT) Platforms
- Films vs Long-form storytelling
- Rise of Regional film industries
• Visual Effects (VFX) in Period Films

884 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbook:

1. Vebhuti Duggal, Bindu Menon and Spandan Bhattacharya (eds):

Film Studies: An Introduction: Worldview Publications: Delhi &
Kolkata: 2022: 9789382267515.

2. Sudhir Mahadevan: A Very Old Machine: The Many Origins of the

Cinema in India: State University of New York Press: Albany:
2015: 9781438458298.

Reference Books:

1. M. Madhava Prasad: Cine-Politics : Film Stars and Political

Significance in South India: Orient Blackswan: Hyderabad: 2014:
978-8125053569
2. Rajani Mazumdar: Bombay Cinema: An Archive of the City:
University of Minnesota Press: Minneapolis: 2007: 978- 0-
816649426.
3. S. V. Srinivas: Politics as Performance: A Social history of Telugu
Cinema: Permanent Black: Ranikhet: 2013: 977-8178243726.
4. Hrishikesh Ingle: Marathi Cinema, Cultural Space, and Liminality.
Oxford University Press: New Delhi: 2022: 9780192859785.

885 Go to Index
Course Code HS 455/ HS 655
Title of the Course Digital Humanities
Credit Structure (L-T-P)-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Humanities and Social Sciences
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NIL
Course Objective Scope of the Course
1. Explain the broad spectrum and perspective of Digital
Humanities (DH)
2. Introduce the necessary tools and techniques to understand
various DH research projects
3. Critically discuss DH projects
4. Explain DH in various disciplines.
5. Plan, Evaluate, and Develop a DH research project
Course Syllabus Introduction and History of DH: Intersection of digital technology
and humanities disciplines; the history of humanities computing
Analysis of DH Projects, Platforms, and Tools: Text and Document;
Digital Tools; Digitization, OCR, Text Analysis
Digital Environments: Copyright, Digital Rights,
Visual Cultures: Images as visual cultures, Subject-Object debate;
Power and Knowledge; Visual Cultures and Critical theory; Mapping-
Geo spatial Humanities; role of place and space in cultural visibility;
digital heritage, Digital Knowledge Spaces
Archive and Its Evolution: Introducing, Archive in historical time,
politics and poetics of archiving, archive in the digital age
Databases: Types of Databases, repositories and their making
Authorship, Open Access, Building Open Access Ecosystems, Open
Access India, Databases across Indian languages.
Laboratory: Disciplinary Presentations, Digital Humanities Project
Critiques, and Final Project
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. Eileen Gardiner, Ronald G. Musto (2015), The Digital
Humanities: A Primer for Students and Scholars, Cambridge
University Press. ISBN 9781139003865
2. Eve, Martin (2019) Close Reading with Computers Paperback
ISBN: 9781503609365
Ebook ISBN: 9781503609372
3. Maya Dodd and Nidhi Kalra Edited (2020) Digital Humanities
in India: Pedagogy, Publishing and Practices ISBN
9780367347932
4. Gold, Matthew K. (2012), Debates in the Digital Humanities,

886 Go to Index
 University of Minnesota Press SBN 978-0-8166-7795-5
Reference Books:
1. Hockey, Susan. (2000), Electronic Texts in the Humanities:
Principles and Practice, Oxford University Press. ISBN-13:
9780198711940
2. Schreibman, S., Siemens, R., Unsworth, J. (2004), Companion to
Digital Humanities, Oxford: Blackwell. Print
ISBN:9781405103213 |Online ISBN:978047099987

887 Go to Index
Course code HS 481/ HS 681
Title of the course Language, Mind and Society
Course Category Institute Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-0-0-3
Name of the Humanities and Social Sciences
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the` course This course examines language as a social practice, focusing on how it
(Objectives) is represented in our minds. The course addresses fundamental
questions on language acquisition and language as a social practice.
Students are introduced to key concepts, theories, and methods in
linguistics
Course Outcomes ● Analyze language as a special purpose cognitive ability and
understand the underlying mental computation of natural
languages.
● Identify the differences in language use that manifests
themselves in society at different social and linguistic levels
Course Content • Language- as an object of scientific study:
Universal features of language,

• Language and Mind:

Language as a species-specific species uniform faculty,
Behaviorism, Biological foundations of language

Generative Linguistics

Language centres in the brain and brain plasticity

Language acquisition vs language learning

• Language and Society

Sociolinguistics,

Language variation and change

Language, identity and ideology

Language, culture, and intercultural communication.

Sociolinguistic phenomena (Multilingualism, Lingua franca ,
Language contact, Language evolution, Pidgins and creoles,
Language endangerment and death)

888 Go to Index
 • India as a linguistic area (Language families and coexistence)
Suggested Books Textbooks:
• Chomsky, N.: Language and Mind: Cambridge University Press:
Cambridge: 2006: 9781139448901
• Nikolas Coupland: Style: Language variation and identity:
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge: 2007:
9781403944146.
• Peter Trudgill: Sociolinguistic variation and change: Edinburgh
University Press: Edinburgh: 2002: 9780748615155
• William Labov. Principles of linguistic change, vol. 3: Cognitive
and cultural factors: John Wiley & Sons: UK: 2011:
9781405112154
Reference Books
• Coupland, N.: Style: Language variation and identity: Cambridge
University Press: Cambridge: 2007: 9781403944146.
• Florian Coulmas: The handbook of sociolinguistics: Blackwell
Publishing: USA: 2017: 9780631211938
• Miriam Meyerhoff: Introducing sociolinguistics: Routledge:
London: 2018:9780429507922
• Nikolas Coupland and Adam Jaworski: The new sociolinguistic
reader: Palgrove Macmillan: New York: 2009: 9781403944146
• Suzanne Romaine: Language in society: An introduction to
sociolinguistics: OUP: Oxford: 2000: 0198731922
• William Labov: Principles of linguistic change, Vol. 1: internal
factors: John Wiley & Sons: UK: 1994: 9780631179146
• William Labov. Principles of linguistic change, vol. 2social
factors: John Wiley & Sons: UK: 2011: 9780631179153

889 Go to Index
Course Code IHS 482
Title of the Course Introduction to International Development and Area Studies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Sociology / Humanities and Social Sciences
Department/ School
Prerequisite, if any None
Scope of the Course To provide an introduction to development theory and practice from
an interdisciplinary perspective and of the history of development;
To explain the principal theories underlying past and present
approaches to international development, problematize the Euro-
centric/Western-centric nature of much of the debates and critically
discuss the role of different actors and institutions.
In the first part of the course the focus of the lectures will be on
acquiring basic concepts and theories of international development.
In the second part of the course the focus will be on applying this
knowledge to present-day development problems.
Course Syllabus Definitions of Development: Legacies of the Colonial era.
International development in the post-war era: Decolonization,
restructuring and economic growth.
Invention of 'Development'- President Truman's Point Four and
Underdevelopment.
Modernization and Rostow's stages of economic growth, Criticizing
Modernization.
Dependency theories of Development, Neo-Marxism in USA and
Latin America, Works of Raul Prebisch, Celso Furtado, Paul Baran,
A.G. Frank.
Institutionalist development theory- Gunnar Myrdal.
Role of market, Neo-liberalism and people-centred development.
Post-development.
Alternatives to development; Amartya Sen's 'development as
freedom'.
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and their social, economic,
political and environmental consequences for people in India.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. Greig, A., D. Hulme and M. Turner. Challenging Global Inequality:
Development Theory and practice in the 21st Century. Palgrave-
MacMillan. NY, 2007.
2. Rist, G. 2008. The History of Development: from western origins
to global faith. Zed Books, London.
References:
890 Go to Index
1. Roberts, J.T., Hite, A. (eds.). 2000. From Modernization to
Globalization. Blackwell Publications, London.

891 Go to Index
 Minor Program
in
Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering (BSBE)
(from AY 2014-15 onwards)

892 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 201
Title of the Course Biophysics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Scope of the This course will introduce students with the physical laws that govern
Course biology. It will also focus on various physical techniques used in biology
and medicine for characterization and diagnosis.
Course Syllabus Introduction to macroscopic and microscopic aspect of matter.

Schrödinger equation, H-atom, chemical bonds.

Quantitative discussion of Entropy, free energy, partition function,

diffusion and rate equations.

Basic principles of spectroscopy, particularly electronic, vibrational,

rotational and magnetic resonance.

Applications of spectroscopy techniques to understand biological, and

medical systems.

The physical basis of diffusive processes in biology and biochemistry.

Optical microscopy fundamentals, visible and UV light absorption,

fluorescence and phosphorescence, quasielastic light scattering.

Biological networks, and chaos in biological systems.

Suggested Books Text / Reference Books

1. Philip Nelson, Biological Physics, 2007, First edition. [ISBN-10:
0716798972 | ISBN-13: 978-0716798972]
2. William Bialik, Biophysics: Searching for Principles, 2012. [ISBN-10:
0691138915 | ISBN-13: 978-0691138916]
3. Jack Tuszynski, Michal Kurzynski, Introduction to Molecular
Biophysics. [ISBN-10: 0849300398 | ISBN-13: 978-0849300394] CRC
Series in Pure and Applied Physics
4. James G. Fujimoto and Daniel Farkas, Biomedical optical imaging, 1st
edition. [ISBN-10: 0195150449]
893 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 202
Title of the Course Biomedical Technologies
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course will focus on the basic working principles of common
medical instruments that are routinely used in clinics. It will also
discuss basic design considerations of biomedical instrumentation.
Course Syllabus Electrocardiography system: Electrocardiograph, ECG machines,
instrumentation amplifier, ECG traces, faults and maintenance.

Electroencephalography system: Overview, EEG electrodes,

introduction to filters, EMG and related studies.

Blood pressure measurement: Heart mechanics and blood pressure

basics, non-invasive and invasive methods,

Pacemakers: Pacing basics, external and internal pacemakers,

defibrillators.

Ventilators and respirators.

Lasers and their applications in medicine and biology.

Medical Imaging: X-rays, MRI, PET, mammography, ultrasound and

other developing technologies.

Suggested Books Text / Reference Books

1. J. Carr and J. Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment and
Technology, 4th edition. [ISBN-10: 0130104922 | ISBN-13: 978-
0130104922]
2. R. Aston, Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and
Measurement, 1st edition. [ISBN-10: 0675209439 | ISBN-13: 978-
0675209434]
3. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, Bio-Medical
Instrumentation and Measurements, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education. [ISBN-10: 0130764485 | ISBN-13: 978-0130764485]
4. John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and
Design, 4th edition, Wiley, New York. [ISBN-10: 0471676004 |
894 Go to Index
ISBN-13: 978-0471676003]

895 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 301
Title of the Course Introduction to Molecular Biology
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course will give an overview of modern biology, in addition
to fundamentals in the area of Molecular Biology.
Course Syllabus Macromolecules and Cells, Nucleus, Cell Cycle.

DNA the unit of life: Structure, Properties, Mutations, Repair and

Diseases.

Flow of genetic information: Replication of DNA and its repair,

RNA: the ribonucleic acid, Structure, Properties, Transcription of

RNA and its modification, Gene expression, Introns-exons.

Exploring genes and genomes.

Translation: Genetic Code, Protein synthesis, Function and

structure of Proteins.

Recombinant DNA technology, sequences of genomes,

manipulation of eukaryotic genes.

Omics: Genomics, transcriptomics and proteomics.

Suggested Books Text / Reference Books

1. Robert F., Weaver, Molecular Biology, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill,
2003. [ISBN-10: 0071275487 | ISBN-13: 978-0071275484]
2. Lodish H., et al., Molecular Cell Biology. 6th ed., Freeman,
W.H., 2007. [ISBN-10: 0716776014 | ISBN-13: 978-
0716776017]
3. Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th ed., Garland
Publishing, Inc., 2002.
4. Tropp B.E., Molecular Biology: Genes to Proteins, 3rd ed.,
Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2007 [ ISBN-10: 0763709166
ISBN-13: 978-0763709167

896 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 402
Title of the Course Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Department Bioscience and Biomedical Engineering
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course The purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to cancer and
modern diagnostic methods available to detect cancer at an earlier
stage. The diagnostic methods will include invasive and non-invasive
methods.

Course Syllabus Introduction

Definition, Benign Tumors Vs. Malignant Tumors, Types of Cancer,
Common Symptoms, Molecular Hallmarks of Cancer – Growth Signal
Autonomy, Evasion of Growth Inhibitory Signals, Evasion of Apoptosis
(Programmed Cell Death), Unlimited Replicative Potential,
Angiogenesis (Formation of New Blood Vessels), Invasion and
Metastasis, Molecular Basis of Cancer - Cancer Genes (Oncogenes and
Tumor Suppressor Genes), Carcinogenesis – A Multistep Process,
Evidences for Multistage Models of Carcinogenesis

Diagnostic Methods and Therapy

Cancer Screening and Treatment Modalities: Screening -
Definition, Principles, Evaluating Screening Tests, Developing and
evaluating a Cancer Screening Programme, Different Kind of Screening
Tests, Screening for Specific Types of Cancer, Genetic Counselling;
Treatment – Essential Terms, Surgery, Radiation, Chemotherapy,
Biological Therapy, Hormone Therapy, Transplantation, Targeted
Therapies, Gene Therapy, Other Treatment Methods (Cryosurgery,
Laser Therapy, Photodynamic Therapy, Hyperthermia), Cancer
Clinical Trials

897 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books
1. R. A. Weinberg, The Biology of Cancer, Garlan Science, 2012,
ISBN-10: 0815340761
2. R. Hesketh, Introduction to Cancer Biology, Cambridge University
Press, 2013, ISBN-10: 1107601487
3. V. T. DeVita, T. S. Lawrence, S. A. Rosenberg, Cancer: Principles
and Practice of Oncology, 9th Edition, Lippincott Williams and
Wilkins, 2011, ISBN-10: 1451105452
Reference Books
1. S. Heim, F. Mitelman, Cancer Cytogenetics, 3rd Edition, Willy-
Blackwell, 2011, ISBN-10: 0470181796
2. L. Pecorino, Molecular Biology of Cancer: Mechanisms, Targets
and Therapeutics, Oxford University Press, 2008, ISBN-10:
0199211485
3. American Cancer Society, http://www.cancer.org.
4. National Cancer Institute, http://www.cancer.gov.

898 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 404 / BSE 604
Title of the Course Biomedical Imaging
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course will give a comprehensive introduction to the fundamental
and major aspects of biomedical imaging systems used currently. The
fundamental physics and engineering of each imaging modality will be
discussed.
Course Syllabus Radiation and interaction with matter, principle of diagnostic
biomedical optical imaging.

Radiation dosimetry, risk and protection.

Radiography, mammography and fluoroscopy.

Principle of ultrasound imaging and current status.

Image analysis, image processing, image reconstruction theory,

computed tomography system.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): principle of nuclear magnetic

resonance, MR imaging, functional MR imaging, application of MR
imaging.

Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) principle,

Positron Emission Tomography (PET).

Suggested Books Text / Reference Books

1. J. T. Bushberg et al, The essential physics of medical imaging, 2nd
edition. [ISBN-10: 0683301187 | ISBN-13: 978-0683301182]
2. Richard R. Carlton, Principle of radiographic imaging: An art and a
science. [ISBN-10: 1439058725 | ISBN-13: 978-1439058725]
3. James G. Fujimoto and Daniel Farkas, Biomedical optical imaging, 1st
edition. [ISBN-10: 0195150449]
4. Andrew G. Webb, Introduction to biomedical imaging, 1st edition.
[ISBN-10: 0471237663 | ISBN-13: 978-0471237662]

899 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 405/ BSE 605
Title of the Course Molecular Biophysics
Credit Structure L-T-P-C
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Open to all graduates, with the prior permission of course instructor.
Scope of the Course This course is designed to teach the basics of Physics, sufficient for
BSBE graduate students. The fundamental physics of Biological
phenomena will be discussed. It will also prepare students to learn
and apply biophysical approaches to understand biochemical,
biotechnological and medical problems.
Course Syllabus Review of calculus and its application in biology. Introduction to
thermodynamics and role in biology. Discussion about various stages
of evolution. Single cell machinery to multi-cellular organs.
Structure of biomolecules. Elements of building blocks for
macromolecules. Weaker interatomic interactions. Hydrogen bond
and hydrophobic interactions. Amphiphilic molecular behavior in
aqueous environments. Introduction to X-ray crystallography.
Structures and physics of amino acids and proteins. Conformational
transitions of proteins (folding and unfolding of proteins),
Ramachandran plot. Physics of nucleic acid, membranes and
membrane physics. Modeling membranes as elastic materials.
Dynamics of biomolecules: diffusion, vibrations versus
conformational transitions. Interaction of biomolecules with
electromagnetic radiation.
General characteristic of a cell. Cytoskeletal organizations and
constituents molecules and their mechanism. Ion channels and ion
pumps, osmotic pressure of cells.
Cellular energetics: chloroplast and mitochondria. Cells as
thermodynamic machines. Active transport.
Review of fundamentals of electricity and magnetism. Bioelectricity,
heart dynamics, anatomy of nerve cells, conducting properties of
neurons. Structure and function of synapse.
Suggested Books Text / Reference Books
1. P. Nelson, Biological Physics, (Updated edition), W. H. Freeman,
New York, December 16, 2013. [ISBN-10: 0716798972 | ISBN-13:
978-0716798972]
2. W. Bialik, Biophysics: Searching for Principles, Princeton
900 Go to Index
 University Press, October 28, 2012. [ISBN-10: 0691138915 |
ISBN-13: 978-0691138916]
3. J. Tuszynski, and M. Kurzynski, Introduction to Molecular
Biophysics, (First edition), CRC Press, New York, February 26,
2003. [ISBN-10: 0849300398 | ISBN-13: 978-0849300394] CRC
Series in Pure and Applied Physics
4. C. R. Cantor and P. R. Schimmel, Biophysical Chemistry, Part I:
The conformation of biological macromolecules (Their
Biophysical Chemistry), (First edition), W. H. Freeman, New York,
March 15, 1980. [ISBN-10: 0716711885 | ISBN-13: 978-
0716711889]
5. C. R. Cantor and P. R. Schimmel, Biophysical Chemistry, Part 2:
Techniques for the study of biological structure and function,
(First edition), W. H. Freeman, New York, April 15, 1980. [ISBN-
10: 0716711907 | ISBN-13: 978-0716711902]
6. C. R. Cantor and P. R. Schimmel, Biophysical Chemistry, Part 3:
The behavior of biological macromolecules, (First edition), W.
H. Freeman, New York, June 15, 1980. [ISBN-10: 0716711923 |
ISBN-13: 978-0716711926]

901 Go to Index
Course code BSE 413/ BSE 613
Title of the course Omics Technologies
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department

902 Go to Index
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course is designed for the students with the background in
biology, chemistry and computer science. This course will emphasize
at molecular level changes through the studies of Genomics,
Transcriptomics, Proteomics, Metabolomics, Glycomics and
Lipidomics. The goal of this course is to explain the details of modern
OMICS technologies and their applications which control structure,
function, and dynamics of organisms.
Course Syllabus OMICS: Introduction of omics, types of omics, methods to study,
experimental approaches, bioinformatics algorithm. Genomics: Gene,
Genome and their genomics, Status of genomics project, genome
annotation, genome database, Prediction for transcription factor
binding sites, Bioinformatic analysis for miRNA target and motif
search, Single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP) in bio-medical
research. Transcriptomics: Principle and applications of
experimental techniques: micro-arrays, Expressed Sequence Tag
(EST), Serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE), tissue arrays. Data
analysis and normalization through bioinformatics methods. Publicly
available micro-arrays expression data. Proteomics: Principle and
applications of proteomics technologies: 2D-electrophoresis, MALDI-
TOF mass spectrometry, yeast 2-hybrid system. Protein-protein
interactions, Protein-DNA interaction, Protein-RNA interaction.
Computational prediction of interactions, protein databases.
Metabolomics: Principles and applications of technologies in
metabolomics: High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC),
Gas Chromatography, Mass Spectrometry, Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance. Metabolic pathways resources, Metabolic health, and
complications. Glycomics and Lipidomics: Principles and
applications. Instrumentation and arrays to understand these
structural changes in leaving organism.
Suggested Books 1. C. Simo, A. Cifuentes, V. Garcia-Canas, Fundamentals of Advanced
Omics Technologies, From Genes to Metabolites, Elsevier, United
States of America, 2008, 978-0-44462-651-6
2. D. Barh, K. Blum, M.A. Madigan, OMICS: Biomedical Perspectives
and Applications, CRC Press, United States of America, 2017, 978-
1-43985-008-4
3. B. Mayer, Bioinformatics for OMICS Data, Springer, United States
of America , 2011 , 978-1-61779-027-0
4. E.C. Soo, J.P.M. Hui, Metabolomics in Glycomics, Springer, United
States of America, 2009, 978-1-60761-453-1

903 Go to Index
Course code BSE 417/ BSE 617
Title of the course Biomolecular Modeling
L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
This course is designed for the students with the background
in biology, chemistry, physics, or computer science and who
are interested in learning biomolecular modeling. The goal of
Scope of the course
the course is to introduce the principles of biomolecular
modeling and to develop practical skills for using existing
modeling software.

904 Go to Index
 Elements of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics: laws
of thermodynamics, entropy, ensembles in statistical
mechanics: microcanonical, canonical, and grandcanonical
ensembles, Partition function, Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution, Phase space. Introduction to stochastic
phenomena: Gaussian noise, Brownian motion, diffusion
(Fokker-Planck equation), Euler algorithm for Brownian
motion. Molecular Mechanics: introduction, Morse potential,
Harmonic Oscillator Model for molecules, Energy due to
stretch, bend, stretch-bend, torsional strain, van der Waals
and Dipole-Dipole interactions. Types of Force fields:
AMBER, CHARMM, GROMOS, OPLS, Merck Molecular Force
Field, Consistent Force Field, MM2, MM3, and MM4 force
fields, force field optimizations. Potential Energy Surface:-
Course Syllabus
Convergence Criteria, Optimization Criteria, Unidirectional
Search, Finding Minimum Point, Gradient based Methods-
Steepest Descent and Conjugate Gradient Methods Molecular
Dynamics Simulations: Introduction, Newtonian dynamics,
Integrators- Leapfrog and Verlet algorithm, Thermostats and
barostats, Implicit and explicit solvation models, periodic
boundary conditions, Ewald’s summation for
electrostatistics, radial distribution functions, pair
correlation function. Biased sampling: umbrella sampling and
steered MD simulations. Free energy calculations: molecular
recognitions, protein-drug interactions, Molecular
Mechanics-Poisson-Boltzmann (Generalized Born) Surface
Area (MMPBSA/MMGBSA), Free Energy Perturbation,
Thermodynamic Integration (TI).
1. R. Leach, Molecular Modeling, Principles and
Applications, Pearson Education, India, 2009 and 978-
8131728604

2. Frenkel, B. Smit, Understanding Molecular Simulation,

From Algorithms to Applications, Academic Press, USA,
2001 and 978-0122673511
Suggested Books
3. K. I. Ramachandra, G. Deepa, K. Namboori, Computational
Chemistry and Molecular Modeling-Principles and
Applications, Springer, New York, 2010 and 978-
3642095986

4. T. Schlick, Molecular Modeling and Simulation-An

interdisciplinary Guide, Springer, New York, 2010 and

905 Go to Index
978-1441963505

906 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 619/ BSE 419
Title of the Course Renewable Energy Technologies
Credit Structure L-T-P- Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Concerned (to be cross listed with other engineering Departments especially
Department Mechanical, Electrical and Civil Engineering)
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the Course This course will provide an overview of fundamentals and applications of
renewable energy technologies. Current and emerging applications,
challenges and potential solutions for various technical, economic and
resource constraints for the technologies will be discussed. The course will
cover renewable energy technologies such as Solar, wind, biofuels,
geothermal and wave energy technologies with a special emphasis on solar
and biofuel technologies.
Course Syllabus Overview of energy scenario: Introduction to energy sources, available
renewable energy technologies, systems analysis and sustainability.
Renewable energy technologies: Solar photovoltaics, solar thermal
technologies, wind power, technologies for bioethanol from sugarcane,
starch and lignocellulosic based feedstocks, biodiesel from oil seeds, algae,
hydro and geothermal energy sources
Systems Analysis: Introduction to process modeling and economic
analysis, life cycle analysis using GREET, application of renewable
technologies around the world with a special emphasis on their
applicability to India.
Summary: State of the art and future outlook.
Suggested Books Recommended texts:
1. David J.C. MacKay, Sustainable Energy-Without the hot air. UIT
Cambridge, 2008, ISBN 978-0-9544529-3-3, This book can be freely
downloaded from:
2. M. Kanoglu, Y. Cengel and J. Cimbala, Fundamentals and Applications
of Renewable Energy, McGraw-Hill Education, 2019, ISBN-13: 978-
1260455304
3. B. Sorensen, Renewable Energy: Physics, Engineering,
Environmental Impacts, Economics and Planning, 4th edition,
Academic Press. 2010, ISBN-13: 978-0123750259
4. O. Jolliet, M. Saade-Sbeih, S. Shaked, A. Jolliet, P. Crettaz,
Environmental Life Cycle Assessment, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis,

907 Go to Index
 2015, ISBN: 9781439887660 - CAT# K14053

Relevant journal articles will be provided for some of the lectures.

908 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 442/ BSE 642
Title of the Course Fundamentals of Neuroscience
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits, 2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Course objectives • Comprehend the fundamental principles of neuroscience and their
implications in brain function and behavior.
• Explore the pathophysiology of neurogenetic diseases and their impact
on neurological functions.
Course outcomes • This course provides a strong foundation for understanding the
organization and structural intricacies of the brain.
• Students will acquire knowledge of various neurological processes,
such as memory formation and sensory processing.
Course Syllabus Brain structure: Brain Organisation, Structure of Cerebellum and Basal
Ganglia, Blood Brain Barrier. Histology of Brain Sections
(Coronal/sagittal) – Normal vs. Diseased.
Learning and memory: Theories of memory, Classification, short-term
and long-term storage of memory, Retrieval, Memory consolidation,
anterograde and retrograde amnesia, Different types of plasticity, Cell &
molecular basis of learning and memory, Neural oscillations basis of
learning and memory. Modelling of synaptic potentials.
Sensation and Sensory Processing: The Somatic Sensory System: Touch
and Proprioception; Pain; Vision – The Eye and Central Visual Pathways.
The Auditory System ;Olfactory System; Gustatory System
Neuroendocrinology: Function of hypothalamus, pituitary,
circumventricular organs, Hypophysiotropic hormones; Feedback loops;
Pineal gland & neuroendocrine regulation of biological rhythms.
Brain metabolism: Brain metabolism of carbohydrate, lipids & amino
acids, Metabolism of neurotransmitters. Neuro-glial interaction, Effect of
malnutrition on brain metabolism.
Neurogenetic diseases: Autosomal (recessive and dominant) and X-
linked neurological diseases –neurodegenerative diseases, and molecular
pathology. Metabolic defects causing neurological diseases. Complex
genetic diseases, gene environment interactions, Pathogenetic of
migraine, epilepsy, autism and schizophrenia.

909 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
[1] Eric R. Kandel, John D. Koester, Sarah H. Mack, Steven A. Siegelbaum.
Principles of Neural Science, VI Edition: McGraw-hill New York; 2021.
ISBN: 1259642232
[2] Larry Squire, Darwin Berg, Floyd E. Bloom, Sascha du Lac, Anirvan
Ghosh, Nicholas C. Spitzer. Fundamental Neuroscience, IV Edition,
Elsevier Science; 2012. ISBN: 9780123858702

Reference Books:
[1] Bear MF, Connors BW, Paradiso MA. Neuroscience: Exploring The
Brain, Enhanced Edition Wolters Kluwer; 2020. ISBN: 1284211282
[2] Nicholls JG, Martin AR, Fuchs PA, Brown DA, Diamond ME, Weisblat
DA. From Neuron to Brain, VI Edition: Sinauer; 2015. ISBN:
9781605354392
[3] Garrett B, Hough G. Brain & Behavior: An Introduction to
Behavioral Neuroscience: SAGE Publications; 2021. ISBN:
9781544373485

910 Go to Index
Course Code BSE 443 / BSE 443
Title of the Course Applied Biomechanics
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits 2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Biosciences and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Course Objective This course will describe biomechanics of human body
including the study of human motion and design of assistive
biomedical devices for rehabilitation and augmentation.

Course Outcomes ● Students will know tissue mechanics and measurement

techniques for tissue physical properties.
● Learn about different types of human movement.
● Learn about design principles for prosthetics, assistive and
rehabilitation devices.
Course Syllabus Tissue mechanics: Electrochemical signaling and excitation
contraction in different cells; Components of convective tissue;
Structure, functions and mechanical properties of different
tissue types; Mathematical models of tissue structure and
properties; Measurement methods for tissue mechanical
properties.
Human body motion: Neuromusculoskeletal system;
Interactions between nerves, muscles and the skeleton; Muscles
coordination; Vision-motion coordination; Kinematics and
musculature; Forces, torques, and equilibrium, motion in one
plane and levers in 2D and 3D for human body joints; Defining
body orientation; Mechanics of different human motions;
Acceleration and collisions of the human body; Motion capture
and gait analysis systems; Vision tracking systems; Wearable
motion analysis systems.
Prosthesis design: Principles of prosthesis and exoskeleton
design; Bar and links mechanisms; Compliant mechanisms;
Sensors and actuators in assistive devices; Computer aided
analysis of artificial joints and limbs; Mathematical modeling of
artificial joints and limbs motion; Modeling of multi-joint
systems and system chains – forward and inverse kinematics;
Feedback control design in prosthesis.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. David A Winter, Biomechanics and motor control of
human movement. John Wiley & Sons, 2009. [ISBN -
9780470398180]
2. Susan J. Hall, Basic Biomechanics, 9th Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2022 [ISBN13: 9781264169665]
911 Go to Index
 3. William Craelius, Prosthetic Designs for Restoring Human
Limb Function, 2022, Springer Cham [ISBN:
9783030310769]
Reference Books:
4. Irving P. Herman, Physics of the Human Body, Springer
Cham, 2nd Edition, 2016. [ISBN: 9783319239309]

912 Go to Index
Course code BSE 444/ BSE 644
Title of the course Biomedical Signal and Image Processing
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Bioscience and Biomedical Engineering
Department
Prerequisite, if any None
Course Objectives • This course is designed to cover digital signal and image
processing techniques, with a focus on problems associated
with biomedical engineering.
• It covers the implementation of signal and image processing
algorithms and offers a hands-on learning experience.
Course Outcomes • It provides a strong foundation for those interested in
pursuing careers in biomedical signal and image processing.
• Students will be able to choose and implement signal and
image processing algorithms for processing biomedical data.
Course Content Introduction to Probability Density Functions (PDFs) and their
estimation in biomedical signals and images. Correlation and
coherence analysis. Frequentist and Bayesian statistics for
biomedical signal and image data.

Deterministic and random signals in human electrophysiology.

Theory and application of convolution, Fourier analysis in
biomedical signals. Estimation of signal properties in the time
domain and artifact identification in EEG, EMG, and ECG.

Common medical image compression, segmentation, and

registration techniques. Standard biomedical signal and image
features and their analysis.

Discussion of image enhancement techniques, filtering methods,

and morphological operations in the context of medical images.
2D Discrete Fourier analysis and filtering techniques for the
medical images.

Medical image formation. Common medical imaging artifacts.

Design of filters, spectral and time-frequency analysis of human
physiological signals.
Suggested Books Text Books:

1) AV Oppenheim and RW Shafer, "Discrete-time Signal

Processing", Pearson Education India, 3rd ed, 2014. ISBN

913 Go to Index
 978-9332535039.
2) N Kayvan and S Robert, “Biomedical Signal and Image
Processing”, Taylor & Francis, CRC Press, 2012. ISBN 978-
1439870334
3) D C Reddy, “Biomedical Signal Processing: Principles and
Techniques”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 2005.
ISBN 978-0070583887.

Reference Books:

4) R.B. Pachori, “Time-frequency analysis techniques and their

applications”, CRC Press, 2023, ISBN: 9781032392974.
5) Richard Newbold, “Practical Applications in Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN 978-0133038385.
6) RC Gonzalez and RE Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
Pearson India Ltd, 2011. ISBN 978-9353062989

914 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Courses
of
Minor Program in Chemistry
(from AY 2014-15)

915 Go to Index
Course Code CH 201
Title of the Course Molecules that Change the World
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course The purpose of this course is to describe the molecules have had a
dramatic impact on society in sustenance and maintenance of life on
planet earth. This course will expound our knowledge of Nature’s most
intriguing molecules and man’s ability to discover, modify and use them
to our advantage that was not formerly envisioned. The lectures will
touch upon fascinating tales about molecules and their presence in,
among many items, foods, perfumes, dyes, textiles, vitamins, nutritional
supplements, pesticides, insecticides, and above all, medicines.
Course Syllabus Introduction, Atomic theory and total Synthesis; Importance of the life
saving molecules, mode of action and their applications-Urea, Acetic
acid, Glucose, Aspirin, Camphor, Tropinone, Haemin, Morphine, Steroids,
Strychnine, Pencillin, Longifolene, Prostaglandins, Vitamin B12,
Erythronolide B and A, Monensin, Avermectin, Amphotericin,
Ginkgolide, Cyclosporin, FK 506, and Rapamycin, Calcheamicin,
Palytoxin, Taxol, Mevacor, Zaragozic Acid, and the CP Molecules,
Brevetoxin B, Ecteinascidin 743, Epothilones, Resiniferatoxin,
Vancomycin, Quinine and Thiostrepton.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. K. C. Nicolau, T. Montagnon, Molecules that Changed the World,
2008, ISBN: 978-3-527-30983-2.
References
1.Online Journals: http://www.pubs.acs.org; www.rsc.org;
http://www.elsevier.com, http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal

916 Go to Index
917 Go to Index
Course Code CH 202
Title of the Course Applications of Transition Metals and Lanthanides
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Department Chemistry
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course This course provides basic knowledge of various topics
in inorganic chemistry, particularly related to
coordination chemistry of transition metals and
lanthanides.
Course Syllabus Properties of Transition Metals and Lanthanides
General properties of Transition metals, magnetic
behaviour, L-S and J-J coupling. General properties of
lanthanide elements, Lanthanide contraction.
Occurrence and principles of separation of
lanthanides.
Applications of Transition Metals and Lanthanides
Properties of Transition metals and Lanthanides,
generation of new age materials, metal-organic
frameworks (MOF), application in gas storage, gas
separation, sensors, catalysis, magnetism and drug
delivery.
Suggested Books Text Books
1) D. F. Shriver, P. W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry,
Oxford University Press, 2006, ISBN 978-0-199-
23617-6.
2) L. R. MacGillivray, Metal-Organic Frameworks:
Design and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2010,
ISBN 978-0-470-19556-7.
3) D. Farrusseng, Metal-Organic Frameworks:
Applications from Catalysis to Gas Storage, Wiley-
VCH, 2011, ISBN 978-3-527-32870-3.
4) A. G. Sharp, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Edition,
918 Go to Index
Pearson Education Ltd., 2009, ISBN 978-81-317-0699-
0.
Reference Book
1) M. Schröder, Functional Metal-Organic
Frameworks: Gas Storage, Separation and
Catalysis, Springer, 2010, ISBN 978-3-642-14612-1.

919 Go to Index
Course Code CH 301
Title of the Course Functional Materials
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Department Chemistry
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course The development of functional materials for various applications
has been a key focus area. Specially, with the development of
materials in the nanometer level, the application of materials for
various applications have increased manifold. This course will give
the basics of synthesis and design of the functional materials from
chemistry point of view.
Course Syllabus Introduction of chemical functionalities at the molecular level.
Relevant chemical reactions. Basic concepts of surface and colloid
chemistry emphasizing the physical and chemical aspects of surfaces
important for applications in colloids, catalysis, microelectronics and
biocompatibility, surfactants and micelles, self-assembled
monolayers, synthesis and properties of metallic, semiconducting
and magnetic nanoparticles. carbon nanoparticles: graphene
oxide and carbon nanotubes, applications in environmental
studies, water purification, catalytic converter, solar cell
materials, Liquid crystals, conducting polymers, nanomaterials as
contrast agents for biomedical applications, sensor applications.
Molecular nanomachines. Basics of Instrumentation techniques:
electron microscopy, force microscopy and X-ray diffraction,
Inorganic porous materials and metal-organic frameworks.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi,
2007, ISBN: 978-0-07-061788-9.
2. G. A. Ozin, A. C. Arsenault, L. Cademartiri, Nanochemistry A
Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, RSC Publishing, 2009,
ISBN: 978-1-84755-895-4.
References
1. Online Journals: http://www.pubs.acs.org; www.rsc.org;
http://www.elsevier.com, http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal

920 Go to Index
Course Code CH 402
Title of the Course Chemistry in Industry
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if Nil
any
Scope of the Course Industrial Chemistry is the branch of chemistry which studies physical and
chemical processes applied for the transformation of raw materials into
products that are of benefit to mankind. The goal of this undergraduate
course is to equip students with high skills and knowledge in those
industrial subjects which link engineering, chemical processing, economics
and industrial management.
Course Syllabus 1. Fuels: Solid, Liquid and Gaseous fuels
(a) Solid: Origin of coal, analysis of coal, high and low temperature
carbonization of coal
(b) Liquid: Petroleum and petrochemicals: petroleum hydrocarbons-
classification. Chemicals structure, crude oil, naptha, kerosene, diesel,
lube oil, separation of crude oil, (distillation-atmospheric and vacuum),
cracking, octane number, cetane number, flash point.
(c) Gaseous: Natural gas, LPG, coal gas, producer gas, water gas.
2. Some important industrial products (manufacture and
application):
(a) Polymers: PVC, polyethylene, bakelite, nylon-66, terylene, natural
rubber, buna and neoprene rubber, vulcanization of rubber.
(b) Detergents: Dodecylbenzene sulphonates etc
(c) Pesticides: DDT, BHC etc
(d) Dyes and Pigments: Methyl orange, phenolphthalein,
mercurochrome, ultramarine, zinc-white, litho phone, carbon black etc
(e) Fertilizers: Superphosphate of lime, urea, ammonium sulphate etc
(f) Ceramics: Glass
(g) Cement
3. Oils, fats, and waxes: Types oil, fat and waxes, analysis of oils,
saponification, recovery of glycerin, hydrogenation of oils, determination
of adulteration in edible oils.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. Davis & Berner Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, Vol. 1, CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, 2004, ISBN: 9788123910567.
2. M. Ali, Bassam Ali, Handbook of Industrial Chemistry: Organic
Chemicals, McGraw-Hill Handbooks, 1st Edition, 2004, ISBN: 978-
0071410373
921 Go to Index
3. Reigel Handbook of Industrial Chemistry and Biotechnology, 11th
Edition, Springer Verlag, Editor, J. A. Kent, 2007, ISBN:
9780387278421
4. George T. Austin, Shreve’s Chemical Process Industries, 5th Edition,
McGraw-Hill International, Singapore, 1984.
References
Online Journals: http://www.pubs.acs.org; www.rsc.org;
http://www.elsevier.com, http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal

922 Go to Index
Course Code CH 404
Title of the Course Chemical Physics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course The goal of this course is to understand chemical structures and
reactions from the first principles, specifically in looking for answers to
questions such as: How do chemical reactions really take place? Can we
understand chemical reactions from first principles? What is the step-
by-step process that occurs during solvation?
Course Syllabus Probing the structure and dynamics of: ions, molecules/bio-molecules,
clusters, free radicals, nanoparticles. Understanding: intermolecular
forces, hydrogen bonding, electron transfer, intra/inter molecular
charge transfer, multipole moments, concept of polarizability, basic
idea on polarity of a solvent, the formation and dissolution of chemical
bonds, the basic idea on transition state theory, thermodynamics
aspect of transition state theory, basic idea of diffusion and its
applications, thermodynamic view of diffusion, molecular collisions.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. J. L. McHale, Molecular Spectroscopy, 1st Edn., Prentice-Hall, Inc:
New Jersey, 1999, ISBN: 978-0132290630
2. M. R. Wright, Fundamental Chemical Kinetics, Harwood Publishing,
1999, ISBN: 978-1898563600
3. D. A. McQuarrie, J. D. Simons, Physical Chemistry 1st Edn., Viva
Books Private Limited, New Delhi, 1998, ISBN 0935702997
Reference Books
1. K. J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, TMH Publishing Company Limited,
1988, ISBN 9788131709726
2. D. Chandler, Introduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics, Oxford
University Press 1987, ISBN 0195042778
3. C. N. Banwell, E. M. McCash, Fundamentals of Molecular
Spectroscopy, 4th Edn., Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1994, ISBN: 978-007-128-221-5

923 Go to Index
Course Code CH 406
Title of the Course Nuclear Science
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-1-0-3
Name of the Nuclear Chemistry
Department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Scope of the Course This course provides basic knowledge of radiochemistry, nuclear
structure, nuclear forces and applications
Course Syllabus Nuclear Properties: Nuclear Mass, terminology, binding energy per
nucleon, nuclear size and shape
Radioactive decay: Decay equation, decay equilibrium, branching
decay, natural radioactivity, dating
Radiotracers: Different mode of synthesis, applications, Isotope
dilution analysis
Nuclear force and nuclear structure
Nuclear reactions: Energetic, reaction type; Nuclear fission and fusion.
Suggested Books Text Books
1. W. Loveland, D. J. Morrissey and G. T. Seaborg, Modern Nuclear
Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 2006, ISBN 13 978-0-471-11532-8
2. G. R. Choppin, J. Rydberg, J-O, Liljenzin and C. Ekberg,
Radiochemistry & Nuclear Chemistry, 4th Edn., Elsevier, ISBN 978-0-
12-405897-2
3. J. V. Kratz, K. H. Leiser, Nuclear and Radiochemistry Fundamentals
and Applications, 2013, Wiley-VCH, ISBN 978-3-527-32901-4

924 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Courses
of
Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
(from AY 2016-17 onwards)

925 Go to Index
Course Code AA 201
Title of the Course An Introduction to Astronomy
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Department/Centre

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course To provide an introduction to Astronomy for second-year B.Tech. students.
This would become the second course in the Minor in Astronomy, the first
being first-year Electrodynamics
Course Syllabus Introduction, Distances & Measurement systems
Typical physical scales/conditions in astrophysics; order of magnitude
estimation; astronomical observations: electromagnetic, earth vs space
based observations, atmospheric transmission; co-ordinate systems;
luminosity/magnitude scale, electromagnetic wavebands; distance
measurement
Telescopes: radio, infrared, optical, X-ray, gamma ray; collecting area,
diffraction limit, atmospheric seeing; optics, aperture synthesis,
spectroscopy (prisms and gratings). Fundamentals of radiation: specific
intensity, energy density, opacity, black body distribution
Stars & Stellar structure/evolution: Solar spectrum, luminosity; nuclear
fusion; Thomson scattering, hydrostatic equilibrium, gas/radiation
pressure; order of magnitude estimates, main sequence; HR diagram
Galactic & Extragalactic Astronomy: Types of galaxies, Milkyway
components:; 21 cm line, rotation curve, dark matter; Jeans instability and
star formation, interstellar medium; cosmic rays. Galactic dynamics
Active Galaxies; Extragalactic distance scale, classification of clusters, ICM,
virial theorem
Cosmology & Relativity: Olber's paradox; relativity, line element;
horizon, orbits, Hawking radiation; FRW metric; redshift, angular and
luminosity distances; LCDM cosmology; thermal history of the Universe.
Structure formation, Cosmic Microwave Background

926 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. Rai Chaudhuri, A., Astrophysics for Physicists, Cambridge University
Press, 2010. ISBN 978-0521815536
2. Carroll B. W. & Ostlie, D. A.: An introduction to Modern Astrophysics,
Pearson Education-Addison Wesley, 2007. ISBN 978-0805304022
3. Shu, F., The Physical Universe, Universal Science Books, 1982. ISBN
978-0935702057
4. Harwit, M., Astrophysical Concepts, 3rd ed, Springer-verlag, 2006.
ISBN 978-0387329437
5. Maoz, D., Astrophysics in a nutshell, Princeton University Press, 2006.
ISBN 978-0387329437
6. Padmanabhan, T., Invitation to Astrophyiscs, World Scientific, 2006.
ISBN 978-9812566874
7. 7. Acheson, Elementary Fluid Dynamics, Oxford University Press, 1990.
ISBN 978-9812566874

927 Go to Index
Course Code AA 202N
Title of the Course Astronomical Techniques
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 2-1-
0-3
Name of the Center of Astronomy
Department / Centre
Pre–requisite, if any None

Scope of the course To provide a working knowledge of astronomical techniques

Course Syllabus 1. Introduction: Radio observations, physical mechanisms

generating emission, Multi-waveband observations
2. Receiver and Signal Processing Theory: Probability Density,
Expectation Values, Ergodicity, Auto-correlation and power spectrum,
linear systems, Filters, digitization and sampling, square law
detectors, and other signal processing, understanding of noise
concepts, Noise, statistics, estimation and uncertainties, discussion of
flux, surface brightness, Antenna Temperature. Direct Detection and
Heterodyne systems; the importance of phase in interferometry,
amplifiers, specifically low-noise; mixers and filters.
3. Fourier Transform and Related Topics: Basics, and physical
meaning; properties; coherence (mutual and self; phase-space
picture); uncorrelatedness versus incoherence; uses of Fourier
transforms; discrete & continuous versions; resolution versus
sampling; aliasing (discretization and cyclicity); bandwidth and
information content & its rate of change; Nyquist criteria (for real and
complex sampling); Fourier synthesis and analysis; symmetries;
physical examples (e.g. Fourier pairs relevant to astronomy/physical
optics); auto-correlation function & power spectrum; Structure
function (and its relation with other functions); convolution versus
correlation (including physical meaning); convolution theorem;
filtering; impulse-response/point-spread function; sidelobes &
window functions; interpolation; digitization and loss of information;
Matched filtering and optimum detection/estimation; Fourier versus
Laplace transforms.
4. Imaging principles: resolution, aperture synthesis, methods of
cleaning the data, excision of Radio Frequency Interference, switching
5. Observations/data analysis: Techniques in data reduction and
analysis.
6. Future Prospects: Future ground and space based telescopes

928 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. Bracewell, R.N., The Fourier Transform and Its Applications,
McGraw Hill. ASIN, B0006BMAD8
2. Brigham, N.O., Fast Fourier Transform and Its Applications,
Pearson, 1988, ISBN: 978-0133075052
3. Roy, A.E. and Clarke, D., Astronomy Principles and Practice, CRC
Press, 4th edition, 2003. ISBN 978-0750309172
4. Kitchin, C.R.: Astrophysical Techniques, CRC Press, 6th edition,
2013. ISBN 978-1466513761
5. Knoll, G.F.: Radiation Detection and Measurement, Wiley, 2010.
ISBN 978-0470131480
6. Hamaker et al. (A & A Suppl. Ser., 117, 1996): Understanding Radio
Polarimetry
6. Jaap Tinbergen: Astronomical Polarimetry, Cambridge University
Press, 2005. ISBN 78-0521018586
7. J. D. Krauss: Radio Astronomy, Cygnus-Quasar Books, 2ed, 1986.
ISBN 978-1882484003
8. H. Bradt: Astronomy Methods Cambridge Univ. Press, 2014. ISBN
978-1107677241

929 Go to Index
Course Code AA 203 / PH 203
Title of the Classical Mechanics
Course
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
Department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives of the This course provides basic knowledge of classical physics
course
Course Students should be able to
Outcomes • Solve problems using the Lagrange method
• Apply Lorentz transformations, understand 4-vector analyses and
relativistic kinematics, and use Lagrange and Hamiltonian formulations
for relativistic particles.
• Develop problem-solving skills in classical and relativistic mechanics.
Course Syllabus • System of particles, Center of mass, equation of motion of the CM,
conservation of linear and angular momentum, conservation of energy,
variable mass systems. Elastic and inelastic collisions.
• Central Force: uniformly rotating frame, centrifugal and Coriolis forces,
Motion under a central force, Kepler’s laws, Gravitational Law and field,
Conservative and non-conservative forces.
• Introduction to Lagrangian mechanics, Mechanics of Rigid Body: Rigid
body motion, fixed axis rotations orthogonal transformations and
rotations (finite and infinitesimal); Euler's theorem, Euler's angles;
moments of Inertia tensor, parallel and perpendicular axes theorem,
Principal moments and axes; Euler's equation; Small Oscillations, normal
modes, and frequencies.
• Special Theory of Relativity: Lorentz transformations; 4-vectors, 4-
dimensional velocity, and acceleration; 4-momentum and 4-force;
Covariant equations of motion; Relativistic kinematics (decay and elastic
scattering); Lagrangian and Hamiltonian of a relativistic particle.
• General properties of matter: Introduction to Elasticity, Surface Tension
and Viscosity

930 Go to Index
Suggested Textbooks:
Books 1. Goldstein, Poole, Safko, Classical Mechanics, Pearson, (2017), ISBN: 978-
0201657029

2. N. Rana and P. Jog, Classical Mechanics, Mcgraw Hill, (2017), ISBN: 978-
0074603154

Reference Books:
3. Kleppner and Kolenkow, An Introduction to Mechanics, Cambridge Univ.
Press, (2013), ISBN: 978-0521198110
4. K. C. Gupta, Classical Mechanics of Particles and Rigid Bodies, New Age
Education, (2018) ISBN: 978-9386649782
5. D. Morin, Introduction to Classical Mechanics, Cambridge Univ. Press,
(2009), ISBN: 978-0521185028

931 Go to Index
Course code AA 204

Title of the course Introduction to Space Exploration

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Concerned Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course To provide introductory concepts of space science and

exploration

Course Syllabus Sun and the solar system: Overview of Sun and Heliosphere; Solar
wind plasma and Coronal Mass Ejection. Asteroid belts;
Solar interaction with solar system bodies: Planetary magnetism;
Planetary magnetic fields and observations; Solar interactions with
planets and comets,
Earth and Atmosphere: Remote Sensing from Space; Vertical
structure of the Atmosphere and circulations; Chemistry and
dynamics of Ionosphere; Ongoing and future missions.
Planetary Science: Overview of planetary characteristics; Planetary
system; Gas planets; Planetary satellites; Planetary atmosphere.
Fundamentals of Satellites: Basics of rockets and satellite
launching; Overview of satellite communications and satellite orbit,
orbit principles, basics of space flightorbital mechanics, Spacecraft
payloads
Spacecraft-environment interactions: Spacecraft charging in low
Earth orbit and geostationary orbit; Radiation damage effects;
Background effects and their
minimisation; Penetrating radiation; South Atlantic Anomaly
Space Explorations: Overview of national and international space
agencies; Space policies; Historical overview of space exploration
missions; International
Space Station; Human Interaction in Space, Astronautics.
Exoplanets and Astrobiology: Exoplanets; Basic technique to detect
exoplanets; Habitable zones; Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence

Suggested Books 1. B. A. Campbell, S. W. McCandless, Jr.: Introduction to Space

Sciences and Spacecraft Applications, Gulf Professional
Publishing, 1996, ISBN-978-0-88415-411-2
2. Kivelson M G & Russel C T, Introduction to Space Physics,
Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1995, ISBN-10, 0521457149
3. Spohn T, Breuer D & Johnson T V, Encyclopedia of the Solar
932 Go to Index
 System, 3rd edition, Elsevier, 2014, ISBN: 978-0-12-415845-0
4. 4. G. Joseph and C Jeganathan, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing,
Third Edition, Universities Press Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad, India. 2018.
ISBN 978-93-86235-46-6. 606

933 Go to Index
Course code AA 205 / PH 205
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits - I
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the The students will gain foundational knowledge of analogue electronics.
course
Course Outcome ● Acquire knowledge of basic analog electronics.
● Gain skills to design basic electronic circuits.
Course Syllabus Module - 1
Basics of semiconductor devices and their characterization: diodes,
transistors, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc.
Module - 2
Small signal analysis in electrical circuits: Estimation of voltage gain,
input/output resistance, Miller’s theorem, high-frequency transistor
model.
Module - 3
Amplifiers and their applications: Single-stage and two-stage amplifier,
Differential amplifiers, Operational amplifiers.
Module - 4
Oscillators: Basics of oscillators, phase shifter, multi-vibrators, timers.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. Malvino and D. Bates, Electronics Principles, McGraw Hill
Education, 7th Ed., (2017), ISBN : 978-0070634244
2. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford
University Press, (2017), ISBN: 978-0199476299

Reference Books:
3. Gray, Hurst, Lewis, and Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog
Integrated Circuits, Wiley (2009) ISBN: 978-8126521487
4. R. Gayakwad, Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Pearson,
(2021) ISBN: 978-9353949037
5. B. Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley, (2017), ISBN:
978-8126571352
6. R. L. Boylestad, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, Pearson
(2021) ISBN: 978-9332542600

934 Go to Index
 ** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

Course code AA 206 / PH 206

Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits – II
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None

935 Go to Index
Objectives of the course The students will develop a basic understanding of digital electronics
principles
Course Outcomes Students will learn about digital electronics and will able to solve
related problems in the domain of engineering.
Course Content Module -1
Number System and Codes: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal
number systems and arithmetic, base conversions. Representation of
signed and unsigned numbers, addition, subtraction by 2’s complement
method, and multiplication.
Module -2
Logic Gates and Boolean algebra: Truth Tables of OR, AND, NOT,
NOR, NAND, XOR, XNOR, Universal Gates, Basic postulates and
fundamental theorems of Boolean algebra.
Module -3
Combinational Logic Analysis, Design and Arithmetic Circuits:
Standard representation of logic functions, Binary Addition. Half and
Full Adder. Half and Full Subtractor, 4-bit binary Adder/Subtractor,
counters and registers.
Module -4
Signal Conditioning and D-A and A-D Conversion: A-D and D-A
conversion, sampling and reconstruction of signal, Nyquist sampling,
Fourier transform, Fast Fourier Transform.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. P. Leech and A. P. Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications,
Tata McGraw Hill, 8th ed., (2014) ISBN: 978-9339203405.
2. A. S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford University
Press, (2017), ISBN: 978-0199476299

Reference books:
3. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principle,
Algorithms and Applications, 4th ed., Pearson Education, (2007),
ISBN: 978-8131710005.
4. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky, and S. H. Nawab, Signals & systems,
Pearson Education, 2nd ed., (2015) ISBN: 9332550239.
5. J. Millman and C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2nd ed., (1972), ISBN:
9780070151420.

936 Go to Index
Course Code AA 207 / PH 207
Title of the course Wave Phenomenon and Optics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced to the basics of waves and
oscillations, including optics and lasers.
937 Go to Index
Course Outcome ● The students will learn to solve for motions in different
oscillatory systems
● The students will understand the concepts of optics and
compare the outcomes in different optical systems
Course Syllabus Module 1:
• Oscillations: Harmonic motion (simple, damped, critical).
Driven oscillation, resonance. Oscillations of two-particle
systems and modes. Oscillations of n particle systems.
Oscillation modes. Longitudinal and transverse oscillations.
• Waves: Equations of motion, standing waves and travelling
waves. Harmonics and their superpositions. Fourier analysis
and Fourier coefficients. Doppler effect.
Module 2:
• Geometrical Optics: Fermat’s Principle, Refraction, Thick Lens
and Lens Combination, Matrix Method, Aberrations, Optical
Instruments: Telescopes and Microscopes.
• Wave Optics: Electromagnetic Spectrum, Huygen’s Principle,
Interference: Young’s Experiment, Fresnel’s Biprism, Newton’s
Rings, Interferometers: Michelson and Fabry-Perot; Coherence:
Temporal and Spatial; Diffraction: Fresnel and Fraunhofer,
Single and Double Slit, Circular aperture, Grating, Resolving
power.
• Polarization, LASER and Holography: Brewster’s Law,
Birefringence, Dichroism, Babinet’s Compensator,
Polarimeters, Optical Activity. Coherence, LASER, spontaneous
and stimulated emission, Gaussian wave and its diffraction.
Holography.
Suggested Books: Textbooks:
1. A. P. French, Vibrations and Wave, CRC Press; 1st edition,
(2017), ISBN: 978-1138414082
2. A. Ghatak, Optics, MacGraw Hill, (2020), ISBN: 978-
9390113590 [Module 2]

Reference Books:
3. F. S. Crawford, Waves, MacGraw Hill Education, (2017), ISBN:
978-0070702172
4. N. Bajaj, The physics of waves and oscillations, McGraw Hill,
(2017), ISBN: 978-0074516102
5. F. Jenkins and H. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw Hill
Education; 4th edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-1259002298
6. M. Born and E. Wolf, Principles of Optics, Cambridge Univ. Press,
(2019), ISBN: 978-1108477437
938 Go to Index
Course code AA 208 / PH 208
**
Thi
s
cou
rse
will
be
taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

939 Go to Index
Title of the course Electrodynamics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits (2-0-0-2)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced to electromagnetism
Course Outcome Develop understanding of basic electrodynamics and its
applications in the domain of engineering.
Course Syllabus • Review of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics. Time-Varying
Fields and Maxwell’s Equations: Faraday’s law for
Electromagnetic induction, Displacement current, Integral and
differential forms of Maxwell’s equations, and Motional
Electromotive forces. Boundary Value Problems, multipole
expansion.
• Electromagnetic Waves: Derivation of Wave Equation, Coulomb
and Lorentz gauges; Plane waves in free space and in a
homogenous material. non-conducting and conducting media;
reflection and transmission at normal and oblique incidences,
Skin effect, Poynting theorem. Polarization.
• Lorentz Invariance of Maxwell’s Equation, Radiation by moving
charges, retarded potentials. Dipole antenna radiation,
Introduction to waveguides.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Cambridge
University Press, (2020), ISBN: 978-1108822909
2. H. C. Verma, Classical Electromagnetism, Bharati Bhawan,
(2022), ISBN-10:9388704827

Reference Books:
3. M. N. O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University
Publication, (2014), ISBN-0199321388
4. W. Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, McGraw Hill Education,
(2012), ISBN-9339203275
5. J. D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, 3rd edition, Wiley,
(2007), ISBN-10: 9788126510948

**This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering
940 Go to Index
Course code AA 209 / PH 209
Title of the course Fundamental Concepts for Solid State Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Prerequisites None
Objectives of the course This course provides a multidisciplinary introduction to
fundamental concepts of solid state physics, encompassing
topics ranging from crystals, reciprocal lattices to structural,
elastic, thermal, optical and electronic properties of materials.
This course will build the foundation for applications of solids in
various fields of applied physics and engineering branches.
Course Outcomes ● Develop an understanding of the core concepts of solid-state
physics and understand their implications in various
applications/branches of engineering.
● Application of fundamental concepts in solid state physics to
solve relevant conceptual and numerical problems.

941 Go to Index
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Periodic array of atoms, Symmetry operations,
Point Groups in general, Index system for crystal planes,
Lattices in 1–, 2– and 3-D Bravais Lattices.
• Reciprocal lattice: Diffraction of waves by crystals, Scattered
Wave Amplitude, Brillouin zones, Wigner–Seitz Cells, Fourier
analysis of the Basis.
• Elastic Properties of Crystals and Crystal Binding.
• Crystal Vibrations: mono-atomic lattice, diatomic lattice,
quantization of elastic waves, phonon-dispersions. Thermal
properties of Crystals: Phonon density of states, Heat capacity,
thermal expansion, thermal conductivity.
• Electrons in Crystals: Review of Free electron model, Periodic
potential, Born–von Karman boundary conditions, Bloch’s
theorem, Electronic band structure, single electron energy
state, degenerate electron levels, Consequences of the nearly
free electron model, Fermi surface.
• Electronic properties of Materials: Construction of Fermi
surfaces, Reduced Zone Scheme, Periodic Zone Scheme,
Reflectance and Absorption, Intrinsic and Extrinsic
semiconductors, Effective mass and mobility of carriers, Hall
Effect, Semiconducting junctions, Metal-semiconductor
contacts – Schottky barriers, Ohmic contacts, Brief
introduction to semiconductor device fabrication.
• Structural Defects: Point defects, Dislocations, Microcracks,
Stacking faults, Grain boundaries.
Suggested Books: Textbooks:
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics (7th Edition), John
Wiley & Sons, (2019) ISBN: 9788126578436.
2. A. J. Dekker, Solid State Physics, MacMillan India Ltd. (2008)
ISBN: 978-0333918333

Reference Books:
3. R. E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials: An
introduction for Engineers, Springer-Verlag, (1985), ISBN:
978-0387156316
4. M. Ali Omar, Elementary Solid-State Physics: Principles and
Applications (1st Edition), Pearson Education, (2002) ISBN:
978-8177583779
5. Ashcroft and Mermin, Solid State Physics, Thomson Press
(India) Ltd. (2021), ISBN:9780030839931

942 Go to Index
Course code AA 210 / PH 210
Title of the course Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisites None
Objectives of the The students will be introduced to the basics of quantum mechanics
course
Course Outcomes Students will be able to
• Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the foundational principles of
quantum physics
• Analyze and solve the Schrödinger equation for various scenarios
• Apply quantum mechanical principles to understand and explain several
phenomena related to hydrogen atom, atomic nuclei and radioactivity.
Course Syllabus • Review of Introductory Quantum Physics
• Calculation of expectation values, Kets, Bras and operators, Base kets and
matrix representations, Measurements, observables and the uncertainty
relations, change of basis, position, momentum and translation, wave
functions in position and momentum space.
• Quantum dynamics: Time evolution and the Schrodinger equation, The
Schrodinger versus the Heisenberg picture, Schrödinger equation, and its
solution for one, two, and three-dimensional boxes. Solution of Schrödinger
equation for the one-dimensional harmonic oscillator. Reflection and
transmission at a step potential, Pauli exclusion principle.
• WKB approximation, Tunneling through a barrier, Structure of the atomic
nucleus, mass, and binding energy. Hydrogen atom, Radioactivity and its
applications. Laws of radioactive decay.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. D. J. Griffiths and D. F. Schroeter, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics,
Cambridge University Press, (2018), ISBN: 978-1107189638
2. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Springer, (2011), ISBN: 978-
0306447907
Reference books:
3. P. M. Mathews and K. Venkatesan, A Textbook of Quantum Mechanics,
Springer, (2017), ISBN: 978-0070146174
4. J. Townsend, A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics, University Science
Books, (2010) ISBN:978-1891389788.
5. A. Das, Quantum Mechanics: A Modern Introduction, CRC Press; 1st edition,
(1986) ISBN: 978-2881240539
943 Go to Index
Course code AA 211

Title of the course The Blue Planet: Introduction to Earth System Sciences

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course The purpose of this course is to provide with an understanding of how
(Objectives) the Earth and its different components works and how it affects the
Earth’s inhabitants

Course Outcomes ● Students will understand the important processes that occur on
Earth
● They will critically analyze human impacts on and interactions with
the environment.
● They will conduct scientific experiments and in-situ data collection
to validate the observations

Course Content Theory:

● Introduction to Earth system - review of history of evolution of
Earth, plate tectonics, volcanoes and earthquakes.
● Hydrosphere, Atmosphere and Biosphere - Equation of fluid motion
for non-rotating and rotating fluid, global ocean and ground water,
Earth’s dynamic atmosphere, ecosystems and biomes.
● The Changing Earth - land-use land-cover, human induced changes
and their impacts on our surroundings, Change detection
techniques.

Lab: Relevant lab experiments which includes:

● Cloud formation on adiabatic expansion; Measurement of relative
humidity with a psychrometer
● Reading and interpretation of weather charts
● Seismograph and its measurements
● Canopy cover mapping with hemispherical photography

944 Go to Index
 ● Field survey of different land-use land-cover
● In-situ measurement of different parameters (e.g. temperature,
humidity, radiance (photometer), soil moisture, etc)
● Pollution measurement from field survey
● Observing Earth and its components from air and space (drone and
satellites)

Suggested Books Text Book:

1. Brian J. Skinner and Barbara W. Murck, The Blue Planet: An
Introduction to Earth System Science, 3rd Edition: 2011: ISBN:
978-0-471-23643-6

Reference Books:
2. Lutgens and Edward J. Tarbuck, Foundations of Earth Science, 9th
Edition, 2021, ISBN: 9780135851562
3. A.P. Trujillo and H.V. Thurman, Essentials of Oceanography,12th
Edition: 2016 Pearson: ISBN: 978-0134891521

945 Go to Index
Course Code AA 212 / PH 212
Course Title Thermal Physics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2 -1-0-3)
Name of the Dept. Physics
Pre-requisite if any None
Objectives of the course This course introduces the basic concepts of heat and
thermodynamics
Course Outcomes Student will be
• Able to understand Kinetic theory of gases and apply the theory to
gain insights into specific heat and transport phenomena in gases
• Grasp and effectively apply the Laws of Thermodynamics to
understand the principle of heat engines, phase transitions etc.
Course Syllabus • Kinetic Theory of Gases: Ideal gas, Distribution of velocities,
Mean, RMS and Most Probable Speeds, Degrees of Freedom, Law
of Equipartition of Energy (statement only), Specific heats of
Gases, Mean Free Path. Collision Probability, Transport
phenomena (viscosity, thermal conductivity and diffusion), Real
Gases, Virial equation, Boyle temperature, Van der Waal’s
Equation of State, Comparison with Experimental P-V Curves.
• Laws of Thermodynamics: Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics &
Concept of Temperature, Concept of Work & Heat, Internal Energy
and First Law of Thermodynamics, Isothermal and Adiabatic
Processes, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Reversible and
Irreversible process with examples, Carnot’s Cycle, Carnot engine
& efficiency, Carnot’s Theorem, Heat engines, Concept of Entropy,
Clausius Theorem and Clausius Inequality, Principle of Increase of
Entropy, Third Law of Thermodynamics.
• Thermodynamic potentials: Internal Energy, Enthalpy,
Helmholtz Free Energy, Gibb’s Free Energy, their Definitions,
Properties and Applications, First and second order Phase
Transitions, Clausius-Clapeyron Equation, Maxwell’s
Thermodynamic Relations, Joule-Kelvin coefficient, Joule-
Thomson Effect.
• Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics: Entropy production,
Kinetic coefficients, Proof of Onsager reciprocal relations,
Thermoelectricity
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. W. Zemansky, R. Dittman, Heat and Thermodynamics, McGraw-
Hill, (1996) ISBN: 978-0070170599
2. D. V. Schroeder, An Introduction to Thermal Physics, Oxford
946 Go to Index
 University Press, (2021) ISBN: 978-0192895547
Reference books:
3. S. J. Blundell and K. M. Blundell, Concepts in Thermal Physics,
Oxford University Press, (2009), ISBN: 978-0199562107
4. F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics, Waveland
Press, (2010) ISBN: 978-1577666127
5. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill Education,
(2021) ISBN: 978-9352606429

947 Go to Index
Course code AA 214
Title of the course Stellar and Planetary Science
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course The course aims to provide a physical picture of how stars and planets form
and evolve both within our Solar System and beyond.
Course Outcome ● Demonstrate the role of basic physical processes in the formation of
stars and planets.
● Identify the different observational characteristics and detection
techniques of stars and planets.
Course Syllabus Module 1 - Stellar science: Star formation - Spherical collapse model,
Stellar Structure and HR diagram, concepts of Hydrostatic equilibrium and
energy generation and transfer, Stellar evolution - Main sequence/ giants/
supergiants, Our Sun, Binary stars and Mass Transfer Binaries, star clusters,
Stellar feedback
Module 2 - Planetary science : Overview of Solar system, Planetary
atmospheres, Planetary surfaces, Planet formation and migration - Minimum
mass solar nebula, Core Accretion, Gravitational Instability, Type I and Type
II Migration, Exoplanetary detection - Radial Velocity, Transit Method,
Microlensing, Habitable zones, planetary satellites and tidal effects.
Suggested Books Text Books:

1. S. W. Stahler and F. Palla, The Formation of Stars, Wiley–VCH, 2004;

ISBN:9783527405596 [Module 1]
2. Jack Lissauer and Imke de Pater, Fundamental Planetary Science,
Cambridge University Press, 2019, ISBN 9781108411981 [Module 2]

3. Reference Books:

4. L. Hartmann; Accretion Processes in Star Formation; Cambridge

University Press, 2009; ISBN 978-0511552090
5. Dina Prialnik, An introduction to the theory of stellar structure and
evolution, Cambridge University Press; 2010; ISBN : 978-
0521866040
6. Scott Tremaine; Dynamics of Planetary Systems; Princeton University
Press; 2023; ISBN 978-0691207124
7. Sara Seager; Exoplanets; University of Arizona Press; 2011; ISBN 978-
0816529452

948 Go to Index
Course code AA 216

Title of the course Flight mechanics and classical control

Course Category Departmental Elective

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits 2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course The purpose of this course is to teach performance, static and
(Objectives) dynamic stability, and classical feedback control of the spacecraft

Course Outcomes ● Students will be able to understand the mechanism of

spacecraft flight
● They will be able to compute rigid body dynamics
● They will understand how the control systems are used in
spacecrafts

Course Content Module 1:

Flight mechanics: Review of Newtonian mechanics; Generalized
coordinates, constraints, virtual work; Lagrange’s equation; Dynamics
of rigid bodies in three dimensions; Euler angles; Euler’s equations of
motion for rigid bodies, Gyrodynamics, equations of motion for UAVs.

Module 2:
Classical control: Linear feedback control systems, frequency and
time domain analysis, I/O relationships, transfer function ,stability
criteria, Bode diagrams, Root locus method, Analysis of simple
problems using software

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. John David Anderson, Introduction to Flight, McGraw-Hill

Higher Education, 9th Edition, 2022, ISBN: 9781260226744
[Module I]

949 Go to Index
 2. N.S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley & Sons,
India Edition, 2018, ISBN: 978-8126571833 [Module II]

Reference Book

3. B.C. Kuo, Automatic, Control Systems, Prentice Hall India, 9th

edition, 2014, ISBN: 978812655233

950 Go to Index
Course code AA 251 / PH 251
Title of the course Engineering Physics Lab - I
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Course Category Core
Name of the Dept. Physics
Pre-requisite if any None
Objectives of the Students will get exposure to several experiments based on various
course advanced concepts of Physics.
Course Outcomes • Learn to accurately collect, analyze and interpret data to understand
the underlying physical principles/concepts.
• Experimental verification of fundamental concepts in Classical
Physics, Waves and Optics and Solid State engineering
• Evaluate the errors and statistical deviations associated with the
experimental results
Course Syllabus A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:

Classical physics
• Moment of inertia of flywheel
• Measurement of Young’s modulus
• Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem
• Constant volume and pressure air thermometer
• Determination of Planck’s constant
• Millikan oil drop experiment
• Helmholtz coil & measurement of Faraday’s number

Waves and Optics

• Michelson interferometer
• Verification of Brewster’s law
• Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution by using
Laurent’s Half Shade Polarimeter.

Solid State Engineering

• Nature of semiconductor band-gap of a powdered semiconductor
using Diffuse Reflectance Spectroscopy.
• Demonstration of X-ray diffraction in crystalline solids
• Determination of Heat Capacity using Differential Scanning
Calorimetry.

951 Go to Index
Suggested Books Reference Books:
1. W. F. Smith, Experimental Physics: Principles and Practice for the
laboratory, CRC Press, (2020), ISBN: 978-1498778473
2. L. Lyons, A practical guide to data analysis for physical science
students, Cambridge Univ. Press, (1991), ISBN: 978-0415481519

952 Go to Index
Course Code AA 252 / PH 252
Title of the Course Scientific Computing Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-2-1)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if None
any
Objectives of the To familiarize students with Object-Oriented Programming language,
course data structures, and their application in Physics-specific problems.
Course outcomes Student will be able to learn to apply computational techniques for
Physics problems using a model programming language in vogue
Course Syllabus • Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (OOP), using a model
language such as Python.
• Object types, numbers, strings, lists, arrays, dictionaries, tuples, files,
I/O handling. Statements and syntax, expressions, loops, iterations.
• Basic functions, arguments, recursive functions, modules, module
packages. Introduction to class and OOP, Error & exceptions handling.
• Data structure and data handling. Efficient array handling using
standard libraries. Scientific computing and problem solving,
Integrating Fortran/C++ code with Python, as a model language.
• Application of the model language to solve Physics problems
Suggested Books Textbook:
1. A. K. Gupta, Scientific Computing in Python, Techno World Publishers,
(2021) ISBN: 978-81-949567-6-1

Reference Books:
2. M. Lutz, Learning Python: Powerful Object-Oriented Programming (5th
edition), Cambridge University Press; (1989), ISBN: 978-1449355739
3. A. K. Gupta, Python Computing: Fundamentals and Applications,
Techno World, (2023), ISBN: 978-93-92145-55-1

953 Go to Index
Course code AA 255 / PH 255
Title of the
Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab - I
course
Course
Core
Category
Credit
L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Structure
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if
None
any
Objectives of The students will acquire foundational knowledge and skills in analog
the course electronics experimentation
Course • Acquire hands-on experience in the domain of analog electronics.
Outcome • Learn how to implement electronic circuits.
• Diode and its applications; I-V characteristics, Clipping Circuits.
• Diode as – Voltage Doublers, Rectified Differentiator, Precision Rectifier,
reverse-bias capacitance.
• To measure the minority carrier lifetime in a semiconductor photodiode.
• Transistor and Op-Amp characteristics - amplification, Op-Amp as summer,
Integrator, Differentiator.
Course Syllabus
• Zener Diode - rectification, DC power supply.
• Characterization of basic and cascade current mirror circuits (with BJT and
MOSFET).
• Design of single-stage and differential amplifiers.
• 555 Timers - timer and oscillator functions.
Reference Books:
1. J. Millman, A. Grabel, Microelectronics, Tata McGraw-Hill (2017), ISBN: 978-
0074637364
Suggested
2. S. Sedra K. C. Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, OUP, (2017), ISBN: 978-
Books
0199476299
3. Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley, (2017) ISBN: 978-
8126571352

** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

954 Go to Index
Course code AA 256 / PH 256
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab - II
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of the Department Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will engage in hands-on digital electronics experiments.
Course Outcomes ● Acquire hand-on experience in digital electronics.
● Implement digital components to solve electronics problems.
Course Content A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:
• Introduction to Logic Circuits: To gain familiarity with digital
integrated circuits by setting up simple logic circuits.
• Combinational Logic Circuits: Use of TTL adder, multiplexer and
decoder.
• Sequential building blocks
• Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Conversion
• Sampling and Reconstruction of Continuous-Time Signals and
Interpolation with Decimation.
• Implementation of a (4 X 4) multiplier using registers and a down
counter.
• MOSFET inverting amplifiers and first-order circuits
• Introduction to VHDL and FPGA
• Electronics Project
Suggested Books Reference Books
1. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles And Practices, Pearson India; 4th
edition (2008) ISBN: 978-9332508125
2. S. Salivahanan, S. Arivazhagan, Digital circuits and design, Oxford
University Press; Fifth edition, (2018), ISBN: 978-0199488681
3. S. Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated
Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 4th edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-9352601943
4. J. Millman, A. Grabel, Microelectronics, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd
edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-0074637364

** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

955 Go to Index
Course code AA 301
Title of the course High Energy Astronomy
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Astronomy
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course Providing an introduction to astrophysical processes.
Course Syllabus Radiative Processes: Covariant formulation of classical
electrodynamics. Radiation from accelerated charges.
Cyclotron and synchrotron radiation. Bremsstrahlung.
Thomson and Compton scattering. Plasma effects. Atomic and
molecular spectra. Transition rates and selection rules. Opacity
calculations. Line formation in stellar atmospheres.
Fundamentals of radiative transfer, synchrotron radiation,
Compton scattering, spectral line transfer, gas heating and
cooling and topics in atomic and molecular spectroscopy are
discussed within the framework of astrophysical sources and
problems. Applications will include the interstellar and
intergalactic media, neutron stars, active galactic nuclei, and
exoplanetary systems. Application to Accretion Physics:
Accretion in binary systems, effect on binary evolution_
Accretion physics: The origin of viscosity, time-scales and
stability, thin and thick disks,_ Nova and Type Ia SN, ultra
compact binaries_ Supermassive Black Holes (BHs):
Introduction to Active Galactic Nuclei (AGN), radio sources,
quasars, synchrotron radiation, minimum energy,
supermassive BHs_ Jets: relativistic effects, radiation. Photon
interaction with matter: detection of high energy radiation
(X-ray and Gamma ray)_ Gamma Ray Bursts: Simple models
Suggested Books 1. H Bradt, Astrophysics Porcesses, Cambridge University
Press, : Cambridge, UK : 2008 : 978-1107677241
2. G B Rybicki, A P Lightman, Radiative Processes in
Astrophysics, Wiley, Weinheim, Germany, 1985, 978-
0471827597
3. G Ghisellini, Radiative Processes in High Energy
Astrophysics, Springer, Heidelberg, Germany, 2013, 978-
3319006116
4. Shapiro, S. and Teukolsky, S. Black Holes, White Dwarfs
and Neutron Stars, 1983
5. J. Frank, A king & D. Raine: Accretion Power in
Astrophysics, 2002
956 Go to Index
6. Fulvio Melia: High Energy Astrophysics, 2009
7. J. Krolik: Active Galactic Nuclei, 199
8. W.H.G. Lewin, & M. Van del Klis (eds), Compact Stellar X-
ray Sources, 2006
9. M S Longair, High Energy Astrophysics, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2011, 978-0521756181

957 Go to Index
Course Code AA 303
Title of the course IoT for Space Applications
Credit Structure L – T – P – Credits
2–1–0–3
Prerequisite if any None
Name of Department Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Scope of the course Enabling students to implement IoT in Space Applications
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction to IoT in Space: Applications of IoT in space –communications
between satellite and ground, sensors and sensor control in space, onboard
data storage and analysis on a satellite, onboard signal processing for space
applications, IoT framework for Space Applications
2. Space Communications: Protocols, receiving signals from satellites using a
Software Defined Radio (SDR), Detecting satellites, Downlink from and
Uplink to satellites with a receiver-transmitter
3. Onboard data analysis: Using a low-power device for frontend analysis of
data for communications, transmitter-receiver in radio, Using an energy-
efficient sensor controller in space
4. Using an array of sensors through IoT for space/atmospheric
measurements: Rain Gauge, Humidity, Temperature and Pressure sensing
Onboard analysis of sensor data, Simultaneous IoT control of sensors and
transmitter-receiver, Sensor array / Transceiver as space communications
and sensing solution
5. IoT Framework towards Space Applications Analysis: Analysis of data from
Smart Space Sensors - Classification and Regression; Linear, Polynomial
Regression; Logistic Regression; Clustering; Optimization techniques;
Machine Learning techniques for onboard Space IoT data analysis
Suggested Books 1. Collins, Getz, Pu and Wyglinski; Software Defined Radio for Engineers;
Artech House; 2018; ISBN: 978-1-63081-457-1
2. Stewart, Barlee, Atkinson and Crockett; Software Defined Radio using
MATLAB, Simulink and the RTL-SDR; Strathclyde Academia Publishers;
2015; ISBN: 978-0992978723
3. S. Monk; Programming the Raspberry Pi, Second Edition: Getting Started
with Python; McGraw-Hill Education; 2015; ISBN: 978-1259587405
4. A. Maheshwari; Big Data; McGraw-Hill; 2019; ISBN: 978-9353167950
5. S. Monk; Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches;
McGraw-Hill; 2016; ISBN: 978-1259641633
6. J. Grus; Data Science From Scratch: First Principles with Python; O’Reilly;
2019; ISBN: 978-9352138326

958 Go to Index
Course code AA 403 / AA 603

Title of the course Space Engineering Systems

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course Students will familiarize with the key features of communication
electronics, the space environment and how it affects electronics, how
to design for the thermal environment in space, the effects of the
radiation environment on electronics and what types of electronics
might be used in the future.

Course Syllabus Qualifying systems for space: Total ionizing dose (TID), Single event
effects (SEEs), Radiation shielding, Mitigation of SEEs (hardware,
software) Electronic, Electrical and Electromechanical - Definition,
Screening/testing and reliability, Radiation Hardness Assurance
Materials, Thermal modelling of spacecraft, Temperature requirements
Thermal cycling and testing, Standards (ECSS), Radiation design
margins
Spacecraft-Space Environment Interactions: Radiation
environments, Thermal environment, Launch environment, other
environments (space debris, atomic oxygen, low energy plasma,
spacecraft charging, arcing), Radiation effects
Payload Design: Payload requirements, Payload components and their
characteristics - antennas, Low Noise Amplifiers (LNAs), microwave
filters, channel and power amplifiers, power combiners, FPGAs for
space, Onboard processing, Payload Configuration management
Satellite Systems Engineering: System development methodology,
Analog and Digital processor architecture, Transponder / Transceiver
gain control, linearity, multipexing, filters, wideband systems
Uplink and Downlink power control, beam pointing, modulation and
demodulation, individual and block upconverters and downconverters
Space Operations: Tracking, Telemetry and Command (TT&C),
Satellite Network architectures, In-orbit monitors and testing, Earth
Stations - Classes and Design, Terrestrial Network Interfaces -
Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) and Synchronous Digital
Hierarchy (SDH). The future - Use of COTs, Miniaturisation

959 Go to Index
Suggested Books 2. Cruise, A. M., Principles of space instrument design, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, 2006, ISBN: 052102594x, 0521451647
3. An Introduction to Space Instrumentation, Edited by K. Oyama
and C. Z. Cheng, Terrapub, 2003, ISBN 978-4-88704-160-8
4. Elbert, B.R., Introduction to Satellite Communication, Artech
House, 2008, ISBN: 978-1-59693-210-4
5. Fortescue, Peter W.; Stark, John; Swinerd, Graham, Spacecraft
systems engineering, Wiley, Hoboken, N.J., 2011, ISBN:
047075012X, 9780470750124

960 Go to Index
Course Code AA 404 / AA 604
Title of the Course Spacecraft and Payload Attitude Dynamics, Control and
Pointing
Credit Structure L-T- P-C 2-1-0-3

Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department / Centre
Pre-requisites (if any)
Course Syllabus Three-axis Spacecraft Attitude dynamics; quaternions and other
representations. Multi-body spacecraft with articulated antennas,
sensors, and solar arrays. Design of spacecraft controllers with reaction
wheels, magnets, single- and double-gimbaled control moment
gyros as actuators. Three-axis large angle
manoeuvres. Payload controllers for acquiring, precision
pointing, and high-accuracy tracking of landmarks and moving objects
of interests for remote sensing and communication. Pointing error
budget. Image motion compensation to remove image blur. Solar
array controllers for tracking the Sun using micro-stepper motors.
Flexible spacecraft dynamics and control. Dynamics and control of
spinning spacecraft: stability, precession and nutation. Control of
spin-axis attitude during ΔV-firing for changing orbits; active
nutation control; dual-spin stabilization; Rhumb-line manoeuvre.
Dynamics and precision pointing of bias momentum spacecraft:
stability; control using two momentum wheels and a reaction
wheel. Reaction jet attitude control and nonlinear controllers:
pulse-width-pulse-frequency modulators; minimum-fuel-minimum-
time single-axis and three-axis control. Control of spacecraft
with liquid propellants: sloshing-control interaction.

961 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1.Hughes, P.C., Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics, John Wiley,1986,
ISBN: 9780486439259
2.Sidi, M.J., Spacecraft Dynamics and Control, Cambridge University
Press, 1997, ISBN: 9780521787802
3.Agrawal, B., Design of Geosynchronous Spacecraft, Prentice Hall, 1986,
ISBN: 9780132001144
4.Bryson, A.E., Control of Spacecraft and Aircraft, Princeton University
Press, 1994, ISBN: 9780691087825
5.Wie, B., Space Vehicle Dynamics and Control, AIAA Education
Series, 1998, ISBN: 9781563479533
6.Markley, F.,L., Fundamentals of Spacecraft Attitude
Determination and Control, Springer – 2014, ISBN: 9781493908011
7. Smit, G. N., Spacecraft and Payload Pointing, AIAA 2015, ISBN:
9781884989230

962 Go to Index
Course code AA 405/ AA 605

Title of the course Detectors and sensors for space observations

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Concerned Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course Observational techniques and detectors for space telescopes and
missions, design, working principle, and operation.

Course Syllabus Spacecraft as Observation platforms: space environment, space

effects from Earth's surface, in situ measurements, Noise and
Uncertainty.
Attitude and Position sensing, Communication: sun sensors, earth
sensors, star sensors, magnetometers, attitude control, Communication
Detectors for E and B field Measurements in Space: Spacecraft
charging in low Earth orbit and geostationary orbit. Radiation damage
effects. Background effects and their minimization. Plasma influx,
penetrating radiation, sunlight. Direction of Arrival.
Detectors for Imaging: Various interaction of radiations with matter
for detection purposes, Solid State Detectors, MKIDs (Microwave Kinetic
Inductance Detectors), Super Conducting Tunnel Junction Devices
(STJs), CCD, SSD (Silicon Strips Detectors), and G-APD, Radiometry,
cooling, photoconductors, bolometers, coherent detectors, polarimeters,
magnetometers, and electric field sensors, readout, amplifiers, current
collectors, future X-ray interferometers
Non-Imaging Detectors: Laser Interferometer, Incoherent detectors,
photodiodes, photoemission detectors, photomultipliers, Channeltrons,
microchannel plates, ionization detectors, scintillator detectors,
calorimeters
Detectors for Spectroscopy: Gratings, γ-ray, X-ray, α-particle, neutron,
Mossbauer spectrometers. Visible light & dust particle spectroscopic
measurement techniques.
In-situ plasma measurements: Requirements; Energy and mass
analysis for charged species from 1eV to 1MeV. Neutral mass
spectrometers.
Techniques and Applications of Hyperspectral Sensor: Elements of
Hyperspectral Sensing, Imaging System Design, Hyperspectral Target
Detection

963 Go to Index
 Augmented Systems: Focusing optics, collimators, CAMs
Applications: Various applications in Astronomy, Atmospheric
measurements, Planetary analysis, Radar, Space sciences

Suggested Books 1. K. Oyama and C. Z. Cheng, An Introduction to Space

Instrumentation, Terrapub, 2013, ISBN: 978-4-88704-160-8
2. H. Bradt, Astronomy Methods, Cambridge University Press, 2003,
ISBN: 9780511802188
3. P. Léna, D. Rouan, F. Lebrun, F. Mignard, D. Pelat, Observational
Astrophysics, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2012, ISBN: 978-
3-662-51733-8
4. 4. C.R. Kitchin, Astrophysical Techniques, 6 ed., CRC Press, 2013,
ISBN: 978-1-4665-1115-6

964 Go to Index
Course code AA 407/ AA 607

Title of the course Remote sensing for Atmospheric and Space Sciences

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Astronomy, astrophysics and space engineering

Concerned
Department

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course Fundamental concepts of system, sensors and information retrieval
techniques for remote sensing system and its application in space and
atmospheric science

Course Syllabus History and development of remote sensing technique, Recent

trends and state-of-art in optical and microwave remote sensing
techniques
Sources of energy in remote sensing: Active and Passive Radiation,
Electromagnetic Radiation -Reflectance, Transmission, Absorption,
Thermal Emissions, Wave interaction with atmosphere, Atmospheric
windows, Spectral reflectance;
Remote sensing data acquisition platforms: Characteristics of
different types of remote sensing platforms; Sensors for active and
passive remote sensing- spatial, spectral and radiometric resolution;
Remote sensing data: Characteristics, Atmospheric, radiometric and
geometric Corrections, Basic principles of visual interpretation of
passive remote sensing images, Image processing and feature
identification, Case studies with Landsat and Sentinel satellite images
for classification of objects.
Microwave Remote Sensing: Advantages and challenges, Passive
microwave remote sensors and operation principle, Basic concepts of
radar remote sensing- resolution, range and angular measurements,
microwave scattering, imaging radar technique and data
interpretation.
Radar remote sensing systems –Clear air and ST/MST radar for
atmospheric studies, Synthetic Aperture Radar for planetary studies,
Doppler weather radar, Coherent and incoherent radar for ionospheric
studies
Applications and Satellite Missions: Atmospheric and planetary
remote sensing satellites -TRMM/GPM, Cloudsat, NISAR, CALIPSO,
MODIS, Megha-tropique, GOES. Applications in Weather monitoring

965 Go to Index
 (Temperature, Humidity, Wind, Cloud, Rain, lightning), Ionosphere and
change detection, Data exploration using BHUVAN, Google Earth map
and NASA Earth Explorer.

1. W.G. Rees : Physical Principles Of Remote Sensing : Cambridge

Suggested Books University Press : Cambridge : 2001 : 978-0521181167
2. J.R Jensen : Remote Sensing Of Environment : An Earth Resource
Perspective : Pearson Education India : New Delhi : 2013 : 978-
9332518940
3. F. T. Ulaby, R. K. Moore, A. K. fung : Microwave Remote Sensing,
Active and Passive : Vol I, Fundamentals and Radiometry : Artech
House Publishers : _ : 1981 : 978-0890061909
4. F. T. Ulaby, R. K. Moore, A. K. fung : Microwave Remote Sensing,
Active and Passive : Vol II, Radar Remote Sensing and Surface
Scattering : Artech House Publishers : _ : 1986 : 978-0201107609

966 Go to Index
Course code AA 410/ AA 610

Title of the course Spatial Informatics

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Discipline Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course This course introduces the fundamental concepts of Geographic
Information Science (GIS), geospatial data processing and spatial
statistics. The course would also lab-based tutorials on spatial data
handling and processing using open-source tools/software.

Course Syllabus GIS, spatial data concepts, map reference systems. Spatial data -
sources, models, structures, analysis, and interpolation. Terrain
modeling, visualization, data quality, spatial decision support
systems, Open GIS standards, GIS applications and advances

Spatial Statistics; Basic Concepts of Statistics; Variogram; Semi-

Variogram; Fitting Variogram Models, Validation; Applications of
Variograms; Interpolation using Spatial Models; Spatial Prediction
and Kriging – Ordinary Kriging, Multivariate Kriging, Vornoi
diagrams;

Analysis of Space-Time Geostatistical Data; Application of Spatial

Statistics in Remote Sensing.

Practicals: Spatial statistics using Python/Matlab, Geospatial data

processing and manipulation using open source (QGIS) tools and
Python libraries (GDAL, GeoPandas, Shapely). Scalable analytics and
geospatial data handling using Python libraries (DASK and XArray).
Introduction to Google Earth Engine and its applications.

Suggested Books Text books:

1. K. Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems, Fourth edition (Indian edition), McGraw Hill
Education (2017). ISBN-13: 978-0070658981
2. P.A. Burrough and R. A. McDonnell, Principles of
Geographical Information Systems, Oxford University
Press (2006). ISBN-13: 978-0199228621
Reference books:
1. O. Schabenberger, & C.A. Gotway, An introduction to
applied geostatistics. Oxford university press. (2017).
967 Go to Index
 ISBN: 9781315275086
2. N. Cressie, (1993). Statistics for Spatial Data (Revised Ed.).
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Chiles, J. P. and Delfiner, P. (1999).
ISBN-13: 9780471002550
3. C.P. Lo, and Yeung, Albert K.W., Concepts and Techniques of
Geographic Information Systems, Prentice Hall (2002).
ISBN-13 : 978-0131495029
4. I. H. Sarah, Cornelius and S. Carver, An Introduction to
Geographical Information Systems. 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education. New Delhi (2006). ISBN-13 : 978-027372259

968 Go to Index
Course code AA 411 / AA 611

Title of the course Advanced Optics

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Department

Pre-requisite, if any None

Scope of the course Theoretical and technical concepts behind optical systems
(Objectives)

Course Outcomes This course will help students develop skills in the
design/development of solutions and real-life optics related
problem analysis. This course will further give students
engineering knowledge related to optical and laser systems.

Course Content 1. Geometrical Optics & Ray Tracing : Optical system design,
raytracing, spot-size diagram and MTF. Optical
aberrations, tolerancing and optical design optimisation.

2. Wave Optics : Concepts of wavefront and phase, complex

representation of electromagnetic wave, image formation
and spatial resolution, optical path and spatial coherence,
monochromaticity and temporal coherence. Interference
and diffraction, Fourier Optics. concept of spatial filtering,
amplitude and phase filters in spatial frequency domain,
image processing. Shack-Hartman wave-front sensor,
Zernike decomposition, wavefront correction, deformable
optics.

3. Polarization : Stokes parameter, birefringence, Faraday

rotation, Jones matrix, Berry phase and Panchratan sphere

4. Laser Interferometry : Two beam (Michelson) and multi-

beam (Fabry-Perot), interferometers, Fizeau and white

969 Go to Index
 light interferometry, principles of phase shifting
techniques and phase un-wrapping. Standard Quantum
Limits (SQL) of interferometers and sub-SQL
measurements. Scanning white light interferometer
(SWLI), Doppler velocimetry and Velocity Interferometer
System for Any Reflector (VISAR). Stellar interferrometry,
Synthetic aperture optical telescope

5. Optical systems : Applications, Waveguides, Holographic

systems etc., adaptive optics

Typical list of experiments:

• Using Michelson’s interferometer determine the
wavelength of an unknown source.
• White light interferometry with Michelson’s
interferometer.
• Using Michelson’s interferometer determine the thickness
of a thin glass plate or a thin film.
• Use a Fabry-Perot interferometer to study Zeeman effect.
• Verify Malus law.
• Wavefront sensor
Suggested Books Textbook:
1. Ajoy Ghatak, ‘Optics’, McGraw Hill, India, 2020, 978-
9390113590

Reference books:
1. Eugene Hecht, ‘Optics’, Pearson, 2017, 978-0133977226
2. R. S. Longhurst, ‘Geometrical and Physical Optics’, Orient
Blackswan, 1986, 9788125016236
3. Ajoy Ghatak, K Thyagarajan, "Introduction to FiberOptics",
Cambridge University Press, 1998, 978-0521571203
4. Born and Wolf, ‘Principles of Optics’, Cambridge University
Press, 1999, 978-0521642224

970 Go to Index
 Course code AA 412/ AA 612

Title of the course Microwave Remote Sensing

Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Discipline Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering

Prerequisite, if any None

Scope of the course This course introduces the advanced topics in microwave remote
sensing for Earth Observation and space sciences. The course is aimed
at training students to utilize the microwave and Synthetic Aperture
Radar data for various applications including ecosystems, solid earth,
disaster mapping, agriculture and planetary remote sensing.

Course Syllabus Introduction to active and passive microwave remote sensing.

Advanced active and passive systems.

Doppler Weather radar (Clear air / precipitation), scatterometer,

altimeter- Principle and operations

Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) data processing and image

classification, SAR Interferometry - raw data processing, registration,
coherence, phase unwrapping, geo-coding

Differential SAR interferometry, permanent scatterer interferometry,

Polarimetric SAR Interferometry.

Radar polarimetry - measurement of the backscattering matrix,

polarimetric scattering vectors, covariance matrix, scattering
mechanism interpretation

Active microwave data for Digital Elevation Model (DEM) generation,

change mapping in geo-sciences, passive microwave data for global
soil moisture, snow cover mapping, global temperature monitoring,
disaster mapping using SAR data, case studies

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. I.H. Woodhouse, (2015). Introduction to Microwave Remote
Sensing (1st ed.). CRC Press. DOI: 10.1201/9781315272573.
ISBN-13: 9780415271233
2. F. T. Ulaby, R. K. Moore, and A. K. Fung, Microwave Remote
Sensing: Active and Passive, Vol 1. Artech House, 1981.
971 Go to Index
 ISBN-13: 978-0890061909
Reference books:
3. J. R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment: An earth
resource perspective, Second edition, January 2013,
Pearson Education India. ISBN-13: 9789332518940
4. J. C. Curlander and R. N. McDonough, Synthetic Aperture
Radar: Systems and Signal Processing, April 1992. Wiley.
ISBN-13: 9780471857709
5. F.M. Henderson, A.J. Lewis, Manual of Remote Sensing -
Principles and Applications of Imaging Radar, Volume 2,
Third Edition, 1998. ISBN-13: 978-0471294061
6. J.S. Lee, and E. Pottier, Polarimetric Radar Imaging: From
Basics to Applications, CRC Press; 2nd Edition, 2020. ISBN-
13: 978-1466585393

972 Go to Index
Course Code AA 472N / AA 672N
Title of the Course Galactic and Extragalactic Astronomy
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits 2-1-0-
3
Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Department / Centre

Pre–requisite, if any

Scope of the course

Course Syllabus Types of galaxies: spirals, ellipticals and irregulars, Hubble pitchfork
classification. Milkyway components: gas, stars, magnetic field and
cosmic rays; satellites; 21 cm line, rotation curve, dark matter; Jeans
instability and star formation, Phases and components of interstellar
medium; HII regions; Radiative transfer, optical depth, Free-free
emission, Scattering from dust, Optical depth, cosmic rays. Galactic
dynamics: orbits in axisymmetric potentials, epicyclic limit; Oort’s A &
B constants, local differential rotation, collisionless Boltzmann
equation, Jean’s equations, Distribution Functions DFs, isothermal
models gas in galaxies. Evolution of Galaxies: starbursts, galaxy
formation models; color-magnitude diagram for galaxies; initial mass
function; Active Galaxies: observations of active galaxies and quasars,
unified model, radio lobes and jets; relativistic apparent superluminal
motion, Doppler boosting, blazars; properties of accretion flows
around supermassive black holes; M-σ relation for central black holes;
Sgr A*, the Galactic center black hole. Extragalactic distance scales:
classification of clusters, the local group, superclusters, hot intercluster
gas, mass estimates from virial theorem applied to galaxies and
hydrostatic equilibrium of hot gas; structure on largest scales.

973 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. Mo, H.; van den Bosch, F.; White, S, Galaxy Formation and
Evolution, Cambridge University Press, 2010. ISBN 978-0-521-
85793-2.
2. Schneider, P., Extragalactic Astronomy and Cosmology: An
Introduction, Springer 2006. ISBN 978-3-540-33174-2.
3. Phillipps, S., The Structure and Evolution of Galaxies, John
Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005; ISBN 978-0-470-85507-X.
4. Longir, Malcolm S., Galaxy Formation, Springer, 2008. ISBN
5. James Binney, Scott Tremane, Galactic Dynamics, Princeton
University Press; Second edition (January 27, 2008), ISBN: 978-
0691130279
6. Sparke, L.; Gallagher, J., Galaxies in the Universe: An
Introduction (2nd Edition), Cambridge University Press, 2007.
ISBN 978-0-521-67186-6.
7. Binney, J.; Merrifield, M., Galactic Astronomy, Princeton
University Press, 2008. ISBN 978-0-691-02565-7.

974 Go to Index
Course Code AA 476/ AA 676
Title of the Course Satellite Based Navigation Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Center of Astronomy
Department
Pre–requisite None
Scope of the course This is a contemporary course on GPS-Aided Geostationary
Augmented Navigation (GAGAN) and Navigation with Indian
Constellation (NAVIC) satellite-based navigation systems of the
country and how they will be used for navigation of land, air and
space vehicles.
Course Syllabus Review of satellite-based navigations: GPS (Global Positioning
System), IRNSS (Indian Regional Navigation Satellites System).
GPS measurements and error sources; Code phase and carrier
phase measurements. Ionospheric and tropospheric delay models;
receiver clock error model; User range error; Combining code and
carrier phase measurements – carrier-aided smoothing.
Differential GPS, local-area DGPS, relative positioning; wide-area
DGPS; Indian navigation system GAGAN (Geostationary
Augmented GPS Aided navigation). Position, velocity and time
estimation with pseudorange and pseudorange rate
measurements. Precise positioning with carrier phase, with
integer ambiguity resolution using code measurements and dual-
and three-frequency measurements; LAMBDA method. Differential
GPS-aided INS for flight vehicles: Code and carrier double-
differencing, triple-differencing. Integration of differenced
observables with inertial navigation (INS); GPS-Aided INS for
precise aircraft landing. Tightly coupled GPS/INS integration for
missiles and launch vehicle navigation. Absolute and relative
navigation with GRAPHIC technique for satellites rendezvous.
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) and Micro Air Vehicle (MAV)
navigation. Spinning sounding rocket navigation. Submarine
navigation
Suggested Books 1. Brown and Hwang, Introduction to Random Signals and
Applied Kalman Filtering, John Wiley, 2012, 4th edition, ISBN
: 0470609699
2. Rogers, R.M., Applied Mathematics in Integrated Navigation
Systems, 3rd Ed., AIAA Education Series, 2007, ISBN :
1563479273
3. Farrell, J.L., GNSS Aided Navigation and Tracking, American
Literary Press, 2007, ISBN : 1561679798
4. Farrell, J. A., Aided Navigation: GPS with High Rate Sensors,
975 Go to Index
 McGraw Hill, 2008, ISBN : 0071493298
5. Farrell, J.A. and Barth, M., The Global Positioning System and
Inertial Navigation, McGraw-Hill, 1999, ISBN :
007022045X
6. Misra, P., and Enge, P., GPS – Signals, Measurements and
Performance, Second Edition, Ganga-Jamuna Press, 2006,
ISBN: 0970954425

976 Go to Index
Course code AA 478/ AA 678
Title of the course Space Weather
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Astronomy
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course gives an overview of the space weather systems
involving the Sun, Heliosphere, Magnetosphere and Ionosphere.
Course Syllabus 1. Introduction – Definition of Space Weather(Sun, Heliosphere,
Magnetosphere, Ionosphere)
2. Solar interior, solar magnetism, structure of solar atmosphere
3. Solar Activity: Flares, Coronal Mass Ejections and Solar
Energetic Particles, Solar Wind Formation and Acceleration,
Heliospheric Structure
4. Magnetospheric structure, magnetospheric storms and
substorms , Geomagnetic Storms– Geomagnetic Variations,
Geomagnetic Activity Indices, Geomagnetic Storms
5. Ionosphere – Description of the ionospheric layers,
anomalous features of the F-region, ionospheric irregularities,
short-term and long-term behavior of the ionospheric layers,
sporadic-E, ionospheric models.
6. Space WeatherMeasurement Systems–Ionospheric Sounding
Systems, Radar, Transionospheric Propagation Systems, GPS.
7. Space Weather Effects on Telecommunication Systems –
outline of ionospheric effects, integrated propagation effects –
refraction, phase and group path variation, Doppler shift,
Faraday rotation, absorption, differential effects – scintillations,
mitigation scheme.
Suggested Books 1. Gerd W. Prolss, Physics of the Earth_s Space Environment -
An Introduction, Springer Publications, Heidelberg, 2004,
ISBN-10 : 3540214267
2. MG Kivelson and CT Russel,
Introduction to Space Physics, Cambridge Univ. Press,
Cambridge, 1995, ISBN-10, 0521457149
3. M.Kallenrode, Space Physics : An Introduction to Plasma
and Particles in the Heliosphere and Magnetosphere,
Springer Publications, Heidelberg, 2004, ISBN, 3-540-20617-
5
4. M. Moldwin, An Introduction to Space Weather, Cambridge
Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2008, ISBN 9780511801365

977 Go to Index
Course code AA 681/ AA 481

Title of the course Introduction to Climate and Climate Change

Course Category Core

Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits

2-0-0-2

Name of the Concerned AASE

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Scope of the course Introduce the concepts and connections among atmosphere, ocean,
(Objectives) and climate. The course also gives an idea about the energy transfer,
stability and circulations present in the atmosphere and oceans and
the causal relationship to climate change.

Course Outcomes Students will learn about the physics and mathematics of atmosphere
and oceans, and their role in climate in order to analyse and model
the climate change implications.

Course Content Module 1: Climate system and its components, Structure of the
atmosphere and physical properties, Energy balance, hydrological
and carbon cycles, Stability and waves.
Module 2: The general circulation of the atmosphere, Ocean and its
circulation, Climate and climate variability.

Suggested Books Textbook:

• John Marshall and R. Alan Plumb : Atmosphere, Ocean and
Climate Dynamics-An Introductory Text : Academic Press :
2007 : 9780125586917
Reference Book:
• Roger G. Barry and Richard J Chorley : Atmosphere, Weather
and Climate : Routledge (9th edition) : 2017 : 9781138294073

978 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Open Elective Courses
of
Department of Mathematics and Syllabi of B. Tech. in Mathematics and Computing

979 Go to Index
Course code MA 405/ MA 605
Title of the course Differential Equations in Population Dynamics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned Department/
Centre
Prerequisite, if any Differential Equations and Numerical Methods
Scope of the course The objective of the course is to present differential equation
models arising in population dynamics, physical, mechanical and
chemical systems, etc. The course will give an opportunity to
apply several mathematical theories, methodologies and
computational techniques of differential equations in the
aforementioned areas. Current research advances in the field of
modelling will also be discussed. After completing the course,
students are expected to start research work in advanced topics.
Course Syllabus Introduction: Mathematical models: Necessity, advantages and
limitations; Brief history of population models, Different tools
and modeling frameworks, Birth and death processes in
population models.
Ordinary differential equations: The Multhus, Verhulst, Lotka-
Volterra, Rosenzweiz-MacArthur and Hestings-Powell models,
Routh-Hurwitz criteria, Mean population density in cyclic and
chaotic dynamics, Population harvesting, Resilience in Ecology,
Hydra effects, Population genetic models, FitzHugh-Nagumo
model.
Partial differential equations: Fisher equation, Turing
instability, Pattern formation, Spatiotemporal chaos, Reaction-
diffusion in Ecological and Chemical systems, Diffusion in delayed
predator-prey systems.
Delay differential equations: Discrete and distributed delays in
population dynamics, Hopfbifurcation and stability switching,
Delayed harvesting in Nicholson blowflies model, Delayed
dispersal in patchy environment, Mackey-Glass equation.
Impulsive differential equations: Fixed-time and variable-time
impulses, Impulses in biological control theory and epidemic
models.
Applications of softwares: Several measures will be quantified
in all the models using computer simulations, and graphical
representations will be provided to interpret the system
dynamics.

980 Go to Index
Suggested Books 1. J. D. Murray, Mathematical Biology: I. An Introduction,
Springer, 2002: ISBN 978-0- 387-95223-9.
2. R. K. Upadhyay, S. R. K. Iyengar, Spatial Dynamics and
Pattern Formation in Biological Populations, Chapman and
Hall/CRC, 2021: ISBN 9780367555504.
3. K. Gopalsamy, Stability and Oscillations in Delay
Differential Equations of Population Dynamics, Springer,
1992: ISBN 978-0-7923-1594-0.
4. V. Lakshmikantham, D. D. Bainov, P. S. Simeonov, Theory of
Impulsive Differential Equations, World scientific, 1989:
ISBN 978-9971-5-0970-5.

981 Go to Index
Course code MA 450/ MA 650
Title of the course Mathematical Theory of Waves
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any
Multivariable Calculus, Differential Equations

Scope of the course To expose the students to the basic ideas that underline linear wave
motion. To derive important mathematical tools to deal with problems
of wave theory.To consider simple examples of linear waves on strings,
sound waves and water waves. To develop the mathematical models of
waves and to ultimately apply those models to understand the elastic
waves, sound waves and light waves.
Course Syllabus • Introduction to waves and Review of the wave equation;
• Traveling and standing waves; Waves on strings;Waves in
membranes; Longitudinal waves in bars and springs;Waves in
liquids; Sound waves: Plane, cylindrical and spherical sound
waves;Waves associated with theconservation laws; Electric waves;
• General considerations on waves: Doppler effect, beats, amplitude
modulation, group velocity, motion of wave packets, dispersion,
Kirchhoff’s solution, Fresnel’s principal, Fraunhofer diffraction
theory; Wave propagation in an inhomogeneous media;
• Characteristics of nonlinear waves: general effect of nonlinearity,
wave-fronts bounding a constant state, Riemann invariants, Piston
problem, Discontinues solutions and shock waves, Wave
localization phenomena.
• Free vibration, forced harmonic vibration and resonance.
• Some special waves: Seismic waves, Traffic waves, Water waves.
Suggested Books 1. R. Knobel, An Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Waves,
American Mathematical Society, 2000, ISBN: 0-8218-2039-7.
2. C.A. Coulson and Alan Jeffrey, Waves: A mathematical approach to
the common types of wave motion, Longman Group Limited,
London, 1977, ISBN: 0-582-44954-5
3. G.B. Whitham,Linear and Nonlinear Waves, Pure and
Applied Mathematics, Wiley, 1999,ISBN: 0-471-35942.
4. Sir J. Lighthill, Waves in Fluids,Cambridge Mathematical Library,
CUP, 2001, ISBN: 0-521-01045.
5. J. Billingham & A.C. King, Wave Motion, Cambridge Texts in
Applied Mathematics, CUP, 2001,ISBN: 0-521-634504

982 Go to Index
Course code MA 452/ MA 652
Title of the course Theory of Transforms
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Calculus, Complex Variable, Differential Equations
Scope of the course This course provides a working knowledge of analytical
methods required in pure and applied mathematics, physics and
engineering. It also gives a systematic exposition of the basic
properties of various integral transforms and their applications
to the solution of initial and boundary value problems in
mathematical physics, engineering, and applied mathematics.
Course Syllabus Fourier Series, Riemann-Lebesgue Lemma, Gibbs Phenomenon,
Fourier Sine and Cosine Series, Fourier Transform, Fourier
Integral Theorem, Convolution and Parseval_s Theorem,
Applications to Partial Differential Equations.

Laplace Transform: definition and properties, Complex

Inversion, Convolution Theorem, Heaviside’s Expansion
Theorem, Bromwich Contour Integral, Applications to Initial and
Boundary Value Problems.

Fundamental Theorem of the Discrete Fourier Transform,

Cyclical Convolution, and Parseval’s Theorem. Z Transform:
definition and examples, Basic Operational Properties of
Z Transforms, Inverse

Z Transform and Examples, Applications of Z Transforms to

Finite Difference Equations and Summation of Infinite Series.
Suggested Books 1. L. Debnath, D. Bhatta, Integral transforms and their
applications, Chapman & Hall/CRC, New York, 2006,
1584885750
2. R. J. Beerends, H. G. ter Morsche, J. C. van den Berg, E. M. van
de Vrie, Fourier and Laplace Transforms, Cambridge
University Press, New York, 2003, 0521534410
3. A. Pinkus, S. Zafrany, Fourier Series and
Integral Transforms, Cambridge University Press, New York,
1997, 0521597714
4. U. Graf, Applied Laplace Transforms and Z-Transforms for
Scientists and Engineers, Birkhauser Verlag, Basel,
Switzerland, 2004 : 3034895933

983 Go to Index
Course code MA 454/ MA 654
Title of the course Mathematical Modeling and Simulations
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Differential Equations, Linear Algebra
Scope of the course The Mathematical model plays a significant role providing a
quantitative framework for understanding and solving many
real-life problems under certain conditions. Most of
the mathematical models have been like individual works of art
that reflected the personal characteristics and scientific views of
the modeler. At the end of the course, students should be
exposed to fundamental knowledge of implementing the models
in real-world situations. They will get the bright idea about
constructing or selecting the appropriate model, identify the
problem, Analytically or numerically computing the solution and
test the validity of models. This course provides an introduction
to modeling through in-depth discussion of a series of real
examples.
Course Syllabus Introduction to Mathematical Modeling: Characteristics,
Classifications, Tools, Techniques, Deterministic and stochastic
models, Modeling approaches, Compartmental models,
Introduction to Discrete Models and Continuous Models,
Dynamical systems and its mathematical models.

Models from systems of natural sciences: Population models

for a single species (discrete and continuous-time
models), Modeling of population dynamics of two interacting
species, Analytical Tool: Kolmogorov Theorem, Linear Stability
Analysis, Lotka-Volterra Model, Variation of the Classical LV
Model, Leslie-Gower Model, Prey-Predator Model, Arms Race
Model, Holling-Tanner Model, Modified HT Model, Applications
of Lyapunov functions.

Modeling of Atmospheric, Mining and Engineering systems:

Spatial Models Using Partial Differential
Equations, Modeling with Stochastic Differential Equations,
Models of Heating and Cooling, Models for traffic flow, Model for
detecting land mines, Models in Mechanical Systems, Models in
Electronic systems, Models for vehicle dynamics, Kicked
Harmonic oscillator, Modeling the ventilation system of a mine.

984 Go to Index
 MATLAB/MATHEMATICA programs to study the dynamics of
the developed model systems.
Suggested Books 1. B. Barnes, G. R. Fulford, Mathematical Modeling with Case
Studies, CRC PRESS, Taylor & Francis, London, New York,
2009, 13, 978-1-4200-8348-4
2. Edward A. Bender, An Introduction
to Mathematical Modeling: John Wiley & Sons, United States
of America, 1978, 0-471-02951-3
3. R. K. Upadhyay, S. R. K. Iyengar, Introduction
to Mathematical Modeling and Chaotic Dynamics, CRC
Press Taylor & Francis, London, New York, 2014, 13: 978-1-
4398-9887-1
4. S. Banerjee, Mathematical Modeling, Models, Analysis and
Applications, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London, New York,
2014, 13: 978-1-4822-2916-5

985 Go to Index
 Syllabi
of
B. Tech. in Mathematics and Computing
(From AY 2023-24 onwards)

986 Go to Index
Course Code MA 202

Title of the Course Multivariate Calculus and Measure Theory

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Mathematics

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra

Objective of the Course First part of this course introduces basic concepts and results
related to continuity and differentiability in the finite
dimensional setting. The second part introduces concepts
related to Lebesgue integral and some of their important
properties.
Course Outcomes The student is able to generalize all the results and techniques
learned in the first year calculus course and their applications.

Course Content • Functions of several variables - Continuity and differential

calculus for functions from to Jacobian matrix, Mean
Value Theorem, higher order derivatives, Taylor series for
function from to R, inverse function theorem, implicit
function theorem.

• Lebesgue measure and integral - sigma-algebra of sets,

measure space, Lebesgue measure, measurable functions,
Lebesgue integral, Fatou’s lemma, dominated convergence
theorem, monotone convergence theorem, Lp spaces.

987 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. T. M. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, Narosa
Publishers, 2002, ISBN: 978-8185015668.
2. R. G. Bartle, The Elements of Integration and Lebesgue
Measure, Wiley, 1995, ISBN: 0471042226.

Reference Books:
3. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis,
McGraw Hill, 1983, ISBN: 0-07-054235-X.
4. M. Capinski and E. Kopp, Measure, Integral and
Probability, Springer, 2007, ISBN: 9781852337810.
5. G. de Barra, Measure Theory and Integration, New Age
International, 1981, ISBN: 9788122435023.

988 Go to Index
Course Code MA 204N
Title of the Course Numerical Methods
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objective of the This is a foundation course on numerical methods for UG students.
Course
Course Outcomes Students will be trained to evaluate integration and differentiation, and to
solve numerically system of linear equations and differential equations.

Course Syllabus ● Interpolation by polynomials, divided differences, error of the

interpolating polynomial.
● Solution of a system of linear equations, Cholesky's method, Gauss-
Seidel methods, partial pivoting, row echelon form, norms, ill-
conditioning. Eigen-value problem, power method.
● Solution of a nonlinear equation, bisection and secant methods,
Newton's method, rate of convergence, solution of a system of
nonlinear equations.
● Numerical integration, composite rules, error formulae.
● Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, Euler and
Runge-Kutta methods, multi-step methods, predictor-corrector
methods, order of convergence.
● Finite difference methods, numerical solutions of elliptic, parabolic,
and hyperbolic partial differential equations.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI
Learning, ISBN-978-81-203-4592-8, 2012.
2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley &
Sons, 2020, ISBN: 9781119455929.

3. S. D. Conte and Carle de Boor, Elementary Numerical Analysis - An

Algorithmic Approach, SIAM, 2018, ISBN: 9781611975208

Reference Books:
4. B. Bradie, A Friendly Introduction to Numerical Analysis, Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN: 8131709426.
5. W. Cheney, D. Kincaid, Numerical Mathematics and Computing,
Cengage Learning, 2020, ISBN: 9780357670842.
6. D. Watkinson, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations, Wiley Inter
Science, 2010, ISBN: 9780470528334.
989 Go to Index
Course Code MA 205
Title of the Course Complex Analysis

Course Category Institute Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-2 (half semester)
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None

Objective of the This is a foundation course on complex analysis for UG students.

Course
Course Outcomes Students will understand the concepts, like analytic functions, harmonic
functions, Cauchy’s theorem, residue formula and their applications.
Course Syllabus ● Definitions and properties of analytic functions.
● Cauchy-Riemann equations, harmonic functions.
● Power series and their properties. Elementary functions.
● Cauchy’s theorem and its applications, Taylor series and Laurent
expansion.
● Residues and Cauchy’s residue formula, Evaluation of improper
integrals.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley
& Sons, 2020, ISBN: 9781119455929.
2. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Complex Variables and
Applications, McGraw-Hill Inc. New York, 2014, ISBN:
9780073383170.

Reference Books:

3. J.M. Howie, Complex Analysis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2012,

ISBN: 9781447100270.
4. M.J. Ablowitz and A.S. Fokas, Complex Variables: Introduction
and Applications, Cambridge University Press, 2008, ISBN:
9787506291804.

990 Go to Index
Course Code MA 206

Title of the Course Mathematical Logic and Theory of Computation

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Discrete mathematical structures

Objective of the Course At the end of the course, students should be exposed to fundamental
knowledge in mathematical Logic and theory of computations.

Course Outcomes ● Exhibit a strong foundation in formal computation, mathematical

logic, formal reasoning, and formal semantics.

● Distinguish various computing languages, and effectively engage in

logical argumentation, discussion, and communication of essential
logic concepts in the context of computer science.

Course Content • Propositional Logic: Language of propositional logic, Tautological

consequence
• First Order Logic: A language for arithmetic, First order languages,
Examples of first-order languages for some mathematical structures,
Tarski’s definition of truth.
• Automata and Language Theory: Finite automata, Regular
expressions, Push-down automata, Context-free grammars, Pumping
lemmas.
• Computability Theory: Turing machines, Church-Turing thesis,
Decidability, Halting problem, Reducibility.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. H. R. Lewis and C. H. Papadimitriou, Elements of Theory of
Computation, Prentice-Hall, 2nd Edition, Englewood, New
Jersey, 1997, ISBN: 0-13-26247&-8.
2. R. E. Hodel, An Introduction to Mathematical Logic, PWS
Publishing Company, Boston, 1995, ISBN: 9780534944407.

Reference Books:
3. J. Hopcroft, R. Motwani, and J. Ullman, Introduction to
991 Go to Index
 Automata Theory, Language, and Computation, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 2001. ISBN:0201441241.

4. M. Sipser, Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Cengage

India Private Limited, 3rd Edition, 2014, ISBN: 8131771865.

992 Go to Index
Course Code MA 207
Title of the Differential Equations-II
Course
Course Category Institute Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
3-1-0-2 (half semester)
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if None
any
Objective of the This is a foundation course on differential equations for UG students.
Course
Course ● Students will be trained to solve various types of higher ordinary
Outcomes differential equations and partial differential equations.
● Students will also be exposed to the real-life applications of Laplace,
wave, and heat equations.
Course Syllabus ● Review of power series and series solutions of ODEs.
● Regular singular points, method of Frobenius, Bessel equation and
Bessel function.
● Legendre equation and Legendre Polynomials.
● Strum-Liouville problems, Fourier series.
● Classification of linear second order PDEs in two variables,
D'Alembert solution to the wave equations, Laplace, Wave, and Heat
equations with applications.
Suggested Text Books:
Books 1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons,
2020, ISBN: 9781119455929.
2. W.E. Boyce and R. Diprima, Elementary Differential Equations, John
Wiley & Sons, 2022, ISBN: 9781119820512.

Reference Books:
3. R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Fourier Series and Boundary Value
Problems, McGraw-Hill Inc., 2019, ISBN: 9787560381251.
4. G. Simmons, Differential Equations with Applications and
Historical Notes, Taylor & Francis, 2017, ISBN: 9781498702591.

993 Go to Index
Course code MA 208 /CS 204

Title of the Course Design and Analysis of Algorithms

Course Category Department Core

L - T - P - Credits:
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics/Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

Objective of the Course This is an introductory course in the field of computer algorithms.

At the end of the course, students will know the basics of

 algorithm analysis,
Course Outcomes
 algorithm design, and
 different problem classes.

• Algorithm Analysis: Time and Space Complexity;

Computational Tractability (Best, Average & Worst Cases),
Asymptotic Bounds (Lower, Upper & Tight Bounds).

Course Syllabus • Algorithm Design: Divide and Conquer; Greedy, Dynamic

Programming, Branch and Bound.

• Problem Classes: Reducibility and Intractability, P, NP,

PSPACE, NP-Complete, and NP-Hard.

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein,
Introduction to Algorithms (Eastern Economy Edition), 3rd
Suggested Books Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. (Originally MIT Press), 2010.
ISBN: 978-8120340077
Reference books:
2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2022. ISBN: 978-0132131087

994 Go to Index
Course Code MA 209

Title of the Course Foundations of Mathematical Analysis

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra
Objective of the Students will have fundamental knowledge and problem-solving skills in
Course analysis in metric space and convergence criteria in sequences and
series of functions.
Course Outcomes ● Students will have knowledge of different topologies on
Euclidean spaces.
● They will have an understanding of the space of continuous
functions.
Course Content • Review of calculus and highlights of its applications

• Introduction to metric space, Finite-dimensional normed space

( ) as with -norms, real word implication of norms,
illustration of unit balls in , Finite-dimensional inner product
space

• Topology on Uniform continuity, convergence and

completeness in

properties of compact sets in , Extreme Value Theorem and

approximation result for closest point, Intermediate Value
Theorem on a connected subset of Cantor set

• p-norm on C[0,1], sequence, series and their convergence in

C[0,1], Weierstrass theorem, topological properties of C[0,1],
Nowhere differentiable function

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. N. L. Carothers, Real Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2009,

995 Go to Index
 ISBN: 0521497566.
2. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, McGrawHill,
1983, ISBN: 0-07-054235-X.

Reference Books:
3. K. R. Davidson and A. P. Donsig, Real Analysis with Real
Applications, Prentice Hall, 2002, ISBN: 978-0-387-98097-3.
4. T. M. Apostol, Calculus: Volumes 1 and 2, Wiley Eastern, 1980,
ISBN: 978-0-471-00005-1.
5. T. M. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishers, 2002,
ISBN: 9788185015668.
6. S. Kumaresan, Topology of Metric Spaces, Narosa Publishers,
2011, ISBN: 978-8184870589.

996 Go to Index
Course Code MA 210

Title of the Course Elementary Number Theory and Algebra

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Mathematics

Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of linear algebra
Objective of the To expose the students to the basic ideas of algebra. At the end of the
Course course, students should be exposed to fundamental knowledge and
problem-solving skills in number theory and groups.

Course Outcomes Making students familiar with groups, ring and fields which will help
them in cryptography and coding theory.

Course Content • Number theory: Integers, divisibility in integers, GCD, LCM,

Bezout’s identity, modular arithmetic, Chinese remainder theorem,
Fermat’s little theorem, Euler Phi-function.

• Group theory: Cyclic, dihedral, symmetric, matrix groups, normal

subgroups and quotient groups, conjugacy classes, isomorphism
theorems, group automorphisms, symmetric group and alternating
group, class equations, Cauchy’s theorem (without proof), rings,
integral domains, ideals, quotient rings, prime and maximal ideals,
ring homomorphisms, polynomial rings, factorization in
polynomial rings, fields, characteristic of a field, field extensions.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, 2005, ISBN:
997151253X.
2. D. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, McGraw Hill
Education, 2017, ISBN: 9355325126.

Reference Books:
3. D. S. Dummit and R.M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, John Wiley &
Sons, 2003, ISBN: 812651776X.
4. M. Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall of India, 1999, ISBN:
997 Go to Index
 8184956754.
5. I. Niven, H. S. Zuckerman, and H. L. Montgomery, An
Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, John Wiley & Sons,
1991, ISBN: 9788126518111.

998 Go to Index
Course code MA 211 / CS 201

Title of the course Discrete Mathematical Structures

Course category Department Core

L - T - P – Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic courses on mathematics

This course will introduce the basic concepts of discrete

Objective of the Course
mathematics and its applications.

● Students will learn about discrete mathematical

structures like sets, relations, functions, groups, graphs,
Course Outcome etc.
● They will also learn about proof techniques and how to
apply them to prove lemmas, theorems, etc.

• Elementary counting techniques

• Propositions and predicates, proofs and proof
techniques.
• Sets, relations and functions, cardinality
Course Syllabus • Posets and lattices: Dilworth`s theorem, inversion and
distributive lattices
• Graph theory basics: paths, cycles, trees, connectivity
• Group theory: Lagrange`s theorem, homomorphisms,
applications

Textbooks:
1. K. H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its
Applications, Mc Graw Hill, 2019, ISBN:
9781259676512
Suggested Books
Reference books:
2. R. P Grimaldi, Discrete and Combinatorial
Mathematics, Pearson, 2017, ISBN:
9788177584240

999 Go to Index
Course Code MA 212

Title of the Course Regression Analysis

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Probability and Statistics

Objective of the Course Understanding of data modelling and forecasting concepts. It has
several applications in the fields of machine learning and data
science.
Course Outcomes ● understand and apply regression techniques to model and
analyse the relationship between variables,
● interpret the coefficients of regression models, and predict
the new observations.
Course Syllabus ● Simple Linear Regression: Least-squares and maximum
likelihood estimation of the parameters, hypothesis testing on
the slope and intercept, interval estimation, prediction of new
observations, coefficient of determination, regression through
the origin.
● Multiple Linear Regression: Estimation of the model
parameters, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals,
prediction of new observations.
● Model Adequacy Checking: Residual analysis, methods for
scaling residuals, residual plots, detection and treatment of
outliers, lack of fit of the regression model.
● Model Inadequacies Corrections: Variance-stabilizing
transformations, transformations to linearize the model, box–
cox method, generalized and weighted least squares.
● Multicollinearity, variance inflation factors, ridge regression,
variable selection and model building, logistic regression
models, Poisson regression.

1000 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. D. C. Montgomery, E. A. Peck, G. G. Vining, Introduction to
Linear Regression Analysis, Wiley, India, 2012, ISBN: 978-
0470542811.
2. M. H. Kutner, C. J. Nachtsheim, J. Neter, W. Li, Applied Linear
Statistical Models, McGraw-Hill, Irwin, 2005, ISBN: 0-07-
238688-6.

Reference Books:
3. N. R. Draper, H. Smith, Applied Regression Analysis, Wiley,
1998, ISBN: 978-0471170822.

1001 Go to Index
Course code MA 213/ CS 203

Title of the course Data Structures and Algorithms

Course Category Department Core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Computer Programming

● This Course is designed to provide an introduction

Objective of the Course to the theory and practice of different data
structures.
● This course will also provide familiarity with the
algorithms for those data structures.

Students will learn the uses of data structures to make

Course Outcomes
efficient algorithms

● Introduction to data structures, Abstract data types,

Analysis of algorithms, Introduction to complexity
analysis and measures.
● Arrays – operations and addressing, Linked list
(singly, doubly, and circular), Stack ADT and its
applications in expression evaluation and recursion,
Queue ADT and its variants such as circular queues
and double-ended queues. Hashing and hash tables,
Course Syllabus Recursion.
● Tree ADT, Binary trees – properties and traversals,
Binary search trees, Height balanced trees -- AVL
trees, Binary heaps, and priority queues.
● Graph ADT, Graph representation, Graph traversal –
breadth-first search, depth-first search, and
topological ordering, Connected components, cut-
vertices, 2-connected components
● Algorithms and data structures for sorting and
searching, Order statistics.

Textbooks:
Suggested Books 1. S. Sahni, Data structures, algorithms, and
applications in C++, McGraw-Hill, 1998, ISBN:
978-0929306322

1002 Go to Index
 2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C.
Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, (3rd Edition),
Prentice Hall, 2009. ISBN: 978-81-203-4007-7
Reference Books:
3. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming:
Fundamental Algorithms, Vol. 1 (3rd Edition,
1997) and Vol 3, (2nd Edition, 1998), Addison-
Wesley Professional. ISBN: 978-0137935109
4. M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia, and D. Mount, Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, ISBN: 978-0-470-38327-8

1003 Go to Index
Course Code MA 215

Title of the Course Probability and Statistics

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Mathematics

Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Nil

Objective of the This is a foundation course on probability and statistics for UG students.
Course
Course Outcomes ● understand the techniques of data collection, analysis, and
interpretation, enabling them to make informed decisions in diverse
fields,
● learn a solid foundation in probability and statistics, empowering
them to analyze data, and draw meaningful conclusions.
Course Content • Descriptive Statistics: Data collection techniques, organizing and
presenting data, frequency distributions, measures of central
tendency, variation, skewness, and kurtosis.
• Probability and Random Variable: Axiomatic definition of
probability, conditional probability and Bayes rule, random variables,
cumulative distribution function, and its properties, histogram
density estimation and bootstrap, discrete random variables,
probability mass function, continuous random variables, probability
density function, functions of random variables, expectation and
moment of a random variable, moment generating function,
probability integral transform.
• Probability Distributions: Bernoulli, binomial, geometric, negative
binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, gamma, Weibull,
beta, Cauchy, normal.
• Random Vectors: Joint distributions, marginal and conditional
distributions, independence of random variables, covariance and
correlation.
• Inequalities and Limit Theorems: Markov’s inequality, Chebyshev’s
inequality, Jensen’s inequality, convergence in probability and
1004 Go to Index
 convergence in distribution, weak law of large numbers and central
limit theorem.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. S. M. Ross, Introductory Statistics, Academic Press, USA, 2017,
ISBN: 978-0-12-804317-2.
2. D. C. Montgomery and G. C. Runger, Applied Statistics and
Probability for Engineers, Wiley, 2016, ISBN: 978-8126562947.

Reference Books:
3. S. M. Ross, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, Academic Press, 2004, ISBN:
9780123704832.
4. J. A. Rice, Mathematical Statistics and Data Analysis, Duxbury
Press, 2006, ISBN: 0-534-39942-8.
5. I. R. Miller, J.E. Freund, R. Johnson, Probability and Statistics for
Engineers, Prentice-Hall (I) Ltd, India, 2011, ISBN:
9788177581843.

1005 Go to Index
Course code MA 217
Title of the course Linear Programming
Course Category Department Elective

L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basics linear algebra and coordinate geometry

This course aims to develop basic understanding of linear
Objective of the Course
programming problems.
Students will learn basics of linear programming, solution methods,
Course Outcomes
essence of duality and applications
● Introduction to linear programming, formulating a linear
Course Syllabus
program, feasibility and optimality, solution space, some
practical examples on feasibility, optimality and sensitivity.
● Graphically solving linear programming problems (LPP)
with two variables, canonical and standard form of LPP,
formalizing the graphical method, problems with alternate
optimal solutions, no solutions, and unbounded feasible
regions.
● Simplex method: Computational procedure, use of artificial
variables, Big M method, applications of simplex algorithm.
● Duality: Primal-dual pair, formulating a dual problem,
duality theorems, complementary slackness theorem.
● Solving linear programming with MATLAB/R, applications
to industrial problems.

Text Books:
Suggested Books
1. H. A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction,
Pearson Education, 2022, ISBN: 9780137625819.
2. S. Bazaraa, J. J. Jarvis and H. D. Sherali, Linear
Programming and Network Flows, Wiley, 2011, ISBN:
9781118211328.
Reference Books:
3. N. S. Kambo, Mathematical Programming Techniques,
Revised Edition, Affiliated East-West Press, 2008, ISBN:
9788185336473.
4. G. Murty, Linear Programming, Wiley, 1983, ISBN:
9780471892496.

1006 Go to Index
Course code MA 219
Title of the course Introduction to Dynamical Systems
Course Category Department Elective
L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic calculus and ordinary differential equations

Objective of the Course This course introduces relevant tools and techniques used in
analysing dynamic equations applied to modelling real-world
problems.
Course Outcomes ● Formulating models of electrophysiology, chemical
reactions, dynamics of the human heart, etc.
● Analyzing slow-fast dynamics and implement it for the
population models.

● Introduction to linear and nonlinear autonomous systems,

Course Syllabus complete solutions, flows, blow-up, equilibrium and local
stability, asymptotic stability, quasi-stability, exponential
stability, Hartman-Grobman theorem.
● Oscillation theory, weakly perturbed linear oscillators,
multiple time scale analysis, relaxation oscillations and
multiple limit cycles, Stuart–Landau oscillator networks.
● Introduction to monotone dynamical systems, Metzler
matrices, Kamke’s condition, Ji-Fa’s theorem, Smillie’s
theorem, dynamics of cooperative and competitive systems,
application to the Ribosome flow model and
electrophysiology.
● Numerical simulations and applications: Modelling electric
circuits, enzyme kinetics, chemical oscillators and the
Belousov-Zabitinsky reaction, population models, dynamics of
neurons and human heart.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. R. C. Hilborn, Chaos and Nonlinear Dynamics, Oxford
University Press, 2000, ISBN: 978-0198507239.
2. H. L. Smith, Monotone Dynamical Systems: An
Introduction to the Theory of Competitive Cooperative
Systems, American Mathematical Society, 2008, ISBN: 978-
0821844878.

1007 Go to Index
Reference Books:
3. S. H. Strogatz, Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos, Westview
Press, 2015, ISBN: 978-0-8133-4910-7.
4. D. W. Jordon, P. Smith, Nonlinear Ordinary Differential
Equations: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers,
Oxford University Press, 2007, ISBN: 978-0199208258.

1008 Go to Index
Course code MA 253/ CS 253

Title of the course Data Structures and Algorithms Lab

Course Category Department Core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics/Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Computer Programming

This Course is designed to provide

● an introduction to the theory and practice of different data
Objective of the Course
structures
● familiarity with the algorithms for those data structures

Students will learn uses of data structures to make efficient

Course Outcomes
algorithms.

● Implementation of array, linked list, stack, and queue

● Implementation of tree and graph data structure
Course Syllabus
● Implementation of sorting and searching,
● Implementation of Hash and hash tables and order statistics.

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein,
Introduction to Algorithms, (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall,
2009. ISBN: 978-81-203-4007-7
Reference Books:
Suggested Books 2. D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming:
Fundamental Algorithms, Vol. 1 (3rd Edition, 1997) and
Vol 3, (2nd Edition, 1998), Addison-Wesley Professional.
ISBN: 978-0137935109
3. M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia, and D. Mount, Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++, 2nd Edition, Wiley.
ISBN: 978-0-470-38327-8

1009 Go to Index
Course code MA 254/CS 254

Title of the Course Design and Analysis of Algorithms Laboratory

Course Category Department Core

L - T - P - Credits:
Credit Structure
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics/Computer Science and Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

Objective of the Course This is an introductory course in the field of computer algorithms.

At the end of the course, students will know the basics of

Course Outcomes  algorithm analysis and design
 different problem classes.

● Runtime analysis of different sorting algorithms and linked lists

in best-case, worst-case, and average-case.
● Implementation and analysis of algorithms based upon the
following design techniques:
○ Divide and Conquer Strategy (Closest Pair of Points,
Course Syllabus Integer Multiplication, Matrix Multiplication, Fast
Fourier Transform etc.).
○ Greedy Strategy (Interval Partitioning, Dijkstra's
Algorithm, Minimum Spanning Tree etc.).
● Dynamic Programming Strategy (Weighted Interval Scheduling,
Sequence Alignment, Bellman-Ford Algorithm etc.).

Textbooks:
1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein,
Introduction to Algorithms (Eastern Economy Edition), 3rd
Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. (Originally MIT Press), 2010.
Suggested Books ISBN: 978-8120340077

Reference books:
2. J. Kleinberg and E. Tardos, Algorithm Design, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2022. ISBN: 978-0132131087

1010 Go to Index
Course Code MA 301
Title of the Course Matrix Computations
Course Category Department Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra
Objective of the Course This course is aimed at understanding the theoretical and
computational aspects of important algorithms and
techniques of scientific computing.
Course Outcomes • To solve application problems involving matrix
computation algorithms and understanding the
relationships between the computational effort and
the accuracy of these algorithms.

• Knowledge of effect of errors in computations.

Course Syllabus • Review of basic linear algebra, minimal polynomials,

Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, triangulation,
diagonalization, Invariant subspace, Rational
canonical form, Jordan canonical form.
• Linear least-squares problems: Rotation and
reflections, QR factorization, Gram-Schmidt
orthogonalization, SVD and Moore-Penrose
pseudoinverse, low-rank approximation by SVD,
solution of least-squares problems by normal
equation, QR method. Eigenvalue problems:
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Schur theorem, Inner
product space, spectral theorems for Hermitian and
normal matrices, power and inverse power methods,
QR algorithm for eigenvalue problems. Iterative
methods for linear systems: SOR, and CG methods.

1011 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. D. S. Watkins, Fundamentals of Matrix
Computations, Wiley, 2010, ISBN: 9780470528334.
2. G. Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications,
Academic Press, 2006, ISBN: 978-8131501726.
3. C. T. Kelley, Iterative Methods for Linear and
Nonlinear Equations, SIAM, 1995, ISBN:
9780898713527.

Reference Books:
4. G. H. Golub, C. F. Van Loan, Matrix Computations, The
Johns Hopkins University Press, 2013, ISBN:
9781421407944.
5. L. N. Trefethen, D. Bau, Numerical Linear Algebra,
SIAM, 1997, ISBN: 9780898713619.
6. J. W. Demmel, Applied Numerical Linear Algebra,
SIAM, 1997, ISBN: 9780898713893.

1012 Go to Index
Course Code MA 303/ CS 303

Title of the Course Operating Systems

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3

Name of the Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering

Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NIL

Objective of the This course will introduce the basic components of operating systems
Course and functionalities.
Course Outcomes Understanding basic functionalities of operating system for efficient
performance of the processes
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Overview of important features of computer
architectures for OS operation; Service and system performance
• Multiprogramming: Concurrency and parallelism; Processes and
threads; Process synchronization; Process deadlocks
• Memory management: Paging; Segmentation; Virtual memory
• File systems: File operations. File protection
• Case Studies: Case studies of contemporary operating systems

Suggested Books Text books:

1. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Principles, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2005, ISBN:
9788126509621.
Reference books:
2. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, 9th edition, Wiley, 2018, ISBN: 9781118063330.
3. W. Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design
Principles, 5th edition, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN:
9780134670959.

1013 Go to Index
Course Code MA 304/ CS 304N

Title of the Course Computational Intelligence

Course Category Department Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Computer Programming, Data structure, and Design
and Analysis of Algorithm
Objective of the Course Basics of machine learning techniques
Course Outcomes Understanding of machine learning techniques and implementation
Course Syllabus ● Introduction: Overview, Basics of Problem solving as an
Artificial Intelligence problem, Computational Intelligence,
Applications. Intelligent Search techniques, Knowledge
representation,
● Methodologies: Computational intelligence methodologies;
Learning, adaptation: Artificial neural networks: feed-forward,
recurrent and multi-layer architectures; Supervised and
unsupervised learning; Characteristics: adaptability, fault
tolerance, generalization; limitations of neuro-computing.
● Different learning algorithms: Perceptron, Back propagation,
Hopefield, Kohenen networks. Uncertainty treatment: Fuzzy
sets - Basic Definition; Fuzzy-set- theoretic Operations –
Member Function Formulation and Parameterization – Fuzzy
Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy If-Then Rules Hybrid
computational learning : Fuzzy Neural Networks and
Evolutionary Algorithms
● Detailed Discussion from Example Domains: Industry,
Language, Medicine, Verification, Vision, Knowledge Based
Systems etc.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach, Pearson, 2010. ISBN: 978-0136042594
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill
Education, 2017. ISBN: 978-0070087705
Reference books:
3. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft
Computing, Prentice Hall of India and Pearson Education,
1014 Go to Index
 2004. ISBN: 978-9332549883
4. D.E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization
and Machine Learning, Addison Wesley, 1989. ISBN:
9781584883883
5. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic
and Genetic Algorithms, Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN:
9788120321861
6. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Computational
Intelligence - PC Tools, AP Professional, 1996. ISBN: 978-
0122286308

1015 Go to Index
Course Code MA 305

Title of the Course Data Science

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Prerequisite, if any Basics of linear algebra, probability and statistics
Objective of the Course This is a foundation course on data science for UG students.

Course Outcomes The students will understand the fundamental concepts of data
science, supervised/unsupervised learning and their applications to
industrial problems.
Course Syllabus • Concept of data science, data editing, missing data and logical
operators, data management with repeats, sorting, ordering, and
lists, statistical functions for handling data through graphics,
programming and illustration with examples.

• Overview of concepts: Bias/variance, overfitting and train/test

splits of data, confusion matrix, accuracy metrics, receiver
operator characteristics (ROC) curve, unbalanced datasets, types
of machine learning-supervised (regression and classification),
unsupervised (clustering), classification and regression
algorithms - K-Nearest neighbors, support vector machines
(SVM) for classification and regression problems, kernel based
SVM and their generalization ability.
• Principal component analysis in high dimension - rank and
covariance estimation, graph, networks and clustering, k-means
and spectral clustering, introduction to diffusion maps of point
clouds and relationship to spectral clustering, semi-supervised
learning - introduction.

• Data science applications such as weather forecasting, stock

market prediction, credit card fraud detection, object
recognition, real time sentiment analysis, disease diagnosis, etc.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1016 Go to Index
 1. A. Blum, J. Hopcroft, and R. Kannan, Foundations of Data
Science, Cambridge University Press, 2020, ISBN:
9781108485067.
2. J. A. Rice, Mathematical Statistics and Data Analysis,
Cengage, Boston, 2013, ISBN: 9788131519547.

Reference Books:
3. S. Marsland, Machine Learning-An Algorithmic Perspective,
CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, 2015, ISBN:
9781138583405.
4. M. P. Deisenroth, A. A. Faisal, and C. S. Ong, Mathematics for
Machine Learning, Cambridge University Press, 2020, ISBN:
9781108455145.
5. T. T. Soong, Fundamentals of Probability and Statistics for
Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, 2004, ISBN: 0470868147.
6. P. Teetor, R Cookbook, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2011, ISBN:
9780596809157.

1017 Go to Index
Course Code MA 306

Title of the Course Monte-Carlo Simulation

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of calculus, probability and statistics
Objective of the Course This course supply all the basic tools and theory for understanding the
Monte-Carlo simulation and demonstrate its applications in
mathematics and finance.
Course Outcomes • The student will learn how to generate random numbers and its
usage in Monte-Carlo simulation.

• The students will be able to evaluate integrals, finding roots,

maximum-likelihood estimation using Monte-Carlo simulation.

Course Content • Uniform random number generation, apparent randomness of

pseudo-random number generators, generating random numbers
from nonuniform continuous distributions, generating random
numbers from discrete distributions.

• Random samples associated with Markov chains, variance

reduction for one-dimensional Monte-Carlo integration, errors in
numerical integration.

• Theory of low-discrepancy sequences, finding a root, maximization

of functions, maximum-likelihood estimation, estimating
derivatives, the score function estimator.

1018 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. G. S. Fishman, Monte Carlo Concepts, Algorithms, and
Applications, Springer, 1996, ISBN: 9780387945279.

2. I. T. Dimov, Monte Carlo Methods for Applied Scientists, World

Scientific, 2008, ISBN: 9789812779892.

Reference Books:
3. C. Robert, G. Casella, Monte Carlo Statistical Methods, Springer,
2013, ISBN: 9781475730715.

4. W. Wang, Monte Carlo Simulation with Applications to Finance,

Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2019, ISBN: 9780367381356.

5. D. L. McLeish, Monte Carlo Simulation and Finance, Wiley, 2005,

ISBN: 9780471677789.

1019 Go to Index
Course code MA 307 / CS 307

Title of the Course Optimization Algorithms and Techniques

Course Category Department Core

L-T-P-Credits
Credit Structure
2–1–0-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics/Computer Science & Engineering
Discipline

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

This is an introductory course in the field of mathematical

Objective of the Course
optimization.

At the end of the course, students will know

● The Basics of Optimization,
Course Outcomes
● Unconstrained and Constrained Optimization, and
● Linear and Quadratic Programming.

● Introduction to Optimization and Math Foundation:

Type of Problems, Examples, Formulations, Applications,
Notations, and Convexity.
● Unconstrained Optimization: Necessary and Sufficient
conditions for a Minima; Linear Search and Trust Region
Methods; Multi-dimensional Minimization - Steepest
descent, Newton, Gauss Newton, Quasi Newton; One-
Dimensional minimization - Dichotomous, Quadratic &
Course Syllabus
Cubic Interpolation.
● Constrained Optimization: Conversion to Unconstrained,
Lagrange Multipliers, Necessary and Sufficient Conditions
for Minima (KKT), and Duality.
● Linear Programming: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions
for a Minima for a Linear Program, Derivation and
Implementation of Simplex, Starting Simplex, and Interior-
Point Methods.

1020 Go to Index
 Textbooks:
1. J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 1st
Edition, Springer, 2006. ISBN: 781493937110
Suggested Books Reference books:
2. A. Antoniou and W.-S.g Lu, Practical Optimization:
Algorithms and Engineering Applications, 2nd Edition,
Springer, 2021. ISBN: 9781071608432

1021 Go to Index
Course Code MA 308

Title of the Course Techniques in Parallel Computing

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

0-1-2-2
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of linear algebra

Objective of the Course To demonstrate the parallel computing techniques to solve
mathematical problems.

Course Outcomes Understanding major benefits and limitations of parallel computing.

Course Content • Concept of parallelism, scope of parallel computing, sources of

overhead in parallel programs.

• Performance metrics for parallel systems, scalability of parallel

systems, asymptotic analysis of parallel programs, matrix-vector
multiplication, matrix-matrix multiplication.

• Solving a system of linear equations, sequential search

algorithms, search overhead factor, parallel depth-first search,
parallel best-first search.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. A. Grama, A. Gupta, G. Karypis, and V. Kumar, Introduction
to Parallel Computing, Addison Wesley, 2003, ISBN:
0201648652.
2. M. J. Quinn, Parallel Computing: Theory and Practice, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002, ISBN: 9780070512948.

Reference Books:
3. W. P. Petersen, and P. Arbenz, Introduction to Parallel
Computing, Oxford Texts in Applied and Engineering
Mathematics, 2004, ISBN: 019 8515766.
4. P. S. Pacheco, An Introduction to Parallel Programming,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2011, ISBN: 9780123742605.
5. D. B. Kirk and W. W. Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel
1022 Go to Index
Processors: A Hands-on Approach, Morgan Kaufmann,
2016, ISBN: 9780128119860.

1023 Go to Index
Course Code MA 309

Title of the Course Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned Mathematics

Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of differential equations

Objective of the Course The course will introduce some numerical techniques for solving
partial differential equations that are used for modelling many
practical problems and the theories behind them.
Course Outcomes Students will be able to choose suitable methods to solve different
types of differential equations numerically.
Course Syllabus • Finite difference method: Explicit and implicit schemes;
consistency, stability and convergence, maximum principle,
Lax's equivalence theorem; FTCS, ADI methods, Lax-Wendroff
method, upwind scheme, CFL conditions.
• Finite element method: Variational methods, method of
weighted residuals, finite element analysis of one- and two-
dimensional problems.
• Finite volume schemes, conservation properties, multigrid
methods and boundary integral methods.
• Recent progresses on numerical PDEs arising in the applicable
field will be discussed and demonstrated through computations.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. P. Knabner, L. Angermann, Numerical Methods for Elliptic
and Parabolic Partial Differential Equations, Springer,
2003, ISBN: 038795449X.
2. G. D. Smith, Numerical Solutions of Partial Differential
Equations, Calrendorn Press, 1985, ISBN: 9780198596509.

Reference Books:
3. G. F. Pinder, Numerical Methods for Solving Partial
Differential Equations: A Comprehensive Introduction for
Scientists and Engineers, 2018, John Wiley and Sons, Inc,
ISBN: 9781119316114.
4. M. S. Gockenbach, Partial Differential Equations Analytical
and Numerical Methods, SIAM, 2002, ISBN: 0898715180.
1024 Go to Index
5. M. M. Hafez, J. J. Chattot, Innovative Methods for Numerical
Solutions of Partial Differential Equations, World
Scientific, 2002, ISBN: 9810248105.
6. R. J. LeVeque, Finite Volume Methods for Hyperbolic
Problems, Cambridge University Press, 2002,
ISBN: 9780521009249.

1025 Go to Index
Course Code MA 310

Title of the Course Algorithmic Techniques and Applications of Data Science

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Linear Algebra, Probability and Statistics, Discrete Mathematics

Objective of the Course This course will provide fundamentals of algorithmic techniques of
data science and presents different applications wherein such
techniques are applied.
Course Outcomes The students will learn the fundamental principles of data science and
the mathematical foundations related to high dimensional space, SVD,
random walks, etc.
Course Syllabus • High Dimensional Space: Law of large numbers, geometry of high
himensions, properties of unit ball, generating points, uniformly at
random from a ball, Gaussians in high dimension, random
projection and Johnson-Lindenstrauss lemma.

• Singular Value Decomposition (SVD): SVD applications to

discrete optimization problems.

• Random Walks and Markov Chain: Stationary distribution,

Markov Chain Monte Carlo, Metropolis Hasting algorithm, areas and
volumes, convergence of random walks on undirected graphs,
random walks in Euclidean space.

• Foundations of Machine Learning: Perceptron algorithm, kernel

functions, generalizing new data, overfitting and uniform
convergence, online learning, strong and weak learning, stochastic
gradient descent.

• Algorithms for Massive Data Problems: Streaming, sketching,

sampling.

1026 Go to Index
 • Advanced Topics in Data Science: Clustering techniques, linear
methods for regression and classification, basis expansion and
regularization, kernel smoothing methods, model assessment and
selection, model inference and averaging, additive models, logistic
regression, trees and related methods, boosting and additive trees,
decision trees, random forests, neural networks, recurrent neural
networks (RNNs).

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman, Elements of Statistical
Learning, Springer, 2013, ISBN: 9781489905185.
2. A. Blum, J. Hopcroft and R. Kannan, Foundations of Data
Science, Cambridge University Press, 2020, ISBN:
9781108485067.
Reference Books:
3. C. C. Aggarwal and C. K. Reddy, Data Clustering, Algorithms and
Applications., Chapman and Hall, CRC Press, 2013, ISBN:
9781466558229.
4. M. J. Kearns and U. Vazirani, An Introduction to Computational
Learning Theory, The MIT Press, 1994, ISBN: 9780262111935.

1027 Go to Index
Course Code MA 311

Title of the Course Statistical Distribution Theory

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Probability and Statistics

Objective of the Course This course deals with multivariate distributions and their
applications. The concept of copula function will be introduced for
measuring the dependence between multivariate random variables.
Course Outcomes ● understanding the multivariate probability distributions.
● apply statistical techniques involving two or more dependent
variables using copula functions.
Course Syllabus ● Review of standard univariate distributions, distribution of
function of random variable, Jacobians of transformation
technique, random sample generation from univariate
distributions.
● Bivariate distributions, conditional distributions, conditional
expectation and variance, independence of random variables,
covariance, Pearson and Spearman correlations, distributions of
functions of random variables, including sums, means, products
and ratios, convolution technique.
● Bivariate and multivariate normal distributions and their
properties, bivariate exponential distribution and their
properties, copula function and their applications, and
construction of bivariate distributions using copula functions.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. V. K. Rohatgi and A. K. Md. E. Saleh, An Introduction to
Probability and Statistics, Wiley, 2001, ISBN: 9788126519262.
2. G. Casella and R. L. Berger, Statistical Inference, Cengage
Learning, (Duxbury Advanced Series), 2002, ISBN:
9788131503942.

Reference Books:
1028 Go to Index
3. J. A. Rice, Mathematical Statistics and Data Analysis. Duxbury
Press, 2006, ISBN: 0534399428.
4. R. V. Hogg, J. McKean, and A. T. Craig, Introduction to
Mathematical Statistics, Pearson Education, 2019, ISBN:
9789332519114.
5. R. B. Nelsen, An Introduction to Copulas, Springer, 2006, ISBN:
9780387286594.

1029 Go to Index
 MA 313 / CS 313
Course code

Title of the course Computer Networks

Course Category Department Core

L - T - P - Credits
Credit Structure
2-0-2-3

Name of the Concerned

Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Knowledge of data structures and algorithms, programming

Pre-requisite if any
skills in C/C++/python

This course will introduce computer networking protocols and

Objective of the Course
performance analysis of networks.

Course outcome Understanding the basic functionalities of computer networks

● Network Architecture and protocols. History of networking–

Circuit switching and packet switching. Network
performance metrics–Throughput and delay
● Application layer–HTTP, DNS, CDN, SMTP, P2P etc.,
Course Syllabus ● Transport layer–UDP and TCP, Reliability and congestion
control in TCP.
● Socket programming, Introduction to Network Layer.
Routing protocols. Interdomain routing–BGP
● Link layer and physical layer, Performance analysis of
networks. Router Architecture, Resource allocation, and
QoS, Network simulation version 3 (NS3).
● Introduction to next-generation networks.
● Practical components:
○ Experimental study of application protocols such as
HTTP, FTP, SMTP, using network packet sniffers and
analyzers
○ Socket programming - Small exercises in socket
programming in C/C++/Java.
○ Experiments with packet sniffers to study the TCP
protocol.
○ Introduction to ns3 (network simulator) and small
simulation exercises to study TCP behavior under
different scenarios.
○ Setting up a small IP network in ns3

1030 Go to Index
 ○ Experiments with ns3 to study Ethernet and 802.11
wireless LAN.
○ Programming with pcap

Suggested Books Textbooks:

1. J. Kurose and K. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-
Down Approach, Pearson Education, 8th Ed. 2022. ISBN:
978-9356061316
Reference books:
2. L. Peterson and B. Davie, Computer Networks, A
Systems Approach, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc, 6th
ed. 2021, ISBN: 978-0128182000
3. W. R. Stevens, Unix Network Programming: The Sockets
Networking API, Pearson Education, 3rd ed. 2017, ISBN:
978-9332549746
4. Bertsekas and Gallager, Data Networks, Pearson
Education 2nd ed., 2015. ISBN:978-9332550476

1031 Go to Index
Course Code MA 314
Title of the Course Random Matrices
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Discipline
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra
Objective of the Course This course introduces random matrices and their applications.

Course Outcomes Students will learn how the different ensembles of random matrices are
defined and their applications in various fields including data science,
mathematical Finance, etc.
Course Syllabus • Random matrices in science and applications: Random matrices
in statistics, physics, telecommunications, numerical analysis,
community detection in networks
• Norms of random matrices: Norm of a random symmetric matrix,
norms of rectangular matrices, the moment method, Gaussian
processes, Sudakov-Fernique inequality
• Sample covariance matrices: Concentration inequalities and
moment inequalities for the sample covariance matrices, spectral
projectors, principal component analysis
• Gaussian ensembles of random matrices: Gaussian Unitary
Ensemble (GUE), Gaussian Orthogonal ensemble (GOE), Wishart
ensemble, eigenvalues density, eigenvectors, determinantal
structure, spectral statistics, Wigner-Dyson-Gaudin-Mehta
conjecture
• Random vectors in high dimension: Multivariate Gaussian
distribution, distribution of norm of random vector, dimensionality
reduction, Johnson- Lindenstrauss lemma

1032 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. G. Anderson, A. Guionnet and O. Zeitouni, An Introduction to
Random Matrices, Cambridge University Press, 2010, ISBN:
9780521194525.

2. M. L. Mehta, Random Matrices, Academic Press, 2004, ISBN:

9780120884094.

Reference Books:
3. T. Tao, Topics in Random Matrix Theory, AMS, 2023, ISBN:
9781470474591.

4. Z. Bai and J. W. Silverstein, Spectral Analysis of Large

Dimensional Random Matrices, Springer, 2010, ISBN:
9781441906601.

1033 Go to Index
Course Code MA 353/ CS 353N
Title of the Course Operating Systems Lab

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Mathematics / Computer Science and Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NIL
Objective of the Course This course will introduce the basic components of operating systems
and functionalities.
Course Outcomes Understanding basic functionalities of operating system for efficient
performance of the processes
Course Syllabus ● OS Programming prerequisites: Familiarities with IPC facilities,
IPC identifiers, IPC keys, Message queues and their internal and
user data structures, System calls related to IPC, Semaphore and
Shared memory.
● CPU scheduling: Simulation programs for long-term, short-term
and medium term schedulers, Simulation for the maintenance of
various scheduling queues such as ready, I/O, blocked etc.,
Implementations of different scheduling algorithms such as FCFS,
SJF, Priority scheduling (preemptive and non-preemptive), Round
robin, multilevel feedback queue scheduling and their performance
evaluations.
● Concurrent Processing and Concurrency Control: Simulation of
updating processe PCBs with shared memory, Implementation of
interprocess communication using simulated semaphore through
(i) shared memory, (ii) synchronized producer-consumer problem,
(ii) Pipes and message passing (asynchronous and synchronous).
Concurrence control with pipes socket for iterative and concurrent
servers
● File Systems Implementation: creating, removing, accessing,
protecting and error handling of EXT2 FS, Registering the virtual
file system in Kernel, accessing superblock information.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Principles, 7th edition, John Wiley, 2005. ISBN:
1034 Go to Index
 9788126509621
Reference books:
2. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, and G. Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, 9th edition, Wiley, 2018. ISBN: 978-1-118-06333-0
3. W. Stallings, Operating Systems: Internals and Design
Principles, 5th edition, Pearson Education, 2005. ISBN: 978-0-
13-467095-9

1035 Go to Index
Course Code MA 354/ CS 354N

Title of the Course Computational Intelligence Lab

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
0-0-3-1.5

Name of the Concerned Mathematics/ Computer Science and Engineering

Department
Pre-requisite, if any Computer Programming, Data structure, Discrete Structure, Design and
Analysis of Algorithm
Objective of the Course Basics of machine learning techniques
Course Outcomes Understanding of machine learning techniques and implementation
Course Syllabus ● AI programming: Prolog, LISP, Experiments to support the
associated theory course that demonstrate the different
applications of Neural, fuzzy, evolutionary and hybrid model;
● Implementation: Minor project based on real life applications
such as Functional approximation; Time-series prediction; Pattern
recognition; Data compression; Control applications, Optimization
etc.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach, Prentice Hall Series in AI, 1995. ISBN: 978-
9332543515
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill,
1992. ISBN: 978-0-07-067816-3
Reference books:
3. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft
Computing, Prentice Hall and Pearson Education, 2004. ISBN:
978-9332549883
4. D.E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and
Machine Learning, Addison Wesley, 1989. ISBN:
9781584883883
5. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms, Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN: 9788120321861
6. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Computational
Intelligence - PC Tools, AP Professional, 1996. ISBN: 978-
0122286308

1036 Go to Index
Course Code MA 357/ CS 357N

Title of the Course Optimization Algorithms and Techniques Lab

Course Category Department Core

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

0-0-2-1
Name of the Concerned Mathematics/Computer Science and Engineering
Department

Pre-requisite, if any Knowledge of Data Structures and Algorithms

This is an introductory course in the field of mathematical

Objective of the Course
optimization.

Course Outcomes At the end of the course, students will know

● The Basics of Optimization,
● Unconstrained and Constrained Optimization, and
● Linear and Quadratic Programming.

Course Syllabus • Understanding of Matlab/ Scilab via implementation of

Newton's method for solving non-linear system of equations as
well as numerical integration.
• Analyzing convexity of functions numerically.
• Implementation and analysis of Multi-dimensional
Unconstrained Optimization algorithms (Steepest Descent,
Newton, Gauss-Newton, Quasi-Newton, Conjugate Gradients
etc.).
• Implementation and analysis of One-dimensional Unconstrained
Optimization algorithms (Dichotomous, Quadratic Interpolation,
Cubic Interpolation etc.).
• Implementation and analysis of Simplex and Interior Point
Methods for Linear Program.
• Implementation and analysis of Sequential Quadratic Program
for solving general Constrained Optimization problem.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 1st
Edition, Springer, 2006. ISBN: 78-1-4939-3711-0

Reference books:
2. A. Antoniou and W.-S.g Lu, Practical Optimization:
1037 Go to Index
Algorithms and Engineering Applications, 2nd Edition,
Springer, 2021. ISBN: 978-1-0716-0843-2

1038 Go to Index
Course Code MA 402
Title of the Course Industrial Statistics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Probability and Statistics
Objective of the Course Understanding the concepts of quality control and system reliability
techniques.
Course Outcomes Techniques to apply these concepts in industrial problems such as
pharma, automotive industry, etc.
Course Syllabus • Statistical Quality Control: Product quality, need for quality
control, the basic concept of process control, process capability
and product control, theory of control charts, operation and
uses of control charts, probability limits, specification limits,
tolerance limits, 3-sigma limits, and warning limits, control
charts for variables and attributes, modified control charts,
acceptance sampling plans for attributes inspection, single and
double sampling plans and their properties, and plans for
inspection by variables for one-sided and two-sided
specification.

• Reliability Theory: Reliability concepts and measures,

components and systems, coherent systems, reliability of
coherent systems, life distributions, reliability function, hazard
rate, mean residual life and mean time to failure, notions of
ageing: IFR, IFRA, DMRL, NBU, and NBUE classes and their
duals, reliability modellings in series/parallel systems and k-
out-of-n systems.

1039 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality
Control, Seventh edition, Wiley, 2019, ISBN:
9781119399308.
2. J. Navarro, Introduction to System Reliability Theory,
Springer, 2022, ISBN: 9783030869526.

Reference Books:
3. A. J. Duncan, Quality Control and Industrial Statistics,
Irwin, Homewood, 1986, ISBN: 9780256035353.
4. C. D. Lai, and M. Xie, Stochastic Ageing and Dependence for
Reliability. Springer, 2006, ISBN: 0387297421.

1040 Go to Index
Course Code MA 404

Title of the Course Foundation of Approximation Theory

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Department Mathematics

Pre-requisite if any Basic knowledge of calculus, linear algebra

Objective of the Course This course introduces the basic terms and
techniques of approximation theory.

Course Outcomes Students would be able to understand the concept

of approximations of functions by polynomials and
trigonometric functions.
Course Syllabus • Density theorems: Approximation of periodic
function, Weierstrass Theorem, Stone-
Weierstrass Theorem.

• Linear Chebyshev approximation:

Approximation in normed linear space, linear
Chebyshev approximation of vector-valued
functions, Chebyshev polynomials, strong
uniqueness and continuity of metric projection,
discrete best approximation, approximation by
algebraic polynomials.

• Best approximation in normed linear spaces:

Approximative properties of sets,
characterization and duality, continuity of
metric projections.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. H. N. Mhaskar and D. V. Pai, Fundamentals
of Approximation Theory, CRC Press, 2007,
ISBN: 0849309395.
2. M. J. D. Powell, Approximation Theory and
Methods, Cambridge University Press, 1981,
1041 Go to Index
 ISBN: 0521224721.

Reference Books:
3. K. G. Steffens, The History of Approximation
Theory: From Euler to Bernstein,
Birkhauser, Boston, 2006, ISBN:
0817643532.

1042 Go to Index
Course Code MA 405/ MA 605
Title of the Course Differential Equations in Population Dynamics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic concepts of differential equations and numerical methods
Objective of the Course Theory and computational techniques of differential equations will
be applied in population dynamics.
Course Outcomes ● To know some well celebrated models in population dynamics.
● exploring some ecological phenomenon such as the paradox of
enrichment, ecological resilience, hydra effects, etc.
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Mathematical models: necessity, advantages and
limitations; brief history of population models, different tools
and modeling frameworks, birth and death processes in
population models.
• Ordinary differential equations: The Multhus, Verhulst, Lotka-
Volterra, Rosenzweiz-MacArthur and Hestings-Powell models,
Routh-Hurwitz criteria, mean population density in cyclic and
chaotic dynamics, population harvesting, resilience in ecology,
hydra effects, population genetic models, FitzHugh-Nagumo
model.
• Partial differential equations: Fisher’s equation, Turing
instability, pattern formation, spatiotemporal chaos, reaction-
diffusion in ecological and chemical systems, diffusion in delayed
predator-prey systems.
• Delay differential equations: Discrete and distributed delays
in population dynamics, Hopf-bifurcation and stability switching,
delayed harvesting in Nicholson blowflies model, delayed
dispersal in patchy environment, Mackey-Glass equation.
• Impulsive differential equations: Fixed-time and variable-time
impulses, impulses in biological control theory and epidemic
models.
• Computer simulations: Several measures will be quantified in
all the models using numerical methods, and different software
will be implemented to interpret the system dynamics
graphically.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. J. D. Murray, Mathematical Biology: I. An Introduction,
Springer, 2002, ISBN: 9780387952239.
2. R. K. Upadhyay, S. R. K. Iyengar, Spatial Dynamics and
1043 Go to Index
 Pattern Formation in Biological Populations, Chapman and
Hall/CRC, 2021, ISBN: 9780367555504.
Reference Books:
3. K. Gopalsamy, Stability and Oscillations in Delay
Differential Equations of Population Dynamics, Springer,
1992, ISBN: 9780792315940.
4. V. Lakshmikantham, D. D. Bainov, P. S. Simeonov, Theory of
Impulsive Differential Equations, World Scientific, 1989,
ISBN: 9789971509705.

1044 Go to Index
Course Code MA 406
Title of the Course Graph Theory
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P- Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of linear algebra
Objective of the This course explores the theoretical development of graph theory
Course and mathematical models based on it.

Course Outcomes ● Solving problems arising from computer science using graphs and
trees.
● Adapt and demonstrate state-of-the-art algorithms to real-life
situations.
Course Syllabus • Graphs and graph models, graph terminology and special types of
graphs, path problems, incidence matrix, adjacency matrix, degree
sequence of graphs, graph isomorphism, trees and its
characterizations, spanning trees, algorithms for minimum
weighted spanning trees, matching, perfect matching, augmenting
path, bipartite matching, Hall marriage theorem, matching in
general graphs, Tutte’s theorem, Min-Max theorems, Konig-
Egervary theorem.
• Eulerian tour and seven bridges problem, Hamiltonian cycles and
travelling salesman problem, necessary conditions for
Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs,
vertex coloring, edge coloring, Brook’s theorem, network flows,
max-flow min-cut theorem, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, planar
graphs, Euler’s Formula, Kuratowski theorem, four color theorem.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. D. B. West, Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson
Education, 2015, ISBN: 0130144002.
2. J. A. Bondy, U. S. R. Murty, Graph Theory with Applications,
Elsevier Science Publishing Co., Inc., 1984, ISBN:
0444194517.

Reference Books:
3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C. Stein,
Introduction to Algorithms, MIT press, 2009, ISBN:
026204630X
4. R. Diestel, Graph Theory, Springer, 2006, ISBN: 3540261834.
5. A. M. Gibbons, Algorithmic Graph Theory, Cambridge
1045 Go to Index
University Press, 1985, ISBN: 0521288819.

1046 Go to Index
Course Code MA 407/ MA 607
Title of the Course Nonlinear Dynamics and Computations
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-0-2-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Linear Algebra and Ordinary Differential Equations
Objective of the Course Understand the qualitative behaviours of autonomous systems
and discrete maps, and write independent algorithms and coding
in exploring complex dynamics numerically.
Course Outcomes ● Learning the idea of global stability with Lyapunov function.
● Generating Arnold tongue and shrimp structures using
numerical simulation.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to dynamical systems, flows, phase space
analysis, stable and unstable manifolds, Hartman-Grobman
theorem, Lyapunov function and stability.
● Transcritical, saddle-node, pitch-fork, and Hopf-bifurcations,
limit cycles, index theory, Poincare-Bendixson theorem,
homoclinic and heteroclinic orbits, nonlinear centers.
● Lorenz system, Rössler attractor, Chua’s circuit, Kuramoto
oscillator.
● Difference equations, periodic orbits, period-doubling,
Feigenbaum constant, period-bubbling, quasi-periodic, chaos,
Lyapunov exponents, Sharkovskii’s theorem,
synchronization, shadowing lemma, routes to chaos, Ruelle-
Takens embedding theorem, reconstructing an attractor,
Smale horseshoe, the renormalization idea, Neimark-Sacker
bifurcation, Henon map.
● Bifurcations in 2D parameter plane: Isoperiodic diagram,
Arnold tongue, shrimp-shaped structure, spiral structure.
● Numerical simulations: Plotting orbits, phase portrait,
bifurcation diagrams, Lyapunov exponents, organized
structures, etc. using computer programming.
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. S. H. Strogatz, Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos, Westview
Press, 2015, ISBN: 9780813349107.
2. K. T. Alligood, T. D. Sauer and J. A. Yorke, Chaos: An
Introduction to Dynamical Systems, Springer, 1996,
ISBN: 9780387224923.

Reference Books:
3. M. W. Hirsch, S. Smale and R. L. Devaney, Differential
1047 Go to Index
 Equations, Dynamical Systems, and an Introduction to
Chaos, Academic Press, 2012, ISBN: 9780123820105.
4. S. Lynch, Dynamical Systems with Applications using
MATLAB, Springer, 2014, ISBN: 9783319068206.

1048 Go to Index
Course Code MA 408
Title of the Course Mathematical Theory of Waves
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3

Name of the Concerned Mathematics

Department

Pre-requisite, if any Differential Equations

Objective of the Course To expose the students to the basic ideas that underline
linear/non-linear wave motion. To derive important
mathematical tools to deal with problems of wave theory. To
consider simple examples of linear waves on strings, sound
waves and water waves.
Course Outcomes Upon completion of this course, students will know some of
the most interesting wave phenomena that have physical
significance, while at the same time, they will also be
introduced to some of the deeper mathematical issues that
are pertaining to wave motion.
Course Syllabus ● Introduction to waves: Classification, terminology,
mathematical representation of waves.
● One-dimensional waves in solids and fluids: Waves in a
string (free and forced vibrations), waves in a rod,
steady-state waves, reflection and transmission of
waves, water waves: Surface gravity waves, internal
waves, sinusoidal waves on deep water, ripples, wave
patterns, Fourier analysis of dispersive systems.
● Two-dimensional and three-dimensional waves: Basics
of elasticity, waves in finite, infinite and semi-infinite
media, waves in inhomogeneous media, motion of wave
packets, dispersion and attenuation, phase velocity,
group velocity.
● Non-linear waves: General effect of nonlinearity, non-
linear Schrodinger equation, Riemann invariants, Piston
problem, discontinues solutions and shock waves, wave
localization phenomena.

1049 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. C. A. Coulson and Alan Jeffrey, Waves: A
Mathematical Approach to the Common Types of
Wave Motion, Longman Group Limited, 1977, ISBN:
9780582449541.
2. G. B. Whitham, Linear and Nonlinear Waves, Pure
and Applied Mathematics, Wiley-Interscience, 1999,
ISBN: 9780471359425.

Reference Books:
3. R. Knobel, An Introduction to the Mathematical
Theory of Waves, American Mathematical Society,
2000, ISBN: 9780821820391.
4. J. Lighthill, Waves in Fluids, Cambridge Mathematical
Library, Cambridge, 2001, ISBN: 9780521010450.

1050 Go to Index
Course Code MA 414

Title of the Course Time Series Analysis

Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Probability and Statistics
Objective of the Course To introduce various techniques for modelling and forecasting
the time series data.
Course Outcomes ● Understand the concepts of time series models and their
applications in various fields,
● Apply these models and techniques to real-life problems
such as finance and stock analysis, sales and demand
forecasting, weather forecasting etc.
Course Syllabus • Components of time series, tests for randomness, trend and
seasonality, estimation/elimination of trend and seasonality,
mathematical formulation of time series, weak stationary,
stationary up to order m.

• Auto-covariance and auto-correlation functions of stationary

time series and its properties, linear stationary processes
and their time-domain properties-AR, MA, ARMA, seasonal,
non-seasonal and mixed models, ARIMA models, invertibility
of linear stationary processes.

• Parameter estimation of AR, MA, and ARMA models-least

square approach, estimation based on Yule-Walker for AR,
ML approach for AR, MA and ARMA models, asymptotic
distribution of MLE, best linear predictor and partial auto-
correlation function (PACF), model-identification with ACF
and PACF, model order estimation techniques-AIC, AICC, BIC,
etc.

1051 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. P. J. Brockwell and R. A. Davis, Introduction to Time
Series and Forecasting, Springer, 2002, ISBN:
9781493970865.
2. C. Chatfield and H. Xing, The Analysis of Time Series -An
Introduction with R, Chapman and Hall/CRC Press, 2019,
ISBN: 9781138066137.

Reference Books:
3. R. H. Shumway, D. S. Stoffer, Time Series Analysis and Its
Applications with R Examples, Springer, 2016, ISBN:
9783319524511.
4. G. E. P. Box, G. Jenkins, and G. Reinsel, Time Series
Analysis-Forecasting and Control, Prentice-Hall
International, Inc., 1994, ISBN: 0130607746.

1052 Go to Index
Course Code MA 416

Title of the Course Integral Equations

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits

2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge in calculus and differential equations
Objective of the Course The course introduces the classification of integral equations,
fundamental mathematical ideas and techniques that lie at the
core of the integral equation approach of problem solving.
Course Outcomes ● understand the concepts of Volterra and Fredholm
integral equations
● apply appropriate integral equation to solve initial and
boundary value problems
Course Syllabus
● Basic concepts, Volterra integral equations, relationship
between linear differential equations and Volterra
equations, resolvent kernel, method of successive
approximations, convolution type equations, Volterra
equation of the first kind, Abel’s integral equation.
● Fredholm integral equations, Fredholm equations of the
second kind, the method of Fredholm determinants,
iterated kernels, integral equations with degenerate
kernels, eigenvalues and eigen functions of a Fredholm
alternative, construction of Green’s function for BVP.
● Weakly singular integral equations, Cauchy singular
integral equations, hypersingular integral equations.
● Bernstein polynomials, properties and its use in solving
integral equations.

1053 Go to Index
Suggested Books Text Books:

1. F. G. Tricomi, Integral Equations, Dover Publications Inc,

1985, ISBN: 9780486648286.
2. N. I. Muskhelishvili, Singular Integral Equations:
Boundary Problems of Functions Theory and Their
Applications to Mathematical Physics, Springer, 2011,
ISBN: 9789400999961.

Reference Books:

3. D. Porter and D. S. G. Stirling, Integral Equations: A

Practical Treatment, from Spectral Theory to
Applications, Cambridge University Press, 2012, ISBN:
9781139172028.
4. R. P. Kanwal, Linear Integral Equations: Theory &
Technique, Birkhäuser, 2013, ISBN: 9781461460121.

1054 Go to Index
Course Code MA 452/ MA 652
Title of the Course Theory of Transforms
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Mathematics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if Basic knowledge of calculus, complex variable, differential equations
any
Objective of the This course explores properties of integral transforms, applying them to
Course solve initial and boundary value problems arise from mathematical
modelling.
Course Outcomes Understanding the concept of various transform techniques and their
applications.
Course Syllabus • Fourier series, Riemann-Lebesgue lemma, Gibbs phenomenon, Fourier
sine and cosine series, Fourier transform, Fourier integral theorem,
convolution and Parseval’s theorem, applications to partial differential
equations.

• Laplace transform: Definition and properties, complex inversion,

convolution theorem, Heaviside’s expansion theorem, Bromwich contour
integral, applications to initial and boundary value problems.

• Fundamental theorem of the discrete Fourier transform, cyclical

convolution, and Parseval’s theorem.

• Z-transform: Definition and examples, basic operational properties of Z-

transforms, inverse Z-transform and examples, applications of Z-
transforms to finite difference equations and summation of infinite
series.

Suggested Books Text Books:

1. R. J. Beerends, H. G. ter Morsche, J. C. van den Berg, E. M. van de Vrie,
Fourier and Laplace Transforms, Cambridge University Press,
2003, ISBN: 0521534410.
2. U. Graf, Applied Laplace Transforms and Z-Transforms for
Scientists and Engineers, Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, 2004, ISBN:
3034895933.
Reference Books:
3. L. Debnath, D. Bhatta, Integral Transforms and their Applications,
Chapman & Hall/CRC, 2006, ISBN: 1584885750.
1055 Go to Index
4. G. B. Folland, Fourier Analysis and its Applications, American
Mathematical Society, Providence, 2009, ISBN: 9780821847909.
5. A. Pinkus, S. Zafrany, Fourier Series and Integral Transforms,
Cambridge University Press, 1997, ISBN: 0521597714.

1056 Go to Index
Course Code MA 454 / MA 654
Title of the Course Mathematical Modeling and Simulations
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned
Mathematics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of differential equations and linear algebra
Objective of the Course The Mathematical model plays a significant role providing a
quantitative framework for understanding and solving many real-
life problems under certain conditions.
Course Outcomes ● Students should be exposed to fundamental knowledge of
implementing the models in real-world situations.
● They will get the bright idea about constructing or selecting the
appropriate model, identify the problem, analytically or
numerically computing the solution and test the validity of
models.
Course Syllabus • Introduction to mathematical modeling: Characteristics,
classifications, tools, techniques, deterministic and stochastic
models, modeling approaches, compartmental models,
introduction to discrete models and continuous models,
dynamical systems and its mathematical models.
• Models from systems of natural sciences: Population models
for a single species (discrete and continuous-time models),
modeling of population dynamics of two interacting species,
analytical tool: Kolmogorov Theorem, linear stability snalysis,
Lotka-Volterra model, variation of the classical LV model, Leslie-
Gower model, prey-predator model, arms race model, Holling-
Tanner model, modified HT model, applications of Lyapunov
functions.
• Modeling of atmospheric, mining and engineering systems:
Spatial models using partial differential equations, modeling
with stochastic differential equations, models of heating and
cooling, models for traffic flow, model for detecting land mines,
models in mechanical systems, models in electronic systems,
models for vehicle dynamics, kicked harmonic oscillator,
modeling the ventilation system of a mine.
• MATLAB/MATHEMATICA programs to study the dynamics of
the developed model systems
Suggested Books Text Books:
1. B. Barnes, G. R. Fulford, Mathematical Modeling with Case
Studies, CRC PRESS, Taylor & Francis, 2009, ISBN:
9781420083484.
1057 Go to Index
 2. S. Banerjee, Mathematical Modeling, Models, Analysis and
Applications, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, London, 2014,
ISBN: 9781482229165.

Reference Books:
3. E. A. Bender, An Introduction to Mathematical Modeling,
Dover Publications, 2012, ISBN: 9780486137124.
4. R. K. Upadhyay, S. R. K. Iyengar, Introduction to
Mathematical Modeling and Chaotic Dynamics, CRC Press
Taylor & Francis, London, 2014, ISBN: 9781439898871.

1058 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Open Elective Courses
of
Centre for Advanced Electronics (CAE)

1059 Go to Index
Course code CAE 601/ CAE 401
Title of the course Advanced Microwave & Optical Devices
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Centre for Advanced Electronics
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Not Applicable
Scope of the course This course is designed for the UG and PG students with the
background in Electronics, Electrical Engineering, Physics and Material
Science. This course will emphasize on the fundamentals of microwave
and optical devices and their multidisciplinary applications. The course
aims to explain basics, advances and technology of high frequency
devices & components.
Course Syllabus Introduction to Microwave Engineering & Photonics: Elements of
electromagnetic field theory; Wave propagation in microwave and
optical waveguides.
Microwave and High Frequency Devices: Microwave waveguides &
components; Tunnel diode, High frequency transistors – HBTs, HEMTs;
Charge coupled devices. Transferred electron devices, Avalanche
transit time devices; Microwave generation; Monolithic microwave
integrated circuits.
Advanced Optical Devices: Advanced optical waveguides and cavities,
LIDAR, semiconductor optoelectronics, Optical switches, Cavity opto-
mechanics.
Elements of Microwave Photonics: Microwave photonic links, Radio
over fibre; Photonic generation of microwave signals.
Suggested Books 1. Microwave devices and circuits, S. Y. Liao, Pearson, ISBN No.
8177583530
2. Chuang, Physics of Optoelectronic Devices, Wiley (2008),
ISBN 9780470293195
3. Solid state electronic devices, by Bannerjee & Streetman, Prentice
Hall, ISBN: 9789332555082
4. Microwave photonics, Jianping Yao, Wiley, ISBN: 9780470905371

1060 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Courses
of
Center for Electric Vehicles and Intelligent Transport Systems (CEVITS)

1061 Go to Index
Course code EV 401/ EV 601
Title of the course Vehicle Dynamics
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Mechanical Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NA
Scope of the course This course is designed for students from diverse engineering fields
of study. This course shall cover fundamental approaches for vehicle
dynamics modelling as well as study of important dynamic systems of
the automotive systems including vehicle handling performance.
Course Syllabus Mechanisms, kinematics and balancing: Introduction.
Introduction to vehicle dynamics: History of motor vehicle age;
Fundamental approach for modelling: lumped mass, vehicle and
earth fixed coordinate systems; and Dynamic axle loads.
Acceleration and braking analysis: Characteristics of conventional
vehicle engines; Power train and different elements in it; Automatic
transmissions; Selection of gear ratios; and Traction-limited
acceleration. Basic equations; Braking forces; Tire-road friction;
Requirement for braking performance; Brake proportioning; Anti-
lock brake systems; Braking efficiency; Rear wheel lock-up; and Pedal
force analysis.
Road loads and ride: Aerodynamics: Mechanics of air flow and
pressure distribution on vehicle, aerodynamic forces and aids, and
different forces and moments; Rolling resistance; and Total road
loads. Excitation sources; Vehicle response; and Perception of ride.
Steady state cornering: Low-speed turning; High-speed cornering;
Suspension effects on cornering; and Measurement of understeer
gradient.
Suspensions: Solid axles; Independent suspensions; Anti-squat and
anti-pitch suspension geometries; Anti-drive suspension geometry;
Roll center analysis; and Active analysis.
Steering systems: Axis systems; Steering linkages; Steering
geometry error; Front wheel geometry; Steering system forces and
moments; Steering models; Effect of front-wheel drive; and Four-
wheel steer.
Rollover: Quasi-static rollover of rigid and suspended vehicles;
Transient rollover; and Rollover accidents.
Tires: Tire construction; Size and load rating; Terminology and axis
system; Forces and moments acting on tire; Free rolling tire; Rolling
resistance; Tire under braking, driving and cornering conditions;
Combined cornering and braking/driving; Physical tire models;
Camber thrust; Aligning moment; Conicity and ply steer; Durability
forces; and Tire transient behavior and vibrations.
1062 Go to Index
 Vehicle handling performance: Criteria for good handling; Single-
track vehicle modeling; Steady and non-steady state analysis; and
Graphical assessment methods.
Suggested Books 1. J.J. Uicker, G.R. Pennock, and J.E. Shigley, Theory of Machines
and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press, New York, 2014,
ISBN 978-0199454167
2. D.H. Myszka, Machines and Mechanisms: Applied Kinematic
Analysis, Pearson, 2011, ISBN 978-0132157803
3. T.D. Gillespie, Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, SAE
International, 1992, ISBN 978-1560911999
4. J.P. Pauwelussen, Essentials of Vehicle Dynamics, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2014, ISBN 978-0081000366
5. R. N. Jazar, Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application,
Springer, Boston, 2008, ISBN 978-0-387-74243-4

1063 Go to Index
Course code EV 402/ EV 602
Title of the course Vehicular Communication Systems
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Concerned Center for Electric Vehicles and Intelligent Transport Systems
School/ Department/
Centre
Pre-requisite, if any Basic knowledge of signal processing.
Scope of the course This course will provide fundamentals of vehicular
communications, networks, and advanced network security
techniques specific to vehicular networks.
Course Syllabus Vehicular Communications: Basics of Communication Systems in
the context of vehicular communications, Vehicle-to-Everything
(V2X), Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I), Infrastructure-to-Vehicle
(I2V), Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V), Infrastructure-to-Infrastructure
(I2I) communications and architectures, Intelligent transportation
systems, Standards for wireless access in vehicular environments
(IEEE 802.11p), Vehicular Channel characterization and basic
modelling.

Vehicular Networks: Manually driving vehicular networks,

Automated driving vehicular networks, Routing protocols.

Communication Security in EV Charging Systems: EV Charging

Security Requirements and Security Risks, Communication
Security: Confidentiality and Message Integrity in Local
Controllers, Non Repudiation, Firmware Integrity and Access
Control in Local Controller and Authentication Terminal,
Authentication Mechanisms, and Signature Schemes in Vehicular
Networks, Cryptographic Communication protocols in EV Systems,
Variants of security events and logging of security events in local
controllers and authentication terminals.
Suggested Books 1. C. Sommer and F. Dressler, Vehicular Networking,
Cambridge University Press, 2014, ISBN: 9781107046719
2. X. Cheng, R. Zhang, and L. Yang, 5G Enabled Vehicular
Communications and Networking, Springer publication, 2019,
ISBN: 9783030021764
3. D. Stinson, Cryptography: Theory and Practice, Chapman and
Hall, CRC, 2006, ISBN: 9781138197015

1064 Go to Index
Course Code EV 407/ EV 607
Title of the Course Energy Storage in Electric Vehicle
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
2-1-0-3
Name of the Metallurgy Engineering and Materials Science
Concerned
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Scope of the Course This course is designed for the students of science and engineering
Departments to understand the use of energy storage materials in
electrical vehicles. The basics of energy storage performance and cutting
edge research developments will be covered from various books, research
reports, articles and review papers.
Course Syllabus Battery Technology: Introduction to common battery terminologies,
Overview of the development of battery technology, Electrochemical
energy storage mechanism in LIBs, Intercalation, conversion, and alloys
type electrodes, Factors limiting the energy; power densities and
cyclability of LIBs, Cell form factors (cylindrical, prismatic, and pouch),
Capacity fading and battery failure mechanisms, Case study of
commercially available LIBs, Emerging trends and beyond Li-ion battery
technologies for EVs.
Battery Management System: Introduction to BMS, charging discharging
process, BMS requirements, Battery state of charge and state of health
estimation, thermal management of battery.
Supercapacitor Technology: Introduction to supercapacitor, Types and
energy storage mechanism of SCs, Advances in supercapacitor, EDLC for
transportation applications, Analysis and evaluation of EDLC, Thermal
analysis and ageing in EDLC, Battery-Supercapacitor
hybridization for large vehicles, Case studies, Emerging trends in
supercapacitor.
Fuel Cell Technology: Introduction to Fuel Cell, Types of Fuel Cell, Fuel
cell thermo-chemistry and materials
Suggested Books 5. Edson R. Leite, Nanostructured Materials for Electrochemical
Energy Production and Storage, Springer, 2009, ISBN 978-0-387-
49323-7
6. Rui Xiong, Weixiang Shen, Advanced Battery Management
Technologies for Electric Vehicles, Wiley, 2019, ISBN
9781119481645
7. B. E. Conway, Electrochemical Supercapacitors Scientific
Fundamentals and Technological Applications, Springer, 1999,
ISBN 978-1-4757-3058-6
8. Devid Linden and Thomas B. Reddy, Handbook of Batteries, 3rd
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002, ISBN 9780071359788
1065 Go to Index
9. C. G. Granqvist, Handbook of Inorganic Electrochromic Materials,
Elservier, 1995, eBook ISBN: 9780080532905

1066 Go to Index
 Syllabi of Courses
of
Centre for Rural Development and Technology (CRDT)

1067 Go to Index
Course Code RDT 201
Title of the Course Immersion for Rural Technology Development
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits
1-0-2-2
Name of theConcerned Centre for Rural Development and Technology
Department
Pre-requisite if any Nil
Course Objective Scope of the Course: The student will learn methods to
understand the landscape of the rural areas. Through extensive
field visits they will be able to identify different kinds of
challenges faced by the communities.
Course Syllabus Module-I: Basic project management for rural development;
Primary and secondary data collection methods, Qualitative and
Quantitative Analytical methods; Documentation and reporting
techniques/ methods for the field-based projects.

Participatory Rural Appraisal; Effective Communication,

Interview Methods; Governance System, 73rd Amendment of
Constitution, Observation and Assimilation

Module II: Field Work: Field survey in the rural area and data
gathering preparation of questionnaire, identification of
problems and prospects, data compilation and analysis,
preparing field reports.

Module-III: Assimilating and writing Project reports; Narrative

and writing of the project report. Field Based Projects in
agriculture, health care, water conservation, housing,
automation/mechanization/engineering and other areas
relevant to the rural domains.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. Bryman, Social Research Methods, Oxford University
Press, 2016, ISBN 9780199689453 0199689458
2. R. K. Yin, Case Study Research: Design and Methods,SAGE
Publications, 2009.
3. S. Taylor, R. Bogdan, M. DeVault, Introduction toQualitative
Research Methods: A Guidebook and Resource, John
Wiley & Sons, 2015, ISBN: 978-1-118-76721-4

1068 Go to Index
Course Code RDT 301
Title of the Course Design Thinking for Rural Applications
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credit
1-1-2-3
Name of the Centre for Rural Development and Technology
Concerned
Department
Pre-requisite, if any NIL
Course Objective Scope of the Course: Classroom component and Field work towards the
overall process of technology-based product development for rural
community.
Course Syllabus • Rural Community requirements: Data gathering and analysis for
rural community indicators, determinants, and challenges; Concept
testing through field survey and stakeholder experiences of rural
community; Analysis of existing products and product market fit;
Minimum Viable Product; Case studies on technologies implemented
in rural communities
• Government schemes supporting rural technology development and
transfer; Self-help group and co-operative society for major
technological interventions
• Product Conception and Prototype Development for Rural
Community: Design methodology and design philosophy;
Establishing product function; Concept Generation and evaluation;
Embodiment design; Value Engineering; Product conception;
Prototype development
• Product Development and Assessment for Rural Community:
Product development ; Field testing; Scaling up; Packaging; Cost
estimate of business case study
• Implementation of New Technology in Rural Community:
Technology transfer; Product marketing; Technology impact
assessment; Field application of developed prototype/product and
stakeholder feedback
Suggested Books Text Books
1. K. Singh, K. “Rural development: principles, policies and
management” 2009, SAGE Publications India, ISBN10:
9789351509981
2. J. P. Shukla, (Ed.).. “Technologies for sustainable rural
development: having potential of socio-economic upliftment
(TSRD–2014) (Vol. 1)” 2014, Allied Publications India . ISBN-
978818424862-3
3. R. Chambers “Rural Development: Putting the last first”, 1983,
Routlege-Taylor and Francis group. ISBN 9780367474560.

1069 Go to Index
4. K. T. Ulrich and D. S. Eppinger, ”Product Design and Development”,
2007 Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN10: 1260043657
Reference Books
5. A. F. McCalla, & W. S. Ayres, “Rural development: From vision to
action.” 1997, The World Bank.
6. M. J. Campbell, & M.J. Campbell (Eds.), “New technology and rural
development: the social impact”, 1990, Routledge, ISBN
041500911-1
7. K. Otto and K. Wood, “Product design”, 2013,Pearson, ISBN-10:
0131742795

1070 Go to Index
Syllabi of Courses
of
Department of Physics

1071 Go to Index
Course Code PH 203 / AA 203
Title of the Course Classical Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
Department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the This course provides basic knowledge of classical physics
course
Course Outcomes Students should be able to
• Solve problems using the Lagrange method
• Apply Lorentz transformations, understand 4-vector analyses and
relativistic kinematics, and use Lagrange and Hamiltonian
formulations for relativistic particles.
• Develop problem-solving skills in classical and relativistic
mechanics.
Course Syllabus • System of particles, Center of mass, equation of motion of the CM,
conservation of linear and angular momentum, conservation of
energy, variable mass systems. Elastic and inelastic collisions.
• Central Force: uniformly rotating frame, centrifugal and Coriolis
forces, Motion under a central force, Kepler’s laws, Gravitational
Law and field, Conservative and non-conservative forces.
• Introduction to Lagrangian mechanics, Mechanics of Rigid Body:
Rigid body motion, fixed axis rotations orthogonal
transformations and rotations (finite and infinitesimal); Euler's
theorem, Euler's angles; moments of Inertia tensor, parallel and
perpendicular axes theorem, Principal moments and axes; Euler's
equation; Small Oscillations, normal modes, and frequencies.
• Special Theory of Relativity: Lorentz transformations; 4-vectors,
4-dimensional velocity, and acceleration; 4-momentum and 4-
force; Covariant equations of motion; Relativistic kinematics
(decay and elastic scattering); Lagrangian and Hamiltonian of a
relativistic particle.
• General properties of matter: Introduction to Elasticity, Surface
Tension and Viscosity

1072 Go to Index
Suggested Books Textbooks:
6. Goldstein, Poole, Safko, Classical Mechanics, Pearson, (2017),
ISBN: 978-0201657029

7. N. Rana and P. Jog, Classical Mechanics, Mcgraw Hill, (2017), ISBN:

978-0074603154

Reference Books:
8. Kleppner and Kolenkow, An Introduction to Mechanics, Cambridge
Univ. Press, (2013), ISBN: 978-0521198110
9. K. C. Gupta, Classical Mechanics of Particles and Rigid Bodies, New
Age Education, (2018) ISBN: 978-9386649782
10. D. Morin, Introduction to Classical Mechanics, Cambridge Univ.
Press, (2009), ISBN: 978-0521185028

1073 Go to Index
Course Code PH 207 / AA207
Title of the course Wave Phenomenon and Optics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced to the basics of waves and
oscillations, including optics and lasers.
Course Outcome ● The students will learn to solve for motions in different
oscillatory systems
● The students will understand the concepts of optics and
compare the outcomes in different optical systems
Course Syllabus Module 1:
• Oscillations: Harmonic motion (simple, damped, critical). Driven
oscillation, resonance. Oscillations of two-particle systems and
modes. Oscillations of n particle systems. Oscillation modes.
Longitudinal and transverse oscillations.
• Waves: Equations of motion, standing waves and travelling
waves. Harmonics and their superpositions. Fourier analysis and
Fourier coefficients. Doppler effect.
Module 2:
• Geometrical Optics: Fermat’s Principle, Refraction, Thick Lens
and Lens Combination, Matrix Method, Aberrations, Optical
Instruments: Telescopes and Microscopes.
• Wave Optics: Electromagnetic Spectrum, Huygen’s Principle,
Interference: Young’s Experiment, Fresnel’s Biprism, Newton’s
Rings, Interferometers: Michelson and Fabry-Perot; Coherence:
Temporal and Spatial; Diffraction: Fresnel and Fraunhofer,
Single and Double Slit, Circular aperture, Grating, Resolving
power.
• Polarization, LASER and Holography: Brewster’s Law,
Birefringence, Dichroism, Babinet’s Compensator, Polarimeters,
Optical Activity. Coherence, LASER, spontaneous and stimulated
emission, Gaussian wave and its diffraction. Holography.

1074 Go to Index
Suggested Books: Textbooks:
7. A. P. French, Vibrations and Wave, CRC Press; 1st edition, (2017),
ISBN: 978-1138414082
8. A. Ghatak, Optics, MacGraw Hill, (2020), ISBN: 978- 9390113590
[Module 2]

Reference Books:
9. F. S. Crawford, Waves, MacGraw Hill Education, (2017), ISBN:
978-0070702172
10. N. Bajaj, The physics of waves and oscillations, McGraw Hill,
(2017), ISBN: 978-0074516102
11. F. Jenkins and H. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw Hill
Education; 4th edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-1259002298
12. M. Born and E. Wolf, Principles of Optics, Cambridge Univ. Press,
(2019), ISBN: 978-1108477437

** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

1075 Go to Index
 Course code AA 205 / PH 205
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits - I
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the The students will gain foundational knowledge of analogue
course electronics.
Course Outcome ● Acquire knowledge of basic analog electronics.
● Gain skills to design basic electronic circuits.
Course Syllabus Module - 1
Basics of semiconductor devices and their characterization: diodes,
transistors, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc.
Module - 2
Small signal analysis in electrical circuits: Estimation of voltage gain,
input/output resistance, Miller’s theorem, high-frequency transistor
model.
Module - 3
Amplifiers and their applications: Single-stage and two-stage
amplifier, Differential amplifiers, Operational amplifiers.
Module - 4
Oscillators: Basics of oscillators, phase shifter, multi-vibrators,
timers.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
7. A. Malvino and D. Bates, Electronics Principles, McGraw Hill
Education, 7th Ed., (2017), ISBN : 978-0070634244
8. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford
University Press, (2017), ISBN: 978-0199476299
Reference Books:
9. Gray, Hurst, Lewis, and Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog
Integrated Circuits, Wiley (2009) ISBN: 978-8126521487
10. R. Gayakwad, Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Pearson,
(2021) ISBN: 978-9353949037
11. B. Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley, (2017), ISBN:
978-8126571352
12. R. L. Boylestad, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, Pearson
(2021) ISBN: 978-9332542600
** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering
1076 Go to Index
Course code PH 209 / AA 209
Title of the course Fundamental Concepts for Solid State Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisites None
Objectives of the This course provides a multidisciplinary introduction to
course fundamental concepts of solid state physics, encompassing topics
ranging from crystals, reciprocal lattices to structural, elastic,
thermal, optical and electronic properties of materials. This
course will build the foundation for applications of solids in
various fields of applied physics and engineering branches.
Course Outcomes ● Develop an understanding of the core concepts of solid-state
physics and understand their implications in various
applications/branches of engineering.
● Application of fundamental concepts in solid state physics to
solve relevant conceptual and numerical problems.

1077 Go to Index
Course Syllabus • Introduction: Periodic array of atoms, Symmetry operations,
Point Groups in general, Index system for crystal planes,
Lattices in 1–, 2– and 3-D Bravais Lattices.
• Reciprocal lattice: Diffraction of waves by crystals, Scattered
Wave Amplitude, Brillouin zones, Wigner–Seitz Cells, Fourier
analysis of the Basis.
• Elastic Properties of Crystals and Crystal Binding.
• Crystal Vibrations: mono-atomic lattice, diatomic lattice,
quantization of elastic waves, phonon-dispersions. Thermal
properties of Crystals: Phonon density of states, Heat capacity,
thermal expansion, thermal conductivity.
• Electrons in Crystals: Review of Free electron model, Periodic
potential, Born–von Karman boundary conditions, Bloch’s
theorem, Electronic band structure, single electron energy
state, degenerate electron levels, Consequences of the nearly
free electron model, Fermi surface.
• Electronic properties of Materials: Construction of Fermi
surfaces, Reduced Zone Scheme, Periodic Zone Scheme,
Reflectance and Absorption, Intrinsic and Extrinsic
semiconductors, Effective mass and mobility of carriers, Hall
Effect, Semiconducting junctions, Metal-semiconductor contacts
– Schottky barriers, Ohmic contacts, Brief introduction to
semiconductor device fabrication.
• Structural Defects: Point defects, Dislocations, Microcracks,
Stacking faults, Grain boundaries.
Suggested Books: Textbooks:
6. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics (7th Edition), John
Wiley & Sons, (2019) ISBN: 9788126578436.
7. A. J. Dekker, Solid State Physics, MacMillan India Ltd. (2008)
ISBN: 978-0333918333

Reference Books:
8. R. E. Hummel, Electronic Properties of Materials: An
introduction for Engineers, Springer-Verlag, (1985), ISBN: 978-
0387156316
9. M. Ali Omar, Elementary Solid-State Physics: Principles and
Applications (1st Edition), Pearson Education, (2002) ISBN:
978-8177583779
10. Ashcroft and Mermin, Solid State Physics, Thomson Press
(India) Ltd. (2021), ISBN:9780030839931

1078 Go to Index
Course code PH 210 / AA 210
Title of the course Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisites None
Objectives of the The students will be introduced to the basics of quantum mechanics
course
Course Outcomes Students will be able to
• Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the foundational
principles of quantum physics
• Analyze and solve the Schrödinger equation for various scenarios
• Apply quantum mechanical principles to understand and explain
several phenomena related to hydrogen atom, atomic nuclei and
radioactivity.
Course Syllabus • Review of Introductory Quantum Physics
• Calculation of expectation values, Kets, Bras and operators, Base
kets and matrix representations, Measurements, observables and
the uncertainty relations, change of basis, position, momentum and
translation, wave functions in position and momentum space.
• Quantum dynamics: Time evolution and the Schrodinger equation,
The Schrodinger versus the Heisenberg picture, Schrödinger
equation, and its solution for one, two, and three-dimensional
boxes. Solution of Schrödinger equation for the one-dimensional
harmonic oscillator. Reflection and transmission at a step potential,
Pauli exclusion principle.
• WKB approximation, Tunneling through a barrier, Structure of the
atomic nucleus, mass, and binding energy. Hydrogen atom,
Radioactivity and its applications. Laws of radioactive decay.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
6. D. J. Griffiths and D. F. Schroeter, Introduction to Quantum
Mechanics, Cambridge University Press, (2018), ISBN: 978-
1107189638
7. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Springer, (2011),
ISBN: 978-0306447907

Reference books:
8. P. M. Mathews and K. Venkatesan, A Textbook of Quantum
Mechanics, Springer, (2017), ISBN: 978-0070146174
1079 Go to Index
9. J. Townsend, A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics, University
Science Books, (2010) ISBN:978-1891389788.
10. A. Das, Quantum Mechanics: A Modern Introduction, CRC Press; 1st
edition, (1986) ISBN: 978-2881240539

1080 Go to Index
Course Code PH 211
Title of the Course Fundamentals of Vacuum Science and Technology
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any NIL
Objectives of the course This course provides a framework to understand fundamentals of
Vacuum Science ranging from basic physics concepts,
measurement techniques, to different vacuum pumps to equip
students with essential theoretical and practical knowledge for
applications in fields requiring high to ultra-high vacuum
environments such as Applied Physics (material science,
semiconductors, space research) and other branches of
engineering including electrical, chemical and space engineering
etc.
Course Outcome • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the fundamental
concepts in vacuum science, vacuum generation and vacuum
measurement techniques.
• Students will be able to apply mathematical concepts and
techniques to solve problems related to vacuum generation
and measurement.
Course Syllabus • Revision of some fundamental concepts: Revisiting Kinetic
theory of gases and fundamentals of mean free path and its
correlation with the pressure temperature etc., Distribution
functions for molecular gases and concept of pressure with the
molecular density, viscosity of gases and its correlation with
flow/conductance of the gas, Relation of
conductance/impedance of a gas with the volume and vacuum
line, concepts of different types of gas lines, elbows, tubes, and
its effect on the molecular flow.
• Generation of Vacuum: Introduction to mechanical vacuum
pumps including oil sealed rotary pump, Roots Pump,
molecular drag pump etc., Oil pumps including diffusion pump,
Ion pumps: E-vapor ion pumps, Sputter ion pumps, Titanium
sublimation pump (Chemical cleanup (oxidation etc.) and
sublimation pumps, Turbo molecular pumps, Electrical cleanup
and ion pumps, Cryopumps including cryo-sorption pumps,
Getter pumps.
• Measurements of Vacuum: Concept and working principle for
measurement of pressure in general, different types of
pressure gauges for low to high vacuum including electrical
and mechanical gauges, Mc-Leod manometer, Thermal
1081 Go to Index
 conductivity gauges, Pressure and flow gauges for high to
ultrahigh vacuum, Hot cathode ionization gauges, Cold cathode
ionization gauges.
• Operation of High-vacuum gauges: Concept of rough, high,
and ultra-high vacuum with respect to the molecular density,
Vacuum measuring units and vacuum ranges.
Suggested books Textbooks:
1. V. V. Rao, T.B. Ghosh, K.L. Chopra, Vacuum Science and
Technology, Allied Publishers, New Delhi (2008) ISBN:
9788170237631
2. D. Hoffman, B. Singh, J. H. Thomas III, Handbook of Vacuum
Science and Technology, Elsevier Science (1997) ISBN:
9780080533759

Reference Books:
3. T. A. Delchar, Vacuum Physics and Techniques: 6, Chapman and
Hall (1993) ISBN: 9780412465901
4. A. Roth, Vacuum Technology, Elsevier Science B.V., North
Holland (1990) ISBN: 978-0444860279
5. J. Yarwood, High Vacuum Techniques, Chapman and Hall,
London, (1967), ISBN: 978-0412025204

1082 Go to Index
Course Code PH 212 / AA 212
Course Title Thermal Physics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2 -1-0-3)
Name of the Dept. Physics
Pre-requisite if any None
Objectives of the This course introduces the basic concepts of heat and thermodynamics
course
Course Outcomes Student will be
• Able to understand Kinetic theory of gases and apply the theory to
gain insights into specific heat and transport phenomena in gases
• Grasp and effectively apply the Laws of Thermodynamics to
understand the principle of heat engines, phase transitions etc.
Course Syllabus • Kinetic Theory of Gases: Ideal gas, Distribution of velocities, Mean,
RMS and Most Probable Speeds, Degrees of Freedom, Law of
Equipartition of Energy (statement only), Specific heats of Gases,
Mean Free Path. Collision Probability, Transport phenomena
(viscosity, thermal conductivity and diffusion), Real Gases, Virial
equation, Boyle temperature, Van der Waal’s Equation of State,
Comparison with Experimental P-V Curves.
• Laws of Thermodynamics: Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics &
Concept of Temperature, Concept of Work & Heat, Internal Energy
and First Law of Thermodynamics, Isothermal and Adiabatic
Processes, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Reversible and
Irreversible process with examples, Carnot’s Cycle, Carnot engine &
efficiency, Carnot’s Theorem, Heat engines, Concept of Entropy,
Clausius Theorem and Clausius Inequality, Principle of Increase of
Entropy, Third Law of Thermodynamics.
• Thermodynamic potentials: Internal Energy, Enthalpy, Helmholtz
Free Energy, Gibb’s Free Energy, their Definitions, Properties and
Applications, First and second order Phase Transitions, Clausius-
Clapeyron Equation, Maxwell’s Thermodynamic Relations, Joule-
Kelvin coefficient, Joule- Thomson Effect.
• Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics: Entropy production, Kinetic
coefficients, Proof of Onsager reciprocal relations, Thermoelectricity
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. W. Zemansky, R. Dittman, Heat and Thermodynamics, McGraw-
Hill, (1996) ISBN: 978-0070170599
2. D. V. Schroeder, An Introduction to Thermal Physics, Oxford
1083 Go to Index
 University Press, (2021) ISBN: 978-0192895547
Reference books:
3. S. J. Blundell and K. M. Blundell, Concepts in Thermal Physics, Oxford
University Press, (2009), ISBN: 978-0199562107
4. F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics, Waveland
Press, (2010) ISBN: 978-1577666127
5. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill Education,
(2021) ISBN: 978-9352606429

1084 Go to Index
Course Code PH 213
Title of the Course Detector Physics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (1-1-2-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisites None
Objectives of the course To familiarize students in the frontiers of detectors used in high
energy experiments
Course outcomes Student will able to understand
• Working principle of basic detectors
• Energy loss mechanisms of different charge and neutral particles
in medium
• General characteristics of detectors
Course Syllabus • Interaction of Radiation with Matter: Energy loss of heavy
charge particle, Energy loss of electron and positron, Interaction
of Photons.
• General Characteristics of Detectors: Energy Resolution,
Detector Response, Detector Efficiency, Response Time and Dead
Time.
• Basic Detectors: Cloud and Bubble Chambers, Gaseous Ionization
Detectors, Scintillation Detector and Photomultiplier tubes,
Semiconductor Detectors, Electromagnetic and Hadronic
calorimeter, Time of Flight Detector, Transition Radiation
Detector, Example of Hermetic Detectors.
• Experiments related to different radiation detectors and their
characteristics.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. W. R. Leo, Techniques for Nuclear and Particle Physics
Experiments (2nd Edition), Narosa Publishing. (1994) ISBN: 978-
3540572800
2. G. F. Knoll, Radiation Detection and Measurement (4th edition),
John-Wiley and Sons., (2010) ISBN: 978-0470131480

Reference Books:
3. T. Ferbel, Experimental Techniques in High Energy, Nuclear and
Particle Physics (2nd Edition), World Scientific Publishing, (1991)
ISBN-13: 978-9810208677
4. S. S. Kapoor and V. S. Ramamoorthy, Nuclear Radiation Detectors

1085 Go to Index
(2nd edition), New Age International, (2022) ISBN-13: 978-
9395161084

1086 Go to Index
Course code PH 206 / AA 206
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits – II
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Department Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will develop a basic understanding of digital
electronics principles
Course Outcomes Students will learn about digital electronics and will able to solve
related problems in the domain of engineering.
Course Content Module -1
Number System and Codes: Decimal, Binary, Octal and
Hexadecimal number systems and arithmetic, base conversions.
Representation of signed and unsigned numbers, addition,
subtraction by 2’s complement method, and multiplication.
Module -2
Logic Gates and Boolean algebra: Truth Tables of OR, AND, NOT,
NOR, NAND, XOR, XNOR, Universal Gates, Basic postulates and
fundamental theorems of Boolean algebra.
Module -3
Combinational Logic Analysis, Design and Arithmetic Circuits:
Standard representation of logic functions, Binary Addition. Half and
Full Adder. Half and Full Subtractor, 4-bit binary Adder/Subtractor,
counters and registers.
Module -4
Signal Conditioning and D-A and A-D Conversion: A-D and D-A
conversion, sampling and reconstruction of signal, Nyquist
sampling, Fourier transform, Fast Fourier Transform.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
6. D. P. Leech and A. P. Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications,
Tata McGraw Hill, 8th ed., (2014) ISBN: 978-9339203405.
7. A. S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford
University Press, (2017), ISBN: 978-0199476299

Reference books:
8. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principle, Algorithms and Applications, 4th ed., Pearson
Education, (2007), ISBN: 978-8131710005.
1087 Go to Index
 9. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky, and S. H. Nawab, Signals &
systems, Pearson Education, 2nd ed., (2015) ISBN: 9332550239.
10. J. Millman and C. Halkias, Integrated Electronics: Analog and
Digital Circuits and Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2nd ed., (1972), ISBN:
9780070151420.

** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

1088 Go to Index
Course code AA 208 / PH 208
Title of the course Electrodynamics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P–Credits (2-0-0-2)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced to electromagnetism
Course Outcome Develop understanding of basic electrodynamics and its
applications in the domain of engineering.
Course Syllabus • Review of Electrostatics and Magnetostatics. Time-Varying
Fields and Maxwell’s Equations: Faraday’s law for
Electromagnetic induction, Displacement current, Integral and
differential forms of Maxwell’s equations, and Motional
Electromotive forces. Boundary Value Problems, multipole
expansion.
• Electromagnetic Waves: Derivation of Wave Equation, Coulomb
and Lorentz gauges; Plane waves in free space and in a
homogenous material. non-conducting and conducting media;
reflection and transmission at normal and oblique incidences,
Skin effect, Poynting theorem. Polarization.
• Lorentz Invariance of Maxwell’s Equation, Radiation by moving
charges, retarded potentials. Dipole antenna radiation,
Introduction to waveguides.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
6. D. J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Cambridge
University Press, (2020), ISBN: 978-1108822909
7. H. C. Verma, Classical Electromagnetism, Bharati Bhawan,
(2022), ISBN-10:9388704827
Reference Books:
8. M. N. O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University
Publication, (2014), ISBN-0199321388
9. W. Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, McGraw Hill Education,
(2012), ISBN-9339203275
10. J. D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, 3rd edition, Wiley,
(2007), ISBN-10: 9788126510948

**This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

1089 Go to Index
Course Code PH 214
Title of the Course Classical Field Theory
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Basic classical mechanics, Lagrange formalism
Objectives of the course Exposing the students to certain advanced concepts in Classical
Mechanics.
Course outcomes The students will learn
• To describe the dynamics of continuous systems using
Lagrangian formalism. Potential applications include but are not
limited to description of propagation of waves in an elastic
medium.
• To make a natural precursor to Quantum Field Theory.
Course Syllabus • Introduction to Lagrangian density and fields: Transition
from discrete to continuous mechanical systems, Wave
propagation, Concept of field and Lagrangian density, Euler-
Lagrange equation for fields.

• Symmetries and conservation laws: External and Internal

symmetries, Conserved currents, Stress-energy tensor, Gauge
transformations in classical field theory.

• Hamiltonian density: Momentum density, Functional

derivatives, Hamiltonian density, Poisson bracket in terms of
functional derivatives, Fourier expansion of fields and Creation
and Annihilation operators.

• Examples of classical field theories: Schrodinger field, Scalar

field theories (Klein-Gordon, Sine-Gordon, and Higgs field
theories), Dirac field theory, Vector field theories,
Electrodynamics as an example of a massless vector field theory,
Proca Lagrangian and massive vector fields.

Suggested Books Textbook:

1. H. Goldstein, C. P. Poole and J. L. Safko, Classical Mechanics
(3rd edition), Addison Wesley, (2001), ISBN: 978-0-201-
65702-9

1090 Go to Index
Reference books:
2. D. Morin, Introduction to Classical Mechanics, Cambridge
Univ. Press, (2009), ISBN: 978-0521185028
3. L. D. Landau, E. M. Lifshitz, Course of Theoretical Physics - Vol.
2 (4th edition), Elsevier, (1987), ISBN: 978-0750627689
4. J. R. Taylor, Classical Mechanics, University Science Books,
(2004), ISBN: 978-1891389207

1091 Go to Index
Course Code PH 215
Course Title Geometrical Methods in Physics
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
Department
Pre-requisite, if any Calculus
Scope of the course Introducing students to some geometrical concepts used in Physics. This
is primarily aimed at students who are inclined towards mathematical
aspects of physics and will require geometrical concepts in their study.
Expected outcome Students should learn some geometric techniques which are useful in
theoretical and applied physics such as high energy physics and
condensed matter physics
Course Syllabus Curves: Plane and Space curves; Parametrization; Osculating plane;
Curvature, torsion and Frenet frame

Extrinsic Geometry of Surfaces: Parametrization; Tangent plane;

Regular surfaces; Orientability; First and second fundamental forms;
Normal and Principal curvature; Gaussian and Mean curvature; Gauss-
Codazzi equation; Theorem Egregium

Intrinsic Geometry of Surfaces: Covariant derivative of vector field;

Parallel transport; Geodesics; Gauss Bonnet theorem; Application to
Plane, Spherical and hyperbolic geometry

Topological Ideas: Notion of topological spaces; Closed, compact and

connected spaces; Topological invariants; Notion of homology and
homotopy; Examples from 2D surfaces; Concept and examples of
Minkowski functional; Use of softwares such as SnapPy, PolyTop etc. to
study the topology and geometry of surfaces

Differential forms in Physics: Definition of differential forms, sums and

products of differential forms; Exterior derivative; Integration of
differential forms; Example from electromagnetism

Asymptotic Methods: Method of stationary phase; Method of steepest

descents; Uniform asymptotic expansions; Asymptotic expansion of
multiple integrals
Suggested References Textbooks:

1. Bernard Schutz, Geometrical Methods of Mathematical Physics,

Cambridge University Press (1999), ISBN: 9780521298872

2. M Nakahara, Geometry, Topology and Physics (2nd edition),

1092 Go to Index
 Taylor and Francis (2003). ISBN: 9780750306065

Reference books:

3. John McCleary, Geometry from a differentiable viewpoint,

Cambridge University Press (1994). ISBN: 9780521133111

4. Norman Bleistein, Richard A. Handelsman, Asymptotic expansions

of integrals, Dover Publication (1986), ISBN: 9780486650821

5. Thomas F. Banchoff, Stephen Lovett, Differential Geometry of

Curves and Surfaces (3rd edition), CRC Press (2023). ISBN:
9781032047782

6. Richard Courant, Fritz John, Introduction to Calculus and Analysis,

Volume II (4th edition), Springer (2005), ISBN: 9781461389606

1093 Go to Index
Course Code PH 216
Course Title Accelerator Physics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
Department
Pre-requisites Basic Electromagnetic theory
Objectives of the course To familiarize students in accelerator physics
Course Outcomes Student will be able to understand:
● Different aspects of Linear accelerator, cyclotron, synchrotron
● Applications of accelerators
Course Syllabus • Introduction to accelerators: History of accelerators. Basic
principle of DC and Radio Frequency (RF) accelerators.
Accelerators in India. Application of accelerators in basic
research, medicine, industry.
• Linear Accelerator: Principle of Linear accelerator, Principle of
Radiofrequency Quadrupole (RFQ).
• Cyclotron: Basic principle of cyclotron, Synchrocyclotron,
Betatron tunes
• Synchrotron and Radiation Source: Basic principle of
Synchrotron, Electron and ion Synchrotron, Synchrotron
radiation source, Total radiated power, Properties of
Synchrotron radiation, Insertion devices.
• Concepts of van de Graff, Cyclotron and Linear Accelerator
(LINAC), Synchrocyclotron, Radio Frequency (RF) field and
particle acceleration, Storage Ring,
• Colliders and Fixed target Experiments, Luminosity, Cross-
sections, concept of event triggering
Suggested Textbook:
References 1. M.S. Livingston and J.B. Blewett, Particle Accelerators, McGraw-
Hill Inc, US (1962), ISBN: 978-0070381407
2. H. Wiedemann, Particle Accelerator Physics, Fourth Edition,
Springer (2015). ISBN: 978-1013270468

Reference Book:
3. K. Wille The Physics of Particle Accelerators: An Introduction,
Clarendon Press, (2001), ISBN: 978-0198505495
4. S. Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration, J. Wiley

1094 Go to Index
 (1986), ISBN: 978-0486498188
5. J. J. Livingood, Principles of Cyclic Particle Accelerators, Van
Nostrand, NJ (1961), ISBN: 978-0442048228

1095 Go to Index
Course Code PH 218

Course Title Introduction to General Relativity

Course Category Department Elective

Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)

Name of the department Physics

Pre-requisites, if any Classical Mechanics

Scope of the course This course is an introductory course to the theory of general
relativity, their various applications and classical tests.

Course Outcomes The student will be able to understand any gravitational set up and
perform calculations related to various measurements or effects
related to them.
Course Syllabus Review of Special Theory of Relativity: Covariant formalism
Metric tensor; One forms; Tensors of general rank; Energy momentum
tensor, Perfect fluids; Conservation laws
General coordinate transformations; Tangent manifold; Derivative of
general tensors; Christoffel symbols
Manifolds; Covariant derivatives and connection; Parallel transport;
Geodesics; Riemann, Ricci and Einstein tensors; Weak field limit;
Killing vectors; Einstein equations; Linearized equations;
gravitational waves
Gravitational redshift; Schwarzschild metric; Particle motion; Light
bending
Suggested references Textbooks:
1. B. Schutz, A first course in general relativity (2nd edition),
Cambridge University Press (2009), ISBN: 9780521887052
2. S. Carlip, General relativity: A concise introduction, Oxford Univ.
Press (2019), ISBN: 9780198822165
Reference books:
3. J. Hartle, Gravity, Pearson Education (2014), ISBN:
9789332535084
4. Christian Boehmer, Introduction to general relativity and
cosmology, WorldScientific (2016), ISBN: 9781786341181

1096 Go to Index
 S. P. Puri, General theory of relativity, Pearson education (2013),
ISBN:9788131795682

5. S. Carroll, Spacetime and Geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press (2019)

ISBN:978-1108488396

1097 Go to Index
Course code PH 251 / AA 251
Title of the course Engineering Physics Lab - I
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Course Category Core
Name of the Dept. Physics
Pre-requisite if any None
Objectives of the Students will get exposure to several experiments based on various
course advanced concepts of Physics.
Course Outcomes • Learn to accurately collect, analyze and interpret data to understand
the underlying physical principles/concepts.
• Experimental verification of fundamental concepts in Classical
Physics, Waves and Optics and Solid State engineering
• Evaluate the errors and statistical deviations associated with the
experimental results
Course Syllabus A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:

Classical physics
• Moment of inertia of flywheel
• Measurement of Young’s modulus
• Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem
• Constant volume and pressure air thermometer
• Determination of Planck’s constant
• Millikan oil drop experiment
• Helmholtz coil & measurement of Faraday’s number

Waves and Optics

• Michelson interferometer
• Verification of Brewster’s law
• Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution by using
Laurent’s Half Shade Polarimeter.

Solid State Engineering

• Nature of semiconductor band-gap of a powdered semiconductor
using Diffuse Reflectance Spectroscopy.
• Demonstration of X-ray diffraction in crystalline solids
• Determination of Heat Capacity using Differential Scanning
Calorimetry.
Suggested Books Reference Books:
3. W. F. Smith, Experimental Physics: Principles and Practice for the
laboratory, CRC Press, (2020), ISBN: 978-1498778473
4. L. Lyons, A practical guide to data analysis for physical science
1098 Go to Index
 students, Cambridge Univ. Press, (1991), ISBN: 978-0415481519

Course Code PH 252 / AA 252

Title of the Course Scientific Computing Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-2-1)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course To familiarize students with Object-Oriented Programming
language, data structures, and their application in Physics-
specific problems.
Course outcomes Student will be able to learn to apply computational techniques
for Physics problems using a model programming language in
vogue
Course Syllabus • Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (OOP), using a
model language such as Python.
• Object types, numbers, strings, lists, arrays, dictionaries,
tuples, files, I/O handling. Statements and syntax, expressions,
loops, iterations.
• Basic functions, arguments, recursive functions, modules,
module packages. Introduction to class and OOP, Error &
exceptions handling.
• Data structure and data handling. Efficient array handling
using standard libraries. Scientific computing and problem
solving, Integrating Fortran/C++ code with Python, as a model
language.
• Application of the model language to solve Physics problems
Suggested Books Textbook:
4. A. K. Gupta, Scientific Computing in Python, Techno World
Publishers, (2021) ISBN: 978-81-949567-6-1

Reference Books:
5. M. Lutz, Learning Python: Powerful Object-Oriented
Programming (5th edition), Cambridge University Press;
(1989), ISBN: 978-1449355739
6. A. K. Gupta, Python Computing: Fundamentals and
Applications, Techno World, (2023), ISBN: 978-93-92145-55-
1

1099 Go to Index
Course code PH 255 / AA 255
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab - I
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of Dept. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Prerequisite, if any None
The students will acquire foundational knowledge and skills in analog
Objectives of the course
electronics experimentation
• Acquire hands-on experience in the domain of analog
Course Outcome electronics.
• Learn how to implement electronic circuits.
• Diode and its applications; I-V characteristics, Clipping Circuits.
• Diode as – Voltage Doublers, Rectified Differentiator, Precision
Rectifier, reverse-bias capacitance.
• To measure the minority carrier lifetime in a semiconductor
photodiode.
• Transistor and Op-Amp characteristics - amplification, Op-Amp as
Course Syllabus summer, Integrator, Differentiator.
• Zener Diode - rectification, DC power supply.
• Characterization of basic and cascade current mirror circuits
(with BJT and MOSFET).
• Design of single-stage and differential amplifiers.
• 555 Timers - timer and oscillator functions.
Reference Books:
4. J. Millman, A. Grabel, Microelectronics, Tata McGraw-Hill (2017),
ISBN: 978-0074637364
Suggested Books 5. S. Sedra K. C. Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, OUP, (2017), ISBN:
978-0199476299
6. Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley, (2017) ISBN:
978-8126571352

** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

1100 Go to Index
Course code PH 256/ AA 256
Title of the course Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab - II
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of the Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Engineering
Department
Pre-requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course The students will engage in hands-on digital electronics experiments.
Course Outcomes ● Acquire hand-on experience in digital electronics.
● Implement digital components to solve electronics problems.
Course Content A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:
• Introduction to Logic Circuits: To gain familiarity with digital
integrated circuits by setting up simple logic circuits.
• Combinational Logic Circuits: Use of TTL adder, multiplexer and
decoder.
• Sequential building blocks
• Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Conversion
• Sampling and Reconstruction of Continuous-Time Signals and
Interpolation with Decimation.
• Implementation of a (4 X 4) multiplier using registers and a
down counter.
• MOSFET inverting amplifiers and first-order circuits
• Introduction to VHDL and FPGA
• Electronics Project
Suggested Books Reference Books
5. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles And Practices, Pearson India;
4th edition (2008) ISBN: 978-9332508125
6. S. Salivahanan, S. Arivazhagan, Digital circuits and design, Oxford
University Press; Fifth edition, (2018), ISBN: 978-0199488681
7. S. Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 4th edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-
9352601943
8. J. Millman, A. Grabel, Microelectronics, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd
edition, (2017), ISBN: 978-0074637364

1101 Go to Index
** This course will be taught by instructors of Department of Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space
Engineering

1102 Go to Index
Course Code PH 301
Title of the Course Nuclear Science and Engineering
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Objectives of the course To introduce students with the concepts and important
developments in our understanding of nucleus and elementary
particles and their interactions.
Course Outcomes ● Familiarity with different nuclear models and properties of
Nucleus
● Learn the working principle of different kinds of detectors and
their applications.
● Exposure to different elementary particles
Course Syllabus • Nuclear Properties through experiments: Rutherford
scattering, Basic nuclear properties: size, shape, charge
distribution, spin and parity; Binding energy, Nature of the
nuclear force, form of nucleon-nucleon potential; Charge-
independence and charge-symmetry of nuclear forces; Deuteron
problem
• Nuclear Models: Liquid drop model, semi-empirical mass
formula; Electric and magnetic moments; Fermi gas model of
nucleus; nuclear shell model; Collective model
• Radioactivity: Radioactive decays, Gamow model, Fermi theory
and Selection rules, Electromagnetic transitions in nuclei
multipole radiation
• Fission and Fusion: Fission Reactors, Fission explosives,
Controlled Fusion reactor.
• Detectors and Accelerators: Gas filled counters, Scintillation
detectors, Semiconductor detectors, Linear Accelerator (LINAC),
Cyclotron and synchrotron accelerators, Mass spectroscopy with
accelerators, Accelerators in medical science.
• Elementary Particles: Classification of fundamental forces;
Elementary particles (quarks, baryons, mesons, leptons); quark
model; Symmetries and Conservation laws; Spin and parity
assignments, isospin, strangeness, Gell-Mann-Nishijima formula;
C, P, and T invariance and applications of symmetry arguments to
particle reactions, parity non-conservation in weak interaction
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. K. S. Krane, Introductory Nuclear Physics, Wiley, (2022) ISBN: 978-
9354640834
2. B. R. Martin Nuclear and Particle Physics: An Introduction, Wiley,
(2009), ISBN: 978-0470742754
1103 Go to Index
Reference Books:
3. W. S. C. Williams, Nuclear and Particle Physics, Oxford University
Press, USA, (1991) ISBN: 978-0198520467
4. A. Das and T. Ferbel, Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics,
World Scientific Publishing Company, (2003) ISBN: 978-
9812387448
5. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Elementary Particles, Wiley-vch Verlag
Gmbh, (2008), ISBN: 978-3527406012

1104 Go to Index
Course Code PH 302
Title of the course Cooperative Phenomena in Solids
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisites Basic Knowledge of Quantum Mechanics and Electricity & Magnetism
Objectives of the This course aims to provide an in-depth introduction to collective
course phenomena in solids as well as their applications
Course Outcomes Students will develop an understanding of the fundamentals of
various exotic properties displayed by solids.
Course syllabus • Fermi Surfaces and Metals: Construction of Fermi Surfaces,
Calculation of Energy Bands, De Haas-Van Alphen effect and
Shubnikov–De Haas Oscillations, Landau levels.
• Spontaneous Coherence in Matter: Superconductivity, Phonon-
Mediated Cooper Pairing Mechanism, brief introduction to BCS
theory, Flux quantization, Single particle tunneling, Type–I, Type–
II superconductors, D.C and A.C Josephson effect; Introduction to
Bose–Einstein Condensation and Superfluidity.
• Magnetism: Para- and Ferro- magnetism, Ising Model, Magnetic
Structures, Langevin theory of diamagnetism, Pauli
Paramagnetism, Quantum mechanical considerations –
Ferromagnetism, Domain wall energy, GMR in multilayers.
• Quasiparticles in Condensed Matter Physics: Introduction to
Plasmons, Polaritons and Polarons: Dielectric function of Electron
gas, Mott Metal–Insulator Transition, Electron–electron
interaction, Electron–Phonon interaction
• Optical processes in solids: Complex dielectric function and
refractive index of solids, Optical Reflectance, Absorption,
Kramer-Kronig Relations, Excitons, Band-gap determination from
optical spectra, Band – Band transitions, Band gap
renormalization, Impurity levels – shallow and deep states,
Optoelectronic devices
• Dielectrics and Ferroelectrics: Dielectric constant and
Polarizability, Structural Phase transitions, Ferroelectric Crystals,
Displacive Transitions and theory of ferroelectric phase
transition, Antiferroelectricity, Ferroelectric domains,
Piezoelectric effect and other applications of ferroelectrics.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics (India Edition), Wiley
India, (2019) ISBN: 9788126578436.
2. Ashcroft and Mermin, Solid State Physics, Thomson Press (India)
Ltd. (2021), ISBN: 9780030839931

1105 Go to Index
Reference Books:
3. D. W. Snoke, Solid State Physics Essential Concepts, Cambridge
University Press, (2008) ISBN: 9781107191983
4. A. J. Dekker, Solid State Physics, MacMillan India Ltd. (2008), ISBN
: 978-0333918333
5. M. A. Omar, Elementary Solid-State Physics: Principles and
Applications (1st Edition), Pearson Education, (2002), ISBN: 978-
8177583779

1106 Go to Index
Course code PH 303
Title of the course Quantum Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisites Non-relativistic quantum mechanics
Objectives of the The students will be introduced to more concepts and some important
course applications of quantum mechanics
Course Outcomes Students will be able to:
● Apply internal symmetry concepts to various problems.
● Apply various standard techniques to a variety of quantum
problems.
Course syllabus • Stern-Gerlach experiment, Dirac notation for state vectors.
• Quantum dynamics: Time evolution and the Schrodinger equation,
• Theory of angular momentum: Rotation and angular momentum
commutation relations, spin ½ systems and finite rotations, SO(3),
SU(2) and Euler rotations, Eigenvalues and eigenstates of angular
momentum, Orbital angular momentum, addition of angular
momenta, Wigner-Eckart theorem, Tensor operators.
• Approximation methods: Time independent perturbation theory
(Non degenerate case), Time-independent perturbation theory (The
dependent case), hydrogen like atoms (Fine structure and Zeeman
effect), Variational methods, Time dependent potentials (The
interaction picture), Fermi's Golden Rule; Selection rules; Time
dependent perturbation theory, Energy shift and decay width
• Identical particles: Pauli's exclusion principle, spin-statistics
connection
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. J. J. Sakurai and J. Napolitano, Modern Quantum Mechanics (3rd
edition), Cambridge University Press, (2020) ISBN: 978-
1108473224.
2. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Springer, (2011), ISBN:
978-0306447907

Reference Books:
3. J. S. Townsend, A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics,
University Science Books, (2012), ISBN:978-1891389788.
4. L. Landau and L. Liftshitz, Quantum mechanics - Vol. 3 (3rd edition),
Butterworth-Heinemann, (1981) ISBN: 978-0750635394.
5. C. Cohen-Tannoudji, B. Diu and F. Laloë, Quantum Mechanics Vol. 2,
Wiley-VCH, (2019), ISBN: 978-3527345540

1107 Go to Index
Course Code PH 304
Title of the Course Fundamentals of Statistical Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Basic knowledge of thermal physics
Objectives of the course This course imparts analytic techniques in classical and quantum
statistical mechanics
Course Outcomes ● The students should get well versed with partition function
and various related concepts.
● They should be able to differentiate between various regimes
of validity and properties of quantum and classical ensemble
of particles
Course Syllabus • Formulation of thermodynamics using generalized
coordinates: Thermodynamic laws and potentials, approach
to equilibrium and stability analysis, Gibbs-Duhem relation,
generalized Maxwell’s equations.
• Statistical tools: Probability theory, random variables,
moments and cumulants, probability distributions, Wick’s
theorem, sums of random variables and the central limit
theorem, Illustrative applications in: Rules for large numbers,
Information theory and Shannon entropy.
• Kinetic theory of gasses: Concept of phase space, Liouville’s
theorem, Boltzmann equation.
• Classical statistical mechanics: Micro-canonical ensemble,
two-level systems, ideal gas, mixing entropy and Gibbs
paradox, canonical ensemble, Gibbs canonical ensemble,
grand canonical ensemble, limitations of classical statistical
mechanics and thermal wavelength.
• Interacting particles: Cluster expansion, van der Waals
equation and Virial coefficients, introduction to mean-field
theory.
• Quantum statistical mechanics: Quantum macrostates and
density matrices, Liouville’s theorem using density matrix.
• Ideal quantum gases: Identical particles, canonical and
grand canonical formulations, non-relativistic gas, degenerate
Fermi and Bose gases, superfluidity of Helium.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. Kardar, Statistical Physics of Particles, Cambridge
University Press. (2007) ISBN: 978-0521873420.
2. R. K. Pathria and P. D. Beale, Statistical Mechanics (4th
edition), Academic Press, Elsevier. (2021) ISBN: 978-
9351073970.

1108 Go to Index
Reference Books:
3. K. Huang, Statistical Mechanics (2nd edition), John Wiley &
sons. (2021) ISBN: 978-9354247736.
4. J. P. Sethna, Statistical mechanics: entropy, order parameters,
and complexity (2nd edition), Oxford University Press. (2006)
ISBN: 978-0198865254.
5. D. Chandler, Introduction to Modern Statistical Physics, Oxford
University Press. (1987) ISBN: 978-0195042771.

1109 Go to Index
Course Code PH 305
Title of the Course Advanced Classical Mechanics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits 2-1-0-3 (3/2 = 1.5) Half semester course
Name of the department Department of Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Fundamental classical mechanics with Langrangian Formulation
Objectives of the course This course provides advanced concepts and techniques in classical
mechanics and special theory of relativity
Course Outcomes ● To solve classical problems using Hamiltonian’s principle
● Learn different aspects of Canonical Transformation
● Know basics of fluid mechanics
Course Syllabus • Hamilton's Principle: Calculus of variations; Hamilton's
principle; Legendre transformation and Hamilton's canonical
equations; Canonical equations from a variational principle;
Principle of least action. Noether’s theorem and conservation of
charges.
• Canonical transformations: Generating functions; example of
canonical transformations; group property; Integral variants of
Poincare; Lagrange and Poisson brackets; Infinitesimal canonical
transformations; Conservation theorem in Poisson bracket
formalism; Jacobi's identity; Angular momentum Poisson
bracket relations Hamilton-Jacobi theory: The Hamilton Jacobi
equation for Hamilton's principal function; The harmonic
oscillator problem; Hamilton's characteristics; Action angle
variables.
• Fluid Mechanics: Kinematics of moving fluids, equation of
continuity, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s theorem
• Nonlinear Dynamics: Introduction, maps and flows, stability,
phase space, fixed point analysis, logistic maps, chaos.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. H. Goldstein, C. P. Poole and J. L. Safko, Classical Mechanics (3rd
edition), Addison Wesley, (2001), ISBN: 978-0201657029
2. J. R. Taylor, Classical Mechanics, Uni. Science Books, (2005),
ISBN: 978-1891389221

Reference Books:
3. L. D. Landau, E. M. Lifshitz, Course of Theoretical Physics - Vol. 1
(3rd edition), Butterworth-Heinermann, (1976), ISBN: 978-
0750628969
4. J. B. Marion and S. T. Thornton, Classical Dynamics of Particles
and Systems (4th edition), Holt Rinehart & Winston, (1995),
ISBN: 978-0030973024
5. E. C. G. Sudarshan, Classical Dynamics: A Modern Perspective (1st
edition), John Wiley & Sons, (1974), ISBN: 978-9814730013

1110 Go to Index
Course Code PH 306

1111 Go to Index
Title of the Course Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Basic Knowledge of Quantum Mechanics and Mathematics.
Objectives of the course To make the students to understand the physics of atomic and
molecular structure and spectra, which are essential in terms of
knowledge development in basic science and its applications.
Course Outcomes Students will be able to
● Develop a solid foundation in atomic and molecular physics,
preparing students for advanced study or careers in physics,
chemistry, or related fields.
● Acquire problem-solving skills specific to atomic and molecular
systems, enhancing analytical thinking and application of
theoretical concepts to practical scenarios.
Course Syllabus • Fundamentals of spectroscopy: Principles and
instrumentation.
• Review of atomic structure of Hydrogen: Atomic structure of
two electron system, Many electron atoms; Central field
approximation, Fine and Hyperfine structure: The interaction
Hamiltonian, Selection rules, Effect of external magnetic field.
• Many-electron atom: Central field approximation Slater
determinant, L-S and j-j coupling, Equivalent and nonequivalent
electrons, Energy levels and spectra, Spectroscopic terms,
Hund’s rule, Landé interval rule, Alkali spectra.
• Molecular Electronic States: Concept of molecular potential,
Separation of electronic and nuclear wavefunctions, Born-
Oppenheimer approximation, Electronic states of diatomic
molecules, Electronic angular momenta, The LCAO approach,
States for hydrogen molecular ion, Coulomb, Exchange and
Overlap integral, Symmetries of electronic wavefunctions, pi and
sigma bond;
• Rotation and Vibration of Molecules: Centrifugal distortion,
Symmetric top molecules, Molecular vibrations: Harmonic
oscillator and the anharmonic oscillator approximation, Morse
potential, Molecular rotation/vibration and microwave/infrared
spectroscopy.
• Spectra of Diatomic Molecules: Transition matrix elements,
Vibration-rotation spectra, Electronic transitions, Franck-
Condon principle, Dissociation energy of molecules, Raman
transitions and Raman spectra, Vibration of Polyatomic
Molecules: Application of Group Theory.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. B. H. Bransden and C. J. Joachain, Physics of Atoms and Molecules,
Pearson Education Limited, Second edition (2003), ISBN: 978-

1112 Go to Index
 0582356924
2. C. N. Banwell and E. M. McCash, Fundamentals of Molecular
Spectroscopy, McGraw-Hill College (1994), ISBN: 978-
9352601738

Reference Books:
3. D. C. Harris, M. D. Bertolucci, Symmetry and Spectroscopy – An
Introduction to Vibrational and Electronic Spectroscopy, Oxford
University Press, USA, Dover publications (1989), ISBN: 978-
0486661445
4. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, Wiley (2004), ISBN: 978-
0470844168
5. G. M. Barrow, Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy, McGraw-
Hill, (1962), ISBN: 978-0070038707

1113 Go to Index
Course Code PH 307
Course Title Topics in Mathematical Physics
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L - T - P – Credits 2-1-0-3 (3/2=1.5) Half semester course
Name of the Physics
department
Pre-requisite, if any Fundamental knowledge of Differential equations and Linear Algebra
Objectives of the course This course introduces some physics specific advanced concepts of
mathematics
Course Outcomes ● Be conversant in group theory, special functions and tensors and
apply these concepts in various problems.
Course Syllabus • Introductory Group theory: Abelian and non-Abelian groups,
discrete and continuous groups, reducible and irreducible
representations, generators and Lie algebra, applications of Lie
groups.
• Special functions and applications: Legendre, Bessel, Laguerre,
Hermite, Chebyshev, Hypergeometric Functions, Spherical
Harmonics.
• Tensors and their applications: Introduction to Tensors,
Covariant derivative, tensor transformations and applications to
geometry.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. G. B. Arfken and H. J. Weber, Mathematical Methods for Physicists
(6th edition), Academic Press, (2005), ISBN: 978-9381269558
2. K. F. Riley, M.P. Hobson and S.J. Bence, Mathematical Methods for
Physics and Engineering: A Comprehensive Guide (3rd edition),
Cambridge University Press, (2006) ISBN: 978-0521679718

Reference Books:
3. S. Hassani, Mathematical Physics: A modern introduction to its
foundations, Springer-Verlag, (1999), ISBN: 978-0387985794
4. M. L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences (3rd
edition), John Wiley & Sons, (2005), ISBN: 978-0471198260
5. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8th edition), John
Wiley & Sons, (2006), ISBN: 978-8126508273

1114 Go to Index
Course Code PH 309
Title of the Course Simulation Methods and Analysis
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-C (2-0-2-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Programming Language (Fortran/C/C++/Python)
Objectives of the course The students will learn about various computing techniques used to
understand physical phenomena in various systems.
Course Outcomes Students should be able to write their own program to apply physics
principles and study processes in a diverse range of settings.
Course Syllabus • Statistical Analysis: Basics of Probability and Statistics, Bayes
theorem, Probability distributions, Characteristic function, Central
limit theorem, error propagation, Test statistic, Type I and II errors,
sampling of data, Statistical tests: Goodness of fit, statistical fitting
and parameter estimation, p-value and significance, interval
estimations.
• Monte Carlo (MC) Techniques: Random number generators,
sampling, importance sampling, integration, biased/unbiased Monte
Carlo, Metropolis algorithm, Markov chain Monte Carlo, quantum
Monte Carlo, kinetic Monte Carlo, convergence and central limit
theorem, various application of Monte Carlo methods
• Classical Molecular Dynamics (CMD): Classical force fields,
Different algorithms for integrating Newton’s equation of motion,
stability of various solvers, pressure and temperature coupling, MD
in NPT and NVT ensembles, application of CMD in condensed matter
and biological systems, Application in drug discovery.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. H. Kalos and P. A. Whitlock, Monte Carlo Methods (2nd Edition),
Wiley-VCH , (2008), ISBN : 978-3527407606
2. D. Frenkel, Understanding Molecular Simulation: From Algorithms to
Applications, Academic Press, New York, (2001), ISBN : 978-
0122673511
3. G. Cowan, Statistical Data Analysis, Oxford Science Publications,
(1998), ISBN: 978-0198501558

Reference Books:
4. M. P. Allen, D. J. Tildesley, Computer Simulation of Liquids (2nd
Edition), Oxford University Press, (2017) ISBN 978-0-19-880320-1
5. D. Sholl, J. A. Steckel, Density Functional Theory: A Practical
Introduction, Wiley-Interscience, (2009) ISBN: 978-0470373170

1115 Go to Index
Course Code PH 311
Title of the Course Physics of Semiconductor Devices
Course category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (3-0-0-3)
Name of the department Physics
Pre–requisite, if any Fundamental concepts in Solid State Physics
Objectives of the course This course will discuss about the basics of semiconductor materials
and their device physics
Course Outcome • Basic understanding of semiconductor materials and their
applications.
• Understanding of various types of semiconductor devices.
Course Syllabus • Semiconductor Fundamentals: General Material Properties,
Crystal Structure, Crystal Growth, Carrier Modelling,
Semiconductor Models, Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductor,
Carrier Properties, State and Carrier Distribution, Equilibrium,
Carrier Concentrations, Carrier Action: Drift, Diffusion,
Recombinations-Generation, Equations of State.
• Basics of Device Fabrication and p-n Junction: Fabrication
Process, Device Fabrication Examples, p-n Junction: p-n Junction
Electrostatics, I-V Characteristics, Junction Breakdown
Mechanisms, Homo- and Hetero-Junctions.
• Metal-Semiconductor Contacts: Schottky Barrier Diodes,
Current Transport in Schottky Diodes, I-V Characteristics, Ohmic
Contacts.
• MOS Structure: Ideal MOS Structure, Energy Band Diagrams
under Accumulation, Depletion, and Inversion Conditions, C-V
Characteristics, MOSFET, basics about the operation of a
MOSFET, I-V relationships of a MOSFET.
• Optoelectronic Devices: Basics of Solar Cells, Light-Emitting
Diodes, Lasers, and Photodetectors.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. S. M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 3rd edition, Wiley,
(2008) ISBN: 9788126517022
2. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd edition,
Tata Mcgraw Hill, (2017) ISBN: 978-007-0529-05-1

Reference Books:
3. R. F. Pierret Semiconductor Device Fundamentals 1st edition,
Pearson, (2006) ISBN 978-8177589771
4. J. W. Orton, The Story of Semiconductors, Oxford University Press,
(2008), ISBN: 9780191565441

1116 Go to Index
Course Code PH 312
Title of the Course Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and
Applications
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Fundamental concepts around semiconductors and devices
Objectives of the This course will discuss the applied physics of solar energy
course conversion
Course Outcomes Students will develop a thorough understanding of
● the fundamental concepts of semiconductor physics, the working
principles and characterization of photovoltaic devices, and
different generations of photovoltaic technologies.
● Students will be proficient in applying mathematical concepts and
techniques to solve problems related to semiconductor physics
and photovoltaic devices.
Course Syllabus • Fundamental concepts in semiconductor physics: p and n-type
semiconductors, doping and carrier concentration, diffusion and
drift of carriers, continuity equation, P-N junction and its
properties, I-V characteristics of a p-n junction under dark
• Working principle of a photovoltaic device and its
characterization: p-n junction as a solar cell, I-V characteristics
of a p-n junction under illumination (concepts of Voc, Jsc, FF, Eff),
parameters affecting the photovoltaic device performance
(absorption coefficient, carrier mobilities, carrier diffusion
lengths, carrier-generation/recombination mechanisms and rates,
traps states etc.), Shockley-Queisser limit on the performance of a
single junction solar cell,
• Solar spectrum and Air Mass, Solar simulators and spectral
mismatch, Characterization techniques for PV devices: EQE, LBIC
etc.
• Different Generations of photovoltaic devices and their
fabrication: A brief history of Photovoltaic devices, single crystal,
polycrystalline and amorphous Silicon solar cells, Thin film solar
cells- CIGS, CdTe solar cells, Emerging PV technologies: Organic,
DSSC, Hybrid perovskite, Quantum Dot solar cells. Overcoming SQ
limit using multijunction solar cells.
• Current status of PV technologies: Lab cells vs Modules,
Fabrication of Modules and issues surrounding their operation.
• Advanced Applications of PV technologies: Solar to hydrogen,
Solar thermal approaches etc.
Suggested books Textbooks:
1. J. Nelson, The Physics of Solar Cells, Imperial College Press (2003),
ISBN: 978-1860943492

1117 Go to Index
2. P. Wurfel, Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to Advanced
Concepts Wiley-VCH, (2009) ISBN: 978-3527413126

Reference books:
3. S. M. Sze and Kwok. K. Ng, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Wiley,
(2008), ISBN: 978-8126517022
4. R. F. Pierret Semiconductor Device Fundamentals 1st edition,
Pearson, (2006) ISBN 978-8177589771

1118 Go to Index
Course Code PH 313
Title of the Course Quantum Transport Theory and Simulations
Course Category Elective
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (2-0-2-3)
Name of the
Physics
Department
Pre–requisite, if Linear algebra and ordinary differential equations, Python Programming,
any Fundamental Quantum Mechanics
Objectives of the This course will introduce the key concepts of quantum transport in
course nanoscale/mesoscale electronic devices
• Analyze quantum effects and phenomena applicable in a given
nano-electronic device.
Course Outcome
• Acquire an overview of the present status of the field of
nanophysics/quantum technologies.
• Boltzmann Transport Equation: Time-Relaxation Approximation,
Linearized Approximation, Numerical solutions by discretization and
Monte-Carlo simulations, Semiclassical transport and its Quantum
corrections (with 3 Lab classes)
• Transport in nano-structures: Distribution functions, Density of
states, Ballistic conductors, Landauer Buttiker formula, Quantized
conductance, Single-particle Green’s functions formulation, Self-
energies, Spin-polarized transport (with 3 Lab classes)
Course Syllabus
• Quantum transport Phenomena: Quantum Hall effect, Weak-
localization, Universal conductance fluctuations, Aharonov-Bohm
effect, Spin-Orbit coupling
• Advanced formalism: Correlation functions , Non-equilibrium
density matrix: Simulations, Inflow and outflow, Inelastic flow,
Coulomb blockade/Kondo resonance, Simulations of Non-equilibrium
Green’s function (NEGF) formalism and its application to nanowire
transport (with 6 Lab classes)
Textbooks:
1. S. Datta, Lessons from Nanoelectronics: A New Perspective on Transport,
Worlds Scientific, Singapore, (2018), ISBN: 978-981-4335-28-7
2. S. Datta, Quantum Transport: Atom to Transistor, Cambridge Press,
(2005), ISBN: 9781139164313

Reference Books:
Suggested Books:
3. M. Lundstrom, Fundamentals of Carrier Transport, Cambridge
Press, (2000), ISBN-13. 978-0521631341
4. J. H. Davies, The Physics of Low-Dimensional Semiconductors,
Cambridge Press, (2006), ISBN: 0-521-48148-1.
5. D. Frenkel, Understanding Molecular Simulation: From Algorithms
to Applications, Academic Press, New York, (2001), ISBN-13 : 978-
0122673511
1119 Go to Index
Course Code PH 314
Title of the Course Introduction to Quantum Field Theory
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, General theory of relativity
Objectives of the The students will learn unified framework and techniques of
course relativistic field theory.
Course Outcomes The students will be able to calculate amplitudes and probabilities of
a variety of physical processes.
Course Syllabus • Canonical quantization: Canonical quantization of free and
interacting fields, relativistic normalization, S-Matrix, Dyson’s
formula, Wick’s theorem.
• Feynman Diagrams: Introduction to Feynman diagrams,
Connected and amputated diagrams, Decay rates and scattering
cross section, Vacuum bubbles, From Green’s functions to S-
matrices.
• Quantization of fermions: Spinors, Dirac equation, Chiral
spinors, Fermion quantization, Feynman rules for fermions,
Scattering involving fermions.
• Quantum Electrodynamics: Quantization of the electromagnetic
field and its coupling to matter, Charged scalars, Feynman rules
for QED, Scattering in QED.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. M. Peskin and a D. Schroeder, An Introduction to Quantum Field
Theory, Addison-Wesley, (1995) ISBN: 9780201503975
2. A. Lahiri and P. B. Pal, A First Book of Quantum Field Theory,
Narosa, (2007), ISBN: 978-8173196546

Reference books:
3. M. D. Schwartz, Quantum Field Theory and the Standard Model,
Cambridge University Press, (2013), ISBN: 978-1107034730
4. A. Zee, Quantum Field Theory in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition, Levant
Books, (2012), ISBN: 9789380663425
5. M. Maggiore, A Modern Introduction to Quantum Field Theory,
Oxford University Press, (2004), ISBN : 978-0198520740

1120 Go to Index
Course Code PH 315
Title of the Course Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L - T - P - Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Department Physics
Pre-requisite, if any Basics of Quantum Mechanics and Mathematical Physics
Objectives of the course Exposing the students to various advanced aspects of Quantum
Mechanics.
Course Outcomes • The students will learn several advanced concepts in Quantum
Mechanics, which have important applications in atomic and
nuclear physics research.
Course Syllabus • Scattering theory: Formal theory of scattering in Quantum
Mechanics, Lippman-Schwinger equation, Scattering amplitude
and differential cross-section, Born approximation, Application
for Coulomb scattering, Partial wave analysis, Phase shift and
scattering length, Scattering resonances and Breit-Wigner
shape, Form factors and their applications.
• Symmetries in Quantum Mechanics: Symmetry and
degeneracy in Quantum Mechanics, Discrete symmetries, Parity
transformation, Time reversal and need for anti-unitary
operators.
• Relativistic Quantum Mechanics: Relativistic Hamiltonian
and Klein-Gordon equation, Negative energy solutions, Dirac
equation, gamma matrices and their properties, spin and
helicity, Dirac bilinears, Covariance of Dirac equation, Weyl
spinors, Charge conjugation and Majorana equation.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. J. J. Sakurai and J. Napolitano, Modern Quantum Mechanics,
Third Edition, Cambridge University Press, (2020), ISBN:
9781108587280
2. J. D. Bjorken and S. D. Drell, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics,
First Edition, Primis, (2008), ISBN: 978-0072320022

Reference Books:
3. W. Greiner and B. Muller, Quantum Mechanics (Symmetries),
Second Edition, Springer, (1994), ISBN: 978-3-642-57976-9
4. J. J. Sakurai, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Pearson, (1967)
ISBN: 978-0201067101
5. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Second Edition,
Springer (2011) ISBN: 978-0306447907

1121 Go to Index
Course Code PH 316

Title of the Course Group Theory in Particle Physics

Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Mathematical Physics
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced use of symmetry in the context of
Particle Physics
Course Outcomes The students will learn how to use Group Theory to construct
mathematical models describing fundamental physics.
Course Syllabus Review of Group theory: constructing multiplication tables, direct
product, homomorphism, isomorphism, permutation group,
invariant subgroup, simple group, continuous groups, rotation
group and Lie algebra, SO(3), SU(2) and SU(3), general properties of
SU(N).
Applications for Particle Physics:
• SU(3) of flavor, isospin as a subgroup, U and V spins, roots and
weights, hadron multiplets, Gell-Mann Okubo mass formula,
Young tableaux.
• Lorentz group, connection with spin, Dirac, Majorana and Weyl
spinors.
• Nonabelian gauge theory, SU(2)xU(1) --> U(1) breaking.
• Accidental symmetries of the Standard Model, Baryon and
Lepton number conservation, Custodial symmetry.
• Grand Unification and SU(5), from SU(5) to SO(10).
• Applications of groups in flavor model building, Froggatt-
Nielsen mechanism.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. A. Zee, Group Theory in a Nutshell for Physicists, Princeton Univ.
Press, (2016) ISBN: 978-0691162690
2. Georgi, Lie algebras in Particle Physics, Sarat, 2nd Edition, (2009)
ISBN: 978-8190806428

Reference Books:
3. J. Schwichtenberg, Physics from Symmetry, Second Edition,
Springer. (2017) ISBN: 9783319192017
4. P. B. Pal, A Physicist’s Introduction to Algebraic Structures, First
Edition, Cambridge University Press. (2019) ISBN:
9781108729116
5. A. Das, Lie groups and Lie algebras for Physicists, Hindustan Book
Agency, (2014), ISBN: 978-9380250632

1122 Go to Index
Course Code PH 317
Title of the Course Data Analysis in High Energy Physics
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Prerequisite, if any Nil
To familiarize students in relativistic kinematics and data analysis of
Objectives of the course
High Energy Physics.
Course Outcomes The student will know various technical concepts used to describe
motion of relativistic particles
Course Syllabus • Review of special theory of relativity: Lorentz Transformations,
concept of four vectors, proper time, natural units, transformation
from laboratory to center of momentum frame, concepts of
rapidity, pseudo rapidity, decay kinematics, Lorentz Invariants,
Two and three body decay processes, phase space.
• Analysis Framework: Review of Object-oriented programming
C++ and Python, Analysis Framework: ROOT- CERN, 1D, 2D, 3D
Histograms, Graphs, Fitting, Physics with three and four vectors,
Tree: concept of reading and writing data in columnar
• Review of Statistical analysis
• Monte Carlo Techniques: Generation of Toy Monte Carlo Sample,
Unbinned Maximum Likelihood Fit
• Machine learning applications in High Energy Physics data:
Enhancement of signal to noise ratio, identification of electron and
photon accelerator Physics clusters in electromagnetic
calorimeter through image processing.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. P. R. Bevington and D. K. Robinson, Data Reduction and Error
Analysis for the Physical Sciences, McGraw-Hill, (2002), ISBN-10:
0072472278
2. R. Hagedorn, J. D. Jackson, D. Pines, Relativistic Kinematics: A Guide
to The Kinematic Problems of High Energy Physics, Literary
Licensing LLC, (2012), ISBN: 978-1258264369

Reference Books:
3. G. Cowan, Statistical Data Analysis, Oxford Science Publications,
(1998), ISBN: 978-0198501558
4. J. R. Taylor, An Introduction to Error Analysis The Study of
Uncertainties in Physical Measurements (2nd edition), University
Science Books, (1997) ISBN: 9780935702750
5. Richard Fernow, Introduction to Experimental Particle Physics,
Cambridge University Press, (1989) ISBN: 0521379407

1123 Go to Index
Course Code PH 318
Title of the Course Introduction to String Theory
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, General Theory of Relativity
Objectives of the course The students will be introduced to the basic frameworks of string
theory
Course Outcomes The students will gain understanding and outlook of various research
topics in string theory
Course Syllabus • Introduction to strings, Problems with quantizing gravity and
comparison with other approaches, Notion of Effective Field
Theory.
• String dynamics. Nambu-Goto and Polyakov action, Various gauge
choices, Worldsheet conformal field theory, Bosonic strings in 26
dimensions.
• Types of string theory, Spectrum of string theory.
• Introducing fermions, Supersymmetric strings in 10 dimensions.
• D-branes, Higher form gauge fields, Introduction to M-theory.
• Applications of string theory in many body physics, quantum
information theory and low-energy effective field theory.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. B. Zwiebach, A first course in string theory, Cambridge University
Press, (2nd Ed.), (2009) ISBN- 978-0521880329
2. K. Becker, M. Becker, J. Schwarz, String Theory and M-Theory: A
Modern Introduction Cambridge University Press, (1st Ed.), (2006)
ISBN- 978-0521860697

Reference Book:
3. E. Kiritsis, String Theory in a Nutshell, Princeton University Press,
2nd Edition, (2007), ISBN : 978-0691155791

1124 Go to Index
Course Code PH 320
Title of the Course Physics of the Early Universe and Dark Matter
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Introductory general theory of relativity, Knowledge of the Standard
Model of Particle physics.
Objectives of the course Applications of the Standard Model of Particle Physics in cosmology,
followed by introduction to dark matter and its importance
Course Outcomes • It will enable students to work in the interface of cosmology and
particle physics.
• Familiarity with on-going research on dark matter with an
exposure to the particle nature of dark matter
Course Syllabus • Homogeneous Isotropic Universe, Robertson-Walker metric,
redshift and luminosity distance, Friedmann equations, time
evolution of the Universe, thermodynamics in the expanding
Universe, Primordial nucleosynthesis, Photon decoupling, CMB
power spectrum, Neutrino freeze-out,
• Cosmological model with dark matter and dark energy, phase
transitions in the early universe, generation of baryon asymmetry,
aspects of Inflation. Application of the Standard Model of particle
physics and physics beyond it in cosmology.
• Experimental evidence of dark matter, Direct and indirect
searches, Particle nature of dark matter, Hot and cold thermal
relics, Various candidates: WIMPs, axions, etc.
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. V. A Rubakov, D. S. Gorbunov, Introduction To The Theory Of The
Early Universe: Hot Big Bang Theory, WS Professional; Second
edition, (2011) ISBN: 978-9813209886
2. S. Profumo, An Introduction to Particle Dark Matter, World
Scientific, (2017) ISBN:978-1786340016

Reference Books
3. S. Weinberg, The First Three Minutes: A Modern View Of The Origin
Of The Universe, Basic Books, (2022), ISBN: 978-0465024377
4. E. Kolb and M. Turner, The Early Universe, Taylor & Francis,
(1994) ISBN: 978-1138329904
5. S. Dodelson and F. Schmidt, Modern Cosmology, Academic Press
Inc; 2nd edition, (2020), ISBN: 978-0128159484

1125 Go to Index
Course Code PH 308 / PH 408
Title of the Course Experimental and Theoretical Aspects of Heavy Ion Collisions
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-1-0-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Relativistic Kinematics, Nuclear Physics
Objectives of the course Students will understand theoretical and experimental aspects of
understanding quark gluon plasma
Course Outcomes Students will learn:
● Different models of QGP
● Space Time evolution of heavy ion collision
● Different experimental Facilities
● Signatures of QGP
Course Syllabus • Introduction to Heavy ion collisions and quark gluon plasma
• Review of Relativistic kinematics: Lorentz transformation:
frequently used reference frames, four vector notation, rapidity and
pseudo-rapidity variables, light cone variables, collision and decay,
relativistic invariants
• Thermodynamics: Relativistic gas (hadrons, quarks and gluons)
and its statistical and thermodynamical properties, MIT Bag model,
Hagedron gas, phase diagram of QCD, criteria for formation of QGP
in the laboratory
• Collision dynamics: different stages of space-time evolution like
pre-equilibrium, formation of
• QGP, chemical and thermal equilibria, freeze-out and particle
production; Bjorken’s model for energy density;
• Experiments: a general overview of past, present and future
experimental facilities dedicated to search for QGP, data analysis
technique, extraction of 4 momentum, control variables (centrality,
root(s), system size)
• Signals of QGP: Global Observable: Multiplicity, ET, Ef, (pseudo)
Rapidity, Pt distributions: explanations of various regions and
connections with particle production mechanism; Correlations and
fluctuations; Collective flow: radial, directed, elliptic and higher
order flow harmonics extraction and interpretations; Heavy quark
and quarkonia suppression, strangeness enhancement, jet
quenching and electromagnetic signals (photon and di-lepton).
Suggested Books Textbooks:
1. C. Y. Wong, Introduction to High-Energy Heavy-Ion Collisions, World
Scientific, (1994), ISBN: 978-9810202644
2. A. K. Chaudhuri, A Short Course on Relativistic Heavy Ion Collisions,
IOP Publishing, (2014), ISBN: 978-0-750-31061-1l

1126 Go to Index
Reference Books:
3. S. Sarkar, H. Satz, B. Sinha, The Physics of the Quark-Gluon Plasma:
Introductory Lecture, Springer, (2010), ISBN: 978-3642261923
4. R. Fernow, Introduction to Experimental Particle Physics, Cambridge
University Press, (2010), ISBN:978-0521379403
5. B. Sinha, S. Pal, S. Raha, Quark-Gluon Plasma, Springer-Verlag,
(2012) ISBN: 978-3540519843

1127 Go to Index
Course Code PH 322
Title of the Course Introduction to Quantum Information and Computation
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-0-2-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Basics of Quantum Mechanics, Linear algebra
Objectives of the course To understand the basics of quantum information and computation
and solve problems.
Course Outcomes Students will develop an understanding on basics of quantum
information, quantum entanglement, quantum computation, and
quantum communication protocols.
Course Syllabus • Preliminaries: Overview of classical information, computation,
and complexity classes.
• States and operators: Axioms of quantum mechanics; Qubit
systems; Concept of mixed states – density operators.
• Composite systems: Entanglement in pure states; Local
operation and classical communication; Entanglement in mixed
states; Peres-Horodecki criterion of severability.
• Measurement and operations: Orthogonal (higher rank) and
generalized (POVM) measurements; Quantum operations, noise,
and channels.
• Quantum gates and circuits for computation: single and multi-
qubit gates; universal gates; basic quantum circuit diagrams.
• Entropy and information: Shannon entropy, Basic properties of
entropy, Von Neumann entropy, Strong subadditivity.
• Quantum communication: No-cloning theorem, Quantum
teleportation, Quantum dense coding.
Suggested Books Textbook:
1. M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and
Quantum Information: 10th Anniversary Edition, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, (2010). ISBN: 978-1107002173.

Reference books:
2. D. Bruss (Editor), G. Leuchs (Editor), Quantum Information: From
Foundations to Quantum Technology Applications (2nd edition),
Wiley-VCH, Germany, (2019) ISBN: 978-3527413539.
3. M. Wilde, Quantum information theory, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, (2013) ISBN: 978-1107034259.

1128 Go to Index
Course Code PH 351
Title of the Course Engineering Physics Lab - II
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T- P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Nil
Objectives of the To enhance experimental skills and concepts in physics by giving
course students exposure to a variety of different experiments
Course Outcomes The students will be able to
• Develop essential experimental skills by conducting a variety of
physics experiments in the laboratory,
• Experimental verification of concepts in Fundamental Physics,
Nuclear Physics, Non-linear dynamics
• Evaluate the errors and statistical deviations associated with the
experimental results
Course Syllabus A representative list of experiments will be performed by students.
Fundamental Physics:
o Thermal expansion of solids
o Cauchy’s dispersion relations
o Stefan’s constant (Black body radiation)
o Uncertainty principle using single slit diffraction
o Dielectric constant of liquids
Nuclear Physics:
o Gamma-ray detection using the Geiger-Muller counter
o Rutherford Scattering Experiment
o Muon lifetime determination using a scintillator detector
Non-linear Dynamics:
o Chaos (Chua circuit)
o FeigenBaum Circuit
Suggested books Reference Books:
1. W. F. Smith, Experimental Physics: Principles and Practice for the
laboratory, CRC Press, (2020), ISBN: 978-1498778473
2. L. Lyons, A practical guide to data analysis for physical science
students, Cambridge Univ. Press, (1991), ISBN: 978-0415481519

1129 Go to Index
Course Code PH 352
Title of the Course Solid State Physics Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course Students will gain exposure to experimental and theoretical aspects
of Solids State Physics
Course Outcomes The students will be able to
• Relate the concepts or phenomena learnt in solid state physics to
physical systems via experimental learning.
• Operation of different advanced instruments, handling of the data
analysis and evaluation of the errors and statistical deviations
associated with the experimental results.
Course Syllabus A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:
Optical processes in solids
• Demonstration of Photoluminescence in solids
Structural and morphological studies on solids:
• Understanding the concept of grain boundary and grain-size in
polycrystalline solids using force/electron microscopy
Optoelectronic devices:
• IV- Characteristics of a silicon solar cell
• Temperature-dependent Hall effect
• Characterization of Light Emitting Diode
Dielectric/Magnetic measurement on Solids:
• Measurement of Magnetoresistance of Bismuth
• Magnetic hysteresis loop tracer
• Study of dielectric constant and Curie temperature of
ferroelectric ceramics
• Magnetic susceptibility of paramagnetic substance using
Gouy’s method
• Frequency dependence of dielectric constant
Computational Assignments:
• Computational design of 2D layer materials
• Theoretical design principle of bulk materials.
• The equilibrium geometry, electronic structure and
thermodynamic potential computations.
Suggested books Reference Book:
1. M. I. Pergament, Methods of experimental physics, CRC Press, 2019,
ISBN: 978-0367866426

1130 Go to Index
Course Code PH 356
Title of the Course Spectroscopy Lab
Course Category Core
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (0-0-3-1.5)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any None
Objectives of the course Students will gain practical exposure to the field of spectroscopy
through experiments
Course Outcomes The students will be able to
• Carry out advanced experiments in Atomic and Molecular
Spectroscopy.
• Understand the utilization of various energy ranges of the EM-
radiation in detecting the various atomic and molecular processes.
Course Syllabus A representative list of experiments will be performed by students:
• Demonstration of Electron Spin Resonance effect
• Demonstration of Zeeman effect
• Fine structure of Sodium
• Demonstration of NMR effect
• Study of thermoluminescence of F centers
• Demonstration of Raman effect
• Understanding molecular vibrations using FTIR
• Determination of valance state of atoms using X-ray Absorption
Spectroscopy
Suggested books Reference Book:
1. M. I. Pergament, Methods of experimental physics, CRC Press,
(2019), ISBN: 978-0367866426

1131 Go to Index
Course Code PH 402 / PH 616
Title of the Course Principles and Applications of Optical Spectroscopy
Course Category Department Elective
Credit Structure L-T-P-Credits (2-0-2-3)
Name of the Physics
department
Pre–requisite, if any Laser Physics course and Engineering Electromagnetics,
Fundamental Quantum Mechanics
Objectives of the course Students will learn the principles of different optical spectroscopic
techniques and the applications of these techniques in
investigations of optical, optoelectronic and vibrational properties
of materials. The students will be introduced to the optoelectronic
parts of various spectroscopic techniques.
Course Outcome • Modern tool usage: Develop skills to use optoelectronics and
spectroscopic techniques.
• Engineering knowledge: Develop understanding of working of
optoelectronics.
• Life-long learning: Develop an aptitude for research on
optoelectronic materials and devices.
Course Syllabus • Light and matter interactions, Basic principles of optics
• Working principles of optoelectronics for spectroscopy:
Applications of lasers in spectroscopy, Linear and nonlinear
optics, Modulators, Photodetectors, Polarizers, Gratings,
Birefringent, and Waveguides.
• Spectroscopic techniques, physical parameters and their
significance, and applications: Atomic spectra, Rotational
spectroscopy, Vibrational spectroscopy, Electronic spectroscopy,
Ultraviolet visible spectroscopy, Raman and micro-Raman
spectroscopy, Fourier Transformed Infrared Spectroscopy,
Steady state and time-resolved Photoluminescence
Spectroscopy, Ultrafast Optical Spectroscopy.
• Experiments: Based on the abovementioned spectroscopic
techniques
Suggested books Textbooks:
1. J. Wilson, J. Hawkes, Optoelectronics: An Introduction, 3rd Ed.,
Prentice Hall Europe, (1998), ISBN: 978-0136384953
2. H. Kuzmany, Solid-State Spectroscopy 2nd Ed.: Springer (2009),
ISBN: 978-3540639138

Reference books:
3. M. F. Vitha, Spectroscopy: Principles and Instrumentation, Wiley,
(2019), ISBN:978-1-119-43664-5
4. S. S. Jha, Perspectives in optoelectronics, World Scientific (1995),
ISBN: 978-9810220228
1132 Go to Index
5. S. Agnello, Spectroscopy for Materials Characterization, John
Wiley & Sons, (2021) ISBN: 9781119697329

1133 Go to Index